top of page
  HOUSEMATES 2018
    Photos The New House  
 Winner of BBCAN 2018

Latest news! 

Who Won Big Brother Canada 6?

May 10, 2018

The day Big Brother Canada 6 fans have waited for has finally arrived. By the end of this two-hour broadcast, one person will become the winner of the season. He or she will stand with Jillian, Jon, Sara, the Paquette bros, and Kevin as the newest addition to the winner circle.

On yesterday, we saw Kaela win the final Power of Veto competition. She then used her power to vote out Will, which left Derek, Paras, and Kaela as the final three players. This is truly one of those times where anyone could win.

Paras hasn’t won many competitions but her social game allowed her weeks without hitting the block. She also already has three votes locked (Ryan, Maddy, and Will). Derek came into the game completely clueless, but used his social game and competitive prowess to take him all the way through to the end. Kaela has been comp beasting her way all season, and she used her strategic skills to get out of tough situations.

Anyone of these players could win, and deserve to win, but who will get the final votes in the end?

BBCAN6 Final HOH Part 1 Competition:

 

Per usual, the winner of this competition faces off in the final round against the winner of part two. This competition is usually physical based, so it should favor Kaela or Derek more.

For this part of the competition, they had to collect three coins. Then they needed to use a boat to get across a ‘river’ to stack the coins on three different pillars. They could only collect three coins at a time. They had to keep stacking until they got 20 on each pillar.

The first player to stack all their coins advanced to the third and final part. Derek drops one stack of his coins, and then Paras. He keeps dropping his coins and gets frustrated.

Kaela also drops her coins. Paras starts to catch up again, but Kaela is not too far behind.

Paras wins the first part of the HOH competition!

BBCAN6 Final HOH Part 2 Competition:

 

This is the last chance to advance to part three. This competition usually combines memory and physicality, so it should favor Paras more.

The second part, Derek and Kaela faced off.  They had to fill out blocks of stairs with answers to match the trivia questions. They had to align the boxes so it matched all the answers by it. The player to do it in the fastest time won this part.

Derek’s time: 20:43

Kaela’s time: 17:06

Kaela won the second part of the HOH Competition!

BBCAN6 Final HOH Part 3 Competition:

 

The winner of part 1 and part 2 face off for the final Head of Household title. He or she then picks who to evict, and who to sit next to in the end.

They had to answer questions about the jury by picking a or b.

Question #1- Both got it correct.

Question #2-Both got it correct.

Question #3-Both got it wrong.

Question #4-Both got it correct.

Question #5-Both got it correct.

Question #6-Both got it correct.

Question #7-Paras got it right.

Paras is the final HOH!

BBCAN6 Winner Vote:

 

After nearly 70 days, we finally get down to one player. Paras decides to evict Derek. Kaela and Paras are the final two players.

Ryan VTW Paras

Ali VTW Paras

Olivia VTW Paras

Johnny VTW Paras

Maddy VTW Paras

Will VTW Paras

Derek VTW Kaela

Paras is the winner of Big Brother Canada 6!

 

Thanks for joining us all Big Brother Canada season. See you next year, and make sure to follow us for all the latest updates on the series.

SPOILERS

May 10, 2018

*** BBCan6 FINALE SPOILERS *** 

Derek evicted

Paras won the season 6-1 - Derek was the only vote for Kaela. 

I post spoilers if and when I get them

May 10, 2018

 I post spoilers if and when I get them  

Good Thursday brother-lovers  

May 09, 2018

Good Thursday brother-lovers  
Day 69 down, only 0 to go
Oil Field Technician Will Kenny just missed out making the finale of Big Brother Canada as he was evicted in the penultimate eviction show of the season on Wednesday.

Wednesday’s show picked up with the Power of Veto competition, a maze that the houseguests had to navigate through blindfolded before solving the puzzle. With a time of 24:11, Kaela won the final and most important veto of the season, securing her spot in the finale.

Before the eviction, Kaela once again struggled if she should take Derek out at the final four. Head of Household Paras made a good argument that Kaela could beat Will and her in the final HoH competition.

At the meeting, Kaela used the veto on herself and Will took her place in the chair. This meant that Kaela would be the lone vote to evict.

“Derek, you are the biggest threat to me winning the game,” Kaela said. “But in order for me to be the best, I have to beat the best. I’m sorry Will but I vote to evict you.”

Following his eviction, Will spoke to host Arisa Cox and said he was proud to have gotten to the end.

“I feel good, I made it to final four,” he said. “I feel good I made it this far. At the end of the day, it is what it is. I hope the best winner wins.”

Will also said he feels that if Derek wins the last HoH that he will cut Kaela.

“100 percent he cuts Kaela if he makes it to final two,” Will said. “If he brings Paras to final two, he wins the $100,000 but if he brings Kaela? He might still win but I don’t know.”

Before the night was over, Arisa informed the final three that they each would get individual time with the past five winners of the five seasons and get advice on what to do when they face the jury.

Who will win Big Brother Canada Season 6; Kaela Grant, Derek Kesseler, or Paras Atashnak? Find out to night as the battle to become the final Head of Household begins, the jury votes, and we crown a winner in the two-hour season finale.

Derek chatted with the winners

May 09, 2018

 Royals had a deliberation after they talked to the final 3. I got a feeling that majority would like Kaela or Paras to win. Jillian wouldn’t mind Derek winning but Sarah wants a true invested fan to win the game

 

Derek chatted with the winners, talked about how he’s not a super fan but made this far and how that could help him secure his win. He said his heart tells him to take Kaela but his mind tells him to take Paras. He rather lose to Kaela than lose to Paras

Kaela came in hot to talks with the Royals, she basically admitted that she’d have to cut Derek bc jury might not vote for her to win otherwise. She thinks the jury will be bitter against her but more bitter against Paras for keeping her over them

Paras has her time with Jillian, Jon, Sarah, Nick/Phil & Kevin. She explained how she played the game and what she’ll say to secure her win if she made it to Final 2

After 64 days, Will left the bbcan6 becoming the 6th member of the jury!

May 09, 2018

After 64 days, Will left the bbcan6 becoming the 6th member of the jury!

The Race to Final Three !

May 08, 2018

Good Tuesday brother-lovers 
Day 66 down, only 3 to go
The Race to Final Three !
On Thursday, Maddy became the fifth place finisher on Big Brother Canada 6. This left Will, Paras, Kaela, and Derek to fight it out for the Big Brother Canada crown, and only a couple more competition remain until they reached the end. Thursday ended with the start of this week’s Head of Household competition. This one determines the first person in the final three.

The second member of the final three will be determined by the Power of Veto competition. This person then gets the sole vote to evict. Of course just for formality, whoever wins this Head of Household competition still gets to make their nominations.

It just won’t really matter because the Veto holder basically has all the control this week, because he or she determines who are the final nominees and who gets voted out. Unfortunately, we’ll have to wait until Wednesday to see who becomes the second and third members of the final three.

For now, we’ll just get to see the rest of the Head of Household competition and the nomination ceremony.

BBCAN6 Week 10 Head of Household Competition:
For this week’s Head of Household competition, Derek, Will, and Paras got clues pertaining to an evicted houseguest. They then needed to buzz in and say which houseguest the clues were supposed to represent. If a player buzzed in with the wrong answer, they would not receive a point, and the other two players could try to guess.

The player with the most points at the end of the game became this week’s HoH. Thursday ended with Paras having two points to Will and Derek’s zero.

Round #1-Paras got a point.

Round #2-Paras got a point.

Round #3-Paras got a point.

Round #4-Paras got a point.

Paras wins. She is the new Head of Household!

BBCAN6 Award Winners:
There was a little twist with this year’s Big Brother Canada awards because it was a medieval dinner, instead of the usual red carpet. It also didn’t include the return of a former houseguest.

Most Epic Battle Winner: Johnny vs Kaela/Derek and Ali fight

Favorite Retching Winner: Olivia and her puking moment

Favorite Liplock Winner: Veronica and Kaela

Favorite Odd Couple Winner: Olivia and Ali

Favorite Jester: Paras imitating Olivia

BBCAN6 Week 10 Nominations Ceremony:
This week’s Head of Household winner must name two nominees, but the final decision will come on Wednesday.

Of course, Paras nominates Derek and Kaela for eviction!

Join us Wednesday to see who wins Power of Veto.

Good Monday brother-lovers 

May 07, 2018

 Good Monday brother-lovers  
Day 65 down, only 4 to go
I got nothingSpoilers, sorry 
We will report from BBUS in the BBUS group only IF you are intrested. So PLEASE report yourself ASAP into that group if you are intrested.
https://www.facebook.com/groups/923619774339342/

spoilers

May 06, 2018

 
I post spoilers if and when I get them in our websites
 

Good Sunday brother-lovers  

May 05, 2018

Good Sunday brother-lovers  
Day 64 down, only 5 to go
The Big Brother Canada 6 Feeds revealed the latest spoilers for the Veto comp results for Week 10 of BBCAN6 the competition ended and now Houseguests are preparing for their next moves.

Read on to find out who won the Veto this week and what that could mean for this week’s nominees!

BBCAN6 Veto Comp Week 10:
Kaela won the PoV
Paras already won HOH, so she’s safe and moving on to the next round, but that left her with the opportunity to get out either Kaela or Derek if she or Will could win the Veto. Well they couldn’t. So now Kaela will save herself, forcing Will up as the only renom option available, and then Kaela will vote to evict either Will or Derek.

Kaela already told Paras she knows that keeping Derek gives her two chances to get to the end and she’s right. While she’s mentioned the idea of cutting Derek I just don’t see it happening. Will should be out of here next.

Feeds have gone down for the season at this point, which is hard tell from the rest of the season when they were seemingly down most the time anyway, but now it’s official. Season finale comes up next week and then we’re off to hopefully better things with Big Brother 20!

What do you think Kaela should do this week with the Veto? Should she evict Will or Derek?

 
 

Breaking: KAELA won POV!

January 01, 2020

 Breaking: KAELA won POV! Will just said to himself, “I’ve come to terms with it, Kaela is going to pick Derek over me”

Arisa- Hi everyone

May 05, 2018

 Arisa- Hi everyone. As you know, this season of heaven and hell has been so full of surprises at every single turn. Tonight is no different. Tonight one more of you will be sent to jury. Welcome to a special eviction

 Derek to Kaela- This is crazy. We're literally this close to walking on stage together

May 05, 2018

 Derek to Kaela- This is crazy. We're literally this close to walking on stage together. I think she (Paras) is nervous 
Kaela- I went into the bedroom last night. Will is like "oh you got at $100,000 decision to make". I was like oh yeah. That's all I said. Derek- I think everyone knows that we wouldnt cut each other, but they want us to
Kaela to Derek- If we are both in the finale, they have to vote for one of us 
Will- Is the ceremony soon? Paras- I think so. Big Brother didnt let her shower. Will- I will go get my bag packed I guess 
Kaela- Should I just tell him (Will)? Derek- Maybe dont tell him right away. If you are actually considering cutting me, it's a big decision. Kaela- Good idea. Maybe I will cut you. Derek- If you want to lose the game 
Will- Are you leaning towards keeping Derek? Kaela- I know I will cut Derek, but I dont know if it's now or the next one. It comes down to if I think I can beat him in HoH 
Will to Kaela- This would be your $100,000 move to make to cut Derek right now. If you had two chances to cut Derek, and didnt take either chance, the jury is probably not going to vote for you
Will to Kaela- Derek did come up and make a deal with me yesterday before the veto. He said "if I have to cut her at some point of the game, this is when it is" 
Will- I will give you my word and swear on whatever that I will take you to Final 2. Kaela- If Paras wins, she's not bringing me. If you win, it would be stupid to bring me. Will- I wouldnt win over Paras either
Will told Kaela that Maddy, Ryan, Liv and Johnny would vote for Paras to win over him
Will to Kaela- If you were in Final 2 with Derek, you probably wouldnt even get one vote if you brought Derek past this point and got to Final 2 with him 
Kaela to Will- If I'm in Final 3 with Paras and Derek, I feel like I have two chances. Derek will 100% win the game. If I win, I bring Paras. If Paras wins, she brings me 
Will- You are going to win $100,000 over me and Paras hands down. Kaela- I can only win one of two. We're facing off in an option thing that I know I cant do (in Part 3
Will to Kaela- If you have another chance to cut him and you dont, the jury is going to be like "let's vote for Derek or Paras"
Kaela to Will- Because I didnt cut Derek in the Final 5, it was actually a good move for me. If I get to Final 2 and I did cut Derek next...it was actually good for my game cause I did get Final 2 and I did cut Derek 
Will to Kaela- If you dont cut Derek, it's going to be nearly impossible to get them jury votes. That's just facts. You would get Ryan's respect, Maddy's respect, Johnny's respect (if she cuts Derek)
Will- If you cut me, I cant vote for you cause I think it's a smarter move to take me. Kaela- What if I end up cutting Derek next week? Will- No, cause I think your best game move is to move forward with me
Will to Kaela- I dont vote for you if you dont take me. Maddy is not going to vote for you, Ryan wont vote for you, and Johnny more than likely wont vote for you. Me and Johnny are like this 
Will- I need you to take me to Final 3. If you dont, I am going to have to try to get in there and campaign so you dont win. That's just game. Kaela- No, I think that's more personal feelings
Will to Kaela- He (Derek) made the deal with me yesterday. He was like "this is a showmance. It's probably not going to be anything after". He swore on it and stuff
Will to Kaela- You get me into that Final 3, and I win, I'll bring you to Final 2. I know whoever I go to a Final 2 with now I am definitely not going to win 
Will to Kaela- This would be one of the biggest fucking moves in Big Brother Canada history. I swear over anything if I get into that Final 3 with you that I'd bring you to Final 2
Kaela- If you cut me in a Final 3, that would be your win. Will- If I'm giving you my word like that, I would not fuck you over
Will- Just think really hard on it. This is your biggest decision of the game. Kaela- If I dont get another opportunity, I screw myself. If I get another opportunity, it's a good move. Will- It's a gamble
Will to Kaela- I would take you over Paras. I am giving you my fucking word on that. I would swear over anything
Kaela- The only thing I am scared of is walking out third cause of whatever decision I make now. Will- I will give you my word on my son's life that I will bring you to the Final 2. We can beat Paras 
Kaela- I will think about it. Will- I dont know if you want to let us know what you are going to do beforehand. Whatever decision you make, it's okay at the end of the day. You are one of my fucking best buddies 
Will to Kaela- I know I cant beat either one of ye in the Final 2. I just want the money so I can go back to school. We can fucking get to the Final 2
Will- If he won that yesterday, he was going to send you home. Just think about stuff like that too. Kaela- Yeah, I know
Kaela- I just have to think. I cant think of something right now. Will- Follow your heart is all I can say to you. Kaela- Thank you for chatting, Will. Will- Of course. Thank you for listening to me 
Kaela to herself- I dont want to follow my heart. I want to follow my head

Paras- Are you keeping Derek?

May 05, 2018

 Paras- Are you keeping Derek? Kaela- I honestly dont know. I see it in two ways. Derek would win this game if he is in Final 2 
Kaela- Me, you, Derek. If I win, I'm not taking Derek. Paras- And if I win, I am taking you 100 
Paras to Kaela- Do you think he (Derek) acts more interested and into you when you are HoH or in power? Maybe I'm a girl that's looking to deep into it. I feel like he was even worried yesterday when you won. I think he knew he was going to cut you
Kaela- We are definitely not Ika and Demetres. We are not even 2% of that closeness. We have more of a friendship than a romantic relationship for sure. I just dont know what my better option is. Paras- You know what your better option is
Kaela- If I cut him now, I could still be that third place walking out. Paras- Look at all the other competitions. It's not going to happen. Kaela- The third one is options that I fucking cant do. Paras- You proved that you can 
Paras to Kaela- Derek is going to be winning that final HoH. Against me and Will, you have a better chance. If you dont do this, the jury is going to think that you are being an idiot
Paras- Would you take me over Will? Kaela- I think you have a better social game, so I dont know. Paras- He has more jury friends. Kaela- But I think those jury people are going to look more game than friend wise 
Kaela to Paras- If you and Will were in Final 2, you would win 100% 
Kaela to Paras- He (Will) said he would swear over his son's life, his grandparents' life that he would take me over you...but then he threw the vote in my face, which made me really pissed off 
Paras- Where is your head at right now? Kaela- I actually dont even know. The only pro to keeping Derek is I feel I have two chance to get to Final 2 
Kaela to Paras- In a Final 3 with you and Will, I am the only one that could win to solidify. If he cut me, he could beat you 
Paras- I think you are underestimating just how bitter girls like Liv and Ali are. To have somebody like me be the reason their game ends, they are going to hold that shit against me. Kaela- But they came in this house to play Big Brother 
Paras- Will has actually done a decent job. He just hasnt shown it. Kaela- I have no idea what he has done 
Kaela- In a situation with you and me, I dont know who would have Liv and Ali. Paras- You would. Mark my words. Kaela- You would have Ryan, you would have Johnny 
Paras to Kaela- I think that if Derek stays, you are really fucked. I think you go home third place 
Paras to Kaela- I believe Will that he wouldnt give you his vote if you cut him. I think last week not cutting Derek showed loyalty. This week, knowing that he would cut you, you are just going to look like an idiot 
Paras- They think you are in love and couldnt see clearly. Kaela- Trust me, I am not in love. I always said I wanted that epic feeling of cutting my showmance in the final to win. Paras- What if you dont get to?
Kaela- It's more of an impression on finale night if I send him through those doors. Paras- People are already going to know you are cutting each other. I dont know. Kaela- I dont know either 
Kaela- It's more of an impression on finale night if I send him through those doors. Paras- People are already going to know you are cutting each other. I dont know. Kaela- I dont know either

Kaela- He said he would swear on anything he had to.

May 05, 2018

 Kaela- He said he would swear on anything he had to. Derek- Of course. Kaela- He told me if I cut him now, no matter what he is not voting for me. Derek- That would make me want to cut him
Kaela- He was like "Derek has everyone's vote". Derek- People will vote who plays the best. Kaela- You did play the better game. Derek- The only reason I am here right now is because of you. Kaela- The only reason I'm here right now is because of you 
Derek- It was the biggest comp win of the season, the one you just won. Kaela- But if you win the final HoH, that's the biggest comp win of the season 
Derek- You have literally owned the last two weeks. Kaela- But you owned the whole game. Derek- No I didnt. Kaela- I didnt do anything socially though
Kaela- Would you actually bring me though? Derek- Yes. I want to bring you. Kaela- You were saying that to Will yesterday too, and you were very convincing. Would you have cut me? Derek- No. Never. That's why I told you about the deal right away. Kaela- Not before I won
Derek- I would never cut you. I wont cut you. Kaela- Will was saying "Derek would cut you cause it probably wont be anything after the show, and it doesnt mean anything". Derek- I didnt say it doesnt mean anything. I had to make it convincing 
Kaela- If you cut me, I would feel the exact same way you would. I would be fucking pissed. Derek- So would I 
Derek- I honestly hope that you dont doubt me. Kaela- I just dont really know if you would do it or not. Derek- I wouldnt. I wouldnt break a swear with you. Kaela- How do I know that? Derek- I will show you 
Kaela- You only told me (about the deal with Will) after. Derek- Did I tell you? Kaela- You told me because I won. Derek- I was going to tell you either way. It was still just me playing the game 
Kaela- You would have went against your word (with Will) to keep me, so you giving me your word right now means nothing then. Derek- Not on you. You also told me you would go against your word to other people
Kaela- I dont trust anyone like I trust you in this house. Derek- I dont trust anyone like I trust you. If you think cause I made that little deal that you lost trust in me... Kaela- No no no 
Kaela- I just really really need to know what's going to happen in a Final 3 situation with you. Derek- I am bringing you
Derek- If I win, you will be in the Final 2. If you dont believe me, cut me right now. Kaela- I dont want to cut you. I just want to know for sure. Derek- I am not going to do that to Kaela 
Derek to Kaela- You know me as a person. Do you honestly think me as a person even in a game situation like this...do you think I would do that to you? Do you think I would embarrass you like that in front of Canada? I would never 
Derek to Kaela- You want to be here more than I do. I dont want to take that away from you 
Paras to Kaela- I am getting second place next to both of you (Derek/Kaela). I would rather sit next to you cause I have a little more hope

Good Saturday brother-lovers 

May 04, 2018

Good Saturday brother-lovers 
Day 63 down, only 6 to go
The Big Brother Canada 6 Feeds revealed the latest spoilers as these results bring us the nominations for Week 10 of BBCAN6 after the latest Head of Household competition finally gave us a little change in the guard of power in the season.

There were few options here for the new HOH. She had 3 HGs to pick from and obviously, her biggest threat came from 2 of them, so there ya go!

BBCAN6 Nominations Week 10:
Paras nominated: Kaela & Derek
Well, of course, she was going to put them up but the real decider here could be the Veto. If Paras or Will wins the Veto then Kaela and Derek will stay on the Block and they can decide which one goes home. All those results are coming up in the next day or so.

What do you think of Paras’s nominations? Who would you have put on the Block this week for Big Brother Canada?

Paras is not ready for veto comp

May 04, 2018

 Paras is not ready for veto comp "I feel so bad. I can't even think right now" Will tells her about the deal he just made with Derek: Both swore they will take each other to F3 and Derek told him Daela will not date afterwards. Paras & Will still want to evict Derek

Paras has a hiccup, she tries to hold her breath, but it doesn't help. She's also drunk: "I love being high, but I hate being drunk." Production: "Remember that Canada is watching. Please watch your language." Paras: "I don't know what you are talking about." 
Paras works on a ruthless middle-finger-version of her eviction speech: "Kaela, I nominated you because you're a stupid ass bitch. Derek, you're so full of yourself. I need you to fuckin go. Fuck both of you, good luck in veto, I'm gonna win this shit.

Derek talks to Will about making a deal with him if he or Paras

May 04, 2018

Derek talks to Will about making a deal with him if he or Paras wins veto(noms stay the same) that Will would vote for him to stay he'd take him to F2. Will said he'd could beat him over the end. He also brings up to Derek id he wins Veto he needs to cut Kaela 
"Final 3" Will swears on his family back home that he'll take Derek to Final 3, vote to keep him. Derek swears on his family too that'll he'll vote to keep Will too.

The screen says the veto competition is today 

May 04, 2018

 The screen says the veto competition is today 
Paras- Oh my God, you guys. PoV comp today! What the fuck?! Derek- Holy fuck. Is this some kind of a practical joke, Big Brother?
Derek- So someone is going home tomorrow. Kaela- Yep. Paras- Yep. Oh my God!
Paras- I need some food. I feel like puking. Derek- I feel so shitty. Will- I would sooner get it done and over with. Derek- It is what it is now. No sitting around thinking 
Will- So it's going to be down to three tomorrow. Derek- Ceremony will be in the morning or afternoon, and I bet someone is gone tomorrow
Paras- I just feel so sick from earlier, drinking on an empty stomach. I still feel fucked up 
Derek- If either of you two (Paras/Will) win, you have the only vote. You will have to pick between Kaela and me. I'll 100% bring you to the Final 2, swear on everything, if you keep me. Will- I'll do that
Will- If you win, are you going to bring Kaela? Derek- I have decided yet. Want to make a deal? Will- I will make a deal. 100% legit. Derek- This is it. It's fucking Final 3. Will- Your best chance of winning this game is with me 
Will- If you want to lock something down, and be 100% serious, I will lock something down with ya. Derek- Final 3? Will- Yeah 
Will- You dont want to fuck yourself out of $100,000. Derek- You are right. Will- If you are to win veto, take Kaela with you, and you make it to Final 2, they would vote for Kaela before they would vote for you. You had your chance to get your showmance out
Derek- Final 3. Will- Final 3. 100%. Want to swear on something? I swear on my family at home that I will take you to Final 3. Derek- I swear on my family at home too 
Paras to camera- This veto basically determines if I win second place or first place in this game. Oh my God, I cant even think right now. This is fucked up. I still feel buzzed 
Will- What do you think they are going to do if they win? Paras- I think we can work on it 
Will told Paras that Derek tried to make a deal with him. He said they swore on it 
Paras- If I win veto, you are going to have to cut him (Derek). Will- Obviously. 100%. He is the biggest threat. Me and you could sail right to Final 2

Derek tells Kaela "you & me final 3

May 04, 2018

 Derek tells Kaela "you & me final 3" Kaela tells him that they've planned for this! Derek says he knows everything & can feel the veto necklace over his neck. Derek tells Kaela his game winning move is them together in the Finale!

Feeds still not back 2:30PM BBT

May 04, 2018

Feeds still not back 2:30PM BBT
We have a new HOH in charge as we go into the final week of Big Brother Canada 6. There will be a special eviction episode on Wednesday which will give us our final three and then Thursday is the two-hour season finale! Although this week’s nominees may seem pretty obvious, keep reading to find out who I think will be nominated this week on Big Brother Canada 6!

With Maddy being unanimously voted out of the Big Brother Canada house last night, there are only four HGs left in the Big Brother Canada 6 house. The HOH comp results are also in and it looks like Paras is in charge this week and considering her close relationship with Will inside the house, he will not be an initial nominee.

Paras is most likely going to put up the power couple, Derek and Kaela for eviction this week and the only way they can save themselves is with the Veto. This week could get interesting if Derek or Kaela win the Veto. Will is the only person left in the house that hasn’t won a competition yet this season. The Veto comp is going to be very important for him to win because if he ends up a replacement nominee, there is only one vote this week and he will be the next jury member.

This just further proves that they should have split the power couple up earlier in the season. What do you think of the F4 in the Big Brother Canada house? Who do you want to see win the Veto this week? Who do you think has what it takes to be in the F3? Let me know in the comments

Will tells Paras that he "might have to make a F2 deal with Derek

May 04, 2018

 Will tells Paras that he "might have to make a F2 deal with Derek, but it's not gonna be legit". While the feeds were down, the awards took place. Paras: "Will, you look fuckin good on TV" Will: "Not as good as you" Production voice: "Heya Will, could you..." Feeds cut. 

Paras is going over with Will on what she'll say when she nominates Kaela and Derek!

May 04, 2018

 4.39PM Feeds return.
Paras is going over with Will on what she'll say when she nominates Kaela and Derek! Paras also assures Will that she, theyll win the veto!
No noms so far, Paras is practicing her speech: "Kaela, I've nominated you because you are very strategic and the definition of a comp beast. Derek, you won mental and physical comps and your social game is honorable."

Maddy Poplett Exit Interview!

May 04, 2018

Maddy Poplett Exit Interview!
After you told Paras and Will that you had told to Kaela they were still undecided about the vote even while sitting on the couches, what was going through your mind when they reacted so strongly to hearing that?

Maddy: Often times strong reactions in the house connects to feeling that your game is threatened. I know that they had a strong reaction due to my loyalty, but I know they had strong reaction out of fear going “oh my God, Kaela knows that. What’s going to happen to us now?”. I obviously felt really guilty. It got to me for doing it. Now that I have had some time away from it, I feel part of their reaction had to do with feeling vulnerable as well as feeling that I had betrayed their trust a bit.

You told Kaela that she was making a mistake by leaving Derek in the game. Did you truly believe that, when it meant she would be left outnumbered 3-1 in the veto competition instead of potentially 2-2 if Derek were to keep his word to her, or were you just trying to stay safe?

Maddy: I definitely understand that there was both angles of looking at it, which is what we argued about for about two hours. I do believe that that was her chance. She and Derek have played not only as a showmance but really together. There wasn’t a whole lot of separation between their games. When it game down to it, I think people did see Derek as a bigger, more impressive player. I think she had her chance to overtake him, and really come into her own as an individual in the game. By keeping Derek, she was banking on a maybe that he would take her, and also not taking her opportunity to stand out.

Paras told you she was concerned that you would tell Kaela all of the things that she was saying about the plan to convince her to nominate Derek. Did you ever consider doing that in attempt to save yourself?

Maddy: Not exactly, considering that our plan was similar. If I had thrown her under the bus, she could have done the same to me. Overall it wouldn’t have been productive. I think us having the same intentions of getting Derek put up as a nominee was a unified stance enough that it wouldn’t have made sense to throw her under the bus in the meantime.

You said to Paras that “you can get to the end whichever way you want but people have to decide that you deserve it”. In your mind, what makes a deserving winner?

Maddy: I have said preseason, and it holds true now that I have played the game, that the winner of Big Brother is the person who best manipulates their variables to get to the end. She is going to have to do the best with what she is presented with, whether that means in Final 4 she does win a competition, and is able to make a decision when it comes to who cuts who, or something like that.

Paras asked you for help in making her case as to why she should win the game. Why do you think Paras should win the game?

Maddy: I think Paras should win the game because she has played and understated and underrated game, which is hard to do in the Big Brother house. I feel that she was welcome in almost every room, which is a feat in itself in a house which everyone is suspicious of everyone. I think she has done a great job of managing her relationships, including her relationship with me. I feel like a Big Brother winner does not always have to be on the offensive. The fact that she has played defensively and strategically this whole time is very impressive to me.

Do Paras and Will automatically have your vote over Derek or Kaela if they make it to the Final 2?

Maddy: I told Paras and Will that they would automatically have my vote. Now that I have had separation, I do feel that I will vote for who I feel played the best game out of the Final 2. It doesn’t count Paras and Will out, but it also doesn’t mean that they will automatically have my vote. I’m very interested in what happens in the next handful of days in the house, and I’m very interested in how they present themselves in Final 2.

You said in a preseason interview with us that a showmance is “a tool I will do my best to utilize to be successful in this game”. If Derek or Kaela successfully use one of your strategies to get to the end, would you be able to justify voting against them?

Maddy: I think that that’s a great question. It is a tool, and they have done a great job utilizing it. It’s not the only tool though. I think that they have played such a strong game together. I think others have played strong games without that type of connection. It’s a tool that would definitely be on the roster for them to earn a win with me, but it’s not the only tool. I am impressed but just because I thought it would be a good strategy for me, it doesn’t mean I think it would be a game winning idea for anyone.

Kaela asked you what you would do if she somehow convinced Derek to take her to the Final 2. You said you would vote for her. Is that the case?

Maddy: If Derek brought Kaela to Final 2? Yep, I would vote for her.

Paras told you she hopes that the jurors don’t get into your head about her. Is your mind made up with regards to how you feel about the Final 4, or will you let what the jurors have to say influence your decision?

Maddy: That’s a good question. I feel like I can’t predict ahead of time. I said I would vote for Kaela. I want to backtrack a little bit and say it would depend on what they said. It’s kind of what the jury says, and my perception mixed together. Throughout the season, I do believe I held true to the fact that I made the decision with my votes that would be what suited me best. I do feel like my experience from the game, I will consider from my own perspective. In the end, I am going to do what I personally think is best.

You said in the diary room that “I’ll be the most mediocre winner of Big Brother Canada so far”. If you got to the end, what case would your argument have been as to why you should have won the game?

Maddy: I am so dramatic. It’s the whole variables thing. There is still a whole lot of game to be played. Despite me being out 5th place, and we are in the final stretch, there are still so many crucial moments to be played out. Should I have stayed in the house, it would have had a lot to do with this final home stretch. I definitely have been crawling uphill for basically this whole game. I’m sure it will be clear I have been targeted for the most part of this game. I have evaded quite a lot of people trying to get me out at one point or another, so that would have been part of it, sort of the underdog kind of play. As well, I have told a few lies that I have at least semi got away with, which I feel I could have presented, as well as had a fairly reliable alliance.

You told Paras you have known for years what you would say in your eventual eviction or Final 2 speech. Did you have enough time to express what you wanted to, or is there anything that you would like to add to that?

Maddy: I think that for the most part the message is what I wanted to get across. I had specific words that I was luckily able to say, and I hope that they kind of resounded. I definitely have spent a lot of my life being very confident in the person I was. I was wondering how it would come across in the house. If there was anything to add, it’s that a lot of people don’t understand the potential for their own happiness is theirs to figure out. It’s not about making somebody else feel very happy one day. I was told that I would make someone else happy one day. My response was “probably, but I will be making myself happy first. That’s the best way to make the people around you happy as well.” This is such a big goal that I accomplished holding those values, so that had to do with my speech too.

On your final night in the house, you stood by the doors to thank everyone. You said the experience was a dream come true. Was it everything that you imagined it would be?

Maddy: It was everything I had imagined it to be and more. It was unbelievable every day being in that house, looking around, and saying “I am in the Big Brother Canada house”. There were moments I would sit on the couch, and stare at the screen saying “Big Brother Canada” on it. It was unbelievable. I wish I had the vocabulary to describe how it felt to be in there. I am so thankful that this experience actually happened. It’s still very surreal as well.

After Paras and Will agreed on cutting Derek if they win Veto

May 04, 2018

After Paras and Will agreed on cutting Derek if they win Veto, Paras is now alone in her HOH room: "Oh Maddy, I wish you were here, Baby." Paras shows us her pictures and talks about Ariana & her other best friends and their relationship status

Kaela jokingly asking Derek if he'd vote against her in the end if she cut him. Derek said he'd would bc she made him a promise. K asked him if he'd be a bitter juror even if she played the better game. D told her yes! Kaela said she'd also vote against him if he cut her!

Good Friday brother-lovers  

May 03, 2018

Good Friday brother-lovers  
Day 62 down, only 7 to go
During tonight’s eviction episode, Maddy was evicted by a vote of 2-0. The HoH competition got underway. It was a mental competition in which the houseguests had to determine which houseguests a series of clues were about. At the end of the episode, Paras had a 2-0-0 lead over Derek and Will.

12:04 AM: Feeds returned. Paras is the new HoH. Derek told Kaela that this win does nothing for Paras. He thinks that either of them will beat Paras or Will if they are at the end together. Kaela said she isn’t sure which one of them Paras would take to the end if she had to choose. While Derek said it would probably be Kaela, Kaela wasn’t so sure. She pointed out that Paras always talks about being a guys girl, and she compared her to Erica today. Kaela said it’s not as clear cut as Derek might think. Kaela added that Paras wont win the final HoH anyway. As for this week, Kaela said Will is going to be up their butts if they win the veto, trying to get them to cut each other. Kaela brought up that Paras or Will would have two votes from the trio, and the vote of one of them if they cut each other, meaning that they would only need one more vote for the win. Derek asked if Neda voted for Jon. Kaela said she did. Kaela asked if Derek is saying that he will vote for her if she cuts him. Derek said he won’t. Kaela then asked if Derek would vote for her if she played the better game. Derek said no. He explained to her that she would have made a promise to him and then went back on it. Kaela said she knew that Derek would be a bitter juror. The two later discussed that they would be fine with getting second place next to each other but not next to anyone else.

 Paras is the new HoH! 

May 03, 2018

 Paras is the new HoH! 
Paras is enjoying her HoH room
Derek to Kaela- That win does nothing (for Paras). If either of them are Final 2 with us, they lose 
Kaela- I dont even know which one Paras would take if she won the final and me and you were there. Derek- Probably you. Kaela- I dont know. She always says she's a guys girl. She just related me to Erica today 
Kaela- I dont think it's as clear cut as you think it is (for who Paras would take to Final 2). She wont win anyway. We have got to get there first. Derek- One win to get there 
Kaela- If one of us wins, Will is going to be up our butts. Derek- Oh yeah, obviously. Kaela- He will be like "the game winning move. Cut the other" 
Derek- Did Neda vote for what's his name? Kaela- Yeah, she did. Neda voted for Jon. You saying if I cut you that you would still vote for me? Derek- No I wont 
Kaela- You wouldnt vote for me even if I played the better game? Derek- Nope. Because you made a promise, and you cut me. Kaela- So you would be a bitter juror? Derek- Yep. Kaela- I knew you would be
Kaela- I always said I wanted to come in and be the best player Big Brother Canada has ever had. Obviously that didnt happen. Derek- We can be the best duo ever. Come off the block again 
Kaela- I would even be fine with second place as long as second place was to you. Derek- Same 
Kaela- We have done a lot of things together. I think you winning is me winning anyway. Derek- It's both of us. I think it's a shared title

By a vote of 2-0 Maddy was evicted from the bbcan6 house!

May 03, 2018

 By a vote of 2-0 Maddy was evicted from the bbcan6 house!

Who Was Voted Off BBCAN6 Tonight? 5/3/2018

May 03, 2018

Who Was Voted Off BBCAN6 Tonight? 5/3/2018
Five become four on tonight’s Big Brother Canada 6 eviction. Only Derek, Kaela, Maddy, Paras, and Will are left to fight for the winner spot. Tonight, Maddy or Paras leave the game, which leaves the person not voted out and the remaining players (minus Kaela as outgoing HOH) to fight for the Head of Household title.

This Head of Household ensures someone’s spot in the final three. The Power of Veto will ensure the second spot, and the other two have to just hope that they aren’t voted out by the Veto holder. The last few days and episodes will be a fast paced run to the end.

Right now, Maddy seems one foot out the Big Brother Canada 6 door. However, with people always analyzing their game and others, there is always a high chance for a last minute vote flip. Paras isn’t that great at the competitions, but she’s much better strategically than Maddy.

Kaela and Derek may see the benefit in keeping Maddy around over Paras. Can Maddy say the right thing to save her Big Brother Canada 6 game?

BBCAN6 Week 9.5 Eviction Vote:
Now is the time to go big or go home. Will Paras and Maddy fight to the bitter end for their spot in the game?

Kaela VTE Maddy

Will VTE Maddy

Maddy is evicted from the Big Brother Canada house!

BBCAN6 Week 10 Head of Household Competition:
This is the second most critical Head of Household competition of the season. The only HOH comp that has more importance is the final one that determines the final two players. Of course, per usual, we won’t get to see the conclusion of this competition, but we will get to see the start of it, which should give us some insight in who it may favor.

Join us later tonight to find out who won this Big Brother Canada 6 Head of Household competition.

Legends of the Fallen: They received info on an evicted houseguest. They then had to buzz-in to guess the evicted houseguest. The player with the most points at the end became the newest HOH.

Round #1-Paras got a point.

Round #2-Paras got a point.

Mady talk to Derek

May 03, 2018

Mady talk to Derek
Maddy i dont care what those peole have to say i want to have my own opinions and i want to hear and understand your game
Maddy i feel taht my perception of you was you learning as you go. were there times you acted in yor own interests vs you and kaelas?
Maddy how you played it for your game

Derek i had to gain people's trust, and then win compos i did let Kaela play the game and i know she know the game and i she was super nice by the end of week 1 Kaela told me all these things that she has done and the game i've always been the guy that was pretty likable and chill i know that we were a target but i was creating Kaela as a shield and like good cop bad cop.and then Johnny was calling her slayla
Derek when i talked game with pepole it was me building on getting to know them i didnt want to ruin things i used Kaela as a shield and was able to pick her brain i didnt know i ws supposed to know days i used her as an encyclopedia 
Maddy the jury will ask you what was your move for you and not for you and Kaela.. 
Derek ok
Maddy when it comes to this week and my pitch still stands it sounds like a physical comp. if it comes down to veto and you win it or she wins it and you take her to F2 the jury will think that she did all the movs not you and she had the one opportunity to cut you and she didnt and if you want to win the the game. you will need to cut her. and i asked her in that room if she thought you were going to take her to F3 and she said yes
Maddy im not here to fuck shit up on the way out the door i think that it won't be a bitter jury and it will be who played their ass off and she make s a lot of points on how the structure of th game she did well. she explained it with more specifics and not good cop bad copp
Maddy the nail of in the coffin is that she thought she was playing you and she isnt if you were to cut her.. and that is what i want to see.. and it would resonate with me.. and im sure taht kaela talked aobut teh panel. the 4th place person walks into that panel. they haven't spent time with jury who walks into that panel. they will seal the deal on who wins it..
Derek you have been my closest competition this entire time
Maddy yeah.. 
Derek it could be running around and you will know things faster and i might need that second
Maddy yeah that's why i think i lost shaw(POV)
Derek i think that people saw that i was smarter than kaela and i didnt put my foot in my mouth like kaela has.. to be honest.. i think you are the strongest competitor.. and i think that you wouldnt cut will and you would cut me.
Maddy really? that's not the case but we can talk about that later I think that i would have Ryan Will Paras. in there
Maddy it doesnt matter.it's what happened now with you 3 and the jury talks for 5 days before that.. so give them a good story to talk about she didnt have it in her to cut you but i think you have it in you so do it derek..

Derek and maddy hug..

Maddy is now telling Paras everything about Kaela and Derek’s games they stupidly told her.

May 03, 2018

Maddy is now telling Paras everything about Kaela and Derek’s games they stupidly told her.

Maddy helping Will with how the Final hoh's work
Maddy and Will talked about her staying to go toalk to Derek. That derek is scared of Maddy in a mental comp
Maddy i'm going to talk to Kaela
Kaela and Maddy talking
Maddy im thinking about Derek. and i wanted to find out where you sit if it's a tie breaker
Kaela i think that you are a mental comp threat and this isnt about anything but that you scare me and you know everything
Maddy did you think that i would beat Derek in mental vetto comp. do you think Derek will take you to F3 
Kaela yes to both
Maddy did yo want to tell me more before going into jury you have given a couple of specifics before going into the house. iw ant to understand better and pepole will be hungry and waiting for information
Kaela im worried that you will say stuff
Maddy no i want to knwo for myself to get my vote in jury
Kaela i know that i wanted to pair with a male in the game that would be a threat in teh game. Derek knew nothing so i could could tell him what to do whow to do it when to do it. that is what my potions scurum is on the rugby fieldd and if they scored it was cuz of me
Kaela he was close to Jesse and Jesse went and he was close to Hamza and Hamza had to go and he was close to Will but will knew that he was a threat
Kaela week 3 me anad Liv had a big fight Maddy did that really happen
Kaela yeah i sat them down in the room me Liv Ali and Erica i said why are we fighting why dont we work together Repair 5 me derek ali liv and Erica i was ok witgh having that and Erica and me were close and Derek was another person closer
Kaela Erica under estimated Ali/Liv's closeness to me and they told me that Erica/Johnny was talking and targeting me for a while and that is why i was able to get her out 
Maddy dod you feel the jury is for or oppose yoru win
Kaela i think for it. cuz there are people in teh jury i was working with is in the jury
maddy derek was always a step away from what you were doing
Kaela yeah Derek was never the 1st person that kew infdormation and there is stuff that i did keep from him he didnt know that i was close with ali/liv and my hoh week i wanted to ruin Johnny's game
Maddy it didnt work cuz of the veto
Kaela yeah Ryan came in and told me a lot of information and i brought in peopole and said that there was a lot of information was said.. but it was just ryna
Maddy i knew that something didnt add up
Kaela i wanted to peel johnny away from everyone he was close with and his emotions were huge to play on i have a degree in criminology psychologhy.
Maddy oh cool
Kaela i become closer to you and never wanted to put you on the block and i wanted Ryan out and he knew who i was and he called who i was and i wanted him out no one else saw me that way i came in and played all the things i get judged for every single day
Kaela and ive been working with Paras since day 2 it was me Derek Jesse and her in the real deal and she brought me information and then she started to play me but she did what Errica did and she underestimated my relationship with Ali/Liv and then we knew that we couldn't trust paras.
kaela when i was on the block after Derek won veto and pulled himself down i told him to not campaign for me i wanted to stay and if i did it was my own work
Maddy i appreciate you telling me all that i wanted before walking into with a bunch of opinions. and i want to talk to Derek before i have to go and get ready , thank you i wanted to know fully
Kaela pepole see us about a strong duo but that is not the case Ryan know and said that im doing all the work and that Derek is sitting back and Derek is smart and he did that.. and im a huge superfan and there is nothing more than i want than to sit there at F2.

Maddy ok thanks cool

Game update!

May 03, 2018

Game update!
Kaela wants Maddy to be evicted tonight. it should be a 2-0 vote.
Kaela has made back up F2 with Will to cover her bases if Derek Kaela and Will are f3. 
This is the only thing that Paras has no clue about. If Paras wants to stay to F3 she will have to win either the HOH tonight or the POV on Saturday.
*Feeds will be down sometime this weekend for them to see the BBCAN Awards Show.
Ali evicted 4-1

Derek won HOH Name that speech

Derek nominated Johnny Olivia and Maddy in the Triple Eviction

Derek sat out for the POV

POV Players Johnny Olivia Maddy Will Kaela Paras

Kaela won POV Drawbridge to Veto

Kaela did not use the POV

Maddy was SAVED 3-1

Johnny and Olivia were evicted in the Triple Eviction

Kaela won HOH Previously on Big Brother

Kaela nominated Maddy and Paras to be on the block

Kaela won POV Stick it to me

Kaela did not use the POV

Maddy and Paras remain on the block and are up for eviction

 *** BBCan6 SPOILERS ***

May 03, 2018

   Maddy evicted 2-0 - Paras won HOH (by a landslide) .

BBCAN6 SPOILERS

May 03, 2018

BBCAN6 SPOILERS

EVICTIONS are taped a few hours early I post spoilers if and when I get them on Thursdays

Good Thursday brother-lovers <3 Eviction day <3

May 02, 2018

Good Thursday brother-lovers <3 Eviction day <3
Day 61 down, only 8 to go
While it looks like Daela will be sailing straight into next Thursday’s Big Brother Canada finale, will that actually not be the case at all?

Wednesday’s episode began by showing Paras and Maddy with their backs against the wall, needing to win the Power of Veto to keep the trio safe. Daela reminds Will that he swore on his son’s life to not use the veto if he won, preventing Derek from going on the block.

However, Kaela revealed to Will that she wants to cut Derek at the final three. So it looks like Kaela and Will made a final two deal

In the Power of Veto, it was Daela versus the trio. Paras, Maddy, and Will all were eliminated. Surprisingly, Derek did not throw it to Kaela, instead, she just outlasted him for the win.

With their backs against the wall, Maddy and Paras came up with an idea to try and convince Kaela to use the veto and put up Derek. Kaela then revealed she is possibly cutting Derek at the final three, knowing she cannot win against him in the end. Maddy worked hard to convince Kaela to cut him now, which would leave the trio in the game.

Kaela would decide to not use the veto, saying it is in her best interest if one of Paras or Maddy leaves this week.

But the biggest question out of the episode is, will Kaela actually cut Derek? We’ll have to wait and see.

Big Brother Canada continues Thursday night with the eviction show, leaving the final four of Season 6 to play for the Head of Household.

Paras to Maddy- I did everything I could to make sure you were here.

May 02, 2018

 Paras to Maddy- I did everything I could to make sure you were here. I hope you never believe the bullshit they tell you. I always had your back. I hope they dont get into your head there 
Paras explains that all she said behind Maddy's back was to downplay her and to deflect attention from her: "I always wanted you here. I had to go with every BS they were telling me about you, because I needed to know if they will put you up" She gives her examples

Maddy tells Paras she thinks she's going home. If it's her, she will campaign for Paras in jury. Maddy thinks Derek will win F4 veto and cut Kaela.

After Paras left, Maddy (to camera): "Part of me does feel like I'm going, but also part of me does feel like I'm staying"

Paras has a crazy moment - she starts laughing and crying at the same time and can't stop. Maddy: "Let us know if we need to call someone" Derek wonders what is happening, Maddy answers: "We will probably just never know" Paras "I'm OK", she is called to DR

 Paras- What are some points to convince people to take me instead of Will?

May 02, 2018

 Paras- What are some points to convince people to take me instead of Will? I have had a better game than him. They know that. Maddy- Talk about jury I guess 
Maddy to Paras- I honestly think Derek is going to win HoH and veto, and take you and Will 
Paras- What do you think is amazing about my game? Maddy- You were welcome in every room. In every grouping of people, you were welcome in the room. Andy Herren won season 15 like that
Paras- When they say "what's your biggest move?"... Maddy- Being loud in every room, being able to warn people when they were going up
Maddy to Paras- Dont tell them (the jurors) that they got you there. Tell them that they were part of the reason until they werent necessary anymore
Paras to Maddy- I think one of the most important things about my game is using information to get whoever was HoH to start targeting the people I didnt see fit for my game. That whole Johnny and Derek thing, I had a lot to do with that 
Paras to Maddy- A big part of my game was deflect and disassociate from the two people (Maddy/Will) I was loyal to
Maddy- Do you think it wouldnt be classy of me to stand at the top of the stairs and say "by the way, Derek, Kaela has said she controlled you this whole game. Good luck!"? Paras- I think he would cut her next. It would better my chances. I'd go into more detail 
Maddy- I'm pretty sure that I'm leaving. It just seems like it. Will- Just your gut feeling? Maddy- Yeah. If that's true, before I go to jury, I want to hear a brief overview of how you feel your game has gone so far
Will- I was going to have another chat with Derek to see where his head is at. Maddy- It's a shitty position for you to be in. Will- It's the hardest. Whichever one, it will break my heart. Maddy- It's all good 
Will- We are going to be talked about, the three of us, this season. Maddy- Oh for sure. It's the strongest alliance this season. This and the showmance. Paras- We made it all the way 
Will- I dont think we are floaters. Maddy- That's okay if other people do. We know the game, we were here, we played it
Will to Paras- I told her (Maddy) I am going to sleep on it. I didnt have the heart, honestly. I dont want her to go to bed upset 
Maddy- Can we talk in the morning tomorrow? Derek- For sure. Maddy- I dont know if before bed is a good time. We can talk tomorrow. Derek- Let's talk in the morning
Paras- I dont want Kaela winning this game. Maddy- She wont
Maddy- You can get to the end whichever way you want but people have to decide that you deserve it. Paras- Unless she (Kaela) wins that final HoH. Maddy- She wont. Derek is going to cut her...especially after I tell him all the shit that she has been saying 
Maddy- She (Kaela) will take him (Derek) to Final 3. She wants the epic Jon Pardy moment of cutting Neda. She is arrogant and she is in love with him. Will- I dont think he is in love with her. Maddy- He is not. He is doing a wonderful job 
Will- He (Derek) wouldnt bring her (Kaela) on that trip. Maddy- He cant wait to get away from her. She is going to watch this season back and feel like a fool. Will- He played her good
Maddy- Dont go anywhere without Paras if you can help it. You have got to go with her. Will- Oh 100%

Only eight days left of Big Brother Canada 6

May 02, 2018

Only eight days left of Big Brother Canada 6, and things are getting nasty. The once tight trio of Will, Paras, and Maddy, hit a major bump on Monday’s episode. Kaela won Head of Household, which meants that two of them would go up on the block. Instead of being ruthless, Maddy just answered Kaela’s question about whether Paras and Will were on board to keep her.

Maddy told them no (which was obvious to everyone because of the debating going on right before the vote). Paras saw this as a major betrayal. She wrote off Maddy as a game ally; it became a Will and Paras double team against Maddy.

Meanwhile, Derek and Kaela just enjoyed the madness while they edged closer to the final three. Tonight, it comes down to the trio versus Daela once more. It’s not a done deal for Kaela in the final four, because if Will wins Veto, and then takes off Paras, this forces Derek to go on the block.

There would be no way that Paras and Will wouldn’t vote him out over Maddy.

BBCAN6 Week 9.5 Power of Veto Competition:
With everyone playing in this POV, the odds are more even for this round of battles. Derek and Kaela need to win the Veto to keep the power in their hands. If Will wins it, then the power goes back to the trio.

This would set the game heavily in their favor, because with no ally and not playing in final four HoH, Kaela’s only hope of survival would be the final four Veto. The trio needs this win to save one of them from going out in fifth place.

BBCAN6 Week 9.5 Power of Veto Ceremony:
There usually aren’t many surprises this close to the end of the game, but that may just change with tonight’s Power of Veto Ceremony. Could a shocker replacement nominee shake up the endgame?

Maddy’s Pitch to Derek!

May 02, 2018

Maddy’s Pitch to Derek!
Maddy is working overtime in the Big Brother Canada 6 house trying to campaign to Daela in order to maybe stay in the house this week. She had some good points, but did it sway Derek in any way? Keep reading to find out!

As we know, Maddy and Paras are the final nominees this week and Paras has an ally in Will, where Maddy doesn’t seem to have anyone left since burning her bridge with Paras and Will. She decided to join Derek on his walk around and starts to chat about the upcoming Veto comp and how important that’s going to be to win. She tells him that if it’s a mental comp, like they all think it might be, she will not be able to beat Derek or Will. If the POV is a mental comp, that means that the HOH will most likely be an endurance comp and Paras is pretty good at those as well. Maddy also mentions that if the comp is one of those “holding on” comps made for a 100-pound girl it would be much tougher for Paras than Maddy.

She basically reiterated that for the majority of the comps, she would be easier to beat than Paras and that for their game it might be better to keep her instead of Paras. When Derek goes back to talk to Kaela about this, he mentions that Maddy made a lot of good points, but he would still feel better with Kaela’s chances against Paras. He said that he feels very confident in Kaela’s ability to beat Paras in a mental comp. He also mentioned to her that he did beat Maddy in every mental comp, but she knew all the answers where he did not.

What do you think of Maddy’s pitch? Do you think that she could be an easier player to beat in the F4 and F3?  

Paras me Ali and Liv never proposed a deal

May 02, 2018

Paras me Ali and Liv never proposed a deal and Will was asking aobut the 6 alliance and he was trying to name name. and im like what is he thinking
Maddy he doesn't care he;s going to the F4
Paras it was so cringe. so cringe
Paras he said that every time we walked past a camera we did this(hand gesture) he's so naive 
Paras anything that he might have had he coulda said in a F2 speech now he'd done he's got nothing
Maddy if it came to will and Kaela who would you vote for
Paras i'd really consider at that point i'll be talking about it in the jury.. 
Maddy we'd have to talk about it in jury i think Kaela will win but there is something legendary for someone who wins unanimously victory i dont think she deserves a unanimous victory.
Maddy if it came down to it. i might give my vote to will
Paras if i stay im taking will i have a better chance
Maddy yeah
Paras but it's a guy over a girl
Maddy it wouldnt matter you'd win.

Paras we should go to them tonight to ask them to let us know 
Maddy we are all close as people and they dont want us going around upset and if it's my last speech i want to save it for that of if im in F2 im going to save it for them. ive known what i wanted to say for years..and i dont want to waste it. and how i played suits what i want to say whether its f2 or fiction. 
Paras you have 2 different speeches though?
Maddy you will see. it wont be the only thing in the F2 but it would bewhat i finish it with
Paras im not the best at speeches

Good Wednesday brother-lovers 

May 01, 2018

Good Wednesday brother-lovers 
Day 60 down, only 9 to go
This week has been an interesting one inside the Big Brother Canada 6 house. Kaela is in the HOH and her noms are in place. The POV has been played on the feeds and the ceremony has been done. 

Kaela won the POV and kept the power in the HOH room. She had been going back and forth about how she needed to cut Derek soon, but she decided not to use the Veto this week. Looks like she is really putting all her faith in winning the final HOH comp. With Maddy and Paras on the block and everything that has been said and done in the house on the feeds, it looks like the house’s eviction choice is pretty set.

Maddy and Paras had been pretty close over the course of the game, but when Paras found out that Maddy was giving information to Daela, things went a little sour between them. Paras felt that Maddy had betrayed her and Will by giving Daela information about their gameplay. Even though Maddy told them that she was manipulated by them, Paras and Will didn’t want to hear her excuses.

She continued to try and explain to Will and Paras that Daela was feeding her information that wasn’t true and she felt as though she couldn’t fully trust Will and Paras. She told them that she had realized that everything they told her wasn’t true, but it’s a little too late to come to that realization.

 Canada?

Kaela to Derek- He (Will) is playing for $20,000.

May 01, 2018

 Kaela to Derek- He (Will) is playing for $20,000. He knows he didnt do enough in this game to win. He is going to do whatever it is if we can bring him further 
Derek- The only person that cant win veto is Paras. Kaela- Yeah. You can convince Will. Be like "I'm going to bring you but you have to bring Kaela (to Final 3)". Derek- We will give him a guarantee. Kaela- Yeah, cause at this point our words mean everything
Kaela to Derek- I dont have Ryan. I wont have Johnny. He already told me he would vote for you cause you have a better social game
Kaela to Derek- You are like Paras. You are good with everybody. That's hard. I had to step on people to get what I wanted. You still got what you wanted cause you let me step on people, which is fucking smart
Kaela to Derek- Attaching himself to me was the smartest thing he ever did. Taught him how to play the game, and he played it better than me. Without me in this game, you wouldnt have made it this far, but vice versa as well 
Kaela to camera- I want to win this game. I have done too much to not win. I can beat Derek. He was just good with everyone, but I got rid of the people that would pick him over me on purpose, so the people here would choose me over him 
Kaela- The only reason he (Derek) was good with Ali and Liv was cause I was good with Ali and Liv. The only reason he was good with Maddy was cause of me. I stayed closer to Paras over the whole game 
Kaela- Will is closer to Derek. He has got Will but I have proved trust to Will 
Kaela- Derek was only close with Merron cause of me. Derek was good with everyone, I gamed with everyone. Derek knew stuff cause people told me, and I told Derek 
Kaela- I pretend I didnt do a lot in this game, but I did a lot. "Derek, your social game is so much better than mine". You were nicer to people. This isnt the who can make the most friends kind of game. This is Big Brother, which you dont know about 
Kaela- Derek, I did use you as a shield in this game. It was a proven fact that if you and I were on the block together, and you didnt win veto, I wasnt going home 
Kaela- The reason I want Maddy gone is cause I want to win that PoV next week. The only person that's standing in my way is Maddy. If it's a mental comp, I might not win because of her but I think I can beat Paras and Will 
Kaela- Maddy is more my threat than his (Derek's). Maddy is more on my side than Derek's. Maddy is better for my game than Derek's game, but mentally Maddy is not good for my game
Kaela- Beginning of the game, I thought if he (Derek) kind of likes me, and I dont get annoyed with him, I could use him as a shield. The guy is always going to be seen as more of a threat than a girl 
Kaela- He (Ryan) saw right through me. That's why he had to go. I used Ryan in week six in my HoH. I knew what he was going to say about other people. My #1 goal was to ruin Johnny's game cause I saw him as the biggest threat other than Ryan 
Kaela- Canada actually did me a favour by saving Ryan that week, cause then I could backdoor Erica 
Kaela- I'm telling them all that my social game is shit. I think that my social game is pretty good. If Maddy goes home this week, I want to tell her some stuff that I have done in this game. If he (Derek) takes me, he's going to be able to explain himself better 
Kaela- I need to tell Maddy everything that I did, but not with extra time that she could tell Paras. I need to do it Thursday day 
Paras to Kaela- There might be a tiebreaker. Moving forward, there is one thing I know for fact. She is better than me at the comps that are going to come 
Paras to Kaela- There is going to be a certain level of bitterness towards me if I make it there 
Kaela- What would you do if you had to make a move next week? Paras- I would probably get rid of what I think is the best player in the house 
Paras to Kaela- In jury, especially if she can somehow convince Will and Derek to keep her, people are going to vote for her 
Paras- Ali, Liv and Johnny are just straight up pissed at me. Season 1 Jillian won every second comp. If it wasnt for that fuck up, she was going to lose. People are bitter. Kaela- Paul should have won but he didnt cause people were bitter 
Paras to Kaela- If she stays and wins that veto next week, she will 100% get rid of one of you two
Paras to Kaela- Johnny said to me quite a few times this season "Maddy is the mastermind. Maddy calls you and Will baggage. Maddy says you are idiots. Maddy has made a lot of moves that people dont know about"
Kaela to Paras- I need someone to pick me. I know Will is going to pick Derek, and I know Derek is not going to pick me
Kaela- If there is a tiebreaker, I will keep you. I will give you my word on that one. Paras- If I magically get to that point where I can somehow pull out that final win, you know who I'm going to choose 
Kaela to Paras- You said you are not good with the jury. I know I am not good with the jury. If you are not good, at least I have a chance. If Derek is in Final 2, he wins the game. I feel like Will is good with everybody 
Kaela to Paras- I am putting my loyalty out there since you have done it for me. Since the very beginning of the game, I have had your back. I will stay loyal to you, and keep you if it comes down to it 
Paras to Will- We have played this entire fucking game together. There has been times we had doubts about her (Maddy), but we always stayed loyal. If I can fucking pull out that Final 3 win, I am taking you
Will- You are not playing me, are you? Paras- At least I know I have a chance to say something against you. Me sitting next to Kaela or sitting next to Derek, they have had social games, won mental comps, won physical comps
Will- Did you say anything to them (Daela) about a Final 3? Paras- No. I swear to God. Bring them in here. Not a chance 
Paras to Will- There has never ever ever not once been a talk this entire week about cutting Will 
Will- Obviously I am going to vote for you to stay. Paras- I hope so. Will- 100 
Paras- My best chance at that Final 2 is with you. I'm not about to make any deals with anyone else that could come to bite me. Will- Your best chance is with me 
Paras- If I win that veto next week, you are not going anywhere. Will- Ditto. Paras- I need you here in Final 2. I'm going to make it my mission to really study the next little while 
Will- Kaela's biggest move to win her this game would have been cutting Derek this week. Paras- She had the chance. I'm going to be laughing if Derek wins and takes out Kaela next week. I'm going to be howling 
More
Will- He will cut her way before she cuts him. Paras- That's what happens every single time. Girls get played by guys cause they are so in love. No female has ever been able to cut a male showmance
Will- I'm going to feel sad saying that to her (telling Maddy he is voting her out). She is like the biggest fan and she is like our bestie. Paras- Know what it feels like pitching against her? Garbage. She would have been gone on Day 27 if it wasnt for me going to Erica 
Paras to camera- That went well. I hate having to pitch against Maddy. I feel like garbage but I gotta do what I gotta do. I need to study way more. This game could be mine. This game is mine. This is my year, this is my win, this my title, this is my $100,000

Summary Wednesday,Mai 1th

May 01, 2018

Summary Wednesday,Mai 1th
Live Feed Updates Wednesday,Mai1th
2:00-3:00 PM: Maddy told Derek the advantage to her staying is that she will not be able to win what would be a physical HoH competition against Derek or Will. Maddy said that will leave it all up to the veto competition, and Derek has beat her in all but one mental competition. Maddy pointed out that Paras has done well in endurance competitions. Maddy explained that she would not be able to take Will to the end since they have played very similar games, but Will has better relationships with the jury. Maddy told Derek he would have a better shot at beating her in the Final 2 as well. Maddy said a jury wants to feel like they have contributed to the winner’s game, which the whole jury has done when it comes to Paras’ game. Elsewhere, Paras told Kaela she is so nervous. Kaela told her not to be, cause she thinks everything is fine. Kaela pointed out that she isn’t voting though. Paras said she thinks that Maddy is telling Derek that Paras has a lot of friends, she would take Derek and Kaela, and Derek doesn’t need to get rid of her since she has beaten her in everything anyway. Kaela said they are at the point where someone has got to go. Paras said she will be the next to go if she doesn’t win the Final 4 veto competition. Paras told Kaela she thinks that she would want to take Will to the end. Kaela said not necessarily, and she and Derek are not on the same page. Paras said Derek’s biggest hindrance on a mental level is Maddy. Paras asked if Derek has said anything to her. Kaela said he was on board to get Maddy out, and he hasn’t said anything different. Kaela advised Paras to talk to Derek after he finishes talking to Maddy. Kaela said she will see if Derek tells her anything. After Paras left the room, Kaela said Derek tells her everything but she doesn’t want Paras to know that. Kaela said Paras should go fight for herself, cause it’s Big Brother and she doesn’t want it to be handed to her. Afterwards, Derek spoke to Kaela about Maddy’s pitch. Derek said Maddy makes good points such as that he would have a better chance to beat her in an endurance competition. Derek said Maddy talked about not wanting to bring Will to the Final 3 since their games are too similar. Derek said he doesn’t want Kaela to have to compete against Maddy in the veto competition, cause they have a better chance at beating Paras. Derek said it’s funny how Maddy said she wouldn’t bring Will to Final 3. He thinks it’s doubtful. Kaela said it’s probably cause she put it out there that whoever gets to Final 3 with them will be guaranteed Final 2.

3:00-4:00 PM: Paras checked in with Kaela. Kaela said Derek told her that Maddy made good points but he hasn’t talked to Paras yet. Paras said Maddy is a mastermind, and she will win the game, if she can convince someone as smart as Derek to keep her. Kaela said if she needs to, she will step in and explain to Derek that Maddy cannot stay. Paras then spoke to Derek. He said Maddy talked to him about keeping her from a competition perspective, and discussed what the competitions might be. Paras said the only thing she has been good at are HoH competitions where you just stand there, which will not be the HoH competition. Paras pointed out that she has performed poorly in competitions even though there is no way that she threw anything in the second half of the game. Paras called her performance embarrassing. As for Maddy, Paras said she has done well in all but one mental competition. Paras went on to say that the jury is bitter every single year, and she might have had jury votes up until a week ago. Paras said Maddy would win out if she stays in the game, and she would get the votes in jury if she is somehow able to convince Derek and Will to keep her. Paras then told Derek that he would have a better chance at beating her in the Final 2 than beating Will, cause the jury loves Will. Paras said girls are bitter over other girls too, so they will get over it when it comes to Will easier than they will with her. Paras said there is no way that she would have Olivia, Ali or Johnny’s votes. Paras said she also probably lost Ryan’s vote by keeping Kaela last week. Paras told Derek that he should also consider how infrequently females beat males in the Final 2.

4:00-5:00 PM: Paras spoke to the cameras. She said she is envisioning herself having nominated Derek and Kaela, and then winning the veto as well. She talked about not using the Power of Veto. Paras said it will feel so good to send Derek home on a game level. Paras said she cant stand Kaela on a personal level.

5:00-6:00 PM: Paras let Will know that she wants to make a pitch to him. She asked if he wants to hear it today, or wait until tomorrow. Will said they can get it over with today. He let Paras know that Maddy wants to talk to him as well. Will clarified that he will not be telling the girls what each other’s pitches were. Paras asked if Will is flip flopping on her. Will said he didn’t say that at all, though he said he would hear Maddy out since it’s Final 5. Will asked Paras how her chat with Derek went. Paras said it went well, and Derek realizes that Maddy is good at the type of veto that next week’s veto competition will be. Paras asked that Will let her know if he plans to vote her out. Will agreed to let her know.

9:00-10:00 PM: Kaela told Derek that Will is playing for $20,000 at this point since he didn’t do enough to win the game. Kaela thinks that Will would do what it takes to get them to take him further. Derek said the only person that cannot win the veto is Paras, as he has a chance to convince Will to keep them. They discussed that they can each guarantee Will a spot in the Final 2 if he brings them to the Final 3. The two then discussed jury votes. Kaela insisted that Derek would win over her if the vote took place today. She said Derek is like Paras in a sense that he is good with everybody. Kaela pointed out that Derek didn’t have to step on anyone’s toes since he was smart enough to have her do it for him. Kaela told Derek that attaching himself to her was the smartest thing he did in the game. She mentioned that she taught him how to play, and he played better than her.

10:00-11:00 PM: Outside, Kaela spoke to the cameras. She said she wants to win the game, and she has done too much not to win. Kaela said she can beat Derek. Kaela thinks Derek was good with everyone but she got rid of the people who would choose him over her. She did note that Will is closer to Derek than he is to her, though she believes that she has built up some trust with Will. Kaela said the only reason Derek was good with Ali and Olivia is that she was, and the same goes for Derek and Maddy. Kaela said she was also closer to Paras than Derek was. Kaela added that Derek was good with everyone but she was the one who gamed with everyone. While Kaela acknowledged she says that Derek has a better social game, she said she doesn’t believe it. Kaela said Derek was nicer to people but this game isn’t about making friends, it’s about Big Brother which Derek doesn’t know about. Kaela explained that she used Derek as a shield in the game. As for this week, Kaela said she needs Maddy to go because she wants to give herself the best shot at winning the veto next week. Kaela talked about wanting to fill Maddy in on the things she has done in this game before she leaves the house. Meanwhile, Maddy campaigned to Will. Maddy explained that the chances of the Final 4 HoH being physical are very high, and Will would likely beat her in it. She said that would give Will a better shot at securing his spot in the Final 3. If Will keeps Paras, Maddy said she will vote for one of them if they make it to the end. However, she said a lot of the moves that Will made were done together with Paras, making it tough for him to get the votes over her. Will said he has one question for her. He asked if she would take him to Final 3 if she wins the veto. Maddy said she has sworn that she would even though she lied to Derek that she would take him and Kaela. Maddy swore on family that she would take Will. Will said his only thing is that Derek and Kaela will likely vote the same way, and he only has one vote. Back outside, Paras joined Kaela. She said there might be a tiebreaker vote this week. Paras pointed out that Maddy will be stronger than her in the upcoming competitions. Paras also said that the jury will be bitter towards her if she makes it to the end. Kaela asked what Paras would do next week. Paras said she would probably get rid of the best player in the house. Kaela eventually gave Paras her word that she will keep her if it comes down to a tie breaking vote. Kaela said she is not good with the jury, so she will have a chance if Paras isn’t either. Paras then made her pitch to Will. She told him that they have played the entire game together, whereas they had doubts about Maddy. Paras said she will take Will to the end because it is her best chance. Will asked if Paras has talked to Daela about making a Final 3. Paras swore to God that she hasn’t. Will let Paras know that he will vote for her to stay. The two agreed that they will save each other if they win the veto next week.

Paras im disgusted with myself.

May 01, 2018

 Paras im disgusted with myself. im, embarrassed i didnt thrown that comp and Maddy was there . the only one she didnt do well waas skip the dishes.. and the next one would be mental.. i know you aren't the biggest fan of the show and only saw a few but the next hoh's are times and events in the house you saw how i was doing i lost and i was 1st out
Paras and you need the wins to get to the end. coming into the house. the speech Kaela gave to Maddy intelligence and mental that's what i want to do. i dont know if it spend too much time socializing and i haven't studied enough and im not proud of having sucked. but when your life is on the line it's who do you want to go against next week 
Derek the veto is the most important next week. and it will be a mix of social and mental
Paras and the veto chooses who goes and i wouldnt be surprised if this hoh will be mental and she might be down playing her abilities and the biggest hindrance of you getting to the end it's her
Paras if you get to the f3 you are winning the game. i think yuo are going to win next veto yo decide who goes home and i think you'd take will and you win the mental in F3 and akela wins the physical and what she has said to me and yo win that final part of HOH
Derek i dont know if i would win against Kaela
Paras and i see you winning it and she said she doesnt do well with options.. maybe she is smart and didnt do well on purpose

Kaela Paras wont take you in the end

May 01, 2018

 Kaela Paras wont take you in the end
Derek i dont want to reply on someone i want to win in the end
Kaela it's going to be questions it's been questions all season
Derek Paras was right after i was walking and talking to Maddy im like you want to chat right after i was chatting to Maddy? i said i want to go lay down for a bit
Kaela you said that to herParas is freaking out now
Derek yeah that's funny that i shut her down
Kaela she is panicking.
Derek im going to say this Maddy gave me some valid points to keep her 
Derek immediate though is yeah to keep her if it's a physical HOH but if it's a mental and long game no it doesnt benefit me to keep her
Derek if we win HOH and POV we're both in F3
kaela uh huh

Paras told Will she has a pitch for him

May 01, 2018

 Paras told Will she has a pitch for him. She asked if he wants to hear it today or tomorrow. Will said to do it today to get it over with. Will said Maddy wants to talk too, so he will see what's best for his game. Paras said not to worry her like that 
Will- I'm not going to tell each other what each other's pitches are. That's not my style. That's just out of respect. Paras- Of course
Paras- Damn, so you flip flopping on me eh? Will- I never said that at all. Paras- That's so scary. Will- I have got to hear her out. It's Final 5. I'm not going to be like "no Maddy, I'm not listening to ya" 
Will- How did your chat with Derek go? Paras- Good. He knows every single season there has been the same style of veto, which is like exactly what Maddy is good at
Paras to Will- He (Derek) didnt give me any indication. He's a smart guy. He knows how good she (Maddy) is at mental comps 
Paras- The one thing I do ask is if you feel like voting me out, let me know beforehand. Will- Oh yeah. I would never do that to anyone. Well...I'm not saying I wouldnt do it to anyone 
Paras- I didnt think you needed any convincing. I thought you knew I wanted to take you all the way to the end. Will- Oh yeah, I just wanted to make sure of that. Paras- I hadnt thought of any pitches. Now I have to go think of one

Good Tuesday brother-lovers <3

May 01, 2018

 Good Tuesday  brother-lovers <3
Day 59 down, only 10 to go
The results from this week’s Power of Veto Ceremony on Big Brother Canada are in and I have the spoilers for you below! Find out if the Veto was used, on who and who the final nominees are this week right here with my Big Brother Canada 6 spoilers!

It’s the Kaela and Derek show, featuring guest appearances by other Houseguests like Maddy, Paras, and Will. Today it was time to discover what move Kaela would make to get herself closer to the finish line and now we know. No big surprises here.

Power of Veto Ceremony 
Kaela did not use the Veto
Maddy and Paras remain the nominees for week 9
Maddy tried to convince Kaela that this was the time to flip on Derek, but come on, we all know she wasn’t ready to do that just yet. She’s still got a few more obstacles and Derek will have her back while the others know she’s a big threat to their odds of convincing a Jury for the win.

What do you think of Kaela’s decision? Should she have used her Veto to blindside Derek and make her big move there? Share your thoughts!

Summary Sunday,April 30th

April 30, 2018

Summary Sunday,April 30th
Live Feed Updates Monday ,April 30th
10:00-11:00 AM: The veto ceremony took place. Kaela decided not to use the Power of Veto. Maddy and Paras remain nominated. Maddy told Kaela she really thinks it’s best for both of them if she stays, but she thinks it’s the end of the line since it’s not up to Kaela anymore. Maddy said she doesn’t think it’s in Derek’s best interest for her to stay, though Paras would beat everyone in jury.

11:00-12:00 PM: Kaela told Maddy she should try to stay. She said Derek hasn’t really talked to her at all about what he wants to do this week. Maddy said she will try but she will give it a day. She said fifth place is still something to be proud of. Maddy said there isn’t much more of a pitch to make other than saying to consider who you can beat. Kaela explained that Will isn’t on the block since she is good at physical competitions even though Will is too. As for Maddy and Paras, Kaela said she doesn’t have the mental or social game down pat. Kaela said she doesn’t think that Derek is threatened by Maddy mentally, given that he is mentally capable. Kaela said she doesn’t want Maddy to think that this wasn’t her move, cause she knows that Maddy thinks Derek had a lot to do with it. Kaela explained that Maddy is threatening to her in the next veto competition. Out by the hot tub, Paras told Will she is scared since she knows what Maddy is capable of. Will said Paras 100% has his vote. Paras worried that Derek could vote the other way if Maddy has promised Kaela things. Will said Derek would never do that since he is threatened by Maddy. Paras said no decision has been black and white up to this point, and she thinks that Maddy will not go without a fight.

12:00-1:00 PM: After Paras said she didn’t want to go outside because they have sun at home, Will told Maddy that they should leave the grouch. They then headed outside. Once they were gone, Paras spoke to the cameras. She said Will should have some sympathy. Paras mentioned that Will was freaking out when he thought the veto might be used. Paras said Will’s comment really pisses her off. Paras said “f*ck you, Will” multiple times. Paras called Will a pansy. She said he could have won the veto, changing the trajectory of this game, but he jumped off like the pussy that he is. Paras said she is scared cause anybody can get into Will’s head with a five minute conversation. Paras said will is a prick for excitedly dancing around since he is in Final 4.

2:00-3:00 PM: Maddy told Paras it’s too early to campaign. Paras said she feels like people know what they want to do. Maddy said they have to prepare for Paras to stay then. Both agreed that they are likely keeping Paras at the moment. Maddy said if she is leaving cause she is a mental threat, she can make Paras one before she goes. Maddy suggested that Paras already is one but she lacks confidence. Afterwards, Paras told Will she said to Maddy that they are probably keeping her. Paras worried that Maddy will now freak out and start campaigning. Will agreed that she shouldn’t have said that. Maddy and Paras then spoke again. Maddy said she doesn’t think that they will be told who is staying until right before the vote. Paras worried that Kaela wants her out. Maddy said Kaela doesn’t have control right now. Paras argued that Derek will do what Kaela wants, and Will will do what Derek wants. Paras said she doesn’t want to campaign against Maddy. Maddy said she is going to try to stay, but not in a way that sets Paras up for failure. Paras asked if Maddy is going to keep it clean. Maddy said there is nothing to make dirty at this point. She pointed out that they should keep her since Paras is a social threat, and they have already proven that they can beat her in competitions. Maddy said it’s not about one of them going, it’s about how to make one of them win. Paras said she will be working the jury for Maddy if she leaves. Maddy said duh. She told Paras that people will respect her opinion if she is the one to go. Maddy spoke to the cameras. She wondered how she is going to make this happen. She said she does see the logic in keeping Paras, which his annoying. Maddy thinks that Paras would be easier to beat in the Final 4 veto competition. Maddy said she can’t really do her dirty, since everything Paras has done dirty, she has done dirty. Maddy thinks she could scare Will about how similar his and Paras’ games are, but Derek will be a harder sell. Maddy thinks Will is going to get to Final 2. In the red room, Paras told Will she feels like she may have been Kaela’s target all along since Kaela wasn’t even going to put Maddy up. Will said he thinks Kaela sees her as a social threat and Maddy as a mental threat.

3:00-4:00 PM: Derek told Kaela he doesn’t really know if anything will happen over the next few days, but from Thursday on is going to be crazy. He said they may end up having something going on every other day from that point on. Kaela said it will be so epic if they both get to the end. Derek said he honestly believes that there are no two people who deserve it more than they do. Kaela told Derek she needs to win Part 1 of the final HoH competition since she would not win Part 2. Derek said she would be able to beat Paras or Will. Kaela mentioned Maddy saying that Paras downplays how much she knows. Kaela also pointed out that Paras outlasts Will in the competitions. Kaela said Paras tries to play the dumb cute girl but she is smart. Derek said Kaela is right. Derek said endurance will be a toss up but Paras is likely to do better than Will. Kaela said she thinks it’s better to bring Will. Derek said he would be easier to manipulate as well. Kaela said all that matters is that they are facing off against each other in Part 3. Derek said they have to bring Will since he is legitimately dumb, and Paras just plays dumb. Once Kaela went to the diary room, Paras spoke to Derek. Paras asked if she should be checking in over the next three days to make sure that they are on the same page. Derek said she can play her game however she wants to. Derek said Maddy hasn’t talked to him yet. Paras said at this point her pitch is to Derek as an individual player, as opposed to when she would pitch to Daela together earlier on. Paras said she can see why Maddy would be useful for Kaela’s game since she was talking about wanting to take Kaela to Final 2. Paras said Derek and Kaela are their own players at this point, and Maddy would be a big hindrance to Derek getting to the end.

4:00-5:00 PM: Paras told Derek that Maddy will point out she is a social player, but there is no guarantee that she even makes it to the end. Paras said she hasn’t given up but she isn’t delusional. Paras said she would get second place next to either Derek or Kaela. Paras said she has already lost Ali, Olivia and Johnny’s votes. Paras suggested that Maddy would be the tougher competitor in the Final 4 veto competition. Paras said she feels like she will be going home next week if she doesn’t win. Derek said he hasn’t even thought that far ahead. Paras asked that Derek let her know ahead of time if she is going to be going this week, cause she would like to enjoy her time.

7:00-8:00 PM: The houseguests celebrated Kaela’s birthday. They had a cake, two bottles of wine, a pinata, and were played some music out by the hot tub.

8:00-10:00 PM: Paras told Maddy she thinks Will would have told her if she was for sure staying. Paras let Maddy know that she will not campaign against her even though it may be her demise. Maddy said there is no campaigning against each other, since it’s just pointing out the differences in their games. Paras said she cannot campaign against Maddy, and she will gun for her to win if she goes to the jury. Maddy said the same in return. She told Paras that whichever one of them stays will win the game. Paras asked Maddy to promise her Thursday morning to tell her everything about her game if she is going home, so she can tell the jury. Maddy told Paras to do the same if she is the one leaving. Paras said they have to promise not to use it against each other during their speeches. Maddy said what she says in her speech wont have anything to do with the game, cause it’s something that she has been waiting for five years to say.

10:00-12:00 PM: Derek told Kaela there is no way the others can beat them. Derek said he will study for hours. Kaela said even if one of them doesn’t make it, the other will. Derek said they are winning HoH and veto this week. Derek pointed out that his competition to win HoH is Paras and Will. Derek said he is beating Will unless it’s who jumps the highest, and he is beating Paras unless it’s who cries the most. Kaela said they are both in Final 3 no matter what as long as they win the veto. Derek said both competitions are do or die to him, because they both need to make it to the finale. Kaela said Derek would beat her in the Final 2 right now, though she has a chance if she wins another competition and he doesn’t. Kaela said Derek has the social game advantage over her. Kaela thinks Derek would have Ryan, Will and Paras. Kaela said Paras is a guy’s girl. Kaela also said she thinks that Derek would have Johnny’s vote.

Maddy and Paras do not want to campaign against each other

April 30, 2018

 Maddy and Paras do not want to campaign against each other this week. They agree that whoever goes on thursday will support the other one in jury and they assure each other that the one who survives still can win the game.

Happy Birthday Kaela!

April 30, 2018

Happy Birthday Kaela!

Derek to Maddy/Paras- I asked for some cake and balloons last night. There is something setup in the hot tub area for Kaela's birthday. Someone distract Kaela, and someone come to the pantry where the cake is to help decorate

A lot happened in the Big Brother Canada 6 house over the weekend

April 30, 2018

A lot happened in the Big Brother Canada 6 house over the weekend with the nominations being set and the Power of Veto being played. Here is a quick recap of some of the important things that happened on the Big Brother Canada live feeds this weekend!

Here we go! Friday we found out Kaela’s nominations for week 9 and no one was really surprised to find that Maddy and Paras were her choices. Clearly, she wasn’t going to nominate Derek and Will has been playing a pretty good social game with the power couple. I hate even using that phrase to describe them, but at this point, they have been able to get to the F5 so there really isn’t another way to describe them. This is exactly why the rest of the HGs should have split them up when they had the chance!

Also on Friday, there was a meltdown between Maddy, Paras, and Will. Paras felt betrayed because Maddy told Kaela that Paras and Will were the ones that were going back and forth on the vote the week before. She also spilled some other information to Kaela about how close Paras and Will are. Maddy tells Paras that she is sick of being the last one to know things and that she felt like Paras and Will were shutting her out. She assumed that it was because they didn’t trust her, but she doesn’t recall doing anything to them to show them that they couldn’t.

Paras reminds Maddy that they could have easily evicted her in the triple and kept Johnny so they could go after Daela, but instead they kept her. This goes on for over an hour and it’s a lot of back and forth and a lot of crying from Paras telling Maddy that she threw away her game to keep Maddy instead of keeping Johnny and going after Daela. Maddy is pretty convinced that she is the one that goes home this week and based on some of the other chats in the house, unless Kaela plans on cutting Derek before F4, she is probably right.

Saturday we had the POV comp and everyone played. According to the chatter on the feeds, Kaela made a deal with Will to bring him to F4 if he dropped from the comp. He wasn’t even a nom this week and had he won, he would have used the Veto and forced her to renom Derek, which would have made for an interesting week, but instead, he took her deal and allowed Daela to have all the power this week. Kaela has gone back and forth with when to cut Derek. She keeps saying she is going to cut him if she goes to F2, but if she doesn’t cut him while she has the chance, she might not make it to F2. She knows that in the end, she can’t be next to him because she won’t win next to him.

Maddy and Paras remain on the block and are up for eviction

April 30, 2018

 Maddy and Paras remain on the block and are up for eviction
Paras talking to derek and will outside
Paras saying taht maddy is very convincing and taht she can convince Kaela to keep her in a tei breaker
Derek no i dont think so. if Maddy wants to talk to anyone it's me and this guy Kaela has no power anymore
Kaela talking to maddy about how Ryan gave her a run down about each HG when she was HOH and now on point he was

Game update!

April 30, 2018

Game update!
Maddy had a talk with Kaela about using teh POV on her. Her points were that Kaela would be a legend in th game if she , while in power now, makes the move to nominate Derek and get him evicted. Maddy stroked Kaela's ego in saying no woman has ever cut their showmance 1st. it's always been the guy who cuts the girl. 
Maddy gave her promises to vote the way she wanted 
Kaela made her points to Maddy saying that Derek will take her to the F2 and that she will win POV to save herself. And that is how she wants to handle it and that's best for her game.

Ali evicted 4-1
Derek won HOH Name that speech
Derek nominated Johnny Olivia and Maddy in the Triple Eviction
Derek sat out for the POV
POV Players Johnny Olivia Maddy Will Kaela Paras
Kaela won POV Drawbridge to Veto 
Kaela did not use the POV
Maddy was SAVED 3-1
Johnny and Olivia were evicted in the Triple Eviction
Kaela won HOH
Kaela nominated Maddy and Paras to be on the block
Kaela won POV

Kaela to Derek- She (Maddy) goes "Derek doesnt want you to talk to anyone in this house

April 29, 2018

 Kaela to Derek- She (Maddy) goes "Derek doesnt want you to talk to anyone in this house. Every time he has been hanging around and making sure you are not talking to anyone"
Kaela to Derek- Paras slipped and was like "if you cut Derek, you are the strongest in this game". You are all fucking cutting me next week. She goes "no no no. I could never take them"
Derek- Both of us arent into a ton of public affection...unless I'm like fucking drunk. I hope you still feel that I like ya and everything. Kaela- I do 
Kaela- It doesnt stop after the game I hope. Derek- Of course not. Kaela- I wouldnt want it to. Derek- Especially if we win. I mean when we win. Whoever wins between the two of us, it's our win. Kaela- It's our win no matter what 
Derek- I wouldnt and couldnt win unless you were a part of my game. I literally came into this house and knew nothing. Kaela- That will get you the win. You came in here and you played my game better than me
Paras- I really really hope I didnt just screw myself. I have a weird feeling I might have 
Paras- That's her (Kaela's) best friend. Why wouldnt she tell him, just to be like "look how much I have your back"? 
Paras to Maddy- I casually kind of brought it up, and then laid it all out. I'm scared I did too good of a job convincing her that you and I wouldnt take each other. She was like "you think Maddy would take me?". I said yes 
Paras to Maddy- Now I'm thinking she's not going to use the veto but she might keep you cause now she has two chances. She is going to tell Derek I was gunning for him to go up 
Paras to Maddy- I think I did too good of a job being like "Maddy would for sure take you". I think she might go tell Derek "it was Paras' idea to put you up" 
Paras- I think I fucked myself. Maddy- I dont know. I dont think so
Paras- I'm being an insecure little fuck. I feel weird. You guys would tell me if I'm going, right? Kaela- How many times did I just tell you? You are being really paranoid. Paras- I'm new to being on the block
Paras- If your minds change, just let me know so I can enjoy my days. Derek- Enjoy your days, and dont worry about what's going on 
Paras- I just feel like she (Maddy) is way better at talking than I am. Kaela- Cause we talked for whatever you said, how long it was? Paras- Two hours
Paras to Derek/Kaela- I'm not good at pitching. I just know I suck more, which is not the best pitch either
Kaela- At last everyone has hit the block. Paras- True. We lasted a while without. Kaela- Are you mad that you dont have a clean record if you get to the end? Paras- No. I'm mad that I dont have comp wins
Paras- Are you feeling the same way as earlier in the week? Derek- I'm still on the same track. Kaela- Except he doesnt see the railroad changing courses up ahead. Paras- I cant with you. You are going to torture me. Kaela- Sorry. You tortured me a lot last week 
Paras- I have faith. I just want to know if things are changing, because Parasnoia. She's like "no, bitch. I'm going to torture you all week". Kaela- I'm not going to. The only reason I'm saying it now is cause this is like the 11th time you are asking me

Summary Sunday,April 29th

April 29, 2018

Summary Sunday,April 29th
Live Feed Updates Sunday ,April 29th
10:00-11:00 AM: Paras told Maddy they should go for it, referring to trying to get Derek on the block. Paras said if Kaela is not receptive to that, they can try to get Will on the block tonight. Maddy agreed. Maddy said she wants to say that if she leaves this week, it is Derek’s move, not Kaela’s. Paras said Maddy needs to tell Kaela that she will take her if she wins next week, whereas Derek might want to make it easy on himself by taking her out. Paras talked about wanting to point out that Derek is so much more into Kaela when she is in power. Maddy said Paras should not even sugarcoat that. Paras said they both need to stress that Derek made a call during Kaela’s HoH, and Will is so wrapped around his finger that he listened. Maddy said that even if Kaela does go back to Derek with everything they say, she will be the one to go anyway. Paras said the jury is going to be so bitter at her. Maddy said she will explain everything to them.

11:00-12:00 PM: Maddy told Paras that Kaela has got to be crazy if she is not considering putting Derek up. Maddy said she thinks Paras can talk her into it. Paras said she is going to try. Maddy said she would be so disappointed in someone for throwing away their chance for a boy. Paras said Derek has been giving Kaela a lot of attention over the past few days. Paras thinks the jury will be so upset if they see Maddy walk in. Maddy said she hopes that they don’t give Canada an underwhelming season. Paras thinks Canada is very disappointed that they made the call to keep Kaela on Thursday. Maddy said it was up to them to pull out a win, and they didn’t. Paras said that has happened so many times now.

2:00-3:00 PM: Out by the hot tub, Kaela told Will she just wants to get to Final 3. Will said they will do it. Kaela pointed out that it would be cool for the only two east coasters to make it to the end. Will noted that it hasn’t been done since Emmett and Jillian got to the Final 3, so they can make history if they get to the Final 2 together. Kaela continued to say that she cannot go to the end with Derek. Kaela explained that Derek has a good social game and he has won competitions. As for the two of them, Kaela said she has not competition wins, and Will has social game, so it would be a fair fight. Will asked if Derek would ever agree to making a Final 3 deal with the two of them. Kaela said she thinks he would but they would have to wait until after the HoH competition since Paras might win. If Derek wins HoH, Kaela assured Will that she will take him to the Final 3. Kaela said she thinks that Paras could beat her since she has a good social game. Will said her social game is good with those in the jury house too. Both agreed that Derek will win if he makes it to the end. Kaela said Paras would beat both of them as well. Will said she thinks it would be close if the two of them were to make it to the end together, but Paras would beat the both of them. Kaela said she would vote for Paras if she made it to the end.

4:00-5:00 PM: In the bathroom, Maddy and Paras continued to discuss the pitch that they will make to Kaela in hope of getting her to nominate Derek. Maddy said she will bring up that Kaela would be the first female to cut a male showmance partner, so she would not even need to say anything more in her jury speech. Maddy also wants to tell Kaela that she will pick her. They then discussed Derek making a move for Kaela by offering Will a deal. Paras wants Maddy to talk to Kaela first. She said she wants to know how they can get Kaela to come to her once she is done talking to Maddy. Maddy suggested that Paras come interrupt their conversation to ask for a minute with Kaela when she is done. Maddy said she only needs 15 minutes. Paras wants Maddy to question why Derek wouldn’t make it easier on himself by cutting Kaela next week, and then encourage her to make the move while she has power. Maddy and Paras said they think that they can make this happen. Maddy believes that it is the best move for Kaela to make. Afterwards, Paras spoke to the cameras to say she really hopes this works. She said the best part about it is that she is not getting any blood on her hands since Maddy is the one doing the talking even though she will be using her points. Paras said Derek is winning the game as of now, and she will be voting for him unless they can take him out this week. Paras worried that Kaela is so insecure in her position that she will tell Derek what they say. Paras thinks she can pull it off as long as Maddy lays the foundation, giving her the ability to blame it on Maddy if Derek finds out and gets pissed off about it. Paras said she still controls what happens in the house even though she is not winning competitions. Paras claims that she has had a hand in every eviction since week four.

7:00-8:00 PM: Maddy spoke to Kaela. She mentioned that it seems like Derek is making calls on her behalf, and her going this week is the best move for Derek. Maddy suggested that now would be the best time to cut Derek. Kaela said Derek is going to take her to Final 3. Kaela also let Maddy know that she cannot have all three members of the trio survive, or else it’s her against the three of them. Maddy said she understands but she will pick her if it comes down to it. Maddy continued to push that cutting Derek now is the best move. She said Kaela is getting played, and Derek will take her out next week if he gets the chance to. Kaela said she will be the next to go if she cuts Derek this week. Maddy reiterated that she will choose Kaela, but Kaela pointed out that just yesterday she was saying she is loyal to Paras and Will no matter what. While Kaela continued to say that she will cut Derek in the Final 3, she said she is not going to do it right now. Kaela explained that Maddy’s connection to Paras and Will is too dangerous when there are only going to be four people left after this week. Maddy said she is so worried because Derek is going to see that he can steamroll Paras and Will if he cuts Kaela next week. Kaela argued that he is confident that he can beat her too, so he will keep her. Kaela asked if Maddy will be like “Kaela knew what she was talking about” if she is able to get Derek out in the Final 3. Maddy said she guesses that she would have to be. Kaela then asked what Maddy would do if she convinced Derek to take her to the Final 2. Maddy said she would vote for Kaela.

8:00-9:00 PM: Maddy said Paras and Will are going against her, so there is no reason for her not to go against them by choosing Kaela next week. Kaela questioned why Maddy is fighting so hard for her to get rid of Derek instead of saying why she should stay over Paras. Maddy said that is something that she will have to do when it gets to that point, but the veto could still be used. Kaela told Maddy that trying so hard to make her go against her own ally is proving that Maddy is not willing to go against Paras or Will, making it more unbelievable that she would choose her next week. Maddy said the only thing she can say about Paras is that it’s riskier to keep since she would beat them in the end. Maddy said she will not go down without a fight if Kaela wants to leave her on the block next to Paras. However, Maddy said Kaela can kiss goodbye any help that she could provide her if that happens, cause Derek and Will are going to vote her out over Paras. Kaela said it’s more likely that she keeps Maddy over Paras than it is that she would put Derek up. When Maddy said Kaela wont be able to tell them how to vote, Kaela said she thinks she can tell Derek how to vote. Maddy then asked if Kaela wants her on the block at all. She pointed out that the other option would be to put Will up, and she could vote whichever way Kaela wants to prove herself to her. Kaela said it’s something to consider. She clarified that she will not be nominating Derek.

9:00-10:00 PM: After her talk with Kaela wrapped up, Maddy let Paras know that Kaela is not going to nominate Derek. Maddy revealed that Kaela asked her to make her pitch against her, so she mentioned the jury vote thing. Paras said the conversation was two hours long, so don’t tell her that that’s all it was. Maddy explained that they talked through every scenario. Maddy said there was a good bit of time that Kaela was considering it for, so maybe Paras can make a difference. Later, Paras spoke to Kaela. She said she is worried since Kaela and Maddy had a two hour talk. Kaela said they were talking about everything, and Maddy was pitching all different scenarios. Paras asked if she should be worried. Kaela said no. Kaela mentioned that Maddy wants her to pick what’s best for her. Paras asked if she means Derek. Kaela said no, just in general. Paras brought up that Derek might send Kaela home next week since it would make his path to the Final 2 even easier. Paras also suggested that Derek and Will have a Final 2.

10:00-11:00 PM: Paras asked Kaela if she is keeping the nominations the same. Kaela said yeah. Paras asked why she wouldn’t take a shot at Derek right now. Kaela pointed out that it would be 3 on 1 against her if she does that. Paras told her not to be so quick to think that they are all taking each other. Paras said she would cut Maddy, and Maddy would cut her. Paras explained that she wouldn’t want to sit next to someone who played such a similar game to her, or next to someone who has all of his friends in jury. Both agreed that Derek would also beat everyone in the Final 2, which led to Paras once again asking why Kaela wouldn’t take a shot not. Kaela said the three will not go against each other. Paras once again disagreed. When asked who the idea Final 4 would be, Paras said the ideal Final 4 doesn’t include Derek for anyone but Derek. Paras was eventually called to the diary room, ending the conversation. Afterwards, Kaela spoke to herself about how Maddy and Paras both came to her with the same idea to cut Derek, right after each other, even though they are claiming not to be good with each other. Kaela said she is not paranoid, and she can see BS from a mile away.

11:00-12:00 AM: Derek and Kaela caught up after Kaela’s talks with Maddy and Paras wrapped up. Derek said there would be no use in using the veto unless it was to get him out. Kaela let Derek know that Maddy and Paras were talking about that. She said they are convinced that he will get her out next week. Derek said they have no idea what their relationship is like. Kaela said she doesn’t think that Derek would take $20,000 away from her. Derek said he would never, cause he wants to make history by getting to the end as a showmance. Kaela said Derek has changed her outlook on how she wants to play. She added that she doesn’t think she needs to screw him over to do what she needs to do. Kaela let Derek know what she has been saying about how whoever gets to Final 3 with them is guaranteed to be in the Final 2 since neither of them will take each other. Elsewhere, Paras told Maddy she is worried that she just screwed herself by doing such a good job of convincing Kaela that they wouldn’t take each other. Paras said Kaela might keep Maddy to take her, getting Derek on board by saying Paras wanted him out. Maddy disagreed. Paras headed to the HoH room to ask that Derek and Kaela let her know if they change their minds about keeping her. Kaela said Paras is bein

Paras I hope live feeders, the real fans of this show

April 29, 2018

Paras- I hope live feeders, the real fans of this show, really see I had to make a move that was best for my game and the people I'm working with. I am sorry that I kept those two (Daela). I know that's not what you wanted. Maybe some of you that watch for the showmance

Paras to camera- I need this to happen. It's going to feel so good. Send Derek home! Send Derek home! Send Derek home! I want him gone
Paras- Shout-out Erica! Erica, my girl, you were right that I am indeed slithering. I'm surprised you picked up on that, cause I was acting so weak and insecure around you. I am also glad you are sitting at home, cause you are a badass bitch 
Paras- You (Erica) and Johnny, my faves this season by far. If I was watching this show, I would be rooting for you and Johnny. I love Johnny and Erica. They are a dream team. My perfect alliance would be with Johnny and Erica 
Paras- If I was a fan, Johnny and Erica all the way. It sucks cause I kept the person that got both of them out, the couple that got both of them out. I can totally see why Canada hates my guts, but I have got to play for the $100K 
Paras- I hope the fans forgive me. I hope I'm not hated for this for the rest of the time, cause I was the move behind both of those people (Erica/Johnny) getting out. I'm sorry. I had to do what was best for me 
Paras- I know you wanted me to break apart the showmance. That's exactly what I'm trying to do this week. I did it a week too late 
Paras- I'm so obsessed with the show myself. I sit there and watch for hours like a creep. I love when people address the cameras and address the feeders 
Paras- I hope live feeders, the real fans of this show, really see I had to make a move that was best for my game and the people I'm working with. I am sorry that I kept those two (Daela). I know that's not what you wanted. Maybe some of you that watch for the showmance 
Paras- I am going to do everything I can to make sure Derek goes home this week. If it backfires, and I go home this week, I will feel like an idiot but it's Final 5. If you want to make a big move, this is it

Maddy I think that I have to make her some promises.

April 29, 2018

 Maddy- I think that I have to make her some promises. It's easier than her coming up with some, and me showing hesitation. Paras- Still say all of those points first 
Maddy told Paras she thinks she needs to promise to vote how Kaela wants her to, and to take her if she wins the Final 4 veto
Paras- What a move that is. Nobody says Sindy got out Neda. Everybody says Ika got out Neda. It doesnt matter if I am not winning competitions. I still control what happens in this house. I have had a hand in every single eviction starting week four 
Paras- If me sitting on the block can convince the HoH to send her 1 home...I'm getting goosebumps. It would be so good. That's like an orgasmic thought 
Paras- Ika is a queen but she had Demetres keeping her safe every second week. I dont know if it's the same 
Paras- She is so into him. Maddy- She is going to look like a fool. Paras- We need to tell her that. Be like "you are so much more into him than he is into you". Maddy- You do this, not me. It's not going to work from me

Maddy- What do you think, Canada? Will she (Kaela) go for it (nominating Derek)? Text 1 for no, 2 for probably not, or 3 for I sure hope so. I'd be curious what people thought
Maddy- I hope they call him (Derek) to DR. Paras- Big Brother, if you want a really really really really good move to happen this season, please call Derek to the DR. Maddy- I know you dont have favourites, but come on

Paras to camera Oh my God, I really hope this works.

April 29, 2018

 Paras to camera- Oh my God, I really hope this works. The best part about this is once again I'm not getting blood on my hands. It's Maddy doing the talking. It's my idea, it's my points 
Paras- If I can save Maddy this week, if I can send Derek packing, oh my God I will feel good
Paras- Right now, Derek is winning this game. If It gets to Final 2, Derek has my vote unless we can take him out this week. I really hope it happens
Paras- I think the problem is she (Kaela) is so insecure in her position that if she hears this she is going to tell Derek 
Paras- I would feel so good if Kaela got Derek out of here...basically if I got Derek out of here. I really think I can pull this off. I just need Maddy to lay the foundation so if she tells Derek, and Derek is pissed off, I can be like "it was Maddy's idea"
Paras- I'm going to give credit where credit is due. Maddy is obviously a big part of this too, but the points I'm giving her to mention are my points

Kaela I just want to get to that Final 3. Will I know. We'll do it.

April 29, 2018

 Kaela- I just want to get to that Final 3. Will- I know. We'll do it. Kaela- I think it would be cool to be the only two east coasters the whole season, and we both make it there. Will- Last time that was done was season 1 with Jillian and Emmett 
Kaela- And they (Jillian/Emmett) didnt even make it to Final 2. Will- Nope. Could make history. Kaela- Exactly. You already know I cant take Derek. The only thing is if Derek wins HoH, he secures himself Final 3
Kaela- Derek and I are not picking each other. Will- It would be such a toss up. The two of you guys are tied in comp wins. Kaela- Everyone loves Derek. We both have comps, but he has social as well
Kaela to Will- If you are in Final 3 with me and Derek, you are guaranteed Final 2 no matter what, whether I win, whether Derek wins, or whether you win 
Will to Kaela- I know my chances of winning against the two of you are slim to none, but just to get there and win $20,000.
Will- Derek would never do that with me and you? A Final 3? Kaela- He would want a Final 3 with us. Will- Think he would make a deal to do it? Kaela- I think so
Will- I think he (Derek) would take you. Kaela- I dont think so, cause I wouldnt take him. If I cut him, that could win me the game. That's why I'm saying whoever is Final 3 with us is guaranteed Final 2
Will- He (Derek) wouldnt make a Final 3 with me, you and him? Kaela- He probably would but it really depends who wins HoH next week. Say Paras wins HoH. There is no way we can guarantee Final 3. You or Derek would have to win HoH 
Kaela to Will- If Derek wins HoH and guarantees himself, I will bring you 
Kaela to Will- With Derek, I know I just gave him the game. He has comps and a social game. I have comps, you have social game
Kaela to Will- Ryan hates me. I dont have Ryan. Johnny already told me he would vote for Derek. Ali and Liv, they are not the biggest fan of me. At this point, I almost feel like everyone would beat me 
Kaela- If Derek is in that Final 2, he is going to win. Will- 100%. Kaela- And that sucks. As much as I wouldnt want to cut him for a personal reason, you have got to look at game. Will- At the end of the day, it's a game
Kaela- Paras could beat me, Paras could beat you. Derek beats us all. It might be a 4-3 (Kaela vs Will). Will- It probably would be close. Paras would definitely beat both of us. Kaela- Hands down. If I was in jury, I would vote for Paras

Summary Sunday,April 29th

April 28, 2018

Summary Sunday,April 29th
11:00-12:00 AM: Kaela told Maddy she has to win the Final 4 veto, otherwise she is done. Maddy said Kaela has to give herself her best shot. Kaela said if Derek is in the Final 3, as much as he would hate her for it, she would do what she has to do. Maddy pointed out that Kaela has power now, and what she does with it will set up next week, so she hopes that Kaela is looking at what she has the capability of doing with both the HoH and PoV in her hands. Kaela said her only goal at the moment is to get to Final 3, which means she has to do what will give her the best shot in the Final 4 veto competition.

1:00-2:00 AM: Maddy told Paras she thinks that Kaela is thinking about taking Derek out this week but she is not yet sold on it. Maddy suggested that it might have if Paras pushes it and then she reinforces it. Paras said she hopes that Maddy isn’t screwing her over in the process. She talked about being hesitant to flat out say anything, out of fear that Maddy would spin it that she had a plan to get Derek out. Paras said if she feels that she got screwed over a second time, she will make it her mission to ensure that Maddy gets no jury votes, which she wouldn’t do right now. Maddy said she is aware that she will be the one leaving this week if nominations stay the same. Paras said she believes that Maddy would say what she needs to say in order to get her out this week if it comes down to the two of them. Maddy said she would hope that Paras would do the same.

Summary Saturday ,April 28th

April 28, 2018

Summary Saturday ,April 28th
Live Feed Updates Saturday ,April 28th
9:00-10:00 AM: Will asked Paras if she is going to gun for the veto. She said yeah. Paras said best case scenario is if Will wins, but she has to go for it since she is on the block. Will told Paras not to bring up anything with regards to him swearing not to use the veto if he wins it. Paras brought up that they can send Derek packing if Will pulls this one out. Will said he doesn’t think he can send Derek packing. He pointed out that he made a deal. Paras said taking Derek out would be a game changer, so it would get him all of the jury votes. Paras told Will to remember that one of them or Maddy are guaranteed the next HoH if Derek is gone. Will said he is a man of his word. Will thinks he would look so bad to the jury and to Canada if he ever did that. Will told Paras not to say any of that to Maddy either. Paras said their chances are slim if Derek and Kaela stay. Will disagreed. He said one of them is likely going to Final 2, and they both could be if one of them wins. Paras said she would rather be sitting next to Will than Derek and Kaela. Will reiterated that he made a deal to basically guarantee them Final 4, otherwise the two of them would have been nominated. Will said he would lose the jury votes but it would be alright for Paras. Paras argued that everyone hates Derek in the jury.

12:00-1:00 PM: Paras told Maddy she thinks that if one of them goes this week, the other will be gone next. Maddy said probably but she thinks that Paras could survive if next week’s HoH is an endurance competition. Maddy said Kaela has played a more impressive game than Derek but Derek is more likely to win out. Paras asked why Kaela’s game has been impressive. Maddy said she has burned the most bridges, and would have to win her way to the end. Paras said she would probably vote for Derek to win over Kaela. She thinks it is smart game play to have hidden behind Kaela. Maddy said the first time you hear boos will be if she walks out. Paras said Maddy is so wrong, and fans would be happy that Maddy did it to her of all people. Paras said she is such a huge reason that Johnny is out, Erica is out, Ryan is out, and Erica is out.

1:00-2:00 PM: Paras asked Kaela if she thinks she can win the final HoH against Derek, or if she thinks that he has to go before that. Kaela said she thinks that Paras and Will would take each other over her if she cut Derek any sooner. Paras said she doesn’t know how she would fare against Will in the Final 2. She said Will is going to have Johnny’s vote, and Ali and Olivia do not like her. She also said she has played too similar of a game to Will to go to the Final 2 with him. Paras told Kaela she would have Johnny, Ali and Olivia voting for her if she cut Derek. Paras said Kaela has four guaranteed votes if she takes her to the Final 2. Kaela argued that Paras’ social game would be the best in the house if she gets to the end without winning anything, whereas she just won a couple of competitions. Kaela said it’s harder to get to the end based on social game. Paras told Kaela she needs to seriously consider cutting Derek if she wins the veto next week. Kaela said she knows.

2:00-3:00 PM: Paras asked Maddy if she thinks her chances are better against Kaela than they are against Will if she ever makes it to Final 3. Maddy said no. Paras said Ali and Olivia will be so bitter that they would never vote for her. Maddy disagreed. Maddy thinks it would come down to which way Derek and Kaela vote. Paras said Kaela wouldn’t vote for her if she chose Will over her. Maddy thinks Ali and Olivia would vote for Paras over Kaela. Paras asked if Will would vote for her if she cut him in Final 3. Maddy said she thinks so. As for this week, Maddy said their best hope is that the nominations change so that they can both get out of the week. Paras told Maddy there is a 95% chance that she gets home if Maddy wins the veto. Maddy disagreed. Maddy brought up that Kaela wants to cut Derek. Paras said she brought up that Kaela might have to cut Derek sooner than the Final 3. Maddy said she brought it up as well, and Kaela was considering it. Maddy told Paras that Kaela will use the veto if she wins it, but she wants her to sell her soul to her. Paras said they have to make Kaela believe that they would both take her to the end, and Derek would for sure beat her. Maddy said they can survive the week as long as anyone other than Derek wins the veto. Paras said she thinks Will has promised that he wouldn’t use it. Paras said it will be the biggest move of the season if they can get Kaela to take out Derek this week. Paras explained that Kaela needs to think it was her idea. Maddy and Paras discussed that they might have to stage a blow up so that Kaela doesn’t think they would choose each other. Maddy thinks they can get Will to use the veto, but Paras said Will doesn’t want to seem to use it since he said he made a deal. Paras thinks they have to keep stressing that Derek is playing such a good game and he would win for sure.

8:00-9:00 PM: Feeds returned following the veto competition. Kaela won the Power of Veto. Kaela asked Derek what’s wrong. He said she beat him. Kaela asked if he is pissed cause she beat him. Derek said yeah. Kaela said she beat him cause her strategy was better than his. Derek said they are tied 4-4 now, and it would have been 5-3 had he won. Derek told Kaela he needed to win that since her social game is better. Kaela disagreed. She said everyone loves Derek. Derek pointed out that Kaela is the first person to win three straight competitions this season. In the pantry, Paras told Maddy they have to show Kaela how much it shows that Derek is controlling her considering Derek offered Will Final 4 during the competition even though it is her HoH week. Paras said they have to feed into Kaela’s ego. Paras told the cameras that she might be able to send Derek home. She said she and Maddy will have to fake a fight, then go to Kaela to say they want to take her to the end. In the white room, Will told Paras that Derek threatened him in order to get him to drop out of the competition. Paras said she thought he said to drop in order to get to the Final 4. Will confirmed that, but said they already had a deal so it was like a threat. Maddy came by and said it didn’t look like Will was going to drop. He said he wasn’t going to until Derek said that to him. Back in the pantry, Derek told Kaela they have all of the power again. Kaela said Derek is safe cause of her. Derek said it was partially him to since Will stepped off cause of the deal he offered him. Kaela asked if Derek is going to evict her next week. Derek said not to ask him that, or else he will. Kaela said they can make a deal in the veto competition next week if Paras is out of it, offering to take Will to the Final 3. Both agreed that they would bring Will. Derek reassured Kaela that he could never cut her. Derek said he also wouldn’t take Will over Kaela even if it was a guaranteed win. Derek said Will doesn’t deserve the $20,000, and he couldn’t take that away from her.

9:00-10:00 PM: Kaela pointed out that she told Paras not to worry. Paras said she is still worried, and she will be until Arisa tells her that she is safe. Derek said her two votes are right there. When Paras brought up that things flip, Derek said this is different. Once they were alone, Derek told Kaela he thinks that it might be better to bring Paras to the Final 3 over Will. Derek explained that she is not strong mentally, running, or agility wise, and Will knows the days better than she does. Kaela said they can make a last minute decision next week. Derek said he would even rather go up against Paras in the endurance portion of the Final 3 HoH competition. They agreed that they can see how Paras and Will perform in the HoH and veto competitions next week.

10:00-11:00 PM: Maddy asked Paras if they should approach Kaela separately to together. Paras said she thinks they should do it separately. Paras suggested that they plant the seed by saying Derek is good, and he will win the game if he makes it to the end. From there, she said they should point out that Derek is making calls for Kaela during her HoH. Finally, she wants to say that Derek will obviously not take Kaela to the end, and he might cut her next week. Maddy brought up that they can sell Kaela on no female showmance partner having cut the male. Paras thinks they can feed into Kaela’s ego by mentioning that Derek is way more into her when she is in power. Paras said the only thing that worries her is this backfiring. Maddy said she would be the one going home anyway. Maddy said she will probably tell Kaela that she would pick her, though she assured Paras that she doesn’t mean it. Maddy said she didn’t want to swear on something and then go back on it, but it’s a last resort. Meanwhile, Kaela talked out loud while alone. She said she would have to cut Derek in the Final 3 since she might not beat him. Kaela said it sucks since Derek is saying he wouldn’t do that to her, but he might anyway. She talked about Derek saying this is life, not just a game. Kaela said it has always been just a game for her. Kaela reiterated that she came there to win, and she will pretend that she is taking Derek so that he will take her.

Maddy to Kaela- I hope you are looking at the whole idea of what you have the capability to do this week with both of those things in your hands

April 28, 2018

Maddy to Kaela- I hope you are looking at the whole idea of what you have the capability to do this week with both of those things in your hands
Maddy to Kaela- If you use the veto on me, which I dont expect you to, communicate to me what your intentions are. I would be receptive to whatever you are trying to accomplish 
Kaela to Maddy- The only thing I'm trying to do is get to Final 3. That's my goal right now. The obstacle in my way is I know I cant play for HoH. What is my best chance of winning that veto? No one is going to pick me except for myself 
Kaela to Maddy- I wasnt putting you on the block. I needed that veto not to be used if it was won 
Paras to camera- If I can convince her (Kaela) that this is her only shot at taking out Derek, this can really work. That could be my game winning move. I'm a little afraid of doing it and having it backfire where I go home this week 
Paras- I have a lot of work to do the next few days. If Derek goes, I can do a lot of damage in this house 
Paras- I have got to make sure I win. Even if I dont, I have got to make sure Kaela is the one who takes me to the end cause Derek wont 
Maddy to Paras- I think she is thinking about it (taking out Derek) but she is not sold on it. I think if a push from you, reinforced by me, comes along
Maddy- I think it might actually be her plan. She was like "next week I have to win the veto. That's the only chance I have of getting to Final 3". Doesnt that kind of sound like she doesnt want him (Derek) to be there? Paras- I hope so
Paras- I just hope in the process you are not fucking me over. Maddy- We didnt even talk about anybody else
Paras to Maddy- If I feel like I got fucked over a second time, I will make it my mission to make sure you dont get any votes 
Maddy- If noms dont change, I am very aware that it is the end of the road. Paras- I think we can still do some damage. Maddy- I think it might be her plan (to target Derek)
Paras to Maddy- It's just weird how girls are always like "I'd cut my showmance in a heartbeat". They dont see the process when they are hooked. He is suddenly giving her so much attention
Paras- I feel like you would be willing to say what you need to say to get rid of me. If it has to be me or you, you'd be like I have to do whatever to make sure it's me. Maddy- I would hope it was the same with you
Maddy- What's this coming from? Paras- I think you say things that you dont fully share with me. My fear is I go lay it all out, then you are like "get Derek in here so I can tell you about this master plan Paras has"

Maddy isnt bald, for those of you who are still asking that

April 28, 2018

Maddy isnt bald, for those of you who are still asking that
Derek to Kaela- I might have to cut Jesse. Me and you Amazing Race is a lock 
Kaela to Derek- I went from off the block, almost to go home, to veto, HoH, veto 
Derek- I guess you have to look at strength of wins too. The veto I won was to save myself. You havent won a veto that saved yourself. Kaela- I won an HoH to save myself. If I didnt win, you and me were on the block. Derek- That's speculation
Maddy- Do we approach her (Kaela) unified or separate? Paras- I think separate. Maddy- I think unified is best cause she knows our relationship is severed right now 
Paras to Maddy- I think we plant the seed by being like "man, Derek is good. If Derek makes it, he is going to win". We move on to "he is making calls for your game. It's your HoH, and he is making calls for you"
Paras to Maddy- The third one we move on to is "Derek is obviously not going to be taking you (Kaela). He might not even want you at Final 3" 
Maddy- No female showmance partner has ever taken out the male. Paras- Be like "do you understand the resume you would have if you do that?". Feed into her ego. I noticed how much more into her he is when she is in power 
Paras- The only shit that worries me is this shit backfiring...her being insecure enough to tell Derek. Maddy- If it backfires, I go home though. If she isnt willing to put up Derek, maybe she is willing to put up Will. Paras- I say we work on Derek first
Paras to Maddy- We tell her (Kaela) if she doesnt take him (Derek) out, he is going to take her out before Final 3
Maddy to Paras- I think I am going to tell her (Kaela) that I pick her. I dont mean it. I pick you 
Maddy- I think she (Kaela) is going to get mad and tell Derek all the stuff that I say. Paras- Is it a risk we are willing to take? Maddy- I am going home anyways if we dont 
Maddy to Paras- I dont want to swear on something and go back on it, but I might. It's a last resort though
Maddy to Paras- I think we actually have a decent shot at this (getting Derek out) happening. I think Kaela came here to win
Maddy- I would sell my soul to her for her to think I am her #1. Paras- The scary thing is she doesnt change her noms, she has Derek as her backup, and she keeps you. Maddy- Derek would not keep me. Will would vote to keep you. I'm 100% 
Paras to Maddy- I'm very surprised at how shitty I did in that comp. I thought that was my comp to win
Kaela to herself- If it came down to me, Derek and anyone in the Final 3, I would have to cut Derek to win cause I might not beat Derek. I want to win 
Kaela- I didnt even know you (Derek) 57 days ago. I feel like I have known you forever
Kaela- I would have to do it (cut Derek at Final 3). If I had the chance to do it, I would. I know I would, which sucks cause he is saying he wont. Maybe he would. I really dont know 
Kaela- He (Derek) is saying this is not just a game. It's life. This was always just a game for me. We are not even there yet. Anything can happen but if I was the one who had to choose at the end cause I won, I would cut him. I came here to win
Kaela- I still pretend I am going to take him (Derek) 100% just in case he wins in the end, so he still takes me 
Kaela- I have to win that veto, or I'm dead. Maddy- I had to win the veto today. It's not always what happens. Kaela- I just dont want to walk into that jury. Maddy- Just give yourself your best shot
Kaela- If Derek is there (Final 3), as much as he would hate me, I would do what I have to do. Maddy- You have power now. How you set up your power this week will set up your next week

Paras to camera Maddy and I have to fake a fight

April 28, 2018

Paras to camera- Maddy and I have to fake a fight....then we each go to Kaela "Kaela, I want to take you to the end
Will told Paras that Derek pretty much threatened him by saying to drop if he wants to go Final 4 
Paras to Will- That was your comp to win, but it is what it is. You are safe
Maddy- It didnt look like you were going to drop. Will- I wasnt going to drop until Derek said that to me, and scared the shit out of me 
Derek- We have got all of the power again. Kaela- Your butt is safe cause of me. Derek- And me. He (Will) stepped off cause of the deal 
Kaela- You are mad I got another one on my resume? Derek- That's all it was. Why else would you stay up? Kaela- Cause I wanted to beat you. I didnt want you to get that 5 yet
Kaela- You are not going to kick me out next week, are you? Derek- Are you fucked? Dont even ask me, or I will 
Kaela- If it comes down to me, you, or Will (in PoV next week), we can make a Final 3 deal right there. I will bring Will to the Final 3. Derek- 100% 
Derek told Kaela he could never cut her. He said he couldnt do that in front of Canada, or do that to her, and he could never take money over a friendship 
Derek to Kaela- Even if it was you and Will, and I could guarantee a win by taking Will with me, Will doesnt deserve $20,000. Me and you do. We have fucking done everything. I would never take that away from you. I hope you wouldnt 
Derek- Although this is a game, this is also life to me. I would never do that (cut her). Kaela- Thanks. If I win $100K, I will come visit you. Are you going to be a sour apple when I win? Derek- Of course not 
Kaela to Derek- I am bringing Maddy to Hasbro. The only reason she is on the block is cause she had this master plan to get you out, and you are my 1
Kaela- I bet you so much they were going to try to convince Will to use the veto. Derek- I knew they would. Maddy... Kaela- And Paras 
Paras- If there is a Final 4 dinner, we could do a east (Kaela/Will) vs west (Derek/Paras). Kaela- I like the sound of that double date, actually. Derek- We can do that. Will- Let's do it. Kaela- Just dont talk about it when she (Maddy) is around
Kaela- Didnt I tell you not to worry? Paras- I am still fucking worried. Until Thursday when they say "Paras, you are safe"... Derek- Two votes are right here. Paras- How many times have we seen shit flip? Derek- This is different
Kaela- Do you think Maddy knows? Paras- She said this morning "Paras, I think I am going but I am just telling you now that I'm not going to give up campaigning"
Kaela- Do you think if Will won that she (Maddy) was going to try to get Will to use the veto? Paras- Umm I dont think Will would have 
Derek- I feel like Paras might be better to bring than Will. Kaela- Why? Derek- Her mental, running around, agility...I dont think she has any of it. I know he (Will) knows his days better than Paras. Kaela- We can make a last minute decision next week 
Kaela- We have got to focus on next week's veto mainly. A lot of studying. Derek- I still feel like I would rather go up against Paras even in endurance

Sounds like Daela are planning to send Maddy out

April 28, 2018

Sounds like Daela are planning to send Maddy out bc Derek feels like he can beat Will/Paras in HOH. Kaela tells Derek they can make the deal with Will in the POV again if he gives them the POV they will take him to F3. Both would like to have Will in the Final 3
Derek telling Kaela that it's Maddy, Paras, & Will then it will be them on stage for the "showmance showdown" Derek assuring Kaela that he will take her to Final 2. Derek said they deserve the money he'd never take Will

Kaela won the Power of Veto!

April 28, 2018

Kaela won the Power of Veto!

Paras to camera If it's reward or punishment, I'm going to be on slop for the rest of the season

April 28, 2018

Paras to camera- If it's reward or punishment, I'm going to be on slop for the rest of the season
Paras- I am not going anywhere this week. In fact, I have plans to send Derek home still 
Paras- I am going to make Kaela question everything. I'm going to be like "do you really think he (Derek) is going to take you to Final 3 next week when he can just steamroll through people like me and Will? Take your shot now" 
Maddy i felt taht i was loosing myself as a person and i have some moral regrets. and it;'s just a game.we are not who we define ourselves to be inside the house . I dont think we coulda done this with out each other
Kaela yeah i dont think you 3 woulda survived if you didnt ahve each other
Maddy i hope i make it thru the week but i hope it's noty at the game expanse.. and we all do what is best for us today i feel more at peace with it
Kaela every decision i made. i made it and i wont regret it i'll just move on from it. 
Kaela whatever happened to you will and paras it was emotional. and whatever they did it's game
Maddy i just thought that they never would. it got personal.. and it's all mixed up and i know you are probably struggling with the thoughts of derek
Kaela i have thought of it but i have to do it for the game and why i am here
Maddy i heard you yelling at me during fishermans barf.. "why are you hear".. i thought of that all the time. i walked in here with an objective and no personal reasons

Maddy "O Canada, I'm so sorry for everything that I've done

April 28, 2018

Maddy "O Canada, I'm so sorry for everything that I've done. I know this is what I said I would do, but the fact that I really did it does surprise me. I hope outside of this game people will understand that I had to behave in a certain way because it's a game"
Maddy "The human side of me does not want to win this veto, because Paras deserves more to be here. She piggybacked me through this entire game. And if I'm getting played, I'm just amazed honestly & more respect to her, she's the best game player in this house" 
Maddy "The way I behaved is despicable. I played a disgusting game. I'm very disappointed with myself in a lot of ways. Everybody who said I was a snake is right." She wants former HG's, who consider a friendship, to know that she is different outside the house. 
Maddy "Anybody who's watching and maybe cheered for me at some point, I'm sorry, I hope you've found another person." In her F2 or eviction speech Maddy wanted to say "stand up for yourself and who you are doesn't make you a bitch", now she can't say it anymore.

Paras- Do you think you can win that final HoH against him

April 28, 2018

Paras- Do you think you can win that final HoH against him (Derek), or does he have to go before that? Is your fear of cutting him before you get there is that you wont get to Final 2? Kaela- Yeah. If I made it with you and Will, you are taking each other
Paras- Keep this between us. Kaela- I'm not saying anything to anyone. Paras- Promise me. Kaela- I promise you. Paras- At this point, I dont know my chances against Will 
Paras- He (Will) has Johnny. Kaela- But what has he done in the game that makes him have them? Paras- The jury is going to be bitter. Ali was cussing me on her way out. Liv was so upset cause I chose Maddy over her
Paras- I have played too similar of a game to see myself in Final 2 with him (Will). Kaela- People are really mad at me. Ali and Liv are kind of pissed at me too. Paras- They are way more mad at me. Liv and Ali fucking hate me. Kaela- You would have Ryan 
Paras to Kaela- If you cut Derek, and you bring me, you 100 have Johnny, you 100 have Liv, and you 100 have Ali. That doesnt feel good to say out loud
Paras- I know for a fact Ali is the most bitter person. The only person I feel I would have their vote against you is Ryan. Kaela- That's guaranteed. I would have Derek 
Paras- You have four guaranteed. Kaela- You will have Ryan, you will have Will, you will have Maddy, and you just need one more. Paras- It's a 4-3. I feel like it's going to stay that way, unless I screw one of them (Maddy/Will) over. You might have 5-2 
Kaela- If you screw one of them (Maddy/Will) over, you might have Ali, Liv or Johnny on your side. Paras- No. You dont understand the level of hurt. They (Ali/Liv) full hate my guts. Johnny just wants drama. Johnny wants you to cut Derek 
Kaela- Your social game got you to where you are. If you get to finale just based on social game, you probably have the best social game in the house. Paras- The jury is going to be bitter 
Paras- What if you make it there, and he (Derek) is the one that wins that final HoH, and cuts you? Kaela- You guys (Paras/Will) are picking each other anyway. If Derek is in Final 3 with us, there is no way you can pick Derek 
Kaela- My social game, I cant argue that at all cause I have screwed that all over. Paras- I have now too 
Kaela to Paras- It's harder to get there with the social game. If you dont win any comps, and get there with the social game, that's pretty good 
Paras- If next week you are the veto winner, you are going to have to seriously think about it (evicting Derek) though. Kaela- I know 
Paras to Kaela- I dont know if you should be risking it (taking Derek to Final 3) if you end up winning the veto next week. I feel like I am your best chance being in Final 2 with you 
Paras to Maddy- If we can get into Kaela's head to get rid of Derek, that's the biggest move of the fucking season. We need to make her think it's her idea 
Maddy- Kaela thinks I would always choose you guys, and you guys would always choose each other. Paras- We could have another blow up. We could stage something good 
Maddy- Will is not going to like this. He is going to want to take Derek. Paras- Too bad
Maddy- If he (Will) wins the veto, I think we can get him to use it. He would use it on you though. Paras- I dont know if he would. Yesterday he was way more willing. Today he was like "Paras, I made a deal"
Maddy- Ideally today... Paras- Me, you, Kaela winning. Maddy- Will maybe. Derek is not good. Paras- Will winning is not good either
Paras to Maddy- I would very subtly imply it wouldnt look good for her (Kaela) to be sitting with him (Derek) in Final 3, that there are other people that would take her there. You can certainly throw me under the bus 
Paras to Maddy- I think the thing we have to keep stressing is "man, Derek is playing such a good game"
Maddy- I think Derek is in her (Kaela's) head. He is good. Paras- She loves him a lot. She is really into him. I honestly think he either has a girlfriend, or he is gay. Something is with him 
Paras- She (Kaela) is also savage. If we let her believe that she has all of us... Maddy- We are going to have to blow up. Paras- I hope to God it's me, you, or her (winning PoV). We can do something
Paras to Maddy- If we can trick Kaela, it would be golden. I would be the biggest fan of myself. If we can turn this week around where she sends her own showmance home.

​Live Feed Updates Saturday ,April 28th

April 27, 2018

Live Feed Updates Saturday ,April 28th
12:00-1:00 AM: Paras informed Derek, Kaela and Will that Maddy plans to shave her head to win the veto. Will said he will buzz in before her to do it, and he will take all of the punishments. Kaela assured Paras that she is safe if she stays on the block next to Maddy. Kaela said Paras can tell her that she cannot guarantee anything, but she said they would get to Final 5 together as well. In the pantry, Derek and Kaela discussed that getting Maddy out is the best move. Kaela spoke to Derek about convincing Paras and Will to take them over each other if they win the veto next week. Kaela suggested that they pitch they would take that person to Final 2 over each other. Kaela said she would be willing to swear on things again, and she thinks people would be more likely to believe it now that she kept her word when she swore on her cats the last time. Kaela pointed out that swearing on her cats on camera wont do anything to the cats.

Kaela spoke to herself in the HoH room. She said she wants this more than she has wanted anything in her whole entire life. Kaela said she is willing to do whatever it takes. Kaela talked about doing the impossible last week, as the showmance survived the block. Kaela mentioned really wanting to use the veto on Olivia yesterday, but she had to make sure that her word means something moving forward. Kaela told herself that she is better than everyone in the house, she can win, and she is going to win. Downstairs, Maddy spoke to the cameras about this likely being her last week inside of the house. Maddy said she is not looking forward to her reception outside of the house. Maddy apologized to her friends and family for behaving the way that she did.

Summary Friday ,April 27th

April 27, 2018

Summary Friday ,April 27th
Live Feed Updates Friday ,April 27th
9:00-10:00 AM: Paras told Maddy she is going to have to win the veto if she is not on the block. Maddy said she is quite sure that Paras will not be on the block. Paras said it will all be up to her then. Maddy assured Paras that she will choose her over Will if they are on the block together. Paras said she thinks that Maddy might be better for her game than Will is. Maddy said she has already given her word that she would take Paras to the Final 2. Maddy told Paras that a lot of things have been said that could make her feel alone, but she is choosing not to. Paras pointed out that she let Maddy know about the six, she let her know that people were telling her to distance herself from her, and more. Maddy said she knows.

12:00-1:00 PM: Maddy told Kaela she believes that Paras and Will would choose each other over her. Maddy said it’s daunting heading into the week as the fifth in the house. Maddy mentioned Paras and Will were very upset with her at certain points last week because they thought she made a deal with Derek and Kaela. Kaela let Maddy know that they asked her if Maddy had cut a deal. Maddy said even on the couches at the very last minute before the vote, she told Paras and Will that she is voting to evict Ali, and they can join her if they want to. Kaela said she was very aware of that. Kaela said she needs to decide who else she wants in the Final 3, because she knows that she cannot take Derek to the Final 2. Maddy said she is in a weirdly similar position except that it’s with two people instead of one. Kaela let Maddy know that Paras came up to her to say she is supposed to be her #1 but it’s looking like Maddy is Kaela’s #1. Kaela said she didn’t understand why they were voting as a three last week. Maddy said she knew that Paras and Will would always choose each other, but they would be even more so inclined to do that if she voted opposite from them if they didn’t want to keep Kaela. Maddy said she was vocal about wanting to keep Kaela. Maddy pointed out that if the person not on the block wins the veto and uses it, Derek has to be the replacement nominee. Maddy noted that she hasn’t won a competition yet. Maddy said she doesn’t think the third person would change the nominees if she is on the block. Kaela said she will have to deal with whatever she is left with after the veto plays out. Kaela brought up that she had told Paras she trusts Maddy so much, yet Paras told her not to trust Maddy. Kaela warned Maddy to be careful since she is not Paras and Will’s first choice. Kaela told Maddy that Derek is picking Will or Paras, so Maddy is not going to the Final 2 if she takes Derek over her but doesn’t win.

1:00-2:00 PM: Paras told Will that either Kaela is power tripping, or she made it seem like she is going on the block. Will thinks Maddy knows that she is not going up but she is not telling them. Paras agreed. Paras thinks that Maddy might have said some things. Will asked if they should question her on it. Paras said Maddy wouldn’t tell them anyway. Paras said Maddy will do it even more if she thinks that they are doubting her. Paras brought up Kaela questioning why she was going back and forth over whether or not to keep her. Will said Maddy probably told Kaela that it was Paras who was indecisive.

2:00-3:00 PM: Paras told Maddy that if she and Will are nominated together, her vote will depend on whether or not Maddy tells her truth right now. Paras asked if Maddy told Kaela that she was the one going back and forth on the vote. Maddy said she told Kaela that both Paras and Will were going back and forth. Paras asked if Maddy said anything else. Maddy said she mentioned that the two of them have better social games than her. Paras said it sounded like Maddy threw her under the bus. Maddy said she feels that Paras and Will would always pick each other over her, but she didn’t throw them under the bus. Paras asked if Maddy told Daela that she would rather go to Final 3 with them than her and Will. Maddy said no but she doesn’t think that Paras or Will would take her. She mentioned Paras hesitating when she said that she would choose Paras. Paras then asked if Maddy told Kaela that they were talking on the couch about changing their minds about keeping her. Maddy admitted to saying it. She said Kaela saw then whispering, and asked if that’s what it was about. Maddy brought up that Paras and Will said for hours that they felt stupid after last night’s eviction, which hurt her. Paras said she didn’t feel stupid about keeping Maddy. Paras explained that she made a call that was better for Maddy, not herself, and then they saved Maddy rather than saving Johnny to go after Daela. Paras said she thought Maddy had her back. Maddy said she does but Paras and Will have each other above her. Paras said she got played, since she stuck her neck out for Maddy four times. Maddy said she was played as well. She brought up Ali saying that Paras and Will talk crap about her behind her back. Maddy insisted that she answered a question, but she didn’t throw them under the bus. Paras left. Will came by. Maddy said Kaela asked her if Paras and Will were still on the fence after Kaela’s speech, and she said that they were cause it’s true. Maddy said Paras now thinks that she played her. Will said she kind of did. Will told Maddy he hopes that she feels alone in this game. He said she is actually such a piece of sh*t. Paras and Will then spoke in the red room. Paras said she made two calls to protect Maddy last night, and now she is going home this week because of it. Will said they don’t need Maddy since they have each other. Will said Maddy wont use the veto on them now since she has a deal with Daela. Will suggested that they could promise Kaela a Final 3 if either of them make it in order to get Maddy on the block. Will said they should have kept Johnny over Maddy. He also said they should move Maddy’s stuff over to the red room. Paras said they can’t be saying these things when Maddy could still use the veto on them. Will said Maddy will not be getting their jury votes if she makes it to the end. Will said they should offer Derek and Kaela a Final 4. Maddy joined them. Paras cried, saying she has never felt more betrayed in this house. Maddy said she is so sorry. Paras said Maddy is not sorry, and she is happy that she made this decision. Paras said she looked at Maddy as a sister, and she was always deflecting attention away from her. Maddy said she thinks everything that everyone said to her got to her head. Paras said she threw away her game for someone else, and now she will go home this week. Will said he hopes Maddy gets put up on the block, cause he knows they can offer more to Daela. Will said Maddy would be gone if not for them bringing her to the Final 5. Will let Maddy know that she will not have their jury votes, and he will make sure that no one else votes for her either. Maddy said she thought that they were playing her. Will said Maddy can’t win a competition, and she comes in second in every mental comp cause she sucks at them. Paras said she doesn’t care about any of that but she has never felt so hurt by anyone in her life. Will told Maddy she is really selfish, and everyone in the jury house will know. Paras said Maddy is proud of it. Will said it was a dumb game move since she is not going to win Big Brother. Paras called Maddy extremely manipulative. Will said she is not, and don’t give her that credit, cause he said yesterday that they should have kept Johnny over her. Paras said she is proud of Maddy for being such a shi*ty person, cause she screwed her. Will brought up Maddy’s plan to get Derek out by having whoever is off the block win the veto. Will said their only chance was if he or Paras were off the block, cause Maddy cannot win a competition at all. Will told Maddy she sucks. Maddy said she does. Maddy said she will take one of them off of the block if she is the one who is not nominated. Will said she is saying it just because she has to. Maddy said she is saying it cause she said it before. Once Will left, Paras congratulated Maddy for being the most manipulative person that she has ever met in her life. Paras and Will then spoke to Kaela. Paras said Maddy tried to make the conversation on the couch into something that it wasn’t. Will said Maddy was on board with keeping Ali as well. Will told Kaela he knows that he is going on the block but please leave Paras down. Kaela said it doesn’t matter who goes up since it all comes down to the veto. Will then let Kaela know that Maddy came to them with a plan to use the veto on one of them if she is not nominated, so they can get Derek out. Will suggested that they get Maddy out this week, and go to the Final 4 together. Will promised they will not use the veto, but Maddy gave her word that she would.

3:00-4:00 PM: Will swore to Kaela that he would take her to Final 3 if she doesn’t put he and Paras on the block today. Kaela said she wont be taking Derek to Final 2, so she will be taking whoever gets her to three. Will said Maddy will beat any of them in the veto competition if she gets to the Final 4. Kaela told Paras and Will to win the veto. Paras asked if that means that they are going on the block. Kaela said she hasn’t even chosen who is going up. Afterwards, Paras let Maddy know that Will told Derek and Kaela about the plan for the veto. Paras said they hadn’t even thought of it, but Will got emotional and let it out. Maddy apologized for not addressing her first when she felt played. Paras said she doesn’t believe it since she saved Maddy twice yesterday. Paras again said she doesn’t think that anyone has ever hurt her in her life this much. Maddy said she let people get into her head, and she cried thinking that she was played by Paras. Paras told Maddy to say whatever she needs to say to make herself feel better. Outside, Will told Derek that Maddy had a plan to get him out if she had won the veto while not on the block. Kaela explained that Derek has to go up if Maddy isn’t up and she uses the veto. Will said Maddy told them that she would do that in order to regain trust with he and Paras. Will swore to God that he will not use the veto if he wins it. Derek said that means a lot after hearing what Maddy said. Kaela said she can make something happen if he promises not to use the veto. Will swore on his son’s life that he would not use the veto if he wins it. Will pointed out that it’s on TV now for Canada to see. Will said he wants to put it out there that he doesn’t have a Final 2 with anyone. Back inside, Paras spoke to the cameras about how she looked out for others for 56 days but she should have only looked out for herself. Paras said she will be going home this week because of it. Paras said she would almost be guaranteed Final 3 if she had kept Ali and kept Johnny. Maddy came back apologize once more. Paras said they need whoever is off of the block to win the veto so that they can all be safe. Paras said Derek and Kaela were going to take prizes instead of the veto until Will spilled the plan when he got emotional.

4:00-5:00 PM: In the pantry, Will let Paras know that he swore not to use the veto cause it was the only way that the two of them don’t get nominated together. Paras said if she and Maddy are up there, and Will doesn’t use the veto, Derek and Kaela will vote her out. Will said they will vote Maddy out, but he wont screw Paras over if Derek and Kaela are leaning towards keeping Maddy. Paras said they will not let Will know that they are voting her out, but they will. Will said he will go back on his word if he has to. Paras said if the third person pulls off winning the veto, they can still do this. Paras said they have to make sure that they send Derek home this week. Paras thinks she and Maddy will now go up since they have Will’s word not to use the veto. Paras said she won’t give her word cause she wants to use the veto. In the HoH room, Kaela let Derek know that Paras was crying, saying that Maddy betrayed her. Kaela said she didn’t even tell Paras that, and it was Maddy who admitted to it when Paras had her suspicions. Kaela said Will was heated, and he told her that Maddy brought up using the veto on one of the nominees to get Derek out. Derek said Maddy has to go. Kaela said Will swore on his son that he wouldn’t use the veto, so she has to put Paras on the block. Kaela said Paras and Will are now pissed at Maddy, so they want to get Maddy out. Kaela said it would be perfect if they can get rid of Maddy this week. Derek asked if they would send Paras home if Maddy wins the veto. Kaela suggested that Will would be less capable of repairing a relationship with Maddy than Paras would be. Derek thought that Will might come to their side if Paras is gone. Kaela said Maddy needs to go, but Paras will go if Maddy wins the veto. Afterwards, Kaela spoke to Will. She said if he keeps his word, referring to not using the veto if he wins it, he and Paras can both stay this week. Will gave his word and pinky swore.

8:00-9:00 PM: Feeds returned after being down for three hours. Derek checked in with Will to ask if he 100% wouldn’t backdoor him if they keep him off of the block. Will said he swore on his son’s life, and he would never do that only to go back on it. In the red room, Maddy pointed out that what happened today didn’t change too too much game wise, but it changed their relationship forever. Paras said not forever, though it will take her some time to get over going home this week. Maddy disagreed that Paras is the target. Maddy mentioned that her behaviour was inappropriate today considering that she sold he soul, hurting people that she cares about. Kaela and Paras spoke in the HoH room. Paras brought up Kaela saying that she will piggyback Paras to the end if she saves her. Paras said she believed Kaela, but she doesn’t feel that her move ended up translating. Paras thinks that her indecisiveness made Kaela doubt her. Paras talked about not having made an impact on the game in a sense that she hasn’t won any competitions. She said it really hurts when the entire crowd cheers after you are called a floater, or when they boo after you vote to evict Ali. Paras said she knows she screwed up, and she obviously hasn’t played a good game considering the crowd cheered when she was called a floater. Paras brought up that she knows she and Maddy will be going up. Kaela said you never know. Kaela let Paras know there is a very particular conversation that they will need to have following the nomination ceremony.

9:00-10:00 PM: Paras told Will she thinks that Maddy is the target. She said Will still has to gun for the veto so that they can take out Derek. Will said he made a deal with him. Will said he will make sure Paras is safe but he can’t make sure that Maddy is safe. Paras told Will he might have to go back on the deal if the time comes, cause they could destroy Kaela next week if Derek is gone. When Paras said she feels bad for Maddy, Will told her not to after Maddy screwed them to a point where they would both be nominated if not for his deal. Paras said the game could be theirs if Will wins the veto tomorrow. Will told Paras not to say anything to Maddy about him using the veto. Paras said she feels bad for making Maddy feel the way she did. Meanwhile, Kaela spoke to Maddy who said she is hesitant to say anything right now after she really broke someone’s heart. Kaela talked about Maddy trying to backdoor Derek. Maddy said she just pointed out the math, and it was more about the three of them staying than Derek going. While Maddy implied that she would not choose Paras and Will earlier in the day, she said she now doesn’t know if they were playing her. Maddy didn’t know what to believe after seeing Paras’ reaction. Maddy told Kaela she really wanted her to stay last week, Kaela said she wanted to get Maddy to the end, but she now knows that Maddy wouldn’t pick her. Maddy said she doesn’t know what she would do, but she will have a hard time taking the veto away from Paras right now if they are nominated next to each other. Maddy said she is there because of somebody she played today. Kaela said she is there cause of all three of them, but mostly cause of Maddy. Maddy said she wishes that would still count for something, cause all she did was point out the math. Kaela asked if Maddy would use the veto if she isn’t nominated. Maddy admitted she cannot say she wouldn’t use it, and have it get back to Paras and Will. Maddy said she has done so much damage today that she cannot promise that, but she does know what would be best for her game.

10:00-11:00 PM: The nomination ceremony took place. Kaela nominated Maddy and Paras for eviction. Up in the HoH room, Derek and Kaela discussed that Maddy leaving this week is the best option. They don’t think that Will would go back on his word after swearing on his son that he would not use the Power of Veto if he wins it. Kaela told Will she cannot take Derek if she gets to the Final 3 with him. She implied that she and Will could go to the end together if the trust is built this week. Will said Kaela has got her word. Outside, Paras told Maddy she respects the game move that she made. She said she will be cheering Maddy on if she makes it to jury. Paras apologized to Maddy for not filling her in more, and making her feel left out. Maddy apologized, saying she really wants the money. Maddy mentioned that it’s messed up she is screwing Paras over when she would not be there if not for Paras. Maddy said tomorrow she is going to try to play for the veto that would take it away from Paras. Paras said that’s okay since it’s her life in the game. Maddy said she will shave her head to win the veto. She said nothing else matters except for the money, but she is done sewering Paras and Will.

Paras "I'm so sad" Maddy

April 27, 2018

Paras "I'm so sad" Maddy "I have to live for the rest of my life with this. I probably will not watch this season. If I'm on the block, I'll go home" Paras: "I strongly disagree" Maddy thinks veto is punishment & reward. The girls are studying, Kaela joins them.

Derek: "100% you wouldnt backdoor me if we kept you off of the block?" Will: "I swore on my son's life. Everything that gets me further in this game, I'll do now." He's willing to shave his head to keep the noms the same. Derek "I'm trusting you, bro"

Maddy to Kaela: "On a friendship level, I made a big mistake today, on a game level I don't know." Maddy crying: "For one of the first times I actually tried to play BB, but the game played me. I completely damaged my relationship with someone else in this house."

Kaela- Dont worry. Derek and Will are both keeping you

April 27, 2018

.Kaela- Dont worry. Derek and Will are both keeping you. Paras- If I'm sitting next to her (Maddy)... Kaela- You are here. Dont worry
Paras- I just dont know if I have the balls to shave my head like she does. Kaela- Will has the balls to shave his head. Will- I'm willing to take every single punishment there is
Will- If she (Maddy) shaves her head, that's fucked. Derek- I would die. Will- She wont shave her head. Paras- I think she would to stay. She said "I might go wash my hair one last time". Kaela- We dont even know what the comp is
Kaela to Paras- You are not going home this week. You might say I cant guarantee anything. When I'm pretty confident, I'm confident. Derek won HoH, I won veto. All 5 of us are here cause that's what I said we were going to do. You're going to be in Final 4
Paras- My hair is getting so frizzy out here. Will- Go wash it one more time before you have to shave it. Kaela- Paras is like I'm not shaving this. Would you? Paras- I dont know. Will- You'd be able to rock a shaved head 
Will to Paras- You get in her (Maddy's) mind. You tell her "I'm going to shave my head too". She wont shave her head if two of you are shaving
Derek- If we can get Will and Paras Final 4, we have got a good chance. Kaela- Yeah
Kaela- I want this more than I have wanted anything in my whole entire life, and I'm willing to do whatever it takes 
Kaela- I talked about it for so long how I wanted to be on Big Brother...just play it 
Kaela- Literally the impossible last week happened. How does a whole showmance survive the block? I'm literally going home. Within the last 20 minutes, I got them to pick me
Kaela- I really wanted to use the veto on Olivia. I didnt cause I knew my word would have to mean something going forward, so when I need to use my word again it means something 
Kaela- You are better than everyone in this house. You keep telling everyone Derek can win. I can win. I am going to win
Maddy- This is likely my last week in the Big Brother house. I'm looking at 5th place, which I feel good about. I am not looking forward to my reception. This game really makes you lose yourself 
Maddy- I feel like I showed a part of myself here that I didnt know to the extent that it was there. I cant even pretend that it was uncharacteristic. I chose to do those things
Maddy- I have waited so long to be here. The fact that this could be the conclusion is very very very disappointing. I'm so sorry to all of my family and friends that have seen me behave this way
Maddy- I think when I step outside these doors that I've got a lot waiting for me that I dont want to face, that I deserve to face. I chose to be the way I did. This is fully my doing 
Maddy- As of right now, I feel very defeated. I said earlier that I would keep doing anything I could to stay in this game. Somewhere in me, I mean it. Right now, I cant imagine ever being that way. This is not how I was raised. This is all me

Will "Yes, she's played you

April 27, 2018

Will "Yes, she's played you." Paras: "I feel so stupid. Everything I did in this game was to protect the 3 of us" Both think they will go on the block and Maddy won't use the veto. Will suggests to offer Kaela a F3 deal.
Paras crying: "Maddy, I stuck out my neck for you 4 times, I made 2 decisions to save you yesterday. I never felt more betrayed. I saw you as as sister. Everything I said to others about you was always deflecting attention away from you." Maddy: "I'm sorry" 
Paras can't stop crying, Maddy tries to apologize: "I think what everybody said to me about you got to my head. I had myself believing that you guys were playing me." Paras: "We saved you!" Maddy: "But you said it was stupid." P: "I never felt so hurt in my life

Maddy- If the non-nominee wins the veto and pulls one of them off

April 27, 2018

 Maddy- If the non-nominee wins the veto and pulls one of them off, Derek has to be the replacement nominee. Kaela- Yep. Maddy- If the person does not use the veto...one of those nominees goes home. I havent won a competition yet... 
Maddy to Kaela- I think that if myself and one of those two is sitting on the block, and the third person won, I dont think they would change the nominees
Kaela to Maddy- He (Ryan) told Derek "if you Kaela got to the final, you have my vote 100%". He hates me. He does not want me to win this game. Johnny said that too 
Kaela to Maddy- If Derek and I get there together, he is 100% winning. If I get there with someone, there is a lot of people that dont want me to win. I'm not taking Derek 
Maddy- We would have a pretty even chance against each other in that Final 2. Kaela- Paras is good with everyone in the game. That's a great argument in the final. Maddy- So is Will
Kaela to Maddy- Whatever happens after the veto is what I have to work with. If the veto screws up, I dont know. Go out there and win that veto if you can 
Kaela told Maddy that she and Derek agreed that nothing Ali said on her way out was a lie, referring to her saying Paras and Will talk shit about Maddy
Maddy- She (Paras) told me you said I was a huge mental threat. Kaela- I have never said that at all. Maddy- I didnt think so
Kaela- I wanted to get close to you. She (Paras) put a halt to it. If she was close to me as she said, why wouldnt she want me to get close to you cause you guys are close? Maddy- She wants to be my 1
Kaela to Maddy- I'm just saying be careful cause you are not their (Paras/Will's) choice. They have told me several times. They have tried to make a Final 4 with me and Derek

Kaela "if you could actually like promise you wouldn't use the veto

April 27, 2018

Kaela "if you could actually like promise you wouldn't use the veto, I could make something happen" 
Will "I swear over my son's life I will not use the veto if I win it"
Will will go back on his word, it’s not the first time LOL
Kaela told Will if he keeps his word, Will gives his word & they pinky swear. 
Kaela says he gave her his word they both(him/Paras) can stay this week..

Kaela and Derek discussing Will's swear - Derek said "great move Will, you kept yourself off the block, dude"
Kaela agrees to nominate Maddy and Paras. Will also has to hold up bis end of the deal 
Kaela/Derek think that Paras/Will possibly told the truth about Maddy. They think if it is a mental runaround next week, they should better not have Maddy around. Their current plan: Maddy/Paras will be the nominees, Maddy is the main target

Paras "Future houseguests, please take this advice

April 27, 2018

 Paras "Future houseguests, please take this advice: Please go with your gut, please play for yourself. This is what happens if you don't. My story in the BB house is gonna be a floater that got played."
"I look like Kim Kardashian when she has her cries."
Kaela tells Derek about her conversation with Paras/Will: "Paras was like, I feel so betrayed by Maddy, I had her back and she threw me under the bus. And I was thinking like, how did you know that?! I didn't tell you, I didn't tell Will."

Paras "That is your point? You don't take in consideration the fact that I made a call

April 27, 2018

 Paras- "That is your point? You don't take in consideration the fact that I made a call that saved you and that it was you we saved, not Johnny?" Maddy: "If you think I played you, I have not. I get 5th place." Paras: "I guess you made sure you don't."
Maddy says they were already divided, it's Paras/Will and herself. Paras saying it was a stupid decision, had proven that "I don't believe that you think I'm best for your game" P leaves, Will joins her in the red room. Paras crying: "I'm going home this week."
Will wants to know why Paras is crying, she says he should ask Maddy. Maddy tells Will that Paras thinks, she's been played. She confirms telling Kaela about them whispering. M: "In the End I don't think I'm everyone first choice" Will calls her "a piece of shit"

Paras confronts Maddy about her talk w/ Kaela

April 27, 2018

Paras confronts Maddy about her talk w/ Kaela. M: "I think you've done a lot for me in this game, I don't doubt that you want me here" P: "Did you tell them that you want to go to F3 with them?" M: "No. But I think that neither of you two are gonna take me to F2"
Maddy confirms she has told Kaela that Paras/Will considered to keep Ali when they were whispering on the couch last minute. M: "I just told her the truth, it's not throwing you under the bus. I know this is my last week in this house." Paras smiles: "Oh Maddy"
Maddy: "Why would you and Will keep me?" Maddy says, she knows that she benefited the most from keeping Kaela, but it hurts her that it took Paras for the last second to make a decision and that they were talking for hours about how stupid their decision was

Game update!

April 27, 2018

Game update!
Kaela wants to nominated Paras and Maddy so that Paras can never use the fact she wasn't on the block in a F2 if she gets there. Even though Kaela promised her that she wouldn't touch the block ever if she was HOH

Maddy Will and Paras know that if the one who is not on the block wins the pov and uses it that Kaela must put Derek on the block and they will vote him out.

Ali evicted 4-1

Derek won HOH Name that speech

Derek nominated Johnny Olivia and Maddy in the Triple Eviction

Derek sat out for the POV

POV Players Johnny Olivia Maddy Will Kaela Paras

Kaela won POV Drawbridge to Veto

Kaela did not use the POV

Maddy was SAVED 3-1

Johnny and Olivia were evicted in the Triple Eviction

Kaela won HOH

Maddy, Derek, Kaela, Will, and Paras are the final five players.

April 27, 2018

 Maddy, Derek, Kaela, Will, and Paras are the final five players.

Live Feed Updates Friday ,April 27th

April 26, 2018

 12:00-1:00 AM: Kaela told Derek she doesn’t want Paras to accidentally get to finale without ever having been on the block. Derek said he was just about to say the same thing. Kaela pointed out that Paras is using that as argument to win the game. Derek mentioned Maddy and Paras as potential nominees. Kaela isn’t sure that that makes sense for her, seeing as people know that she is closer to Maddy and Paras than to Will. Derek said it’s a new game at this point. Kaela admitted she wants to put Paras on the block due to the fact that she has not yet been nominated. Kaela wants to take that argument away from her. In the white room, Paras told Maddy and Will that they can pull out the veto win. Will said whichever one of them doesn’t go on the block has to work twice as hard as everyone. Will wondered who would go up. He expects that he will be one of the nominees. Maddy said it will be her as well. Paras said it would then be on her to pull out the veto win, which would mean Derek goes home. After that, Paras said they would automatically be HoH next week since Kaela cannot compete. Back in the HoH room, Kaela said they can get rid of Maddy this week if they get the chance. If not, she said Paras can go. Derek agreed. Kaela talked about nominating Paras and Will just in case Maddy wins the veto. She said there would then be no bad blood. If Paras or Will win, she said they can nominate Maddy. Kaela also brought up potentially using the veto to put Maddy up if they were to win it. Derek asked if she would rather Maddy go over Paras. Kaela said she doesn’t know.

Kaela- If we can get rid of Maddy this week, we can

April 26, 2018

 Kaela- If we can get rid of Maddy this week, we can. If not, Paras. Derek- I think so too. Kaela- Put Paras and Will on the block to begin with just in case Maddy does win the veto. No bad blood. Paras or Will win, we have to throw Maddy up anyway
Kaela told Derek she doesn’t want Paras to accidentally get to finale

 Kaela is the new HoH! 

April 26, 2018

 Kaela is the new HoH! 
Maddy, Paras and Will are a combined 0 for 44 in competitions.
Derek and Kaela are a combined 7 for 25.

Summary Thursday ,April 26th

April 26, 2018

Summary Thursday ,April 26th
Live Feed Updates Thursday ,April 26th
10:00-11:00 AM: The vote remained up in the air heading into the day. Paras said the question is whether they are scared enough of Derek winning that they would keep his girlfriend around. If they are, Paras said she thinks that they should explain to Johnny that he is going up in all scenarios unless the three of them win. Maddy argued that it’s a matter of covering themselves, not being scared of Derek. Maddy suggested that Olivia would nominate two of them. Paras disagreed. When Paras once again brought up telling Johnny, Will said that will blow up in their faces, and is a horrible idea. Will asked if they want to get to Final 5 with Daela. Maddy said no but they will take them out tonight. When will questioned if she would want to be Final 5 with Daela if they don’t win, Maddy said she is focused on getting to the Final 5. Will admitted that he doesn’t know what to do. After Maddy left the room, Will told Paras that Maddy 100% made a deal with Daela. Paras said keeping Daela is a tiny bit better for their game, whereas keeping Ali is better for Johnny’s game. Will reiterated that they cannot let Johnny know if they are keeping Kaela. Will said he is going to do what is best for the three of them, which Paras said is to keep Kaela.

11:00-12:00 PM: Will told Johnny that he will be going up 100% no matter who wins out of Derek, Kaela, Ali or Olivia, so they are thinking about what will keep them safe. When Johnny asked if people are still considering keeping Kaela, Will said he doesn’t know what people are going to do.

12:00-1:00 PM: Maddy and Will again explained to Johnny that everyone but the three of them will be putting him up. Johnny said Ali is feeling she is clearly going after having a conversation with Maddy. When Johnny brought up saying in front of Ali that he thinks Kaela is staying, Will said he probably has to send Ali home now that she thinks they are flipping on her. Maddy said keeping Kaela is their best chance. Johnny disagreed. Will pointed out that they have better odds if they all go against Olivia in the HoH competition. Johnny asked if they will even put Daela up if they win. Maddy and Will both said yes. Johnny said it still doesn’t make sense why they think that Derek and Kaela are the better bet than Ali and Olivia. Will said they swore on their families. Maddy said Ali and Olivia will likely gamble with two of their lives, but Derek and Kaela likely wont at this point. Johnny said Derek and Kaela are not idiots, and they will view Maddy, Paras and Will as a trio. Johnny went on to say that a strong showmance is capable of winning out, and they will win the game against any of them in Final 2. Johnny spoke to Will one on one. He explained that Ali and Olivia will work with Will if he is gone, but Derek and Kaela will not. Will said he has to go with what Maddy and Paras want, since they have the votes needed to make the decision. Paras joined the conversation. She said Johnny is only safe with the three of them either way, and the difference is that Derek and Kaela have agreed to only nominate one of them initially. Paras clarified that she has not yet told anyone that they are safe. Paras admitted that Derek and Kaela swearing to them worked to some extent. Johnny told Paras and Will that Maddy would always leave before them if Ali and Olivia are in the game. Maddy joined them. Paras told her it’s not cool that she has been voicing that she wants to keep Kaela to Derek in order to get on his good side. Maddy said she will not be on his good side if she evicts Kaela. Paras disagreed. Paras said Ali is now pissed off at them due to Maddy’s conversation with her. Maddy apologized. She said she will vote to evict Kaela then. Maddy said she doesn’t want to chance them thinking that she is trying to weasel her way around. Paras said Maddy made a deal with Derek. Maddy denied it. Will asked what they are going to do. Paras said she thinks that she will vote to evict Kaela. Will said Johnny’s paranoia screwed them today. Maddy said that’s what is causing all of this. They then discussed the need to figure out what gives them the best chance to get to the Final 5. Ali spoke to Will, reminding him that Maddy is saying this is best for the three only because she doesn’t know about the six that Paras and Will are a part of. Ali asked if she still has Will’s vote. He said yes. Meanwhile, Kaela told Paras she will not be going on the block if she stays. Kaela assured Paras that she will not go up if she or Derek win. Derek came by to let Paras know that she will not even go up if he needs a replacement nominee.

1:00-2:00 PM: Derek and Kaela both swore to Paras that they will not put her on the block today. Kaela promised that it will be the three of them if Paras saves her. Derek said they will have her back until the Final 3. After Paras left, Derek and Kaela agreed that they will not nominate Paras if they win. Ali spoke to Paras about the six. She said Paras and Will have her and Olivia. Ali mentioned wanting to get Johnny out if she wins, after he put her in this position. Paras then spoke to Will. She said Derek and Kaela swearing on things last night holds value to her. Will said his gut is telling him to keep Ali. When Paras asked if they should stick to that, Will said he doesn’t know. Kaela joined them. Will asked if Maddy made a deal with her. Kaela said no. Derek then asked to speak to Will. He reassured him that he has had his back from the start, and he was a part of all of the alliance that he made. Will said he doesn’t want to touch the block today. Derek said he is not going to straight up say it, cause he isn’t going to make deals with the three, but he asked if Will really believes that he would put him up. Will said he knows. Maddy, Paras and Will discussed the plan. Maddy said she will keep Ali if that’s what they decide. Paras said her gut told her to evict Kaela but she became convinced when they started swearing on things. They talked about doing what is best under the assumption that they win HoH. Paras said that would mean keeping Ali. Maddy said they should do that then. A minute later, Paras asked if they should keep Kaela and then gun for HoH. Maddy said that is their best chance. Will said he will be down if that’s what they want to do. Paras said she doesn’t know. Will brought up that they will look so stupid if two of them go home after keeping the showmance. Paras said that is her biggest fear as well. Ali spoke to Will to reiterate that she and Olivia will have his back and Paras’ back, whereas Derek and Kaela will have Maddy’s back. Will asked if Olivia would nominate Johnny. Ali said that both of them plan to do that. Ali said she would like to get to the Final 4 with Paras and Will. Paras joined the conversation. She gave Ali her word that she will keep her. Paras clarified that she wants to keep Maddy if she is up next to Derek and Johnny. Ali said they are on the same page. Maddy later asked Paras if Derek said that they had made a deal. Paras said Kaela told her that she would have the back of the first person to say they are keeping her, which she said was Maddy. Once she was alone, Paras spoke to the cameras about not knowing what to do. Paras said she wishes that she was more decisive. Kaela came by to reassure Paras that she and Derek have her back. Kaela said she will take Paras to the end of the game.

2:00-3:00 PM: Paras said her gut is telling her to get rid of Kaela, but they are offering good deals. In the kitchen, Will asked Johnny if he will use the veto on him if he convinces the girls to evict Kaela. Johnny said yes. He also said he would vote to save Will, and he would help convince Ali and Olivia to do the same. Paras asked Ali who she would nominate if Derek, Johnny and Maddy were up, and she needs a replacement nominee. Ali was frustrated that Paras put her in that position, but she said she would not nominate Paras. Will then let Maddy and Paras know that he thinks he is going to vote for Ali to stay. He said he is going with his gut. Paras said it might be best to rip the bandaid off, keeping Kaela, since Ali and Johnny are already mad at them. Will argued that it’s stupid to leave the showmance in the game. Paras checked in with Ali again. She asked if she is upset about her asking that question. Ali said no but it’s an awkward position to be in. Ali said Paras is better for her long term game than Will is. Elsewhere, Maddy told Will she cannot believe that she is about to vote to keep Ali. In the white room, Kaela told Paras she is making a mistake if she sends her home. Paras said she doesn’t think that she can beat Derek or Kaela. Kaela said she cannot beat Ali or Olivia. Kaela said she is nothing without Derek, and she will be easy to beat. Maddy, Paras and Will talked things over again. Paras said she doesn’t know what to do. She said she kind of wants to evict Ali now. Maddy remained on board with that. Will said to go ahead and do it then, cause he wont make them choose the other route. When Maddy left the room, Will told Paras the only reason that Maddy is so anti-Ali is because she will end up on the block if Ali wins. Paras asked if it’s bad that she believes Kaela. Will said they are full of crap. When Maddy rejoined them, Paras said she thinks she wants to evict Ali. Will said he will support that decision. Maddy asked if they are done, and agree on that. Paras said she wants 60 more seconds to run through the options one more time. Feeds then went down.

8:00-9:00 PM: The triple eviction episode went as follows:

Ali was evicted by a vote of 4-1. Olivia voted to evict Kaela.
Derek won HoH.
Derek nominated Johnny, Maddy and Olivia for eviction.
Kaela won the Power of Veto.
Kaela decided not to use the Power of Veto.
Kaela, Paras and Will voted to save Maddy.
Johnny and Olivia were evicted.

10:00-11:00 PM: When feeds returned, we found out that Kaela is the new HoH. In the HoH room, Paras cried while speaking to the cameras. She said she is so mad at herself for knowing the game so well but still making a stupid call. Paras said she knew it was not a good idea to keep the showmance, yet she did it anyway. Paras said she feels like she handed the $100,000 over to Derek and Kaela. Paras talked about having done what was best for Maddy’s game instead of what was best for her own. Paras said nothing hurts more than to think that Canada sees her as a floater. If Canada sees her as a floater, Paras said she wishes that she could go back in time to make some crazy calls even if it cost her her game. Paras mentioned that Erica is someone who is memorable even though she left earlier in the game.

11:00-12:00 AM: Will wondered who Kaela would nominate. Maddy said she thinks she can say for sure that she will be going up. Will said they should have a clean week, not badmouthing each other. Maddy agreed. They figure that Kaela already has her mind made up anyway. Maddy mentioned that they have one last shot, referring to the fact that Derek could leave this week if whichever one of them who is not nominate wins the veto and uses it. Will told Maddy to not even bring that up to Derek and Kaela. Maddy said they will figure it out eventually. In the kitchen, Kaela told Derek she cannot believe that they both survived. She said they are guaranteed Final 4 and a 50% shot at making it to the finale together. Kaela said next week’s veto is going to be the most important. Kaela said they have to make this decision together cause it’s at a point where they have to decide who could come close to beating them. Kaela said Derek had better take her to the Final 2. Derek said he would never bring anyone over her, and he has thought about what he would say when he takes her. Kaela said she wouldn’t take anyone over Derek either, even though she said she would at the beginning. Derek asked who they want to compete against in the final HoH competition. They discussed that Will could be the best option. Kaela thinks that Maddy could beat them in memory competitions, while Paras could probably beat them in endurance competitions. Derek said Maddy probably has to be the first to go.

Paras to camera- I'm so mad at myself for knowing the same so well and still making a stupid call.

April 26, 2018

 Paras to camera- I'm so mad at myself for knowing the same so well and still making a stupid call. I knew it's not a good idea to keep a showmance. I still did it 
Paras said she feels like she handed Derek and Kaela $100,000. She said she was looking out for Maddy instead of herself by keeping Kaela
Paras- Nothing hurts me more than to think Canada thinks of me as a floater. If that's what Canada thinks of me, I wish I could go back in time and make some crazy calls
Paras said she has only tried her best in 4 comps, so there is hope. She said she needs to realize she is 0 for 4, not 0 for 15 
Kaela is the new HoH! 
Maddy, Paras and Will are a combined 0 for 44 in competitions.
Derek and Kaela are a combined 7 for 25.
Will- I wonder who they are going to put up. Maddy- I dont know. I think I can for sure say that I'm going up. Will- One things let's not do is bad mouth each other. Let's have a clean week. Maddy- I agree 
Will- I'm sure she (Kaela) has her mind somewhat made up. Maddy- We do have one last kick at the can (if whoever isnt nominated wins PoV and uses it, Derek would have to go up). Will- Can you imagine if we pulled that off? Dont even bring that up
Maddy to Will- The jury is literally full of people who talked shit about me. The jury never wanted me here...ever 
Kaela- I cant believe we survived. Guaranteed Final 4. That's a 50% chance we are both in the final. Derek- Fucking crazy 
Kaela to Derek- Next week's veto will be the most important. If we win it, we are both guaranteed Final 3 
Kaela to Derek- We need to make this decision together on who goes this week. It's at the point where we need to get out who could even come close to beating us
Derek- We have won 6 of the last 7. Kaela- What?! Really? Derek- Yeah. Kaela- And I was HoH before you. Derek- The last 9, Johnny has won 2, we have won 7 
Kaela- You better take me to the final. Derek- I have already thought about what I would say to bring you to the Final 2. I would never bring anybody over you. Kaela- I wouldnt either. At the beginning, I always said I would. It's different 
Derek- Who do we want to play in that (Final HoH)? Kaela- As much as I dont want it to be Will... Derek- He gets so frustrated. Kaela- Memory, Maddy could beat us. Endurance wise, Paras could probably beat us 
Derek- Maddy probably has to go first. Might have to be a Paras and Will Final 4. What do you think? Kaela- Yeah. We will obviously talk to them all 
Kaela- I dont want Paras to accidentally get to the finale and have never been on the block. Derek- That's what I was just going to say. Kaela- She's using that as an argument to win the game 
Derek said he was thinking that Maddy and Paras should go up. Kaela said that doesnt make sense for her as HoH, cause they know she is closer to those two than Will. Derek said it's a new game at this point 
Kaela to Derek- I want to put Paras on the block for the fact she hasnt been on the block. I dont want her to have the argument she has never been on the block. I want to take that away from her 
Derek- She (Paras) probably already thinks she is not going up. Kaela- She probably thinks that she is not cause she is good with both of us
Paras- If we can pull out this veto... Will- We keep saying it. "This is our comp to win". Paras- This one really is though. Will- Whichever one of us dont go on the block gotta work twice as hard as everyone else 
Will- I wonder who goes up. It's going to be me and one of ye. Maddy- Me. Paras- If I dont pull this one out, it's on me. If I do, Derek goes home and we are automatically HoH 
Kaela- If we can get rid of Maddy this week, we can. If not, Paras. Derek- I think so too. Kaela- Put Paras and Will on the block to begin with just in case Maddy does win the veto. No bad blood. Paras or Will win, we have to throw Maddy up anyway
Derek- You would rather have Maddy go instead of Paras? Kaela- I dont know. We will figure it out

 Final 5 enjoying the outside area, recapping last week's & tonight's events

April 26, 2018

 Final 5 enjoying the outside area, recapping last week's & tonight's events

Paras says it hurts her to think that Canada's see her as a floater!

HOH came down to Maddy & Kaela. Maddy telling Will she shit the bed again. She's been in second a lot of times. Maddy says she thinks she's going up & Will will probably join her. They both are giving themselves the "we made top 5, we should be proud" spiel!

Derek & Kaela talking about getting the players out that can beat them moving forward. Then Derek brings up how they've won the comps the last few weeks, not counting Johnny's POV & HOH win!
Kaela tells Derek that he better ake her to the final. Derek said he wouldnt take anyone else over her. Kaela said it would be an epic finale!

Will & Paras talked about how the person who's off the block has to win to take one of the 2 on the block to make Kaela put Derek up

Who Was Voted Off BBCAN6 Tonight? 4/26/2018

April 26, 2018

Who Was Voted Off BBCAN6 Tonight? 4/26/2018
Triple eviction madness time on tonight’s Big Brother Canada 6. For the first time in Big Brother history, Kevin Martin will not be involved in a triple. What a concept? Instead, all eyes will be on Derek and Kaela.

First, all the houseguests will be voting to keep or eliminate Kaela. Yesterday, we saw Derek save himself from impending eviction with the Power of Veto, and this left Kaela vulnerable to eviction, but like Johnny lastweek, Kaela has been putting in work to stay in the game.

It comes down to which set of pairs Maddy, Will, and Paras will want to work with down the line, or go against in the final few competitions. Once the Ali and Kaela eviction has been decided, time to move on to triple eviction wildness.

BBCAN6 Week 8 Eviction Vote:
The trio finally have some major power. They can stay true to Johnny and vote out Kaela, or declare war on him.

Kaela promises Will that she would not go after his three (Paras, Will, and Maddy) if they keep her in the game. Will starts to believe it. Derek and Kaela work on Maddy, Paras, and Will but Johnny decides to walk in every time they try to campaign for votes. Lots of scream happens once Johnny starts to actively work to stop Derek and Ali from campaigning.

Olivia VTE Kaela

Derek VTE Ali

Will VTE Ali

Maddy VTE Kaela

Paras VTE Ali

Ali is evicted by a 4 to 1 vote. She doesn’t go out in a whimper, calls Derek and Kaela out.

BBCAN6 Week 9 Head of Household Competition:
This head of household competition is one of the most critical because it makes you completely safe in the triple eviction.

The competition is called “Name that Speech.” They must know who said what during a speech at a ceremony.

Round 1: Everyone correct.

Round 2: Everyone correct.

Round 3: Everyone picked the wrong answer, but Derek.

Derek becomes the new Head of Household!

BBCAN6 Week 9 Nominations:
With the triple eviction, the Head of Household must nominate three people, and then the houseguests vote to save only one. Who will be the unlucky three?

Derek nominates Johnny, Olivia, and Maddy for eviction.

BBCAN6 Week 9 Power of Veto Competition and Ceremony:
The Power of Veto is the last chance to remain safe before the houseguests can take you out in one swoop.

Everyone playing but Derek (per the new rule where the HOH doesn’t play in the triple). They must twist planks to mover the name of a houseguest. Then must put it in order of

BBCAN6 Week 9 Eviction Vote:
Only one can survive. So the few players voting need to make an unanimous decision or risk an ally going home.

Olivia VTE

Maddy VTE

Paras VTE

Ali VTE

Kaela VTE

Johnny VTE

Will VTE

Derek VTE

After 55 days, Alejandra leaves the BBCAN6

April 26, 2018

 Kaela and Alejandra made their final pleas stays and the voting began
DEREK VTE ALEJANDRA
LIV VTE KAELA
MADDY VTE ALEJANDRA
PARAS VTE ALEJANDRA(Paras told Will how she voted in the hallway)
WILL VTE ALEJANDRA

After 55 days, Alejandra leaves the BBCAN6 house becoming the 2nd member of th jury! (Side not, majority of the audience wanted Kaela to be evicted by the sounds of the applauses when Liv voted)

Kaela promises Paras she's her number 1 of the trio

April 26, 2018

 Kaela promises Paras she's her number 1 of the trio. She will not put her up. K: "If you do evict me, you are giving Johnny this game." Paras: "I know." Derek to camera: "Mom, Dad, my whole fuckin family, I swear if Paras keeps Kaela she will not hit the block

"it's the 3 of us" Paras asks not to turn on her. Kaela tells her if she keeps her she'll indebted to her!
Paras- If I do this, I'm going against Johnny, I'm going against Will. I need you guys to have my back. Kaela- I will have your back, Derek will have your back. That's way better than Johnny cause he is walking out that fucking door today

Will to Maddy/Paras- If we keep Daela here, we are looking like fools. I know we are. They are going to manipulate us time after time. I cant let them do it

Skriv en fengende tittel...

April 26, 2018

 Johnny tells Paras keeping Kaela makes no sense for Paras' game. Paras explains the plan in the same way Will/Maddy already did and why this is super good for Johnny. J says Maddy is playing Paras/Will, she wants to be a mastermind: "You have the power, not her"

Johnny: "Fans of the show are thinking this is the stupidest move" Maddy: "I don't mind what fans are thinking" Maddy explains to him, if Ali stays it's a 3:3 in the triple, if Kaela stays it's a 5:1. Johnny: "I totally disagree" He wants to speak with Will alone

Paras- I just put weight on Derek swearing on his family's life.

April 26, 2018

 Paras- I just put weight on Derek swearing on his family's life. Johnny- Derek will put me up regardless. Paras- I think he will put Liv up cause he will think we are on his side. Johnny- He is going to want to cut you down cause the odds are better
Maddy to Johnny- I feel this is what's best for the three of us. If the three of us win, the four of us are safe
Paras- You have been voicing that to Derek to be on his good side, which is not cool. Maddy- If I vote to evict Kaela, I'm not on his good side. Paras- Oh yes you are, cause you are the one that has been voicing you want to keep Kaela 
Paras- Now Ali is pissed off at us cause you said you didnt know. Maddy- I'm sorry. Then we will vote to evict Kaela. Johnny- Please vote to evict Kaela. Maddy- I will. I'm not taking a chance to have you guys think I'm trying to weasel this a certain way

Will is questioning Maddy and Paras about whether or not they are telling Kaela he is not on board, cause she was looking at him
Will- What do you want to do? Me and Maddy are most vocal. Paras- I dont know. Will- We have 10 minutes
Paras- Do we vote to evict Ali? I feel like this whole thing might have made her doubt us. I kind of want to vote to evict Ali now. Maddy- You guys know where I stand 
Will to Paras- If that (evicting Ali) is what you want to do, go ahead and do it. I'm not going to make you choose 
Will to Paras- If we keep Ali and Liv, Maddy could potentially go home. If we keep Kaela, one of us could potentially go home
Will to Paras- We wont make up our minds. We will go down and cast our votes. Whoever stays stays
Will- The only reason Maddy is so anti-Ali is cause she knows she will get put on the block. Paras- Is it bad I believe Kaela? I shouldnt be, right? Will- They are so full of shit. Let's send their asses out the door
Paras to Will- I think Daela is so desperate they will hold up their end of the deal. Maddy- I think we are getting play (by Johnny)
Paras- I think I want to vote to evict Ali. Will- If you want to evict Ali, I will support your decision. Maddy- Do we agree now? Will- Yeah. Maddy- Are we done? Paras- 60 more seconds. Let's go through the options one more time

Paras telling Kaela she doesnt know if she can beat her and Derek.

April 26, 2018

 Paras telling Kaela she doesnt know if she can beat her and Derek. K tells her she's making a mistake if she votes her out & she'll follow her out the door

Ali tells Liv about her conversation with Paras. Ali "She's a fuckin snake."
Maddy tells Will, she can't believe she's voting to keep Ali.
Paras asks Ali, if she was upset about their talk. Ali says, she was just frustrated. Paras apologizes for asking her that question.

Paras- Will, you are decided

April 26, 2018

 Paras- Will, you are decided? Will- I think so. We have a half hour. Paras- Ali and Johnny are already pissed off, so it might be that hard to rip the bandaid off. Maddy- And evict Ali? Paras- Yeah. Will- It's stupid to leave Kaela and Derek in the game together 
Will said evicting Kaela is a big move on their resume. Maddy said Johnny gets the credit. Will said all he did was put them up, and they are the ones deciding who goes 
Paras- Should we let her (Kaela) know? Will- No. Let's fucking blindside her. That's what Derek told me to do
Paras- Are you upset that I asked you that? Ali- No, it's just so awkward. It's just frustrating cause I'm not at liberty to ask that back. I get where you are coming from 
Ali to Paras- I love Will on a personal level and a game level. If I had to choose, we have had this conversation. You are better long term for my game
Will- What are you thinking? Maddy- Cant believe I'm about to vote for Ali to stay
Kaela to Paras- You are making a mistake if you send me home. You are going to be right after me
Paras- I just dont think I can beat either of you. Kaela- You are not going to beat Ali and Liv. Paras- Ali is easy to beat. Kaela- She has the best social game in the whole entire house 
Kaela to Maddy/Paras/Will- I want to stay. I am going to get you to that Final 5. Derek is going to get you to that Final 5
Paras- I just feel like I cant beat either of you. Kaela- You are not going to beat Ali or Liv. I guarantee you that. Derek is not going to make it to the end. I'm pretty easy to beat. I am nothing without Derek

Paras to camera- What do I do?

April 26, 2018

 Big Brother- There is only one hour until the live eviction
Paras to camera- What do I do? Do I stick with the deal that they (Daela) just made me, or do I risk potentially going up and going home cause Derek might win this one?
Paras- It's so weird to think I'm the person who decides who goes home. I wish I was more decisive 
Kaela- I have got you. I know you know. Derek and I have both got you. Paras- I'm scared cause so many deals you went back on. Kaela- Let us prove it to you. I swear
Kaela to Paras- I'll fucking take you to the end of this game. Derek will too, cause you are the reason I'm here. I will know that 
Paras- My gut is telling me to get rid of her (Kaela) but those are good deals...but I just gave my word to Ali. Fuck
Paras- I'm not nearly as good for this game as I thought I was. It's so hard. I feel like I'm going to throw up
Paras- If I do this, that's two pissed off people at me in jury. Ali, cause I just gave her my word, and Johnny. I dont know what to do 
Will to Johnny- I honestly dont fucking know what they wants to do
Will asked Johnny if he will use the veto on him if he gets Kaela to go. Johnny said one million percent yes. Will said they will listen to him if he wants to send Kaela home
Will- I need your vote against anyone else, and I need your convincing for Ali and Liv to keep me. Johnny- Mhmm 
Will to Johnny- I am going to go tell those girls "I am voting for Ali to stay". They will follow me. I hope so. They usually do 
Paras- You win triple you put up Derek, Johnny and Maddy. Who is your replacement nom? I need to know in order to make a decision. Ali- You will not be the replacement nom, but it's really shitty that you put me in that position 
Ali- Kaela over me, Paras? Paras- That's not what I'm saying. If there is a promise I'm not being put on the block, and it's being sworn on...I'm asking cause I need it to be clarified. Dont do this to me. Ali- It's fine. Paras- Dont do this to me 
Ali to Paras- I'm not the type of person that will just blow broken promises out of my ass, and swear on lives. She (Kaela) is desperate and that's what she will do 
Ali- You do whatever you feel is in your heart. Paras- I know what's in my heart. I needed to hear something to reaffirm it 
Will to Maddy/Paras- I think I am going to vote for Ali to stay. I'm going with my gut. We are going into this and we are going to fucking win this 
Will to Maddy/Paras- If we keep Daela here, we are looking like fools. I know we are. They are going to manipulate us time after time. I cant let them do it 
Will- What do you think? Maddy- It's okay. I dont want to lose you guys. I think I am on the verge of doing that. Will- No you arent. We can do this. We dont need to leave the power couple in the house

Paras asked Ali if Johnny, Derek and Maddy are OTB one comes off who goes up

April 26, 2018

 Paras asked Ali if Johnny, Derek and Maddy are OTB one comes off who goes up. Ali assures Paras it's not her. P says she has to hear it bc she's been offered not to be put OTB and it's been sworn on

Paras to camera: "I don't know what to do. I'm not nearly as good in this game as I thought I would. It's so hard. I feel like I'm going to throw up."
Kaela comes in "Paras, please! My life is in your hands right now."

Ali to Paras- She (Maddy) doesnt know that you and Will are part of the six

April 26, 2018

 Ali to Paras- She (Maddy) doesnt know that you and Will are part of the six. You dont have anything solid with Derek and Kaela. You have Olivia and I 
Ali told Paras she hopes that they can cut Johnny sooner than later for putting her in this position. She said she would love to see that happen if she wins 
Johnny- I am not working with Ali. I chose to work with you guys. Paras- The one thing I dont want is you thinking we are trying to screw you. 
Will- I think Daela probably keeps us safe in the triple. Paras- I think so. Will- I also think Ali and Liv keeps me and you safe but not Maddy
Paras to Will- I think them (Daela) swearing on shit last night holds value to me 
Paras- What does your gut tell you? Will- It's telling me to keep Ali. Paras- Yeah? Will- I think they would put up Derek, Johnny and Maddy. Paras- Do we stick to that? Will- I dont know. 
Paras- I dont want someone swearing on their family to convince me, but it convinced me a little bit. Will- Kaela swore on her fucking cats. Paras- Derek swore on his family 
Will- Did Maddy go and pitch to you a deal or anything like that? Kaela- No, no deal at all. She just knows Ali is after her 
Will- People are saying "do you think they wont keep Liv?". Kaela- I am not keeping Liv at all
Kaela to Paras/Will- I swore on things that meant everything to me. I am not going to go against you. I am indebted to you 
Derek to Will- He (Johnny) is going psychotic. I asked him if I can have 5 minutes with Will. I asked him cause I was scared he was going to come and throw down 
Will- Paras thinks Maddy went and made a deal with ye. Derek- There is no deals between the three. Will- I dont want to touch that fucking block today. Derek- Man to man, do you think I'm going to put you up? Will- I know I know
Derek to Will- I'm not going to sit here and say "Will, I'm not going to put you up", cause I'm not going to make deals with the three of you 
Derek told Will they dont have to tell the nominees which way they are voting. He said to remember that eviction speeches will be drastically different if they do that 
Paras- What does everyone's gut tell them? Will- Derek would put up Johnny, Ali or Liv, and one of us 
Maddy- I will vote to keep Ali if that's what you guys say. If you are asking what my gut tells me, that's not what my gut is telling me. Will- What does your gut tell you? Paras- My gut was telling me to get rid of Kaela. I got convinced when they started swearing 
Maddy, Paras and Will discussed doing what's best under the assumption that they win HoH. Paras said that means keeping Ali. Maddy said they should do it then 
Will- What are we going to do, guys? Paras- Keep Kaela and gun for the HoH? Maddy- Yes. That is our best chance. Will- If that's what you want to do, I'll be down. Paras- I dont know. I dont want to make the call
Will told Maddy and Paras they will looks so ridiculously stupid if they keep the showmance, and then two of them go home. Paras said that's her biggest fear 
Paras- My biggest fear is what you said, Will. Maddy- But when we win, we get Daela on one of our resumes. We are not keeping them until Final 5. We cant consider Final 5 until we get there 
Ali to Will- I dont get why Maddy is so against me. Although she is still disposable to me compared to you two, I still want the bigger targets out first 
Ali to Will- She (Maddy) would rather be working with Daela than have you two close to us 
Will asked if Olivia would put Johnny up. Ali said they both plan to do that 
Ali told Paras and Will her ideal situation would be going to the Final 4 with them and Olivia 
Will to Ali- I think Maddy is more comfortable with Daela cause Daela would keep her safe, but we (Paras/Will) are more comfortable with ye 
Ali- I dont have to worry anymore? I have your word? Paras- You have my word. Just act the same way you have 
Ali to Paras/Will- We need to band together. We have your back over Maddy's 
Paras- My preference if it's Johnny and Derek up there is to keep Maddy. Ali- I know. It's a no brainer. I'm 100% on the same page
Will- What do you think? Paras- I think Johnny is out for himself. Will- Yeah, I think Johnny is out for himself 100%. I think Johnny goes home in any scenario. Paras- Then do we go with Daela, or do we keep the weaker player? 
Maddy- Whatever happens, it doesnt change our relationship. Did Derek say that we had a deal to you? Paras- No. Maddy- I want to know where that came from. Paras- We are not doing this
Paras told Maddy that Kaela said Maddy is keeping her, and she told Maddy she would have the back of whoever first said they would keep her
Big Brother- There is only one hour until the live eviction

Maddy- I never told anyone that they are staying. Will- I dont know what to fucking do

April 26, 2018

 Maddy- I never told anyone that they are staying. Will- I dont know what to fucking do
Will- Now we are all going to be fucked. Maddy- Yeah. Paras- Maddy, dont even say that you are. You made something with Derek. Maddy- I didnt make a deal with Derek. Paras- If Derek wins, it's me and Will going up
Paras- Ali can fill you in. We already talked to her. Olivia- Well you can talk to me. Paras- Nobody told Kaela she is staying, so I dont know where the paranoia is coming from 
Will- We definitely fucked ourselves today. Paras- We sure did. Maddy- I have not made a deal with Derek 
Will- What are we going to do? Paras- I think I'm voting to evict Kaela. Maddy- Me too
Will- Johnny's paranoia is probably what fucked us today. Maddy- It is what has done all of this
Maddy- Our best chance to get into Final 5... Will- Is keeping Kaela? Maddy- I dont know. That's what we have to figure out
Paras said Kaela made it clear the first person to tell Kaela they had her back would be safe. Maddy said it wasnt a race to tell them anything 
Maddy- Would it make you feel better if I asked to be the one put up? Paras- Nope. That's stupid. Maddy- Then I dont know what I can do to fix this
Will- I know I'm going to be going home today. Maddy- Nope. It looks like it will be me unless it's Derek who I made a deal with
Ali- Maddy doesnt know that we are working with you, that we have been the six since week four. What she is looking out for is her best game. Will- Yeah I know 
Ali- Do I still have your vote? Will- Yes, you do have my vote. I told you you have my vote

Kaela to Paras- If I stay today, you are not going up

April 26, 2018

 Kaela to Paras- If I stay today, you are not going up. You know Derek and I have have you. I will not fuck you over. I promise you 
Kaela- If you evict me, you just gave Johnny the game. Paras- I just cant have myself hit the block today. Kaela- If Derek and I are in here, you will not hit the block today
Paras- If I do this, I'm going against Johnny, I'm going against Will. I need you guys to have my back. Kaela- I will have your back, Derek will have your back. That's way better than Johnny cause he is walking out that fucking door today 
Derek told Paras she is not going on the block even if he needs a replacement nominee 
Paras- You know there is three of us. How do you not want to get rid of one of us? Kaela- I need those people (Johnny/Olivia) to go 
Derek and Kaela both swore to Paras that they will not put her on the block today 
Paras- Just dont fucking turn on me. Derek- I will take my shirt of and lay in the goo to prove it to you. Kaela- Dont listen to Johnny. Paras- Okay. But dont act safe by any means
Kaela to Paras- If you make it happen, it's us three. I promise you. Derek- I have got you. I swear
Derek and Kaela told Paras they still have her back in the Final 5. Derek said they have her until Final 3 
Kaela- I wont put her (Paras) on the block. Derek- No, I wont touch her. Kaela- I hope this works

Will/Maddy want Johnny to know that keeping Kaela is the best

April 26, 2018

 Will/Maddy want Johnny to know that keeping Kaela is the best chance that most of the four survive. They will target Daela in the triple, so Johnny is safe. Will says Daela swore on their family's life, this means something. J thinks this makes no sense at

Will told Johnny about the vote flip. Johnny wants to know if Will+Paras were BSing him yesterday. Will says no, Paras told Kaela she will go home and Daela just wanted one more chat. J says he already told Ali she'll stay. Will says Ali doesn't have their back.

Johnny to Will- "Daela will not work with you at all." Will: "I know." Will says, he can't go against Maddy/Paras, they are 2 votes, also Ali/Liv will put him up. Johnny says, Ali/Liv will not put up Will. Will doesn't think so and they have to split them up

 

all.

Will to Johnny- Everyone is putting you up 100% besides the three of us.

April 26, 2018

 Will to Johnny- Everyone is putting you up 100% besides the three of us. Maddy- So we're trying to figure out our best chance 
Johnny- Ali said based on her conversation with you she felt that she was going. Maddy- She made it very clear my vote wasnt the vote she needed
Johnny said he told Kaela in front of Ali that he thinks she is staying. Will said he probably has to send Ali home now if she thinks she is changing his mind 
Maddy- It (keeping Kaela) is our best chance. Johnny- I dont see how it's our best chance. Will- If we all go against Liv, we have better odds than Liv do 
Johnny- Do you guys even put Daela up if you win? Maddy- Yes. Will- Yeah, I am but I dont want to say it cause I dont want you to go back and say it. Maddy- You are going to. I shouldnt have said that
Johnny- It still doesnt make sense for me why you think Derek and Kaela are the better bet than Liv and Ali. Will- They are swearing on their families. Johnny- Back against the wall situation
Maddy- I still think Liv and Ali would gamble two of us. I think Derek and Kaela wont now. Johnny- I think Derek and Kaela dont put Liv up. You three together are you three together. They are not idiots 
Johnny to Maddy/Will- A strong showmance in this house is going to win the entire game, and they win against any of you guys in the Final 2...including my vote. They deserve it at that point. They can absolutely win out 
Johnny- What happened to playing this game fearlessly at this point? Maddy- I guess it's over 
Johnny- You know it's like a 5% difference in odds difference, based on things you cant calculate. Maddy- It's how I feel
Johnny- Dont you want your best chance after the triple? Maddy- We have to get there for it to be an issue. Johnny- How many times do you guys just want to get there? 
Johnny- Fans of the show are thinking this is the stupidest move. Maddy- I dont really mind either way what fans are thinking. Johnny- People who understand Big Brother are saying why are they doing this? Maddy- I understand
Johnny to Will- With me out of the picture, Liv and Ali will work with you. Daela will not work with you at all 
Will told Johnny that Daela only needs two votes, so Derek will go after him if he doesnt vote with Maddy and Paras since they are leaning that way 
Will- Ali and Liv are definitely putting me up. Johnny- No they are not. Ali definitely has a preference for you over the other three
Johnny to Paras/Will- They (Ali/Liv) have at least talked about turning on each other. Daela will never turn on each other 
Paras- The three of us are the only way you stay safe. The difference is they said if Kaela stays, Derek or Kaela only puts one of us up at first. They are so desperate to keep Kaela that they swore on things. Johnny- This is what she does!
Paras to Johnny- By no means did I ever tell anybody that they are staying or they are going 
Paras- We dont know if they (Ali/Liv) are only going to put one of us up. Johnny- You dont know Derek and Kaela will. They have seen you guys as a three person threat the entire time 
Paras- They (Daela) did one last pitch. They swore on their families. Johnny- And that does it for you guys? Paras- A little, yeah
Johnny to Paras/Will- Maddy goes before you guys in every single situation with Liv and Ali. Paras- If Derek just stays, we are the ones to go 
Johnny- Can I have a few minutes (with Paras/Will)? Kaela- You are asking me for a few minutes now? You dont give me the time of day to have a conversation with anyone in the house. I will. I just wanted to let you know that sucks, doesnt it? 
Johnny agreed that he will let Kaela have a conversation with Paras and Will after he is done talking to them

*** BBCan6 SPOILERS 3 ***

April 26, 2018

 *** BBCan6 SPOILERS 3 ***

Kaela did not use veto  

Maddy saved 3-0 - Johnny and Olivia evicted

BBCan6 SPOILERS 2

April 26, 2018

 *** BBCan6 SPOILERS 2 *** Derek won HOH - he nominated Johnny, Maddy, Olivia - Kaela won veto - more to follow

BBCan6 SPOILERS 1

April 26, 2018

 *** BBCan6 SPOILERS 1 ***Ali evicted 4-1 .. more to follow, later

BBCAN6 SPOILERS

April 26, 2018

BBCAN6 SPOILERS

EVICTIONS are taped a few hours early I post spoilers if and when I get them on Thursdays

Live Feed Updates ,ThursdayApril 26th

April 25, 2018

Live Feed Updates ,ThursdayApril 26th
12:00-1:00 AM: Will told Maddy and Paras he wants to look out for the three of them above anyone else. Will wants to get Derek and Kaela to swear on something. They discussed that they cannot let Ali or Johnny know if they change the plan. When Will left the room, Maddy asked Paras why she changed her mind. Paras said she doesn’t want to make the decision for Will anymore. Paras asked if she is making the right call. Maddy said she is since they can take Derek and Kaela out in the triple. Maddy asked who Paras wants in the house after the triple. Paras said Maddy, Will, and weak people. Maddy said she wants Kaela and Olivia then. Will headed to the HoH room. He told Johnny that Paras said she told Kaela that she is keeping Ali. Johnny asked if Maddy is on board. Will said he doesn’t know. Johnny asked if Paras and Will are for sure keeping Ali. Will said yes but Derek and Kaela want to have another chat. Paras came by to let Johnny know that she broke the news to Kaela. She talked about wanting to confirm with her again in the morning. Once Johnny was alone, he mentioned being suspicious of what just happened, though he didn’t understand why Paras and Will would lie to him if they are lying. Back in the white room, Maddy, Paras and Will continued to talk things over. Will admitted that he is second guessing things again. Paras said she hates that she is scared of Derek, cause that is playing a part in her decision making. Derek and Kaela made their way upstairs. Kaela swore on her cats that she will nominate Johnny and Olivia if she wins HoH. Derek swore on his family that he will do the same if he wins. Maddy, Paras and Will said their minds are not made up yet, but they wanted to hear them out one more time.

1:00-2:00 AM: Derek and Kaela discussed that Kaela might actually have a chance to stay. Kaela said she would honour the deal to go to the Final 5 with Maddy, Paras and Will if she wins HoH. She said Derek should too. While Maddy, Paras and Will had a discussion after talking to Derek and Kaela, there was no audio on the feed.

Summary Wednesday,April 25th

April 25, 2018

Summary Wednesday,April 25th
Live Feed Updates Wednesday,April 25th
9:00-10:00 AM: Olivia told Ali that one of Maddy, Paras, or Will needs to go in the triple. She said it cant be Derek and Johnny. Ali said unless they get that opportunity. Olivia said she still would want to get one of the three out first. Ali argued that it’s all about keeping who you can beat. Olivia asked if Ali is saying that getting Derek and Johnny out is the best option. Ali said they would lose a number but Johnny has proven that he is willing to risk their lives even though they gave him their word. Ali said she doesn’t believe that Johnny has any intent of keeping them together. Seeing as both sides would be after them, Ali suggested that getting Johnny out is better since he is stronger. Ali said she would prefer Derek stay over Johnny if they have the choice. Ali told Olivia her best case scenario for the triple is to nominate Derek, Maddy and Paras. She said Johnny can then go up if Derek wins the veto, and they can send Johnny and Paras out.

10:00-11:00 AM: Paras told Will that it’s not looking good for them if they don’t win the triple. Will said he has come to terms with it that he could leave on Thursday. Will brought up that Derek is trying to get his name out there. Paras said a showmance is guaranteed airtime, and Derek was quick to get into one even though Kaela always says she is more into him than he is into her. Paras said her theory is that Derek has a girlfriend, or he is gay. Will said it’s weird that they never even kiss. Will said Derek and Kaela are great people but their lies in the game are too much. Paras brought up that they tried to pin them against each other. Will said Derek told him that Paras has the best social game by far, going around saying to everyone that they are her #1. Before the talk wrapped up, Paras said if Johnny is sitting next to any of them, they have to save themselves. Will agreed.

11:00-12:00 PM: Maddy and Paras discussed the plan for the vote. Maddy wants to blindside Will if they vote to evict Ali, cause she is concerned about how Will is going to react. Paras worried that Will could flip to the other side if they piss him off. She said he has so much dirt on them. Kaela spoke to Maddy, Paras and Will. She assured them that she will not be going after them if she stays. Kaela said she and Derek want to go after Johnny and Olivia next week. Maddy said a major concern of hers is that Kaela is still close with Olivia. Kaela admitted to being close to her a few weeks back, but not now. Kaela guaranteed that Ali and Olivia will nominate Maddy, Paras and Will if they win HoH. Johnny interrupted the conversation. He said the lies from Derek and Kaela are exhausting. Johnny said more would come out of the conversation if it was done in front of the group. Johnny asked if they want to have a group conversation. Kaela said she doesn’t care. Johnny they brought Ali and Olivia into the room. Johnny said it’s clear that Kaela is feeling a lot of desperation, so it would be best to say it all in front of the group. Kaela admitted she was pitching that she would keep Maddy, Paras and Will safe by putting Johnny and Olivia on the block. Ali questioned why Kaela is guaranteeing that she would nominating the trio when she has not talked to her about what she wants to do. Kaela mentioned that Ali has wanted Maddy out, and the way to do it would be by putting Paras and Will next to her. Ali said the game evolves and changes every day, so don’t speak on her behalf in terms of what she would do. Johnny said Derek and Kaela pitched that Maddy, Paras and Will need to go, and Derek said Will is the biggest sheep in the game. Johnny also brought up that Derek and Kaela were pushing for a five with Ali, Olivia and himself, but Ali and Olivia made it clear that they were not for that. Kaela said Johnny and Olivia are gone if she is there next week. Johnny pointed out that Derek and Kaela are a lot stronger than Ali and Olivia, which is why they need to go. The back and forth continued before Ali and Olivia left the room. Ali eventually returned to say that they are wrong if they think that she and Olivia would keep Derek over anyone at this point.

12:00-1:00 PM: Johnny and Kaela continued a back and forth, with one of the topics being whose names Johnny threw out as a replacement nominee. Kaela insisted that Johnny said Maddy, Paras and Ali. Johnny told her that he did not mention any names, cause he didn’t want anyone else to go up. Johnny said that’s why he didn’t use the Power of Veto. Kaela let Johnny know that he was going to be her replacement nominee if not for him winning the veto. Johnny said he knew that, and her denying it over and over is another example of her constantly lying. Johnny told Derek and Kaela that they have the worst games in the house. He said he will not be voting for them, and he will poison the entire jury against them. Afterwards, Paras told Maddy she is sick of Will brining up the 86 alliance. Will had brought it up during the house meeting. Paras said she didn’t ever bring up Five’s Company to Will, yet he continues to doubt them because of what he has heard. Maddy said Will is only questioning Paras, not her. She wondered if that means Will didn’t ever trust her. Paras figured it means that he doesn’t have doubts about Maddy. Maddy, Paras and Will then discussed the plan for the week. Will said he is now leaning towards keeping Ali because Ali and Olivia are not half as powerful as Derek and Kaela are. Will said there is a good chance that Johnny survives the triple, wins HoH, and then targets them if they keep Kaela in the game. Will said he believes that Derek would put one of them up next to Johnny and Olivia, but he would not nominate all of them even if Kaela goes. Maddy said she wants to do what’s best for the three of them. She said if keeping Kaela is their best chance, and they don’t do it because Johnny wont like it, they are taking a big risk for someone who is already well positioned. Paras agreed. Paras explained she is hesitant about keeping Kaela since she and Derek have lied so much, but any deal they make should be more legitimate now that those two have no one else to go to. Will said he would like to speak to Derek and Kaela again, because the back and forth is exhausting.

1:00-2:00 PM: Will and Johnny spoke in the HoH room. Will assured Johnny that he has his back. Will revealed that Maddy and Paras asked him which way he is leaning. He said he told them that he wants to keep Ali cause they will lose Johnny’s trust if not, and cause Derek and Kaela are a stronger duo. Will said Maddy and Paras then brought up that Derek and Kaela would likely keep their word in the triple. Johnny said they would then be letting Derek and Kaela get to the Final 5 together. Johnny asked if they are leaning towards keeping Kaela then. Will said he doesn’t think that they are leaning towards keeping Kaela, but they are definitely think about it. Will asked Johnny not to say anything. Will told Johnny they want to look out for the three of them. Johnny said they are so focused on the triple but they are not looking at the rest of the game. Johnny said Derek and Kaela are going to win the game. Johnny said he will make sure Maddy and Paras don’t get his vote, Ali’s vote, or Olivia’s vote if they turn on them to keep Kaela, since they are threatening the same thing. Johnny said he would even vote for Derek and Kaela over those two if they make that move. Johnny said he doesn’t get why Will would want to screw him over when he wants to go to the Final 2 with him so bad. Will said he would not do that, and he knows that keeping Kaela would be gambling with Johnny’s life. Johnny said he will nominate Maddy and Paras if they keep Kaela.

2:00-3:00 PM: Will told Johnny he needs Ali and Olivia’s word that they will not put him up. Johnny said he should know that they will not do that. Johnny explained that Ali might be scared of saying that since she could then lose Maddy and Paras’ votes this week. Ali joined them. Johnny said the idea that Derek and Kaela would nominate one of the trio, Olivia and himself is appealing to Maddy and Paras. Will clarified that Ali still 100% has his vote. Johnny said he assumes that Ali is putting him up but the trio doesn’t believe it. Ali said she didn’t want to go around broadcasting it, but Johnny put her up after she saved him. Johnny said he is not offended. Will asked for a guarantee that Ali and Olivia will not nominate him out of the trio. Will said he can get in Maddy and Paras’ heads about keeping her. Ali said it’s so clear she still has Paras and Will’s backs since she didn’t blow up the six during the talk, so it’s frustrating that she is being doubted. Ali went to the diary room. Paras joined Johnny and Will. Johnny said Derek and Kaela will take the entire game if Kaela stays, and he will be so choked if they keep Kaela round. Johnny let Paras know that this week will play a role in his future nominations and his jury vote. Ali, Johnny and Paras spoke in the HoH room. Ali said her goal for weeks has been to get to the Final 5 together with the remaining members of the six. Ali said that hasn’t changed. Ali pointed out that she would have called out the six earlier if she didn’t have their backs. Ali told Johnny her putting him up on the block would not be done to end his game, and she would not be horrified to see him stay. Ali explained that Johnny put her game at risk this week. Afterwards, Ali told Paras and Will that one of Derek or Johnny would have to go. Paras let Maddy know that Johnny said he is coming for them if they keep Kaela. Maddy said she doesn’t care cause he cant play for HoH. Maddy said if they do this, it’s the end of them and Will. Paras said Will seemed kind of on board to keep Kaela before. Maddy told Paras that Derek and Kaela will come for Will first if he doesn’t vote to keep Kaela.

3:00-4:00 PM: Olivia told Paras she is irritated this week, more so with Will, cause they have been loyal but there is wavering going on when Ali’s back is against the wall. Paras explained that Veronica went on the block the week after promising Jesse her vote and going back on it, so she doesn’t want to make that same mistake. Will joined them. As she did with Paras, Olivia explained her thoughts to Will. Olivia said she will be nominating Derek, Johnny and Maddy, and Derek and Johnny would go in an ideal world. Once Will left, Olivia told Paras she would nominate Will over her if a replacement nominee is needed. Paras asked where Ali stands, cause she thinks that Ali likes Will more than her. Olivia said she thinks she could convince Ali to get rid of Will over her. Paras asked if her plan is similar to what Ali wants to do. Olivia said yeah. Paras said if Ali does put Will up instead of her, she will know that it was because of Olivia’s influence.

4:00-5:00 PM: Paras told Maddy to know that what she has been saying to Johnny comes back to her. Maddy said Johnny initiates the conversations, and he is trying to separate them. Paras assured Maddy that she has enough trust in her that it’s not a concern. Maddy said it comes back to her when Paras and Will say things about her too. Paras said she knows that but they have to be smart enough not to let it separate them. The girls talked over the things that they have said to Johnny. Maddy said she thinks Paras believes the conversations have been more anti-Paras than they have been. Paras feels that telling Johnny she has the least trust in Johnny of the three of them puts her at the bottom of the list for Johnny. Maddy said she is not trying to put herself in second place on Johnny’s list. Paras said she gets that Maddy is there for $100,000, but the worst thing she could do to her is throw her under the bus after she stuck her neck out for her four times. Maddy said she is not trying to throw her under the bus. Paras then let Maddy know she has a feeling that Derek and Kaela are going to screw them over if they make a deal with them. Paras mentioned that Derek and Kaela lied continually earlier in the day, which was further proof that they will say whatever they need to say.

5:00-6:00 PM: Paras told Maddy that 80% of her conversation with Will was him questioning how he can believe her over Derek and Kaela when they have been saying things about her. Maddy asked who is making him feel that way. When Paras said Johnny is, Maddy suggested that they should keep Kaela. Paras said she doesn’t know if it’s the best choice to stick it to him right now. Maddy said the writing is on the wall. The two then continued to hash things out with regards to Maddy going to Johnny. Maddy stressed that Johnny has never been her #1. Paras said she doesn’t like being called baggage, she doesn’t like Maddy thinking that she is better than them cause she doesn’t argue, and so on. Maddy denied having said those things. Maddy said she doesn’t think she is better than Paras, and she knows Paras is the only reason that she is there right now. Maddy mentioned that she is playing for $20,000 against Paras. Paras said that’s not true. Maddy worried that she is now in even more danger in the triple. Paras said things like this don’t change her mind, and she would like Maddy to have a chance to defend herself. Afterwards, Paras brought up her concerns about leaving the biggest power duo in the game, especially if it’s not a triple. Maddy said tomorrow will not be a regular week by any means. Paras said it makes her sick to think that they would believe Daela once again after they have lied so much in this game. Paras expects that Canada would be calling them sheep for having had the wool pulled over their eyes. Maddy said they would be putting Daela up if they win anyway. Afterwards, Ali checked in with Paras to ask if Maddy is trying to keep Kaela. Paras said no. She said Maddy is just trying to look at both sides. Ali explained that she wanted to know so that she can watch what she says to Maddy.

7:00-8:00 PM: Kaela made another pitch to Maddy, Paras and Will. Will brought up that he would be the first to go if they make it down to the Final 5. He said Kaela has even asked Maddy in the past if she would be willing to cut him at that point. They acknowledged that the talk had indeed taken place. Will pointed out that Kaela didn’t even deny saying that she would target him first at that point. Due to that, Will said it doesn’t make sense for his game to keep her. Kaela said it would still guarantee him a spot in the Final 5. Maddy said she is torn over worrying about the Final 5, or worrying how to get there. Kaela suggested going with her and Derek since they are more likely to win, and they will take out Johnny and Olivia. Kaela said she will check in with them again tomorrow if she doesn’t hear back from them by then. Maddy then asked Paras and Will if they feel the need to talk to Derek. Will said they can tell him that they are not against him if Kaela goes. Will said he will be voting to evict Kaela. Will talked about being loyal to Johnny too, since he is part of their four. Paras said she doesn’t want them to be kicking themselves for putting Johnny’s game ahead of their own. Will said he isn’t, cause he knows that he would be the first out at the Final 5. Will told Maddy and Paras to keep Kaela if they want, but he will go work with Johnny and Olivia since he needs numbers too. Will questioned why they would keep Daela after wanting them out for weeks. Paras said it’s to better their chances at getting to the Final 4. Maddy agreed. Will said they have to stop playing scared. Will told the girls his mind is not changing. Will headed to the HoH room to let Johnny know that Kaela was pitching hard to them again. He let Johnny know that Maddy and Paras were saying they have to come to a team decision, so he said he is evicting Kaela, and he will go work with Johnny and Olivia if they do that. Will told Johnny he reminded Maddy and Paras that they had made a Final 4 with Johnny last week. Meanwhile, Maddy told Paras she thinks that she is going to have to try convince her to evict Ali. Will saying that he would run to Johnny and Olivia concerned Maddy. She thinks that Johnny and Olivia are working together. Maddy said she will nominate Derek, Kaela and Johnny if she wins HoH tomorrow. Paras said she has gone back and forth all day on this decision, and she thinks that Derek or Kaela will win the game if they make it to the Final 5. Maddy said not if they have anything to do with it. Paras also mentioned having so much loyalty to Will. Paras headed to the HoH room to talk to Johnny and Will. Johnny said Maddy is wanting to get to the Final 5 with Daela because she knows that they would both take her to the Final 2. Johnny reassured Paras and Will that he is locked in with them. Paras explained that she was considering all options to figure out what gives the best chance for all of them to move forward. Paras eventually said they should stick to the plan, getting Kaela out. When Johnny asked if she is committed to that, Paras said she wants to have another talk with Ali but she has been leaning that way today anyway.

8:00-9:00 PM: Johnny told Paras and Will that Maddy wants to keep Kaela since Derek and Kaela will nominate Paras or Will over her, while Ali and Olivia will nominate her over Paras and Will. Once that talk wrapped up, Johnny informed Olivia that Will is putting in so much work for them. Johnny told Olivia about Will saying he will work with the two of them if Maddy and Paras vote Ali out. Johnny said Paras and Will need to think that Derek and Kaela would nominate them over Maddy. Johnny asked that Olivia not nominate Will before others. Olivia said she wont if she can help it, but she is concerned that he would use the veto on Maddy or Paras if he is not nominated. Elsewhere, Paras told Ali she is pretty confident in what she is going to do tomorrow. Paras said she has known what she wants to do for 3-4 days, and she knows it is better for her game to have Ali there. Paras said she will confirm her decision with Ali in the morning.

9:00-10:00 PM: Paras let Maddy know that she is thinking she wants to get Kaela out. Paras said she has a better chance to beat Ali, plus she doesn’t trust that Derek and Kaela would keep their word. Even if the worst case scenario, which would be Derek winning HoH, Paras said he will likely nominate Johnny, one of them, and one of Ali or Olivia. Maddy said she will vote to evict Kaela if Paras wants to, but her worst case scenario would become any of three people winning HoH. Paras continued to say she thinks keeping Ali is the best decision for them. Maddy said she made her case but she cannot vote differently from Will, or from what Johnny wants. Paras said the risk they would be taking by going against those two would not be worth it based on what they might gain from Kaela. Maddy became emotional. Paras assured her that she is not trying to screw her in this. Maddy said she doesn’t think that she is, but now she will have to win HoH. Once Paras was alone, she spoke to the cameras about her decision. She said she has to do what is best for her game even though she loves Maddy to death. Paras said she feels bad for Maddy, since she will go up if Ali or Olivia win, and she doesn’t want to lose her, but she cannot trust Derek and Kaela.

11:00-12:00 AM: Kaela told Paras that people can tell her the truth if they are evicting her, cause she can tell by the way that people are acting. Paras said they are leaning towards that for sure, but Maddy is still undecided. Kaela said she thinks Maddy was the only one who actually wanted to keep her. Paras said Kaela can take it however she wants to, but she wouldn’t have had all of these discussions if she wasn’t considering it. Kaela told Paras that she would pick Maddy and Paras over Will in the Final 5, but Ali will pick Will over Paras. Kaela said she might see Paras in jury sooner than later. Kaela told Paras that doing something that is better for someone else’s game is not a winning point for her, and she gets to go to the jury to talk. Paras said she doesn’t want to rock the boat with someone who has had her back, so if Will thinks this is the better call, she’s going with it since they are playing together. Kaela said that’s a pro for Will and a con against Paras if they make it to the end together. Kaela again said that Paras should do what she wants to do. Paras said she would have a hard time cutting someone off after 54 days together. Kaela argued that if Paras’ relationship with Will is strong enough, it shouldn’t end over one decision. After her talk with Kaela wrapped up, Paras let Maddy know that she is reconsidering her decision a little bit. Maddy worried that Kaela would run around saying things unless they give her a bit of hope. It was decided that Paras should go ask her to give her until morning to decide. Paras then asked Kaela to give her until morning so that she can talk to Maddy one more time. Kaela agreed. Kaela reiterated that she is on Paras’ side and Maddy’s side, but not so much on Will’s side. Paras then asked Maddy what deal she made with Kaela, because Kaela told Paras she thinks she has Maddy’s vote as long as Paras is on board. Maddy said no deal was made except that Kaela would not nominate her during the triple. Paras said they need to make up their minds. Maddy said she is happy to evict Kaela if Paras wants to. Will joined them. He asked what is best for them to make it to the Final 5. Paras said keeping Kaela is best for them to get to Final 5, but getting rid of her is best for their chances of making it further than that. Paras mentioned that they can go into the HoH competition 5 on 1 if they keep Kaela. Paras said she hates that she is saying this after just telling Kaela that she is going home. Will said he would like to have one more chat with Daela.

Paras to Maddy- The way I have been looking at it the past hour

April 25, 2018

Paras to Maddy- The way I have been looking at it the past hour is I want to get rid of Kaela cause I think if the both of them stay...I just know I have a better chance of beating Ali 
Paras to Maddy- Worst case scenario is Derek wins. He is probably going to put up Johnny, next to one of us, next to one of them 
Maddy to Paras- I will support what you decide. If you want me to vote to evict Kaela, I will vote to evict Kaela. If Kaela leaves, my worst case scenario becomes three people. Ali, Olivia and cranky Derek 
Paras to Maddy- I do think this is a better decision. I just cant trust Kaela. I just cant do it. I really dont think she would want the three of us to stick together 
Maddy- I have made my case, you have made your case. I cant vote differently than Will. I cant vote differently than Johnny wants me to do. Paras- For the risk we are taking, I dont know how much we are gaining by going with what Kaela says
Paras to Maddy- I think Olivia and Ali want to put up Johnny and Derek. Olivia said "one of them is going to win veto, and I dont want a chance of both of the power players stayin
Paras- I dont want to screw you in this. Maddy- You are not. You are playing what's best for your game
Paras- I made this decision cause I dont trust Kaela and Derek to hold up their end of the deal. Maddy- I'll support what's best 
Paras to Maddy- All day, for the past three days, I havent known that Ali is what's best for my game 
Maddy- I think that the most productive thing for me to do right now is study. Paras- I'll leave you alone in a couple of minutes 
Paras to camera- I love Maddy to death but I have to do what's best for my game. I dont know how I feel about keeping Derek and Kaela. They trashed me so much. I dont trust them to hold up their end of the deal
Paras- I just feel like Kaela and Derek have lied so much. I dont trust that they are going to hold up their end of the deal. I hope I'm making the right call. I really hope so 
Paras- I feel bad for Maddy. This means she's going to go up on the block if Liv or Ali win. If it has to be one of us, I'm so sad saying it..
Paras said she doesnt want to lose Maddy, and she very well might tomorrow, but she doesnt trust Derek and Kaela 
Paras- I just know if I leave a showmance in here, they are going to make it way farther into the game than I will

Kaela is telling Maddy, Paras and Will that she and Derek dont want any of them out if they win HoH

April 25, 2018

 Kaela is telling Maddy, Paras and Will that she and Derek dont want any of them out if they win HoH. She said she wants Johnny and Olivia out 
Kaela swore on her cats that Johnny and Olivia will go on the block if she wins HoH. Derek swore on his family that Johnny and Olivia will go up if he wins 
Will- The only thing that's fucking me up is Johnny. Maddy- But we will keep him safe if we win. Will- We might not win. Maddy- If we dont win, we need to be safe. Paras- Yeah, we need to be safe 
Paras- Johnny wouldnt even be here if it wasnt for us. Maddy- If he tells us to trust him, he has to trust us back 
Kaela to Derek- I am legit bringing them (Maddy/Paras/Will) to Final 5 if I win. You too. I'd rather go Final 5 with them anyway

Daela sneaking into the white room. Kaela & Derek offer to swear on their people's life that they will keep their word that Johnny and Liv go home in the triple. M/W/P want to discuss their pitch and will let Daela know their decision in the morning

Johnny Paras and you are for sure voting to keep Ali?

April 25, 2018

 Johnny- Paras and you are for sure voting to keep Ali? Will- Yes. We are. They want to have one last chat. Johnny- Who is they? Will- Daela. Johnny- Why did you go down to the catacombs? Will- They said one last chat. I was telling them to come up
Will- I dont trust Liv. Johnny- She doesnt give anything. Will- The first day she starts talking game is Day 55, or Day 53, whatever today is
Johnny- What? Will- What? Johnny- What? Will- I am not saying nothing. Johnny- He (Will) is holding something in
Paras told Johnny she let Kaela know that she is voting her out, but she said she will confirm with her again in the morning 
Johnny to himself- Why am I suspicious of that? Why would they (Paras/Will) lie to me though?
Paras- If we dont keep her (Kaela), he (Derek) is going to come for us. Maddy- It's 3 on 3, or it's 5 on 1. Paras- I just feel awful about fucking over Johnny 
Paras- What made you come around? Will- I dont know. I'm regretting it again. Paras- Oh God
Paras- I hate that I'm scared of Derek. I shouldnt be. I think part of my decision making is what if Derek wins? Who gives a fuck? I do think me and Will are safe with Liv and Ali. I also think you are safe with Derek. Maddy- I think Will is too

Kaela told Paras she could tell she is not staying based on how people are acting for the past couple of hours

April 25, 2018

 Kaela told Paras she could tell she is not staying based on how people are acting for the past couple of hours. Paras confirmed that they are leaning that way but she was waiting to tell Kaela until she had another talk with Maddy
Kaela told Paras that making this decision based on what Will wants is not a winning point for her game, but it's a pro for Will's game. She also said that they are handing the game to Johnny by evicting her 
Paras- I have had a really good time with you in this house. You might be seeing me soon in there (jury). Hopefully not. Kaela- It might be sooner than you think 
Maddy- Are you reconsidering or just regretting telling her (Kaela)? Paras- I'm reconsidering just a little bit. Maddy- I'm going to kill you 
Maddy told Paras that Kaela might run around and say shit unless she thinks there is an inkling of hope, then they can deny her in the morning. Paras said she will go ask Kaela to give her until morning
Paras- Can you give me until the morning? I want to have another chat with Maddy. Kaela- Yeah. Paras- After the veto, if I wasnt actually considering it, I would have been like "fuck you Kaela" 
Kaela- You guys dont all have to vote with the three. Paras- If I do this, I lose Will. Kaela- You gain two more. I'm still going to take Will to the Final 5. I'm picking you and Maddy. You guys know that
Paras- I just want you to give me until the morning. Kaela- I figured you guys were not telling me for no reason. Paras- No. We dont know. We have been going back and forth
Kaela to Paras- I'm not on Will's side, cause he is not on mine, but I am on yours and Maddy's. I feel like Maddy is on my side. If you are on my side, that's two. All I need is two #
Paras- What deal did you make with Kaela? Maddy- She implied she would never put me on the block, but there was no deal. Paras- Never until the triple? Maddy- Yes
Paras- She (Kaela) basically said you said you were going to vote for her to stay if she had me. Maddy- Not necessarily
Paras- We just have to make up our minds. Maddy- If you have made up your mind, I am happy to evict Kaela
Will- Do you have your mind made up? Maddy- I have my mind made up that I do feel Ali is going to come after me first, but I do recognize to get to Final 5 I have to beat people first in the triple
Maddy- For me personally, to keep Kaela would be best but I want the showmance to be out. Will- Are you pro-Ali or pro-Kaela? Maddy- Because of our history, Ali makes me a bit more nervous
Will- What do you think is honestly best? What do you think will get us to Final 5? Paras- Just to Final 5? Kaela. Past? Ali 
Paras to Maddy/Will- I just said to Kaela 30 minutes ago that I'm sending her home. That's how committed I am, but getting to Final 5...Kaela (staying is best) 
Paras to Maddy/Will- Going into the triple 5 against 1...I just hate that I'm even saying this cause I just told the girl (Kaela) that she is going home 
Will said he is starting to see through people's bullshit. He told Maddy and Paras that he wants to look out for the three of them above anyone
Will- We need them (Daela) to swear on real shit. Maddy- Do we tell Ali? Will- No. Paras- Do we tell Johnny? Maddy- We cant. Will- Probably not 
Will to Maddy/Paras- I want to have one more chat with them (Daela), and see how much she wants to stay now that she knows she is going home
Paras- Why the fuck am I dong this? Am I making the right decision? Maddy- Yes. We are going to take one, if not both, of them (Derek/Kaela) out in the triple 
Will- One more time I want to hear them (Daela) out. Paras- What made you change your decision? Will- Cause I kind of want to give them the benefit of the doubt. They are both good people. I want to be able to see if I can trust them 
Will to Maddy/Paras- They say they are putting Johnny up. I know she (Olivia) wouldnt put Johnny up 
Paras- We decide before bed what we do. Will- If we do this, we are blindsiding Ali. Paras- We have to 
Will- Do you think this (keeping Kaela) is best for our game? Paras- It might be our best shot at a Final 5. I dont think it's best for our game as a whole 
Will- Paras told us she told Kaela that she is pretty much voting to keep Ali. Johnny- No way. What were you just talking about with Maddy? Is she also on board? Will- I dont know where her head is at

 House Meeting starts with Kaela revealing she promised

April 25, 2018

 House Meeting starts with Kaela revealing she promised Maddy/Paras/Will that she is their best option for the triple. Ali asks how should they know if Kaela is not lying. Kaela says Ali is gunning for Maddy for several weeks now. Ali starts yelling at Kaela
Johnny tells them Daela are calling P/M/W floaters and sheep. They throw Paras so hard under the bus the whole time. Derek to Johnny: "You're describing your game to us: lies, lies, lies, fake deals." Johnny yelling at Daela, Kaela and Ali yelling at each other
Kaela- Is it no joke you have wanted Maddy out? How do you get Maddy out without putting Paras and Will next to her? Ali- This game evolves and changes every single day 
Ali to Kaela- Dont speak on behalf of me. Dont guarantee people of what the fuck I would do 
Johnny- You came to saying these three need to go, and they are sheep. Kaela- Pretty sure I didnt say sheep at all. Johnny- Derek did. You called Will the biggest sheep in the game. You went to Paras and absolutely obliterated her
Derek- How long did it take for you to come up with that? Johnny- We know what your lying face looks like. You are lying
Ali- All I hear is constant shit about you saying "Ali and Liv will do this, Ali and Liv will do that". You want to play dirty? Now I'm going to get dirty? Kaela- Go ahead and get dirty 
Johnny said Derek and Kaela were pitching for a five with Ali and Liv, saying they should target the trio, but Ali and Liv didnt want that 
Johnny to Kaela- I dont fucking care about your presence in this game. I have wanted both of you out forever!
Kaela- All I know is if I am here next week, you two (Johnny/Olivia) are gone. Olivia- If you can pull it off 
Johnny- You two (Daela) are a hell of a lot stronger than these two (Ali/Liv), which is why you need to go 
Kaela- Derek wins HoH next week, you are all fucked. Johnny- That's a 1 in 6 chance. What are we supposed to do, all bow down to Derek for the entire game? Olivia- If you stay, no one is fucked if you win?
Kaela- I would put you (Olivia) on the block, you (Johnny) on the block, and then one of them. Johnny- Who goes on the block? They want to know. Kaela- So far none of them have said they want to keep me
Johnny- You also promised Erica that she was safe and in your group. You cut her ass. Your word doesnt mean shit. Kaela- Because she was against me
Ali to Kaela- That's why I'm sitting on the block is cause you told them we are together. That's why my ass is sitting on the block, cause of your ass. If you kept your mouth shut, maybe neither of us would be going home
Ali- You let the cat out of the bag. Kaela- And they (Maddy/Paras/Will) are safe because of it. Ali- No they are not. You are so full of shit 
Paras said if people are swearing on a deal and then go back on it, they can kiss three jury votes goodbye. Johnny asked what's better, surviving and breaking a deal, or going home. He said people will always break a deal to stay 
Johnny- If you two (Daela) stay in this game, that is too threatening compared to those two (Ali/Liv). Derek- Ali is saying how bad she wants to win. Johnny- Oh, Ali wants to win it? Oh shit. She is going to win it then 
Ali to Kaela- You are telling these guys that after all of this bullshit that Olivia and I would keep Derek over any of them. WRONGGGGG! 
Johnny and Kaela are debating who Johnny mentioned as a replacement nom if Johnny had used the veto on Will. Kaela said Johnny mentioned Maddy, Paras and Ali. Johnny said he didnt throw out names, and he didnt use it cause he didnt want them up
Kaela told Johnny he was going to be her replacement nominee but he won the veto. Johnny said that's another example of her lying constantly, cause he knew that but she denied it 
Johnny- Your games are the shittiest ones in the house in my opinion. You are not getting my vote, and I'm poisoning that entire fucking jury against you two. Derek- You should be a public speaker. Johnny- I am, bitch. We're in public, and I'm speaking
Johnny- If you do manage to stay this week, do you want to work together? I'm just kidding. Kaela- Fuck no. Johnny- Just kidding. You are not staying. Maybe you are. Kaela- If I am staying, I want you gone so bad. Johnny- I do not blame you 
Kaela to Johnny- Live feeders are probably loving it. This is exactly what I love watching when I watch the show 
Paras to Maddy- I'm sick of him (Will) bringing up this 86 bullshit. How many times now? Probably 7 or 8. I didn't bring up Five's Company to him once 
Meeting ends after 45 min

As we all know, Johnny’s goal in the Big Brother Canada 6 house has been to get Derek or Kaela out of the house

April 25, 2018

As we all know, Johnny’s goal in the Big Brother Canada 6 house has been to get Derek or Kaela out of the house. He has been working very hard at this and with this week’s HOH win, Johnny had a real good chance of making that happen. He nominated both Derek and Kaela and then Derek went on to win the POV. Ali was put up in Derek’s place as a renom and things looked like they were on track to get Kaela out.

Yesterday there is a lot of chatter about keeping Kaela in the house and evicting Ali instead, Johnny got wind of this and this morning there was another house meeting. It was really a screaming match between Johnny, Kaela, and Derek where Kaela and Derek were trying to throw Johnny and his gameplay under the bus. There was also a lot of talking about how the house is thinking about flipping, but after the meeting, Will, Maddy, and Paras sit and chat.

They discuss how things could play out if Kaela stays in the house and if Ali stays in the house. Will tells them that he is leaning more towards keeping Ali because Daela is more dangerous than Ali and her allies. If they keep Kaela, their trust with Johnny would be out the window and there is no guarantee that Daela would keep any promises they made to them.

Paras has reservations about keeping Kaela because her and Derek lie about everything. She is also worried that if they keep Ali, Johnny won’t have their back even though they went with his plan. They all think that threatening Derek and Kaela with pulling their jury votes will cause them to stick to their promises. Paras said that she was worried that Canada was screaming at them to get rid of Kaela and judging by our poll results so far, she isn’t wrong.

They all agree to take a break from their talk and then call Daela down later. Will tells them that he isn’t going at this all day because it’s exhausting. Will thinks that getting the talk with Daela down sooner rather than later could prove helpful. Paras isn’t ready to talk to them yet so he tells them to let him know when they are. When Paras is finally like “let’s just do it now” Big Brother calls for an HOH lockdown.

What do you think they should do? Do you think that keeping Kaela is a good idea for their game? Or do you think that staying loyal to Johnny, who might still not be happy with them after, is a better idea? Let me know in the comments

Paras to Ali- I'm pretty confident with what I want to do, which has been the same for 3-4 days.

April 25, 2018

 Paras to Ali- I'm pretty confident with what I want to do, which has been the same for 3-4 days. I know why you being here is better for my game 
Paras- I am pretty confident with my decision. I guess I can confirm that with you tomorrow morning for sure. Ali- That's fine. The confident gives me some peace 
Paras- I would hope that you would have my back. That's all that I can ask for. Ali- Absolutely. The ideal situation would be for Derek not to win this triple eviction coming up
Ali to Paras- I'm pretty confident in what I feel I would do (if Maddy/Paras/Will are nominated)
Ali- With actions, you will see where my heart and my head lie. Paras- When the time comes. Ali- I think you will feel better

Johnny checking in with Liv, Johnny tells Liv to keep telling Paras that she will put him up

April 25, 2018

Johnny checking in with Liv, Johnny tells Liv to keep telling Paras that she will put him up & he'll say that he thinks she'll do the same! Johnny also lets Liv know that Will is doing a lot of work to make sure Ali stays! 
Johnny to
Olivia- Will is doing so much work for you guys. You have no idea. This is between us. Do not tell Paras this 
Johnny- He (Will) was like "if you guys vote Ali out, I am just going to work with Johnny and Liv". Olivia- Does Paras want Ali out? Johnny- No. She is just weighing the options 
Johnny- They (Daela) will put Maddy up? Olivia- Yeah. They will put Maddy up first beside one of us. Johnny- Dont tell them that. Paras and Will need to think Maddy will not be the one going up
Johnny- I dont want to see you guys put Will up before others. Olivia- No, if I can help it
Olivia to Johnny- Ideally I put up Derek, Maddy, Paras. You win the veto, and then we can decide what we do. I do not want him (Will) taking someone down if he wins the veto. That's why I'd put him up. I dont want him gone but I need to use him up there

Will told Kaela he would be the first to go if she wins HoH in the Final 5

April 25, 2018

 Will told Kaela he would be the first to go if she wins HoH in the Final 5. He brought up Kaela asking Maddy if she would be willing to cut him at that point. Will said he might be able to work with Derek but he knows he is first out with Derek and Kaela there
Kaela- If you think you can trust me, keep me. If not, vote for Ali. She would probably keep you over them. Will- You didnt even try to deny you would send me home first of the three of us. Kaela- Well...yeah, basically. You would have to do the same thing 
Will- If you and Derek are saying you are more of a powerhouse than Ali and Liv, it doesnt make sense for me. Kaela- But that can guarantee you Final 5. Will- Then I'd be going home if you win HoH
Will- I trust Derek wouldnt put me up, but I had a closer relationship with Derek. Kaela- You would pick me over Derek, but I'd still be willing to take you further. Will- Cause we're the only votes you have. Kaela- It's still going to get you there (to Final 5
Maddy- I am torn about worrying about Final 5 and worrying about how to get there. Kaela- If you think Derek and I are more likely to win, go with us cause we will win that triple and get those two (Johnny/Olivia) out
Will- Who would Derek put up if we were to send you home? Kaela- He would not trust anyone. Will- He would definitely put Johnny up. He would probably put Liv and one of us 
Kaela told Maddy, Paras and Will she will only put one of them up if she wins the triple. Kaela said she will check in with them again tomorrow if she doesnt hear from them before that 
Maddy- Do you guys feel any need to talk to Derek? Will- I think we can bring Derek in and tell him we're not against him if we send Kaela home. Maddy- Not a bad idea 
Paras- How do you feel, Will? Will- I am voting to send Kaela home. That's where my vote is going. I'm being loyal to Johnny too, cause he is part of this 3 or 4 
Will to Maddy/Paras- We will look like dumbasses if we keep Daela and they go on to win. She is so full of shit 
Paras to Maddy/Will- I dont think the house's target is to send two of us three. If we were sitting next to Johnny, I dont know that they would send two of us 
Will- I got my mind made up. If you want to keep Kaela, more power to you. Paras- The only thing I dont want to be happening is for us to be kicking ourselves for putting Johnny's game before our own. Will- I'm not
Will- I keep Daela, I'm going to be first person out (Final 5). They will win before Ali and Liv. Paras- I guess my thing is I just want to make it to Final 5, but I fully get what you are saying
Will- If you fuck Johnny over, he will 100% come after you before he comes after Daela. Paras- But that would have to be at Final 5 if he were to make it 
Will to Maddy/Paras- If you want to keep Kaela, you can keep Kaela. I'll just go with Johnny and Liv. I need numbers. It's just the way it is at this point in the game
Will- People have wanted them (Daela) out for weeks and weeks. Now we have an opportunity. Why not? Paras- I guess to better our chances of getting to Final 5. Maddy- Yeah
Paras- I didnt work 55 days with you guys to then be ditched for Liv and Johnny. Maddy- I feel the same way. Will- I have got to look out for what's best for my game too. I'm not going to keep Daela when they are going to put me up and send me home
Paras- I get what you are saying that if she (Kaela) were to win the next HoH, you would be up but do we even make it there if we dont make this call? Will- We have got to stop playing scared, and take a chance, and find out
Will- This is three days of going back and forth like this. It's just tiring. Paras- It's a move that can cost us 100K. I want to take my time going through all of the scenarios. I get why you are frustrated 
Maddy to Paras- I think I'm going to have to try to convince you to evict Ali. Saying "I'll just run to Liv and Johnny"...I think he (Will) knows something. Johnny didnt put Liv up
Maddy- If I win HoH tomorrow, I will put up Kaela, Derek and Johnny. I will leave Olivia out of it unless there is a replacement nominee. Paras- I really dont know. Maddy- I choose us
Maddy to Paras- If we win, we put them (Daela) the fuck up anyways
Maddy- If we do this, and Will doesnt, if Derek wins... Paras- I have spent all day going back and forth instead of studying. I'm so mad at myself
Paras- If the two of them (Derek/Kaela) make it to Final 5, one of them wins the game. Maddy- Not if we have anything to do with it 
Paras- I just feel so much loyalty to Will. If I go against that, I feel like I'm a piece of shit cause I have loyalty to no one. Maddy- You have loyalty to me. Paras- I want it to be to both of you
Will- Do you think Daela would take each other to the Final 2? Johnny- No. I think they would take Maddy, and she knows that 
Maddy to Paras- Johnny is getting exactly what he wanted. He is taking Will away from us 
Will to Paras- She (Maddy) definitely has something on the side with Daela. Johnny- The way she talks about you guys is always "this is what I have been dealing with this entire game, having to control these two"
Johnny to Paras/Will- If you guys are five with Derek and Kaela, Maddy is going to be happy to be their three cause they are probably going to take Maddy over each other
Johnny told Paras and Will he was locked in as a three with them and as a four with Maddy. Paras said they have never discussed doing something to screw Johnny this week 
Paras to Johnny- If one of us three win, you are safe. We are going to Final 5
Johnny to Paras/Will- Maddy is not going to stick with the remainder of you (if one goes). I believe there are ulterior motives. With me, there is not
Paras told Johnny she is only hearing both sides out to see what their best option is to get all of them to Final 5. Will said keeping Daela means that Johnny wont make it. Paras said that's only if Daela wins HoH, and Johnny doesnt win veto 
Paras- That I have full intention of, to see us get Final 5. Johnny- Derek and Kaela see any opportunity that might make sense in your head. That's why they are selling you on this. Paras- Let's stick to it. Every intention I've had has been to get the most of us Final 5
Paras- If me weighing options makes you guys doubt how badly I want to be part of this, then I'm not going to fucking do that. I'm not going to risk it. Johnny- I truly believe that (evicting Kaela) is the best way for all of us to get there 
Johnny- So that (evicting Kaela) is committed to? Paras- Yeah. Let me talk to Ali one more time but I have been leaning that way today anyways
Will- If I do go home tomorrow, Johnny, you take Paras to the Final 2 with you. Johnny- Hell yeah. Paras- You are not going, Will
Will to Paras- Maddy is a filthy liar, and probably has a deal made with Daela. She would be on the block if we keep Kaela. It would be me or you 
Johnny told Paras and Will that Ali or Liv would put Maddy up over them, but Derek and Kaela would put them up over Maddy 
Paras- Be honest with me. Do you have a deal with Liv? Johnny- No. Swear

Maddy- It comes down to we pick us (by evicting Ali) our we pick Johnny and Will (by evicting Kaela).

April 25, 2018

Maddy- It comes down to we pick us (by evicting Ali) our we pick Johnny and Will (by evicting Kaela). Paras- You think it's that extreme? Maddy- Yes. Paras- I just have such a hard time trusting Kaela and Derek. Maddy- Just have to trust they wont put us up initially
Paras- If there is not a triple, we just kept the biggest power duo in the house. Maddy- It's not going to be a regular week by any means tomorrow. We just need to give ourselves the best chance 
Paras- It makes me feel so sick to have them (Daela) have lied so much in this game, and believe them once again. Maddy- You're right 
Paras to Maddy- It does make me feel like Canada would be like "you are sheep. They (Daela) pulled the wool over your eyes"
Maddy to Paras- If we win, we put them (Daela) the fuck up anyways
Maddy to Paras- If we win, we put them (Daela) the fuck up anyways
Paras and Maddy agree they have to talk to Ali first before deciding (she asked to speak to them a few minutes ago)

Paras being mad because she thinks Maddy has thrown her under the bus.

April 25, 2018

Paras being mad because she thinks Maddy has thrown her under the bus.
The number of time has run over & backed up on Maddy in this game LOL 
So Will told Paras his doubts about Maddy and that things Maddy has told them about him/Paras. And now Paras is telling Maddy & asking her what she's told Johnny against her/Will 
Paras basically telling Maddy that if she's her number 1 telling Johnny anything about her is not good for Paras' game. Like telling Johnny that Paras trusts him the least out of all 4 of them
Paras telling Maddy that her just telling Johnny that makes Johnny have a priority list on his head
Maddy changes the subject & asks Paras who she wants to evict, Paras says right now she wants to evict Kaela! Her heart tells her that Daela will fuck them
Maddy now wants to keep Kaela.
She thinks that they've only talked about the other side winning the Triple but if the Trio wins, they can easily take out Daela.
Maddy would feel safer with Daela winning HOH & Paras would feel the safest with Liv & if Ali wins HOH, Liv could persuade her not to go after Paras 
Maddy says she didn't realize Will doubted her so much.
Paras says it's recent and based off the recent things Johnny has said to Will. 
Paras thinks that Johnny is doing this so Will keeps him over the girls in the triple.
Maddy thinks the only way Johnny is safe is if they keep Ali. Paras agrees.
Paras has a hard time dealing the Daela still lying
Paras decides that Maddy must not let Johnny know that Paras told her this info, and if Johnny tries anything else, they can make the call on who to keep.
Maddy says Johnny picks up the weakest link and goes 'me and you! me and you!' for the longest time in the game.
Paras thinks Maddy is trying to have a back-up 1.
Maddy says she isn't, but the one who is trying to have a back-up is Will and Johnny.
Maddy says she knows Paras has had other options all game long where as she has only had Paras - but she doesn't hold that against her.

Maddy doesnt want to tell Will if they decide to vote Ali out

April 25, 2018

 Maddy doesnt want to tell Will if they decide to vote Ali out. Paras said Will has so much dirt on them, and she is scared to piss him off. She thinks he could then go to Johnny and Olivia to work with them

Johnny continues to attack Derek: "Your promises come from places of total fakeness" Derek: "I politely ask you to leave" J: "You shat on Paras' game the most. You guys said those 3 are the weakest, the floaters, they don't belong in this game, how Paras lied to everyone

Johnny to Daela: "Your games are the shittiest ones in the house. You are not getting my vote, I'm poisoning that entire jury against you two" J calls Derek "a fuckin liar, you think you are playing BB, but you are looking like an idiot

Will and Johnny are talking about Paras. Paras interrupts them. Johnny "I'm just trying to pitch here why keeping Kaela would be so terrible for all our games." Paras: "Yah. I know. So, what's the pitch?" Johnny: "Just the same old fuckin shit."
Ali joins Paras & Johnny. Ali says Liv and herself will put up Johnny, Derek and a pawn in the triple. She tells Paras, there's no difference for the 3 of them, whether it's Kaela or Ali staying, they are not going up anyway. Paras doesn't look convinced.

Johnny asks M/P/W why they are talking without him: "Why is it always the 3 of you and not the 4 of us?" Maddy: "We 3 were the subject of a lot of things, it makes more sense to discuss it between us. You are not necessarily part of what we are discussing."

Will gives Johnny hints that Maddy and Paras are leaning towards keeping Kaela. Johny "What the hell" Will says Maddy/Paras told him they have to look for themselves. Will: "But don't tell them anything" J: "If will give fuckin Daela my jury vote over these two"

 Paras told Maddy that Will ran from them to Hamza and Veronica, and he also moved to the red room 

April 25, 2018

 Paras told Maddy that Will ran from them to Hamza and Veronica, and he also moved to the red room 
Paras- I'm beyond sick of Will saying this shit. You had side deals! Stop. How many times has he questioned me now? Maddy- A million. He is questioning you, not me. Does that mean he never trusted me? Paras- I dont think so 
Maddy- I think that the three of us are going up under both of them now. I think that we could make deals to change that. I think they may initially nominate the three of us. Will- No they wont 
Maddy- Who's going to go after who? Kaela and Derek are going to go after Johnny and Olivia. Johnny may win the veto. Will- If we keep Kaela, Johnny is turning on us. Maddy- And Johnny is going on the block right away
Will- Johnny wins HoH, we broke Johnny's trust, Johnny puts up Derek and one of us. Liv is probably going to keep Derek. Paras- Are we thinking a week after the triple now? Will- The HoH the day after 
Will to Maddy/Paras- I think Liv would put two of us up, and Derek. If Derek pulls himself down, the other one is up 
Will to Maddy/Paras- I think Daela is also full of shit more than Ali and Liv is. Kaela just got caught in a couple more lies. Another thing is Johnny will go against us if we keep Kaela 
Will to Maddy/Paras- I dont think Derek would put us up. I think he would put Liv, Johnny, and one of us up
Maddy to Paras/Will- I have never trusted Ali, but I dont think Ali is an idiot either. Yesterday I 100% wanted to vote out Ali. It was definitely a vengeful thing. I dont want to only think about myself. I want to think about the three of us
Will to Maddy/Paras- I think we would have a better chance at winning the triple if Kaela wasnt here. Derek is going to be mind fucked if Kaela does go home 
Will- Ali and Liv would put two of the three of us up. Maddy- If Ali or Liv wins, I'm comfortable with the fact that I'm going home. I want to make sure you guys dont go home too 
Maddy to Paras/Will- If keeping Kaela is our best chance, and we decide not to cause Johnny will not like it, it's a big risk to take for somebody that is already well positioned. Paras- I agree with that
Paras to Maddy/Will- My hesitation in keeping Kaela is that they just lie constantly...but I dont think it's smart to be thinking about the following week when we might not even be able to survive the triple
Paras told Maddy and Will that any deal Derek and Kaela make with them will be more legitimate after the blow up with Ali and Liv, cause they wont have anyone else
Paras- Best case scenario is we take out Daela ourselves. Maddy- Johnny has already got a bad ass resume that he wanted to add taking out Daela. Maybe we can do it instead
Will told Maddy and Paras he wants to have a chat with Derek and Kaela. He said this is exhausting, and he doesnt want to go back and forth all day

 After the house meeting, Maddy and Paras confirm each other that nothing has changed for them

April 25, 2018

 After the house meeting, Maddy and Paras confirm each other that nothing has changed for them. Paras is sick of Will constantly bringing up the 86-alliance. She never called him out for HIS side deals. They think it's obvious that Will doesn't trust them.

 Kaela in white room with paras and Maddy

April 25, 2018

 Kaela in white room with paras and Maddy
Paras should we disperse for now in case they come in
Kaela yeah i'll go on the couch to wait for Will
Paras we might be pleasing a person that cant play in the HOH or no they are lying to you
Maddy i think they are and it's jury votes
Paras she said jury votes and said that if we screw her im the easiest person cuz they trashed me enough and they can move onto you and Will
Maddy that's what they think but they dont know (Maddy/Paras are tight) 
Maddy we can split them up in the triple if we win but we cant get split up if we dont win it Ali needs to split us up Daela needs to split us up
Paras they might want to split me away from you/Will
Paras if we decide and tell will we're keeping kaela we cant go back on it once we decide there's no going back on it
Maddy yeah the concern is telling Will and him winning and putting us up?
Parsas i dont want o break that trust with will blindsiding him
Maddy if will wins i dont think he will put us up over Ali/Liv and if we keep him safe after winning teh triple if we dont and Derek and Kaela arent angry at us and there is no Ali and it's still our best chance to make it thru the triple and he is making deals to keep him safe Just Will not for us
Parsas Will will trip out and think we are working with Daela and go to Liv and Johnny and will ahs so much dirtt on us
Maddy he doesnt care aobut anyone but himself.
Johnny reveals to Daela he has wanted both of them out forever. Kaela: "All I know is if I am here next week, you two (Johnny/Liv) are gone" Kaela says none of them (M/P/W) have said they want to keep her so far. Ali to Kaela: "Honey, keep your mouth shut!"

Ali im going to throw them all under the bus before i walk out!

April 25, 2018

 Ali im going to throw them all under the bus before i walk out!
Ali Will's constant "where's yor head at" gives him zero credibility as a game player in the house. he's made no strategic moves or contributions he has simply gone along with the HOH.
Im going to say you all preach loyalty but you got none Paras you say you don't trust Will and he constantly runs to power! Will you constantly say that you only care about yourself and say to put up paras before you. Maddy, Paras and Will talk so much shit about you they have no intent on taking you further!
Liv do it!! Oh shit son!

Olivia One of them (Maddy/Paras/Will) needs to go

April 25, 2018

 Olivia- One of them (Maddy/Paras/Will) needs to go. It cant be Derek and Johnny. Ali- Unless we get that opportunity. Olivia- No. I want one of them out first. Ali- It doesnt matter if they are coming right for us. It's about who can you beat 
Olivia- You are saying Johnny and Derek leaving is the best option? Ali- We lose a number...but, to me, Johnny kind of proved that he is willing to risk our lives. He didnt trust the fact that we gave him our word
Ali- I dont believe that he (Johnny) has any intent of keeping us together. I do believe in the Final 5 that he would come after us just as they would. The only difference is he has a better chance of winning. Olivia- True 
Ali to Olivia- If one (of Derek or Johnny) was going to stay, I would actually prefer it be Derek 
Ali to Olivia- I would be more at peace if Johnny was out of this house. He is too much of a beast. I already regret not getting him out when we had the chance 
Ali to Olivia- I think the best case scenario for the triple is putting up Derek, Maddy, Paras. I am hoping the only person sitting out (of veto) is Johnny. Derek wins, pulls himself off, put up Johnny. Get rid of Johnny and Paras 
Paras- If Johnny is sitting next to any of us up there, we have to save ourselves. Will- 100%. If we can save him, we'll save him, but that's all we can
do

Summary Tuesday ,April 24th

April 24, 2018

Summary Tuesday ,April 24th
Live Feed Updates Monday,April 23th
10:00-11:00 AM: Paras told Kaela that the two of them and Derek have to have a really long conversation. She said she will be screwed if she keeps sticking out her neck and it doesn’t work. Paras said she would want to 100% ensure that she is not the one who goes up if Derek or Kaela win HoH. Paras told Kaela if what she is doing gets out, she is screwed. Paras said she will make sure that Kaela goes if that’s the case. Paras mentioned that this is going to have to be a blindside if they do it. Paras told Kaela that the trashing has to stop, cause Will came to her with lots of questions after his conversation with Derek the other night. She said she has heard things from their conversations when they were doing laps out in the yard weeks ago. Kaela played it off as though Will was looking for clarification from Derek.

12:00-1:00 PM: Derek and Kaela discussed that they have had good chats with people of late, and people must like them if they didn’t like them before. They talked about Ali continuing to hang out with Olivia the most. Kaela told Derek that Paras wants to have a serious conversation with them if she is going to stick her neck out to save Kaela. Kaela said Paras wants to make sure that she is not going up if either of them win the triple. Kaela said she thinks Maddy and Will are being very receptive to the idea of keeping her, so Paras wants to make it seem like it was all her idea. Kaela told Derek that Paras thinks he has been throwing her under the bus to Will. Derek said at least he now knows that everything he tells Will goes to Paras. Will told Johnny that Ali and Olivia will 100% nominate him, Maddy and Paras. Johnny said he would go up too, but they might keep him off of the block in hope of him not getting a chance to play in the veto competition.

1:00-2:00 PM: Maddy let Kaela know that she felt really good about their chat the other day. Maddy added that Kaela has already proven things to her, which is why she feels good. Maddy said if she ended up going home due to Derek or Kaela taking her out in the triple, she would be so sour when it comes to her jury vote. Kaela said she feels good about her chat with Maddy, and she feels really good since Maddy is the first to be receptive to the idea of keeping her. If Kaela leaves, Maddy said she would see it as the trio against Derek who is pissed at them, and Ali and Olivia who have been against them for the entire game. Kaela said she explained that to her before that it will be 5 on 1 if they keep her, on 3 on 3 if they don’t. Kaela said she needs to get Johnny out since he is guaranteed to get to the Final 2 if he makes it past the triple. Later, Maddy asked Paras if Ali has talked to her at all. Paras said no, and Ali seems extremely sketched out. Paras said Ali is making her decision more clear for her, though she trusts nothing that Kaela says. Maddy said she doesn’t either. Paras let Maddy know that Will lied to them when he said he just had guy talk with Derek out in the yard the other night. Paras said it was 45 minutes of Will asking Derek questions about her, because Johnny let Will know what Derek was saying. Paras said they have to get rid of Johnny soon, otherwise Will is going to be his #1. Maddy said the Final 5 is going to have to be the three of them and Daela. Paras agreed. Paras said she thinks they have to stick with this, cause there is no going back. While Maddy said that Derek and Johnny leaving during the triple is okay, Paras said she prefers to get Derek and Kaela out at the same time if possible. If one of them comes down, Paras said they are going to have to keep Olivia over Johnny. Maddy agreed. Will joined them. He said he is still feeling the same way about keeping Kaela being the best move for their games. Paras said she really hopes that one of them win HoH so that they can take out at least one of Daela before the Final 5. Paras asked if they think Derek and Kaela will keep their word if they give it to them. Will said they will have to. Maddy said yes because of jury votes. She explained that they would be three votes, and it takes four to win. They discussed telling Derek and Kaela that they will lose their jury votes if they screw them over, and they will campaign against them in the jury house. Maddy and Paras said they cannot let Johnny know about the plan to keep Kaela. Maddy said they can talk to him after the eviction, and between the HoH competition. Will said they will have lost his trust by that point. Maddy disagreed. Paras said Johnny will know when they show their loyalty to him by saving him in the triple, or not putting him up if they win.

2:00-3:00 PM: Derek told Kaela he is going to say to Will that Ali is trying to pull him over to her side in case Kaela goes home. Kaela said that’s the exact situation that Maddy talked about not wanting to have happen. Kaela said Maddy told her that she doesn’t want her out of the house. Kaela said Maddy basically admitted that she would never go against Paras or Will. Kaela said her ideal triple eviction is to get rid of Johnny and Will. Derek and Kaela don’t think that Maddy and Paras would be too upset about that. Kaela said she would put Johnny, Olivia and Will on the block. Kaela said Maddy was the first one to be down for keeping her. Kaela mentioned Paras is wanting them to think that she has to get Maddy and Will on board, so they want to keep Paras longer, but she knows that Maddy is already on board. Derek said he will nominate Johnny and two of Maddy, Paras and Will if Kaela leaves, but he is on the trios side for now. Kaela said she would want Olivia to stay, so he might want the veto to be used on her if they win it, and they she would consider putting Paras up. Kaela said Maddy would keep Paras over Will, but Paras wouldn’t necessarily keep Maddy over Will. They said Johnny and Will would then go. Kaela said they would have Olivia on their side who wants Maddy out really badly, and Maddy on their side who wants Olivia out. Paras told Johnny she doesn’t know what kind of conversation he had with Will, but Will was freaking out about it. Johnny said Will spoke to Derek too. Paras said she heard that Will heard things from Johnny, and then he went to question Derek about it. Johnny said Will spoke to Derek first. Paras said it really hurts her that Maddy and Will are doubting her so much when everything she did was for them. She said she wanted to have influence in order to protect them. Outside, Will told Kaela they would have to lock something down that Derek and Kaela would only nominate one of the three of them in the triple. Will said they will not vote for Derek and Kaela to win if they screw them over, and Ryan also probably wouldn’t vote for them either. Kaela said she would feel the same way if they send her to the jury. She talked about it being fair game once they get to the Final 5. Kaela assured Will that she and Derek want Johnny and Olivia gone, meaning that they would keep Maddy, Paras and Will safe.

3:00-4:00 PM: Will let Maddy and Paras know that Kaela was saying she would definitely keep the three of them safe in the triple. Will said he told her that they are still on the fence. Paras said Ali is being so weird. They all discussed that they have not talked to her today. Elsewhere, Kaela told Derek she has to be careful not to say anything wrong if Maddy, Paras and Will want to keep her. Derek said that goes for him too, so they have to make sure that they are on the same page. Derek asked what he should say if any of those three approach him about what Kaela has been talking to them about. Kaela said to let them know that she has mentioned having conversations but she has not told him what they have talked about. Kaela told Derek to let them know that they want to get Johnny and Olivia out, as she has been saying that they are both on board for that. Derek said he will sell that it’s 5 on 1 in the HoH competition if Kaela stays. Derek said he might put Maddy up instead of Will if he wins HoH. He said that doesn’t mean that he cannot backdoor him though. Kaela talked about wanting Maddy and Olivia to last through the triple just because they may go after each other before targeting the two of them.

4:00-5:00 PM: Kaela told Paras that her first conversation with Will didn’t go well, since he was still blinded by the fact that she put him up, but the second talk went really well. Kaela said she feels good with both Maddy and Will at this point, and she thinks there is a possibility that she could stay. Paras said they are still on the fence. Paras brought up that she would be afraid to go on the block in the triple, because one of the trio will have to go if Johnny wins the veto. Kaela said she would not put Paras up if she is on her side. Paras once again that the trash talking has to stop. Kaela said she hasn’t said anything since they sat down for their conversation the other day. Paras said it has to stop from Derek too. Kaela told Paras that Derek is talking about going after Johnny and Olivia next week. She said those two have been trying to pin them against each other.

5:00-6:00 PM: Kaela told Paras she would be stupid to believe that Ali and Olivia will not put the trio on the block. Kaela said she would only put one of them up because she has to. Paras asked how they can go about her telling Kaela that she wants to keep her without it getting out even to Maddy and Will. Paras said she has two people on the fence that she could convince, but she would have to know that she would not be going on the block even if the veto is used. Paras told Kaela the only way that she can stay is if she convinces Maddy and Will. Paras said Kaela should know who is pulling the strings if she ends up staying. Kaela assured Paras that she is a number for her going forward. She mentioned feeling good with Maddy and Paras over Will, since Will would keep Derek over her. Paras said she is taking a huge risk with Johnny and Olivia if she is the spearhead of the plan to keep Kaela, so she needs Derek and Kaela to swear that she is not the one going up during the triple. Kaela said she would swear on her cats right now if Paras wants her to. Afterwards, Paras spoke the cameras about not believing anything Kaela says. Despite that, she said keeping Kaela might be the best move.

6:00-7:00 PM: Ali told Johnny she is done campaigning. She said it’s frustrating since her loyalty is being questioned after she has showed her loyalty to certain individuals since week four. Ali said it’s frustrating to have people continue to bring up the things that Kaela said about her even though she has done nothing to make them distrust her. Ali said they can vote her out then since she does not care. Ali told Johnny she is so tired, and she cannot convince people to see the obvious. Even if they are trying to make her squirm, Ali said it says a lot how people you are working with treat you when you are on the block. Johnny encouraged Ali to keep fighting. She said she will not roll over and die, but she is not going to chase people into rooms to talk to them. Ali thinks she is repeating herself at this point. Johnny said that’s almost what it takes since people change their minds all of the time. Afterwards, Olivia told Johnny that what bothers her about Will is he expects the world from every single person but he doesn’t give it to anyone. Olivia talked about potentially wanting someone like Derek at the end with them. She talked about wanting to go far with Ali but not thinking that it is going to happen. Johnny asked if Olivia would pick him over Derek. Olivia said yeah.

7:00-8:00 PM: Johnny told Olivia there is no way that anyone votes to keep Kaela over Ali. Olivia said she doesn’t think so. Johnny said he would lose his mind if Kaela stays this week. Olivia said she would too. Olivia told Johnny it would be the two of them against everyone else. After Olivia headed inside, Johnny spoke to the cameras. He said he still has to believe that every single person in the house wants him out. Johnny wondered if encouraging Maddy, Paras and Will to lure Ali into not feeling secure will work against him since they might start considering keeping Kaela. Johnny mentioned that Paras is so desperately all over the place, throwing around deals 24/7. Johnny said Ali is still super shady, and she will go right back to the lie lie lie self that she is. Johnny talked about Kaela not stopping at all today. Johnny said Maddy feels she has hands up the back of people as her puppets, but she never has at any point in the game. In the HoH room, Kaela told Derek that Paras is saying Maddy and Will are on the fence but she has the ability to convince them. Kaela said Maddy and Will have actually been way more receptive than Paras has been. Kaela said Paras is wanting a guarantee that she will not go up in the triple. Kaela admitted that she doesn’t know what she would do. Kaela said Maddy was the first to tell her that she is good, followed by Will, and then Paras is still telling her that she doesn’t know what to do. Derek said Paras thinks she is the queen who is running the house. Kaela said she is not the mastermind that she thinks she is. Kaela said she wouldn’t mind if Paras left during the triple. Derek said he would be excited if Johnny and Paras left. That being said, both agreed that it would be very tough to get Paras out.

8:00-9:00 PM: Derek spoke to Paras. He told her that his targets are still the same. He pointed out that Johnny was his target last week, then Ali and Olivia would be the others. Paras brought up that Derek seems to be telling people that she doesn’t trust them, referring to the conversation with Will. Derek said Will approached him with questions, so all that he did was confirm things. Paras asked if he told Will that she doesn’t trust him. Derek said he told him the opposite, making it clear that Paras has always said he is her #1. Paras let Derek know that she isn’t opposed to Kaela staying. She suggested that she has a decent amount of pull with Maddy and Will. Paras said she is willing to look past everything, and build trust again. As she did with Kaela earlier in the day, Paras told Derek he cannot go run to Olivia to throw her under the bus if she wins HoH. Paras encouraged Derek to think about the long term. Paras said she would need confirmation from Derek and Kaela that she will not be the one going up as a pawn in the triple eviction. Paras stressed that she needs to the two of them to have her back if she is going to keep the biggest power duo in the house. Paras asked that Derek would have her back if she is up against Johnny and Olivia. Derek said he is pretty confident that he would. Derek explained that he cannot give a guarantee until Ali is walking out the door. Johnny entered the catacombs. He questioned if Derek is campaigning to Paras. Derek said they are talking game. Johnny claimed that Derek has been talking crap about Paras for the past couple of days, blowing her game up. Johnny said Derek is trying to get Paras back on his side now, and it’s joke if he says he had her back the entire game. Derek said he is politely asking Johnny to leave if he is going to do this. Johnny continued on, saying Derek called the trio the weakest, floaters, sheep, and said they do not belong in the game. Johnny went on to say that Derek said Paras is lying to everybody’s face and she cannot make it further in the game. Johnny said it’s a joke that Derek is trying to sell Paras on the triple. He said Derek will absolutely not leave a trio intact heading into the Final 5. Derek again asked Johnny to leave. Johnny said no. Derek told Johnny he doesn’t understand why he is in there. Johnny said it’s an effort to ensure that Kaela leaves. Derek told Johnny to leave. While he did end up leaving, he clarified that it’s by choice.

9:00-10:00 PM: Paras told Derek she needs him to look at her as a Kaela if he keeps her. Paras said they can still move on despite the things that Derek told Will, but it’s going to take a lot of work to save Kaela since Johnny is going to go say things to Maddy and Will. Paras said she hopes Derek will be a man of his word, not putting her up in the triple, if she saves Kaela. Derek assured Paras that he will not screw her. Afterwards, Johnny, Paras and Will spoke out in the yard. Will discussed that maybe a house meeting should be called. Will said they need to call things out, cause he doesn’t want to spend the next few days going around trying to make a huge decision. Johnny questioned if it’s huge. He said Kaela needs to go. Will said she wants to see which lies are actually being said. Johnny said Derek and Kaela are saying whatever they need to say right now, and they are not going to leave the trio in the game. Out by the hot tub, Will brought up that Derek said he wanted to work with Ali and Olivia if Kaela goes. Derek said he had a five minute conversation with Ali in which she said she wants to make sure that they are still friends. Derek said nothing was mentioned about working together.

10:00-12:00 PM: After a lengthy conversation with Maddy, Ali spoke to Maddy, Paras, Will and Johnny. They looked to clarify some things that have been said this week. Olivia was also present. Ali said Derek told her that he wants to work with her and Ali if Kaela leaves, yet he is now denying it to Will. Paras suggested a house meeting. Ali then addressed that Kaela is saying Ali will nominate Maddy, Paras and Will if she wins HoH. Ali gave her word that she would not nominate all three together. Olivia pointed out that Derek and Kaela are the only ones who said they would nominate all three members of the trio, doing so before the last eviction. Later in the conversation, Olivia said she is confused about why Ali is having to defend herself, and why she is being put on trial. Maddy and Will said that’s not what this is. Ali said she is just trying to clarify some things for them. Ali said she would much rather move forward with people who she has relationships with, who she trusts more, and who she has a fair chance of beating. Before the talk wrapped up, the house meeting idea was once again brought up. While Paras and Will were on board, Maddy said she doesn’t see the need for it. Ali said she will do it if they want, so let her know what they decide. After Ali and Olivia left the room, Paras questioned why Maddy would go against the house meeting when the whole point of the week was to see what they can get out of the two sides. Maddy said she got what she wanted in her talk with Ali. Paras said they also want to ensure that Derek goes against Olivia if he wins, and vice versa. Johnny and Maddy later spoke, discussing that the house meeting is not necessarily the best approach. Johnny asked Derek if he wants to have a house meeting. Derek said he doesn’t know that anything will come of it, so he will not be super receptive of the idea. Johnny let the others know that Derek is not really feeling the house meeting, so he doesn’t think that they will have one.

Johnny You guys want to have a house meeting?

April 24, 2018

Johnny- You guys want to have a house meeting? Derek- I dont know if there is going to be anything that comes out of it. If you do want to have one, I'm probably not going to be super receptive. Johnny- It wasnt my idea. Derek- I'm personally not into it 
Derek to Johnny- I think everyone has said their piece to everyone. I just want to go into the hot tub, even with you
Johnny- Derek is not really feeling the house meeting, so I dont think we are going to do the house meeting. Ali- Makes no difference to me
Will- Where did Liv's sass come from? Where has she been all game? Johnny- I think she was just defending Ali 
Johnny- Derek is being so reasonable. It's so annoying. I literally came out of nowhere for him in the catacombs. I was such a little bitch. Will- That's good TV
Maddy- I didnt singlehandedly stop a house meeting by any means. Paras- You were the most vocal about it. Will, Johnny and I wanted it. Maddy- Johnny just said Derek didnt want it
Paras to Maddy- Liv was scared there. "What's the point of a house meeting?". The point is your dirty ass laundry is going to get aired
Maddy to Paras- I do agree we can beat Ali. We can also beat Kaela, but can we beat Daela? I dont know
Paras- Do you want one (a house meeting), or are you against it? Johnny- I was the one that tried to start it. Maddy- The voice of the movement. Johnny- The voice that got shut down

Will to Johnny/Paras- Me, you and Maddy should call a house meeting

April 24, 2018

Will to Johnny/Paras- Me, you and Maddy should call a house meeting. Everyone should start dishing on everyone
Will to Johnny/Paras- I might say call a house meeting. Whatever needs to be said, say it in front of the house. We are sitting around bored and sleepy all day. Let's fucking get riled up 
Paras- Who said he (Derek) went to Ali and Liv, trying to make a Final 3? Will- Ali. He went to them yesterday. Paras- I think Ali was the one 
Will- We need to call this stuff out. I'm not going around for the next couple days making a huge decision. Johnny- Is it huge? Kaela needs to go home. You are going to leave fucking Daela inside of this house? Will- Want to see which lies are being said
Johnny to Paras/Will- Obviously he (Derek) needs to say these things to you right now. Obviously it does not make sense to keep the three of you intact in the triple. He is not keeping you guys around 
Ali to Johnny/Maddy/Paras/Will- She (Kaela) was like "I'm putting Erica up". I went "I think that's a little soon." She called Liv in. I said "we're going to say you put us in a predicament where either you or Liv go up, or you vote out Erica"
Ali to Johnny/Maddy/Paras/Will- Today they (Daela) approached Will saying "they were never going to save you. They only saved you cause we told them it was them going up, or they vote out Erica". We already admitted that was a lie 
Ali to Maddy/Paras/Will- They (Daela) said "they (Ali/Liv) are going to put the three of you up". Cause if Kaela stays, they are going to get rid of Kaela before they get rid of you, right? No. What the fuck kind of argument is that?
Olivia to Maddy/Paras/Will- They (Daela) are the only two that say they are putting you three up
Paras asked whose idea it was that Derek, Ali and Olivia could work together if Kaela leaves. Ali said Derek told her "if Kaela does go home, I still am with you and Liv" 
Olivia- What I'm confused about is why you (Ali) are defending yourself. I know all of you guys are also good with Daela. You are not like "I dont want to work with you". I dont understand why she is on trial right now 
Will to Olivia- We are just trying to find out who is lying about us. Maddy- You might feel that you are on trial, but that's not the intention of what this conversation was. Ali- I'm trying to clarify
Paras- If they (Daela) are lying, I want to know that they are lying. Johnny- Why are we shocked that they are lying? Paras- It's not being shocked 
Ali to Johnny/Olivia/Maddy/Paras/Will- I would much rather move forward with you guys who I have relationships with, who I trust more, and who I have a fair chance of beating

Paras to Derek If I do this to keep Kaela, I need you

April 24, 2018

Paras to Derek- If I do this to keep Kaela, I need you. I fully need you. I know you are gunning for him (Johnny), but I need you to keep me safe. I need you to look at me as a Kaela
Derek- That's the first time I have gotten mad in this game. Paras- I knew most of everything he (Johnny) just said
Paras to Derek- Even when I asked you guys to stop, you still told a lot of things to Will. I think we can still move on. It's going to take a lot of work cause he (Johnny) is going to be saying these things to Maddy and Will 
Paras- If I make Kaela stay, I'd hope you are a man of your word, and you dont put me up on that triple. As long as you dont fuck me, I dont care about anything else has happened so far. Derek- I promise I will not fuck you literally, figuratively, whatever way

Johnny- You are campaigning to Paras?

April 24, 2018

Johnny- You are campaigning to Paras? Derek- Me? We are talking about game. Johnny- You shit talked her entire game the last few days. Derek- What?! Johnny- What?! You shit talked Paras the most 
Johnny- You blew her (Paras') game up. You are trying to get her back on your side. Derek- Why are you being like this? Johnny- Cause this has been on for like an hour in here
Johnny- What's to say? "Paras, I had your back this entire game". Jokes. Derek- For real? Johnny- Just saying. Derek- I politely ask you to leave if you are going to do this. Johnny- You shat on her game the most. That's the damn truth 
Johnny- You said those three were the weakest, they are floaters, they are sheep, they dont belong in this game. Derek- What are you talking about? Why are you in here doing this? Johnny- Johnny- You said so much about her (Paras) as a person. Derek- In front of everybody. Johnny- In front of me especially. How she is lying to everybody's face, how she cant make it further in the game bizarre. I thought you would stick to your truth 
Johnny- You said "you, me, Ali, Liv, Kaela Final 5. Those three are not worthy of the game". Derek- There is no such thing as not being worthy of the game 
Johnny- You are saying you are new to this game. Not a single person in this house believes that. Derek- I have never watched a full season
Johnny to Derek- The triple is what you are selling to them right now? That's a joke! You are going to leave these three intact for the Final 5? Absolutely not! 
Johnny- You are saying whatever you need to say to keep Kaela. Derek- Not true. Johnny- This entire game, you say what you need to say 
Derek- I'm trying to rebuild trust. Could you please leave? Johnny- No. Derek- I have nothing else to say 
Johnny- It's just sly, and I feel like it needs to be known. Derek- Coming from a guy who has a really classy game. Johnny- I've never claimed to have a classy game. I wouldnt put classy as one of the ones, especially when it comes to you guys 
Derek- I dont understand why you have to come in here. Johnny- In an effort to ensure that Kaela goes home. Derek- You made an effort. Leave the room. Johnny- Your effort also needs to stop. It's cringey. I see your face. The face of lies

Johnny Liv, Ali and Will are my 1 picks to win right now if I'm on jury

April 24, 2018

Johnny- Liv, Ali and Will are my 1 picks to win right now if I'm on jury. After that, I'd give to Maddy, then Paras, then Derek, assuming Kaela goes home this week 
Kaela to Derek- She (Paras) was like "if I'm going to convince the other two (Maddy/Will) to keep you, cause they are both on the fence..."...and I'm literally thinking "the other two have been way more receptive than you" 
Kaela told Derek that Paras is wanting a guarantee that she will not put her up if she stays, but she doesn't know what she would do 
Kaela to Derek- Maddy was the first to tell me we're good without giving me her vote. Will was the second. Paras is still telling me "I dont know what I want to do yet" 
Kaela to Derek- Even though Paras is telling me she has to convince them, she doesnt have to. She is just saying that cause she thinks that I dont know, but they have both told me 
Derek- She (Paras) thinks she is the fucking queen eh? She thinks she is running this. Kaela- She thinks she is this mastermind. She is not 
Kaela- I wouldnt even mind if Paras left during the triple. Derek- I would be excited. Johnny and Paras 
Kaela told Derek that if Paras left, she would tell Maddy and Will that Paras was saying she had to convince them to keep her even though they had already told her that they were on board
Derek- It would be tough for Paras to go in the triple. Kaela- It would never happen
Paras to Derek- If I'm sticking out my neck to keep Kaela, that's the most trust I can show. Without that, Kaela goes home this week 
Paras to Derek- I would need confirmation from both of you that, at least at the triple, I'm not the one that goes up as the pawn 
Paras to Derek- Keep in mind I approached Kaela about this three days ago. I am thinking long term, and I'm thinking that we could still move past this shit 
Paras- If I am sticking out my neck to keep the biggest power duo in the house, I need them to have my back. Give me the reassurance for a couple weeks that you guys are going to have my back. Derek- Yeah yeah 
Paras- If I go against Johnny and Liv, I need you guys to have my back. Derek- If we go against Johnny and Liv, definitely going to have your back
Paras- If I make sure that Kaela stays this week, do I have your word that I dont go up in the triple? Derek- I'm pretty confident. Paras- You just have to talk it out. Derek- I want to do anything I can to keep Kaela here 
Paras- Where does the hesitation come from? Why is it still only "pretty confident"? Derek- I'm also scared with the whole trust thing. Paras- If Kaela stays, doesnt that prove something? Derek- As soon as Ali goes to walk out the door, I'll tell you you're not going up

This week should really be a no-brainer when it comes to who will be evicted from the Big Brother Canada house

April 24, 2018

This week should really be a no-brainer when it comes to who will be evicted from the Big Brother Canada house, but things have been going on in the house that could leave you scratching your head. Keep reading and then let me know who you think will be going home this week

Everyone has been talking about getting Derek or Kaela out of the house for a couple weeks now, but no one has made any moves towards that until Johnny won the HOH this week. He put Derek and Kaela up on the block together and then Derek won the Veto and took himself down. At the Veto Ceremony, Johnny renom’d Ali thinking that no one would vote against her and they would finally break up the show’s only showmance.

But not so fast! On the feeds last night, Will, Maddy and Paras talk about flipping the vote to keep Kaela and get Ali out. They said that Ali is shady and has called them all floaters. They also think that they can use Daela for numbers by threatening to take three out of four winning jury votes away from them. They have all been guaranteed final 5 from Daela so that played a big part in this decision.

Things could get real interesting this week, make sure you keep up with all the details here with our Big Brother Canada spoilers. In the meantime, let me know what you think of this plan? Do you think they will go through with it and save Kaela or stay loyal to Johnny and split up Daela?

Johnny"Derek is Derek, enough said. I feel my opinion about him is very known.

April 24, 2018

Johnny- "Derek is Derek, enough said. I feel my opinion about him is very known. Kaela has ten batteries shoved up her ass, she will not stop... aaargh, give it up!" He thinks Maddy feels like a puppetmaster, but she will never be & is the least threatening next to Paras.

After a conversation with Liv, Johnny to himself: "I just can't tell if me encouraging Maddy/Will/Paras to kinda lure Ali into this space of not feeling super secure is going to work against me. What if they just start believing keeping Kaela is a possibility?"

Ali has a meltdown, Paras is comforting her.

April 24, 2018

Ali has a meltdown, Paras is comforting her. Ali "I'm not campaigning anymore, I've nothing left to give." Later Ali tells Liv that her tears were genuine, but also partially strategic "When you're too happy, people don't like that. People wanna see you squirm.

Johnny- "Paras is so desperately all over the place. She's mad at me for having little trust in her, but she's throwing around deals 24/7. Will is ridiciously frustrated with any signs that someone is not loyal to him. Ali is still super shady to me lie, lie, lie."

Ali telling johnny she is done trying she dosent want to keep talking

April 24, 2018

Ali telling johnny she is done trying she dosent want to keep talking to people that give her the run around and people that she was supposed to be working with and they say well i dont know like send me home i dont care and i might have not won any comps but i worked my ass off
Ali I dont know if this is paras's reaction and I dont know what it is with will Paras said he was questioning her last night and maybe that is his insecurities
Ali im not having any more conversations maybe tomorrow
Johnny I wish i knew what kaela was saying
Ali they are promising F5 and to get you out and Maddy is a different story
Johnny she's not voting for you to say
Ali yeah i can't say anything to her
Ali i told paras that whatever happens im happy for the experience i didnt come here for the $100grand i came for the experience
Johnny is that your resignation speech
Ali i hit a wall and i miss my family and i feel that i let my family down i feel that im losing myself foir the pipe dream and im not going to sit there and promise them things i can only say that i can have yuor back. (she's crying but nto sobbing) 
Ali i cant promise you everything so if you dont want to keep me then send me home.. 
Johnny you might feel differnt
ali yeah tomorrow it can be different im not rolling over and dying im hitting a wall today other than working out with Liv i've been alone in the room walloing.. and being in peace. we at that point in the game where we dont have to fake it

 Kaela and paras!

April 24, 2018

 Kaela and paras!
Kaela i was asking how close you were to Ali/Liv cuz i didnt want to ruin my relationship with you, and if you were telling me this then it was part of and we dropped it and said our storries
Paras as mucha s people can use me as a scapegoat everyone had side deals but ask Ali/Liv if i had any deal with them they only used us to get Veronica out, and that part of the plan was to make Will feel part of it and im hesitant to even try and make amends Ali came to me and siad just so you know i told you immediately
Kaela Ali did that to us she is doing the same thing
Paras yeh im not going to play all the cards out
Kaela you know that Ali talked to Derek 
Paras yesterday
Kaela yeah. she said that we hope we can be fiends after this she wants to pull Derek with her Liv and Johnny Liv and johnny are tight
Paras i know

Paras doesn't believe that Will found an advantage. Maddy "Me neither" Paras "That's BS. He's playing us dirty, man!" Maddy "Then we have to stop doing things that help him" Paras: "Do you think Will would put us up before Johnny?" Maddy: "I would kick him in the face"

Paras fills Maddy in about Liv telling her that Ali had to promise Will she would save him if it's Maddy/Paras/Will on the block. Ali promised. Paras is not happy about that. Maddy thinks Will only cares about himself in this game
It bothers Paras that Will told her, he would never go to F5 with 4 girls, because he would be the biggest threat. Paras thinks he's delusional: "What has he done to be a big threat?" He's only a big dude, Johnny and Derek destroy him in comps. Maddy thinks he's arrogant.

Game update!

April 24, 2018

Game update!
Maddy is trying to convince Will and Paras that it's best for them to keep Kaela and send Ali home. She said "Johnny can't tell us what to do" Will and Paras are going to talk aobut it more but are leaning towards keeping Kaela.

Will some what told Johnny that he got to open the tomb but he was not allowed to say what for. The feeds cut so he might have said it was part of the task but who knows. Will did say that he was not allowed to talk about it and that he pushed the tomb lid open. Johnny asked how did you know to do that and he pointed in the air as if to motion " Big Brother"

Will wants to say that he got a special power with this information but Johnny told him that he will only make himself a larger target

Johnny has also leaked out some of Liv's game play to Will. till this point her game play was kept a secret between Liv and Johnny. Doing this is to make sure that Will feels johnny trusts him in case Will wins the HOH in the triple.

Paras has been slowly caught up in her playing both sides and now she regrets throwing the HOH to Johnny. She's playing both sides as if she is good with them but also does the "woe is me" part over and over. They have all grown tired of it

Maddy still feels like she is playing a mastermind game. However after Ali telling her during a talk that she was abrasive with her answer. Maddy got more aggressive with how she wanted to talk to others and the plan going forward. She made sure to tell Will/Paras how the triple gets played out and that they all should stick together. Still running back to Johnny and telling him every detail of things that others are saying to her or Paras.

Liv wants to keep Ali in the game but it's good for her if Kaela stays since Derek and kaela will still be a bigger target in front of her.

Ryan evicted 6-0

Ryan is 1st person in Jury

Thursday will be a TRIPLE EVICTION

Johnny won HOH Slippery Slope

Johnny chose Derek and Kaela to be Have Nots

Johnny nominated Derek and Kaela to be on the block

POV Players Johnny Derek Kaela Paras Maddy Ali, Liv hosted

Derek won POV and $5000

Derek used teh POV on himself

Johnny names Ali and the replacement nominee

Ali and Kaela are on the block and up for eviction

Will/Paras/Maddy talking the option of keeping Kaela to give them the best option to stay safe in the triple!

April 24, 2018

 Will/Paras/Maddy talking the option of keeping Kaela to give them the best option to stay safe in the triple! They believe if Kaela/Derek win HOH only one would go up & if they won HOH they'd just put Daela/Liv up & can still keep Johnny safe!

Paras telling Maddy that keepin Kaela must be their best move. Paras' one worry is that Will would never be on board. Maddy says they might have to make that move(even without Will) P says how good it would be for their resumes if they got the showmance out(In the triple)

Live Feed Updates Tuesday,April 24th

April 24, 2018

Live Feed Updates Tuesday,April 24th
12:00-1:00 AM: Will spoke to Maddy and Paras. He mentioned just having finished chatting with Kaela. Will doesn’t think that she would nominate them if she stays. Will said he needs to get in Ali’s head, making her think that Kaela could potentially be staying. Will figured that Ali would then be more willing to offer them a deal to keep them safe. Paras asked Will if Ali and Olivia have said they would keep him safe if he is up in the triple. Will said Olivia doesn’t talk to him but Ali said she would probably keep him safe. Maddy and Paras said Ali hinted at the same to each of them too. Paras then asked if it is stupid to keep Kaela. Paras said she doesn’t think that Kaela would touch the people who save her. Will said one of them would have to go up, but not two. Paras and Will discussed that Ali and Olivia may not nominate Johnny. Will said he doesn’t think that he can go behind Johnny’s back to keep Kaela. Paras said it sucks but she would rather two of them stay as opposed to just one of them. Maddy and Paras agreed that two of them are likely to go if Ali and Olivia are in the game together. Paras reiterated that they will lose two of them if they go with what Johnny wants. The trio discussed that they want one of them to win the $100,000. They also said they will vote for each other if one of them is in the Final 2. Maddy said they can still save Johnny in the triple even if they keep Kaela. They agreed not to mention this move to Johnny. Maddy said Johnny cannot tell them what to do. Will said they have to play their own game. After Will left, Paras said her biggest fear in keeping Kaela was that Will would not be on board. Maddy said she thinks that they have to do it even if Will isn’t on board. Paras said she is not opposed to that. Paras said that even if Derek and Kaela screw them, she would rather not lose two of their own in the triple. The girls agreed, for now, that keeping Kaela is the best way to go.

Johnny If I'm up there, and you are voting

April 23, 2018

 Johnny If I'm up there, and you are voting, I would hope I would have your vote. Will- I already told you. Johnny- You might not be able to get to the end with that trio. Will- No. I'm giving you my word. Johnny- We can actually do it
Johnny- Going with those girls (Ali/Liv) is not the worst. Will- I feel shitty saying it. What if we can lock down a deal with Ali and Liv? Think they would buy it? Johnny- I think they would if Derek was out of the game. Maybe
Johnny to Will- Maybe that's not the worst idea. Me, you, Ali, Liv. But would they want to go to four with us? I dont think Ali would. Maybe if you presented it like "Ali, I really want to work with you in this game. The two of us. Would you want to work with Johnny?" 
Will- I just keep on fucking seeing Derek winning. Johnny- That's all I picture too. Right to the end. Will- Yeah, then him saying something snarky. Johnny- I know. I hate it
ohnny- Maddy and Paras are not wavering at all, are they? Will- No
Johnny- Paras was like "Will came up to me yesterday and was questioning me so much". Will- The two of them asked me "when are we going to cut Johnny?". I said I'd at least like to keep our word to Final 4 
Johnny- They (Maddy/Paras) take each other, right? Will- 100%. Johnny- But I also feel a Final 4 with Maddy and Paras, me and you would dominate that...although Maddy is pretty good 
Johnny- If it's Ali, Liv and Derek on the block during the triple, who do we save? Will- Ali. I think Liv is better than Ali at everything, and I know that Ali and Maddy dont get along. Paras and Liv trust each other 
Will- She (Ali) said to me that they would put up Derek, Maddy, and Paras as a pawn. Johnny- That's the right thing for them to say to you too. All game I have heard them talk about how much of a threat you are
Will- You can trust Paras and Maddy is the thing too. Johnny- Can I trust them? Will- More than you can trust anyone else that's left in the game. Johnny- I agree
Ali- Saying things like "the people that dont vote with Derek will be on Derek's bad side next week". I think it's just building a bigger target on your back. Derek- I know Johnny and I are the biggest targets as soon as Kaela leaves 
Derek to Ali- Whatever happens campaigning wise, I am with you and Liv. You know that 
Ali- If Kaela does go, I dont want you to feel like fuck. Derek- I'm definitely going to be alone in this game. Ali- Yes and no. Derek- I'm going to have to win and win a lot
Ali- If it ends up where I'm here and Kaela is gone, I dont want you to feel like you are alone. Derek- I'm glad you feel that way. Ali- I love you just as much as I love her. I dont want you to feel like it was Kaela and the girls 
Ali- On my end, I want you to know that I'm not going to be throwing you under the bus and slandering your name. Kaela- I havent said anything in a negative way. Just benefits of keeping me. If you stay, I'm cheering for you. Ali- Ditto 
Will- Would Derek go to Final 5 with all girls, and vote me and you out? Johnny- Yes. Derek has said his strategy is to get rid of competitors. He will make you think there is potential for an alliance. He doesnt give a fuck 
Paras- I know Ali and Liv want us out 100% now. Maddy- So then why do we keep them? Paras- Cause Will, and Johnny now. Maddy- But then if we win the triple, we keep them safe and say "sorry but you're safe" 
Paras- They (Johnny/Will) would never get over it (if they keep Kaela). Maddy- They wouldnt have much of a choice. Paras- They would come for us. Maddy- I dont think they would
Paras- I dont believe Kaela. Maddy- Me either. Paras- But I do believe if we kept her here that she would owe us
Maddy- I think if I'm going down that I would like to take Ali with me. Wouldnt you? Paras- They (Daela) would demolish us, then we would lose out on Johnny's jury vote. Maddy- Did we ever have it? Paras- I dont know 
Paras to Maddy- I have got to follow my gut. I feel like my gut is telling me Will is going to screw me...but then what if I look back at this and I see he did have my back?
Maddy- I dont think Kaela is after me. Paras- I think if we were to keep her that she wouldnt be
Paras to Maddy- He (Will) has been like this with Ali. Everyone has noticed it. Everyone has brought it up to me
Maddy- I do think a relationship with Johnny and Will is salvageable as long as we keep them safe. Paras- With Johnny it wouldnt be salvageable. We kept the two people he wanted out. We would have to send him packing
Paras- Right now I'm afraid to go against Johnny. The only safety blanket we have with this one is that Johnny doesnt play in the triple. Maddy- That's our chance. Paras- I'm scared to do it though
Paras- At that point it's all of us against Will and Liv. Me, you, Kaela, Derek against Will and Liv. Maddy- I dont hate it 
Maddy- But do we trust Kaela and Derek enough to go into a room and figure out this conversation? Paras- Not until Wednesday night. Maddy- Me neither. I think not until that vote goes down 
Will to Maddy/Paras- I would believe that she (Kaela) wouldnt put us up. Ali would be gone. What good is Liv to her? It would be the three of us against the two of them (Daela)
Will told Maddy and Paras he wants Ali to think that she could potentially be leaving, then she will have to come to him to lock down a deal to offer them safety for next week
Paras- Have Ali and Liv told you if you were up in the triple that they would save you? Will- Me and Liv dont talk at all. Ali said she would probably keep me safe. Paras- She was hinting at that. Maddy- She was hinting at that to me too 
Paras- Is it stupid to keep Kaela? Is that dumb? Maddy- I think a lot of things about it are dumb. Paras- The people that saved her, I dont think she would touch us. Will- One of us would have to go up, but not two of us
Will- I dont know if Ali and Liv would put up Johnny. Paras- They wouldnt. They have been saying for weeks that they would put up the three of us 
Paras to Maddy/Will- I think her (Kaela's) back is so up against the wall that she would save the people that keep her 
Paras to Will- If Ali goes, it's Liv against all of us. Maddy- That's pretty fucking good 
Will- I dont think I can go behind his (Johnny's) back. He saved our asses. Maddy- We havent decided anything. Paras- I know it sucks saying this but I'd rather two of us stay than only one of us. If Liv and Ali are here, two of us go. Maddy- I do agree
Will- Daela would 100% put Johnny up. Would they put Liv up? Paras- Yes, cause Liv would be the one vote against them 
Paras- In attempting to go with his (Johnny's) choice, we lose two of us. Maddy- I want one of us to win $100,000. Will- 100%. Paras- If you make Final 2, you have my vote. Maddy- That goes without saying. Will- 100% 
Maddy to Paras/Will- The three of us is my first priority. Right after that is Johnny. If we go 5 on 1, we risk him but we can still prove to him
Maddy- I think we have to do this (keep Kaela). Paras- We can still prove our loyalty to Johnny if one of us three win. Then we have the biggest move of the season where we send the showmance home together
Will asked if they can discuss keeping Kaela with Johnny. Maddy and Paras said no. Will said it stays between the three of them
Paras to Maddy/Will- We can make Johnny feel so safe to the point where we put up Derek, Kaela and Liv. If one of them wins, we put up Johnny, and keep Johnny 
Paras- This way (keeping Kaela) we have a chance to save him (Johnny). Will- This would probably be the best scenario to save Johnny. Maddy- This would be the best move of the season. Paras- This will be something we talk about resume wise 
Maddy- Johnny cant tell us what to do. Will- We are playing our game. Paras- This could be crazy
Paras- That was my biggest fear in keeping Kaela, is Will not being on board. Maddy- He is not yet
Paras- I think this (keeping Kaela) might be our best bet. Maddy- I think we have to do it no matter what. Paras- I wouldnt be opposed to that. Maddy- But it would be fucking sweet if he (Will) did it too. Paras- Let's strong arm him. Maddy- Let's keep her 
Paras to Maddy- I dont trust Kaela for a second but I think this might be the move. Why are we trying to get good with the person who cannot play in the triple? 
Paras to Maddy- He (Johnny) told me "if you guys are playing me, you dont have my jury vote". So be it. He might get over it 
Paras- Is Canada screaming at their screens "dont save them! Why would you keep a showmance?"? Maddy- No
Paras- Even if they (Daela) fuck us, and even though this might mean that they go to the end, I'd rather not lose two people. Maddy- I agree. It's our best chance

Summary Monday,April 23th

April 23, 2018

Summary Monday,April 23th
Live Feed Updates Monday,April 23th
10:00-11:00 AM: The veto ceremony took place. Derek used the Power of Veto on himself. Johnny nominated Ali as the replacement nominee. Afterwards, Ali told Olivia that she is going to win the triple eviction, sending Johnny out of the house. Ali said she plans to win the veto as well.

11:00-12:00 PM: Paras asked Johnny if he has any idea why Will is being so paranoid. Maddy and Paras had just finished discussing that Johnny must be making Will paranoid. Paras said Will came to her to ask for her word that she 100% is voting to evict Kaela. Johnny mentioned that Derek had a conversation with Will, trying to sell him on the deals and alliances that Paras has made. Maddy and Paras talked to Johnny about whether or not he would be okay with them not giving Ali 100% confirmation that she has their votes. Johnny was fine with it. Johnny, Maddy, Paras and Will met up. Johnny said it’s necessary that the four of them stick together. Johnny asked if they are going to nominate Ali, Olivia and Derek in the triple eviction. Maddy said yes. Will told Johnny that he would never nominate him. Paras said they can do that, and then save whichever of their own has to go up if the veto is used. She said it’s their best chance to win the game. Maddy asked who they would prefer to see leave in that scenario. Johnny said he is closest to Olivia but it doesn’t matter to him. Paras said she is also closest to Olivia but she knows that Ali is weaker. Maddy said Ali is more influential but she will not have anyone left to influence.

12:00-1:00 PM: Paras spoke to the cameras. She said Derek sealed his girlfriend’s fate, so she hopes that trash talking her was worth it. Paras pointed out that Will became distraught as soon as he had his conversation with Derek. Paras said it sucks that Will is doubting her now, seeing as she has Maddy and Will’s backs. Paras said she thinks that she would nominate Derek, Ali and Olivia if she wins HoH in the triple. If the veto is used, Paras said she would nominate Johnny, and then they can choose between saving Ali or Johnny. Ali joined her. Paras asked how she is feeling. Ali said she is not surprised but she is a little frustrated since part of the reason she worked to keep Johnny last week was that she thought he would be on their side. Ali admitted she doesn’t think that Johnny is trying to flip the house on her, though she doesn’t think that you should play with the lives of your allies at this point in the game.

1:00-2:00 PM: Kaela told Maddy it’s better for some people if she stays, since she would be going after Johnny and Olivia if she stays. Kaela said she is more on Maddy’s side than Ali and Olivia are. Maddy said there is no question about that. Kaela assured Maddy that she wants her in the game. Maddy said Ali and Olivia need her vote but she has no idea how they would go about that. Kaela said she is not going to try to convince Maddy to vote for her, since it wouldn’t make a difference. Maddy agreed. Kaela said she feels good with Paras even though they had an argument. Kaela said she and Derek would be nominating Johnny, Olivia and someone else, and the trio would have the votes to decide who stays anyway.

2:00-3:00 PM: Kaela told Paras she had a good little chat with Maddy. Kaela said she apologized for what happened in the HoH room the other day, and Maddy doesn’t think that it was a big deal. Kaela let Paras know that she has not been talking game the past couple of days, and she stuck to what she promised the other day. Kaela said she thinks Johnny put Ali beside her cause he knows that they really want to get him and Olivia out, and he thinks that they will keep Ali. Paras said she will talk to Maddy to see what she thinks. Kaela said she needs Maddy and Paras there for her game. Kaela said Maddy, Paras and Will are all going to stay if she or Derek win HoH, because they will have the votes to save whichever one of them has to go up next to Johnny and Olivia.

4:00-5:00 PM: Paras told Kaela that anyone who wins next week is going to put her up, aside from maybe Maddy. Kaela guaranteed that she would not put Paras up. She said even though everything happened, it happened with everyone. Kaela told Paras she was the first to talk to her after things went down. Kaela told Paras she has not said anything since she swore that she wouldn’t. Paras said she is afraid of getting screwed if she sticks her neck out to keep Kaela but she doesn’t stay anyway. Kaela said she doesn’t want Maddy out, and she would pick Maddy and Paras over Will. Kaela said it would be five of them against Olivia for HoH in the triple eviction if she keeps her. Kaela said she will owe Paras one if she keeps her. If Ali stays, Kaela said Olivia would get Ali to mend things with Johnny. Kaela said Paras, Maddy and Will would be the next targets. Paras said she wants to see what Will thinks about it all. Kaela said she and Derek plan to target Johnny, and then Olivia can go right after him. Kaela pointed out that Ali is close with Will, meaning that he will not be the one to go in a triple. After her talk with Kaela wrapped up, Paras spoke to the cameras. Paras said anything she tells Ali, Ali tells Kaela, and vice versa. Paras said she cannot play both sides any longer, and the lines will officially be drawn. Paras hopes Maddy and Will have her back since she has had theirs. Paras said those are the only two that she is fighting for. Paras said Kaela is making good points but she doesn’t know how much she can trust anything that comes out of either of their mouths. Paras thinks Derek and Kaela are a stronger duo to have on her side, but Will is not going to be on board since he thinks that they are coming for him. Paras said they are not. Paras thinks Kaela would owe her enough that she would not put her up in the triple if she saves her. Paras said she can’t seem to figure out which move is best for her game. Paras expects that Will would leave her if she chooses Kaela, but she doesn’t think that Ali or Olivia would have her back. Kaela then spoke to Will. Kaela said she has been on Will’s side for a long time. Kaela suggested that her staying would give Will a better shot at surviving the triple. She made the same pitch that she had made to Paras, saying it would be 5 on 1 in the triple if she stays, and it wouldn’t even matter which of the three has to go up as a pawn. Kaela guaranteed that she wants Johnny and Olivia gone in the triple. When Will said Derek and Kaela are a stronger duo than Ali and Olivia are, Kaela said they are not coming after the trio. Will brought up that Maddy and Paras completely denied the 86 alliance, then Paras denied The Real Deal was anything more than a one week thing.

5:00-6:00 PM: Will brought up to Kaela that she made a deal with him that she would use the veto on him if she won it, yet she wasn’t on board with Johnny using the veto on him. Kaela said she made sure that Will stayed by putting Erica up. Will said he felt like he was being setup. Kaela denied that. Will argued that Maddy or Paras could have went up, and it has bothered him ever since. Kaela apologized. She said she didn’t know that since Will didn’t express that to her. Kaela stressed that she is not coming after Will. Will asked if Kaela kept Paras off of the block because of the 86 alliance and The Real Deal. Kaela said she didn’t put Paras up cause she didn’t know where people stood with her, as opposed to Will who she knew would stay. Kaela told don’t let the fact that she nominated him get in his way of looking ahead to next week. Kaela reiterated that she will not put Will up if he tells her that he will keep her. Will said they can have more chats as the week goes on. Afterwards, Will told Ali that Kaela is swearing she will nominate Johnny and Olivia if she stays. Ali said she is not surprised by that, but Kaela said last week that she would nominate Maddy, Paras and Will in the triple. Will asked if Ali and Olivia would nominate him in the triple. Ali said they will not even nominate him as a pawn. Ali told Will she might have to nominate Paras as a pawn though. Ali clarified that she doesn’t want her to go home. Ali said she would probably nominate Derek, Maddy and Paras. She said she wouldn’t nominate Johnny right away just in case they can avoid letting him play in the veto competition. Will then spoke to Maddy and Paras about his talk with Kaela. Maddy and Paras said they think Ali and Olivia would put the three of them up. Will said he still feels safer against Ali and Olivia than Derek and Kaela. Will said he is not taking any threats from Kaela anymore. Paras asked how far Will wants to go with Johnny in this game. Will said Final 5. Maddy said she is fine with him going to Final 4 or 5. Paras said the same. Maddy said they are toast if anyone other than the three of them win. Will said Derek wouldn’t nominate Paras. Paras said Derek threw her under the bus like no other the other night. Will mentioned that Paras was in three alliances with him. Paras said that’s why Derek would put her up, since she wasn’t true to any of those alliances.

6:00-7:00 PM: Will told Paras that Kaela said today that she, not Maddy, came up with the name “86” for their alliance. Paras said she is voting Kaela out, and there is nothing else she has to say about it. Will questioned what she means, since that was the plan. Paras said she doesn’t want to keep it a secret anymore. Paras wondered why Kaela is still doing that when she needs her vote. Paras said she can’t believe that Kaela is still going on about that. Will said he doesn’t believe anything that she says. Ali told Maddy it sucks to be on the block but she understands Johnny’s logic. She said it’s hard for people to believe that they are not working with Daela. Ali said Johnny told her that people, including Maddy, have been adamant that Kaela is going home. Ali said she appreciates that. Ali mentioned Johnny was concerned that they would have taken a shot at Maddy had she went up. Maddy said she thinks they absolutely would have. Ali said they wouldn’t have. Ali pointed out that her chances of winning $100,000 are better if she is competing against Maddy. Maddy said Ali has been mentioning her name for the better part of 52 days when people have discussed nominations. Maddy said it’s hard to imagine why she should help Ali now that her game is on the line. Ali said she doesn’t know that she desperately needs Maddy. Ali told Maddy she doesn’t have to vote for her, which is why she said this is not a pitch. Ali said she has heard her name come out of Maddy’s mouth a number of times as well, yet she did not come at Maddy in an abrasive way like Maddy is doing with her. Ali said she just wants Maddy to get the notion out of her head that she is on a rampage to get her out. They discussed that it’s best for both of them for that not to happen. Maddy let Ali know she has a lot of questions, and she will have to look into her options this week. Meanwhile, Paras told Will that both Johnny and Erica had told her about Ali and Olivia saying that they don’t trust her. Paras said they are going to be nominate if those two win the triple. Paras told Will that he and Maddy are all she has had in this game for weeks now. Paras said she has had opportunities to work with others, but she has stayed true to the two of them. Will brought up that he will never give Kaela his vote, and he will probably let her know that sometime in the next couple of days.

8:00-9:00 PM: Paras spoke to the cameras, saying that her game is ending right in front of her eyes. Paras said she thought that playing both sides would catch up to her, but she figured that Maddy and Will would see she is truly with them. Paras isn’t so sure that they still see that. Paras said she feels so dumb. Paras expects Kaela to throw her under the bus some more before she leaves, and then Derek will try to pull Will away from her next week. Maddy joined Paras. Paras told Maddy that Will thinks she has not been 100% loyal to him. Maddy said Paras should be able to fix that. Paras brought up that she now has a huge target on her back due to Daela talking about her so much. Maddy said she can’t stand the idea of Ali doing well in the game, thought she thinks that they can beat her. Paras agreed. Maddy said she can’t believe that she is not going to vote to evict the person who has been trying to evict her for six weeks, in reference to Ali. Paras circled back to talking about Will doubting her. Paras said she had Maddy and Will’s backs, and everything she worked towards was with the goal of getting the three of them as far as she could. Paras said it sucks so bad that Will doubts her so much. She pointed out that she had opportunities to go work with Ali and Olivia, or Derek and Kaela, or Erica and Johnny, but she didn’t. Paras explained that she tried to ensure she had influence everywhere so that she could deflect if Maddy and Will’s names ever came up. Maddy said Paras did that, but Paras worried people would think that she is playing all sides.

9:00-10:00 PM: Maddy told Paras she thinks that Will needs to go to the Final 3 with them. Maddy said Will wont win anything. Maddy thinks Paras would win Part 1, she would win Part 2, and then it wont matter who wins Part 3 since she is taking Paras to Final 2. Paras said she would take Maddy as well.

11:00-12:00 AM: Johnny told Will he hopes that Will would save him if he goes up. Johnny mentioned that Will may not be able to get to the end with the triple. Will gave his word to Johnny. Johnny said that going to the Final 4 with Ali and Olivia would not be the worst idea. Will asked if they should lock down a deal with them. Johnny said they might buy it if Derek is out of the game. Johnny asked if Maddy and Paras are wavering at all. Will said no. Will let Johnny know that Maddy and Paras asked how long they will keep him for, and he said he would like to keep his word to the Final 4. Will said the girls talked about taking him to five. Johnny asked if the girls would take each other to the Final 2. Will said 100%. Johnny and Will discussed that they could dominate a Final 4 against them. Johnny asked who they should save if Ali, Olivia and Derek are nominated. Will suggested saving Ali since Olivia is the stronger competitor, and Ali and Maddy don’t get along. When Johnny brought up not knowing who to trust, Will said he can trust Maddy and Paras more than anyone else left in the game. Johnny agreed. In the HoH room, Ali let Derek know some of the things that are getting back to her from Kaela’s campaigning. Ali said Kaela is putting a bigger target on Derek’s back with some of the things that he is saying. Derek said he knows that he and Johnny are going to be the biggest targets anyway. Derek assured Ali that he is with her and Olivia no matter what campaigning takes place this week. Ali said she doesn’t want Derek to feel alone, as she loves him just as much as she loves Kaela. In the white room, Paras said she knows that Ali and Olivia want them out. Maddy questioned why they are keeping them then. Paras said it’s because of Will and Johnny. Maddy argued that they could win the triple, keep those two safe, and then say sorry. Paras worried that Johnny and Will would not be able to get over them keeping Kaela, and then they would come after them. Maddy disagreed. While the girls said that they do not believe anything that Kaela says, they think that she would owe them if they keep her. Maddy said she would like to take Ali down with her if she is going down. Paras said Daela would demolish them, and then they would lose Johnny’s jury vote. Maddy said she isn’t sure that they ever had it. Paras said her gut is telling her that Will is going to screw her. Maddy thinks they would be able to salvage the relationship with Will. Paras said she is afraid to go against Johnny. That being said, Paras said they have a safety blanket in that Johnny cannot play in the triple. Paras said she is still scared to make the move. They discussed that it would be 5 on 1 in the triple. Both girls didn’t think that they could risk talking to Derek and Kaela about the plan until Wednesday night at the earliest.

12:00-1:00 AM: Will spoke to Maddy and Paras. He mentioned just having finished chatting with Kaela. Will doesn’t think that she would nominate them if she stays. Will said he needs to get in Ali’s head, making her think that Kaela could potentially be staying. Will figured that Ali would then be more willing to offer them a deal to keep them safe. Paras asked Will if Ali and Olivia have said they would keep him safe if he is up in the triple. Will said Olivia doesn’t talk to him but Ali said she would probably keep him safe. Maddy and Paras said Ali hinted at the same to each of them too. Paras then asked if it is stupid to keep Kaela. Paras said she doesn’t think that Kaela would touch the people who save her. Will said one of them would have to go up, but not two. Paras and Will discussed that Ali and Olivia may not nominate Johnny. Will said he doesn’t think that he can go behind Johnny’s back to keep Kaela. Paras said it sucks but she would rather two of them stay as opposed to just one of them. Maddy and Paras agreed that two of them are likely to go if Ali and Olivia are in the game together. Paras reiterated that they will lose two of them if they go with what Johnny wants. The trio discussed that they want one of them to win the $100,000. They also said they will vote for each other if one of them is in the Final 2. Maddy said they can still save Johnny in the triple even if they keep Kaela. They agreed not to mention this move to Johnny. Maddy said Johnny cannot tell them what to do. Will said they have to play their own game. After Will left, Paras said her biggest fear in keeping Kaela was that Will would not be on board. Maddy said she thinks that they have to do it even if Will isn’t on board. Paras said she is not opposed to that. Paras said that even if Derek and Kaela screw them, she would rather not lose two of their own in the triple. The girls agreed, for now, that keeping Kaela is the best way to go.

The results from this week’s Power of Veto Ceremony

April 23, 2018

The results from this week’s Power of Veto Ceremony on Big Brother Canada are in and I have the spoilers for you below! Find out if the veto was used, on who and who the renom is right here with my Big Brother Canada 6 spoilers!

With Johnny in the HOH and Kaela and Derek on the block, it was pretty important that Derek or Kaela won the Veto to ensure they stick around this week. As we know, Derek won the Veto and had a pretty big decision to make about how to use it. I have that decision right here!

Power of Veto Ceremony Spoilers – Week 8:
Derek used the Veto to save himself
Ali was named a renom
Ali and Kaela are final nominees for week 8
This week’s eviction should be pretty obvious, but this is Big Brother and anything can happen in the next few days. Make sure you come back to get any important information we pull off the feeds from now until eviction day. Do you think that Ali was a good renom choice? Let me know in the comments

 Ali and Maddy!

April 23, 2018

 Ali and Maddy!
Ali Johnny let me know that beased on convesations that you are adement that kaela is going home and i apprecaiate that and you adna i havent been on teh smae page and that this is for you to take a shot. he didnt want to put you up cuz he as worried taht we'd take a shot at you
Maddy and you will
Ali no and we weren't and you will see that i told Johnny we wouodnt and that doesnt mean that im nt terrified on what is in your brain and this is not being disrespectful i feel more even playing field with you my priorities have shifted I feel if i can go further if im competing agsint Maddy over others
Maddy yeah
Ali this isn't a pitch i feel confident that im staying this week but i wanted you to know that i would have zero intention of voting you out if you were sitting next to any of the daela.. and ive recognizes taht my chance is more achievable sitting next to you
Maddy yeah the straight forwardness that we are omitting it's now finally without any extra's thee have been lots of opportunities to throw each other under the bus and you have.. and not that i have been different. but for 52 days.. dont think /take personally dont think this is dramatic.. for the better part of 52 days you ahve had my name and my game and my dream and it was disposible and now we sit in a red room on a white bed and talk aobut your dream and yoru $100,0000
Ali i dont i desperately need you
Maddy i dont think you desperately need me you need people
Ali im being honest with you and i know that you think i will put you up
Ali this isnt a ptich and it's just me knowing i know what this is and im looking at thing in a different perspective and we're on a different playing field and i dont need you to think that this is save me and what you are saying is coming out of abrasive and i have heard my name come out of your mouth so many times
Maddy it's just how i feel
Ali i appreciate our relationship that we are candid with each other and it's baffling to me as to why that is appualing to you
Maddy if it's abrasive ive been told im wordsy and i dont want to leave anything out
Ali yeah speak yuor truth and i already head my name is being spread and it's their words on how much they trust us which has landed me on the block

Paras to camera- I see my game ending right in front of my eyes

April 23, 2018

 Paras to camera- I see my game ending right in front of my eyes. I knew playing both sides was going to catch up to me, but I thought the side I was truly with, Will and Maddy, were going to always see through it. I dont know they see through it anymore
Paras- I feel so stupid. I really feel so dumb. Yeah, it got me this far, but I dont know if it was worth it. No one is going to trust me now. Maddy will but
Paras- I just know when Kaela walks out she is going to throw me under the bus even more. If Derek is here next week, which he is, he is going to do everything in his power to make sure Will goes with him and not me 
Paras- Not only did they (Daela) lay it all out, but they amplified it too. What good does it to do for you to shit on my game?
Paras- I feel like I have disappointed myself and I have disappointed potential people that were rooting for me. It's not a good feeling

 Paras He (Will) just thinks I havent been 100% loyal to him

April 23, 2018

 Paras- He (Will) just thinks I havent been 100% loyal to him. Maddy- Does he think that about both of us? You can fix just you. I know you are loyal
More
Paras to Maddy- The amount that they (Daela) have talked about me, it's the biggest target on my back now
Maddy- I cant stand the idea of Ali doing well in this game, but we can beat her. Paras- I think so too 
Maddy to Paras- I cant believe I'm not going to vote to evict the person (Ali) that has been trying to evict me for six weeks 
Paras to Maddy- They (Daela) told him (Will) "Paras was running back and telling us things about the white room". Like what? They had nothing to say. It's so unfortunate
Paras to Maddy- He (Will) is like "do you have a deal with Liv and Ali?". Will, come on 
Paras to Maddy- I feel my game slipping through my fingers. Everything I worked towards was getting the three of us as far as I can. I always had you and Will's back
Paras- Kaela is going to try to trash me on his way out. Derek is going to try to get rid of me so he can get close to you and Will. Maddy- If he is going to get rid of you, he has to get rid of me. Paras- He thinks there is a crack there
Paras to Maddy- For him (Will) to doubt me so much, it sucks so bad. I had so many chances to run off with other people. I could have gone with Liv and Ali, I could have gone with Kaela and Derek, I could have even gone with Johnny and Erica. I never did
Paras- I tried to have influence everywhere so if there was ever a point where you guys came up, I could deflect attention from you. Maddy- You did do that. Paras- Now I dont think anyone trusts me cause they think I was playing all sides 
Maddy- It's pretty obvious who you havent played in this situation. Paras- I dont know why he (Will) cant see it like you do

Will brings up the infos Derek spilled to him yesterday

April 23, 2018

Will- brings up the infos Derek spilled to him yesterday He tells Paras, Daela said to him that Paras was an important part of an alliance with Daela/Maddy/Paras. Maddy confirms to Will that Paras didn't even know she was a part of this fake thing. 
Will more or less accuses Paras of playing "one of the best social games in the house", she's good with every single person, she tells many people that she's their 1. Paras: "Who said that? BS!" Will says whatever, water under the bridge, she has his back 100%
Will- brings up that Daela told him Paras was their spy in the white room and feeds them with infos. Paras says this is just another example of Daela trying to throw Paras under the bus. Will says, Kaela will never get his vote, he won't buy their BS.

Kaela tries to convince Paras why it would be in her best interest to keep her.

April 23, 2018

 Kaela- tries to convince Paras why it would be in her best interest to keep her. They calculate different scenarios, Paras thinks Kaela makes good points. Kaela offers to swear on someone's life that she wouldn't betray Paras, she would fight for Maddy and Paras.
Paras- says, she doesn't trust neither Ali nor Kaela. "I played all sides for as long as I could, but now lines are officially drawn for me. I hope Will and Maddy have my back. These are the only two I'm fighting for. Fuck everyone else, they'll all gonna put me up"
Paras- "Strategically speaking Kaela is making good points, but I don't trust anything that comes out of Kaelas or Alis mouth" Paras will not base her decision on personal sympathies. The game is so hard but she loves it, the talks, the paranoia. "This is my dream" 
Paras- informs Maddy about her conversations with Ali & Kaela. She thinks, both were feeding her BS, "either way I'm toast". Maddy: "Today I'm feel like evicting Kaela" Maddy thinks Daela would keep Will over them. Paras: "Only Derek wants Will, Kaela wants us"

Derek and Kaela in white room talking about who Liv/Ali would put up

April 23, 2018

Derek and Kaela in white room talking about who Liv/Ali would put up
Derek i would take down Maddy if i won pov and put Johnny up
Kaela they would save Paras and so would Maddy 
Derek Will is better to be around i can beat his ass in everything but i want to kick his ass out cuz he's so fucking comfortable every day

Derek used the POV on himself

April 23, 2018

Derek used the POV on himself
Johnny names Ali and the replacement nominee
Ali and Kaela are on the block and up for eviction

Paras- How are you feeling?

April 23, 2018

 Paras- How are you feeling? Ali- I'm okay. I'm not surprised. I'm a little frustrated cause part of the pitch I made last week is I feel Johnny would be on our side, so I'm a little frustrated cause I feel like he is not 
Ali- He (Johnny) has talked so much shit about Maddy, and Paras- Didnt put her up. Ali- I'm just confused
Ali- I dont believe that he is trying to flip the house on me. I dont feel that. Paras- I dont either. Ali- It's just at this point in the game, you dont play with your people's lives 
Paras to Ali- I'm curious what Kaela's campaigning will be. As I've told you, you make sense for my game. Nothing has changed for that

Ali like you said i am an assin

April 23, 2018

 Ali like you said i am an assin and even though you know i flipped the house last week what i said to you yesterday that i know i cant beat you and my fear is that you will make the choice on who to go with. and i dont think i can make it
Johnny i dont think i will get to it Johnny that thing shook me to the core
Ali i know it showed on your face and i was like it bothered me seeing you like it and i do truly love you
Johnny it's better than being taking out in a snap like Erica i know there will be more than one leaving thursday
Ali yeah.. but at least we can prepare for it and we dont know what tricks canada has up their sleeve

Liv joins derek outside

April 23, 2018

Liv joins derek outside

Liv this is not ideal.. and i'd be more upset about it if it was a regular week but knowing that there is more leaving
Derek yeah our chances in teh triple are so much less but again we knew Johnny was smart enough to do that and we know that johnny told all three of them theya re safe if they vote out Kaela
Liv you never know the house flipped last week so it can happen
Derek yeah there are a lot of broken relationships in the house. so who knows
Derek is ticked that will going to hasbro that Kaela is on slop and on the block and she was excited to play operation and he didn't need to go
Derek he didnt have to say social game say you put Ali there so make sure thast Kaela goes home and i am sure they all made a deal to vote kaela out to save them
Ali i guess but i dont take it lightly.. this is the 2nd time he played with my game and put me up the 1st week i gave him a pass. but not this time
Ali you have to put someone up that is a target and that is ok if they went home and that is how i am taking it

Paras- Do you have any idea why Will is so paranoid?

April 23, 2018

Paras- Do you have any idea why Will is so paranoid? He came to me and was like "you have to give me your word 100% that you are voting out Kaela". Johnny- I think Derek was selling him on your deals 
Paras to Johnny- He (Will) was like "that's part of your master plan to keep Kaela and screw me". Maddy- I think that's weird he is saying to screw him. Really that would be screwing you, the person who didnt put us on the block
Johnny to Maddy/Paras/Will- It is absolutely necessary that this four stays together in this game
Paras told Will she asked Johnny if they can tell Ali that they dont know which way they are voting even though Kaela is obviously going
Johnny- In the triple is Liv, Ali, Derek 100%? Maddy- Yes. Will- I would never put you up. Paras- It's our best chance of winning this game
Maddy- If Liv, Ali, Derek stay up, what is your preference? Johnny- I'm closest to Liv but it doesnt matter to me. Paras- I'm also closest to Liv but Ali is weaker. I think I'd try to be strategic. Maddy- Ali is more of an influencer but she has no one left to influence 
Paras to camera- You sealed your girlfriend's fate. Good for you. I hope trash talking me was worth it, cause Will cant help it. As soon as he had that conversation, he was all distraught 
Paras- It does suck cause I do have Will and Maddy's backs. I know Will definitely doubts me now 
Paras- Stupid idiots. That's why you dont talk about that shit, cause you are still going to need my vote 
Paras- In the triple, I think I would do Ali, Liv and Derek. If one of them comes down, I would do Johnny. We decide if we want to save Ali or save Johnny

Kaela pushed for Paras/Will/Maddy to go up but that didnt work 

April 23, 2018

Kaela pushed for Paras/Will/Maddy to go up but that didnt work 
HG's up early for POV Ceremony
Liv up to check in with Johnny before the ceremony
Liv make sure you tell her before you do it and then taslk to her after to reassure her.
Johnny yeah ok.
Johnny told Ali she was going up after speaking to everyone i think it makes more sense to put you up
Ali why

Johnny I think it' makes more sense to put you up over Liv on the block every conversation will be in the effort in maintaining kaela going home sorry Ali i think it's more a situational thing more than a stratigic thing. 
Sorry 
Ali alright sounds good.
Ali leaves

Ali to Liv his ass will be going home in the triple if i have anything to do with it. what an idiot. even after i saed his ass from going home last week. 
Liv leaves Ali Stupid fucking. Liv back in 
Ali his decision to put me up over you proves to me that im disposable.. and i feel stupid.. anad i know that we were good for at least a week with Ryan
Liv you will be fine this week and i get why youa re crying you are frustrated we saved him and we are not going to let you go home that is not the goal

Will grabs Ali to go for a smoke
Ali I went to him just before and said i wont vote Maddy out he thinks that i have a F4 with Daela and that the whole Ali and Liv are teh only ones they trust it pisses me off that he doesnt trust me and after all those promies from last week and he still puts me up. io know im not his target and i knwo taht Derek and Kaela aree going to say im the biger threat and Paras gets to me
Will trust me you are not going home. I sleep next to that girls and they can say whatever they want but i know where my vote is
Ali just know whatever they say it's bullshit 
Will i know Kaela put me on the block it's time for her to go
Ali and they saw me and you get closer last week
Will I cant wait for her to come to me and campaign. and you dont need to
Ali i think in this case being quiet is better for me and i know that maddy has it out for me. i think it's going to be a close call

Olivia to Johnny She (Ali) is so upset

April 23, 2018

Olivia to Johnny- She (Ali) is so upset. She feels disposable cause you are going to put her up over me
Will- Just between me and you, you dont need to campaign to me. Ali- I'm not going to. In this case, I feel being quiet is a better strategy 
Ali- I just know Maddy has it out for me, so it's scary cause I know it's going to be a close call. Will- I think you will be good

Live Feed Updates Monday,April 23th

April 22, 2018

Live Feed Updates Monday,April 23th
12:00-1:00 AM: Johnny let Ali know that she and Olivia are the best options to nominate. He said that seems necessary in order to get Kaela out this week. Ali asked if Olivia, Johnny and herself are working together. Johnny said they are but he doesn’t know for certain that Ali wants him in the game based on things that she has said. Ali explained that she wants to keep Johnny around because she needs an ally. She questioned what the point of campaigning to keep Johnny last week would be if she would just turn around and go against something that she knows needs to be done this week. Ali said she and Olivia agreed that Kaela has to go. Ali told Johnny that Derek and Kaela would like to see her or Olivia on the block since they believe that they can place the target on them as a duo. Ali gave her word that she will vote to evict Kaela over Maddy, Paras or Will. Johnny argued that Ali or Olivia going up would secure Kaela’s eviction. Ali disagreed. She stressed that it would not be as clear cut as Johnny thinks. Johnny said he wouldn’t make the move without confirming that people would vote to evict Kaela. Ali pointed out that those same people confirmed last week that they would vote to evict Johnny but they didn’t follow through on it. After Ali left the room, Johnny said both Ali and Kaela are exhausting with there lies. He did question why Maddy wants Olivia to be nominated. Johnny wondered if they would keep Daela. Will then spoke to Johnny. He filled him in on his talk with Derek. Will said Paras is playing one of the best social games in the house. Johnny said he believes that Paras trusts Will more than anyone. Will explained that Maddy and Paras have been covering for each other with regards to the 86 alliance. Will thinks those two are closer to each other than to him. He told Johnny that things like this make him think that it would be better to work with Ali and Olivia than those two. Johnny said he will lose his mind if Maddy and Paras keep Derek and Kaela in the game together. Johnny told Will not to forget that Ali, Olivia, Derek and Kaela are solid. He said he could tell that Ali was lying to him. Johnny wondered if Daela would be able to convince Maddy and Paras to evict Ali. Will said he will go nuts if that happens, but he doesn’t think that it will. Johnny then spoke to Maddy. He asked if she is voting to evict Kaela no matter what. Maddy said yes. Elsewhere, Ali and Olivia talked about the need to evict Kaela this week even if Maddy, Paras or Will are nominated.

1:00-2:00 AM: Johnny told Olivia that Kaela didn’t do a good job of selling that nobody would vote of her. Olivia said either scenario works for her in terms of who goes up tomorrow, but Daela told the trio that she and Ali are going to put them up in the triple. Olivia said they are now questioning things. Olivia told Johnny that it may not be as clear cut as he thinks it would be if Ali goes up. If Maddy goes up, Olivia said Paras and Will would for sure vote to keep her, as would she. However, Olivia told Johnny to nominate Ali if he feels like he has Maddy’s vote, Will’s vote, or whoever else’s. Johnny said he wouldn’t do it without confirming things, but people do lie.

Johnny after his talk with Ali did not buy what she told & was also curious on why Maddy mentioned she wanted Liv up

April 22, 2018

Johnny after his talk with Ali did not buy what she told & was also curious on why Maddy mentioned she wanted Liv up. "That's all I'm thinking, would they keep Daela in this house?"

Johnny also checked in with Maddy, she basically told Johnny to forget about putting Liv up & assured J that she'd vote Kaela out even though she knows A/L are after her but she doesnt want a pissed showmance in the house!

With the risk of going up, Ali tells Liv that even if a floater goes up they have to vote Kaela out. Daela is a sinking, dragging them down & they have to detach!

Also Ali told Paras that she was worried about going up bc with her it's not clear cut bc people could be swayed. Paras did admit she heard that her/L would put her/M/W up in the triple! Ali told her that's not her plan & she wants to go to the end with herself/L/W/P(F4)

Will again talked to Johnny, told him he told Ali if she went up she has his vote. Johnny told him that he does want it to be for sure bc he wants Ali & Daela to go at each other this week!

In bed Paras told M/W they have to play it up to Kaela & Ali that they're netural so they do campaign against each other, turning Daela and Ali/Liv against each other heading into the triple

Summary Sunday,April 22th Live Feed Updates Sunday,April 22th

April 22, 2018

Summary Sunday,April 22th
Live Feed Updates Sunday,April 22th
9:00-10:00 AM: Maddy and Paras discussed that Johnny will probably put Ali up. Maddy said their chances of winning the triple are way better if Olivia goes up and is the one voted out, but she doesn’t think that Johnny will do it. Maddy said she believes that Johnny has a Final 2 with Olivia, so she would at least like to test his relationship with her. Paras told Maddy that Olivia approached her last night to say she is only going to put up Johnny or the remaining member of Daela. Paras said it made her suspicious that Johnny is once again playing both sides. If that’s the case, Paras said she has no problem keeping Kaela. Maddy said she will tell Johnny he has never made any indication that he is anything but Final 2 with Olivia, so put her up to show that he is not with her. Paras said the only thing that scares her is leaving such a strong duo in the house if they keep Kaela. Paras said Kaela is not so much the strong one. Maddy pointed out that Derek is staying no matter what. Paras argued that Olivia is really not that strong. Maddy said that’s true but she is stronger than Ali. Paras thinks Will can be easily swayed but she wants Derek to do the work. Maddy said she thinks the first thing they need to do is get Olivia nominated. They agreed to sit on it for a bit longer before deciding who they should push as the replacement nominee.

10:00-11:00 AM: Ali mentioned to Olivia that she told Johnny he could try to get Derek to use the veto on Kaela. Olivia said that would never work. Ali said she doesn’t think that Johnny would nominate Paras after making a deal with her. Ali said she would be down to see Maddy, Paras or Will out. Olivia said they would have the votes to get any of them out as long as they go up. Olivia said it would then be 4 against 3. Ali added that it would be 4 on 2 in the triple. Olivia thinks Maddy, Paras and Will are putting them up no matter what if they win the triple. Ali said that’s why it’s almost better to keep Kaela. Olivia said she would be putting Daela up if she wins the triple, so what’s the point. Ali said to better their odds of surviving the triple. Ali said they would lose Paras and Will if they keep Kaela. Olivia said they have lost them already. Ali said it seems counter productive since they kept Johnny to take a shot at Daela. Olivia said it’s the wrong one though. Ali said they have lost Johnny if they make this move. They discussed that they are in the top five anyway if they make it past the triple. Olivia asked who Ali would rather leave out of Maddy and Paras. Ali said she feels like Paras would kill the Final 3 endurance competition. On the other hand, Ali said Maddy is good with mental competitions. Ali said she would be less annoyed with Paras winning $20,000 than Maddy winning $20,000. Olivia agreed. They discussed that Johnny would likely be willing to put Maddy up. Ali mentioned nominating Daela and Will in the triple, then putting Johnny up after the veto competition.

11:00-12:00 PM: Paras spoke to the cameras. She said Derek is safe, and it will most likely be Ali or Olivia going on the block next to Kaela. Paras said Olivia seems to want to work with her more than Ali does, and she trusts her more, but Ali is a weaker competitor. If they save Ali over Kaela, Paras thinks that Ali and Olivia will be coming after her. If they keep Kaela over Ali, Paras thinks Olivia would be the only person coming after her. Paras said her odds going into the triple are better if Kaela stays. The concern Paras had about keeping Kaela is that the strongest duo in the house remains. She said those two will demolish them if they get down to the Final 5. Paras also worried that she would not get Ryan’s, Ali’s, or Olivia’s jury votes if she keeps Kaela.

4:00-5:00 PM: Olivia told Ail that something about keeping Kaela makes her anxious. Olivia said she feels weird keeping them both in there when they have the opportunity to split them up. Ali said that’s how she felt about Johnny. Olivia doesn’t want to regret not weakening Derek. If Kaela is gone, the girls discussed nominating Derek, Paras and Will. Ali said Johnny would go up if Derek wins the veto. Olivia said she is worried about going further with floaters. Ali said they either go forward with floaters or beasts, cause there is no middle ground. Ali told Olivia they have to get Johnny out in the triple if they are given the opportunity to do so. Olivia said she would love to see one of the floaters go. Olivia mentioned that she would love for Paras to leave. Ali said Paras has a better social game than Maddy but Maddy is a bigger mental threat than Paras is. While Olivia worried about keeping Kaela, she said she thinks that they should get a floater out. Olivia said they just have to see what Johnny is going to do. Ali said she will go to him to say to send Kaela home, and just not put her up. The girls talked about needing to reassure Johnny that he is not their target for the triple, and they want Daela out.

5:00-6:00 PM: Johnny asked Olivia what she thinks about the replacement nominee. Olivia said anything really works. Olivia assume that Johnny wouldn’t put Will up. They discussed that Johnny made a deal with Paras. As for Maddy, Johnny said he would be running the risk that Ali and Olivia vote her out if she goes up. Olivia admitted that it would be quite tempting. Johnny said it comes down to Olivia or Ali to ensure that Kaela goes. Olivia said it makes her nervous. Johnny let Olivia know that it would not be her going up. Johnny told Olivia she has to keep him in the triple if she has the choice. Olivia said of course. Johnny asked Olivia how Ali will respond if he talks to her about going on the block. Olivia said Ali will lose her mind. Olivia thinks Ali will say Johnny needs to trust them to vote Kaela out. Johnny said Will, Maddy and Paras will for sure vote to evict Kaela. Olivia asked how they are going to deal with that trio. Johnny said he potentially would have been into the idea of splitting up the trio until the revelation of Ali, Olivia, Derek and Kaela being a four. Afterwards, Johnny spoke to Ali. Johnny said he doesn’t know what to do with the replacement nominee situation. Ali asked Johnny what his gut is telling him. Johnny said he feels like Maddy, Paras or Will are going to be voted out if they go up. Ali said it’s not something that hasn’t crossed their minds, but they know what Johnny’s mission is. Johnny said the two duos had a solid four that he didn’t know about. Ali said it was never a solid four. Johnny said he doesn’t want Derek to have Kaela moving forward. Ali said Olivia said the same thing, and they have to play strategic since cutting Kaela weakens Derek. Ali said going to the end with Johnny, Derek and Kaela is not ideal for her. Ali also said she doesn’t believe for a second that Derek and Kaela were going to go after the floaters over them. Ali said it would be nice to see one of the three going in the triple, since it would be silly to go to five with a trio.

6:00-7:00 PM: Ali told Johnny she worries that playing a very similar game to Olivia could be a bad thing. Ali said she has no idea how the jury would vote if she is at the end with Olivia. Ali mentioned not knowing if she would take Olivia to the end due to playing such a similar game. Johnny said he is likely the swing vote if Ali is sitting next to someone from the trio. Johnny thinks Derek and Kaela would vote for Ali or Olivia, as would whoever is not there out of Ali and Olivia. He said whoever is there from the trio would get the other two votes from the trio. Ali said she thinks that Johnny would win against anyone. Johnny argued that Ali would have Daela and Olivia voting for her over him. Ali disagreed but said there is still a lot of game left to be played. Ali and Johnny discussed that the trio would have to nominate Ali and Olivia if they win the triple, since they cannot risk the one not being on the block saving the other. Ali told Johnny she thinks that Derek would go up over him unless Derek is smart enough to start building with the trio this week. Ali said she thinks that she would have to nominate Maddy, Paras and Will. She also considered potentially nominating Derek. As for this week, Johnny said he is trying to rebuild with Will, he made a deal with Paras, and he feels that Ali and Olivia will vote Maddy out. Ali said they will not do that even though she totally wants to. Ali said she is not stupid, and she knows that she and Johnny would be done for the rest of the game if they made that move. Johnny said he knows that Ali is there to make big moves, not just agree with him. Johnny argued that their bond doesn’t mean that much to her. Ali said it does since she believes that she can get further with him.

10:00-11:00 PM: Johnny asked Paras what happens with Derek staying. Paras said he will be with Ali and Olivia. After Maddy had just finished mentioning the relationship between Johnny and Olivia, Johnny told Paras he feels he now has to be wary about expressing that he wants Olivia to stay over Ali. Paras played it off as though it was not a big deal. Johnny said he is going to put Ali up, which piss Olivia off as well. Paras said Olivia, Derek and Kaela were whispering for a long time. She claimed that there is 100% something going on. Johnny said he will not be fooled into nominating Maddy, Paras or Will, but he will be so pissed if they are playing him. Paras brought up that Johnny is Will’s #1. Johnny said Paras is absolutely Will’s #1, and it has always been the two of them. Paras asked if Olivia has spoke to Johnny about the triple. Johnny said she is claiming that she will nominate Maddy, Paras and Will, but he doesn’t buy it. Paras said Olivia has been telling her that she would not put her up, which is BS. Paras asked Johnny who he would save out of the three of them. Johnny said he hasn’t thought about it. Paras said she would want to move forward with the strongest person possible if she can only have one person left on her side. Paras attempted to convince Johnny to keep her over Maddy and Will. The two discussed the plan to nominate Ali. Johnny asked if Maddy wants him to nominate Olivia. Paras said it would prove that he is with them, not Ali and Olivia. Johnny said putting up Ali should prove the same thing, since he would put one of them up if he was with Ali and Olivia. Johnny told Paras he will not get her jury vote if she wins the triple and was secretly playing him. Paras assured Johnny that nothing other than nominating Ali, Olivia and Derek would make sense for her game. Olivia spoke to Johnny, letting him know that Ali said she would rather stick to her word to vote Kaela out than have one of them go on the block. Olivia said she believes Ali. Olivia gave her word that she would vote Kaela out as well, though she said putting Ali up almost guarantees that Kaela goes too. Johnny said that Derek and Kaela both staying would be a disaster. Olivia pointed out that there is an added bonus for her if Ali is nominated, seeing as she can remain in Derek’s good graces even though she would be voting Kaela out. Johnny mentioned that Kaela wants to talk to him. Olivia revealed that Kaela plans to pull the wool over Johnny’s eyes, making it seem like the duos are not close.

11:00-12:00 AM: Johnny asked Olivia if she wants him to tell Ali that he is deciding between the two of them. Olivia said sure. Will then spoke to Johnny about the plan. Johnny said he plans to nominate Ali. Will said Ali is going to be pissed. Johnny said she is putting him up in the triple anyway, so it doesn’t change anything. Johnny let Will know that Paras wants him to save her over Maddy and Will. He also revealed that Paras is concerned Will is closer to him than her. Will said he would rather go to the Final 3 with Johnny and Olivia over Paras and Maddy. He said he is more pro-Maddy than Paras at this point. Will said Paras is snaky and trying to cling on to Johnny since she thinks he can’t win anything. Kaela then spoke to Johnny. He asked her if Derek would ever use the veto on her. Kaela said not a chance. Kaela said she knew as soon as Derek won the veto that she would be going. Kaela insisted over and over again that nobody will keep her no matter who the replacement nominee is. Meanwhile, Derek told Will that Paras was with them since Day 3 or 4. He said she would tell them whatever the people in the white room were talking about. Derek said Paras has worked the whole house. Will said Paras is claiming to have had no idea about the 86 alliance. Derek said Paras is the one who kind of brought it together. Derek reiterated that Paras is playing everyone. He let Will know that a few weeks back, while they were walking laps, Paras said she doesn’t know if she can trust him since she caught him in a few lies. Derek and Will discussed that Paras is always talking about how she has done nothing this season. They think that her poor me act is just an act. Will said Paras keeps saying that she wont win if she makes it to the end, but she would probably win. Derek said Kaela talked about voting for Paras if she makes it to the end too.

Johnny to Ali I feel like you and Liv are an option to go up

April 22, 2018

Johnny to Ali- I feel like you and Liv are an option to go up. For Kaela to go out the door, it seems like that's what's necessary to happen
Ali- Are you, Liv and I working together in this game? Johnny- Yes but I dont know for certain that you want to take me through this game based on things you have said
Ali- The perception that they (Daela) have of our relationship is completely different than what Liv and I perceive the relationship to be. Johnny- You are very believable. Kaela coming in here, and what she just said, wasnt a good sell. I think she talked to you guys 
Ali to Johnny- Derek has approached us in an effort to save Kaela. We have nodded, Liv and I, in full agreeance that that's not happening
Ali to Johnny- I want to keep you in this house cause I need an ally. Why would I make this huge effort and campaign to save you, if I was just going to turn around and go against something I know needs to happen for us to progress forward?
Ali to Johnny- I actually think they (Daela) would prefer to see one of us sitting up next to them, cause they believe they have the power to build the target on our back as a duo
Ali gave Johnny her word that she will not keep Kaela over Maddy, Paras or Will. Johnny said Ali or Olivia going up guarantees that Kaela goes home. Ali disagreed. Johnny said it definitely does 
Ali to Johnny- I am not lying to you, Johnny. It's not as clear cut as you think. We agreed last week that the efforts was a form of restoring our relationship in this game. It feels you are kind of willing to gamble with our life in this game 
Ali to Johnny- What is best for my game is to not go against what one of my allies strongly desires 
Ali to Johnny- I know Liv gave you her word. You have my word. That's not something that I give out lightly. I am giving you that. Without a doubt, I will not vote out Maddy. I assume it would be Maddy 
Ali- I put blind faith in you last week when you said "if you can do this, I will be with you". I trusted in what you said. Johnny- I may be shooting myself in the foot by just blindly being like "I'm loyal" by keeping you off the block
Ali- Liv and I are probably the only ones legitimately that have no intention of putting you up in the triple. It's a little frustrating to me. Johnny- It was also frustrating hearing you guys (Derek/Kaela/Ali/Liv) working together 
Ali- They will find an argument as to why we (Ali/Liv) are a more threatening duo. Johnny- I wouldnt do it without confirming they are voting out Kaela anyways. Ali- They all confirmed with Daela last week that they were voting you out 
Ali to Johnny- I'm just assuming it's me. I feel in my gut that it would be me over Liv. I just dont think it's going to be as clear cut as you think. They are going to say what they need to in order to ensure she (Kaela) stays 
Johnny- I need to think about it. Ali- You have my word. I will not, under any circumstance, vote to keep her (Kaela) even if it's Maddy 
Johnny to himself- Both her (Ali) and Kaela are exhausting with their lies. But why does Maddy want Liv up? That's all I'm thinking. Would they keep Daela in this house?

Will to Johnny- He (Derek) was telling me everything about Paras and Maddy. I believe him too. Paras is playing one of the best social games in this house 
Johnny to Will- I think her (Paras') trust does lie with you more than any of these other people 
Will to Johnny- Maddy was covering for Paras the other night. He (Derek) was saying Paras was the one that was mostly for it (86). I think Maddy and Paras are a lot closer than I think. They are closer with each other than with me
Will- Things like that make me think would I rather work with Ali and Liv than Maddy and Paras. Maddy is solid. If Paras gets to the Final 2, she is winning. Johnny- That's what they keep pitching 
Johnny to Will- She (Ali) is bullshitting 100%. I can tell when she is absolutely lying to me 
Johnny to Will- What if they (Maddy/Paras) wanted Liv up there cause they want to get rid of Liv? If they keep both of Daela, I am going to lose my mind 
Johnny to Will- Dont forget those four (Ali/Liv/Derek/Kaela) are solid. They want to go to the end of this game together. He has already talked about making a bond with you. Dont buy into his shit 
Johnny- Could they (Daela) convince Maddy and Paras to vote to keep Kaela? Will- And send Ali home? They better fucking not, or I will fucking go nuts. Johnny- Why would they? Will- I dont think they will 
Johnny to Will- I didnt even ask them (Maddy/Paras). I just assumed they would follow through (evicting Kaela)

Johnny to Kaela I know his (Derek's) intent is still to strike back at me

April 22, 2018

Kaela- I knew as soon as he won that I was going home. It doesnt even matter who you put on the block. I'm going home. No one is going to keep me. Johnny- You dont think Ali and Liv would? Kaela- Not a chance 
Johnny to Kaela- I know his (Derek's) intent is still to strike back at me. Is there a desire for me to keep his 1 ally in the house? Game wise, no. Personal wise, always love ya 
Johnny- Who is the easiest to beat in a vote? Kaela- For me? Absolutely no one. Not even one person. I guarantee you it will be a 1-5 vote. It's just cause Derek and I are in a showmance 
Kaela to Johnny- It's stupid to keep me. I think people know that. No one has talked about anything all day 
Kaela to Johnny- I dont know if you could even save me if you wanted to anyway. I think that no one would keep me anyway
Johnny- Given our conversations and history, I think it would be a really big leap of blind faith that puts me in a lot of danger. Kaela- It's up to you whether you think it would work for you or against you 
Johnny- The one scenario that could potentially work is if neither Liv or Ali is put up on the block, and then they vote to keep you. Kaela- I really dont think they would though. Not after the other night. They are avoiding me 
Derek to Will- Paras has been with us since Day 3-4. She was literally our ears in the white room. We heard a lot all season about everything you were talking about
Derek to Will- Paras has worked the entire house. She is all over the place. I know that you are close with her. I am just throwing you exactly what it is
Derek to Will- I'm sorry I had to drag you into that. Everyone was pointing fingers at us (Thursday night)
Derek to Will- 90% Kaela leaves this week. Two guys (Derek/Johnny) that both win cant work together. They are going to take each other out 
Will- Maddy brought up something about 86 alliance. Paras apparently had no idea about it at all. Derek- It was a thing. Will- Did Paras know much about it? Derek- Paras is the one that kind of brought it together
Derek to Will- Paras is playing me and Kaela, Ali and Liv, me, you, her. She is literally playing everyone
Derek- She (Paras) is playing an incredible social game. Will- I didnt think so at all until the past week. Derek- Weeks ago we are walking laps. She was kind of throwing you under the bus. She is like "I dont know if I can trust him. I caught him in a few lies" 
Will- She (Paras) is always weird with me lately. It's a weird relationship. Derek- She is playing an incredible social game. Kaela and I were like you cant even be mad. She is crushing every single side 
Derek to Will- It was me, you, Kaela and Paras. We had our little Final 4 thing. Paras is like we have Maddy as a fifth. We also had me, Maddy, Kaela and Paras with Will as a fifth. She is overlapping everywhere 
Derek to Will- Ali, Liv, me and Kaela all knew Paras was going back and forth. We couldnt say anything cause we couldnt reveal (the duos sharing info). Ali and Liv were like "we thought she was our girl"
Will- She (Paras) is always in bed like "I feel like I'm doing nothing this season". Derek- Even after I won the veto, she is like "it feels like no one even knows who I am". I'm starting to not know if it's real. She plays it so often. Poor me
Derek to Will- I think everyone's 1 target is Johnny right now. It's just who are the others
Will to Derek- She (Paras) is cool and stuff like that still, but I'm just going to leave it at that. I'm not sharing nothing with her. Fuck that 
Will- Paras keeps on saying "if I'm in the Final 2 with anyone, I'm not going to win". She would probably take it. Derek- Kaela was saying "I would probably vote for her". She is basically just trying to walk her way in 
Derek- I think she (Paras) is on your and Maddy's side more than anyone in the house. Will- I'm hearing a few weird things. I dont really care, honestly. I'm going to play my own game from this point on 
Will- Her (Paras) and Maddy are taking up for each other. Maddy is like "Paras had nothing to do with the 86". Derek- That's bullshit

Olivia to Johnny- She (Ali) said "I would rather stick to my word

April 22, 2018

Olivia to Johnny- She (Ali) said "I would rather stick to my word, give him my word, and vote out Kaela next to a floater than have one of us go up". I do believe her
Olivia to Johnny- If you put Ali up, that still almost guarantees that Kaela is the one that goes home. If you put up a floater, I give you my word that I will vote out Kaela. I will be the deciding vote if Ali switches. If you still decide the other way, that's fine too
Johnny- What's your word worth? Olivia- Everything. Johnny- When have you given your word to people in this game and followed through on it? Olivia- Never. Johnny- Convincing. Olivia- No no. I have never given my word 
Johnny- It's just a potential disaster situation if they (Derek/Kaela) both stay inside of this house. Olivia- Correct
Olivia to Johnny- If Ali was up there, everyone would expect me to vote to keep Ali. That way, when Kaela goes, Derek knows I voted for Ali to stay cause what other choice do I have? I'm still in his good graces. It's a bonus for me
Johnny- Kaela wants to chat with me. I wonder what she is going to say. Olivia- I have no idea. Johnny- You do. Olivia- Okay, I do. She is going to try and pull the wool over your eyes, and say we are not close 
Johnny to Olivia- Appreciate that. It's a good idea too. You may as well fuck her (Kaela) over cause she is going home. Gain some trust with me. Good call, Liv 
Johnny- Do you want me to say I'm deciding between the two of you (Ali/Liv)? Olivia- Sure. She is going to ask why not me

Johnny- I plan to put Ali on the block. Will- Do Liv know? Johnny- No but I told Liv it's one of the two of them
Will- She (Ali) is going to be pissed. Johnny- Whatever. She is putting me up in the triple anyway. It doesnt change anything 
Johnny told Will they shouldnt get Ali in a room to make her feel safe. He would prefer that Ali has to fight for it so Ali and Kaela split even more 
Johnny to Will- If it's you three on the block, she (Paras) was asking me to save her instead of you guys. She is worried you are more with me instead of her 
Johnny- She (Paras) was saying she would keep me, which I know was bullshit. Will- Over me? I'd honestly sooner fucking go to Final 3 with me, you and Liv 
Will to Johnny- Paras and Maddy. Fuck they piss me off so much. I'm more pro-Maddy now than I am Paras 
Will- She (Paras) is so snaky. Johnny- She is like "please just let me know what they say about me". Will- Dont do that. She never trusted you that much. Who's to say she wont go back and say it to Liv? Johnny- Exactly 
Will to Johnny- She (Paras) sees me as a weak player, that I cant win nothing, so now she is trying to cling on to you 
Johnny- Do you think there is any chance he (Derek) would put on that suit of shining armour, and save you? Kaela- No. Not a chance. I wouldnt expect him to either

Ali- I will just be really pissed if he puts one of us up.

April 22, 2018

Ali- I will just be really pissed if he puts one of us up. Olivia- Me too. Ali- Cause what was the fucking point of saving you? 
Ali to Olivia- I feel like Maddy's personal vendetta with us would entice her to keep Kaela over us easily, then they would just need one more. Paras is so wishy washy. She could easily be that vote 
Ali- I would rather really vote her (Kaela) out than one of us go on the block. Olivia- Me too. And stick to it? Ali- Yeah 
Olivia- I'll talk to Johnny later tonight, and see if anything changes. I guess we wont know until tomorrow. Ali- He said he wants to feel everybody else out 
Ali- I do want to let him (Johnny) know that if he puts us up, I'm going to be pissed. Olivia- You should. Say you are going to give him your word. We both need to

Johnny- What do you think happens with Derek staying in this game? Paras- He is going to be with Liv and Ali 
Johnny- I feel like now I should be wary about expressing that (wanting Liv to stay over Ali) to you guys if you are having conversations about "what is Johnny's connection with Liv?". Paras- It wasnt clouding my mind by any means 
Johnny to Paras- I'm putting up Ali. It's going to piss off Liv too. Even when I talk to Liv, I know she is putting me up in the triple too 
Paras- What does scare me though is I can tell when people are having game talks. Liv, Kaela and Derek were whispering for a long time. There is 100% something going on. Johnny- 100%. I'm not going to be fooled into putting up one of you guys
Johnny to Paras- I am just going to be so pissed if you guys are playing me, and you guys are all brilliant liars 
Paras- You dont think you are Will's 1 right now? Johnny- You are absolutely Will's 1. Paras- He says that to you? Johnny- It has always been Will and Paras 
Paras- If you are up there against me, would Will save you over me? Johnny- It doesnt matter. No one else will. Paras- Liv might
Paras- Has Liv talked to you about the triple? Johnny- Yeah. She said she would put you three up. I dont buy it. Paras- Liv has been telling me she wouldnt put me up. I know it's bullshit
Paras- Is it bad if I ask you who you would save out of the three of us? I dont want to know. Never mind. Johnny- I havent thought of that
Paras- I think Liv would save me. I would need one more. I think Ali thinks I'm weak. She might save me too. I think those two girls would vote to save me. Johnny- I think you are in the safest spot of the three of you
Paras to Johnny- Just trust that if it means I have to move forward with one person and one person only, I'm going to try my hardest to have the strongest person on my side. I'm not going to say any names. You are smart enough to understand what I'm saying
Johnny- If I vote to save you without them voting to save you, you have my back, and not theirs. Paras- That's not a question 
Paras- You are thinking of Ali? Johnny- Yeah. Paras- It makes the most sense. Johnny- Does Maddy want me to put up Liv? Paras- I think it would prove to us that you are not with them, and you are with us
Johnny- If putting up Ali does not prove that I'm not with them... Paras- Cause Ali is gunning for you hard. Johnny- Then why wouldnt I put her up instead of Liv then? Paras- I think her (Maddy's) point is so we know you are not with her 
Johnny- If I wasnt with you guys, I would be putting one of you up. Paras- Of course. I fully recognize that. I think she (Maddy) was just thinking out loud 
Johnny to Paras- If I'm already in the worst situation of the four of us for the triple, why would I make my already terrible situation worse (by nominating Olivia)? 
Johnny- I feel like this game is open to possibilities. I feel really strong that you and I could be one of the possibilities that take this to the end. Paras- There is a reason I felt good about you since night one 
Johnny- If you win, and were secretly playing me, and you take me out in the triple, you are not getting my jury vote. Paras- Good, cause I dont deserve it 
Paras told Johnny that nothing else would make sense for her aside from nominating Ali, Olivia and Derek in the triple

Skriv en fengende tittel...

April 22, 2018

Maddy- Who are you going to put up as a replacement? Johnny- I dont know. Think I have to put up Ali. You guys cant vote her out though. Maddy- I know. Johnny- Dont tell anyone that
Maddy- Derek is going to try to get Will. Johnny- Oh I know. That's my biggest fear too. Maddy- So is Ali. The four of them. Johnny- Do you think Will would be in to that? Maddy- No, but when it comes to who they would keep in a triple
Kaela to Ali/Olivia- If you guys are super super for it, you guys can say how much you want me out, and then he might put one of them up
Kaela to Ali/Olivia- I dont want one of you guys to go on the block, and I want to be here. I want all of those floaters gone, and I want Johnny gone 
Olivia- I know he (Johnny) doesnt even want you out. Kaela- No but he wants one of Derek and I out. We have already talked about it. He wants one of us out 
Kaela to Ali/Olivia- We can get a floater out this week, then in the triple get a floater and Johnny out 
Ali- How much you want to bet Paras is going to throw us under the bus? Miss I'm all about you blah blah blah. Olivia- He should put fucking Paras up. We will get her out. We have the votes. We will piss off Johnny. Ali- But he cant play next week
Ali- If we vote Kaela out, Derek puts me, you and Johnny up for the triple. Olivia- Yep. Agreed
Ali- He (Johnny) will never go for it (evicting Paras). Olivia- I wanted Derek out. If he is legit on our side, I'd rather have him here for the triple. Getting Paras out, or Maddy, or somebody. I wonder if he would be down to get Will out 
Olivia- What if we get him to put Maddy up, and then we get Maddy out? Ali- Mhmm. Such a mess but we have options 
Olivia- The alternative is we get Kaela out. Ali- And then Derek for sure puts us up with Johnny next week. Olivia- I think Derek will try and hitch up with Will. Ali- Yeah. We cant have that 
Ali to Olivia- When we talk to Johnny, we just have to act like we will do what he wants
Ali- I really feel like that's the only option. Olivia- What is? Ali- Keeping both of them
Will to Ali/Olivia- You know Derek and Kaela are going to go to Johnny, making big pitches about keeping both of them. Fuck that 
Olivia to Ali- If we vote one of them out, Johnny and the rest will be pissed. If it's the opposite, only Derek will be mad. That being said, it is better for our game to get a floater out...but we dont want to make Derek any stronger than he already is
Johnny- That sucks. Will- I know. Three wins in two weeks. Johnny- So annoying. Will- We thought Kaela was the bigger threat. He is the bigger threat by far. Johnny- For sure. I called it out in every group chat I had 
Johnny- I'm not putting one of you guys up. Will- Ali or Liv? Johnny- Otherwise one of you are going home. I'm thinking Ali 
Johnny- Do not pair up with Derek. Will- You have got my word. I would never. He is going to go in the triple. Johnny- So am I probably 
Will to Johnny- Derek was cheating. He wasnt but he was. He would wait for Maddy to grab her picture, then he would grab the exact same one
Paras to camera- I dont trust anything that comes out of her (Kaela's) mouth but I'm ready to do some damage. If it means turning the game around, it means turning the game around. We'll have to see
Paras- Do you think Kaela has more faith in us or Ali and Liv? Maddy- Us. I think she thinks she can beat us more, but maybe not after that competition
Paras- I hope that she (Kaela) is smart and she doesnt go to Ali and Liv. Maddy- She didnt sewer me all week. That gives me a little bit of hope 
Paras to Maddy- I dont know if I just fixed this and laid the groundwork, or if I just fucked myself (by talking to Kaela)
Paras to Kaela- You are going home for sure if it gets out to Liv and Ali, then I am going next. I need you not to say a word to Liv and Ali 
Paras told Kaela they have her vote, Maddy's vote, and Derek's vote, so they dont even need Will to be on board to save her
Kaela- If you can pull this off for me, I literally will bring you to the end of this game. Paras- This is us starting over again
Kaela- I am super trustworthy. I just thought you broke it with me. Paras- This is me proving it. Kaela- It means the world if you do. If you save my ass, I will piggyback you to the end. And they are all going to think you fucking hate my guts 
Paras to Kaela- One of those girls is going up. We have a real chance to save you. If you say a word, the plan wont work. Johnny has given me his word. Even if you guys trash me, I'm not going up. Dont do it
Paras- Ali or Liv are going up, and we can turn this game around. I need you to stay on board. Kaela- I wont say a word 
Johnny- Kaela is not that nasty though (to try getting Derek to use PoV on her). Ali- Yes she is. Johnny- I know. I just wanted you to say it. I'm going to talk to her. Ali- It's worth a shot

Ali im prepared to hit the block

April 22, 2018

 Ali im prepared to hit the block i dont see or buy that they all have my back and i know it comes down to winning the veto and i feel that my odds are better if derek stays up there and that kaela isnt that much of a threat
Johnny yeah same after that blow up that did make her seem more eehh
Ali yeah maybe Derk winning is a blessing in disguise but it would be nice to see one of the 3 in the triple go their odds of winning go up as well i think it's silly not to look at that anad not consider that's not a big concern at the triple.
Johnny it just sucks Ali does it though?
Johnny derek staying? it does cuz s he's very capable and not into working with me
Ali i think that woulda beeen the case if yo didnt put him up.. he woulda said anything and it wouldnt have been legit. i think you did the right thing. i really do and who knows we cut off his other half he might be inclined cuz who else does he have
Johnny you guys Ali no
Johnny he said that you guys wee teh best allaince he's had
Ali well we're not flakey but all the others were playing all sides and how do we work with Derek? our connection to him was thru Kaela
Johnny he says he talks game to you alot 
Ali yeah more me than liv and he likes to bounce ideas like you do but it coulda been that i came up to just shoot the shit talk about vancouver and listen to his ipod more than Liv. Johnny he's threat level Ali i put him next to you
Johnny above me he dint compete in any of the other pov's
Ali he's good mental. i think he is extremely threatening
Ali still running scenarios with johnny for the triple you have to think about the peole voting and you are voting for the person to save
johnny i wonder what woulda happened if paras won hoh
Ali i think daela but liv thinks us but who knows
Johnny for a replacment im trying to rebuild Will, Paras i made that deal and Maddy i know you guys are sending Maddy home it's too tempting
Ali no we wont i know we'd be done im not stupoid we'd be done for the rest of the game but i'd love to
Johnny you are here to make big moves and our bond isnt that strong taht you wouldnt wnat to make that move
Ali i cant beat you but that doesnt mean i dont want to play next to you and you nevver know in the final 3.. my odds are better I cant stand maddy but i know i cant she is a nice girl but Johnny what is it
Ali there is soemthing about how she is playing that i dont like. she's preached the whole time her own vote playing her game she's independent but i feel it's always 2 peas and not build a target on her back and she always said that she loved Erica.. and was happy that she was trusting Erica and then when Erica left she said all these things about Erica and she thinks she is way more masterful than what she really is she thinks she talked herself off the block and taht she thought that she made all these moves which she hasn't.. I dont like it it jsut rubs me the wrong way
Ali the cool thing aobut Maddy is that we are very clear and no bullshit between us we dont pretend she knows what im thinking and i know what she is thinking it's kinda comforting when people are constantly blowing smoke up your ass
Johnny when you and liv discuss game does her face change?
Ali yes and no sometimes she's just blank and she said that she's not thinking about anything sometimes she is engaged.. and then randomly what do you want to ahve for dinner.. it's frustrating 
Johnny im so interested in watching you guys play this game from the beginning..
Ali it's so stup we shoulda called ourselves stup i hope it's funny we have some moments
Johnny before i leave on the triple i want to know your guys alliance name if there is one. whisper in my ear
Ali or just hold hands on the way out (they laugh)

Kaela talked to Paras about how she has no one

April 22, 2018

Kaela talked to Paras about how she has no one & said she threw A/L UTB they want nothing to do with her(LIE) Kaela tells Paras she will do anything to save her game & if that means picking her she will! Paras "we can do some damage"
Paras bought what Kaela sold to her LOL & says "I dont trust anything that comes out of her mouth but she's ready to do some damage. If it means turning the game around, than we will have to wait and see"

Maddy i know that Johnny will question it but it will be more sense for you to say i csacved you and all that stuff

April 22, 2018

Maddy i know that Johnny will question it but it will be more sense for you to say i csacved you and all that stuff
Paras i think you need to voice it and i will reiterate it
Maddy yeah and we ahve a decision on who will he put up of Ali/Liv Paras if he puts up ali
Maddy we wound him and take her out 
Paras if we screw him and Liv wins triple it becomes Liv/Johnny Kaela/Derek unless she says fuck you and puts us 3 up and we're next to go Maddy it will be Will
Paras no he jsut goes with whatever they want 
Maddy the only thing that we have are the votes. 
Paras if i chose to keep kaela there is no going back on it
Maddy we will have to lie we just have to pick who and i dont care and if it crumbles then it is what it is
paras 1st thing of order is to get Liv up cuz Johnny was always I dont care when it came to which one to put up lets see if he is still that way
Maddy im going to keep watching to see if he will and if he is playing us and to find out if he isnt to put up his bestie
Paras he said he wants to be led so lets lead him to see if he is really with us

Ali all i know if we have a chance to get johnny out in the triple we have to
Liv i want to get one of those flaoters to go home.
Ali yeah and if we keep Kalea & go to the triple we can eliminate one floater and not a stacked deck in F5
Liv i'd rather have Maddy over Paras i want Paras to leave..
Ali she has a better social game over Maddy and Mady is more of a mental threat than Paras Liv and Will will go to Derek
Ali yeah i get why you're anxious it;'s scary to think of them in the f5
Liv or to think of all floaters in teh f5

Liv talking to johnny 
Liv when she tales credit for things im, like hey what about me Johnny if you guys go to the end together it will be a bombing of tht ' what did you do"
Liv i would like to have 3 strong people on teh end and it's based on yoru argument
Johnny what strong people
Liv i think me you Derek and Paras social game
Johnny you dont respect Will/Maddy's game?
Liv to me they didn't play the game. but he naps an smokes it's not about being friends with everyone it has to be that you made things happen.and i feel maddy si closer to that.. and she came close last night
Liv i dont wnat her to go id love to get passed the triple
Johnny Paras was anti Ali Liv i dont think that is the case now 
Johnny do you want me to tell Pars to get Ali is more dangerous for the triple? but dont tell her that Liv no
Johnny i think she will keep you/Liv over will?
Liv i tried to talk to Will but its nto game talk but it's circle talk and all he does is recap as say this or that can happen so i gave up and i dont talk to Maddy at all.
Liv going into the triple i need more people on my side for winning Johnny im a vote
Johnny i think Ali would put me Derek and somelone else up so she can win more
Liv yeah she said that he chances of winning are getting better
Johnny but you know more than you are letting me know Liv.
Liv you know what you need to know though Johnny it's a stupid game we are playing Liv i cant tell you everything cuz it's a game 
Johnny you cant put me up in the triple or save me over Ali
Liv laughs what scenarios would you be up and i wouldnt be with Ali oh you mean if i come down and vote

Liv asks Johnny if he would put up Maddy/Paras as replacement

April 22, 2018

Liv asks Johnny if he would put up Maddy/Paras as replacement. Johnny says he made a deal with Paras & "there's a risk that you guys vote Maddy out and keep Kaela. I can see you doing that!" Liv: "Right. I mean, not that we would intentionally, but it's quite attempting
Johnny has basically told Liv that Ali is his replacement nominee option. Liv tells Johnny if he decided to put up a floater she'd be the deciding vote. Johnny catches Liv's hint that Ali wants to keep Kaela!

Johnny telling Will he's not going to put one of them up bc Ali/Liv will vote them out

April 22, 2018

Johnny telling Will he's not going to put one of them up bc Ali/Liv will vote them out. Tells Will that he's going to put up Ali, she's a social assasin. She'll go hard against Kaela & wants to cause a divided between that foursome
Johnny "Do not pair up with Derek" he will lose his mind if he sees a F2 with him/Derek.
Will "You have got my word. I would never"

Paras already working on Maddy on a way to convince her to keep kaela

April 22, 2018

Paras already working on Maddy on a way to convince her to keep kaela. that they can get ali out if she is the renom
Paras i'd like to see Ali go or Liv Maddy we can beat her
Paras she said that she was in pain and didnt give it like i would still go.. and liv really isnt that strong
Maddy Liv is stronger out of the 2. 
Paras we have to make up our minds after noms cuz Will is so weak and we need to put some doubt in Will's mind that johnny wont keep him safe
Maddy we need to make sure that Derek talks to him
Paras Will is trying to be Jhonny's 1. and we get Derek talk to him
Maddy what we ahv eto do is get Liv nominated 1st. do you agree. i know you said Ali
Paras Liv is better cuz she wants to keep me safe in teh triple and the same time i know taht ali Will put up Johnny. lets sit on it for a While. i want to be on the same page.. Ali is a good choice cuz she wont win the triple
Maddy do we trust Derek and Kaela to shut the fuck up about it
Paras i did enough stuff to tell her to keep quiet about it
Maddy that is good cuz i know she didnt talk shit aobut me
Kaela has a migraine
Everyone but Johnny Derek Kaela Olivia outside

Paras Derek is safe. It's going to be Kaela and most likely Ali, or it's going to be Kaela and Liv.

April 22, 2018

Paras- Derek is safe. It's going to be Kaela and most likely Ali, or it's going to be Kaela and Liv. It is better for my game to have Ali up than Liv. Liv does seem to want to work with me. I trust her more than I trust Ali 
Paras- Ali is a much weaker competitor. She sucks at comps. She has tried in every single one
Paras- Let's say it's Kaela and Ali up there. If we save Ali, it's still Ali and Liv coming after me, Will and Maddy. Ali is going to put up Maddy, Will and Johnny, or Maddy, me and Johnny 
Paras- Scenario 2. I keep Kaela, I spearhead the plan. Ali goes home. The only person coming for me next week would be Liv
Paras- I have a really good feeling Johnny is going to pull the veto out in the triple. If Johnny pulls out the veto, I am next on the chopping block
Paras- My odds going into the triple is better if Kaela stays, cause then Kaela and Derek arent coming for me, but I still lose Will or Maddy. With Ali, I lose two people
Paras- Live feeders, I was that person that was so cocky watching the show. "This is easy". It's really not the same in here. Anything anyone tells you is a lie. They have casted a bunch of amazing liars 
Paras- The thing about keeping Kaela is the strongest duo in the house stays. At top five, they are going to demolish us. They are going to absolutely destroy us 
Paras- If I do this (keep Kaela), I am not getting Ryan's vote, I'm not getting Ali's vote, I probably wouldn't get Liv's vote. I'm shooting myself in the foot
Paras- I should have won that HoH. I dont know why I dropped out. It made me realize that the comps you can win, you should win 
Paras- I have nothing on my resume. It sucks but then it's like if you do build your resume, you are a target. Social game matters but, to me, a true winner has social game and then has competition wins to back it up. I'm not happy with my performance 
Paras- I think Will is Johnny's ideal Final 2. I think Johnny would get rid of me before he would get rid of Maddy or Will 
Paras- Our odds are way better going into the triple with Kaela here...but Johnny is going to be real pissed, and I think Johnny can win the veto. If Johnny wins veto, he is going to win the HoH, and he is going to send me the fuck home 
Paras- I dont think it's a seven person jury. I dont. I think there is something else to it. There is no way Canada doesnt get a vote. Canada will get a vote 
Paras- It might not be a bad idea to get Johnny to put up Liv to show his loyalty to us, but also we get rid of a stronger competitor if we are going to send someone else
home

Ali id be down to see Paras or Maddy up or Will

April 22, 2018

Ali id be down to see Paras or Maddy up or Will
Liv we'd have the votes to get out whoever he puts up and we have Derk and Kaela on our side for the triple
Ali i kow what you were sayint ath if we do this we piss off Derek or all the others and it doesnt matter cuz there is no way Daela will put us up if we save them this week. and Johnny Maddy Paras will whoever is left up and if Johnny wins one of us goes up but we have the votes and we go into the F5 with beats which is my only fear
Liv the other way is we vote out Kaela and Derek is mad at us but we are the only people that Derek has
Ali yeah and we just have to explain why
Liv there are 3 of them still playing in the triple and if one of them wins we will go up
Ali yeah that is why we need to keep Kaela 
Liv why are we saving them now to get them out in the triple?
Ali everything we've done was to survive the triple and if we do this we're pising off Will/Paras
Liv Will will be ok with Derek staying 
Ali cuz for Will that's his boy anad it will either be Derek and us up and the only way to survive is to better our odds
Liv yeah that is the right thing to do
Ali it feels almost counter productive we kept Johnny to take shots at daela but now its Liv the wrong one
Ali yeah and after this move we've lost them any potential
Liv who do yo want gone Paras or Maddy
Ali i think that Paras is better to beat in a f5 but Maddy is good with mental.
Liv and f3 there are 2 mental
Ali as much as i dont think that Paras deserves to be at the end i feel that i'd prefer her there over Maddy and even if we make this move adn pissed Johnny off and Daela is still here he might be worried aobut his odds against Daela
Ali naw he will take his shot at us Liv yeah

Ali Derek was stepping up his game in pov's and he beat Johnny in the last 2 pov's and we cant let onto what the plan is till after Johnny makes his renoms. That is a move a move right there and then we have to have a conversation with Daela and have ethm swear to a F4
Liv we have to be blunt with them Ali yeah
Liv we need him to put up someone that isnt one of us 
Ali it doesnt matter what it is we Will figure it out but right now we are team get kaela out whatever we have to say to make them feel comfortable
Liv hey if we hear anything about them throwing us under the bus to put one of us up then we have to cut her
Ali no she wont she needs our votes 
Ali yeah but he won't do that

Liv and hey im going to yell at her and say im going to get that little bitch out Ali yeah!!!

Game update!

April 22, 2018

Game update!
Johnny has already told Maddy and Will he plans on nominating Ali. he wanted kaela to stay but since Derek won POV he can't take the chance of both staying. Johnny wants to pit Kaela and Ali agsint themselves and is banking on Paras Maddy Will evicting Kaela.

Ali and Liv are working on a way to get Johnny to put up a floater and they want to keep Derek since Johnny has no vote and can't play in the triple. Derek and Kaela will keep them safe and get out Johnny Maddy WIll with Paras as the renom on the block if they win the triple eviction HOH

Liv might run back to tell Johnny this. As of now she hasn't openly told Ali this is a bad idea. They both know there is a possibility of Of Ali going up

Ali tried to convince Johnny to help come up with a plan to get Derek to use the POV on Kaela and then they will evict Derek. Derek wont fall for that.

Paras made a late night deal with Kaela that she is going to work on Maddy to keep Kaela if Ali/Liv goes up.

Will thinks that he's close to Johnny but Johnny knows he's been caught not only in lies but running to power. This could be a factor with Johnny. Johnny needs people in the house that will keep him at teh triple eviction.

There was chatter that Derek looked over at Maddy's board layout to help him along in the POV. Will Maddy said he cheated, however if BBB let it happen then it's fair game. Derek did admit to Kaela adn to Maddy that he used her pictures to help him. He told Kaela it waas the last 2 rounds but that was it. In the past BB haas done a redo POV if it was that blantent of a cheat. Word was from the HG's that they can help each other out. So per their rules it wasn't cheating

Live Feed Updates Sunday,April 22th

April 21, 2018

Live Feed Updates Sunday,April 22th
1:00-2:00 AM: Feeds returned following the veto competition. Derek won the Power of Veto. In the white room, Maddy said she doesn’t know who Johnny is going to put up. Paras said it will be Ali or Olivia. Maddy asked if they can salvage Kaela. Paras said maybe. She said keeping that duo could still be bad for their game. Maddy said they would go for Johnny, which Ali and Olivia wouldn’t. Paras said Derek and Kaela are more dangerous that Ali and Olivia. The girls discussed that they are going home in the triple unless they win HoH. In the pantry, Johnny told Maddy that he is so pissed. Maddy asked about Johnny’s plan for the replacement nominee. Johnny revealed that he is thinking of putting Ali up. He asked Maddy not to tell anyone. Maddy said Derek is going to try to get Will. Johnny said that is his biggest fear. In the bathroom, Kaela told Ali and Olivia that if they want to keep her, they should tell Johnny how much they want her out. Kaela thinks Johnny might be willing to put Maddy, Paras or Will up if that happens. Kaela said they can get a floater out this week, then get Johnny and another floater out next week. Ali and Olivia spoke alone in the red room. Ali expects Paras to throw them under the bus. Olivia said Johnny should put Paras up, and then they can vote her out. Ali mentioned that Derek will put the two of them up next to Johnny if they vote Kaela out. Olivia agreed. The girls discussed getting Maddy, Paras or Will out in order to get Derek on their side. Olivia said the alternative is to get Kaela out. She thinks that Derek would then try to link up with Will. Ali said they cannot have that. Ali said they have to act like they will do what Johnny wants, but she thinks the only option is to keep Derek and Kaela. Olivia argued that they would only be making Derek mad if they evict Kaela, but they are making everyone else mad if they keep her. In the kitchen, Paras told Kaela they could pull off some crazy moves. She said three votes could change the game. Kaela said it’s going to take a lot to beat Johnny. Paras said she knows but they have to be smart about this week, since the trash talking against each other needs to stop this week. Paras said now is the time to prove something to each other. Paras mentioned bringing up the idea of saving Kaela to Maddy and Will. Paras told Kaela she doesn’t think that her game is over yet unless she turns to the dark side. Kaela said whoever saves her will not be the dark side. In the HoH room, Johnny and Will discussed that Derek is a bigger threat than Kaela. Johnny let Will know that he is thinking of nominating Ali. Johnny asked Will to please not pair up with Derek. Will gave his word that he will not do that.

2:00-3:00 AM: Paras asked Maddy if she thinks that Kaela has more faith in them or in Ali and Olivia. Maddy said them since she thinks that she can beat them. Paras said she hopes that Kaela is smart enough not to run back to Ali and Olivia. Maddy thinks that Kaela will say whatever she has to at this point. Paras went to Kaela to tell her she is for sure going to go if she runs back to Ali and Olivia. Kaela swore that she would not do that. Paras said they don’t even need to get Will on board to save Kaela, seeing as she, Derek and Maddy would be all of the votes that they need. Kaela said she will bring Paras to the end of the game if she saves her. Paras said Ali or Olivia will go up, and they can turn this game around since there is a real chance that they can save Kaela. Up in the HoH room, Ali and Johnny discussed potentially getting Kaela to convince Derek to use the veto on her so that they can vote Derek out instead.

Summary Saturday,April 21th

April 21, 2018

Summary Saturday,April 21th
Live Feed Updates Saturday,April 21th
10:00-11:00 AM: Players were picked for the veto competition. The veto players are Johnny, Derek, Kaela, Ali, Maddy and Paras. Kaela picked Ali with houseguest’s choice. Olivia will be hosting the competition. Will was frustrated by not being picked to play.

11:00-12:00 PM: In the HoH room, Paras commented to Maddy that Will is upset about not being picked to play, yet he was annoyed at her for being upset about the same thing in a previous week. The girls figured that Kaela picked Ali because she is easier to beat. Maddy then went to the white room where Will was. Will said Kaela is a dumbass for picking Ali. Will explained that Derek’s chances of winning will now be greater, which gives Kaela a better shot at going home. Maddy said that’s accurate. Ali spoke to Olivia and Paras in the HoH room. She said Will needs to understand that Kaela didn’t pick him since she finds him to be a little more threatening. Ali said Kaela is trying to better her chances of winning the veto, and there is nothing more to it. Ali then spoke to Will, telling him not to take it personally. She said Kaela has better odds of beating her. Will said it just sucks not being picked to play. In the kitchen, Johnny told Kaela he thinks that she will stay this week. Kaela disagreed. She said she would not have Will’s vote or Paras’ vote, and Maddy would vote with Paras. If she has the votes, Kaela said she doesn’t want Derek to win the veto then. Kaela thinks people will want her to go since she is the outspoken one of the two. Johnny argued that it could play in her favour that she has fewer good relationships than Derek at this point, as people want to get rid of the threats.

1:00-2:00 PM: Johnny told Kaela he feels as though the worst case scenario would be Derek winning the veto. Kaela agreed since she thinks that she would automatically go home over Maddy, Paras, or Will. Johnny let Kaela know that he would prefer to have her stay over Derek, and he has had conversations that lead him to believe she would stay. Johnny asked how dirty Kaela would fight Derek. Kaela said she will do whatever it takes to stay over him. Kaela mentioned that Derek’s social game is better than hers, so she is concerned that he would have the votes. Kaela said she has no one in this game, considering that Derek will not be there at the end of the week if she stays. Kaela told Johnny she is there to play for herself, and she will pair up with whoever she needs to in order to get to the end. She pointed out that Ali and Olivia have each other as do Maddy, Paras and Will. Johnny acknowledged that it will be a tough spot for him and for whoever stays out of Derek and Kaela. The two agreed to talk further after the veto competition, because it’s possible that Derek could win the veto. Kaela did say that she would take Johnny if there is any chance that he would take her, seeing as he would be her only hope.

2:00-3:00 PM: Kaela told Johnny she feels like everyone thinks she is going to take him out. Kaela pointed out that Johnny is by himself, so it wouldn’t make sense to target him. Johnny suggested that Kaela tell people she is going to target him if she stays. He assured her that he will not take offense to it if she hears that. They again discussed that Derek winning the veto ould be the worst case scenario this week. Elsewhere, Olivia asked Paras about her plan for the triple. Paras said she hasn’t really thought about it since she doesn’t have a lot of faith in her ability to win it. Olivia said she has a feeling that she and Ali will be on the block no matter who wins it. She said either Johnny or the remaining member of Daela will be up next to them. Paras said that’s two people, so they may only put one of Ali or Olivia on the block, then they could save whichever one is nominated. Olivia said Maddy, Paras and Will are smart, and they are going to put her and Ali on the block next to Johnny or Kaela. Olivia said it would not make sense to leave one of them off of the block, giving them the opportunity to win the veto and save the other. Paras said she is not opposed to the idea of one or both of Ali and Olivia staying. Olivia said she would have to do the opposite if she wins. Paras asked if she meant nominating her, Maddy and Will. Olivia said she might put Kaela up in Paras’ place, but she cannot risk having two of the three off of the block.

3:00-4:00 PM: Olivia spoke to Johnny about being worried that she would leave over Ali in a triple. Olivia thought she might have to make a deal with Paras, convincing her to put Maddy up. Both Johnny and Olivia said they think the only way they will survive the triple is by winning a competition. Johnny said he feels like Olivia is going to put him up. Olivia swore on her mom’s life that she is not. She said she cannot say the same for Ali. Johnny is concerned that Ali would nominate him. Johnny assured Olivia that he would vote for her to stay over anyone. Olivia said she would do the same. Olivia explained that she doesn’t want to be Final 2 with Ali since Ali would try to take credit for everything she has done. Olivia said she and Ali have played similar games, but she and Johnny have played different games. Johnny asked who Olivia would nominate in the triple. Olivia said Maddy, Paras and Will. She said she can’t risk leaving one of them off the block, because that person could save one of the other two.

5:00-6:00 PM: Olivia told Paras she is going to trust her with something. She mentioned not wanting it to come back to bite her. Olivia said she has always had Paras’ back in the game. Olivia mentioned she told Johnny the other day that she believed Paras was telling the truth. Olivia said she will be loyal to Ali as long as she can, but she is not going to let that be her detriment in the game. Olivia proposed a deal that if she and Ali are on the block next to Johnny or Kaela, Paras can save her. In return, Olivia said she will save Paras if she is up on the block next to Will, Johnny and Kaela. Paras said she feels that Olivia has her back more than Ali has her back, so she feels that she could move forward with her in the game. If Ali is gone, Olivia said she will take Paras to Final 2. Paras said she hates admitting it but she feels she would be a decent option to take to the end since she hasn’t done enough in the game. Paras said she wonders if Johnny is good with both sides, and he is going to sail on by in the triple. She questioned if anyone would touch him in the triple. Olivia said she thinks that everyone will. Paras said Olivia’s deal is a great one since you only need two votes to stay. Paras said if one of them wins, there is a chance to save the two of them, Ali and Will. Olivia said she needs to know if she doesn’t put Paras up, Paras wont use the veto to take Maddy down. Paras said she can’t since Will would then go up. Paras asked if they would save Will if Maddy and either Johnny or Kaela are up. Olivia said yeah.

6:00-7:00 PM: Paras asked Olivia if she would put up Johnny, the remaining Daela, and one of them, or nominate two of the trio. Olivia admitted that Paras and Will being off of the block makes her quite worried since they could win the veto and take Maddy off. Olivia said she might have to put Will up, hope he gets the veto and comes down, or keep him safe. Paras said she gets what Olivia is saying. Olivia said best case scenario is Johnny, Maddy and the remaining member of Daela are on the block. They discussed that saving Maddy would probably be best since she is weak in competitions. Olivia mentioned that keeping Kaela would provide them a buffer moving forward, though the smarter decision is to keep Maddy. Olivia told Paras she would rather not go on the block, but it’s not the end of the world if she is up as long as the votes can be rallied. Paras said Will and Maddy will do as she says if she is HoH, and she could tell them that they are saving Olivia. Up in the HoH room, Johnny asked if all the four would not put him up in the triple. Maddy said if he went up, they would have the votes to save him. Maddy told Johnny she would probably put him up knowing full well that Paras and Will would keep him, because she would know that he would not freak out if she put him up. Maddy said she doesn’t think that they would hinder their relationship with her by risking him. Maddy assured Johnny that she would make it clear to them. Johnny asked if Maddy would nominate Ali, Olivia and the remaining member of Daela first. Maddy said that is the only thing that makes sense for her. Maddy said she would prefer Kaela to stay this week, then take out Ali and Olivia next week. Johnny said he likes that plan. Johnny said he wants to talk about what Kaela said about Paras. Maddy said she thinks Kaela is twisting what happened, cause she doesn’t think that Paras believes it was them. Maddy said she holds no hard feelings. Johnny said a lot of Paras’ issues with him is that she doesn’t know where he stands, yet she has had a lot more going on than even he has. Maddy said she may see similarities between his game and hers.

Maddy- Who are you going to put up as a replacement?

April 21, 2018

Maddy- Who are you going to put up as a replacement? Johnny- I dont know. Think I have to put up Ali. You guys cant vote her out though. Maddy- I know. Johnny- Dont tell anyone that
Maddy- Derek is going to try to get Will. Johnny- Oh I know. That's my biggest fear too. Maddy- So is Ali. The four of them. Johnny- Do you think Will would be in to that? Maddy- No, but when it comes to who they would keep in a triple
Kaela to Ali/Olivia- If you guys are super super for it, you guys can say how much you want me out, and then he might put one of them up
Kaela to Ali/Olivia- I dont want one of you guys to go on the block, and I want to be here. I want all of those floaters gone, and I want Johnny gone 
Olivia- I know he (Johnny) doesnt even want you out. Kaela- No but he wants one of Derek and I out. We have already talked about it. He wants one of us out 
Kaela to Ali/Olivia- We can get a floater out this week, then in the triple get a floater and Johnny out 
Ali- How much you want to bet Paras is going to throw us under the bus? Miss I'm all about you blah blah blah. Olivia- He should put fucking Paras up. We will get her out. We have the votes. We will piss off Johnny. Ali- But he cant play next week
Ali- If we vote Kaela out, Derek puts me, you and Johnny up for the triple. Olivia- Yep. Agreed
Ali- He (Johnny) will never go for it (evicting Paras). Olivia- I wanted Derek out. If he is legit on our side, I'd rather have him here for the triple. Getting Paras out, or Maddy, or somebody. I wonder if he would be down to get Will out 
Olivia- What if we get him to put Maddy up, and then we get Maddy out? Ali- Mhmm. Such a mess but we have options 
Olivia- The alternative is we get Kaela out. Ali- And then Derek for sure puts us up with Johnny next week. Olivia- I think Derek will try and hitch up with Will. Ali- Yeah. We cant have that 
Ali to Olivia- When we talk to Johnny, we just have to act like we will do what he wants
Ali- I really feel like that's the only option. Olivia- What is? Ali- Keeping both of them
Will to Ali/Olivia- You know Derek and Kaela are going to go to Johnny, making big pitches about keeping both of them. Fuck that 
Olivia to Ali- If we vote one of them out, Johnny and the rest will be pissed. If it's the opposite, only Derek will be mad. That being said, it is better for our game to get a floater out...but we dont want to make Derek any stronger than he already is
Johnny- That sucks. Will- I know. Three wins in two weeks. Johnny- So annoying. Will- We thought Kaela was the bigger threat. He is the bigger threat by far. Johnny- For sure. I called it out in every group chat I had 
Johnny- I'm not putting one of you guys up. Will- Ali or Liv? Johnny- Otherwise one of you are going home. I'm thinking Ali 
Johnny- Do not pair up with Derek. Will- You have got my word. I would never. He is going to go in the triple. Johnny- So am I probably 
Will to Johnny- Derek was cheating. He wasnt but he was. He would wait for Maddy to grab her picture, then he would grab the exact same one
Paras to camera- I dont trust anything that comes out of her (Kaela's) mouth but I'm ready to do some damage. If it means turning the game around, it means turning the game around. We'll have to see
Paras- Do you think Kaela has more faith in us or Ali and Liv? Maddy- Us. I think she thinks she can beat us more, but maybe not after that competition
Paras- I hope that she (Kaela) is smart and she doesnt go to Ali and Liv. Maddy- She didnt sewer me all week. That gives me a little bit of hope 
Paras to Maddy- I dont know if I just fixed this and laid the groundwork, or if I just fucked myself (by talking to Kaela)
Paras to Kaela- You are going home for sure if it gets out to Liv and Ali, then I am going next. I need you not to say a word to Liv and Ali 
Paras told Kaela they have her vote, Maddy's vote, and Derek's vote, so they dont even need Will to be on board to save her
Kaela- If you can pull this off for me, I literally will bring you to the end of this game. Paras- This is us starting over again
Kaela- I am super trustworthy. I just thought you broke it with me. Paras- This is me proving it. Kaela- It means the world if you do. If you save my ass, I will piggyback you to the end. And they are all going to think you fucking hate my guts 
Paras to Kaela- One of those girls is going up. We have a real chance to save you. If you say a word, the plan wont work. Johnny has given me his word. Even if you guys trash me, I'm not going up. Dont do it
Paras- Ali or Liv are going up, and we can turn this game around. I need you to stay on board. Kaela- I wont say a word 
Johnny- Kaela is not that nasty though (to try getting Derek to use PoV on her). Ali- Yes she is. Johnny- I know. I just wanted you to say it. I'm going to talk to her. Ali- It's worth a shot

Kaela talked to Paras about how she has no one

April 21, 2018

 Kaela talked to Paras about how she has no one & said she threw A/L UTB they want nothing to do with her(LIE) Kaela tells Paras she will do anything to save her game & if that means picking her she will! Paras "we can do some damage"
Paras bought what Kaela sold to her LOL & says "I dont trust anything that comes out of her mouth but she's ready to do some damage. If it means turning the game around, than we will have to wait and see"

Johnny telling Will he's not going to put one of them up bc Ali/Liv will vote them out.

April 21, 2018

 Johnny telling Will he's not going to put one of them up bc Ali/Liv will vote them out. Tells Will that he's going to put up Ali, she's a social assasin. She'll go hard against Kaela & wants to cause a divided between that foursome
Johnny "Do not pair up with Derek" he will lose his mind if he sees a F2 with him/Derek.
Will "You have got my word. I would never"

 

Ali/Liv are already wanting Johnny to put up Paras vote her out & use Daela to get through the triple! They know Johnny will be mad but Ali says he cant play for the triple HOH

Paras already making Kaela swear that she wont tell Ali/Liv that she's willing to save her! Kaela tells Paras if she can pull it off(keeping her) she will take her to the end. They will start over!

Kaela tells Derek she talked to Ali/Liv & Paras and so she's good on both sides(voting wise, on whoever goes up) Explains both of her chats
Derek admits he didn't remember a lot of the stuff in the comp so he copied Maddy. Kaela says she did the same thing

Johnny I am so pissed. Maddy- This is so bad

April 21, 2018

Johnny- I am so pissed. Maddy- This is so bad. Paras and I are going home next week. Johnny- How could you possibly think you are going to go home over me? Maddy- Liv and Ali are going to try to get you back on their side

Derek won the Power of Veto!

April 21, 2018

Derek won the Power of Veto!

 Liv also told Johnny that she doesnt want to go Final 2 with Ali

April 21, 2018

 Liv also told Johnny that she doesnt want to go Final 2 with Ali. They've played such a similar game. "She is trying to take credit for everything I have done, it's going to be way too hard. At least we have played separate games" 
Johnny took Liv's word that she'd go to Final 2 with him & He told her he'd take her too! Johnny asked Liv what she;d do in the Triple, she'd put Will, Paras & Maddy. If one comes down, she'll put the remainder of Daela up!

After the VETO player picks, Derek told Ali if he stayed

April 21, 2018

After the VETO player picks, Derek told Ali if he stayed & Kaela went he would want to go to the end with her/Liv & put up 2 of the other 3 & J up in the triple. Ali said whoever stayed she wouldnt put them up in the Triple and she'd go after the others too!

Liv if we get rid of Maddy and keep Kaela she's not thsat big of a threat there is still a buffer

April 21, 2018

Liv if we get rid of Maddy and keep Kaela she's not thsat big of a threat there is still a buffer
Pars its something to think about 
Paras i feel taht you guys were at odds for so many weeks if she was a strong player id want to get her out it's week 8
Liv we can hope they get veto and somehow make it out
Liv i think of Maddy a weaker player than you by a long shot and i think that ali feels like an allegiance to you
Paras i have to get on maddy's level with my stuff and she is way better at that than i am and i feel a lot of that stuff is mental

Kaela V said I was Hamza's replacement nominee for Jesse

April 21, 2018

 Kaela- V said I was Hamza's replacement nominee for Jesse. Johnny- You werent. Derek nearly went up that day 
Olivia- I have a feeling Ali and I will be up regardless of who wins (the triple), which is fine. Paras- Not necessarily. Olivia- I think so. And I think whoever of Daela is left, or Johnny, will be up beside us 
Paras- That (Johnny/Kaela) is two people, so one of you could go up and we could still save the one. Olivia- I dont want to doubt you but let's be honest. You, Will, Maddy are smart. You are going to put Ali and I up next to Kaela or Johnny 
Paras to Olivia- Different people have different second tier people they are close with. Will is probably really close with Johnny. With Maddy it also might be that. With me I'm just looking at who I have a better chance competing against 
Paras told Olivia she wouldnt be opposed to one of Ali or Olivia staying, or even both of them 
Olivia- I would have to do the opposite. Paras- Me, Will, Maddy? Olivia- Maybe minus you. Kaela. I cant risk having two of you three down, and one of you guys pulling Maddy off. That's just how she goes
Olivia- I need to find a way to get past the triple by being taken down next to Ali. I think I have to try and strike a deal with Paras, and convince her to put Maddy or something. I feel like the only way is if I win. Johnny- I feel the exact same way
Johnny- I feel like you are going to put me up. Olivia- I swear on my fucking life I am not putting you up. I swear on my mom's life. I cant say the same for Ali. Johnny- That's why I feel like she is 
Olivia- You only need two votes to stay. Worst case scenario you and I are both up there. Johnny- I am voting to keep you over any other person in this house. Olivia- I am doing the same
Olivia- I dont want to be Final 2 with Ali. We have played such a similar game. She is trying to take credit for everything I have done. It's going to be way too hard. At least we have played separate games. Johnny- This is how you convince people when you lie
Olivia- I had an epiphany last night. Johnny- Sounds very similar to your epiphany in the moment with Erica needing to go. Anyways, I'll take your word on it because... Olivia- What else can you do? Johnny- Exactly
Johnny- Who would you put up? Olivia- Maddy, Will and Paras. I cant only put two up. This one will save another one. If one comes down, I put the remaining Daela up. Johnny- I like it

Liv and Ali talking about clothes

April 21, 2018

 Liv and Ali talking about clothes, Liv i thought that we'd get more clothes as we went along Ali no
Liv Im the nicest person i know Ali i need to get back to my beauty routine Liv i need a facial and a massage
Liv i want a pov speech i think they think we are scared of them. i guarantee they say that we arent coming afer them cuz we are scared of them can't you see that
Last night early this morning Will told Johnny that he poured the maple syrup down the drain in Derek and Kaela before BB restocked the Pantry. he said "FUCK DAELA!! And looked in the camera FUCK THEM for calling me sheep"
Ali laughs Liv we played everyone
Will OMG!!! 
Will puts the pillow over his head and is breathing heavy and is pissed!! 
POV Players Johnny Kaela Derek Maddy Paras Ali and Liv hosting 
BB WIll GET UP
Will Kaela is fucking stupid and she went and picked ali
Maddy yeah cuz theya re working together
Will she's stupid she is increasing derek's chances to stay.. and she put me on the fucking block i feel i can snap her today 
Will heads to the have not room
Willl I have to get out of this fucking house
Will tries the DR he's denied
Johnny i never underestimate myself in this game i feel like im going in the triple.. and i feel taht im on the same tick tick tick as you guys
Kaela yeah we're going in the triple as well 
Derek you will have this vote and then be able ton play in the pov and still ahve a chance 
Will still angry on the sofa

Kaela to Johnny- If that's the case (that she has the votes)

April 21, 2018

 Kaela to Johnny- If that's the case (that she has the votes), I dont want Derek to win today. I feel if I dont win, I am going home for sure
Maddy to Johnny- There have been winners I have been more frustrated with, like the Paqs brothers, but there is no bad winner. If you can find yourself to that two, you deserve $100K
Paras- I was just upset cause she (Kaela) tried so hard to trash me. It was nice that she still went up on the block. Maddy- Will did make a good point in his hissy fit. Kaela picking Ali gives Derek a better chance to win, then Kaela is going home
Paras to Maddy- I think Derek is going to pull it off (winning PoV). I hope not. I hope Johnny can 
Paras to Maddy- If he (Johnny) had gone home, it was my HoH. My point was we dont need him here to win to take a shot
Johnny- I feel like worst case scenario is if Derek wins veto. Kaela- I know, cause then I am automatically going home. No one wants them (Maddy/Paras/Will) out of this game for going forward wise 
Johnny to Kaela- In my mind, I would rather you stay than Derek.
Johnny to Kaela- I have had conversations that lead me to believe that people would keep you 
Kaela- He (Derek) was like "I probably have Will, Maddy, Paras". Johnny- I want to say something like "dont underestimate me" but the reality is I get lied to all the time
Johnny- How dirty will you fight Derek in this game? Kaela- I want to stay over him, and I will do whatever it takes to stay over him
Kaela to Johnny- I know his (Derek's) social game is way better than mine. I feel like I am too honest and he is nice. I know he would have Will and I know he would have Paras. I feel Maddy would vote what Paras wanted 
Kaela to Johnny- I have no one in this game. I have Derek but at the end of the week there is going to be no Derek. I'm here to play for myself. If it's pairing with anyone to get there, I am going to do it cause it's the only way to get there 
Kaela- Ali and Liv have each other. They are never going to take each other out. Maddy, Will, Paras are never going to take each other out. Johnny- I know exactly what the situation is moving forward. It's going to be grim for the remainder of Daela and me
Johnny- I feel like I could dive into this conversation and talk about plans, but if Derek wins that veto... Kaela- Let's wait until after that veto 
Kaela to Johnny- If Ali and Liv are going to take each other, Maddy, Will, Paras take each other....if there is a chance at all that you would take me over them, I would take you cause you are my only hope
Johnny- I still think there is a lot of people that could win this game. Kaela- Paras. If Paras gets to the Final 2, I would vote for Paras only cause of her social game. I see her like a Sarah Hanlon. I think Paras has the best social game in the entire house
Kaela to Johnny- Comps are one thing but they are half of the game. Hasnt touched the block yet, she (Paras) is good with every single person. I'm not lying to you when I said she was very adamant that it was you and Maddy

Johnny- My ideal scenario in this is...I dont want to say it out loud actually, cause you could quote me on it later and get me in trouble

January 01, 2020

 Johnny- My ideal scenario in this is...I dont want to say it out loud actually, cause you could quote me on it later and get me in trouble. Kaela- My ideal scenario is me win or you win
Kaela- I feel like everyone thinks I am going to take you out. You are by yourself. Why would I take a one out? Johnny- If that's the case, and you do stay on the block, push to people that that (taking Johnny out) is exactly what you plan on doing 
Kaela- People like Derek more. That's why I think if I'm on the block I'm going home 100%. I knew for weeks that if Derek and I were on the block together, he would 100% stay. He is so good with people. Johnny- I feel like that was the case before. Dont know if it is now 
Kaela to Johnny- I just dont want Derek to win. That would be the worst case scenario for me. I feel like I want it more than him, and that would count for something
Kaela- I can look at the ultimate win if I get past the triple. I just dont want to be devastated. Johnny- I assume I am going in the triple unless I win the veto, so it's near devastation already
Johnny- I miss Erica so much. Kaela- I miss Erica a lot. You have no idea how devastated I was after I found out she was coming after me
Johnny to Kaela- I was probably more gung-ho than she (Erica) was for you and Derek to go up. I was more willing to participate in conversations to point at the logic that you were the ones that made the least sense for my game
Johnny- Did you really not know about Jesse throwing my name out to Hamza? Kaela- 100% I didnt know at all
Kaela- V said I was Hamza's replacement nominee for Jesse. Johnny- You werent. Derek nearly went up that day

Will has tried to get into the diary room multiple times since the player pick

April 21, 2018

Will has tried to get into the diary room multiple times since the player pick. They are not letting him in 
More
Ali to Olivia/Paras- I think Kaela didnt pick him (Will) cause she finds him a little more threatening. She is trying to better her chances of winning it. She has a better shot at beating me than she has at beating Will. She is trying to get her ass off the block
Ali- Dont take it personal. It's cause she (Kaela) has better odds of beating me than beating you. Will- I know. It just sucks in general not being picked 
Will- I just feel like quitting this game and going home. Ali- No. You are way too close, buddy. We are literally inches away, and it is so much anyone's game

POV Players-Johnny, Derek, Kaela, Ali, Maddy & Paras! 

April 21, 2018

 POV Players-Johnny, Derek, Kaela, Ali, Maddy & Paras! 
Liv is hosting & Will is the only one sitting out and that’s why he’s pissed! Johnny, Derek, Kaela, Ali, Maddy & Paras!

Ali told Liv that ideally if they win the triple they nominate Maddy/Will & Paras

April 21, 2018

 Ali told Liv that ideally if they win the triple they nominate Maddy/Will & Paras. if they win veto they take the shot at Johnny. Ali says Johnny & Will go, if they show Kaela that they saved her, in F5 she'd go after the 2 remaining floaters!

​Summary Friday April20th

April 20, 2018

​Summary Friday April20th

Live Feed Updates Wednesday ,April 20th

9:00-10:00 AM: Kaela told Derek she hopes that Johnny doesn’t take the easy way out by nominating them. Kaela said she is going to point out some facts to Johnny, including that he will go home for sure if he is nominated next to Maddy, Will, or Paras, since it takes only two votes after this week. Kaela wondered if Johnny would still nominate them if the two of them, Ali, and Olivia all go say that they want Maddy, Will and Paras to go.

 

10:00-11:00 AM: Kaela asked Derek if he is going to tell Will about Paras. Derek said he is thinking about it. Kaela said she is considering telling Maddy about how much Paras has told her not to trust her. Kaela said it will be their word against Paras’, but Paras even said she would put Maddy up i she could. Outside, Will told Paras he can’t wait to see Derek and Kaela on the block. Will said he hopes that Johnny will keep his word with regards to putting Ali or Olivia up if one of them come down. Paras asked if Will thinks that Johnny will stick to his word. Will said 100% since you don’t make a deal with someone in a competition and then go back on it. Maddy joined them. She said she would love to fight it out with them in the Final 3. Maddy asked who other than Johnny they would like to make it down to five with them. Will said he doesn’t care as long as it’s not Daela. Maddy said probably Ali. Maddy let Will know that Johnny seems to want Derek out over Kaela. She said she agrees with Johnny, and thinks that they should support him. Will agreed. Maddy said Derek is the bigger threat to win in a triple.

 

11:00-12:00 PM: Derek told Johnny it’s weird to think of everything from the beginning, seeing as they trusted Paras a lot but they have now found out that they shouldn’t. Derek said they also trusted Hamza, then he ended up putting Jesse up cause he wanted to pick off his people. Derek said he and Kaela have never had a legit number one alliance. Derek talked about being used by everyone. Johnny said it’s because the showmance is a big threat. Derek wondered how when he didn’t even win anything until last week. Derek said Ali and Olivia seem to be on board with working together with them. Derek said they can both agree there is no way that Maddy, Paras and Will are going to put each other up. If he or Kaela go this week, Derek said Maddy, Paras and Will are obviously going to nominate Ali, Olivia and Johnny in the triple. Derek said they have already voiced to him that Johnny would be their target even if it’s not a triple. Afterwards, Johnny told Maddy that Derek is pitching he should join the showmance, Ali and Olivia in a five, which is a terrible idea since he is not going to join a four that has been working together for a while now. Maddy told Johnny that Derek and Kaela are trying to get her against Paras and Will, but she is not interested in providing reactions to them. Maddy said she doesn’t care if Paras said something while under pressure.

 

12:00-1:00 PM: Maddy told Johnny that she doesn’t want him to feel it’s the three of them plus him. She said it has to be the four of them together. Johnny said their positions within the four person alliance are probably the most similar. Maddy agreed. Maddy told Johnny she can’t help but like Olivia as a human even though she can’t handle her as a game player since she knows that Olivia would take her out if she gets the chance. Johnny said Olivia was saying nice things about Paras, such as that she is not a liar. Johnny and Maddy agreed that she is not. Maddy said Paras has been so loyal to a point that she has put her own game in danger for her. Maddy asked if anything that Derek and Kaela has said is resonating with him. Johnny said no. He told Maddy that they have been saying a lot of the things that he said to them last week. Afterwards, Kaela spoke to Johnny. She said it’s good if Johnny is alone in a five with Ali, Olivia, Derek and herself. She explained that she would not put Johnny on the block if they got to five, otherwise Ali or Olivia could win the veto, save the other, and then Derek would be on the block. Kaela said she will obviously be nominating Ali and Olivia, and they will obviously be nominating her and Derek. Kaela told Johnny he would make it to the Final 4. Johnny said he would go up if one of them wins the veto. Kaela said she would not want to go to four with a duo at that point. Kaela went on to say that Johnny would automatically go home over Maddy, Paras and Will, since they have two votes, but he would stay over the rest of them. Kaela said she is going home if she is on the block, because Derek is not going to go. Kaela said that is not best for Johnny’s game. Johnny said he knows it is not best for Kaela to go. Kaela said Maddy, Paras and Will are going to keep Derek over her. Johnny said he does believe that Derek wanted him out more than Kaela did. Kaela said if Derek is out of the game, she has no one. She pointed out that she is more likely to take him further than Derek is. Johnny said he knows that but doesn’t know how to make it happen. Kaela reiterated that she is going home if she is on the block next to Derek. Johnny said if Kaela is nominated, it doesn’t mean she has to stay on the block. Kaela questioned if Johnny would want to go further with her if she put him up. Johnny said he gets what she is saying. Kaela stressed that she was not HoH next week and she did not nominate Johnny during her HoH week. Kaela brought up that Paras is playing every single person, and she would stay over everyone. Kaela compared what Paras is doing to what Paul did during BB19. Kaela said Paras has the best social game in the house.

 

1:00-2:00 PM: Olivia asked Johnny how he feels. He said he doesn’t want to put Kaela up. Olivia said she is not even for the five with Derek and Kaela moving forward, and she doesn’t want him to think that they will come after him if he is not for it either. Johnny said there is no way that Ali and Olivia will come after him in the triple. Olivia said there are so many other people that she wants out first. Johnny said the Maddy, Will, Paras trio is definitely something. Olivia agreed. Johnny said they have less challenge prowess than others. Olivia said they are still numbers. Johnny said they control every vote. Johnny said Derek clearly wanted him out last week. Olivia said she doesn’t like how Derek sits back and lets Kaela take the hits. Johnny agreed, and said he thinks Kaela is right that she would go home over Derek. Olivia said Johnny could try to sway Maddy, he could use the veto, or he could not put Kaela up, but she would use the veto on Derek. Later, Johnny told Will that people want Kaela out more on a personal level, but Derek is more threatening. Will said he could beat Kaela before he could beat Derek. He mentioned that Kaela would align with Ali and Olivia if Derek goes. Johnny said he thinks that Derek would do the same. Will said he would probably rather have Kaela stay. Will asked who Johnny would put up if one of them win the veto. Johnny said it would be either Ali or Olivia.

 

2:00-3:00 PM: Will told Johnny that Derek was saying the other night that Johnny will get to the end if he stays. Johnny said he wishes that Will would say that to him since nobody has been willing to admit that. Will said Johnny can call him in the next time he talks to Derek. Will advised Johnny not to talk to Paras about keeping Kaela yet. They discussed that she is a smart girl and she should see the benefit to keeping Kaela. Will asked if Ali and Olivia would rather keep Kaela too. Johnny said he thinks so. Paras spoke to Johnny next. She said Kaela just brought up to her that she said not to trust Maddy fully, yet Kaela is accusing her of wanting to start a four person alliance including Maddy. Paras said Kaela admitted that she didn’t come up with the “86” name for the alliance. Paras said it’s uncomfortable that people are dragging her name, even though she knows that Johnny knows the truth. Paras said she hopes that Johnny would not nominate Maddy or Will as a replacement nominee. Johnny said he for sure would not do that. Paras said if anyone is going to have his back, it’s the three of them. Johnny said he is locked down with them. Ali then made her way to the HoH room. Johnny said Derek and Kaela are trying to get him to focus on Paras. Ali told Johnny to focus on what’s best for his game. She said she doesn’t think that Paras is the biggest threat to her game, though her eyes have been opened to how hard Paras has been playing. Johnny told Ali he doesn’t know if he has the votes to send Derek home. Ali asked Johnny what his objective is. Johnny said Derek leaving makes the most sense for his game. Johnny asked Ali if she is threatened by him. Ali admitted being threatened by Johnny in a sense that she knows she cannot beat him in a competition, and he has a strong mental capacity. Ali worried that Johnny would not want to take her to the Final 3 over certain others because he is threatened by her being more strategic than some people. Johnny agreed she is more strategic than others but said it’s not a bad thing for his game. Johnny said Ali and Olivia seem close with Daela but saving him last week shows that they are threatened by Daela so they want to keep him around. Ali said they never had the same level of trust with Daela that they did with Johnny.

 

5:00-6:00 PM: Johnny told Olivia he feels like he is being a dick to Daela, but he doesn’t know how to avoid it. Olivia said the have-not thing is irrelevant, and that doesn’t need to play into his guilt of nominating. Johnny said he feels like crap. Olivia asked if he feels like he is attacking them. Johnny said yeah. Olivia said she doesn’t think that Daela will see that to be the case once they are out of the situation. Johnny said he feels like nominating Derek and Kaela is the right decision. Olivia told Johnny not to worry about it then, cause it’s a game. Johnny admitted to being worried about numerous people potentially nominating him in the triple. He said he at least needs to weaken his competition for the veto.

 

6:00-7:00 PM: Derek and Kaela checked in with Johnny. He let them know that he is going to nominate them. Derek and Kaela said they kind of figured that. Derek said he does think it’s the wrong decision but it’s up to him. Johnny said they are still friends on a personal level. Kaela said everyone in the house is friends. Elsewhere, Ali told Olivia that Derek and Kaela were saying if one of them wins the veto, they have the votes to keep the other one if Maddy, Paras, or Will go up. Olivia said she is not about that. Ali said she doesn’t think so either.

 

8:00-9:00 PM: The nomination ceremony took place. Johnny nominated Derek and Kaela for eviction. In the red room, Paras spoke to the cameras to say that she runs the house, and don’t dare throw her name around thinking that she will go up on the block. Olivia joined Paras. Olivia asked Paras who she would prefer to leave out of Derek and Kaela. Paras said she would rather see Kaela go but she has to be strategic. Olivia said that would be personal, as Derek is stronger. In the kitchen, Derek told Kaela he would nominate Johnny, Paras and Will if he wins the triple eviction. He said that he would like to see Johnny and Will go. If one of them wins the veto, he said he would then nominate Maddy. Derek said the only way one of them goes home this week is if they don’t win the veto, or they win the veto but Ali or Olivia are nominated. Kaela thinks Johnny would nominate Ali to guarantee that one of them goes. Derek said it would be stupid not to but there is a chance that it doesn’t happen. Elsewhere, Johnny told Will that he slipped up in a conversation with Paras. He explained that Paras was saying Will is pushing hard to keep Derek, and he said he doesn’t think so since Will just gave him his word that he would vote to evict Derek. Will told Johnny not to worry about it. He said he would like to send Derek home 100%. Johnny let Will know that Derek and Kaela told her Paras was in The Real Deal alliance. Will said Paras told him and Maddy about that today. Will brought up that Paras goes around telling everyone that they are her #1. He said she pretends to be innocent but she has done just as much as anyone. Will was bothered by a comment that Paras made along the lines of asking if he has no patience with his son like he has no patience with her. Will let Johnny know that Paras was saying this is why she didn’t want to keep Johnny after he won HoH. Will told Johnny he is closer with Ali and Olivia than he is with Maddy and Paras on a personal level. Meanwhile, Ali told Olivia she would nominate Maddy, Paras and Will in a triple eviction. Ali mentioned wanting to send Paras and Will home, but she said she would like to get Johnny out if they win the veto. She talked about targeting Johnny and Will if that happens. Back in the white room, Maddy told Johnny she would put Ali, Olivia and Kaela up if she wins the triple eviction. She said she would want both Ali and Olivia to go

Derek The only way one of us goes home is if we dont win the veto

April 20, 2018

Derek- The only way one of us goes home is if we dont win the veto, or we win and he nominates Ali or Liv. Kaela- I think he wouldnt nominate Olivia. He would nominate Ali to guarantee one of us go. Derek- He would be stupid not to but there is a chance 
Johnny to Will- She (Paras) was like "Will is pushing really hard for Derek to stay". I was like "I dont think so. He just gave me his word that he would vote Derek out" 
Will to Johnny- I would definitely rather send Derek home 100% 
Ali to Olivia- I would put up Maddy, Paras, Will (if she wins the triple). I dont know how I feel about Johnny yet. Ideally I would send home Will and Paras 
Ali- My thought is still if you or I get the veto, we take a shot at Johnny in the triple. Olivia- Who do we save? Ali- Maddy. We send home Will and Johnny 
Johnny- They (Daela) said at the beginning of this game that Paras was in an alliance with Jesse, Kaela and Derek called The Real Deal. Will- Yeah, she told us (Maddy/Will) that today 
Will to Johnny- She (Paras) goes to everyone and goes "you are my number one". Paras pretends that she is just this innocent little girl. She has done just as much as anyone
Will- You can trust no one in this game. I know you trust me. I'll trust you 100%. Johnny- I do
Will- After you won, she (Paras) was like "this is why I didnt want to keep Johnny". I said why? She was like "cause he is going to beat us every time". Johnny- It's impossible for me to win everything
Will to Johnny- I'm closer with Ali and Liv I think than the two of them (Maddy/Paras) personal wise for sure 
Johnny- We still have the numbers for sure to get one of Daela out this week? They are not going to back down on that? Will- Paras and Maddy? No. Johnny- Cause that needs to happen 
Maddy to Johnny- I was thinking about the triple. We will have Derek out likely. Kaela, Ali and Liv go up. I really dont want Ali or Liv to win a veto. I want them both to leave
Johnny- Ali is closer with Will, Liv is closer with Paras, and you are closer with none of them. Maddy- At least I know. Johnny- That would be a difficult decision
Kaela to Derek- If he (Johnny) was sitting next to Paras, just cause of how good her social game was and how good she played everyone, I think I would vote for Paras to win 
Kaela- He (Johnny) has played very emotionally. I feel that Paras has done a good job of detaching herself emotionally but she is being emotional in a way that makes her look innocent. Derek- She is playing good
Kaela to Derek- I would 100% vote for her (Paras) to win over Johnny. If Johnny didnt have comp wins, he would have nothing
Derek- Even if Ali or Liv wins, they are not going to use the veto. Kaela- No cause Johnny would just say "I'm putting up the other one"
Kaela to Derek- If I lose cause someone outplayed me, I'm such a fan of the show that I'm more like well done than fuck you. I'm not a bitter person whatsoever 
Derek to Kaela- I'm like "this is a direct result of the action I took last week", which was I put Johnny on the block, and I wanted him to go home. He won HoH, and he put me up because of that reason. That is my fault

Derek & Kaela Nominated For Eviction

April 20, 2018

 Derek & Kaela Nominated For Eviction

 Johnny chatted w/ Will about wanting Derek out this week

April 20, 2018

 Johnny chatted w/ Will about wanting Derek out this week bc he's a better competitor mentally & socially. Kaela social game is done & she's wont be as good in the mental comps coming up
Will asked Johnny what he'd do if Derek won veto, J cant put him/P/M up bc Ali/Liv could keep both D/K. Johnny says he'd have to put Ali or Liv up but doesnt know who yet

Johnny told Ali he's basically sticking to his plan, Daela goes up

April 20, 2018

Johnny told Ali he's basically sticking to his plan, Daela goes up. He tells Ali he'd like Derek to go but doesnt know if they'll have the votes to send him out! 
Johnny asked Ali the reasons why she'd possibly target him in a triple. Ali feels like she wouldnt be able to beat him at the end & that feels like he'd see her as threat & take her out, choosing W/P/M over her!
Ali basically told Johnny if she felt like Johnny would have her back & trust that they can got to the end together, she wouldnt feel threatened by him!

Maddy if you need someobody to have that intrest in miond even though i already do

April 20, 2018

Maddy if you need someobody to have that intrest in miond even though i already do
Johnny Derek agasint pitching that the 5 of us have to protect each other in the triple to ge you 3 out it's a terrible idea to join peopole that have been trying to get me out and talk about me behind my back
Maddy dont let the charm nuetralize it it has mutliple times to me cuz they didnt put me on the block
Johnny im just very down cuz people have been lying to me all the time
Maddy i ahve been truthful to you johnny i want to bring that up
Maddy you can if you want i dont want to fuel that anymore it's getting both will and Paras heated and that is what they want and if thee is anything you want to clarify i will be in teh room
Johnny it's the annoyance thing
Maddy it doesnt matter what paras said under pressure i went and screamed at someone all these things they ahve gotten reactions from all of us and i am =done giving reactions theya re acting like children and throwing hissy fits
Maddy and i get why you and everyone in here i can tell they said go get them and you went for it
Johnny yeah and then no one said anythig
Maddy i said i was fine and when they put me on the spot and i told you that since i told you i was keeping yuou and i told you i thought that i was being lied to you were part of the whole process and i was telling you the whole stuff. i get frustrated that when stuff was being said.. 
Maddy they are trying to turn this to focus on Maddy will and Pars like Daela Ali and Liv need to stop they have been doing this the whole time but you are part of the 3 of us and they are making you isolated and they are freaking out. and i want you to make sure you are part of this the 3 of us.. it;'s not the 3 of us plus johnny.. it's not it's teh 4 of us
Johnny what was the 86 thing?
Maddy it was different than what it actually was when Kaela and Derek wee hoh we jsut said that we didnt have anyone and i just had a convo with her and i went to Kaela after Ryan did when she was hoh. and i went to Derek in the pantry and is said it wasnt true anad i dont know how Paras got brought into ti and Paras was saying it wasnt true and i think that Paras backing me up and being associated that we were alone together and that was what paras was along with us and when this came up i told Paras i was going to tell Johnny aobut the whole 86 and that it as nothing and that Kaela did have eth biggest move of the season getting erica out.. and that's all that was 
Johnny and she had an alliance with Erica
Maddy yeah that's wacky and the fact that derek didnt nominate either of us i was like yeah i guess so and we referred to Paras as part of it but she wasn't actually in the room and we were getting played and i didnt realize paras wasn't really part of it.. it was like i didnt nominate you guys so you have to listen to me and i was like i dont like Ryan and this is how i feel and they weer saying that power doesnt matter and that i was running to power to Paras and that wasn't true and then when they talked you can't say well no and they are saying the same with you they' re saying that you were the target and it wasn't like we were like fuck yeah
Johnny that is what theya re doing with me
Maddy ive been vocal that i wanted Ali/Liv out of the game.
.

Ali and Liv talking aobt what to wear next week

April 20, 2018

Ali and Liv talking aobt what to wear next week.. 
Ali if i do go home next week i want to go looking like this
Liv yeah that was a good outfit (yesterday) 
Liv and ali getting ready to walk laps
Liv i think i have an advantage when we do comps when i use to do runs and you would ahve to sprint the last one
Ali im going to win it when it matters most and then be like. HA! fuck all of you except you

 Will up in hoh talking to Johnny

April 20, 2018

 Will up in hoh talking to Johnny
Johnny is is awkward?
Will kinda i cant go back to being fake
Johnny im exhausted after last night
Paras in
Johnny i feel like the idea of another game talk is exhausting i want chats and company
Paras i wont say anymore if there is anything that concerns you come and get me
Johnny how much time do i have here
Paras a few hours and if it's anything that makes you wonder i dont want to fuel the fire
Johnny being that we played for so many weeks. im like the game reset now and i have my people and if they say things paras this and that im like that is in the past 
Will they are full of shit they said that NO Johnny cant go to the F2
Paras i cant control my temper
Johnny what ever they say to me it doesnt mean shit.. 
Pars you know where my head is at and that we've been loyal
Will did you talk about that 86 thing
Johnny yeah Paras was denying she said it she said that Maddy named it
Will maddy was getting kinda weird about it and then she said taht daela made a deal for f4 and i said no that we had each others back till f4 but no deal.. 
Will in know that if kaela won she was going to put me up.. and Ali/Liv kinda confirmed it
Will i see thru Derek's bullshit
Johnny i was surprised on derek's sales pitch and he's so good at it.. akaela is too but she's more frantic and i can see thru it 
Will i went up to akela dn sacred her saying peole saying and breaking deals.. and were saying that had your back and wanted you to stay.. did you know they were working with ryan
Johnny Ryan said they had his back in the begining of the week
Will they had deals after teh fact
Johnny they made deals with people over and over
Will yeah they had deals with us the 5 c. with veronica and then with paras and Maddy and Ryan.. 
Will she's bringing up stuff with people that arent here anymore and whoever stays will be coming after us
Johnny they already were i dont care
Will and Ali/Liv dont have yoru back..

Big Brother has told the HGS it is time to get up

April 20, 2018

 9:35 AM BBT Big Brother has told the HGS it is time to get up. Big Brother has turned all the lights
Liv Ali Johnny in the kitchen 
Nominations on the screen
WIll i hated that ryan calling me kid i hated it Johnny yeah Ali yeah
Will they trashed talked us Paras really trashed talked me
Will if you won HOh who would ahve you put on slop
Paras not you and maddy.. maybe derek and Johnny. i dont think i would've done the girls cuz the girls were just with me..
Will i woulda put Kaela and Derek on cuz it makes them weak
Will we were being nice on the couches there and then they go back in there and trash us.. liek if you ahve anything to say say it to my face Paras i cant be fake anymore.
Will i hope johnny keeps his word if one comes down ali goes up Paras i hope so too
Will i dont think he will put you or me up he gave his word
Paras you think he will keep his word?
Will yeah you dont make a deal like that in a comp and then go back on it Will i was so happy when Kaela fell off.
Paras my life was on the line i wasn't letting go
Will i watched kaela and i was like slip bitch slip 
Paras maddy said dont worry aobut the fight
Maddy outside Derek and kaela in the bathroom
Kaela i will be doing a lot of this today jsut sitting and doing nothing
Derek yeah it's a lot for you and thursday you usually sleep in a bed
Kaela this si the 1st thursday that i haven't eaten all season they usually say it starts tomorrow except for last night.
paras leaves the backyard
Will now everyone knows where everyone stands
Maddy that's fine one will be gone this week and then it's straightforward and we ahve the triple if we o out on the triple cuz we were loyal that's annoying. it's a better way to go in my opinion
Maddy who do you think will win? Will i dont know
Maddy i think that it's one of the 3 of us. if we survive next week we can. id love to fight it out with the 3 of you guys 
Maddy we ahve johnny with us in the F5 who would you like it to be
Will i dont care as long as it's not Daela
Maddy ali she cant win in comps
Maddy they dont ahve the votes in the jury 
Will they played an unloyal game 
Maddy if they wanted to play a shady game they ahve to admit it 
Will they wont get my vote she's breaking deals.. if she comes to me to get my vote im going to say that to her
Will i hope johnny sticks to his word

Derek Day 3 or 4, Kaela, Jesse, me, Paras alliance

April 19, 2018

Derek Day 3 or 4, Kaela, Jesse, me, Paras alliance. Johnny- Oh really? Derek- The name was Real Deal. Johnny- So many named alliances I didnt know about 
Derek to Johnny- Me, Kaela and Paras continued to move forward (after Jesse left). Paras was in the white room, Kaela and I were in the red room. Paras told us a lot about what was going on in the white room 
Derek to Johnny- Jesse didnt even tell me about their little secret showmance that they had. I didnt even know about that until the night everyone got drunk. He is like... (feeds cut
Derek to Johnny- She (Paras) talks shit about everybody. Paras was throwing Will under the bus to us. This was weeks ago. Paras and Will have probably regained trust since but she has thrown him under the bus more than once...also Maddy 
Derek to Johnny- Paras has thrown many people under the bus multiple times. She feels the most safe in the house
Derek to Johnny- She (Paras) was the most vocal about wanting you to go home the entire week. She was like "I dont really have a relationship with Johnny, I know he can win, and I could be someone he could put up
Derek to Johnny- Love the guy (Will) but I think he is the biggest sheep in the house. I think he will do what the HoH wants every week
Derek to Johnny- I feel like Maddy is kind of trustworthy but she is also very much a follower. I dont think any of the three of them have really wanted comps that bad 
Derek to Johnny- The five of us (Derek/Kaela/Johnny/Ali/Liv) have all proven that we can trust each other at various points in the game. Besides Ali, we have all won comps
Johnny- Who goes up in a triple? Derek- If you send home one of the three (Maddy/Will/Paras), there will only be two left. Say there is four of us playing and two of them playing. If we get the win, we put up the two of them and one of each other
Derek to Johnny- I have tried to play a little more behind Kaela than in front of her. I told myself it's better not to be the frontrunner in a duo. I dont get involved in a ton of stuff, cause I dont feel I have the need to
Derek to Johnny- I wanted to be personally good with everybody, and also be able to talk some game and be a part of something

 Johnny is the new HoH

April 19, 2018

 Johnny is the new HoH! 
Johnny- You guys would say you werent pushing for me to leave last week, and everyone would agree with that? Kaela- Every single person was pushing for you to leave 
Kaela- When I came to you in the catacombs, that's when I decided I wanted you to stay. Johnny- I feel like it might have already been decided before that with other people though 
Kaela- Paras is the one that said Maddy and Johnny were the ringleaders. Derek- Paras was the one that said Johnny was against us 
Johnny is bringing everyone into the HoH room cause Daela is denying pushing for Johnny to go last week
Ali said she was thinking Johnny had to go until 48 hours ago. Olivia said people were on the fence. Ali and Maddy said they only told Daela which way they were voting on the last day
Johnny- You guys are scared of Derek and Kaela, and it's funny. Kaela- It's weird cause he is telling us one thing and you told us completely different. Who are you guys lying to? 
Kaela- I'm going to call a bunch of fucking people out. If no one is on our side, I'm going to put the shit out there for every single person. Johnny- Let's do it together
Johnny- I want to know what you know. Kaela- I know a lot, so you gotta ask me what you have got to hear. Olivia- I dont understand why you are irritated. Kaela- There are some people I was honest with and they are willing to throw me under the bus 
Johnny to Derek/Kaela- I still think that people are scared of you. Ali- Scared of them how? What do you mean? Johnny- I think you know what I mean, Ali. Scared of them as in not wanting to say to them what I hear
Johnny- At no point you were bothered at the fact that I would potentially stay? Kaela- No cause I changed my mind. Ali- Kaela seemed to get more on board before Derek. Olivia- Kaela was more receptive
Johnny to Derek/Kaela- That doesnt match up to a lot of conversations I am having with people, but everyone is staying silent 
Maddy- I dont feel I have anything else to explain. Derek- Maddy was with me and on board the entire week. Kaela- You did say whatever we voted, you would do even if it was to send him (Johnny) home
Maddy- I didnt say I would vote exactly how you wanted to vote. Kaela- You said "I would do whatever to prove to you the trust"
Derek- I love you Paras but you were the most pro-Johnny go home the entire week. Paras- He knows I was the last one on board. Kaela- You were upset Johnny was staying. You were the only one that wanted Ryan to stay 
Johnny asked Daela how their conversations with Liv and Ali were all week. Kaela said they came to them about keeping Johnny, then she got on board 
Will- I'm not even staying for this conversation cause it's so stupid, and the backyard is open. I'm going for a smoke
Johnny- So who should be on the block this week then? I'm sick of doing the whole back and forth lie lie lie. I'd rather just have this conversation. If everybody wanted me out of this house, why would I be secretive? 
Olivia said she will not throw any names out right now, and Johnny can put her on the block for that if he wants. Ali said she is not going to drop bombs on people's games 
Kaela- There is some people that have to play every single person in here. I'm thinking it's starting to become a little more apparent, and that makes me question my relationship with them. If you are going to play me, I'm going to play them right back
Kaela- Every single person in here said you were the #1 target, and if you won this week they would put you beside a pawn. Johnny- When was the last time you heard that? Kaela- All week. Derek- You want Will? You want names? Will 
Ali said she mentioned Johnny would remain a target this week while campaigning. Olivia said she didnt mention Johnny as the next target. Derek confirmed that
Paras- I did not say Johnny on the block next. Kaela- Paras, you are the one who said Johnny was coming after me
Kaela- You actually told me Johnny and Maddy were coming after me. Paras- Are you kidding me? Derek was sitting right here when I told you Ryan was 
Kaela- You said Johnny was coming after me. Derek- You voiced that. Paras- Yep. I did
Kaela- The first person I talked to my HoH week was Ryan. He told me the ringleader was Maddy. Johnny was her side kick. During that time I brought you in here, you told me it was Maddy and Johnny. Paras- Are you kidding me? Kaela- I'm not 
Kaela- You have been throwing her (Maddy's) name out a lot. Paras- That doesnt fucking add up! Maddy- As the person that is being spoken about, I am done with this. Kaela- That's okay. I'm not lying
Ali to Derek/Kaela- It was in no way, shape or form your sole mission to get Johnny out. It took some convincing (to keep him). Kaela was more receptive 
Derek- Everyone has fucking lied to everyone. It's a new game starting now. Will- We cant be talking about two weeks ago HoH. I know there is people in here that broke deals with me 
Ali- As far as what started the turn of the tide (to keep Johnny), I believe I did. If anybody would like to fight me on that, I'd like to hear the reasoning 
Johnny- Derek said this morning you wanted to put me up and out. Will- If we are all throwing each other's game under the bus, I did say that. Johnny was aware of it 
Ali to Johnny- I dont think it's fair to single anybody out for wanting you out last week. Everybody wanted you out
Kaela- I can ruin so many people's game. I feel bad for that. If I go on the block, I'm going home automatically if I ruin everybody's game right now. 
Kaela- If I'm going to leave or give you information, probably just going to give you information. But then if you're going to put me on the block, I dont have anybody's vote. Johnny- You guys both probably know the answer. Kaela- We are going to be on the block this week 
Ali- I just feel like this is really damaging for everyone's game. Johnny- That's not my intention. I have been in the dark. Ali- When you had Erica, people were in the dark to your game

Who Was Voted Off BBCAN6 Tonight? 4/19/2018

April 19, 2018

Who Was Voted Off BBCAN6 Tonight? 4/19/2018
This Big Brother Canada 6 week started predictably: We knew exactly who was going home. As Derek and Kaela’s main target, Johnny was going out the door on Thursday. Then when he didn’t win the Power of Veto, Johnny’s game seemed dead. But every great Big Brother player knows that it is not over until it’s over.

The last few days have been filled with intense gaming from Johnny, and his allies, especially Paras. Meanwhile, Ryan got a little too comfortable with his position in the game. This let sly Johnny swoop in and change up his game fate. Now going into today’s eviction, Johnny may have saved himself from eviction.

However, will the players wise-up and decide not to keep him in the game? He is a bigger game threat than Ryan after all, but Ryan may be too unlikable for anyone to want him around any longer.

BBCAN6 Week 7 Eviction Vote:
The house is divided on who to get rid of this week. A few players are worried that the longer Ryan stays, the better his chances of winning the game. Ali and Olivia want to keep Johnny, so they work to obtain Will and Paras’ votes.

Paras and Will really start to analyze whether it’s better to keep Ryan or Johnny. Will even sort of confronts Ryan about possibly working with Derek and Kaela. He doesn’t give a straight answer.

Johnny expertly shifted the focus off himself this week, and on to Ryan. With everyone now seeing Johnny as a major tool in their games, could he get a second Big Brother Canada life?

Ali VTE Ryan

Kaela VTE Ryan

Olivia VTE Ryan

Paras VTE Ryan

Maddy VTE Ryan

Will VTE Ryan

Ryan has been evicted from the Big Brother Canada 6 house.

BBCAN6 Week 8 Head of Household Competition:
Finally, the Big Brother Canada jury has started, which means that everyone is fighting even harder to stay in the game. There is less than a month before someone becomes the winner of Big Brother Canada 6, and every player can smell that victory.

Anyone who wants to win the season will be fighting extremely hard for this week’s Head of Household. We won’t know the winner by the end of the hour, but we’ll get a look at this intense HOH competition.

The only bad thing about winning this Head of Household competition is that you’ll be very vulnerable going into next week’s Triple Eviction.

It’s a sugar and candy themed HOH. They must climb on to their giant candy and try to hang on the longest. The player to lasts the longests becomes the new HOH.

Join us later to see who wins.

Kaela Do you think Paras is playing everyone in the house?

April 19, 2018

Kaela- Do you think Paras is playing everyone in the house? Ali- To an extent, yeah
Ali to Derek/Kaela- Where I'm at right now, and this isn't solid, but my gut is telling me the reasons for keeping Johnny are a bit stronger than my reasons for keeping Ryan 
Kaela- What if Johnny keeps winning? Ali- He cannot win everything. Not every comp will be specifically designed for him
Ali to Derek/Kaela- If Johnny stays in this game, all of us have a better chance of staying in the triple. I dont know a single person that would not put him up in the triple 
Ali to Derek/Kaela- If Ryan stays in this house, people arent going to focus on him. People are going to turn their attention to you two and us 
Derek- You dont think Ryan would get put up in the triple? Ali- I dont. Olivia- I dont either
Olivia to Derek/Kaela- We have a shot at beating Johnny. They dont. Ali- As a foursome, we have a shot. Any of us sitting next to Ryan, no way they are going to look at that and go "Ryan is a bigger threat". Olivia- Especially with speculation we are together
Olivia to Derek/Kaela- At this point in the game I have to go with my gut, or I will regret it if it goes wrong
Ali- Just from the standpoint of bigger targets, I do think that him (Johnny) staying is beneficial for now but not for long. Olivia- I dont know where the votes are going to go. I just wanted to be honest how I'm feeling. Derek- That's why we're here 
Kaela- I 100% have wanted Ryan out since week two. I just dont want to be stupid to play more emotionally than game. Ali- It's going to be a gamble either way 
Ali to Derek/Kaela/Olivia- Anyone other than Johnny puts up Johnny in that triple. Anyone. I cant say the same (for Ryan)
Olivia- I think a comp beast is almost less dangerous than someone who can slip his way to the end, and is not on people's radar. Derek- How is he (Ryan) not on people's radar? He has been on the block four times 
Olivia- Paras has Ryan. Kaela- Paras has every single person. Ali- Ryan has Paras. Ryan said that is the one person he would like to protect
Ali to Derek/Kaela/Olivia- Paras is a threat in this game too. I'm not sure I want to give her another number (Ryan) 
Kaela said Ryan would nominate her, Derek and Maddy in a triple. Ali said she or Olivia will go up if someone comes down. They agreed that Maddy would be the one to stay 
Ali to Derek/Kaela/Olivia- Ryan will slip and will continue to slip. My other fear is I dont think Canada is done. I think there will be some other Canada vote. They have already shown he is one of their favourites 
Ali to Derek/Kaela- I want us to be unified but I want to at least say what I am thinking. Olivia- If Johnny ends up going, I'll be happy either way. Ali- We will make it work
Ali- I have slightly been working on Johnny to find a way for him to not focus here next week. Kaela- Every single one of those people are against him. Ali- That's what I'm trying to stress to him. Liv- He doesnt care about Paras. Ali- He can feel that he has lost Will 
Derek to Ali/Kaela/Olivia- Whatever happens, you three have to vote the same. If it comes to me being the deciding vote, I dont care 
Derek to Ali/Kaela/Olivia- It is true that both of them are very large threats in different ways
Ali- An advantage is we take Ryan away from Paras. Olivia- I dont mind compromising on this if we can come to a logistical conclusion. Kaela- Your points are actually really solid 
Olivia- It's not just us. I have heard other people in the house have a strong feeling for keeping Johnny also. Kaela- People have strong feelings cause Johnny is campaigning to go after us 
Kaela to Ali/Olivia- Just so you know, I am very Ali and Liv to the end 
Ali to Kaela/Olivia- I would literally love if this is the end. Kaela- If Derek got taken out, I would be fine cause I have you guys
Ali told Kaela to make a deal with Johnny, making sure that he would keep her over Derek if they are up next to each other if she keeps him
Kaela- I totally think that I need to talk to Johnny. Ali- Yeah, set yourself up. We will talk again before it's decided 
Kaela- Just know if he (Derek) is gone out of this game, it's you two (Ali/Liv) to the end. Ali- 100% I got you 
Kaela- I think he (Derek) is more open to changing his mind to go with people he connects with more. Ali- Will is going to come in here to fight to keep Johnny too. If Will is going that way, he (Derek) might be more inclined to
Kaela- He (Derek) just has a whole other side of the house. He has Ryan too. Ali- Think about it. Kaela- Yeah, I know. I just dont want to screw over Derek but... Ali- This is a solo game. Kaela- I know
Kaela to herself- Hmm. I would love to see Ryan go. Can I beat Johnny? Questions, puzzles? No. Anything physical? Yes. Can anyone else beat Johnny in anything physical? No but I know I can
Kaela to herself- And if Johnny is willing to take out Derek for me.

Eviction day has arrived!

April 19, 2018

 Eviction day has arrived!
Everyone has decided to keep Johnny and evict Ryan. It would have been a complete blindside but Paras somewhat told Ryan that he might not have the votes to stay late last night . She did that for jury management of course.
Paras believes she was the person who got the others to keep Johnny but it was really Ali and Liv who got that ball rolling. 
Johnny promised everyone he wasn't going after them if he stayed but there is nbo way he has intentions of keeping any deals with anyone.

*** #BBCan6 SPOILERS ***

April 19, 2018

 Ryan evicted 6-0 - HOH unknown/endurance - next week is triple eviction

BBCAN6 SPOILERS

April 19, 2018

BBCAN6 SPOILERS

EVICTIONS are taped a few hours early I post spoilers if and when I get them on Thursdays

 Live Feed Updates Thursday,April 19th

April 19, 2018

 Live Feed Updates Thursday,April 19th
12:00-1:00 AM: Ryan checked in with Paras who told him that she was told people would let her know by morning which way they are voting. She said everyone is now on the fence. Ryan said he is hearing the same from everyone in terms of they will know what the plan is tomorrow. Paras said she cannot be sticking her neck out any further, as she has already been the most vocal about keeping Ryan. Ryan wondered why people would lie to his face now when they didn’t bother to last week. Paras said it might be because they think that he can talk his way out of it.

Summary Wednesday April18th

April 18, 2018

Summary Wednesday April18th
Live Feed Updates Wednesday ,April 18th
10:00-11:00 AM: Maddy and Will discussed that it’s best for Ryan to go this week. Maddy said she thinks they have enough reasons to keep Johnny. Will said he will tell Daela that he doesn’t feel safe with Ryan there. Elsewhere, Johnny said he doesn’t have it in him to do another day of talking to everybody. Ali suggested that he let things simmer, since there isn’t really anything else to say at this point. Johnny agreed. He said he is repeating himself now. Johnny then spoke to Will. He told Will that Paras needs to chill, since Ali and Olivia are not screwing them over when it comes to the vote. Will said he will get Paras on board this morning. Paras and Will then spoke outside. Paras said she will continue to say she doesn’t know which way she is voting, because she doesn’t want Ali and Olivia to run to Daela to say that it was their idea to keep Johnny. Before the talk wrapped up, Paras said that Ali and Olivia are going to need to go too. Will agreed.

12:00-1:00 PM: Olivia asked why they aren’t just getting Johnny out now if they are going to target him in the triple anyway. She said it doesn’t make sense to her. Ali explained that they are keeping Johnny with the intent of having a bigger target than them in the house. Olivia asked if they are going to let Johnny keep them safe but take the shot at him if needed. Ali said if they have to, they have to. Ali expects Johnny to be nominated before them in the event of a triple eviction, so their chances of avoiding going on the block are better with him in the house. Olivia asked if they are going to keep Johnny. Ali said she is having anxiety over the decision. Olivia told Ali not to, seeing as whatever they decide will not end their game. While Ali is worried that they wont be able to beat Johnny, she said she is also worried about Ryan going on the back burner. Olivia pointed out that it’s a game, so they need to fight. She said fighting is better than having someone off in the background who people will let slide by. Ali agreed. She said Johnny is a good person to have on their side. Olivia told Ali that they should go with, and trust in, cause she needs Ryan out of there. Ali mentioned that she concocted the plan to keep Johnny since something in her gut told her that it was a good idea, so she needs to trust her gut on this one.

1:00-2:00 PM: Paras told Ali it seems like the house is flipping. Ali said she knows. Paras said she can’t make up her mind but the votes to keep Johnny are there either way. Ali said she wants it to be a unified decision, otherwise it could end up being a mess for them. Paras asked if Ali has spoken to Kaela at all. Ali said she hasn’t but she does see the benefits of keeping Johnny. Paras said she wants to see where Kaela’s head is at but she doesn’t want to be the one to bring up that the house is thinking about evicting Ryan. Ali said she might bring it up to them. Paras said she knows that it makes sense for Ali, Olivia, and Maddy to get rid of Ryan. Paras told Ali to do what is best for her, which is keeping Johnny. Ali said she doesn’t want to do anything that will hurt them. Paras said she doesn’t want to hold anyone back. Up in the HoH room, Ali let Derek and Kaela know that her gut is telling her to keep Johnny right now. She explained that the two duos will have a better shot at surviving the triple with Johnny in the house, as everyone would nominate Johnny if he stays in the house. Derek asked if they don’t think that Ryan would be nominated during the triple. Both Ali and Olivia said no. Olivia said they have a shot at beating Johnny but the other side doesn’t. Kaela said she has wanted Ryan out since week two but she wants to make sure that she is not playing emotionally. Ali mentioned that Paras is a threat in the game, and she doesn’t want to give her another number in Ryan. Ali said Ryan will continue to slip on through, and Canada may vote to give him some type of power since he is one of their favourites. Ali said she has been working on Johnny a bit in attempt to get him to focus his target elsewhere. Derek said Ali, Kaela and Olivia need to vote the same way no matter what. He acknowledged that Johnny and Ryan are both large threats in different ways.

2:00-3:00 PM: In the pantry, Paras told Derek she wants to know if things are flipping cause she doesn’t want to be the odd one out. She said it doesn’t make sense for to get rid of Ryan, but she knows that Ali, Olivia, Maddy and Ryan have reason to get rid of Ryan. Derek assured Paras that he will fill her in. Afterwards, Paras spoke to the cameras about playing up that she doesn’t know how she feels about Johnny. She said little do they know that Johnny is actually with them. Ali told Kaela and Olivia that an advantage of keeping Johnny is that you can pull Ryan away from Paras. Kaela said Ali and Olivia had really solid points. Olivia let them know that others around the house feel strongly about keeping Johnny as well. With Derek out of the room, Kaela told Ali and Olivia that she is all about them being in the end, and she would be fine with Derek being taken out since she has them. Ali suggested that Kaela make a deal with Johnny in order to secure that he would vote Derek out over her if they are nominated next to each other. Kaela said she thinks she needs to talk to Johnny. Kaela talked about Derek having people on the other side of the house, including Ryan who said he would keep Derek over her. Once Kaela was alone, she said she would love to see Ryan go. She said she can beat Johnny in physical competitions. She also started mentioning that Johnny might be willing to take Derek out for her. Feeds then switched to a different conversation. Next up, Maddy spoke to Kaela about wanting to vote Ryan out. She said Ryan straight up told Will that he is targeting Daela, and she does not want to lose Kaela. Kaela told Maddy that people are linking her with the showmance. Maddy said she heard Paras being mentioned as the third for them as well. Kaela said Paras is seen as the third in every relationship. In the have-not room, Paras told Johnny that Derek said he is now on the fence about keeping Ryan. Paras said she has a really good feeling that Johnny is staying. Paras told Johnny he had better be with them if he stays. Johnny said he will be. Johnny talked about Paras needing to put Deala up in the triple. Paras said to trust that she will. Paras mentioned that Ali and Olivia have to go up after one member of Daela is gone. Johnny and Kaela then spoke. Kaela said she and Derek are on different pages, so she doesn’t want to be categorized with Derek's thoughts. Johnny asked Kaela to please vote for him to stay. Kaela said she wants to but she wants to make sure that it’s for her game too. Kaela brought up Derek saying Johnny told him that he would keep him over her. Johnny said he specifically made sure not to say it because he knew he had told Kaela that he would keep her. Kaela said Derek has every single person in the house, and he will stay with a unanimous vote if they are nominated next to each other. Kaela guaranteed that Johnny would go home over Derek, but he would have a shot at staying over her. Kaela said she needs a vote that is going to keep her, and that is Johnny. Johnny asked that she vote to keep him this week, then he can give her that in return. Johnny questioned if he can get the votes. Kaela said if they can get to Derek, he can probably stay since people are saying they don’t want to go against what the HoH wants. Meanwhile, Maddy told Paras and Will that Kaela is throwing them under the bus to her. Maddy mentioned Kaela saying that Paras thinks she is the third in everyone’s group. Paras said Ali told her that.

3:00-4:00 PM: Kaela told Johnny to not kick her out of the game. She said no one is pro-Johnny. Johnny said he wont. Kaela said that if no one is going to be pro-Johnny, she will be. Kaela said she cannot do any more pro-Johnny talking until Johnny speaks to Derek. Kaela said Johnny is her best chance, because she will pick Johnny if everyone else is going to pick Derek over her. Afterwards, Derek and Kaela spoke in the HoH room. Kaela said she isn’s sure that Johnny would come after them. Derek said it’s a guarantee that Ryan will put them up but there is a chance that Johnny wont. Derek told Kaela that Maddy and Will are on board with keeping Johnny. Derek thinks that Paras is crapping her pants. Derek said he is starting to think that they should send Ryan packing, opting to take their chances with Johnny. Kaela said she would not be opposed to that at all. In the have-not room, Johnny told Will he will continue to prove himself to him. Will said Johnny and Paras are his number ones. Will said he doesn’t tell Paras a lot since she panics a lot. Johnny looked for reassurance that Derek and Kaela will be voted out if they are on the block in the triple. Will said 100%.

4:00-5:00 PM: Maddy told Derek she cannot imagine casting a vote for Ryan to stay right now. She said it’s more about Ryan leaving than Johnny staying. Maddy said she would like to vote that way even if Ryan is staying, and she would not like it to be a surprise to anyone. Derek said he is going to have more conversations with people, then he will let Maddy know which way people seem to be voting. Will then spoke to Derek to ask what he thinks. Derek said there are a lot of reasons for Ryan to go home that he didn’t think about before, but there are also reasons for Johnny to go home. Will said Ryan is definitely going after the showmance. Will assured Derek that he will vote to keep him over Kaela if they ever get put up next to each other. Derek asked if Johnny is still the next target for Will if he stays. Will said 100%, and Johnny is the first person he will put on the block if he wins the triple tomorrow. Will mentioned that Johnny has no one, so it’s possible that they could pull him in since the girls could want to get to the end together. Will said the three guys could have each other’s backs. Elsewhere, Paras told Ali that a couple of people let her know that Ali is saying she is the third to a lot of duos in the house. Ali said that’s funny since it was told to her. Ali asked if Kaela said it. Paras said it has come from her, though it was not directly said to her. Paras told Ali she wants to make sure that the people she is working with are not putting a target on her back. Paras said Ali can believe what she wants to believe, but her chances of getting further are better with Ali being in the game. Ali reiterated that that comment was said to her. She said she is pretty confident that it came from Kaela. Paras said Kaela is putting the target on Ali’s back then. Ali thinks that Kaela is trying to turn them against each other. Paras said Kaela has even told her multiple times not to trust Ali and Olivia since they don’t trust her and have talked crap about her.

5:00-6:00 PM: Ali told Paras to know no matter what that Johnny is not touching her until Derek and Kaela have been dealt with. Paras told Ali to be wary of what she tells Kaela, as what is said in that room doesn’t stay in that room. Ali said she feels that Paras is being sincere, and she would choose them over anyone except for Will. Paras said she knows that her chances are slim to none if she is up against Will. Ali said Johnny definitely has to stay if Kaela is trying to get them against each other. Paras agreed. She said that’s why she is on board. Paras mentioned that they might have to make the move against Daela even if there isn’t a triple. Ali asked who Paras would want to send home first. Paras said she isn’t sure, but probably Kaela. In the have-not room, Ali told Johnny she feels like everything is going really well. She said she just had a really good conversation with Paras, and she is on the same page now. Ali let Johnny know that Kaela said she mentioned Paras being the third in every pair. Ali said she doesn’t know if they have to wait for the triple to take a shot at Daela anymore.

6:00-7:00 PM: Johnny told Derek he would appreciate if he is voicing that it’s okay for people to keep him if that’s how the house decides to go. Johnny said he feels like no one is committing to him at the moment. Derek said people have voiced that Johnny is the obvious bigger target. Johnny said that’s almost reason to keep him since everyone will put him up next week. Derek said he has remained in the middle, not telling anyone what he wants to have happen this week. Derek said he honestly feels that he has the power to keep Johnny in the house. Johnny asked what’s stopping him from doing that. Derek said he needs to be sure that Johnny is on his team. Derek said it’s making sense that Johnny should stay, but he doesn’t want to go up if Johnny wins after he tells people to keep him. Johnny said he is going home this week, so he would be super appreciative and he would return the favour if Derek helps keep him. Derek told Johnny that he has to be his number one if Johnny stays. Derek said he feels like if he starts talking to people tonight, they can have a unanimous vote to keep Johnny. Johnny said he feels like he is going home, so he is agreeing that working together would be the best thing for them in the game. Derek said he would talk to people to see who he can get on board with keeping Johnny.

7:00-8:00 PM: Derek and Will sat down to chat over a couple of beers. Derek said he thinks that keeping Johnny is the smartest move, so there is no need to keep flip flopping. He asked if Will is on board with that. Will confirmed that he is. Elsewhere, Kaela spoke to Maddy about the plan for the vote. She revealed that she is on board with keeping Johnny. Kaela asked if Maddy is too. Maddy said she thinks that she will be keeping Johnny regardless in order to make a statement. She said Derek is seeing the light as well. Kaela agreed.

8:00-9:00 PM: Derek let Kaela know that Will gave his word that he will vote Ryan out. They discussed that they will talk to Ali and Olivia so that it isn’t a tie. Both agreed that Ali and Olivia are likely going to want to keep Johnny too. Not long after, Derek headed to the red room to talk to Ali and Olivia. He said he is starting to think that they should keep Johnny. Ali and Olivia said they wanted everyone to be on the same page. Derek explained that even though he doesn’t trust Johnny, he knows 100% that Ryan would nominate them if he wins. On top of that, Derek said that Johnny is a great option as a nominee for the triple eviction. Ali said that’s what she was trying to explain earlier. After Derek left the room, Ali told Olivia that she just flipped the house upside down. Olivia said she helped a little as well. Olivia let Ali know that Derek went to Johnny to say that people are sheep and will do what the HoH wants, so he will keep Johnny as long as he promises to keep him safe. They discussed that Derek, the HoH, was actually the last person to get on board. Ali and Olivia discussed their options for a triple. Olivia said they can either put Daela up next to Maddy, or they can put Johnny up next to some floaters. Ali said she thinks that they should go with Daela and Maddy. Ali and Olivia agreed that they would want Derek and Maddy to go in that scenario. In the HoH room, Derek informed Maddy that he is leaning towards sending Ryan home. Maddy said she feels the same way.

9:00-10:00 PM: Johnny told Ali that Derek was saying he has thought about it lots, and Ryan is 100% going after them while he might not necessarily go after them. Johnny said Derek then told him that he has lots of power and he can influence them, so he will let him know how it goes. Ali said that’s really comical. Johnny said Kaela was all about it too, saying that she wanted him in the game. Johnny said Kaela is quick to go into action when she realizes that the tide is turning.

10:00-11:00 PM: Johnny let Will know that Kaela said Will is going to do anything that Derek says. Will said Derek told him that they want the whole house to keep Johnny, so he told him 100%. Later, Derek told Johnny that he has three sure votes as long as people keep their word. Derek said he has had really good chats with everybody. Derek said he told people that it may make more sense to keep Johnny, but he did so without being too pro-Johnny. Johnny asked if Derek would break the tie in his favour. Derek said yes. Johnny asked if he should go to bed feeling good about this. Derek said yeah.

11:00-12:00 AM: Johnny told Paras that Derek said he has the power to get people to keep him, so he played along with it. Johnny said he was told that Paras would be the most difficult one to get. Paras said they have to get Ali and Olivia on board with targeting Daela, even if they have to plant seeds. Paras said she wants to win HoH to show them who the sheep are. Paras said they are idiots if they think that they made the call to save Johnny. Paras said it was Johnny, her and Will who did it. Will joined them. Paras mentioned Derek doesn’t want them to tell Ryan that he is going. Johnny said they should tell Ryan earlier than he wants then. Paras agreed. Paras said she hates that Ryan doesn’t know that he is going, and he is sitting comfortable. Johnny said he expects it more than he did earlier at least, based on the conversations that they have had. Paras said Ryan has done nothing but be nice to her, be loyal to her, and be truthful to her. Paras plans to let Ryan know which way she is voting about an hour before the eviction. In the HoH room, Maddy told Will that she is voting to evict Ryan no matter what other people are doing. Will said he will too. Will mentioned he cannot believe how good everything worked out with Daela today. Will said he would love to see Ali and Olivia, and Daela go at it and throw each other under the bus. Ryan checked in with Derek to see if they are still on the same page. Derek said Johnny has been the bigger target for everyone but there have been conversations that it could be better to keep the bigger target. Derek admitted that it will likely be close. Ryan asked if he will keep him if it’s a tie. Derek said yes. He also said that Kaela is still on the same page. Ryan said he the showmance is not at the top of his list if it’s a normal week next week. Ryan said Kaela would go up next to someone who the house wants to go home. Ryan pointed out that Derek would be less of a target if he is on his own.

 Live Feed Updates Wednesday ,April 18th

April 18, 2018

 Live Feed Updates Wednesday ,April 18th
12:00-1:00 AM: Johnny told Paras that Ali and Olivia said he can’t push her too much since she is stubborn. He said Ali also mentioned that this is good in terms of forcing Paras to draw a line given that she is trying to be the third in every group. Maddy and Will got involved in the conversation. Paras said she thinks that Ali and Olivia are trying to get them on the wrong side of the vote in order to turn Daela against them. Johnny disagreed. He said Ali and Olivia think that they are manipulating them to keep him, because they want to keep him. Johnny said even if they get screwed over, they have all of the information that he shared with them, so they can go to Daela with it. Johnny and Paras stressed to Will that he cannot trust Ali and Olivia with any information. Will ended up going out to smoke with Ali. He vowed that she has his 100% trust. They discussed nominating Johnny, Derek and Kaela in the event of a triple eviction. Both agreed that keeping Johnny this week is best for their games. Afterwards, Johnny asked Ali when she plans to talk to Daela about keeping him. She said late tomorrow morning. Johnny said Will believes that he is working with Ali for the rest of the game. He asked if that’s the case. Ali said no since he is with Paras. She did say that she would honour the five if it works out b
est.

Summary Tuesday April17th

April 17, 2018

Summary Tuesday April17th
Live Feed Updates Tuesday ,April 17th
9:00-10:00 AM: Feeds returned after being down for over 16 hours. The houseguests had a party of some sort. There was alcohol involved. The houseguests discussed that Big Brother let them sing a lot. Ali mentioned that a couple of tasks took place as well.

10:00-11:00 AM: In the white room, Paras spoke the cameras about how Johnny would go after Derek and Kaela if he stays. However, she is concerned that he would be able to compete in every veto competition in the very near future. In the event of a triple eviction, Paras said she needs Daela out because they will be capable of winning out if they make it to Final 5. Paras said nobody else has the type of security that the showmance has, in that they can have someone else win HoH to keep them 100% safe, or win the veto to take them down. Paras said it would be a waste to use the triple to get Ali and Olivia out when they are weaker than Daela. She added that Ali is 0 for 13 in competitions. Paras talked about nominating Derek, Kaela and Ali in the triple. She said she could get Maddy, Will and Ryan to save Ali. Paras said she would not risk putting Maddy or Will up, and she would not nominate Ryan either.

11:00-12:00 PM: Paras said she is confident that Daela would take her far, which could mean a guaranteed second place. Paras clarified that she doesn’t want to come in second place. She said she has to target Daela, and she cannot be afraid, but it sucks that she doesn’t have back up. Paras worried that she could be out the following week, though she said she thinks she has got to make the move regardless. Paras said she has to drill the plan into Maddy and Will’s heads. If it’s a normal eviction, not a triple, Paras said she will nominate Ali and Olivia. Paras went on to say that she will take out Olivia even though she hates Ali. Paras said Ali has no influence and no game, because everyone is on to her. Paras called Ali fake as hell. She admitted to being a hypocrite. Paras said she had an alliance with everybody in the house, and she spent the first three weeks establishing relationships to ensure that she would never be nominated. Paras said she remained loyal to Maddy and Will but she would throw Maddy under the bus if it came down to Maddy or herself, then she would make sure she saved Maddy later. Paras said she had her influence on weeks four through six. She said she made sure that Veronica, who was getting between her and Will, left. Paras said she made sure everyone knew why it was best to keep Ryan over Merron. Paras talked about having twice saved Maddy from the block. This week, she said she planted the seed that Johnny was going after Daela, so she is the reason that he is on the block. Paras said she had be drilling into Daela’s head that Erica had to go, then Kaela made the snap decision to put her up. Paras said she had to intentionally throw competitions in order to make people believe that she sucks. Paras said people told her that she has Neda vibes, so she had to downplay that by saying she is more like Talla. Paras said Maddy and Will are the two that she has had since Day 1, so she will have to honour that.

12:00-1:00 PM: Ryan asked Maddy where she sees Thursday. Maddy said she sees it as a pretty big choice for her game. She explained that she thinks Ryan would put her up but she doesn’t think she is a priority for him. Maddy said she feels the same way about Ryan. Ryan said the only reason that he would put her on the block next is if there is a triple eviction, but he knows that she would be the one staying since she would have Will and Paras’ votes. Maddy said that’s reasonable. Will joined them. Ryan let Will know that Maddy would be the one he would put up next to his two targets if he is the HoH during a triple eviction. Ryan said he would be expecting Paras and Will to keep Maddy, then he would be the tiebreaker vote if needed. Johnny then spoke to Will about how he had two number ones, and he didn’t ever expect to have to choose between Erica and Will so early on. Johnny said every alliance he has had has involved Will, because the trust is there. Johnny told Will he can vote him out and think that Daela has his back, but they have a deal with everyone. Johnny assured Will that he doesn’t want to work with Ali and Olivia, and his loyalties are with him. Will said he wish he knew if Daela was working with Ali and Olivia. Will asked if Ali and Olivia are on board to keep him for sure. Johnny said yeah. Will said he is worried that Daela will come right after him if he keeps Johnny. Johnny said that’s not true. Johnny let Will know that Kaela said she would rather see Will up in his place, but she and Derek are two different players. Johnny pointed out that bringing him to Hasbro, and bringing Will in for beers, is so manipulative. Ali joined them. Johnny and Will asked questions about Ali and Olivia’s relationship with Daela. Ali said she is willing to take the shot at them during the triple, but she knows that they are making them feel quite comfortable at the moment. Will asked who Ali would prefer to keep. She said Johnny because he is very much an asset to them. Johnny said he can win competitions, and Will is never touching the block if he wins. Johnny told Will that if Daela is going to put him up, they will do it for game reasons and not because he kept him. Ali agreed. Will admitted to being afraid of Daela. Johnny pointed out that they wont be less scary when there are even fewer people left in the house. Ali told Will that Paras and Ryan seem to have a father-daughter type of connection, which a reason for Will to want to get Ryan out. Once Ali left, Will asked if he will be Johnny’s number one. Johnny said 100%. He assured Will that he will share everything with him. Will said he doesn’t see any value in keeping Ryan.

1:00-2:00 PM: Johnny and Will discussed that Will will be the first to go if he gets down to five with Derek, Kaela, Maddy and Paras. Johnny said they are going to target Will even sooner than that, because they see him as a potential winner of the game. Will said he trusts that he will be Johnny’s number one if he stays. Johnny said he already was. Will said he has to see where Paras’ head is at since she is stubborn. Johnny reiterated that he is legitimate about wanting to work with Paras and Will. Will said he doesn’t get why Maddy is so about Daela. Johnny figures that Maddy expects both would take her, so she would win $20,000. They both agreed that Maddy is not playing a winning game. Afterwards, Will asked Paras what she is thinking about with regards to the vote. Paras said she in the same spot as before. Will said he isn’t sure if he is, because he feels that they are being played by Daela. Paras said that’s okay since they know that they have to go anyway. Will mentioned Kaela told Johnny that she would put him up over Johnny. Will also said he believes that the two of them would be Johnny’s number ones over Ali and Olivia. Will brought up that Johnny is more likely to win competitions, and he wants to go after Daela. Paras questioned who would take Johnny out. Will said he will make the move when the time comes. Paras said they haven’t won anything yet, and their chances of winning competitions are better with Johnny out of the picture. Maddy spoke to Paras. She worried that Ryan would not keep her in the event of a tie, like he has said he would if he nominates her. Paras said he would because he wouldn’t want to ruin his relationship with her and Will. Maddy said she would nominate Ali, Olivia and Ryan if she wins the triple. While she said she would want Olivia and Ryan to go, Paras said it’s not smart to take Ryan out. Paras stressed that he is a number for them. Paras explained that it might not be a bad idea to take Daela out at the triple, because they will win out if they make it to five. Johnny and Maddy then spoke alone. Maddy said her fear is that Johnny is tight with Ali and Olivia. Johnny said things changed throughout the game as Erica left. Maddy wanted to understand the direction that Johnny would be going in if he stays. Johnny said targeting Ali and Olivia would be sweet revenge, and Daela is also a threat in the game. Johnny let Maddy know that she, Paras and Will are the group that he saw himself running with. Maddy said she feels her end game relationship is stronger with Johnny than with Ryan. Maddy let Johnny know that he has work to do with Paras.

2:00-3:00 PM: Johnny told Paras he is bummed that she has hesitation when it comes to keeping him, cause he is into working with her and Will. He said Ali and Olivia have been lying to him for ages, and he is not with them. Paras said she was basically begging him the entire season to be solid, yet he had both sides and did not share information with her. Paras said she spilled everything to him when she felt that she could work with him, yet she never got it in return from him. Paras expressed her doubts that he wants to work with her. Paras said she feels disposable to Johnny since he is surrounded by so many numbers. Johnny said he is giving her what she has been asking for right now, and she is going to need more people moving forward. Johnny said he felt that he was giving Paras what she wanted in the past, yet he didn’t want to risk his game by giving up too much intel and too many secrets. Paras explained that she has given Will so much information that he could end her game, so that’s a different level of trust. Paras told Johnny that her mind is by no means made up yet. Paras continued to bring up that Johnny did not give her anything throughout the game. Johnny said he gave her the same amount that he gave Maddy and Will. Paras argued that she was seventh on Johnny’s list, so her brain is telling her that she can’t suddenly be his number two. Johnny said she was not seventh on his list. The two continued to go back and forth until the talk was broken up.

4:00-5:00 PM: Paras told Will she really doesn’t think that keeping Johnny is a good idea, because Daela will be gunning for them. Will said they would have Johnny to go after as well. Paras said Kaela believes that she has a better shot at beating them than Ali and Olivia, so she is likely to keep them off of the block as long as they don’t go against them this week. Will pointed out that it would be 6 on 2 if they keep Johnny. Paras said it’s already like that but they can pretend to be with Daela if they vote to evict Johnny. Paras said Ryan will remain a target for Daela ahead of them. Will said Ryan wont win anything physical to be able to go after Daela for them. Maddy joined them. She said she is 95% voting Johnny out right now but she wants to talk over that other 5%. Will then spoke to Johnny to let him know that he might be able to get Maddy on board with keeping him. Will told Johnny to tell Maddy that he is targeting Daela. Johnny said Will told him he had to say he was targeting Ali and Olivia before. Johnny believes that Paras doesn’t trust him since he hasn’t been telling her anything because Will told him not to trust her. Elsewhere, Paras told Maddy that Will has no game sense at all. She said he brought up that it’s 6 against 1 if Johnny stays, even though it’s the exact same scenario if Ryan stays. Paras said they will become the number one target for Daela if they go back on their word. Maddy said those two are making deals with everyone, so they went back on their word as well. Maddy wanted to get confirmation that Daela has a deal with Ali and Olivia. Paras said she isn’t sure that a deal was made between them.

5:00-6:00 PM: When Paras said she knows for a fact that Kaela has made an alliance with the entire house, Maddy questioned why they are playing her game by evicting Johnny. Paras said Johnny would win against them. Maddy wondered if they could even get to the end without him. She said they are stronger with Johnny on their side. Paras said they are Ryan’s best chance of getting far in the game, so he will side with them. Paras told Maddy that she is thinking about longevity, not doing what Daela wants, when it comes to saving Ryan. She added that there would be nothing worse than to look back and realize that she left in the triple the week after saving Johnny. Paras said she doesn’t think that Johnny is valuable enough for her to risk leaving in the triple over. Will joined them. He said Johnny is a stronger number for them. Paras said they don’t necessarily need that number if Daela wants to take them to the Final 5. Will asked if she wouldn’t rather get to five with Ali and Olivia. Paras said that can happen regardless, which Will disagreed with. Will argued that Derek and Kaela must have a deal with Ryan if they are keeping him. Paras’ counterargument was that Ryan would not believe it after they put him on the block twice. Paras said Ryan has their backs. Will said he only has Paras’ back, not his or Maddy’s. Paras told Will that Derek wants to take him to the end. Will said Derek and Kaela would both take Paras over him. He said anyone would take Paras to Final 2, and he would guarantee that she makes it to the Final 3 at this point. Out in the yard, Ali told Olivia she feels bad because Ryan really trusts them but she is making plans to keep Johnny. Ali said she thinks Johnny would be loyal to them for a while, but she fears that they may not get this opportunity again. Olivia said Ryan wont ever nominate Paras, so one of them may end up on the block if Ryan has to choose a replacement nominee. Ali and Olivia discussed nominating Maddy and Will next week. Olivia said she doesn’t think they have as much control over Ryan as they think they do but the same goes for Johnny. Ali said she doesn’t want to blindside Ryan. Olivia said her gut is telling her that keeping Johnny is a mistake. Ali said hers is too but they have the ball rolling now. Ali mentioned slowing the roll later if they talk to Paras and Will. Ali fears that Paras will tell Daela that they are pushing to keep Johnny. Ali and Olivia said they aren’t 100% convinced about Johnny’s loyalty. Ali said her thought process is that everyone except for Maddy would target Daela over the two of them, and then everyone would target Johnny over them once they get down to five. Olivia countered that by saying that Johnny could win the game.

7:00-8:00 PM: Maddy asked Paras what her gut is telling her. Paras said that Johnny has to go. Maddy said her gut doesn’t know. Paras said Will is very selfish. When Maddy brought up Ryan saying he would use her as a nominee, Paras said it wont matter since they have the votes to keep her. Maddy said that will only be the case until she goes up next to Will, but she acknowledged that it’s not a big worry based on how few HoHs are left. Maddy and Paras agreed that they don’t want to play Will’s game. Johnny told Maddy and Paras that he can be the person they bring in to help them get to the end of the game. Johnny said he will remain a target, whereas Ryan is less of a target than ever. Paras told Johnny that nothing can get into their heads if they keep Johnny and make a solid four. Johnny said he has been after Daela for a month now. Paras suggested that Daela will try to repair things with Johnny if he stays. Maddy said Daela told her that Johnny threw his name out there as a replacement nominee to disassociate himself. Johnny swore on everything that he didn’t put names out there. Maddy asked Johnny what he said in terms of a replacement nominee when he was discussing using the veto. Johnny said he told them to nominate anyone. Johnny said Kaela makes things up to stir the pot.

8:00-9:00 PM: Ali told Olivia she has a bit of doubt when it comes to where Johnny’s loyalty would be if he stays. Ali wasn’t sure if that was due to her own paranoia. Ali asked if Olivia thinks that Johnny would be loyal at least until the triple. Olivia said yeah but she was worried about creating a divide with Daela by making that move. She said it comes down to how much they trust those two. Olivia said she feels like she trusts them. Ali talked about having moments where she for sure trusts Daela, as well as moments of doubt. Johnny came by. Ali revealed that she would like to get Maddy out. She threw Will’s name out there as someone who may have to go up next to Maddy in order to get her out. Ali asked if it’s still a good idea to keep Will for the long haul. Johnny said he prefers Will stay but he is threatening with Maddy and Paras around. Johnny said he ultimately doesn’t care, and he just wants to survive the week with the help of Ali and Olivia. Once he left the room, Ali said she is starting to sense desperation from Johnny. She told Olivia that it is making her questions things. They wondered if he is just telling them things in order to stay. Meanwhile, Johnny relayed to Paras that Ali said Kaela told her Paras has campaigned hard for Ryan to stay. Johnny let Paras and Will know that Ali and Olivia seem hesitant to go after Daela next week even. He mentioned that they threw Maddy’s name out there as a target for next week. Johnny said Ali and Olivia are definitely trying to manipulate him into not going after Daela next. Will stressed the need for Johnny to be 100% with them if they keep him. Will explained that the three of them 100% loyal since night one, which is why they are so tight. Paras said they would need the same commitment from Johnny, which Johnny agreed to. Paras told Johnny to let Ali and Olivia know that she is more open to the idea of keeping him. When Johnny left the room, Maddy, Paras and Will discussed the vote. Will said the best move is to keep Johnny, otherwise it will be the two duos against them and Ryan. Paras said she can see that. Maddy said they cannot blindside Daela, so they have to let them know. Paras said that can wait until Thursday morning. They later talked about informing Daela tomorrow night. Paras said they have to go to Daela before they confirm with Ali and Olivia, otherwise they are screwed if Ali and Olivia say they are keeping Johnny because the three of them are.

9:00-10:00 PM: Will asked Paras if she wants to talk to Daela tonight. Paras said there is no sense in reassuring them some more just to go back on it. Paras said they have to make sure that they win HoH to send Daela home. Will said he would probably want to send Ali and Kaela home in a triple, since Derek and Olivia wouldn’t work together. Will mentioned that he would rather take Maddy to the end with them over Johnny. Will said they can put Johnny up after he wins HoH. Paras said either of them, Johnny or Maddy need to win HoH.

10:00-11:00 PM: While alone in the bedroom, Paras questioned if it’s really worth blowing up her game to save Johnny. Meanwhile, Will asked Ali and Olivia if they think it is safe to keep Johnny. They talked through the pros and cons. Olivia said she is worried that they don’t have any other votes. Will said Paras is starting to come around. Ali said they will have to let Daela know what they are thinking. Will said that is a Thursday morning kind of thing. Ali thinks that tomorrow night would be better. Will asked if they are leaning towards keeping Johnny. Ali said if they are. Will said he thinks it’s best, plus he will 100% be able to get Paras on board. Olivia said they can talk again tomorrow to see if anything has changed. After Will left, Ali told Olivia she guesses that her plan worked. Olivia asked if they are down for keeping Johnny. Ali said she guesses so. Both said they feel good about it. Olivia added that she doesn’t want to give Paras another number, or give Daela what they want. In the white room, Paras told Will she doesn’t know what to do since Ali and Olivia might screw them. Will said he just spoke to them, and they are on board. Will said they want to know that the four of them come before Johnny. Paras said that’s BS since Johnny just told them that those two said they don’t want to be a part of a five with them. Paras said she is prolonging her decision in order to prevent Ali and Olivia from being the ones to go to Daela. Ryan reassured Paras and Will that he will not nominate them if there is a triple eviction. He said neither of them would be the replacement nominee either. If Derek or Kaela win the veto, Ryan said he would send Maddy home with the other one.

11:00-12:00 AM: Paras told Will that keeping Johnny could mess up the fact that they are sitting well in the house. Even if they evict Johnny, Paras said they will still be taking the shot at Daela. Paras claimed that she will nominate the two of them if she wins HoH this week, even if there isn’t a triple. Will said he will vote Johnny out if he feels 100% safe with Daela. Paras said those two feel that they can trust them. Will said he is going to talk to Derek. Will spoke to both Derek and Kaela. He brought up that people think they have a Final 4 deal with Ali and Olivia. Derek and Kaela downplayed it. Will said Ryan is 100% coming after them. Derek asked if he is saying that they should send Ryan home. Will said no. Kaela said Johnny is going to win the game if he doesn’t go home this week. Derek said he would like to continue to prove himself to Paras and Will. Will asked who should go up in the event of a triple. Derek said Ali, Olivia and Ryan. Kaela said Ryan would have to go since he will win the game if he gets any further. When Will questioned if a deal was made with Ryan, Derek said there is no point in making one since both of them know that they will nominate each other. Up in the HoH room, Maddy and Will discussed that Daela will be pissed about them keeping Johnny. Will said they cannot be afraid of Daela. Maddy thought they could soften the blow by being honest with them. She said she owes Johnny more than she owes Daela. Will agreed. Will headed to the white room to let Johnny that he and Maddy are on board with keeping him. Will then told Ali and Olivia that Daela wants them out in the triple. He said Derek and Kaela tried to intimidate him into keeping Ryan, saying that the line would be drawn if not. Ali said Derek and Kaela will end up on the wrong side of the line. Will let Ali and Olivia know that Maddy is now more on board with the plan to keep Johnny. Ali asked if Will would cut Maddy before he cuts them. Will said 100%.

Live Feed Updates Monday, April 16th

April 16, 2018

Live Feed Updates Monday, April 16th
10:00-11:00 AM: Feeds returned following the veto ceremony. Derek decided not to use the Power of Veto. Johnny and Ryan remain nominated. Outside, Paras told Will she doesn’t think that they should go behind Daela’s back. However, they discussed that targeting them during the double might be the best route to go. Paras said Daela is going to win out if they don’t take them out. As for Ali and Olivia, she said that they wont win. Will said Ryan would go after Maddy, Ali and Olivia before they would go after them. Paras thinks that Derek and Kaela are going after Ali and Olivia next. Paras said she is not there to hand over $100,000 to anybody. Paras thinks that Johnny would work with Ali and Olivia if she stays. Will said they could plant the seed that those two are campaigning for Johnny. In the kitchen, Derek and Maddy discussed that they would want to get Olivia and Ryan out before they get Ali out. In the red room, Ali told Johnny that Paras’ biggest concern with keeping Johnny is that he is too strong of a competitor. Ali also believes that Paras has something tighter with Ryan than she is willing to let on. Ali informed Johnny that Paras was pushing to save Ryan last night. She talked about Paras suggesting that Johnny would come after Ali and Olivia since they took out his #1. While Ali said she knows that it’s not the case, she thinks that work needs to be done on Paras in order to get her on board with keeping Johnny. Olivia suggested that Johnny speak to Paras and Will sooner than later so that he can move on to Plan B, talking to Daela about targeting her and Ali, if that route doesn’t work out. Once Johnny left the room, Olivia asked Ali what she thinks about Kaela saying that Johnny is trying to make a bunch of deals. Ali didn’t buy it. She thinks that Johnny is going around saying he is alone, but he is really loyal to them. Ali thinks that Maddy would take a shot at them before Daela would. Olivia agreed. Ali thinks that Paras would go after Daela first since they have more comp wins. Ali said she would rather Johnny stay but she doesn’t want to push so hard. Ali mentioned believing in everything happening for a reason. She said she has done everything she can for Johnny other than getting everyone in a room to talk things over. Ali and Olivia both said they want Maddy gone if they win HoH, but Ali said it’s a stupid move since she is not a threat. Olivia said she will put Maddy and Will up, hoping to get Maddy out. Olivia said she wants Will out before Paras. Ali agreed. If the triple is this week, Olivia said her gut is telling her not to nominate Daela.

11:00-12:00 PM: Olivia told Ali she wants to sit Maddy’s ass on the block, watch her cry, and say a bomb speech to her. Ali said she wants to put her up but she also wants Daela out. Olivia said if Maddy tries to talk to her before nominations, she is going to tell her to save her breath. Olivia called Maddy entitled and a know it all. Ali said there is a sense of entitlement there for sure. Olivia said Maddy has a weird side to Paras where she is like a child who can be bossed around. Olivia commented on Paras sassing Maddy all the time, yet Maddy just sits there and takes it.

12:00-1:00 PM: In the have-not room, Johnny told Kaela he would be willing to use the veto on her in the triple. Kaela said she feels like Johnny’s connection with Ali and Olivia is really close. Johnny questioned if it actually is. Johnny said the reason they turned on Erica was because he and Erica talked about Ali a lot. Johnny told Kaela he feels super betrayed by Ali and Olivia. He explained that he sees them as a silent threat, though a lot of people are going to look past them to look at Derek and Kaela. Kaela said loyalty is a big thing for her. Johnny argued that she doesn’t have loyalty from anyone, and people are going to tell her what she wants to hear when she is HoH. Kaela said she knows that Ali and Olivia are going to take the shot the first chance they get. Johnny said he is not scared of shooting at them. Kaela told Johnny she thinks that he would work with them. Johnny said he wanted to get a sense of where Kaela’s head is at. She told him that no decision has been made, so don’t stop talking to people. Kaela said their talk made her more comfortable but she doesn’t like the idea of going up next to Derek even if Derek is his target. Kaela let Johnny know the consensus is that he would work with Ali and Olivia if he stays. Johnny said he would happily take revenge on them. Kaela countered that by saying it would be smart to actually work with them but pretend that he isn’t.

3:00-4:00 PM: Johnny told Ryan he thinks that everyone would nominate Daela in the triple, though Daela doesn’t believe that. Ryan told Johnny he doesn’t get why Derek didn’t take the offer he made about keeping him off of the block next week if he didn’t put him up, even though it appears as though Johnny was his target all along. Johnny said it’s frustrating when he feels he knows which way people are voting, yet he still has to talk to them. Ryan said he gave up by Tuesday last week. Johnny said he feels like doing the same.

4:00-5:00 PM: Ryan told Johnny they have to have further conversations about Will. He wonders if Will is protecting himself against everybody, saying that they need to have each other’s backs. Ryan said Will has told Johnny, Maddy, Paras and himself that they need have each other’s backs. Ryan wondered if Will is working with Daela as well, seeing Kaela was promising him safety.

5:00-6:00 PM: Feeds went down at approximately 5:15. The houseguests had been on lockdown out in the yard for hours. There was a quick leak of two members of production doing something to the tomb in the have-not room prior to feeds going down

 6:00-12:00 PM: Feeds went down at approximately 5:15. The houseguests had been on lockdown out in the yard for hours. There was a quick leak of two members of production doing something to the tomb in the have-not room prior to feeds going down.
5:45AM BBT Feed still blocked Feeds have been down for nearly 12 hours now

Summary Sunday April15th

April 15, 2018

Summary Sunday April15th
Live Feed Updates Sunday, April 15th
11:00-12:00 PM: Will told Paras that he was talking to Derek last night, and he and Kaela want to make a Final 4 with them. Will said he thinks that it is their best option. Paras said she is pretty down with it, cause she thinks it is their best chance of getting there. Will said Johnny would have to go this week then, since he would go after Daela. Paras said what scares her is that they said the same thing to Maddy about going to the end together. Paras said Johnny is claiming that Daela has a Final 4 with Ali and Olivia as well, but she doesn’t think that it’s real. Paras said they have to take out Ali and Olivia. Paras mentioned that Ali is so sketchy. Will said Derek thought they should get Olivia out first since she is stronger. Paras said they are looking out for themselves, cause Olivia would go after Daela but Ali would come after the two of them. Will said they can bring Maddy as far as they can. Will reiterated that Johnny has to go. Paras said Daela would come after them if they keep Johnny, because they would have betrayed their trust.

12:00-1:00 PM: Olivia and Paras discussed their options for the week. Olivia pointed out that both Johnny and Ryan want to go after Daela, but Johnny is the more capable of the two. Paras asked if Ali and Olivia would be able to mend things with him. Olivia said probably not but she still thinks that Johnny would target Daela over them. Olivia let Paras know that she is down to do what is best for her game, even if that means going against Daela by keeping Johnny. Paras said Johnny’s ability to turn things around scares her, such as when he voted Will out but got back on his good side. Ryan argued that Ryan is going to win the game if he gets to the end, considering he has already survived the block four times. Olivia also voiced concern that they will not be strong enough to get Daela out on their own. Olivia said she doesn’t want to keep who Daela wants to keep. Paras asked who the votes to keep Johnny would be. She listed off Ali, Olivia and herself. Olivia said they would have to convince Will as well. Paras said Ryan would always be a shield if he is in the game. Olivia disagreed. She said Johnny is the bigger target for Daela, and he has a good shot at winning the triple to get Daela out. Olivia told Paras that Kaela let something slip a bit ago when she said that she hopes Will isn’t in the end, or else he will choose Derek. Olivia figures that Derek and Will are close based on that. Paras said she doesn’t think that Will or Maddy will change their votes if they are working with the showmance. When Olivia left, Paras said to herself that she will not be keeping Johnny.

2:00-3:00 PM: Olivia told Ali she had a good talk with Paras. Olivia said that for every good point she made for keeping Johnny, Paras made a point against it. Ali said Paras did the same when Merron and Ryan were on the block. Ali asked if she is definitely planning to vote Johnny out then. Olivia said there didn’t seem to be any leeway, but Paras’ main concern is that she doesn’t want it to be a 3-3 vote. Ali said it’s weird that Paras would think that when Will was saying a couple of days ago that they should send Ryan home before Johnny. Ali wondered if saving Johnny is smartest for them. Olivia said she doesn’t want to give Daela what they want anymore, because they have rallied the troops. Ali said she wants to know exactly where Paras and Will stand with Daela. Ali fears that they Kaela wins the triple eviction HoH if they keep Johnny, then they will be targeted. Olivia countered that by saying that Johnny would give them another number during the triple. Ali wants to talk to Paras and Will to see where their heads are at. Olivia said she is worried that Daela doesn’t actually want to go to the end with them, and they would prefer to take the weak players. Ali said that’s her fear too. Ali brought up that they would have better odds of winning if Ryan stays. Ali said she really doesn’t know what to do.

5:00-6:00 PM: Derek told Paras that both people he wants to go home are staying on the block, and even if one does come down due to some twist, he is confident that the other one will still go home. Derek told Paras he doesn’t want to see someone like Ali or Olivia in the Final 2, even though there might be a better chance of getting $100,000 against them. Derek said he would rather go Final 2 with Kaela, Paras or Will. Paras said Derek and Kaela would have a good shot at beating her or Will in the end. Derek said Paras could play the angle that she didn’t win any competitors but she had a strong social game. He added that people would be surprised to hear that they were aligned since Day 2. Paras asked if they should bring Maddy to five if they make a Final 4 with Will. Derek said as long as their four is a strong four, so that Maddy goes if any of them win HoH at that point. Paras talked about preferring to keep Olivia or Ali since Ali would come after her sooner, but she acknowledged that Olivia is stronger. Derek said he doesn’t want Ryan getting close to the finals. He talked about nominating Ali or Olivia next to Ryan next week, then the other half of the pair could go up if Ryan wins the veto. Paras said Ali and Olivia would put her up before Ryan would. Derek said she would have to do what’s best for her game. Paras said she wants to consider Derek and Kaela’s games as well. Paras let Derek know she has conversations with Ali and Olivia that lead her to believe that they don’t have their backs.

6:00-7:00 PM: Ryan asked Derek if it’s a safe assumption that he will be putting the veto in the box tomorrow. Derek said yeah. Ryan then asked who is going to go home if it’s a 3-3 tie. Derek asked if he can give Ryan information that he will hold. Ryan said yes. Derek then revealed that Johnny has been his target the whole week. While Derek explained that he isn’t telling people to vote Johnny out, he said people feel that any trust they had with Johnny has been tarnished.

8:00-9:00 PM: Feeds returned after being down for over an hour due to a leak in the house. Derek told Kaela that they are going to have to pick a side if she wins HoH, and he doesn’t know if it’s Ali and Olivia anymore. Kaela asked Derek if he is confident that one of the sides wouldn’t put them up. Derek said he is, which isn’t good. He mentioned having such a good chat with Will last night. Derek told Kaela that Will said there is a 0% chance he would put them up, and he would use the veto to save them if they are on the block. Derek then talked about Will wanting to make a Final 4 with the two of them and Paras. He said Will talked about nominating Ali, Olivia and Ryan if he wins the triple eviction. Derek said it meant a lot that Will openly discussed targets with him, because it’s not something that he does. Kaela said she would nominate Ryan and two others if the triple eviction ends up being this week. She said she would consider nominating one from each side, hoping to explain to whoever they keep that they had the votes. Derek said he thinks that they gave completely gotten Maddy and Will to trust them over the past two weeks. Kaela pointed out that Maddy, Paras and Will have not won anything, and those three will stick together until the end. Derek isn’t so sure that they will remain tight. Kaela brought up that Will goes around telling every single person that he has their back, as he is a people pleaser. She worried that Will is doing that with Derek just because he is HoH this week. When Derek said he thinks that the only way they go up is if Ryan wins HoH, Kaela reminded him that nobody was throwing Erica’s name out there when she had back to back HoH weeks either. Kaela brought up that Paras is in crazy Paras slop mode. Derek said he would love to see her go, cause he is over it and she is the definition of an LB (little b*tch). Kaela said she is immature and whiny. Kaela asked if Derek would want to go far with Will. Derek said he wants to have the best shot at winning $100,000, which is probably playing competitions against Maddy and Paras, but he wouldn’t want to lose and see them in the Final 2. Derek added that he would rather Will beat him. Derek went on to say that he would probably even rather see Ryan win over Maddy and Paras. Kaela said that’s why she doesn’t mind seeing Ali and Olivia go further, because she would rather see them win over Maddy, Paras and Will who haven’t done anything all game. Derek said they might have to win the triple and just put Maddy, Paras and Will up then. Derek wants Maddy and Paras to go up if Ali or Olivia win HoH. He said he would kind of want Paras to go then. If Ali and Olivia go up, Kaela said she would want to keep Ali because Olivia can win competitions and she would have Erica and Johnny’s jury votes. Kaela explained to Derek that their best option is to get down to four with one of Ali and Olivia, and one of Maddy, Paras and Will. Meanwhile, Ali told Johnny that she has some ideas but she doesn’t know if they will work. Ali said what she felt with Johnny in the beginning, she feels is still there. Ali admitted that being a duo with Olivia is difficult at times since she has a level of “I don’t really care”. Ali said she would like to have somebody else in her corner, and sometimes Olivia doesn’t care enough. Johnny said Ali would have him. Ali said she needs that loyalty if she is going to stick her neck out for him. Johnny said she has his everything. Ali told Johnny she would like to test how loyal Daela is trying to present themselves as. She suggested that Johnny attempt to bait them by saying that he wants to stay in the game to help them target Olivia and herself. Olivia joined them. She said Johnny could tell Daela that they are not her immediate target, but they are the immediate target of Ryan.

9:00-10:00 PM: Johnny told Will that Ali and Olivia want to talk to him and Paras about getting the six back together for this vote. He said they don’t want Ryan in the house. Will said they must not have anything with Daela then. Johnny said he thinks they do but they are nervous that Daela is trying to play them. Johnny explained that Ali and Olivia probably want him in the house as a target for the triple, and they think that Ryan would put them up. Will said he doesn’t think that Johnny is going to get Maddy’s vote. Johnny said he doesn’t care. Will said he is nervous about having Daela come after them if they keep Johnny. The talk was then broken up.

10:00-11:00 PM: Ali spoke to Paras and Will about the pros and cons of keeping Johnny. She said she lost some trust in Johnny. Will said he did too. Another con that was discussed is that Johnny is a comp beast. However, Ali suggested that Johnny could be a valuable asset to them if they can regain trust with him, because he has been humbled now that Erica is gone. Ali said the six still has five members, so they can stick together or let Johnny go and be even 4-4. Ali said she is not naive to think that Daela is not coming after them. Paras said if Ryan gets power, he is going after Daela as well. Ali said everyone is at this point, so it boils down to who they view as more of an asset. Paras said they are at a point where you may never have a chance to get certain people on the block again. She said she doubts that any of them are going to put Johnny up. Paras added that she will not beat Johnny in competitions. Paras said Ryan can be a shield for them since Daela will target him over any of them. Ali asked what their guts are telling them. Will said he isn’t sure. Paras said that if Johnny is out of the picture, one of them can take the shot at Daela themselves. Ali said she has no preference since both have to go. She compared it to the week in which Merron and Ryan were nominated together. Ali said both have played winning games, given that Ryan has survived the block four times, won competitions, and he is Canada’s favourite. Ali also mentioned that she is not there to play Daela’s game. She argued that Johnny would remain the #1 target for the showmance if he stays. Paras said she isn’t opposed to keeping Johnny. Ali suggested that they talk with Johnny together, which Paras didn’t want to do until after the veto ceremony.

Live Feed Updates Sunday , April 15th

April 14, 2018

Live Feed Updates Sunday , April 15th
12:00-1:00 AM: Paras told Will that if they go against Daela by keeping Johnny, those two are for sure going to come after them, especially if they have a Final 4 with Ali and Olivia. Will pointed out that Ali and Olivia would have to be on board in order for Johnny to stay. Paras said they are not. Will believes that Olivia would do it. Will again brought up that Ryan is going to come after them. Paras disagreed. She said Ryan is a number for them. She said Daela put him up, and he would go after them. That being said, Paras told Will that she is on board with keeping Johnny if they can get the votes. Will said keeping Johnny would be better for their game since he will not come after them. Paras continued to bring up that Ali and Olivia want him out. Will said they can beat Ali and Olivia easier than they can beat Derek and Kaela. Paras agreed but said Ali and Olivia are more likely to come after them. Johnny joined in on the conversation. He said his only hope is that Ali and Olivia want Ryan out. He said those two have trust in Paras and Will, which means something. Johnny asked that they remain open to hearing Ali and Olivia out if they approach them to discuss keeping him. Johnny assured Paras and Will that he will not ever put them up. Johnny made it clear that in order for this to work, Ali and Olivia need to believe that they are the ones coming up with the plan to save him. Paras agreed that they cannot be the ones to approach Ali and Olivia about it. Paras said she is not opposed to keeping Johnny if those two are on board. Will said Johnny would have to give his word that he is not coming after him or Paras. Johnny said 100%. When Will asked who Ryan would go after, Johnny said Daela. He stressed that he is still the better ally than Ryan is.

1:00-2:00AM In the HoH room, Derek said Johnny seems to think he is going home. Ali said that’s what he said to her and Olivia as well. Ali said Johnny told them that he understands the trust has been broken, but he is alone. Ali explained that Johnny’s pitch is he doesn’t think it’s a bad thing that they are with Daela, and he wants to stay in the game even if it’s with them. Derek asked if they would really trust him as a fifth. Ali said she doesn’t know. Olivia said Johnny is obviously harbouring resentment over last week. Derek thinks Johnny would like to take them out if he stays. Kaela said it’s the perfect thing to win the game with if you can say that you were able to stay when everyone wanted you out. Derek suggested that Ryan would remain a target since he was going to leave unanimously last week. Ali said Ryan will become a back burner target. Ali said she would like to really process everything before making a decision.

Summary Saturday April14th

April 14, 2018

Summary Saturday April14th
Live Feed Updates Saturday , April 14th
11:00-12:00 PM: The nomination ceremony took place. Derek nominated Johnny and Ryan for eviction. Johnny pulled Will aside to talk to him. He asked Will if he would use the veto on him if he picks him to play. Will told Johnny to pick him. Johnny said he would be picking him in hope of him using it. Will said he wants to say he will use it but he is afraid that Johnny will go back to Daela with that. Johnny explained that he doesn’t have to fake it with Daela anymore now that he is on the block. He admitted to trying to isolate himself yesterday in hope of them seeing that he is alone. Will suggested that Johnny start talking to Ali and Olivia again. Johnny said he thinks that they might want him out of the game. Will disagreed. He said they just felt it was weird that he wasn’t talking to them. Johnny thinks that Ali and Olivia have been feeding information to Daela, which is why they are safe and why Daela is suspicious of him. Johnny said he would like to nominate Derek, Kaela and Maddy if he wins the triple eviction. Up in the HoH room, Derek let Johnny know that he loves him on a personal level. He said this is strictly a game move. Derek pointed out that Johnny said it would be best for his game to split he and Kaela up. Derek told Johnny he considered a backdoor option but wanted to give him the opportunity to play in the veto competition. If Johnny wins the veto and fires back, Derek said that’s just them playing the game. Johnny spoke to the cameras in the red room. He said he will be damned if he goes out of this game without putting up a fight. Johnny said he is thirsty for revenge, and he wants to sharpen his fangs to sink them into Daela’s neck.

12:00-1:00 PM: Players were picked for the veto competition. The veto players are Derek, Johnny, Ryan, Maddy, Olivia and Paras. Johnny asked Olivia to talk. They both discussed that they needed some time after what happened Thursday. Olivia said she would not have nominated Erica or Johnny if Kaela hadn’t made the move that she did. That being said, she told Johnny that keeping Erica was not the best gam move for her. Olivia let Johnny know that she felt strong armed to go after Daela during some conversations with Erica and Johnny, which played a part in her decision. Johnny said he hopes Olivia sees the value in keeping him. Olivia talked about being more threatened by the Erica and Johnny duo, but not so much by Johnny on his own. Olivia said she wanted Maddy to go home this week. Olivia mentioned wanted to get strong players to the end so that floaters aren’t taken to the end for an easy win. Johnny questioned if Ali and Olivia have been spreading info to Daela for the past couple of weeks. Olivia said no. Johnny said they know a suspicious amount of stuff. Johnny later brought up that if Olivia feels good with Daela, that means that she wont go against their wishes of wanting him out if that’s what they want. Olivia said she would rather keep Johnny than Maddy.

1:00-2:00 PM: Will asked Johnny if Ali and Olivia would want to keep him over Ryan. Johnny said if not, it’s telling that they want to get to the end with Daela. Johnny let Will know that he will tell him everything he knows if he is going home this week. Johnny said he will be rooting for Will to win. Later, Johnny told Ryan he thinks that every single person is going to vote him out if he stays on the block. Ryan didn’t buy it. Johnny said people more or less told him that they will not be keeping him. Like he told Will early, Johnny told Ryan he will be telling him everything he knows if he is on his way out the door.

3:00-4:00 PM: Maddy spoke to the cameras. She said she would love to win the veto in order to keep Derek’s nominations the same. Maddy said she would also love to have a couple days of Ali and Olivia coming up to her, begging her not to use it. While Maddy said she feels bad for Johnny on a personal level, she said she does not on a game level. Maddy said she hopes everyone watching knows how much she thanks Paras for where she is right now. Maddy said if there is anyone she would take a step out of her own lane for, it would be her. However, Maddy said she’s isn’t sure if she would do it. Maddy said Paras is the most wonderful human, and an angel, especially if she is this way inside of the house. Maddy added that it’s okay even if Paras is talking behind her back in other rooms. In the have-not room, Johnny told Paras and Will he thinks that Daela could be playing Maddy. He said he believes that Derek, Kaela, Ali and Olivia have a legit Final 4. For that reason, he told them not to target Ryan if he leaves this week. Paras said she doesn’t think that the Final 4 is legit. Johnny said there is some room to shake it up if Derek and Kaela end up on the block. Once Paras left, Will asked Johnny if he really thinks that Ali and Olivia wont vote for him. Johnny said he doesn’t think so, which shows that they are way more with Daela than they were ever with him. Johnny said he could tell that they were acting on Thursday, as they knew that Erica was going up. Will mentioned that Maddy has been sucked in by Derek and Kaela. He said she would ditch him in heartbeat for those two. Johnny explained that if Ali and Olivia are willing to ditch him and ditch Erica, they have to be with Derek and Kaela since they know that they don’t have the white room on their side. Johnny added that Ali and Olivia had to have been bringing info from the six to Daela while they were working together.

5:00-6:00 PM: Johnny informed Paras that Ali, Olivia, Derek, Kaela and Erica were working together as recently as Erica’s HoH weeks. Paras said if that’s the case, she would want to stick it to them by keeping Johnny since they don’t want that. Johnny said Erica had reservations about Ali, which is why they are claiming to have cut her. Johnny said he can’t bash Ali and Olivia, and he can’t have Paras leak what he is telling her, because he needs their votes, Paras’ vote and Will’s vote. Paras brought up that Kaela made a Final 2 with Veronica, and she tried to work with her, Maddy and Will. Johnny said Kaela is in the middle of this. Paras said if that’s the case, it’s best for Johnny to stay to go after them. Paras told Johnny she needs him to open her eyes. Johnny asked how that helps him stay in the house. Paras said she wont target him this week then. Johnny said that only gets him her vote. Paras said he would get Maddy and Will too. Paras said Ali and Olivia are being strung along, and she knows that this is Kaela’s idea. Paras told Johnny that if she understands why people are after Derek and Kaela, she can put them up. Johnny said they can set something up if he wins the veto. Johnny told Paras he has another piece of information that he has not told anybody. He said it will cost Paras a jury vote if it gets out. He then revealed that he locked something in with Erica, Ali and Olivia before the six was created. Johnny said he and Erica did not trust those two, and they wanted Ali out really bad. Johnny said it’s even further proof that Ali and Olivia must have something stronger with Daela if they were willing to cut Erica so easily. Johnny let Paras know that Ali has said a lot about her. He explained that Ali and Olivia talk about Paras saying the same thing to everyone, making it seem like they are her special person. Johnny clarified that Olivia doesn’t say as much as Ali does. Paras said she has always had a bad gut feeling about Ali. Johnny said Ali didn’t even want Paras to be in the six because she said she could not be trusted. Paras told Johnny he has got to stay. Johnny said he wants revenge for Erica and himself. Johnny told Paras that Ryan will be a good ally for her if he goes, so don’t kick him to the curb. Paras said she doesn’t want to.

9:00-10:00 PM: Feeds returned following the veto competition. Derek won the Power of Veto. Will and Maddy discussed that they feel bad for Johnny. Maddy asked Will what he is thinking of doing. Will said he isn’t sure, but he is getting the vibe that they want Johnny gone. Maddy said she is neutral, and she doesn’t want Ryan in the game either. Will mentioned that Ryan wants Maddy’s blood. Will thinks that Ryan would come after the two of them if he stays. Maddy said she doesn’t want Ryan in the game but she knows that she cannot beat Johnny in the game. On a personal level, she would rather have Johnny around. Will said he would prefer to see Ryan go first, though he doesn’t care who goes since both have done him dirty. Maddy is unsure of who Johnny would nominate. Will said he would feel safe with Johnny sticking around of another week. Maddy thinks that Johnny could put her up since he has been trying to disassociate from her for weeks.

10:00-12:00 PM: Johnny spoke to Ali and Olivia about their votes. Ali told Johnny that she will not be able to have an answer for him tonight, but she is not closed off to the idea of keeping him. Johnny said any chance he has would have to start with the two of them. Olivia mentioned she thinks that Maddy and Paras have Ryan. Johnny said Maddy is with Daela. He explained that Will warned him last week that Daela was trying to get him, Maddy and Paras together in order to come after the rest of them. Ali said it’s hard to imagine Johnny not being there. She said she feels like they could still do this. Ali said she just doesn’t want to feel disposable. Ali told Johnny that Olivia is the only person who has never made her feel that way. Ali said she is not blind to the fact that Daela is getting stronger by the day since the comp beasts are all leaving. Olivia said that scares her. Ali told Johnny she needs a night to think things over. After Johnny left the room, Olivia said she felt good about that conversation. Ali said she did too. Olivia said she doesn’t want to get rid of Johnny when he can be a number for them, whereas Ryan is not with them. Ali said she doesn’t mind crossing Daela after hearing that they tried to reel in Maddy, Paras and Will to come after them. Ali said they would need Paras and Will on board to flip things. Ali and Olivia said they would be so sad if Johnny was to leave. Ali said she wants to put feelers out. Olivia thinks that they would have to throw Daela under the bus hard in order to keep Johnny. Olivia pointed out that Daela didn’t put them up this week, which is something. Olivia worried that they might fail in their attempt to keep Johnny, then they are alone. Ali said she really thinks that they can get Will on board with keeping Johnny.

Summary Friday April13th

April 13, 2018

Summary Friday April13th
1:00-2:00 PM: Feeds returned following the have-not competition. Ali, Kaela, Paras and Olivia are the have-nots for the week. In the HoH room, Johnny spoke to Derek. He brought up that he is absolutely someone who could go home over Derek if they are nominated next to each other, especially after the recent events. Johnny asked Derek if he thinks resume wise that getting him out is a great move. Derek said he hasn’t thought that far ahead yet. Johnny stressed that he needs people in order to get deep into the game. Johnny said he is a good team player, and he would tell him to ask Erica, but she’s gone. Johnny told Derek he is a free man in this game, and he would like to be picked up. Derek said he will try to see who he thinks is the most honest and will be the best teammate.

2:00-3:00 PM: Johnny continued to stress to Derek and Kaela that he has no one to move forward with. Kaela said Johnny has almost everyone. Johnny said that’s not true, seeing as Erica had people even more so than he did. Johnny explained that he feels as though he screwed everyone, so now no one is going to want to give him the time of day. Kaela said nobody has brought up Johnny coming clean since he did it last night. Derek asked if Johnny has ever considered that it would be beneficial to have them leave the game. Johnny said 100%. He explained that he has considered how it would be beneficial to have one of them gone, not both of them. Johnny pointed out that they would be unlikely to survive as a three until the end anyway, though it would give them a fighting chance. Johnny said he needs capable people in the game. Kaela questioned if Johnny is trying to reel them in like he tried to reel Will in before voting him out. Johnny said he didn’t want to vote Will out but it was against Erica. Kaela asked if Johnny was going to put them both up if he won HoH. Johnny said if Erica is out of the house, no. Kaela then asked if he would have done it if not for her move. Johnny said he would have had to talk to them. Kaela said that’s not a no. Johnny said that if they decide to establish trust with him, he needs both of them in the game. Derek asked if he would be considering them their number ones moving forward. Johnny said yes, as long as they establish the trust to have open conversations about everyone moving forward. Later, Derek told Ali that Johnny is worried, and rightfully so. Derek said Erica told Johnny about the five that she had with the two duos. Derek told Ali that Johnny denied ever having pushed for he and Kaela to go home. Derek said he knows that isn’t true based on what Ali and Olivia told him. Ali reiterated that Johnny said they need to take the shot prior to the triple. Ali brought up that Paras is saying Johnny is aligned with everybody. Derek said she is not wrong. Ali said she isn’t but Paras is aligned with everybody too. Ali let Derek know that Maddy and Ryan agreed to put their differences aside for Paras. Ali pointed out that Paras is close to Will as well, and she tells her and Olivia that she will never vote against them. As for Johnny, Ali said that Paras tells him that he is her saving grace since she cannot win competitions. Derek said they know that Paras doesn’t want to win any competitions. Derek mentioned that Erica and Will going up next to each other blew Johnny’s game up. Derek said he feels like Johnny and Ryan are the two biggest threats to his game and Kaela’s game right now. Derek said he believes that either of them would go over anyone else if one of them wins the veto. If nominations stay the same, Ali said she would be more inclined to keep Ryan. Derek agreed. Ali asked if Derek would put Johnny up straight up, or backdoor him. Derek said that he and Kaela discussed that there is a good shot that Johnny would get picked to play anyway, and he could save someone, so he would rather nominate him straight up.

3:00-4:00 PM: Derek told Ali that they only need three votes this week. Ali said that Kaela, Olivia and herself are those three. Derek said if they are totally on board with what he wants, then whoever he wants to go will leave. Ali said 100%. Ali threw it out there that Derek could nominate Johnny and Will in order to drive an even deeper wedge between them. Derek said that’s a pretty good idea. If Johnny comes off of the block, Ali said that Ryan can then go up and go home. In the white room, Will asked Johnny if they still have each other’s back moving forward. Johnny asked Will to please not distrust him after this. Will said that people are coming up to him saying that he obviously can’t trust Johnny. Will said he has to play it off, which could work to their advantage if people don’t think that they are close anymore. Will told Johnny he expects that Ryan will be nominated, so it’s just a matter of finding out who will be nominated next to him. Johnny said Paras was telling Ali and Olivia that they are her person, which is weird cause she says the same to him too. Johnny wondered if she is saying it to everyone. Will assured Johnny that he had his back over everyone in the house prior to last night. Will told Johnny that he will 100% get him the votes if he goes up. Will said Maddy and Paras will do what’s best for them. Back in the HoH room, Derek told Ryan that Johnny’s name has been mentioned a bit, and some people are expecting him to nominate Ryan as well. Ryan admitted to having told people that if Kaela wasn’t next out, she can win the whole thing. Ryan said he knows that Kaela would probably rather see him evicted, so his only pitch is that he said he wasn’t coming after them until he was steered in that direction. Ryan suggested that the person who is more dangerous is the one doing the steering. Ryan said he has been a man on an island since week two. Derek mentioned that he has to look ahead because it’s possible that he will be alone in the game without Kaela at some point, then they might have reason to work together. Ryan said he will not deny that he put the target on Daela last week, but they are naive if they don’t think that the target was already there. Ryan said if he doesn’t end up on the block this week, he will consider it a one for one, and he will remember that if he wins HoH next week. Ryan said that if they are in a situation that both of them are there but Kaela isn’t, he would look at Derek as someone he can work with.

4:00-5:00 PM: Ali told Ryan that she and Olivia are comfortable with him despite certain things. Ali said they recognize that some of his actions are due to the fact that they didn’t ever vocalize something a little more solid with him, and they are now at the point where they want to do that. Ali said they know that they cannot go far with Daela. Ali told Ryan that she and Olivia are open to solidifying something but they don’t want to put their game on the line if Ryan has other things going on. Ryan said he is obviously close with Paras. Ali said they don’t have any interest in going after Paras. Ryan said she is 100% the person that he trusts. Ali asked if Ryan is confident that Paras would keep him over Maddy. Ryan said 100%.

5:00-6:00 PM: Maddy told Kaela that they, along with Paras, control the vote this week, literally deciding who goes home. Kaela said they only need three votes since Derek is the tiebreaker. Kaela said if they get rid of Johnny, they will get Will back. Kaela claimed to have no idea who would go up if Johnny or Ryan win the veto. Maddy said Ali going up would be the best option. Kaela asked if she would stay. Maddy said they have the votes, so she would stay. Maddy told Kaela she would prefer to see Johnny go this week. Kaela explained that she doesn’t want Ali or Olivia to go this week, otherwise she and Derek and are an easy two to throw up if there is a triple next week. Kaela said that she too would like to see Johnny go this week.

6:00-7:00 PM: Maddy asked Paras who she feels least comfortable with game wise. Paras said Johnny, followed by Ali. Maddy said hers would be Ryan, followed closely behind by Johnny. Next up, she said it would be Olivia and Ali in that order. That being said, Maddy told Paras that Johnny is her target this week. Downstairs, Ali told Olivia that they need to talk to Johnny. Ali wants to let him know that they want to be there for him, but they have reservations about where his head is going to be at moving forward. Ali said she wants to put Johnny on the spot to see what he says. Olivia said she would like to be there to monitor. Ali hopes that talking to Johnny will prevent him from rallying the other side of the house.

8:00-9:00 PM: Derek told Kaela that Ali was pushing to put up Johnny and Will. Kaela said she did the same with her as well. Kaela advised Derek against it. Derek agreed that it’s not a good move, because he doesn’t want to lose trust with Will. Derek said it’s his time to sit down, have some beers, and reel Will in. Derek told Kaela he wants to keep Paras around but it might become apparent that they are playing both sides. Kaela said it will as soon as Johnny and Ryan are gone. Derek revealed that he is thinking of nominating Ali or Olivia if Johnny or Ryan win the veto. He said that would show the other side that Ali and Olivia are still their targets, and they can let Ali and Olivia know that there is no need to worry since they have the votes. Derek and Kaela expect both sides to be saying that they must not trust them if they are pawning someone from their side. Derek said Will cannot be the replacement nominee, because he would freak out. Derek also mentioned that Maddy, Paras and Will outnumber Ali and Olivia, so they may have protection from more people by nominating Ali or Olivia as a pawn if it comes down to it. While Ali’s name was originally mentioned, Derek later threw Olivia’s out there as a pawn. Kaela told Derek to make sure he puts someone up that he is fine with going home. Derek said the only way that they are going to go into the triple somewhat safe is if nominations stay the same and Johnny goes home.

9:00-10:00 PM: In the have-not room, Ali asked Will how Johnny has been with him today. Will said he has been good but he feels kind of embarrassed and weird. Will thinks Johnny is nervous that his game is totally messed up. Ali and Olivia said that Johnny being cold and distant is concerning them more than his lie about his vote. Will asked Ali who she would like to keep if Johnny and Ryan are nominated. While Ali said that she isn’t sure, Will said he believes that Johnny can be trusted more even though he did him dirty yesterday. Will then spoke to Derek. He asked if Derek has a preference with regards to who goes home. Derek said Ryan seems to be less of a threat, so he is leaning more towards Johnny. Will said that Ryan would have to go next week if Johnny goes this week. Derek agreed. He said that either one leaving this week is not a bad thing. Derek let Will know that he might have to put Ali or Olivia up if Johnny wins the veto.

10:00-11:00 PM: Will spoke to Paras about the need to bring Maddy back in before Daela sucks her in to give them a numerical advantage. Paras said sh is on board with reeling her back in but she doesn’t feel comfortable with telling her too much. Will asked Paras who she would like to stay if Johnny and Ryan are nominated. Paras said it depends how Will feels with Johnny now. Will said he feels good and is letting Johnny feel good, but he would like to send him home if he is on the block. Will said Ryan will have to give his word that he is not going to nominate them if they save him. Paras said she doesn’t think that he would do that anyway. Paras mentioned feeling bad after a talk she had with Johnny. Will said he feels bad too but that’s on a human level. On a game level, Will feels that Johnny put him at risk by voting him out. Will wants to remain on Daela’s good side by voting to evict their target this week. Ali checked in with Derek. He let her know that he would like to see Johnny go over Ryan. Ali agreed. Derek then told Olivia the same thing. Olivia said it’s more productive to put Will up over Ryan but she gets why it’s best for Derek to nominate Ryan instead. Both agreed that Derek would lose Will if he nominated him. Olivia talked about wanting to nominate Maddy, Paras and Will if she wins HoH in a triple eviction. Olivia said she wants Maddy to go so bad. Derek and Olivia discussed that Paras is in a really good spot right now. Olivia said it freaks her out since Paras is not even her #5 but she makes her feel that she is her #1. Derek said nobody has Paras on their radar but she is playing a weak game that wont get her the win in the end. Before the talk wrapped up, Derek let Olivia know that she is safe.

11:00-12:00 AM: Olivia told Kaela about her plan for the triple in the event that Johnny leaves this week. She said she wants to break up Maddy, Paras and Will. Kaela said she would probably want Maddy and Will to go if those were the nominations. After that, she said she would want to get Ryan out. As for this week, Olivia said that Johnny staying is bad for her game since he thinks that they betrayed Erica. Olivia mentioned that Erica betrayed them first. Kaela brought up that Erica told Johnny about their five. In the HoH room, Ali told Olivia that Ryan might have to go if Johnny wins the veto. She said Ryan is too good at competitions, and they will not be able to beat him if he survives the block for a fourth time. Ali and Olivia both think that Johnny would nominate them over Daela if he stays past this week.

Summary Thursday and Friday April12 and 13th

April 13, 2018

Summary Thursday and Friday April12 and 13th

8:00-9:00 PM: During tonight’s eviction episode, Arisa informed the houseguests that Canada had the option to save Ryan, Will, or no one. She then informed everyone that Canada had voted to save Ryan. Kaela was forced to choose a replacement nominee. Kaela nominated Erica in Ryan’s place. Voting then took place immediately. Erica was evicted by a vote of 5-2. Johnny and Ryan cast the two votes to evict Will.

9:00-10:00 PM: When feeds returned, we found out that Derek is the new HoH. Ali told Derek and Kaela that Johnny will be asking who told them that Erica was coming after them. Ali stressed that they cannot say it came from her or Olivia, or else it will be obvious that they are working together. Ali said Johnny could then rally the others to come after them. Ali brought up that Johnny mentioned to her that he had a Final 2 with Erica. Kaela said that she is not dumb, so she knew that already. Kaela let Ali and Olivia know that they now know they are 100% in, which they never doubted. It was discussed that Johnny is trying to pull Will back in by lying about his vote, saying he didn’t vote to evict Will. Elsewhere, Maddy told Paras that she plans to call a truce with Ryan. She said she will explain that they both love Paras, so she doesn’t want to be fighting. Maddy said she would prefer to see Johnny go home this week. Paras agreed since Johnny is a more capable player than Ryan is. In the HoH room, Kaela told Derek she hopes that Will can be convinced that Johnny is not to be trusted. Derek said it wont matter anyway, since Johnny will be on the block. Kaela brought up that Will was yelling after finding out that Ryan voted for Erica, so she can only imagine what would happen if he found out about Johnny doing the same. Out by the hot tub, Ali told Johnny that what happened sucks but it could have sucked even more if he didn’t have the veto. Derek and Kaela made their way outside. When Kaela mentioned that it was obvious Johnny voted for Erica to stay based on his reaction when Erica left, Johnny denied it. Johnny talked about feeling alone now. He asked that Derek and Kaela see him as a free person inside of the game. Kaela said she doesn’t think that Johnny is alone.

10:00-11:00 PM: Will asked Johnny if he is going to throw his game under the bus. Johnny said no, seeing as it’s the last thing that he has right now. Will mentioned that Ali is hearing that Johnny is throwing her name and Olivia’s name out there as the votes to evict him. Johnny denied having done that. Johnny said he can tell from his conversation with Derek and Kaela that he will be on the block this week. Will said he thinks that they will want Ryan out 100%, so he would bet that Ryan goes up next to him. Olivia then spoke to Johnny who once again said that he is alone in the game. Olivia promised that he is not alone. Johnny clarified that he hasn’t threw their names out there as the votes to evict Will. Olivia confirmed that Ali does think that, and she is pretty upset about it. Olivia let Johnny know that she personally wants Maddy gone this week. Ryan was the next to speak to Johnny. He said he expects to be nominated next to Will again. Johnny disagreed, saying he is likely going to be nominated next to Ryan. Johnny admitted that he thinks last week’s plan was to backdoor Erica or himself. In the bathroom, Maddy told Will that Ali pulled her aside to reaffirm that she and Olivia did not vote to evict Will. Both Maddy and Paras said that they believe her. Will said it had to have been Johnny. When Maddy talked about working with Daela, Will brought up that he is going to have trouble working with Daela if they nominate him again. Afterwards, Paras told Will that they cannot forget how sketchy Maddy is. She cautioned him about talking too much game around her, as she will run to power.

11:00-12:00 AM: Ali told Olivia that Maddy said Paras is the only person who she trusts 100%. She talked about Paras having Will, Ryan, Maddy, and the two of them. Both girls expressed concern over Johnny potentially leaving. Ali is worried that it will result in them becoming the next targets. Olivia added that they will lose numbers too. Ali thinks that Maddy or Will need to go this week. Olivia mentioned Paras’ name as well. Ali suggested that they keep Johnny tight, reassuring him that they have his back. Olivia said it’s a perfect opportunity to throw Maddy and Paras up. If one comes down, she said they can then put Will up. Ali quickly spoke to Derek about her concerns with regards to Maddy. She said Maddy told her that Paras and Will are the only people she trusts. She also let Derek know about Maddy’s truce with Ryan. Ali said they are at a 5 on 4 disadvantage if Ryan, Paras, Maddy and Will pick up Johnny. Derek told Kaela what Ali said to him. Derek thinks that Maddy has their backs 100%. Kaela said she thinks so too but Paras suggested that they keep tiptoeing around her. Derek said Ali, Olivia and Kaela are 100% not going up. He said Paras is probably 100% as well, which leaves him with Johnny, Maddy, Ryan and Will to choose from. Olivia stopped by to say that Paras is trying really hard to convince her that Johnny needs to go. Olivia talked about potentially moving forward with Johnny now that Erica is out of the picture. Kaela said Johnny 100% wants her and Derek out though. After Olivia left, Kaela said Paras does talk to the others a lot. Derek thinks that they still have her though. Kaela agreed but said Paras isn’t winning since she has everyone. Derek and Kaela agreed that it would be a close vote Johnny and Ryan are nominated together. They discussed that people may want to keep Johnny in order to come after them. When Paras joined them, Derek asked if they would have the votes to evict Johnny. Paras pointed out that they have her, Maddy and Kaela for sure, which is enough to force a tie. On top of that, she said that Will is likely going to vote with them as well. Paras said Maddy will be a number for them but they cannot fully trust her with game information. Derek talked about Maddy being a waste of his HoH week. Paras agreed. Paras told Derek and Kaela that Will is good with them but he may not be if they put him up again. Derek said he likely wouldn’t be, as he knows that he would feel that way if he was on the other end of it.

12:00-1:00 AM: Derek told Kaela that nominating Johnny and Ryan seems to be the best move based on their position in the game. Kaela said that nominating them together will prevent them from saving each other. Kaela added that they will have a better shot at winning competitions if Johnny is out of the picture.

1:00-2:00 AM: In the HoH room, Will told Derek that he does trust them. Derek said he hopes that they have been able to prove themselves, even though you can never be completely safe while on the block. Will said it doesn’t sit well with him that someone is lying about the vote. Derek suggested that it must have been Johnny. Will said he has asked him five or six times now. They talked about Johnny getting really defensive after the eviction. Will told Derek he is on board with him moving forward. Derek said he trust Will 100%. He asked if Will has anything he would like to share that may help him with his decision. Will said he is going to try to get Johnny to confess to the vote. Derek said Johnny would fess up if he wants to fix things with Will. Kaela joined them. Will reassured her that the trust is still there on his end. He said that sending Erica home proved a lot. Kaela said the trust is mutual. Will said he is on board with whatever Derek wants to do this week. Will headed to the red room to ask Johnny about his vote again. Johnny admitted that he voted Will out. Johnny said he is a big liar, he made some much dramatics over it, and he doesn’t know what to do about it now. Will said he respects him so much more now that he did tell him. Johnny said that even though he had Final 2s with both of them, he wasn’t expecting it to be this early that he had to make the decision between the two of them. Johnny explained that he thought Erica would be able to win a lot of competitions to take him there. Johnny mentioned that Will has another connections in the house too. Will said he has Johnny and Paras’ backs over anyone. Will told Johnny it would be better for his game if he comes clean to everyone. Will said he feels a bit hurt, but it’s water under the bridge, and he knows that Johnny wouldn’t do the same thing again. After Johnny left, Will said “I will get you when you least expect it, boy”.

2:00-3:00 AM: Johnny made his way to the HoH room. He told Derek and Kaela that he is dying inside right now and he doesn’t know what to do, cause he voted to evict Will. Kaela said they knew he did it, so he should have just admitted it. Johnny said he feels as though his game is slipping through his fingers, so he doesn’t know what to do. Johnny said he came clean to Will. Derek and Kaela said that is best for his game. They suggested that he own his move with the rest of the house as well. Meanwhile, Will filled Paras in on his conversation with Johnny. He said that Johnny came clean but said he didn’t know if he could trust him since he heard he had a Final 2 with Ryan. Johnny then came clean to Paras and Ryan about the vote. He said he felt that he could lie his way out of it, but he feels awful inside. Johnny said he felt that he was losing Erica and Will, and his entire game was falling apart. Johnny then went to the red room to come clean to Ali, Maddy and Olivia. Johnny said he panicked and thought that it was better for his game to keep Erica. Olivia said she is happy that Johnny came clean. Will said they all make mistakes in the game. Johnny said he is thankful that Will seems accepting of his lie. It was discussed that people value honesty.

lementet om? Hva gjør det interessant? Skriv en fengende beskrivelse for å fange besøkendes oppmerksomhet..

Game updates!

April 13, 2018

Game updates!
Canada saved Ryan with Canada Saves vote
Kaela named Erica as the replacement nominee
Will and Erica were on the block and up for eviction
Erica was evicted 5-2
Derek won HOH Before or After 
Jury starts next Thursday

Johnny did not own up to being the 2nd vote to evict Will even though everyone knows it was him. then finally around 2AM Johnny told everyone it was him.

Ryan thinks he finally has his 'one person" now that Johnny is saying thsat he is alone in the game. However Johnny has ties with everyone except for Derek and Kaela. Johnny can and will be used as a side or 3rd person in a dou. And used as a single for each of Will and Ryan and Maddy

Kaela already told Maddy that Derek is planning on nominating Johnny and Ryan

HG's were told last night that today there will be a HAVE NOT comp today . 
Look for extra feed blockage today

After 41 days, Erica has left the BBCAN6 house!

April 12, 2018

 After 41 days, Erica has left the BBCAN6 house! Her pick to win is her boy Johnny!
Erica to Arisa- I understand why Kaela had to do it, cause she cant play as well as I can. I get it. She is not as good socially, and she cant win a comp to save her life. She won one pushing a button

Erica- Fuck the both of you (Derek/Kaela). Literally fuck both of you. Kaela- I was told I was your 1 target. Erica- That's cute. Kaela- I respect you a lot. Erica- Dont give a shit 
Kaela- I was her (Erica's) option to go home. Johnny- No you were not! I have had conversations with her where that is not the case. You have been misinformed. I swear that on everything

Big Brother Canada Results: Who Was Voted Off BBCAN6 Tonight? 

April 12, 2018

Big Brother Canada Results: Who Was Voted Off BBCAN6 Tonight? 
Tonight could be one of the craziest days in Big Brother Canada history. Last Thursday, Arisa announced a special Canada power: Canada would have the ability to save one of the nominees this week, or save the power for the following week. If Canada decides to exercise their power this week, we have no clue how the nominees and vote could end up.

The Twitter world of Big Brother Canada doesn’t want the power used. They think everything should stay as it is with Ryan going home instead of Will, because voting to save him puts players who are a little more likable, like Maddy and Erica, in danger.

However, everyone knows casual Big Brother viewers are like those kids who have to press a button, no matter how many times they’re told, “Don’t press the button!” So we expect the button to be pressed. Originally, we predicted with Will getting such a good edit on Monday’s episode, he would be the one Canada saved. Things took a major turn on Thursday with the episodes favoring using the save on Ryan.

Now if the vote is used, we have no clue who will be saved.

BBCAN6 Week 6 Eviction Vote:
Canada may shake up the game by saving Ryan or Will. This could greatly alter the entire week, and we could see someone who was totally safe go right out the door without a fighting chance.

Canada voted to use the twist. Ryan is safe and now Kaela must name a replacement nominee.

Ali VTE Erica

Derek VTE Erica

Ryan VTE Will

Paras VTE Erica

Johnny VTE Will

Maddy VTE Erica

Olivia VTE Erica

Erica is evicted by 5 to 2. She doesn’t leave happy and throws all kind of cursing out.

BBCAN6 Week 7 Head of Household Competition:
With the threat of Canada getting involved looming, we expect no one to throw this week’s Head of Household competition. It might mean the only true safety in the game.

For this Head of Household competition, players are read two events that occurred during the game. They must then answer if the first event happened before or after the second one.

Round 1: Will is the only one eliminated

Round 2: No one is eliminated.

And it ends like that. Join us later for the results. Also, jury finally starts next Thursday.

Arisa dropped the Canada’s Saves twist on the HGs, and revealed that Canada decided to save Ryan

April 12, 2018

Arisa dropped the Canada’s Saves twist on the HGs, and revealed that Canada decided to save Ryan from the block bbcan6 kaela was told she had to make a replacement noms, Derek had Safety & Johnny was safe as POV winner!

Eviction time has arrived this week on Big Brother Canada 6

April 12, 2018

Eviction time has arrived this week on Big Brother Canada 6 and the potential drama awaits us for whether or not Canada voted to save one of this week’s nominees, Ryan and Will, or to let it ride and see what happens next round.

With Ryan and Will on the Block the top pick right now looks to be Ryan going home, but anything is possible with this bunch and we’ll wait for the spoilers and show results to find out for sure which one of them could be gone next. Should Canada opt to save one of this week’s noms with the latest twist then there’s a real chance we’d see Erica up and out the door instead. It’d be a disappointing end to her game, but a smart move by those involved.

We’ve made our pick on who will be evicted tonight on Big Brother Canada so now we’ll have to settle in and wait for the results. Since these “live” shows are only live in the sense that at some point it was filmed “live” well before it aired there will undoubtedly be spoilers.

See you back here at 8/7c for the eviction show results with our live recap

Predictions! Who Will Be Evicted Tonight?

April 12, 2018

Predictions! Who Will Be Evicted Tonight?
After Merron left last week on Big Brother Canada 6, we found out there was a twist in the game. Canada was given the opportunity to save an HG this week from eviction. We then watched as Kaela won HOH, nominated Will and Ryan with the plans of targeting Ryan. The POV was played and Johnny won it. Johnny toyed around with the idea of using the POV to take down Will, but Kaela told him that it would probably just make the renom mad at him because he would ultimately be the reason they were put on the block.

The renom choice if Will was taken down would have been Erica, which I think would have made some people mad, but I don’t think they would have been that upset with Johnny. I think it would probably just put a bigger target on Kaela and Derek’s backs. So, the final nominees this week are Will and Ryan. Ryan has done his fair share of rubbing people the wrong way in the house. The plan is to get Ryan out this week and I think that it will most likely happen.

Unless by some crazy miracle Canada chooses to save Ryan to mix things up, Ryan is my pick for tonight’s eviction. This also seems to be the popular consensus with all of you because the poll from Tuesday shows that 78% of you also think that Ryan will be the HG evicted tonight. Make sure you come back later tonight for our full recap of tonight’s eviction episode to find out if Canada saved anyone or if Ryan ends up walking out the door tonight on Big Brother Canada 6!

Game update!

April 12, 2018

 Game update!

Maddy secured a working alliance with Kaela Derek Paras. Maddy plans on putting up Erica and possibly Ali or Johnny

Paras believes her social game is what will get her to the finals however everyone is onto her

Will Erica and Johnny secured their new alliance THe Social Aspect. However Will doesn't know that this a convince alliance and really holds no weight unless Will comes into power.

Ali and Liv still playing all sides of the house Ali is more loyal to Derek and Kaela with Liv as her mian person. However Liv who thought she has something tight with Erica and johnny has been scared off by their aggressiveness in game talk towards her. I dont see Liv wanting to take out Kaela or Derek any time soon.

Will feels that he is good with Maddy and paras but doesnt trust Maddy. He feels that Maddy is tighter in with Daela and thsat worries him. Will feels good with Erica and Johnny and if he was to win HOH the is putting up Derek and Kaela with Kaela as his target.

Canada's Save Vote!

Ryan is on the slate to be the 1st person evicted and going to the Jury House. However after last night's edit on the aired show he may very well stay with Canada's save vote. Kaela most likely, will put up Erica.

Will slept in the cursed bed last night so if it's Erica vs Will to be evicted. It's possible that Erica will be the 1st to go to the jury house OR the cursed bed lives on and Will will become the cursed beds 4th victim

Live Feed Updates Wednesday April11th 

April 11, 2018

Live Feed Updates Wednesday April11th 
Live Feed Updates Wednesday April11th 
9:00-10:00 AM: Johnny told Ali and Olivia that playing it safe is not going to happen anymore. Erica said it shouldn’t. Erica asked if Paras would take a shot their way as opposed to targeting Daela. Johnny said she is the biggest question mark. Ali said she feels close to Paras but thinks that Paras is the same way with everybody. Erica said Paras has done a good job of making everybody feel that she trusts them, and therefore they don’t want to break that trust. Erica said that they are not screwed by having Kaela around, like Ryan is suggesting, but their lives would be a lot easier if she weren’t there. Ali agreed. Ali brought up that Paras doesn’t seem to believe in the six, and she is saying that it’s solid just because she needs to in attempt to stay safe. The group continued to discuss Paras. Olivia said Paras is quiet when she is comfortable, and she blabs to everyone once something goes wrong. As for Maddy, Erica said she runs to power like nobody she has ever seen. Erica mentioned that target Daela before the triple needs to be done, but it’s not good from a jury management standpoint. Johnny said Daela would do it to them in a heartbeat. Erica agreed. Johnny told Ali and Olivia that their best bet for the triple is to have Daela out of the picture before the triple. Erica said it makes no sense to keep them around. Johnny said they can put Maddy up next to the remaining member of Daela if they get one out next.

10:00-11:00 AM: Erica mentioned that people saying Ryan should have went last week aren’t understanding that he isn’t after them. Johnny said Ryan throwing everyone under the bus to start the week has ended his game. Erica pointed out that one of them would have been backdoored if not for Ryan being in the game. Erica said he has served his purpose as a shield, so now he can go. Ali said Ryan is still going, but it was just a week later than they had originally planned for. Once Erica and Johnny were alone, Johnny asked Erica how she would feel about establishing something between the two of them and Will. Erica said Will mentioned that to her yesterday. Erica said it’s an excellent idea. Johnny agreed.

11:00-12:00 PM: Maddy asked if Will has been campaigning at all. Paras said no. Derek said Will should at least be checking in with people. Paras said she hopes that they are all on the same page. Derek said they totally are, but Will should do his due diligence since he is sure that Ryan is going around talking to people. Meanwhile, Ryan spoke to Johnny. Ryan told Johnny to ask himself what he thinks that Will brings to the table that he doesn’t. Ryan said Will pledged his loyalty to him on Day 2, so he should think about whether or not Will has been loyal to him of late if he is counting on loyalty from him. Ryan said he is expecting to go home, so tomorrow he will be having a pre-jury management conversation with everybody. Ryan said that will do a lot towards determining who he will vote for at the end. Johnny said Ryan has to realize that people may not want to give up all of their information when he is still in the house. Ryan said he will only have the meeting if he knows that he is going, which he will be. Ryan listed off Johnny, Maddy, Paras and Derek as four people who will not be voting for him. Johnny said it seems to be heading that way. Johnny said he wishes he had used the veto on Will, and both Ryan and Will could be safe this week. Ryan again brought up his pitching to work as a five with Ali, Olivia, Erica and Johnny. He mentioned that they are strong and have the majority of the competitions. Ryan brought up that Will said he had his back all along, yet he immediately gave out information to Ali the first time that he trusted Will with information. Ryan said that’s the first thing that led to Ali not trusting him.

12:00-1:00 PM: Ali told Derek and Kaela she knows that going after them is not what needs to be dons, so it’s just strategy if she goes along with it. Ali said Johnny talks about taking the shot at Daela every morning. Ali said she knows that Johnny is a bigger threat and he would turn on her much sooner than the showmance would. Ali said it will be fair game to go after each other once they go down to four. Kaela said she probably wouldn’t even take Ali out at that point since she hasn’t won anything. Ali stressed that she knows what move needs to be made next week, and she is going to do it. Kaela said Johnny is really pushing for them to take the shot at each other next week. Kaela asked if they should tell Johnny that they are targeting Ali and Olivia. Ali said she is still expressing hesitance but she is saying that it’s a move to consider. Derek said he will tell Johnny that he is thinking about it. In the red room, Olivia told Paras that Erica and Johnny are trying to convince her that taking Daela out before the triple. Olivia said that is not best for her game, and she doesn’t want to do that. Paras said it’s because they think that they can steamroll through the rest of them. Olivia said Erica and Johnny know that they are bigger targets as well. Paras said she has been on board with getting Maddy out for a while now, but they have a better chance at beating her than beating Erica or Johnny. Olivia said she doesn’t trust Maddy. Paras agreed but said her chances of winning a competition are better if they are going up against Maddy. Olivia said Erica has turned into a crazed comp tyrant. Paras said everyone seems to be so scared of taking a shot at Erica and Johnny. Olivia admitted that she has been hesitant to say anything about them because she loves them as people. Olivia brought up that Johnny and Will seem really close. Paras said Johnny is his number one, which scares her. Paras pointed out that Johnny got in with Ali, Erica and Olivia in the first part of the game, then he came over to the other side to make Maddy and Will think that they are his number ones. Paras said Johnny has positioned himself so well that he would have the votes if he goes up. Olivia said everyone has been whispering about Johnny, and the votes to evict him would come from Ali, Derek, Kaela and herself. Paras asked if Johnny should go before Erica. Olivia said she thinks so, and she believes that it has to happen before the triple. Paras asked that Olivia not even mention her name when people discuss votes to evict Johnny. Paras questioned who they should nominate next to Johnny, cause Maddy may go over him. Olivia said Johnny has been trying to convince them to get Maddy out. Paras wondered if he is just trying to distance himself from her. Olivia mentioned potentially nominating Maddy and Will, looking to backdoor Johnny. Olivia said Maddy can go if someone wins the veto who would not use it. Paras asked if this is Ali’s plan too. Olivia said she thinks so.

1:00-2:00 PM: In the HoH room, Paras told Johnny that Will attached himself to Veronica when she won, said Hamza was his number one when he was winning, then attached himself to Johnny when he is winning. Johnny asked if that’s why Will is close to him. Paras said she doesn’t think that Will would turn on Johnny but he is only there for himself and his son. Johnny said he is annoyed that he feels manipulated by Maddy a bit. Johnny brought up that Maddy talks crap about Paras and Will. Paras asked if there is more that he can tell her, because it would help her stop looking out for her so much. Johnny said he believes that Maddy thought they were dead weight, so she was trying to put herself in a better position by creating some backup plans. Paras said Maddy thinks that they are dead weight but they have had to drag her along for four weeks now. Johnny said he knows. Johnny thinks she is distancing herself from him for some reason. Paras said Maddy has no loyalty. Paras pointed out that the two of them and Will had a gut feeling that Maddy was the one throwing names out this week. Paras said she didn’t ever question Johnny or Will about doing that. Out in the yard, Will told Derek he is going to check in with everyone to make sure that they are still keeping him. He said he already check in with Olivia. Derek said he is voting Ryan out 100%. Derek let Will know that he has his back going into tomorrow night’s HoH. Derek said he will not put Paras or Will up. Will said the four of them need to get together at some point to talk things over. When Derek brought up that he may be on the block next to Kaela, Will said that Derek will have his vote. Will said he cannot afford for another guy to go home. Will then spoke to Ali. He asked if he has anything to worry about tomorrow. Ali said no. Will suggested that they get together to talk later today.

2:00-3:00 PM: Olivia told Ali she opened up to Paras about how she feels when it comes to Erica and Johnny trying to strong arm her. Olivia said Paras then brought up Johnny on her own, saying that she doesn’t think they should both make it past the triple. Olivia said Paras stressed that she cannot tell anyone. Ali said what makes her nervous is that Paras said the same thing verbatim to her with regards to each of them being the only person she has talked to from the beginning. Ali said Paras also told them both that whoever puts her up as a pawn would be dead to her since she is disposable to them. Ali told Olivia to be careful there because it’s just game. Ali said it makes her a little wary that Paras has been talking to Johnny for hours. She said that if she was in Paras’ position, she would take the doubt from others to deflect her fear in order to make it seem as though it’s coming from others. Outside, Johnny and Will discuss that Derek and Kaela need to be nominated together. Will asked who Ali and Olivia are targeting. Johnny said either Maddy or Daela. Johnny said it’s driving him nuts that Olivia is just lying in bed, not playing the game. He said she sees the game as just winning competitions and taking someone out. Will said he thinks that Erica is a big piece of the puzzle for the two of them. Johnny agreed. He said he knows that Erica doesn’t feel comfortable with anyone. Will suggested that they talk with her. Will said he has no desire to target Paras, but he would take Johnny to the Final 2 over her. Between Derek and Kaela, the guys discussed that Kaela is the much bigger threat.

3:00-4:00 PM: Johnny asked Paras if he is wrong that it seems Maddy is being awkward with everyone these days. Paras said no. Johnny asked Paras if she told Maddy about the six. Paras said that would be so stupid of her to do. Paras said Maddy thinks that she is a mastermind. Paras told Johnny that Maddy is delusional to think that. Paras thinks Maddy will end up on the block if the two of them don’t vouch for her. Johnny agreed. Johnny asked who Maddy would put up if she wins. Paras said she thinks that Maddy would put up Ali and Olivia. Johnny thinks part of Maddy wants to be seen as a cutthroat villain. Paras said Maddy wouldn’t touch Johnny. In the red room, Ali asked Paras how her talk with Johnny was. Paras said Johnny obviously doesn’t have enough trust in her to give her any names. Ali told Paras she trusts her more than anybody except for Olivia. Ali said she has long terms for Paras, so she will be keeping her safe if she wins HoH. Ali and Paras agreed that targeting Daela is best for Erica and Johnny, but not for the two of them. Derek told Maddy that he has targets in mind. He said she is not one of them. Maddy said the same to Derek. She said it has taken seven weeks for her to win HoH, so she is going to take someone down with her if she is going down. Maddy said she would not go after Derek, Kaela, or Paras. Derek agreed. Maddy also said Will is not on her target list, but Johnny is in his ear a bit too much right now. Derek said Paras made it seem like Will is really trusting Johnny. Maddy said he is.

4:00-5:00 PM: Paras told Erica she would be very surprised if she was gunning for her. Erica said she should be very surprised, because that would be dumb of her. When Paras asked Erica who she would put up next week, Erica said she will worry about it when the time comes. She said there are some strong humans that need to go. Paras said you either take a shot or you get taken out. Erica said she is stressed out cause Kaela said that everyone was throwing her name out. Paras said she was told the same thing. The girls agreed that it’s probably BS. Paras doesn’t think that people would say Erica’s name, because she is a straight shooter and has the ability to win competitions.

5:00-6:00 PM: When Ryan brought up that he is being sent home, Ali said she feels for him. Ryan said it’s not too late. He said that she can make something happen. Ali said she cannot do it, for her own personal game. Ali mentioned that people could be blowing smoke due to jury management, but she has too much respect for Ryan to BS him. Ali told Ryan that Paras will not vote against Will. Ryan said his only way out was to get Ali, Olivia, Erica and Johnny. Ali said Johnny wouldn’t vote Will out ether. Ryan said Johnny would have to be convinced by someone other than him. In the HoH room, Ali told Derek and Kaela that Erica said she is so confused because she had a really good chat with Kaela. Ali said Erica is claiming that she feels good after talking to Kaela, then not so good once she talks to Johnny. Ali said she thinks that Johnny is putting it in Erica’s ear to go after Daela. Ali asked what Kaela thinks about Maddy. Kaela said she is hard to read. Ali said Maddy freaks her out. Not long after, Maddy broke up the conversation.

6:00-7:00 PM: Ali told Derek and Kaela that Johnny is paranoid that they are working with Maddy. They discussed that Johnny is working with everyone, and is saying everything to everyone. Ali mentioned that Ryan is trying so hard, pitching that they could be a solid five. Ali said Ryan is saying to stop doing what the HoH wants. Ali said she isn’t about to jeopardize her game for Ryan who put her on blast. Paras spoke to Kaela about Maddy being such a flip flopper. Paras said Maddy seems to be very on board, though she has done this with every HoH. Paras suggested that they be cautious moving forward. Kaela said she has to trust someone going into the next HoH competition. Paras agreed. Paras said they have to treat Maddy as a number, not an ally. Kaela said she doesn’t give her much but she wouldn’t put her up if she won in the triple. Paras said that she wouldn’t either.

9:00-10:00 PM: Paras told Maddy she thinks that Johnny has been throwing her name around. Maddy said she is not surprised, as Johnny was telling Kaela he wanted her to go on the block. Paras said Olivia told her that Erica and Johnny were trying to convince them go after Maddy and Paras next week. Paras said those two don’t want to get their hands dirty by coming after them. Maddy talked to Paras about wanting to go down swinging. Paras told Maddy that if she takes out Erica or Johnny next week, she will take out Olivia and whichever one is leftover the following week. Out at the hot tub, Erica, Johnny and Will discussed working together. They eventually decided to call themselves “The Social Aspect”. Will said he likes Olivia and Paras as well. When Erica and Johnny said the same, they agreed that those two can get down to five with them. Erica asked what they should do if one of them wins next week. They all agreed that they should go after Derek and Kaela. They also agreed that Kaela is the bigger threat. Erica said the three of them have the three strongest social games in the house. Johnny said they will be able to work different angles, doing some serious damage.

Live Feed Updates Tuesday April 10th 

April 10, 2018

Live Feed Updates Tuesday April 10th 
7:00-8:00 PM: Feeds returned after being down for nearly 7 hours. While the feeds were down, the houseguests took part in Wendy’s task. Olivia had a task within the task. The houseguests ended up being successful. They earned a Wendy’s meal. They also received videos from home.

9:00-10:00 PM: Johnny spoke to Kaela and Derek in the HoH room. Kaela said she didn’t see Johnny as a target until this week when people were talking about him. Johnny said he knows that a lot of people will take him out, since they are going to salivate at the idea of getting him or Erica out. Kaela said those are the reasons that she wouldn’t want to take them out, because she wants big targets in the game. Johnny questioned if Kaela is being legit when she says that she will target Ali and Olivia in the triple, or if they actually have a Final 4 together. Kaela replied “oh God no” to the idea that she would have a Final 4 with Ali and Olivia. Kaela said that she and Derek, or Ali and Olivia, will be on the block during the triple eviction. In the red room, Ryan spoke to Ali about her vote. Ali said that she cannot even consider keeping him until he figures out whether or not he can get Paras’ vote. Ali said there are moving parts in play, and it doesn’t simply come down to a Ryan vs Will decision.

10:00-11:00 PM: Ryan told Erica that the only one he might be able to swing is Paras, then he would have to get Ali and Olivia on board with keeping him. He said he knows that Maddy will never vote for him again. Ryan brought up that he only has two nominees in mind, those being Derek and Kaela. He implied that Maddy would go on the block as the replacement nominee if one of them were to win the veto. When Ryan said that Kaela needs to be the next person to go, Erica said she thinks that Ryan is overestimating her. Ryan said that people are terrified of Kaela. Erica didn’t get why. She argued that Kaela has only one won competitions, is easy to see through, and is not intelligent. When Ryan later spoke to Olivia about her vote, Olivia was noncommittal. She said that she is always the last to find out about things.

11:00-12:00 AM: Maddy told Paras that Johnny just straight up asked her and Will if they trust him, so she had to lie to him. Paras thinks that Johnny has been told something by the other side in order to make him so paranoid. Maddy said she got Johnny to admit to Will that he is more threatened by the people on the other side. Paras said Johnny never has these types of conversations with her, so he doesn’t trust her. Maddy said they have to work on that. Paras said there is no working on it since it’s too late in the game to build trust. Maddy clarified that she meant work on getting him out. Maddy said she is not going to be able to take the shot at him though. Paras told Maddy to play her game how she wants to, but she is not about to start building trust with anyone in week six. Maddy asked if Ryan has asked Paras for a vote yet. Paras said not really. Paras brought up that Johnny likely wants her out of the equation so that he can be Maddy’s #1 and Will’s #1. Maddy said that nobody will be her #1 at that point. Paras said Johnny wants eight people to be his best friend and take him to Final 2. She said it’s not going to happen. Paras said she is so tempted to win HoH and take Johnny out. Maddy said if she wins, they go through the pros and cons, and it’s Johnny, they will target Johnny.

Game update this week

April 10, 2018

Game update this week
Kaela won HOH- Buttoned up 
Paras took a $1000 temptation
Derek has a week safety temptation
Will took temptation a phone call from his loved ones - completed
Temptation not taken House on cold showers for 48 hrs - completed
Each HG, except for Erica and Kaela had their time calculated from the HOH comp. Time they were on the platform till they dropped and for every 5 mins = 1 hr of slop
Paras 2hrs, Ryan 11 hrs, Maddy 15hrs plus, Derek 16hrs, Ali 18hrs, Johnny (TBD), Will(TBD), Liv (TBD) all completed 4/7/18
Kaela nominated Ryan and Will to be on the block
POV players Kaela Ryan Will Johnny Erica Derek, Olivia hosted
Johnny won POV and a trip to London
Johnny did not use the veto
Ryan and Will remain on the block and are up for eviction
Ryan is campainging even though he assured Will he wouldn't agsint him. Will knows this and has been told taht he has the votes to stay.

Ryan's points are that Will has broken his word to several people in the house and Ryan has not. Also that if he stays he will "take the shot". For each side that shot is different.

Paras is trying to convince Kaela that having Maddy on their side is good. But Paras is blind to the fact that Johnny is working with everyone and said her side is Will Maddy herself. Kaela knows that Johnny has something with everyone.

Erica and Johnny will have to win comps going forward to not be a mutual target for Kaela/Derek, Paras/Maddy and Ali. Liv says that she cant take either johnny or Erica to the final 6 but she cant put either of them on the block.

After the show on Wednesday, head to bigbrothercanada.ca to vote for who you want to save from the block, OR, vote to not save anyone at all! If used, houseguests will find out at the eviction on Thursday, April 12th, and the HOH will need to pick a replacement nominee on the spot. If Canada decides NOT to save a houseguest, the live eviction will proceed as normal, and Canada you will have one last chance to save a houseguest from eviction the following week.

Live Feed Updates Tuesday April 10th 

April 09, 2018

Live Feed Updates Tuesday April 10th 
12:00-1:00 AM: Paras told Kaela that if Johnny and Erica are on the block together, whoever stays will be on the other side and gunning for them. Kaela said they are already on the other side. Paras argued that Johnny wants to be on the side with her, Maddy and Will. Paras added that Johnny wants to prove himself to Will, plus he has always been good with Maddy. Paras suggested nominating Ali and Erica, then using Johnny as the replacement nominee if Erica comes down. Kaela worried that Ali might go. Paras said they would have the votes. When Kaela said that she would rather put Olivia up in case something goes wrong, Paras again said that they would have the votes. Paras mentioned that she would down with getting to six with Derek, Kaela, Ali, Maddy and Will. Kaela said Erica and Johnny would win their way to the Final 2 if they get to that point, so they have to go. Paras said they can get Erica out first, without nominating Johnny, and then he wont think that a shot has been taken at him, and he might not target them. Derek then spoke to Kaela. He said he is at a point where he thinks he will just put Erica and Johnny up next to each other if he wins. Kaela said that either of them would win at the end, and they have a good shot at making it there if they last past the triple. Derek said he would say that in front of the house. Kaela told Derek that Paras said Erica feels threatened by her because she is the only girl who could take her out. Kaela said they are going to have to do as much as they can each week, as somebody can only take one of them out at a time unless it’s during the triple. Kaela acknowledged that she is likely leaving first since people view her as a bigger threat than Derek. Kaela said she almost wishes that she had given Johnny the go ahead to use the veto so that she could have nominated Erica. Derek and Kaela discussed that it’s okay since Ryan has to go anyway.

Paras spoke to the cameras to say that Kaela trusts her enough that she can take her out when she is not expecting it. Paras talked about Erica and Johnny needing to go first. She said she doesn’t want to win the next HoH, because she would like to win in the triple. Paras said she knows she cannot win against Erica or Johnny, so she has to take them out. Paras mentioned that she wouldn’t mind taking Erica out herself since Erica would respect the gameplay. That being said, Paras thinks that Erica would be a bitter jury member. Paras said she has to convince Will that they need to work with Daela, because Daela is never going to put her up. She also said that if Derek or Kaela go, she is the only one that they have left. Paras prefers that Kaela leaves first. Will joined Paras. He said that he would love to see Erica go up and go home since she is the most likely to win. Paras said that they might have to do that this week. Paras and Will discussed that Maddy wants to work with Daela. Paras said it makes sense game wise.

Summary Monday April 9th 

April 09, 2018

Summary Monday April 9th 
Live Feed Updates Monday April 9th 
11:00-12:00 PM: Ryan told Johnny that he will have a shot as long as someone else goes on the block. Ryan said he doesn’t have a shot if he is up against Will. Johnny said whoever goes up would not be happy about it. Ryan said he understands. He said he doesn’t think that anything could change Johnny’s mind at this point. Johnny admitted that there isn’t really anything that he could say to change his mind. Ryan said he got screwed over, and that person is not going to have to pay for what they did. Ryan suggested that Johnny would have the connections to make something happen. Johnny said he doesn’t think that anyone is biting on that. Ryan said he has always deflected when Johnny’s name has come up. Johnny said he has other relationships that are playing into his decision as well. Ryan gave his word that he will throw the veto if he and Johnny are nominated next to each other next week, as long as Johnny uses the veto on him. Next up, Johnny let Will know about Ryan’s pitch. Johnny said he is not going to use the veto on Ryan. Johnny asked if Will is still on board with him not using it on him either. Will said yeah. Will listed off his sure votes as Johnny, Maddy and Paras. Johnny said that Derek and Erica will not flip either. Johnny then went to Kaela to let her know that he is not going to use the veto. Kaela said it’s a guaranteed 7-0 vote to send Ryan home over Will. After Johnny left the room, Kaela said to herself that Erica is safe. Derek joined her. Kaela said that she 100% would nominate Erica if Johnny were to use the veto. Kaela told Derek that she wouldn’t put Maddy up, especially since Johnny just admitted that it would be a toss up if she was on the block. Derek asked if Kaela would want to send Ryan home over Erica. Kaela said they would have to have a conversation at that point.

1:00-2:00 PM: Feeds returned following the veto ceremony. Johnny decided not to use the Power of Veto. Ryan and Will remain nominated. Ryan told Johnny that he has not played the game that he could have. Ryan explained that he came in prepared to do whatever it took, but then he couldn’t do it. If he could, Ryan said he would have taken a stronger stand in week two when he nominated Andrew and Hamza. Ryan said that send the guy home who everyone wanted to go home turned him into the bad guy, though he would have been dealing with the repercussions had he not made that move. Ryan said he has flip flopped a bit because nobody has ever wanted to commit to him for more than a week. Ryan said he can stay but he needs people to take that shot. Ryan told Johnny that there is only one target for him. He pointed out that Johnny has friends in every direction, so it’s going to be a problem for him if he wins HoH. Ryan said if Johnny can’t afford to win HoH because he can’t afford to take the shot, he is essentially waiting for someone to talk the shot at him. Ryan said it’s a dangerous spot to be in. Ryan said he knows that Johnny is not naive to think that people are not looking at him when he has won four competitions. Ryan thinks that people are afraid to touch Derek and Kaela because they fear that the remaining member of the showmance will come after them. Ryan said to make sure that Kaela is sent out the door next week, because it’s getting to a point where she is about to be able to play in every competition. Ryan asked that Johnny let him know if it’s never going to happen for him. Ryan said he wont waste time if he knows that he doesn’t have Johnny’s vote. Ryan then told Ali that he would only need one more vote if Ali and Olivia are on board with keeping him. Ryan said someone has told him firmly that they will be the fourth vote if he has three others. When Ali asked who it is, Ryan said that names are dangerous. Ryan said it’s not Johnny but it’s someone who he trusts explicitly. Ryan told Ali that it comes down to him being a better target to hide behind than Will is.

2:00-3:00 PM: In the red room, Ali asked Olivia what they should do. Olivia told Ali that they have a couple of options for next week. She said that they could nominate Maddy and Paras, potentially making use of the backdoor, or they could nominate Erica and Johnny if they want to be ballsy, or they could nominate Daela if they feel that they are going to come at them in the triple. Olivia said she would put up Erica and Johnny but she is worried about the repercussions for the triple. Ali said she doesn’t think that they can do that. She thinks that nominating Maddy and Paras is best. Olivia said that’s such a weak move though. Ali said she really wants to get the next HoH because she doesn’t feel safe. Olivia said she will go for it too. Ali thinks that they can set themselves up where people would target Daela over them in the triple. Olivia said she will likely backdoor Johnny if the opportunity presents itself. Ali said she would not be surprised if Erica and Johnny are thinking the same about them. Ali thinks that Johnny would take Will over anyone since he thinks that he can beat him. Ali said it sucks to hear that Johnny threw her name out as a replacement nominee. Once Olivia left the room, Ali wonder aloud about whether Canada would want her to take a shot at Daela, or take a shot at Johnny. When Olivia returned, Ali let her know that Ryan is claiming that someone has guaranteed him a vote if he has three others. Ali figures that it’s Erica. Olivia said she wants to get rid of Ryan. Ali agreed but said she is curious if Erica is trying to make a power move by getting Will out. Ali pointed out that Erica likes to keep big targets in, and get rid of people who are loved. Olivia said they don’t want that, since they want Erica to be a target. Ali said she will try to get the name out of Ryan. In the white room, Ryan told Paras he feels like he can’t get her vote even if he wants to, so he doesn’t want to put her in an unfair position. Paras said it’s the worst case scenario in terms of who is up next to him. Ryan agreed. Ryan said he only has one shot to take, and it should be the same shot that everyone takes, cause Kaela is going to win if you don’t take her out while she unable to compete for HoH. Ryan said he thinks that he has a better shot at winning HoH than Will does, and it comes down to who you would rather have competing against Derek. Ryan said nobody wants to be his first vote, but he has someone on board to be the fourth if he can bring in three others. Paras said she is not shutting it down but Will is her best friend in the house. Ryan suggested that Paras would go home over Will but would stay over him. Ryan said he is a target that people will go after first. Ryan said he plans to be vocal that this is the last chance to get Kaela out since she and Derek will be competing together after this week. Ryan brought up that Kaela tried to manipulate everyone by saying that Maddy was going up, and then attempting to get information out of everyone. Ryan assured Paras that he will not put her up if he stays.

3:00-4:00 PM: Ryan asked Ali to do him a favour, not waiting to send Kaela home. He said she is going to win the game if she doesn’t go home next week. Ryan said there will come a time where Kaela gets to compete in every single veto competition. Ryan suggested that Kaela has been holding back, so now she is going to start to win a lot since she is feeling threatened. Ryan told Ali that she cannot use the triple as protection. Ryan added that people will want him out the longer that he is there. Ali said it’s tough since Johnny, Maddy and Paras would never vote against Will. Ryan said maybe, but he only needs to get one of them. Ali said it has to be Erica by process of elimination. Ryan eventually confirmed that Erica said she was happy to be the fourth of four. Ryan said he is happy to bring Erica, Ali and Olivia together once he gets another vote. Ali said it will be tricky. Ryan agreed but said the pitch is not wrong. Ryan talked about the need to target Daela. He also brought up that he will have to earn any jury votes, whereas Will will get votes based on sentimentality. Afterwards, Ali and Olivia talked things over. They agreed that some days they think they can trust Daela, and some days they don’t. Olivia said she trusts Erica but cannot have her in the end. Ali said everybody trusts Erica. Ali said she is trustworthy but she cannot keep her promise to everybody. Ali compared Erica to Paul in a sense that everyone trusts her.

4:00-5:00 PM: Ali, Olivia, Derek and Kaela chatted in the HoH room. Derek mentioned that he hasn’t talked to Erica too much. Kaela said Erica was just in the HoH room but she didn’t seem to want to talk much game. Ali and Olivia said that they haven’t talked to Erica since everything transpired yesterday. Kaela asked Olivia for her thoughts on things. Olivia said she feels the same way as Ali. Ali said they are trying to keep the connection but they have to win HoH or else they could be in danger. Ali thinks that Johnny has gotten inside of Erica’s head, so she is now thinking that she cannot go to the end with two duos. Kaela said it’s really clear that Johnny was always with the other side of the house based on the conversations that she had this week.

5:00-6:00 PM: Kaela told Ali, Olivia and Derek that Johnny was saying he doesn’t trust Ali, and he was suggesting that she should go on the block. Kaela said he wouldn’t mention Ali’s name once Derek was in the room. Ali said that’s because Johnny doesn’t want someone to be able to vouch for Kaela if she later brings it up. Derek said he doesn’t think that Erica would put them up if she wins this week, but Johnny might. Kaela thinks that Erica needs them in the game for the triple. Ali said Erica and Johnny have been saying they don’t know if they should wait for the triple to target the showmance. Olivia said that those two were getting agitated that they might not go target the showmance sooner than the triple. Olivia wondered if Erica was only saying it because Johnny was there. Ali said Erica mentioned it to her when Johnny was not around yesterday. Kaela said they should casually bring it up to see what Erica is truly thinking. Ali said they have to pretend that they are good with Johnny, otherwise Erica will gun for the HoH even harder. Kaela let Ali know that if Johnny wanted to use the veto, she was going to tell him that now he has to choose between two of his friends. Kaela assured Ali that she would never put her up. Derek and Kaela assured Ali that they have her and Olivia’s backs 100%. Ali said ditto. Later, Johnny asked Ali if she thinks next week is to take the shot at Daela, or if she is still trying to save them. Ali said she is scared but she is going to be scared no matter what she does. Johnny said he wondered if Ali and Olivia were close to Daela, but that doesn’t seem to be the case. Ali said no. Ali asked if Johnny thinks that Derek or Kaela would win the game if they make it to the end. Johnny said yeah. They discussed that those two would win since they had the biggest target on their backs from the start. Johnny said the other thing bothering him is that he is not playing a winning game. He mentioned not using the veto as a potential missed opportunity to build his resume. Outside, Olivia said there is a 50/50 shot that Derek and Kaela go up if Erica wins HoH. Kaela thinks that Johnny would be in her ear about it. Olivia said Will didn’t throw out Derek and Kaela’s names when talking about who he would put up, so there is a chance that they could pull him in. Kaela said Johnny was going to on the block if Ryan came down, because it wasn’t just Maddy who told her that Johnny has been after the showmance for weeks. Olivia said they could be in trouble if Maddy or Paras win HoH. Kaela agreed. Kaela said she still trusts Erica. Derek agreed. Kaela said she wants Johnny to go before her.

6:00-7:00 PM: Johnny told Ali that Daela’s odds of winning obviously decrease by half if one of them goes. Johnny clarified that he is not going to speak against Daela this week other than to Ali. Ali said he is not really speaking against them. Ali mentioned that the two duos have a respect for each other but they know that the time will come when they have to take each other out. Ali explained that going after each other early on would have allowed everyone to float on by for four weeks.

7:00-8:00 PM: In the HoH room, Ryan told Erica that they are going to be screwed if Kaela is not the next one to leave the house. Erica said she agrees. Erica mentioned that she has been planting seeds all week. Erica said she doesn’t think that Kaela is good as she thinks she is. Ryan agreed, adding that she is certainly not as talented of a manipulator as she thinks she is. Ryan told Erica that he is going to try to get Ali and Olivia on board with keeping him. In addition to Erica, he said he will have to try for one more vote. Erica correctly assumed that Paras is the other one that Ryan is trying for. Ryan said he has thought that Johnny would be a potential vote in his corner but he is hearing from everyone that there is no way. Erica agreed.

8:00-9:00 PM: Erica let Kaela know that Ryan is going to be pitching hard. Erica and Kaela said they wouldn’t expect him to just roll over. Erica said she thinks that it will be a done deal anyway. Kaela said Ryan doesn’t have anything to offer since he has never stuck to anything that he has offered before. Kaela talked about how Ryan would have dominated the game if he was 10-15 years younger. Erica agreed. Outside, Derek and Maddy discussed that there are so few votes at this point. Maddy said that Ryan getting four votes seems like an insurmountable goal. Maddy said she personally cannot see that happening.

10:00-11:00 PM: Paras told Derek and Kaela she feels pretty good about this week going according to plan. She wondered what the best plan for next week would be. Paras said Maddy wants to work with them. Kaela let Paras know that she was not going to nominate her or Maddy if Johnny had used the veto today. Kaela said she was going to take a shot. Kaela asked how close Maddy is to Johnny. Paras said she would be willing to get rid of him. Kaela mentioned that Johnny said to throw Maddy up there if he uses the veto. Paras thinks that part of that was Johnny realizing that he is being paired up with Maddy, so he wants to make it seem as though they aren’t close. Paras asked if Ali and Olivia are untouchable next week since Daela wants to keep them for the triple. Derek said it makes sense for their game to leave those two in the game. They suggested that it’s more important to get Erica or Johnny out. While Paras only wanted to put one up, Derek and Kaela said they should put both up so that one cannot use the veto on the other to keep them both safe. Paras said she feels most threatened by Johnny because he doesn’t seem to trust her, and he likely sees that he could get closer to Maddy and Will if she is gone.

Summary Suday April 8th 

April 08, 2018

Summary Suday April 8th 
Live Feed Updates Sunday April 8th 
10:00-11:00 AM: Erica told Johnny she feels like she would be a lot more comfortable if Ali wasn’t in the game. Johnny agreed. They both thing that Ali sees targeting them as her way of winning the game. Erica said she thinks it was Olivia who mentioned to her that Kaela was concerned Johnny is more with the white room than with them during the early stages of her HoH reign. Erica said if she wins next week, she cannot put up Daela. Erica said she thinks that she would have to nominate Maddy and Paras, but she doesn’t feel that she has strong support for that move. Erica mentioned that the order she trusts people in is Johnny, Olivia and then Kaela. Olivia joined them. Johnny asked what she is thinking for next week. Olivia said she is thinking of nominating Maddy and Paras. Olivia explained that she thinks she needs Daela there for the triple. Erica and Johnny said that is strange logic. Johnny asked why Olivia doesn’t think that Kaela would put her up. Olivia said Kaela wants to move forward with threats, not floaters, so that her chances of getting to Final 2 are greater. Erica said it’s a good point since having people with equal resumes ups her chances of being taken to the end. Johnny said the odds are way better that they get further with Daela out of the picture, so he doesn’t get why people think it’s smart to keep them around. Johnny asked if Ryan goes home this week no matter what, even if he uses the veto. Erica said she doesn’t know about that. Olivia asked what the point of using the veto is if Ryan is going home. Johnny is concerned that Will would go home over a replacement nominee if Ryan has a secret power. Olivia said she would likely keep Will over Maddy. Erica said she would weigh her options. Olivia said there would be two brand new nominees if Ryan has a power. Erica said she doesn’t want that. Johnny said that’s because she would rather send Will home. Olivia said it’s because Erica thinks that it could be her. Ali joined them. They all discussed that Will would take a shot at Daela, whereas Maddy has not expressed that outright. Erica said she would send Maddy out over Will since Will would target the showmance. Johnny said he doesn’t think he would use the veto but he is considering his options. Johnny told Olivia he is trying to understand the logic behind Ali and Olivia protecting Daela until the triple. Olivia explained that people would nominate Daela and one other person. Erica said it’s odd that they are concerned about going up and surviving as opposed to upping their chances of winning HoH in the first place. Olivia said she is down for whatever, including targeting Daela next week if the alliance thinks that it’s the best move. Johnny said Kaela told him that she is just waiting to take a shot at Ali and Olivia. Olivia said everyone has to take a shot at everyone eventually. Olivia said she doesn’t think that she and Ali are viewed seen as as much of a duo as they once were. Erica said the perception is still there. Olivia said there are people she would keep over Ali, so they are just assuming that.

11:00-12:00 PM: Erica told Olivia that even if Maddy, Paras or Will win the triple and put the remaining Daela member up next to Ali and Olivia, Olivia will be safe regardless. Erica said Olivia’s position doesn’t look so bad if Ali is gone. Johnny said some people might keep Ali over Olivia, so she needs Erica and himself to be there. Erica said it’s going to be a very boring season if the few people who have actually won a competition al leave. Erica said she doesn’t buy it that Kaela would be against taking any floater past the triple, even though she may very well want the Final 3 to be threats. Erica thinks Kaela would take a shot at Ali, Olivia, Johnny or herself if she wins in the triple. Johnny said that’s why he doesn’t get why they don’t target them. Johnny circled back to potentially using the veto on Will as a sign of good faith. Olivia said it could also help to separate him from Maddy and Paras. Once Olivia left the room, Johnny questioned why Erica thinks that they should put Maddy and Paras up over Daela. Erica said she doesn’t believe that it makes sense to do that anymore after they just weighed out their options. Erica said there is no way that Daela would take either of them to a point where they all get to play for the veto. Johnny asked if Erica would nominate Derek and Kaela if she wins HoH next week. Erica said yeah. Erica and Johnny agreed that the game looks so much easier if Derek, Kaela and Ali are out of the picture. Erica told Johnny she thinks that he narrowly escaped a backdoor this week. Johnny asked why she thinks that. Erica said she just knows Kaela, and therefore she believes Kaela wouldn’t have wanted to waste her HoH week if Ryan had won the veto.

12:00-1:00 PM: In the bathroom, Ali told Johnny she wonders if the plan was to target Ryan all along. She questioned if everything else was just a ploy to collect information. Johnny said he was put on the hot seat during his first conversation with Kaela. Johnny continued to debate whether or not to use the veto on Will. Ali said to trust his gut, though she doesn’t think that Will would leave. Ali suggested that Derek and Kaela would be open to it as long as Johnny has a compelling argument as to why Will is in danger. Johnny then asked why they are still holding off on targeting Daela next week. Ali explained her concern that she would be unable to compete the following week if she takes out Derek or Kaela, and whichever one of them remains would be out for vengeance. Johnny admitted that he is sick of their truce with Daela. Ali said that she has not ruled out targeting them next week. She also mentioned that Olivia is likely not ruling it out either. Next up, Ryan spoke to Johnny about how he would prefer to have the veto used on him if Johnny uses it. Ryan said he believes that Paras would be the replacement nominee, and he would still go home over her. Ryan pitched the idea of solidifying a five with Ali, Olivia, Erica and Johnny. He said they have won 11 of 14 competitions, and they could make it to the end together if they stick to it. Johnny asked what would stop everyone from coming after him and Erica at that point. Ryan said it’s very possible that they would win out. Ryan said the four of them would be all of the votes that he needs, and they would have the majority moving forward. Ryan said he doesn’t want to see the two duos continue to protect each other until the triple, and then Erica or Johnny get picked off in the meantime. When Johnny brought up Ryan saying that he thinks he would have Will’s vote if Will is off of the block, Ryan said he no longer believes that after a talk that he had with Will the other day.

3:00-4:00 PM: Feeds returned after the houseguests played Monopoly in the HoH room. Paras was talking to Maddy about there being no chance that Will leave this week. She said the two of them, Johnny and Derek would all vote to evict Ryan. Maddy said that Ali would as well. Paras admitted that Johnny worries her. Maddy said they have to keep an eye on him for sure. Paras said Johnny wants too much out of the game since he doesn’t even want people to talk about him. Paras added that Johnny cannot be best friends with Ali, Olivia and Erica, and then come be best friends with the two of them and Will as well. After Maddy left the room, Paras spoke to herself. She wondered if Daela told Johnny what she had said about him. Paras said you can’t talk game with anybody, cause it just blow up in your face. Paras said Johnny is going to have to go soon since it doesn’t sit well with her that he has both sides. Out by the hot tub, Johnny and Will discussed the options for the veto. Will pointed out that using the veto could prove that Johnny and Maddy are not a duo. Johnny wondered if he is messing up his game if he uses it when Ryan is leaving anyway. Will revealed that Kaela had promised she would use the veto on him if she had won it. Johnny asked who would have went up if that happened. Will said he guessed it would have been Maddy. Will said Maddy would target Daela if they put her up. Johnny said he has thought about that as well. Will said he plans to nominate those two if he wins HoH next week. Johnny asked if Will would be willing to talk to Kaela to see what she thinks about the veto being used. Will said he will talk to her. Johnny asked if Will would use the veto on him if he happened to be on the block. Will assured Johnny that he 100% would do that. Will brought up that Maddy said she doesn’t know if Johnny can be trusted. Erica briefly joined Johnny and Will. They all talked about feeling comfortable with each other, and said they would not put each other up.

4:00-5:00 PM: Maddy told Paras that the ideal scenario may be putting Ali and Olivia up next week. She said they can vote Olivia out. For the triple, Maddy said that Ali, Erica and Johnny could then go on the block. Maddy later brought up that she is the only one who could potentially go home next to Ryan. Paras said Johnny knows that. Maddy wasn’t so sure, since she thinks that Johnny believes he has more sway over Ali and Olivia than he actually does. Maddy revealed that Erica has been her #1 target ever since she put her on the block. Elsewhere, Ali told Olivia that Erica and Johnny’s paranoia comes from thinking that the duos will not take a shot at each other during the triple. Olivia said those two are trying to manipulate them into thinking that Daela will take a shot at them in the triple. Olivia said they could let Daela know that Erica and Johnny’s paranoia has been spiking since they speculate that they wont go after each other during the triple. Afterwards, Ryan pitched to Olivia that the two of them, Ali, Erica and Johnny could work together. Ryan noted that they have won 11 of the 14 competitions thus far. Ryan argued that that’s better protection against the triple than Derek and Kaela’s word is. Ryan suggested that Kaela should go on the block as soon as possible since she is the most threatening person in the game. Ryan later made the same pitch to Ali. Outside, Johnny asked Paras what she thinks about him using the veto on Will. Paras said Maddy would go up, which she would not want to risk since some of the girls do not like Maddy. Johnny said he thinks that anyone would be safe next to Ryan. Johnny told Paras he doesn’t think that Maddy trusts him in the same way that she and Will do. Paras said Maddy trusts Johnny. Johnny brought up that using the veto would be a good way to ensure that Will would do the same for him down the road. However, Paras doesn’t think that Will needs to come off of the block since Derek, Maddy, Johnny and herself are all of the votes that he needs. Johnny asked if Will would ever lie to him in order to get him to no trust Maddy. Paras said she doesn’t think so, as it would not make sense for them to turn on each other. In the red room, Ali asked Olivia what she thinks of Ryan’s pitch. Olivia said she still think that Ryan needs to go, because it was nothing that she hasn’t heard before. While Ryan pitched that they got after Daela, Olivia said Erica and Johnny are the ones that they need to focus on. Ali agreed.

5:00-6:00 PM: Ali and Olivia discussed that Johnny could have gone this week had Ryan won the veto. Olivia said she isn’t sure if she can take the shot at Erica before the triple. Ali agreed. Olivia said she would put Maddy and Paras up next week if she wins HoH. She also said she would consider backdooring Johnny. Out in the yard, Johnny asked Paras why Will would want him to use the veto if he feels that Maddy is at risk. Paras said that Will doesn’t look out for the group. Johnny questioned why Paras would think that Maddy could go if the two of them, Derek and Will would be the votes to keep her. Paras said she just feels that it’s safer with Will on the block. Johnny pointed out that twists do happen. He asked if Paras would rather lose Maddy or Will. Paras said her head says to keep Will but then it goes back to conversations she has heard in which Will says anything to make sure that he is not the target. Paras acknowledged that using the veto on Will would solidify that he is with Johnny above anyone else, so she gets why it’s really good for his game in that sense. However, Johnny said it comes down to how much Johnny values Maddy. In the white room, Will spoke to Kaela about the possibility of Johnny using the veto on him. Kaela said Johnny is more than welcome to do whatever he wants with the veto, but someone is going to have to take one for the team if that happens. Kaela assured Will that there is no chance in hell that he will leave over Ryan. Kaela said this is the easiest week to be on the block.

6:00-7:00 PM: Erica let Johnny know that Kaela asked if he would really take Will down in order to put his best friend Maddy on the block. Johnny said it's annoying that he is being paired up with her like that. Johnny figured that Kaela doesn’t want him to use the veto then. Erica said it doesn’t seem like it. Johnny asked if Ryan is for sure going home. Erica said 100%. Johnny asked if he would still leave over Maddy, which Paras was not convinced of. Erica listed off the votes as Derek, Johnny, Paras, Will and herself. Johnny then spoke to Maddy about the veto. She said she will be going up if the veto is used, and she is the only person who might leave over Ryan. Even if she doesn’t go this week, Maddy said she will leave next week once Ryan has sewered her game. Maddy told Johnny that he will not lose Will if he doesn’t use the veto. Johnny explained that having someone who will return the favour is a benefit to his game. He also mentioned that people are still viewing he and Maddy as a duo. Maddy said she understands if Johnny feels that distancing from her is best for his game. Outside, Ali told Kaela that she is worried about Erica and Johnny. Ali said Erica and Johnny are attempting to plant seeds of doubt so that she and Olivia don’t trust Daela. Ali went on to say that Erica and Johnny are encouraging them to take the shot at Daela next week. Ali suggested that evicting Ryan may not be the best option for them. Ali said that Ryan would be grateful to them if the two duos saved him. Kaela said Ryan would not be dumb enough to think that he could beat them if they stuck together until five. Kaela also didn’t think that Johnny would use the veto. Ali said she could tell him to use it. Kaela asked if people would vote Erica out. Ali thinks that they would have to bank on Maddy or Paras realizing that Erica is the bigger threat. Ali said they could tell Maddy or Paras if Johnny suggests nominating them, then get them on board with evicting Erica. Kaela worried that she would be Johnny’s #1 target if she makes that move. Ali said Johnny would see that they too were in on the move when they vote to evict Erica. Ali suggested that Kaela encourage Johnny to use the veto if he brings it up. They also talked about wanting to see if Johnny would throw out Ali or Olivia’s names.

7:00-8:00 PM: Johnny told Will that he doesn’t know what to do with the veto. He said he would use it in a heartbeat if Will was in danger of going home. Will told Johnny to do whatever is best for his game, as he does not want him to hurt his own game. Johnny said they have so much trust in each other but he isn’t sure if this would be a necessary display of that trust. Will told Johnny that there will be no hard feelings if he doesn’t use it. Johnny then talked to Kaela about the different options. Kaela said it’s cool if he uses it, or if he doesn’t. Both agreed that Ryan is going to go either way. Kaela said whoever goes up as the replacement nominee will see it as Johnny put them there. Kaela asked who Johnny would want her to put up. Johnny said he doesn’t care but he expects that it would be either Maddy or Paras. Johnny said his head is telling him not to use the veto but his gut is telling him to use it. Johnny said he could use this as an opportunity to build something with will, seeing as everyone else has a pair. When Kaela brought up that people see Johnny and Maddy as a pair, Johnny said that’s another reason to put Maddy up. Johnny asked if Kaela thinks that Maddy would go if she is on the block. Kaela said yeah. Johnny said it couldn’t be done unless Derek was on board, because Paras, Will and himself would vote Ryan out.

8:00-9:00 PM: Kaela threw Ali and Olivia’s names out there as potential nominees, in attempt to bait Johnny. Kaela asked if Johnny thinks that she should take that shot before the triple. Johnny said no since Ryan would stay. Johnny said he doesn’t know that Ryan would go over Ryan, seeing as he would vote Ryan out regardless. Johnny continued to say that Ryan needs to go when Kaela attempted to push further. When Kaela said she should just put two of her targets up, Johnny said he doesn’t want Ali to go. Johnny said he wouldn’t throw Ali and Olivia into the mix when Ryan needs to go this week anyway. Derek joined them. Johnny said as long as the two of them and the two white room people evict Ryan, he will go. Derek said he is 100% voting Ryan out. Johnny said he is going to be pissed if he leaves Will on the block and he hears any talk about keeping Ryan. Johnny also mentioned that Will likely goes if Ryan is saved by a power or by Canada. Kaela asked if that’s why Johnny is considering using the veto. Johnny said it plays into it.

9:00-10:00 PM: Kaela told Johnny that if Ryan has a secret veto, she will just have to take the shot, implying that she would go after Ali. Johnny said that’s a really extreme circumstance. Johnny told Kaela that that will not leave the room. At the end of the talk, Kaela asked Johnny if he feels better. Johnny said he does but he wishes that Will felt better. Kaela then told Derek that Ali said Erica and Johnny are encouraging them to take a shot at the two of them next week. Ali joined them. Kaela told her that Johnny semi mentioned her name as a replacement nominee. Kaela said Johnny said he has 100% in Olivia but Ali is sketchy. Ali said Johnny has got to go next week. Kaela said Johnny scares her now. She mentioned that she might have to take a shot if Johnny uses the veto. It was discussed that Johnny is pushing the agenda more than Erica is. Kaela spoke to Paras to ask if she is fine with voting Ryan out. Paras said that’s not even a question. They listed off Derek, Johnny, Maddy and Paras as the votes to save Will.

10:00-12:00 PM: Kaela told Paras she thinks that Johnny has a good relationship with Ryan, so he secretly wants to keep both nominees safe this week. Paras said Johnny is willing to sacrifice Maddy. Kaela said that’s why she doesn’t want Maddy to go. Kaela said she trusts Maddy 20 times more than she trusts Johnny. They discussed bringing Maddy in on a four, though Kaela stressed that Maddy cannot know that they already have a three. Paras said Johnny might have to go soon. She let Kaela know that Johnny has been gunning for the showmance for a while now. Kaela then filled Derk in on what Paras had said. Kaela questioned why Paras is just now telling her that Johnny is after them if she has their backs as much as she claims to. Back in the HoH room, Johnny told Will that he talked through all of the scenarios with Kaela. Johnny believes that Ryan is going no matter what. Will told Johnny to do what is best for his game. Johnny explained that Maddy is more at risk of going home if she goes up. Will told Johnny not to worry about using the veto. He said he will trust everyone’s word, hoping that he doesn’t go home. Will also assured Johnny that this will not change anything between the two of them.

Live Feed Updates Sunday April 7th 

April 08, 2018

Live Feed Updates Sunday April 7th 
12:00-1:00 AM: Feeds returned following the veto competition. Johnny won the Power of Veto. He also won a trip to London. In the white room, Paras told Maddy that Johnny might have to go before the triple. Maddy agreed. Paras said that’s this week, so they might have to win. Paras pointed out that Johnny target Daela more than anybody. Paras said those are the only two that he doesn’t have game with. Maddy said that’s why she was nervous about Ryan potentially winning, because Johnny could have turned on them.

Paras told Maddy that Johnny might have to go cause he has too many connections in terms of numbers. Maddy said she doesn’t think that Johnny would evict either of them or Will if he had a choice. Paras said the only people that Johnny wants out are Derek and Kaela. Paras said they definitely need Erica and the duo to stay in the game so there is no chance that any of them go up if Derek and Kaela win the triple. Maddy said that would mean that Johnny has to go. Paras mentioned that it wouldn’t be the worst thing if Will wins and nominates Daela, cause they could send Kaela packing. Paras said she could still do some damage with Derek. Paras told Maddy she could see them in the Final 2 together but there is one thing stopping it; next week. Paras said Ali, Olivia and Erica would all put Maddy up next week. Maddy said Paras and Will could figure things out after that. Paras said no. She said to mark her words that her two number ones, Maddy and Will, are coming to the Final 3 with her. Paras said she probably wouldn’t have that good of a chance against Will, but it would be pretty even with Maddy. Paras said they don’t stand a chance against anyone else, seeing as people will question where they were the first six weeks. In the red room, Johnny said obviously Derek and Kaela wont want him to use the veto. Ali said that would force them to get more blood on their hands, so no. Johnny wondered if it would be stupid to use the veto. He said he is sick of people not using it, cause it’s boring, but he thinks that it’s probably not the best move. Ali asked if he would use it on Will. Johnny said yeah. Johnny is concerned that Ryan could get some type of power, take himself down, and then Will leaves.

1:00-3:00 AM: In the pantry, Paras tried to get a feel for what type of juror Ryan will be. She asked if he would be bitter, and wondered if he would ever vote for Maddy if she said that she had to make a move to save herself over him. Ryan said there would have to be a lot more game than that before he would vote for Maddy. Ryan expects Maddy to be out within two weeks. Ryan said he will probably not vote for her to win if she doesn’t win anything the rest of the way. Ryan’s advice was that if you don’t explain everything you did along the way, don’t expect him to vote for you. He stressed that you have to own your game. After Ryan left, Paras spoke to the cameras. She said it might be a good thing that she is not getting picked to play in veto competitions, because she would be fighting to win and could make herself a target. Paras said she was gauging where Ryan’s head is at because she knows that she will need his vote if she makes it to the Final 2. Paras explained that she had to keep Maddy over Ryan because she has more control over Maddy. Paras said she feels awful because she loves Ryan so much as a person. Paras said she wanted Ryan to win the veto, because she knows she could have convinced Kaela to put someone like Erica up. Paras said it’s getting to the point where she wants people’s blood on her hands. Paras is concerned that her game is done if people start talking, cause everyone has so much ammo on her after she has thrown all of their names out. Paras thinks that she should not be telling Maddy as much as she is, but she needs her on the same page as her to make her move for her if she wins the triple eviction. In the red room, Erica said she wouldn’t hate it if their top six consisted of the two of them, Ali, Johnny, Maddy and Will. Erica wondered whose names Ali was throwing out there, considering that Ali was very nervous after nominations. Erica said Kaela didn’t even directly ask her about anyone in particular. Olivia said she was asked about a potential plan to backdoor Johnny. Erica said she knew it. Olivia told Erica that Kaela said this morning that she feels good with Johnny and she did not want to backdoor him. Olivia asked Erica to not let Johnny know about that. Erica said she doesn’t want to make him more paranoid, especially when she believes that Johnny and Keala could be good with each other at some point. Erica mentioned that a lot of people don’t trust Ali, which there must be a reason for. Erica listed off Derek, Kaela, Johnny, Paras, Will and herself as people who don’t trust Ali. Olivia said she is more so keeping Ali around as someone who she could beat as opposed to someone who can be an ally at this point.

3:30 AM BBT Houseguests are getting ready for bed.

Summary Saturday April 7th 

April 07, 2018

Summary Saturday April 7th 
Live Feed Updates Saturday April 7th 
11:00-12:00 PM: Players were picked for the veto competition. The veto players are Kaela, Ryan, Will, Derek, Erica and Johnny. Paras spoke to Ryan about losing faith in him last night when he threw her and Will under the bus after nominations. Paras insisted that she had no part in any plan to target Daela. Paras said she feels played by Ryan, as everything she felt towards him was real. Paras explained to Ryan that she said he should target Ali because he could potentially gain two votes from Derek and Kaela if he does that. Ryan argued that Paras was a part of Maddy’s plan whether she knew it or not. When Ryan said everyone told him he had to target Daela, Paras once again said that she should not be included in that group. Ryan told Paras she can’t say that Derek and Kaela have not been her targets at some point. Paras said she is not speaking about that because she is not going to give him any more fuel for his fire. Ryan and Paras discussed that they were played Maddy. Ryan said Maddy is going to say that she told him to say he was targeting Daela for his own best interest but that’s BS. The two apologized for accusing each other of being the ones playing them. Paras asked that Ryan let Derek and Kaela know that she was not in on the plan, if he believes that she really wasn’t. Paras said Ryan owes that to her.

1:00-2:00 PM: Maddy asked Kaela to talk. Maddy said she is obviously going to vote to keep Will. Maddy wanted to get an idea of where Kaela’s head is at in terms of the plan for next week. Maddy said she knows that Derek and Kaela would like to keep Ali and Olivia for the triple, but it may not be in her best interest to keep those two safe next week. Maddy said she feels better with other people than with those two. Kaela was reluctant to give up much info on future plans. When a potential replacement nominee was brought up, Kaela said she wouldn’t feel good about putting Maddy up next to Ryan when he name has been brought up so often. Maddy thanked Kaela for that.

2:00-3:00 PM: Johnny asked Olivia if he should gun for the veto. She said yeah. Johnny asked if he is still at risk. Olivia said not like crazy but he should gun for the veto to keep the nominations the same. Ryan briefly spoke to Johnny and Erica to say that he would like to have a chat if either of them win the veto. He hinted at the possibility of getting Maddy out if the veto is used. After Ryan walked away, Erica said there is a 0% chance that she will use the veto. Johnny said he knows. He asked who would go up if the veto is used. Erica said she thinks that it would be either Maddy or Paras. In the white room, Paras told Maddy that the reason she didn’t go up yesterday was purely because of her. Paras asked that Maddy stop going into the HoH room, and have a little faith. Maddy said Kaela told her that they should talk before the veto competition. Paras told Maddy to keep it short and sweet. Maddy said they didn’t even talk much game. Paras said Maddy has had three conversations with Kaela in the past 12 hours, and others don’t know that she is not in there talking game if that’s the case. She said not to talk to Kaela again until after the veto. Paras worried that they will both be in danger if two versions of their stories are out there. Paras also said that Maddy looks more guilty the more that she is in the HoH room. Paras let Maddy know that people talk about her going into rooms too often. Paras said Maddy does not have an in with Erica, Ali and Olivia, as they were throwing her name out yesterday. Paras asked Maddy if she genuinely thinks that targeting Daela was Ryan’s idea, or if she knows that it was her. Maddy said that it was Ryan’s idea. Maddy admitted to saying that Ryan would get blindsided if he keeps voicing that he is targeting Ali. Paras said that letting Ryan know he is going to get blindsided is shady to the rest of them, since it wasn’t her place to tell him that. Paras also told Maddy that it’s getting hard to stick by her when she is constantly mentioning “Johnny and I”. Paras said she is the one who stuck her neck out four times for Maddy.

3:00-4:00 PM: Ryan talked to Paras about how he will have a far better shot at staying if someone uses the veto on Will. They discussed that it is unlikely anyone other than the nominees will use the veto. Ryan pointed out to Paras that four people in the house wont nominate each other, referring to the duos, meaning that there is a 50% everyone other than those people go up next week. In the bathroom, Ali asked Olivia if she thinks that there are any other alliances of two like the one that they have. Olivia said she sometimes think that Will and Paras have one, seeing as Will doesn’t think that Paras is very capable. Olivia then said they might not be together since Will and Veronica were for the first part of the game. Ali and Olivia discussed that they were hoping that Ryan would not be put on the block, though they wanted him to go before the triple anyway. Ali said that in an ideal world, Derek wins HoH next week so that he can target Johnny. Olivia said they could then nominate Maddy, Paras and Will in the triple eviction. Ali pointed out that someone is going to go after Daela if they don’t win HoH next week. Olivia said she would like to win to go after Maddy. Ali said they would then be left with a bunch of beasts and Paras. Ali said they cannot go to the end with Derek, Kaela, Erica and Johnny, or else they will get killed. Olivia said those other two pairs might go after each other before they come after the two of them. Ali said they might since they would be the weakest ones at that point. In the HoH room, Paras told Derek and Kaela she is amazed that no one knows about them yet. Paras brought up that Ryan admitted that she was not in on the plan to target Daela. Paras said Ryan apologized to her and said that he would let them know about it after the veto competition. Kaela said Ryan was so sure yesterday that it had come from every single one of their mouths. Paras said she thinks that Ryan is catching on to the three of them since she always deflects when he brings them up.

4:00-5:00 PM: Paras mentioned to Derek and Kaela that the duos are not targeting each other, and Erica will not be touched for a long time, so that only leaves her, Maddy and Will. They then discussed that Johnny gets forgotten and was not even brought up. Kaela said people will take Maddy out before they go after Paras, because they don’t like Maddy at all. Paras said Maddy doesn’t listen, since she told her to leave Kaela alone. Kaela said they didn’t talk much game at all. Once Kaela went to the diary room, Derek said he hopes that Will isn’t going to be pissed that no one will use the veto. He and Paras agreed that it will be unanimous vote anyway. Paras wondered if she should go for HoH next week, as it would mean that she could not compete in the triple. Derek said he talked to Kaela about that as well. At the same time, Paras said it wouldn’t be the worst for her to win since it would mean Derek and Kaela are safe, and they can both compete in the triple. Paras said she would like to get the chance to take a shot in the triple. Paras said the thought of Erica making it past that point is very scary, since she will get to compete in every veto competition moving forward. Derek said the safest way to get Erica and Johnny out is by backdooring them. Paras mentioned that they could nominate Ali, Olivia and Erica in the triple, then save Ali. She later mentioned nominating Maddy instead of Erica, opting to backdoor Erica instead. Paras said they need Maddy or Will to stick around in order to have their vote to save Ali in the triple. Kaela returned from the diary room. Paras told Daela that they are each other’s best shot at getting to the Final 2. She said she can be the one who they take as a second place person.

6:00-7:00 PM: Ali told Derek and Kaela that targeting Johnny is still an important move that likely needs to be made next week. Derek said a big player has definitely got to go next week. Ali agreed. Ali said Ryan has been talking about how it’s incredible that the duos have no intention of going after each other even after the triple. Kaela said Ryan told her that he would like to see the two duos at the end from the viewpoint of a fan. Kaela told Ali that she and Derek have discussed that going to the end with the duo is their best move. Kaela said she is loyal to the five but Erica would beat every single one of them. Ali agreed. She said Erica would win even with current resume, and she has another four weeks to build on it. Both Ali and Kaela weren’t sure that they could be the one to take the shot at Erica. Derek said they can do it once they get down to five, cause Erica deserves to get there at least. They then discussed who to take further between Maddy and Paras. Kaela said Paras isn’t really good at anything, but Maddy can be strong in mental competitions. Ali said she worries that Paras is the ultimate floater who is always in the HoH room no matter who is in power. Kaela said Maddy could win a Final 5 HoH competition if it’s a mental one. They agreed to not worry about which one to take until later on. Once Derek and Kaela were alone, Kaela asked if they should just target Johnny if Ryan wins the veto. Derek said they might not ever get another shot, and putting Johnny up would show Will that he was never the target. Derek said the four votes would be Ali, Olivia, Paras and himself.

Maddy to Paras- I think Erica is a bigger, more well rounded, threat than Johnny

April 07, 2018

Maddy to Paras- I think Erica is a bigger, more well rounded, threat than Johnny. I think Johnny is a post-triple person
Will to Derek/Kaela- You know what's funny? He (Ryan) didnt want to be the first jury member, and now he more than likely is going to be the first jury member
Johnny- Obviously Derek and Kaela wouldnt want me to use it. Ali- No, cause you are making them get more blood on their hands...but you won the veto fair and square
Johnny- Would that be stupid (to use PoV)? Ali- It really depends on what your objective is. Johnny- I'm sick of people not using it. I still think it's probably not the smart thing to do. Ali- You'd obviously want to use it on Will? Johnny- Yeah, not Ryan 
Johnny- What if Ryan gets some kind of power to take himself off, I dont take Will off, and Will goes? Ali- Like if there is a secret veto? That's tough 
Ryan to Erica- If the only people who can win competitions are all working together, and are agreeing we are working together until five, there is no one that can stop us 
Johnny- You think it's bad that I won? Erica- No. I think it was a trip to London. If it was just a veto.
Erica to Johnny/Olivia- It's funny we had a stacked veto from a physical perspective, and then it's like andddd table puzzle
Erica- How are you doing? Will- Good now. I was so so so so scared. I was like "come on, Johnny, pull this win out for me" 
Paras- If Maddy is sitting in Final 2... Ryan- Fuck her. That will just never happen. She is not going to get there. Even her friends dont buy her bullshit. She is me in two weeks max 
Ryan- I wouldnt be bitter. Paras- If Maddy said "that was my move to save my ass against yours", would you respect that? Ryan- There is going to have to be a whole more game on top of it. If Maddy gets there (Final 2), she's not getting there alone 
Ryan to Paras- If she (Maddy) doesnt win anything the rest of the way, then probably not (not voting for her to win) 
Ryan to Paras- My advice will be "if your jury speech doesnt explain every aspect of your game, dont expect me to vote" 
Paras- Maybe you can do some jury training with me. Ryan- That's it though. Own your game 
Erica- If our top (six) looks like you, me, Ali, Johnny, Will, Maddy, I dont hate that at all. Olivia- I want her (Ali) to come to the six. It's not so much an ally thing anymore, as I know I can beat her 
Erica told Olivia that Ali was stressed after nominations, which made her wonder whose names Ali threw out there 
Erica- Kaela never blatantly asked me about a person at all. Olivia- She asked me about Johnny and a potential backdoor for him. Erica- I knew it. I fucking knew it. Olivia- Today she said "that's not the plan. I feel good about him"...this morning 
Olivia- Dont tell Johnny that (he was discussed as a backdoor option). Erica- I have no plan on making him more paranoid. I think Johnny and Kaela have an actual potential to be good. I dont think he is as flip floppy as people think
Erica to Olivia- I dont think Daela trusts Ali, Johnny doesnt trust Ali, I dont half the time, Paras doesnt trust Ali, Will doesnt trust Ali 
Ali told Olivia that Daela was talking about getting to the end with them. Olivia thinks that they would need to cut one of those two before they get down to four

Erica to Kaela- All day I've been like "this isnt right.

April 07, 2018

Erica to Kaela- All day I've been like "this isnt right. I dont get these noms". Johnny was like "do you think I'm getting backdoored?". I was like maybe. I dont know what's happening here. I'm obsessed with you
Kaela- I play rugby. Erica- I'm trying to debate if I should or should not tell you that V told me this already 
Olivia- I'm not too worried. I'm just going to go for the veto, keep noms the same, and get Ryan out. Johnny- Will will not go home, right? Olivia- Right. 150%. Johnny- Me, you, Ali and Erica for sure 
Maddy to Derek- He (Ryan) is making me feel like I have manipulated him. He is telling me that I told him that you guys should be the targets. He has been saying your names all season 
Maddy- He (Ryan) just told me that you guys had a deal from the double eviction. He would watch your back. Derek- We were never watching Ryan's back 
Ryan asked if Will threw his name out there. Kaela said Will came in there and said he is not throwing one person under the bus
Kaela- Was Maddy agreeing with you that she did say you should go after Daela? Ryan- She said she did tell me that I should be refocusing on Daela
Kaela- You do confirm that it was Paras, Will, Maddy and Johnny? Ryan- All of them said that they were coming at you. Maddy said if I told everybody that I was going after you, they would be there 
Kaela- You confirm even Johnny? Ryan- Maddy told me to go to Johnny first. Kaela- Johnny said he was coming after me too? Ryan- I know 100% Maddy, Will and Paras did. I might have been reading into that conversation (with Johnny) too much in hindsight 
Ali told Erica that she feels loyal to both alliances(Daela and Johnny)She feels the most loyal to the 3(A/E/L) Ali says she struggles who will have her back when it comes to it Daela or Johnny. Erica says neither bc this game is fickle
Ryan to Kaela- The reason I'm putting Johnny in that camp is cause I was told the way Johnny would vote for me is if I was coming for you. I was told it was most important I convince him that I'm coming after you guys

Summary Friday April 6th 

April 06, 2018

Summary Friday April 6th 
Live Feed Updates Friday April 6th 
10:00-11:00 AM: Ryan told Kaela that after last week’s nominations, he was told that he has to shut up about Ali and Olivia, and start telling people that he is targeting the showmance. Kaela asked if the HoH told him to do that. Ryan said no. Kaela let Ryan know that the white room people talk about him a lot as someone who can go. Kaela told Ryan she thinks the whole purpose of keeping him was to have him come after the showmance. Ryan agreed. He said that they have him fired up. Ryan told Kaela that he will vote how she wants him to if he is not on the block. Ryan brought up that he was asked by a group of four of five to shift his target from Ali to Derek and Kaela. Kaela asked if Ryan feels comfortable sharing names. Ryan said Maddy was the first one to come to him to say that. He said Maddy told him to tell Johnny that his target is shifted to Daela, and then let Paras and Will know as well. When Kaela asked who the other spearhead is, Ryan said he was sent to Johnny next. Maddy then spoke to Kaela, telling her there is no reason for her to want the showmance gone. Maddy said she would support Ryan being the target. Kaela said she knows that Maddy was one of the people who wanted her and Derek out. Maddy denied it. She explained that she wanted Ryan to stay because he wouldn’t put her up.

11:00-12:00 PM: Kaela said Maddy wanted to force Ryan’s hand to put the showmance up, which would mean someone could do her dirty work for her. Maddy disagreed. Maddy said she was committed to getting Ryan out after last week, and getting Merron out first was a matter of wanting to deal with the pawn. Kaela said that if everyone wants to fight so hard for Ryan to stay, she will give them what they want. When Kaela once again brought up that numerous people have said Maddy wanted to target the showmance, Maddy denied it. Elsewhere, Ali and Olivia discussed that they need to find a way to convince Kaela to put Johnny up without outright saying his name. Ali figured that having Johnny as the backdoor option is best since he will win the veto if he is on the block. Ali thinks that having Will and Paras up would be the ideal scenario in order to backdoor Johnny. Back in the HoH room, Kaela told Johnny that people are mentioning his name. Kaela said it has been brought to her attention that Johnny wanted someone in the game to go after her and Derek. Johnny said that’s a joke. Johnny said there is a house full of people talking about Daela 24/7. Johnny said he wanted to keep Ryan because he is a bigger target, not because he is going after Daela. Johnny asked if Kaela would let him know if she is going to nominate him. Kaela said she thinks so. Right now, Kaela said she had to talk to everyone in order to determine who to nominate. Next up, Kaela spoke to Will. She said a lot of people are telling her that Will wanted to get her and Derek out. Will said that’s BS. Will brought up that Kaela told him he would be safe if he dropped out to take the phone call. Kaela said the deal was that everyone had to drop out. Will told Kaela that he would have stayed up there if he knew that was the case. Will asked if there is a possibility that he will be nominated. Kaela said she can’t say. Will said he is willing to call out every person in the house. Will reminded Kaela that he had give his word about not nominating her and Derek. Kaela said Will hasn’t been loyal to his word on a number of occasions.

12:00-1:00 PM: Kaela told Will that people have been saying his name. Will said he is going to call everyone out. He then left the room. Will said that all hell is going to break loose if he finds out who was saying his name. Ali and Kaela discussed that Ryan cannot touch the block this week. Ali talked about there only being four weeks left, meaning that there is not a lot of time to make big moves. Ali mentioned that she doesn’t know where Kaela’s head is at when it comes to Johnny. Outside of Ali, Derek, Erica and Olivia, Kaela said that everyone is an option. Ali said there is the potential for a big move to be made depending on how the veto plays out. Ali said two people are really loved. Kaela said she thinks that they are on the same page. Ali suggested that Johnny not be an initial nominee, because he will win the veto if that’s the case. Ali brought up that Johnny and Will have the most friends in jury. Kaela said they are automatically winning if they make it to the end. Kaela said she feels like Ali is the only person who is 100% on the same page as her. After her chat ended, Ali left the room and acted as though she is upset by what she was told. Ali told Kaela that she was going to act that way.

1:00-2:00 PM: Kaela told Erica that the people on the other side all threw each other under the bus once they realized that she was not going to put the others up. Kaela said people tried to get her to put Ryan up, but she said he would stay since everyone kept him last week. Next, Kaela said people were trying to get her to nominate Ali and Olivia. Kaela said she told them that those two can’t go up because she needs to save them for the triple. Erica said everyone is paranoid now. Kaela said everyone is freaking out because they talked about her. Erica said people freak out when they fear someone who they trust is coming to the HoH with info on them. Olivia then spoke to Kaela. Olivia said she is dying cause people are freaking out. Olivia pointed out that people think the two duos are going after each other but they are really the only people not throwing each other under the bus.

3:00-4:00 PM: Johnny, Paras and Will discussed that Derek and Kaela think that there was a ringleader last week. Johnny figures that they think it is him. Paras thinks that Ali was throwing names out today. Will pointed out that she has been in the HoH room three times. Johnny worried that Ali would win out over them if she is the only one giving names. Paras wondered if Maddy could have named names, seeing as she is tripping out. Johnny said he doesn’t think so. Paras said she doesn’t trust Ali for a second. She noted that Ali came out of the HoH room distraught. Johnny is annoyed that Ali is trying to make it seem that she was never after Derek and Kaela.

5:00-6:00 PM: Kaela told Derek that she is thinking of putting Maddy and Will up. She said she will tell Will that he is the only person who wont get voted out. Kaela discussed using the veto on Will in order to backdoor Johnny. Kaela thinks that Derek, Ali, Olivia, Paras and Ryan are potential votes to evict Johnny. The concern about putting Johnny up initially is that Erica would then use the veto on him if she wins it. Kaela let Derek know that both Paras and Ryan said Johnny is coming after them, and Maddy was going around with him saying that the two of them have to go up this week. Kaela said she will have to make Maddy feel like she is the target. Kaela told Johnny that she doesn’t want to ruin their relationship. Kaela said people have been telling her that Johnny planned to nominate her if he won HoH. Johnny said he wants to know who is saying that, but Kaela wouldn’t give names. Johnny said he almost felt guilty coming to Derek and Kaela since he had been hearing their names often. The two discussed working on their relationship. Kaela said the only way to prove that she wouldn’t nominate Johnny is by actually not nominating Johnny. Johnny said that would be taken as a sign of good faith, and he would not put the showmance up either. Johnny asked if he is going to be backdoored. Kaela said she is not going to backdoor him. Johnny then asked if he is safe this week. Kaela confirmed that he is safe. Kaela explained that people see Maddy as the ringleader, and Johnny as her sidekick. She added that people see them as a duo who they don’t want in the house. Johnny asked if Kaela plans on backdooring anyone, or if she is happy with whatever happens. Kaela said she is happy with whatever happens since she is nominating two people who have lied to her. Johnny asked what would happen if a third person not on the block saved someone who was up there. Kaela said she would probably put Ryan up at that point. After Johnny left the room, Kaela said it was fun to make him squirm.

6:00-7:00 PM: Kaela told Maddy that two people said she was the ringleader behind the plan to get her and Derek out. Maddy swore to God that it wasn’t her. Maddy swore that she doesn’t want either of them out of the game. Maddy asked why they would want her gone if she is not gunning for them in the triple. Kaela said it’s a trust thing. Derek added that Maddy has only talked game with him when she feels worried. Kaela brought up that Maddy seems as though she would vote however the house wants, which wont help her if she is on the block. Maddy said that’s not true. Maddy said that taking her out of the game would be so shortsighted. Kaela explained that she would like to put certain people up but she cannot do it because it’s best for her game to wait two weeks to do so. Maddy suggested that people are twisting what happened last week in attempt to get her out. Maddy pleaded with Derek and Kaela to give her a chance to prove herself to them. She asked that they give her until the veto ceremony to talk to them more, rather than put her on the block now. Kaela and Derek then spoke to Will. Kaela revealed that she would like to target Maddy since everyone is telling her that Maddy was spearheading a campaign to get her and Derek out. Kaela said she needs someone to sit on the block next to Maddy who will not go home. Will then found out that that person is him. Will said Kaela is going against her word by doing that, and he has been more true to his word than anyone in the house. Will vowed to show everyone who the big bad wolf is if he gets nominated. He said he has secrets on everyone, and he will not be holding back if he goes on the block. Derek and Kaela attempted to explain that Will is going up because he is the most well liked person in the house. Will said that doesn’t mean anything, and they could go behind his back to get him out since he is the bigger threat. Will briefly pitched for Paras to go up in his place. Derek said Paras would freak out if she goes up. Kaela said Paras is more so an equal to Maddy, which mean it becomes a toss up. Derek shook Will’s hand, giving his word that he will vote to keep him. Kaela then shook on it that she will use the veto on Will if she wins it. Will said he will not be coming after them if he stays. Kaela revealed that she may have a bigger plan than Ryan if something happens. Meanwhile, Maddy was filling Paras in on her talk with Derek and Kaela. After that ended, Paras spoke to the cameras about how she feels like garbage for throwing Maddy under the bus. She said it had to be done in order to save herself.

7:00-8:00 PM: Kaela let Ali know that she plans to nominate Maddy and Will. Ali said she has to talk to her about Maddy, seeing as she told Maddy that she would help her. Ali said Maddy’s plan last week was to send Merron out and then get Ryan out. Ali briefly pitched putting Paras up in place of Maddy. Kaela said she didn’t think that Paras would handle it well, and she has not talked much game with Maddy. Ali suggested that getting Johnny out might be tougher with Maddy on the block than with Paras on the block. Ali thinks it would be easiest to get Johnny out next to Paras, or even next to Will. Ali admitted that she would be pushing to keep Maddy if she is up against Will at the end of the week. Kaela then let Paras know that people want her to be used as a pawn, but she is deflecting by saying that Paras would freak out. Paras then attempted to pin the blame for last week’s plan on Ryan instead of on Maddy. Kaela considered pulling Paras, Johnny, Maddy, Will and Ryan into a room to sort things out. Paras advised against it, saying that it could hurt Kaela’s long term game. Paras said they know that it was Ryan anyway. While Kaela wanted to keep Ryan off of the block out of spite, she said she is now considering putting him up. Derek said you cannot play the game out of spite. He said that getting Ryan out is not a waste of an HoH week. Paras told Kaela to make sure that Maddy becomes her puppy in the game if she saves her in favour of getting Ryan out. They discussed keeping the plan from everyone until nominations take place. Kaela said she wants Maddy to suffer so that Ryan doesn’t think that anything is up. Derek asked about the replacement nominee if Ryan were to win the veto. Kaela asked Paras if she thinks that people would save Will over Johnny. Paras said she couldn’t say. She figures that Maddy would do whatever Kaela wants her to do. Kaela was then called to the diary room. Kaela mentioned that she never wanted to put Maddy up, because she knows many others want her out anyway. Paras went to Maddy to let her know that she just convinced Kaela to put Ryan up in her place. Maddy thinks that Will is the reason she was going up in the first place. Paras blamed Ryan. Paras told Maddy to cry, act sad, and blame everything on Ryan. Out by the hot tub, Johnny told Erica he feels as though Kaela was lying to him in case her plan doesn’t work out. Erica said Johnny is probably right. Erica told Johnny that he will stay over Maddy or Will. Erica said she wont be comfortable until the veto is in her hands. When Paras came outside, she played it off as though she would be the replacement nominee. She told Johnny that they said he will not be going up since they are good with him.

9:00-10:00 PM: The nomination ceremony took place. Kaela nominated Ryan and Will for eviction. Paras told Will that he is not going anywhere. Will said he knows but he is not a pawn. Will said he is going to be going after Daela next week. Paras said to keep that to himself since people are snakes. Ryan asked to speak to Will. He asked if his name came out of Will’s mouth today. Will said no. Ryan said Kaela told him that Johnny, Maddy, Paras and Will all said he was the ringleader who was trying to get Daela out. Will told Ryan that he can bring Kaela in there if he wants, cause he didn’t bring up Ryan’s name. Ryan mentioned that Maddy was the one who told him that he had to shift his target from Ali and Olivia to Derek and Kaela in order to stay. Ryan said Will told him when he was drunk that Maddy cannot be trusted. Down in the kitchen, Maddy asked Kaela how she became the ringleader. Kaela said that Ryan pointed to her and said there is the ringleader earlier today.

10:00-11:00 PM: Maddy confronted Ryan, questioning when she became the ringleader. Maddy said they stuck their necks out to save him, and this is what he does. Ryan said Maddy told him that he had to shift his target to Daela in order to stay. Maddy argued that Ryan’s targets always included those two. Ryan said he shifted away from them to target Ali and Olivia. Maddy said they wanted him to stay do whatever he wanted, not to go after Derek and Kaela specifically. Maddy asked why Ryan would go throw all of their names out. Ryan said the only name that he mentioned was hers. Ryan explained that the only person who said he should be targeting Daela was her. Ryan argued that he should not have had to shift his target, seeing as his four voters all told him that he was solid with them last week. The back and forth continued for nearly an hour, with Maddy insisting that she did nothing but help Ryan by trying to let him know that a blindside was in the works.

Kaela Told y'all I'd frickin win! That's for you, Merron!

April 06, 2018

Kaela- Told y'all I'd frickin win! That's for you, Merron!
Johnny- Do you think I'm good with Kaela? Erica- Yeah. Johnny- 100%? Erica- Yeah
Johnny- I'm annoyed that people took some of the temptations. Erica- Nobody is here to play 
Johnny- Do you think she (Kaela) is after Ryan? Erica- I know she said "you guys want Ryan here so bad, have him here then" but they are his 1 target. No way she is going to let him stay 
Johnny- Are you guys worried about Will and Paras telling them about the conversations of the six? Erica- The power of denial is a powerful thing 
Erica- She (Kaela) said to Will that he was safe when they were up there. She said go for the call. Ali- Good. She might put up Paras and Maddy
Johnny- I feel okay. Ali- Oh yeah. Johnny- I'm glad it's Kaela. It's not the worst. Ali- That's what I'm saying to you. Dont stress out about them
Johnny- I didnt know what the fuck they were saying to each other on that phone call. Ali- But he (Will) did. It's so funny. He understood everything. Johnny- It's so funny. They sound like an Irish family 
Olivia- She (Kaela) said she is taking me to Wendy's. Johnny- You got your wish! Ali- She should 
Erica- God fucking bless Daela though. Ali- I told you we couldnt burn that bridge. Erica- She means what she says when she says that 
Derek- I think Will needs to go. Kaela- I think so too. Derek- Johnny wont be on board with that. Kaela- The only person you can but beside Will is Johnny. Johnny is the only one that will stay 
Kaela said she figured that once Derek was safe, no one would take a shot at them since they wont do it unless they can put them both up. Derek said that's what he was thinking when he went for safety
Kaela to Derek- I wanted it (HoH) for the conversations. The triple is coming in two weeks. I have got to start getting some info
Kaela to Derek- I think Johnny purposely threw it. Two minutes before he switched hands, he looked over at me and said "I dont want to win this"
Kaela to Derek- I would like to hear Ryan's side about who was coming to him saying what, but he is going to say anything at this point so I'm going to take it with a grain of salt 
Kaela to Derek- I feel like we can get someone else now, and Ryan can be an easy go in the triple. I am not putting Ryan up this week 
Kaela to Derek- Everyone is going to say Liv and Ali. I voiced it this week that I need them for the triple 
Kaela to Derek- I bet you Paras feels dumb for being like "I swore to Erica". Now I'm HoH and she is like I didnt even go with Kaela and Derek 
Kaela to Derek- Everyone on our side wants Maddy out, so that's the reason why I am not putting Maddy up
Kaela to Derek- Not one person talked to me tonight. I'm not even going to pull people in. If they want to talk to me, they can come talk to me 
Kaela to Derek- All day today and part of yesterday, every time I looked at Maddy, she would not look me in the face. I think that's because she was like "if I win this, obviously Daela is going up"
Kaela to Derek- As soon as I won HoH, Maddy hasnt left my room. Maddy, you havent talked to me all week. I probably havent said five words to you in the past week and a half
Derek- If you save Ryan this week, you should make a deal that he has our back next week. Kaela- I'm not going to save him without making a solid deal...but I already know I'm not putting him on the block
Kaela to Derek- I am going to make a deal with Maddy and Paras too, cause I'm pretty sure that I'm going to put up Johnny and Will 
Derek to Kaela- If I was in this position, I was going to do the same thing. Johnny and Will 
Kaela to Derek- I feel like Erica, Ali and Liv will vote out whoever is beside Will if it's not Johnny

Live Feed Update Friday April 6th

April 06, 2018

Live Feed Update Friday April 6th
1:00-2:00 AMBBT: Olivia asked Kaela if she should act worried, or insinuate that the made a deal. Kaela said she spent last week telling people that she needs Ali and Olivia there for the triple, so Olivia can say that she wouldn’t touch her until that point. Olivia mentioned that she doesn’t think Ryan should go up, just to spite people. Kaela said she doesn’t want to put him up, but she wont make a decision until she talks to everyone. Later, Olivia let Ali know that she doesn’t think Ryan will be going on the block. Olivia told Ali not to freak out about it. Ali said it’s a stupid thought process to keep him safe just to spite people. The girls discussed that they should subtly suggest that Johnny should go up without saying his name. Ali said she doesn’t think that they can beat Johnny or Erica, but they could beat Derek. Olivia agreed. Ali thinks that the only people standing in their way right now are Johnny, Kaela, Erica and maybe Will. Ali and Olivia agreed that Kaela genuinely wants them there for the triple. They acknowledged that the duos are shields for each other.

2:00-3:00 AMBBT: Kaela let Ali, Erica and Olivia know that they are safe. She said it’s a fact that they need each other for the triple. After Kaela left the room, Erica said God bless Daela. She believes that Kaela means what she says. In the HoH room, Derek and Kaela agreed that they think Will needs to go this week. Kaela said the only person that will stay over Will is Johnny. Kaela would like hear Ryan’s side of the story about who was coming to him and saying things last week, seeing as he said that people wanted him to take the shot at the showmance. Kaela thinks that Ryan is someone who could easily go in the triple. She is not planning to nominate Ryan. Kaela said she doesn’t want to nominate Maddy either, because all of the people on their side want her out. Kaela observed that Maddy would not look her in the face at all yesterday or today, likely because she had plans to target the two of them. Derek suggested that Kaela make a deal with Ryan to keep them safe next week if he is kept safe this week. Kaela said she is not going to save him without making a solid deal with him. Kaela talked about wanting to make a deal with Maddy and Paras too, because she is pretty sure that she will be nominating Johnny and Will.

Live Feed Update Thursday April 5th

April 05, 2018

Live Feed Update Thursday April 5th

8:10 PM 10:00PMBBT 
The HoH competition got underway on the feeds, after a couple of failed attempts due to malfunctions earlier in the evening. Arisa revealed that for every 5 minutes that you are in the competition, you will be on slop for one hour.
The first temptation was offered. Erica told the houseguests that the first person to drop out of the competition would earn a pizza party for the entire house following the HoH competition. Nobody took the temptation.
The second temptation was offered. Erica told the houseguests that the first person to drop out of the competition would win $1,000. Paras dropped out of the competition to take the temptation.
The third temptation was offered. Erica told the houseguests that they will all be taking cold showers for the next 48 hours if nobody hits the buzzer. Nobody took the temptation.
Ryan was eliminated from the competition.
The fourth temptation was offered. Erica told the houseguests that the first person to hit their button when the buzzer sounds would receive a slop pass for the season. Nobody took the temptation.
Maddy was eliminated from the competition.
The fifth temptation was offered. Erica told the houseguests that the first person to hit their button would be safe for the week. Derek dropped out of the competition to take the temptation.
Ali was eliminated from the competition.
The houseguests were informed that they have to use one arm. If they switch arms from this point forward, they will be eliminated from the competition.
The sixth temptation was offered. Erica said that the first person to hit their buzzer will receive a phone call from a loved one right now. Will dropped out of the competition to take the temptation.
Johnny was eliminated from the competition for switching hands.
Olivia was eliminated from the competition. Kaela is the new HoH.

10:00-12:00 PMBBT: Following the HoH competition, Kaela told Olivia she had no idea what she was saying to her while they were in the competition. Olivia said she was just trying to not make it obvious, so she was saying mumble jumble so it would appear that they were making a deal. Kaela said Olivia, Ali, Derek and Erica are all fine this week. Olivia said she loves Johnny but she didn’t want him to win HoH. Kaela agreed. She said Johnny told her that he didn’t even want it, minutes before he was eliminated, so she wonders if he purposely switched hands to get eliminated. Johnny asked Erica if she thinks that he is good with Kaela. Erica said yeah, 100%. Johnny later asked Ali and Erica if they think that Paras and Will are going to tell Kaela about the conversations of the six. Erica said that being able to deny it is a powerful thing. Erica mentioned that Kaela apparently told Will that he is safe, so go for the phone call. Ali said that’s good since she might nominate Maddy and Paras. Johnny said he feels okay, as Kaela winning is not the worst. Ali told Johnny not to stress out about Derek and Kaela.

Merron & Ryan gave their final pleas and the voting began!

April 05, 2018

Merron & Ryan gave their final pleas and the voting began!
By a vote of 5-3, Merron was evicted from the house! On his way out he revealed how he got in the house
Derek VTE Ryan
Kaela VTE Ryan
Johnny VTE Merron
Maddy VTE Merron
Paras VTE Merron
Ali VTE Ryan
Will VTE Merron
Olivia VTE Merron

.After 28(34 days) Merron left the BBcan6 house!

January 01, 2020

After 28(34 days) Merron left the BBcan6 house!

By a vote of 5-3, Merron was evicted from the house! On his way out he revealed how he got in the house “you evicted Canada’s Boy”

April 05, 2018

By a vote of 5-3, Merron was evicted from the house! On his way out he revealed how he got in the house “you evicted Canada’s Boy”

Will tells Paras how Ali/Daela threatned him. They both say they're ready to win & draw the line!

April 05, 2018

 Will tells Paras how Ali/Daela threatned him. They both say they're ready to win & draw the line!

 Live Feed Updates ThursdayApril 5th

April 05, 2018

 Live Feed Updates ThursdayApril 5th
12:00-1:00 AM: Derek and Kaela agreed that they will be keeping Ryan in the game past next week if people don’t vote him out tomorrow. Kaela said that she may nominate Johnny and Will, telling them that she is going to backdoor Ryan but needs the two people who would stay over him to be on the block. Kaela said she then wouldn’t use the veto, and Will would likely go. Will joined them in the bathroom. He said that he is voting to evict Merron. Derek and Kaela then questioned why he would leave Ryan in the game. Will mentioned that Ryan’s comp wins weren’t a big deal since he got lucky in one and barely won the other. Will also said he knows that he would go home over Merron but he wouldn’t over Ryan. Kaela said that’s not necessarily the case that people would stay over Ryan, seeing as Merron isn’t. Will was pissed off that Derek and Kaela were laughing while saying that they will not go after Ryan next week. He went to Johnny to fill him in on that and to say that Ali was threatening to put him up as a pawn if Ryan stays. Ali told Erica about her talk with Will. She said that Will lost it when she brought up using him as a pawn since they are voting out the one pawn that they have. Erica told Ali that she shouldn’t have said anything before she even wins HoH. Will then spoke to Erica about what Ali, Derek and Kaela had been saying to him. Erica clarified that Will can vote whichever way he wants without having to worry about her holding it against him. Will said he is on board with evicting Merron.

Summary Wednesday April 4th 

January 01, 2020

Summary Wednesday April 4th 
Live Feed UpdatesWednesday April 4th 
9:00-10:00 AM: Ali looked for reassurance that Ryan will be next week’s target if he doesn’t go this week. Erica suggested that Ryan staying will buy them one more week since Ryan will be targeted unless he wins HoH. Erica said nobody is going to take a shot at Daela, seeing as they do not have many bold people in the house, so they will go after Ryan.

10:00-11:00 AM: Olivia asked if they are going to target Maddy or Paras first. Erica said Maddy. Ali admitted that Paras is pissing her off but Maddy is the bigger threat. Ali asked if they can all promise not to let Paras get in between then later in the game. Erica said that is not an issue. Ali mentioned that Paras’ paranoia is bad. Ali said Paras gets upset when she doesn’t get her daily time with Johnny. Erica thinks that Maddy is more likely to take a ruthless shot than Paras is. She said it comes down to whether they want a soldier or they want to play it safe. Erica said they have enough people who can take shots. The girls discussed that Maddy admitted to coming into the HoH room just to see who is talking. Olivia said it’s so annoying. Ali said it’s unnecessary since they all know what she is doing.

11:00-12:00 PM: Merron told Olivia he doesn’t want her to think that he is out for vengeance. Olivia asked Merron who he would nominate if he wins HoH. Merron said he doesn’t want to name names, but he has ideas and she is not one of those ideas. Olivia said she just wanted to make sure that he had an idea. Merron brought up that Ryan is a liability in a sense that he is someone who talks too much, putting people’s games in jeopardy. Olivia said she has heard that Merron is coming after her. She said she has heard the same about Ryan. Merron said if he ever mentioned going after Olivia, it was only immediately after the double eviction took place Merron said he is not gunning for Olivia. He said there are better reasons to go after someone than that they went after a friend. Merron said he was only upset with Olivia for an hour or two. Olivia told Merron that she is leaning towards evicting Ryan. She told Merron that they can reconvene tonight or tomorrow morning.

12:00-1:00 PM: Olivia told Ali that she will operate under the assumption that Merron is targeting her even though he said that he isn’t. That being said, Olivia admitted that Merron doesn’t threaten her as much as Ryan does. She said that they can get Ryan out this week before dealing with Merron next week. Olivia thinks that Merron can be someone that they take out once things get tough. Ali pointed out that sending Merron out during the triple could mean that they save at least one of their games. They discussed that four people are on board to evict Ryan, which would leave Erica to cast the tie breaking vote. Ali thinks that it would be too soon for Daela to turn on them even if they have Merron as a number. Ali then spoke to Will about the vote. She said that even if Merron is coming after Erica and Olivia, he is easier to deal with than Ryan is. As she did with Olivia, Ali brought up that Daela would be stupid to target them this soon. Will thinks that they would want to take a big shot since they know that they are the biggest targets in the house. Will asked Ali who she would nominate. Ali said she would definitely nominate Merron. As for the other nominee, Ali said it would probably be Maddy. If one of them comes off of the block, Ali said that the could then backdoor Derek or Kaela. Will voiced his concern about Merron making it to the Final 2 if he stays this week. Ali said they can focus on him next week unless they want to use him as a buffer for the triple eviction. Will then questioned whether or not Merron is working with Daela. Ali said she thinks that Merron is just close with those two on a personal level.

1:00-2:00 PM: Johnny and Will agreed that they will be voting to evict Merron. Will said Ryan is not that bad of a guy. Johnny agreed. He also believes that Ryan is not as big of a liar as people think that he is. The six then met up to discuss the vote. Erica revealed that she will be keeping Ryan if it comes down to a tiebreaker. Ali asked who everyone prefers to keep. Johnny, Maddy, Paras and Will all said that they would like to keep Ryan. Erica said it’s not ideal to have it be a 4-4 vote, as those who voted against Ryan could be making themselves targets. Ali said she is not going to leave Daela in the dark. Erica agreed. She said she will let them know that she is keeping Ryan if it’s a tie. Ali asked what the plan with Ryan would be moving forward. Erica said it would be great if he were to go next week. Ali asked who would leave between Ryan and Derek or Kaela. Johnny said Derek or Kaela. Ali then asked who would leave between Ryan and the remaining member of Daela the following week. Johnny said the remaining member of Daela would have to go. Ali was concerned that Ryan would stick around until the end. It was argued that he can go in the triple. Ali doesn’t think that Ryan is going to target Daela. Paras said he will since he thinks that they wanted to blindside him. Ali told Paras that Ryan now believes that she was behind that. Paras, who had planted that seed with Ryan, asked how she knows that. Ali said it’s just what she has heard. In the HoH room, Kaela told Johnny she feels good with him but she sees how close he is with so many people. Johnny said that being close to people doesn’t necessarily mean that he is going to be working with him. Kaela said she doesn’t know where Johnny’s head is at, and she thinks that she could go up if he wins HoH. Johnny said no. Kaela said Johnny and Will are playing pretty similar games, but Will doesn’t have the resume that Johnny has. Kaela said that anyone would go home over Johnny. Johnny argued that he is nobody’s #1. He said he wants to keep threats in the game, including Kaela. Johnny told Kaela that the showmance will eventually go up together, and he believes that whichever one stays could be his ticket to go far in the game. Johnny admitted that he feels the need to get Merron out because anyone would go home next to him. Johnny said Merron is also going after Erica. Kaela said he talked to Merron about it, and he is not going after her. Kaela said she will be voting for Ryan to win if he ends up in the finale, because he will deserve it after convincing them all to keep him. Johnny said he is the biggest outcast in the house, and he doesn’t have a good pulse on the game. Johnny brought up that Hamza said Derek and Kaela were bringing his name up to him. Kaela swore to God that she never said his name. Johnny said his other concern is that the showmance must have sought out comfort elsewhere if they are not seeking it out with him. Kaela said that she needs to get something back from Johnny in order to feel comfortable that he is not just trying to get stuff out of her. Johnny explained that he is a listener in real life, not a talker, so numerous people in the house take issue with him not giving them enough during conversations.

2:00-3:00 PM: Kaela told Johnny that she wants to win HoH in order to get information from people. Johnny said he wants to win in order to see which groups of people throw out the same names, possibly revealing that they got together to discuss which names to throw out. Kaela said she will not do what most people want her to do, as they can take out those targets themselves. Johnny asked Kaela if she would vote to keep Ryan if she finds out that everyone else wants to do that. Kaela said no. She told Johnny that she votes how she wants to vote, and she doesn’t like Ryan so she will be voting him out. Johnny said he respects that. Kaela brought up that people are saying to keep Ryan because she will put him up, but she is going to do whatever no one expects if she wins HoH. Ali and Olivia discussed that they cannot get down to the Final 5 with both Erica and Johnny in the game. They agreed that they would rather keep Erica. Olivia mentioned a possible Final 5 of Erica, Paras, Will and the two of them. Olivia said she is getting a bad feeling about Ryan staying. She wondered if they should be giving him credit for making this move happen. Ali said she wouldn’t be surprised if Ryan did what he did to get a reaction out of her yesterday. Ali believes that Johnny, Paras and Will might be in on the six simply for protection, not cause they are actually committed to it. Ali doesn’t think that anyone other than Erica or Olivia would use the veto on her. Olivia said Johnny would throw it so that he wouldn’t have to use it. She let Ali know that Johnny got upset that she told Ali about him having good points about why to keep Ryan. Ali said that sketches her out. Olivia thinks that it’s a matter of Johnny not wanting to commit to anything. Outside, Johnny told Erica that his chat with Kaela was good. Johnny said that Hamza would tell him that they were throwing his name out there, but it wasn’t the case. Erica told Johnny she hates the six. She said it’s not real, nobody trusts anybody, and no one from the six would use the veto on each other. Erica said it’s all about people looking for protection and for votes. Ali and Kaela agreed that they will vote to evict Ryan. Ali said she thinks that the two of them and Derek will be the only ones voting that way. The girls said that they will stand their ground anyway. Kaela thinks that Merron will give them a jury vote if they vote to keep her. The girls discussed that they can continue to have conversations about keeping Merron, since there are some people who might on the fence.

3:00-4:00 PM: Ali once again spoke to Will about the vote. They discussed that Erica, Johnny, Maddy and Paras want Ryan to stay, and Ali, Derek, Kaela and Olivia want Merron to stay. Will said that puts him in a bad spot since he doesn’t want to piss off Erica, Johnny, Maddy or Paras. Ali said Will vote is his vote, so she is not going to try to pressure him into anything. Will said his mind still isn’t 100% made up. Ali said she has to get Ryan out. She said she understands and respects if people don’t want to get him out this week, but she will have to fight like hell to win HoH. Meanwhile, Johnny let Merron know that he sees value in keeping Ryan, and he sees value in keeping Merron as well. Johnny said he is going to be straight up that he is likely voting to keep Ryan. Johnny explained that it makes the most sense for his game. Merron said he thinks it’s because Ryan has made it obvious who he is targeting. Merron told Johnny that just because he hasn’t made it obvious, it doesn’t mean that he isn’t having the thought as well. Johnny asked if other people have said the same thing to him as well. Merron said it’s looking pretty close, because he feels confident in the votes that he has. Johnny said there is so much that he wishes he could explain to Merron that he can’t. Merron said he understands.

4:00-5:00 PM: Johnny went to Merron to say that he could have been more sensitive during their conversation. He worried that he spoke too soon. Merron said Johnny’s vote is his vote, and he will not take it personally. Merron said there is still time for things to change. Johnny said he thinks the world of Merron. He said he has never met someone so pure. Merron said he doesn’t want Johnny to feel bad, because he can separate game from personal. In the HoH room, Erica told Ali, Derek, Kaela and Olivia that she will be keeping Ryan if it’s a tie. Erica said she doesn’t want anyone to change their votes. Ali, Derek and Kaela said that they will not be changing their votes. Olivia said she wants to go with the majority this week after having her targets go home in the previous weeks. Erica told Derek and Kaela that if Ryan is in the house, he at least provides a buffer for people to take a shot at over them. Erica said nobody is going to vote Merron out over the showmance. Kaela said she told Derek earlier that the only benefit to keeping Ryan is that he can go in the triple eviction. Kaela let Erica know that she wants to vote Ryan out even if no one else is. Erica said she doesn’t want anyone to change their vote because of what she thinks is best. Erica added that she hates when people are sheep who try to be on the right side of the vote. Erica let Derek and Kaela know that she is fine with having to break a tie if it ends up that way. They then discussed a potential triple eviction. Kaela said the five needs to stay solid since they will have a better chance of surviving the triple if they are all in the house. Erica said there are threats and there are floaters. She named Johnny as someone who will be seen as a threat moving forward. Kaela said everyone is so good with Johnny, so everyone would leave over him. Kaela said no one would ever send Johnny home, but he will win the game if he is in the Final 2. It was discussed that you cannot keep floaters around, otherwise all of a sudden they will be in the Final 2 since people think that they can win over them. Erica said that Merron is the ultimate floater. Derek said that as sickening as it is, it might be better for Merron to go. Erica said she doesn’t want it to come off as though she doesn’t care that Ryan is gunning for them. Erica explained that she thinks they have it in the bag anyway. Erica brought up that people too scared of getting blood on their hands will target Ryan if he is still in the house, which will buy them another week. Erica said nobody believes Ryan or would want to work with him at this point.

7:00-8:00 PM: Johnny let Erica know that he told Merron that he will be voting to evict him. Erica said she is trying to make Ryan feel that he is not as safe as he is, just in case they can draw out a secret power that he may have. Johnny said Ali is apparently threatening Will. He also said that Ali told Will that she will nominate Ryan next to a pawn from the six. Erica said it doesn’t surprise her but she doesn’t get why Ali is running her mouth when she hasn’t even won yet. Ali came by. She said she assumes that they will support her in getting Ryan out next week. Erica said yeah. Johnny said he will if she wins HoH.

8:00-9:00 PM: Ali told Erica and Olivia that her gut is telling her it’s not the right call to keep Ryan. She said she will support the move and then go as hard as she can for HoH. Ali explained her worry is that Ryan will end up staying much longer than people think. Erica said everyone is a baby so they wont draw the line and take a bigger shot, meaning that they will target Ryan. Ali said that Merron could never pull off staying all the way to the end. Maddy said none of them can pull of staying if on the block next to Merron. In the have-not room, Ryan told Paras he hopes that he still has her vote. Paras said Yes. They discussed taking a shot at the showmance. Paras said that if she is going to take the shot at them, she needs to make sure that people are backing her the following week by getting the other one of them out of the game. Elsewhere, Johnny and Maddy discussed that they have to take a shot at Daela but they are concerned about that getting out there. Maddy asked if Johnny thinks that Ryan needs to go ASAP. Johnny said no, which Maddy agreed with. Maddy brought up that Daela might go after Johnny and Erica since they realize that they need Ali and Olivia in the game. Maddy thinks that Erica would then leave. Johnny asked that Maddy not bring that idea up. He said that he already heard it earlier. Maddy asked if it was from Will, because she was talking through scenarios with him earlier. Johnny confirmed that it was. In the red room, Ali and Olivia discussed that Merron would be indebted to them if they kept him. They talked about attempting to get Will on board with evicting Ryan. Olivia said that they need one more vote or else her vote wont matter since Erica is voting to evict Merron if it’s a tie.

9:00-10:00 PM: Ali said she is missing something because she doesn’t get why people want to keep Ryan. Kaela said they want Ryan to take a shot at them because they are too scared to take the shot themselves. Ali told Kaela that she has to make it clear to Will that she sees Merron as a floater, she is not working with him, and he is disposable to her. Kaela said that if they can get Will on board, Olivia will join them. Will spoke to Merron about his vote. He said that his mind is not yet made up, but he cannot step on the toes of people that might keep him safe next week. Will said he has to look out for himself, so he will sleep on it tonight. Merron said that he will be staying if Will votes for him. Will said it sucks that Merron is putting it on him. Merron said he is just telling him a fact. Afterwards, Will told Ryan that he has his vote 100%. He said that he will let Merron know that in the morning. While Ryan expected that it would come down to Erica’s tie breaking vote, Will said he thinks that Olivia will be the fifth vote to keep Ryan.

10:00-11:00 PM: Erica told Merron that things would have played out so differently if Hamza was there. She said this never would have happened. Erica told Merron that she is willing to tell him which way she would vote in the event of a tie, even if it’s not his way, if he wants to know. She said she doesn’t want to do anything behind anyone’s back, even if they are on their way to jury. Merron was fine without knowing for now. Erica encouraged Merron to keep trying with other people. He said he would like to know tonight whether or not he is staying. Erica said he isn’t likely to get a legit answer from anyone. Erica told Merron that she isn’t sure which way she would vote in the event of a tie, but she will give him an answer if he comes to her and says that he has four votes locked in. Erica asked Merron who he would put up. Merron said Daela. Erica asked if Merron would nominate them even if they saved him. Merron said it would depend on who else kept him. If the others got on board, he said he would go after Daela. Even if they save him, Merron still said that he might target Daela in order to get more numbers on his side. Kaela let Paras know that she wants Ryan to leave tomorrow. Kaela said Ryan gave them his word prior to the double that he would not come after them or throw their names out there, then Ryan went to Olivia during the double to try to get the showmance on the block. Paras said she will likely vote with Johnny, Maddy and Will because Erica told her it’s better for her game to have Ryan in there, and Erica kept her safe. Kaela said if people are fighting so hard to keep Ryan in the house, she will go after someone else if she wins HoH. Paras asked if she is included in the list of people who Kaela might go after. Kaela said no. Kaela mentioned that she cannot take the shot at Ali and Olivia until the triple, so that leaves a small pool of potential targets. Kaela said that Erica is too big of a target for her to go after, seeing as she would be the next to go. Paras said she has to vote with Erica since her word is all that she has. Kaela said Paras already promised to vote with her and with Derek. Paras said she told them that they should do what’s best for them. Paras told Kaela she doesn’t want to burn bridges with Derek and Kaela, but she gave her word to Erica. Kaela said she is giving her word all over the place, making it hard to tell where her head is really at. Paras said if she is telling the girls what they want to hear, it’s because she doesn’t want it to be obvious that she is with Derek and Kaela. Paras said she doesn’t know how to prove it to her without winning HoH.

11:00-12:00 AM: When Paras was called to the diary room, Kaela said to herself that Paras is useless at this point. She said that Paras gets so defensive and emotional. Kaela said Paras is not super close to her, but she pretends to be, which is why she isn’t easy to manipulate. After Merron left the HoH room, Erica reiterated to Ryan that he will have her vote if it comes down to a tiebreaker. Ryan said his four votes are locked in, though he heard that it may not even come down to a tie. Erica said she thinks that it will be 5-3. Back in the have-not room, Derek and Kaela discussed that Paras is playing everyone. Derek said she is not good at it. Paras returned. She said that she hasn’t won any competitions, so all that she has is trying to be friendly with people. She assured Derek and Kaela that it doesn’t mean anything if she is hanging out with people. Derek brought up that they made pact on Day 2, yet Paras apparently gave her word to Erica. Paras explained that she said she would vote how Erica wanted, and would not put her up if she wins HoH, in exchange for Erica not putting her up. Derek asked why Paras said she would vote with them if that’s the case. Paras said she told them that she would do what’s best for her game. Derek disagreed. Paras said she messed up. She apologized for having said that. Derek and Kaela told Paras that they trust her and don’t want to ask her to go back on her word with Erica. The three discussed that they need to win HoH. They said that they will look for input from each other if that happens. Kaela and Paras talked about having trust in each other, and having real conversations like this. They hugged it out at the end of it all.

Summary and information about Drama in the Big Brother House Yesterday !

April 04, 2018

Summary and information about Drama in the Big Brother House Yesterday !
Yesterday there was some drama on the Big Brother Canada 6 live feeds. It all started when Paras confronted Ali and Olivia in the red rose room about something that Ryan told her. It then turned into Ali confronting Ryan which turned into an all out war! Keep reading to find out what happened!

Ryan had made a pack with Paras that he would always go to her and tell her if he suspects anyone is speaking ill of her. Well, that happened yesterday in the Big Brother Canada house when Ryan told Paras that he overheard Ali talking to Olivia at the pool table. He overheard her tell Olivia, “I don’t trust that b****” and when he told Paras this, he wasn’t expecting what was coming next.

Ryan expected that Paras would keep the information to herself and use it to her advantage later in the game, but instead, she went to Ali and Liv to find out if what Ryan told her was true. Ali and Liv obviously denied talking about Paras and even after Paras left the room, they still denied saying anything. Paras and Johnny left the room and she asked him if there was anything said about her and after a brief conversation, she realizes that Ryan was clearly lying.

A little later, Ali, Erica, Ryan and a few others are all in the white rose room and Ali confronts Ryan. She calls him out for spreading these things around the house. He tells her that he knows in the last 24 hours, she has tried to get him out the door and she takes that comment as his way of confessing to trying to make her look bad because she is trying to get him out.

She tells him that she was actually leaning towards keeping him after their conversation where he apologized to her. Now, he can forget it because of this. Johnny brings up that maybe there is a chance that she said it in a joking way, but she swears on her mother’s life that she didn’t say anything like that at all. Ryan tells her that if this is a misunderstanding, he apologizes, but he is pretty sire he heard what he heard.

Needless to say, Ali is angry at Ryan and after Ali tells them all that she is done and walks out the door, Ryan tells everyone in the room that “She can say what she wants, but I know what I heard.” Ryan is a little worried about his game at this point because everyone is believing Ali at this point because she swore on her mother’s life. Unfortunately, there is no way to confirm either story because the cameras weren’t on the pool table at the time this was supposedly said. Who do you believe? Ali or Ryan?  

Summary Tuesday April 3th 

April 03, 2018

Summary Tuesday April 3th 
Live Feed UpdatesWednesday April 3th 
2:00-3:00 PM: Kaela told Erica that Merron isn’t going to win any competitions. She said Ryan has the ability to convince people. Kaela brought up Merron saying to her that he believes Ryan started the rumour that he is going after Erica. Erica said she heard it from Will. Kaela said Ryan has been telling her that he is going after Ali and Olivia. Kaela told Erica that Ryan is so good if he is capable of convincing everyone to keep him. Erica pointed out that there will be bigger fish to fry next week, meaning that Ryan will coast along. Erica said she sees pros and cons to both options. Kaela said Ryan will end up making it to the Final 3 and then win the game. Erica suggested that people in the white room would nominate Ryan if he stays. Kaela said whoever goes up next to him would end up leaving, and it would be one of them. Ali, Erica, Kaela and Olivia then met in the HoH room to weigh out their options. Erica said she doesn’t think Ryan is coming after her. She said she doesn’t know where Merron’s head is at but she doesn’t think that he will win anything. Erica said keeping Ryan is not bad for her game but it might be detrimental for the others. Ali said Merron would be easy to get out at any point, but Ryan wont go down without a fight. Erica worried about Ryan threatening to be a bitter juror. Ali said he is going to vote for the best player if he is as big of a fan as he thinks he is. She also said that Ryan would be mad at everyone if it’s a unanimous vote. Kaela said she wants to evict Ryan. Ali agreed. Olivia said she sees benefits to both sides. Ali said Ryan should go from a purely strategic point of view. Ali said she will keep Ryan next week if he stays this week, because she has to deal with Maddy next. When the conversation wrapped up, the girls agreed to evict Ryan.

3:00-4:00 PM: Olivia told Johnny that she was talking to Ali, Erica and Kaela, and they were thinking of getting Ryan out now. Johnny asked if she is kidding. Olivia said she is indifferent. Johnny said Ryan is a target for Daela, Ryan would put up Daela, Merron is aligned with Daela, and Merron will never go home when he is on the block. Johnny didn’t understand why the wouldn’t get Merron out now that they have the chance. He thinks that Ali is persuading people. Olivia said she thinks that Merron is coming after her. Johnny said he is after Erica as well. Olivia mentioned that the two of them and Erica should talk without Ali. Johnny agreed, adding that Ali will always push her own agenda. Olivia said that even if Ryan comes after them, Ali would go over her. Olivia let Johnny know that Ali, Erica and Kaela were talking about getting Maddy out next. Olivia said Erica is listening to other people after originally wanting Merron to go. Olivia doesn’t understand why Ali wants Ryan to go when that’s what Daela wants. Olivia said she thinks that Merron should go. Johnny asked if she can commit to that and stick with it. Olivia said she thinks that she can. In the bathroom, Ali and Paras disagreed over who should go. While Paras said that Merron needs to go because he is with Derek and Kaela, Ali insisted that he is not actually with those two. Paras said Ali is underestimating Kaela. Paras said they should want to keep Ryan to take a shot at Daela. Ali said she doesn’t think that Ryan will take that shot before he comes after her and Olivia. Paras said Ali is wrong. Paras said she thinks that she is being played, and they are working with Daela. Paras straight up asked if Ali is working with them. Ali said no. Ali explained that she and Olivia will become the targets if Derek and Kaela leave. Ali said she will have no problem taking the shot at those two herself, though she doesn’t want to do it just yet. Paras said Ali is wrong if she thinks that Kaela would not take a shot at her this week. Ali said she wont. Paras then tried arguing that Ryan will go after Daela because he thinks that those two are the ones blindsiding him. Meanwhile, Olivia told Erica she doesn’t know if getting Ryan out is best for Erica’s game. She said Ali is pushing her agenda really hard. Erica agreed. Olivia reminded Erica that Merron is after the two of them. Olivia said Johnny, Maddy and herself all want Merron out. Erica said Daela will go after Ryan if he stays, so that provides a buffer for them. She also said that it wouldn’t be the worst thing in the world if Ryan were to win HoH.

4:00-5:00 PM: Merron asked Will to talk. He said he thinks that Erica is worried about him coming after her. Merron said he is not confirming whether or not that is true. Merron assured Will that he is not working with Derek and Kaela. He asked Will to tell Erica that he doesn’t think Merron is after her if she brings up that he could be gunning for her. While playing pool, Ryan told Paras he saw Ali saying to Olivia that “I dont trust that b”. Ryan said she didn’t censor it though. He said he thinks that it was about Paras. Ryan told Paras to keep it cool. Paras said she wants to figure out if it was about her or Maddy. Ryan said it was one of the two of them.

5:00-6:00 PM: Ryan went to Maddy to say he heard Ali telling Olivia “I don’t trust that b*tch”. Ryan said it could have been about her or about Paras, but it was one of the two. He said he thinks that it was Paras. Paras went to the bedroom to speak to Ali and Olivia. She asked who the comment was made about. Paras said Ryan overhead them saying that. Ali denied having said it. Paras said Ryan must be making stuff up then. Paras looked for reassurance that they are solid. Ali said she can’t with this anymore, and she does not believe that she said what Ryan is accusing her of. Paras said their decision has been made for them now, as they should vote out the person who is starting all of this. Paras thinks that Ryan is trying to get her vote by saying that Ali and Olivia are against her. Meanwhile, Will asked Erica if she wants Merron to go. Erica said they don’t have a choice once Will told her that Merron is after her. Will said Merron is almost positive that he has Derek and Kaela’s votes. He also revealed that Merron asked him to say that he doesn’t think Merron is going after Erica. Back in the red room, Johnny got filled in on what Ryan said. Ali said Ryan is trying to sewer them even though he had a nice chat with them. Paras said it’s clear as day. Paras and Johnny then spoke alone. When Paras said that Ryan is obviously lying, Johnny questioned if it is actually obvious. Paras said she doesn’t know. Johnny said Ryan shouldn’t necessarily be the one to go even if he is lying. Paras said she is afraid to work with Ali and Olivia if that’s what they think of her. Johnny assured Paras that they don’t feel that way about her. Johnny reiterated that it’s best for them to keep Ryan. Johnny and Paras agreed that Ali and Olivia must have something with Derek and Kaela. Ali joined them. She said she told Erica and Will about what’s going on. Paras was upset that Ali started spreading what she said. Ali said she is going to call Ryan out. Paras was not on board with that, feeling that it accomplishes nothing and blows up her game. Ali said it would expose Ryan and seal his fate. Johnny agreed with Paras that calling out Ryan is not something that needs to take place. Erica, Maddy and Will joined the discussion. Erica said she was only fine with keeping Ryan if his words are impacting anyone, but they seem to be. Ali said Paras was upset when she approached her. Paras said she wouldn’t have came to Ali about it if she had any doubts about her. Ali said she will be voting to evict Ryan since he keeps dragging her name through the mud. Erica said it’s going to be exhausting if keeping Ryan means that this will continue to happen. Paras said it didn’t have to happen, but Ali got other people involved. Ali said it’s not that she doubts Paras, but she doesn’t want Ryan saying things about her to others. Erica and Maddy said that that’s a valid concern. Paras eventually gave Ali her blessing to call Ryan out if she feels that she must. They discussed doing so in a way where it is just asking a question. Erica said that if they are going to call Ryan out, he had better go this week. She explained that Ali could be making herself a target if not. Ali said it’s baffling that anyone would want to keep Ryan after all of this. Ryan was eventually brought into the room. Ali asked what he heard. When Ryan said Ali said “I don’t trust that b*tch”, Ali asked who she said that about. Ryan said somebody. Ali guaranteed that those words did not come out other mouth. Ali said that even if she did say, how does Ryan know what she is talking about. He said he knows that she has tried to get him out in the past 24 hours. Ali said Ryan is using this in attempt to sewer her game. Ali swore on her mother’s life that she did not say those words. Johnny said it’s possible that Ryan just misheard it. Ryan said he will apologize if so, but he believes what he heard. Ali said she was leaning towards keeping Ryan after their conversation, but he can now forget it after this. She said that she cannot keep someone who is going to throw her under the bus over something that isn’t even concrete. After the group split up, Paras told Ryan it’s concerning to her that Ali would swear on her mother. She said she wants Ryan in the house but it’s messed up if he is going to lie about that. Ryan swore on his son that he believes what he heard. Ryan said that Paras, Johnny, Maddy and Will can send him home if they don’t believe him. Ryan told Paras that he let her know what was said for her own good, not for her to go call Ali out. Paras asked Ryan to look her in the eye and say that he heard it. Ryan did so. Paras said they can turn this around then.

6:00-7:00 PM: Paras said she doesn’t think that the Ryan thing had to be made into such a big deal. Erica pointed out that it’s not Paras’ name getting dragged through the mud. Ali said Paras told her that she would have her back if she called Ryan out. Paras said she was only supposed to ask a question. Ali admitted that her emotions got the best of her. Ali told Paras that she has her back and did not call Ryan out to screw her over. Ali explained that it had to be done since Ryan has been doing this to her consistently since week two when he turned her and Daela against each other. Ali assured Paras that this will not happen in the future when she brings information to her. Paras said she doesn’t think that what Ryan did is malicious. She mentioned that they should reconsider things. Ali said she can’t now that she blew up at Ryan. Paras attempted to convince Ali that Ryan is going after Derek and Kaela, especially if they leave those two on the wrong side of the vote. Elsewhere, Johnny told Will that Ryan has to stay for their games. He worried that it is not possible anymore after what happened. Johnny said he would almost guarantee that Ali made this strategic play in order to make it seem like they are going against her if they keep Ryan in the house. Maddy then spoke to Will about Paras responding emotionally by going to Ali like she did. Maddy said Ryan needs to go soon but not yet. Maddy talked about how she and Johnny cannot go against what Erica wants to do, so she is frustrated since Ryan was good up until now. Maddy said Ali is manipulating people by making them scared to go against her in this vote. Afterwards, Will told Paras what Maddy said about her being emotional. Paras was not happy to hear that. Paras said Maddy thinks that she runs the house but she is actually on everybody’s radar and doesn’t run anything. Paras then spoke to Maddy. She pointed out that Maddy did the same thing that she did. Maddy said she wasn’t saying that Paras being emotional is a bad thing. Paras said Johnny and Maddy will not be screwed, since the vote is still going to go the same way but they will now have Ali and Olivia on board. Paras said Daela will be the ones on the outs. Paras then spoke to Ali once again, telling her that Ryan will go after Daela. Ali said there is no squashing things between her and Ryan. Paras said they can leave him around for another week, then take him out after he takes the shot at Daela. Ali said she doesn’t get why Paras feels the need to keep him to take that shot when so many others can take it. Paras said Merron is a number for Daela. Ali also believes that leaving Daela in the dark about the vote will only lead to them coming after her even sooner than they otherwise would have. Paras argued that Derek and Kaela would be mad at everyone. Paras said Ali can claim that she was strong armed into keeping Ryan on the day of the vote. Ali later said she feels as though she has dug her own grave. Paras said they can vote Ryan out if that’s how she feels.

7:00-8:00 PM: In the HoH room, Ryan let Erica and Olivia know that people were warning him that Ali was looking to blindside him this week. Olivia and Erica said that that’s not true. Ryan mentioned that he might be able to get Derek and Kaela to keep him after all of this, since they will view him as a shield. Olivia pointed out that Ryan told her and Ali that they are good with him, and yet he is now implying that his targets may be voting for him. Ryan said everyone has been telling him that they are lying, and the only way to find out is through the votes on Thursday. Once Ryan left, Olivia told Erica that this is the worst case scenario. Olivia said she wants Merron to go. Erica agreed. They are concerned that it will look bad to Ali if they make that move. Erica told Olivia that Ali is sewering her game. Olivia said it may not be bad to separate herself from Ali, so it’s on Ali if Ryan stays and goes after her for this. Erica agreed that it wouldn’t be bad for Olivia’s game at all. Paras joined the girls. They all agreed that they want Merron to go. Paras said she doesn’t want Ali to feel that she doesn’t have her back. Olivia said the longevity of most of their games depends on Merron leaving. Erica thinks that Ali sees that. After Olivia left, Erica told Paras that Ali’s reaction was sketchy. Paras said it scared her that Ryan was able to keep his cool while Ali was raising her voice. Erica said that Ali’s reaction was similar to Veronica’s after the rogue vote incident. Erica and Paras agreed that Ali would be the one in the six to target Erica.

8:00-9:00 PM: Paras spoke to Derek and Kaela about how it may be best to keep Ryan now. She explained that Ali blew up on Ryan so much so that he will have no choice but to target her if he stays. Derek said he wants to hear out both of the nominees. Kaela said what bothers her is that Merron doesn’t fight for himself. Paras said she will fill the showmance in on what everyone is saying so that they don’t end up on the wrong side of the vote. Kaela brought up that it would be nice to have Ryan there to put up during the triple eviction. After Derek and Kaela left, Paras spoke to the cameras about how she needs to be careful. She said she made a mistake but she is going to make sure that it works out in her favour. Paras said that Ali may need to go. Paras talked about wanting to throw competitions for a couple more weeks. She mentioned the triple eviction as the time that she wants to win an HoH. Paras said she is still going to keep Ryan this week since it was her fault that things messed up today.

Summary Monday April 2th 

April 02, 2018

Summary Monday April 2th 
Live Feed Updates Monday April 2th 
9:00-10:00 AM: Will told Johnny that Merron said he is going after Erica. Will said Merron told him that every person in the house should go after Erica. Johnny asked if Will is going to tell Erica that. Will asked if they should. Johnny said he doesn’t know.

10:00-11:00 AM: Will told Maddy he thinks that they should keep Ryan. Maddy said she knows but it would be tough to flip on Ali. Will said all they have to do is tell Erica that Merron is coming after her. Maddy doesn’t think Johnny will vote to keep Ryan. Will disagreed. He pointed out that the original plan was to send Merron home anyway. Maddy and Will agreed that Ryan will not come after anyone in the white room. In the red room, Ali told Erica there is still time to get Daela out. She thinks it’s more important to get Maddy out. Erica agreed. Ali said to try selling that one to Johnny. Erica mentioned that Johnny is likely less attached to Johnny now that the numbers are dwindling. Erica said she gets the Daela concern, and she feels better with the six than she does with the five. Ali said she is with Erica on that one. Erica said the showmance might not be after them, but they are after their humans. Ali prefers that Johnny or Will take the shot. Erica said they have gotten themselves in a bit of a pickle by covering all of their bases, because people are now going to be pissed at them when they uncover their bases. Maddy told Johnny that Ryan was talking about badly wanting Daela out. Maddy said she hasn’t believed Ryan in the past, but she believes that he is telling her the truth. Maddy admitted that she isn’t sure which way is best to vote at this point. Maddy said that Ali and Olivia would be upset if they evict Merron, but it doesn’t meant that they would totally shift their focus to come after them. Johnny said they would have to be smart about how they approach Erica about it, cause they can’t all go in there saying the same thing. Johnny told Maddy she could tell Olivia that Merron is coming after her, and Ryan is coming after Daela. Maddy said that Merron going after Erica also reenforces why he needs to go. In the HoH room, Will told Erica he thinks that they should send Merron home this week. Will said he was picking Merron’s brain, and Merron told him he should nominate Erica since she should be on everyone’s radar as a comp beast. Will said Merron is 100% going to nominate Erica. As for Ryan, Will said he doesn’t think that he is going after Ali and Olivia.

11:00-12:00 PM: Maddy let Ryan know that people have been talking about blindsiding him, and it was the plan as of yesterday. Maddy explained that doing that does not make sense for four of them. Maddy told Ryan that he needs to vocalize that he is going after Daela. Ryan said the problem is that both members of Daela have told him that there is no way they are sending him home. Maddy said they are 100% lying. Maddy said Ali and Olivia want Daela to go. Will asked Paras if she told people that he was intentionally throwing competitions. Paras said no. Will asked if she is lying to him, because he has heard that from a couple of people. Will said that makes him doubt her. Paras said he doubt her if he wants to. The conversation didn’t end on a good note. About 10 minutes later, Paras approached Will to ask if they can talk. Paras said she is willing to bring the person in who told her that Will is throwing comps. Will said he doesn’t want to stir the pot. He asked if it was someone in the six. Paras said no. Paras told Will she has put her faith in him as her number one, and she doesn’t know what more she can do to show him that she trusts him. Paras revealed that Derek is the one who she was talking to. Will said Derek isn’t who he heard it from.

1:00-2:00 PM: The veto ceremony took place. Johnny decided not to use the Power of Veto. Merron and Ryan remain nominated. Ryan spoke to Erica about the vote. He said he is concerned about Ali, Olivia, Derek and Kaela potentially not voting to keep him. Ryan said he doesn’t think that he can get both pairs on his side. He asked which pairing is best to pitch to in order to keep Erica safe. Erica said if Ali and Olivia don’t feel that they can flip Merron to their side, they are the people to pitch to. Ryan said he feels that those two are feeling threatened by him after the double eviction. Erica said that’s fair. Erica said she has heard that her name has came out of Merron’s mouth. Ryan said it could be due to panic. Erica said that panic or not, she has not heard her name come out of Ryan’s mouth. Ryan pointed out that if Ali and Olivia are as against Daela as they say they are, they should be on board with leaving the showmance on the wrong side of a 6-2 vote. Ryan said that would isolate those two as a target, buying everyone a week or two. Ryan assured Erica that he will not be coming after her if he stays. Erica said she has never thought that he was after her. Erica added that they need each other as mutual threats in the game. Ryan said he needs to repair his relationship with Ali and Olivia. Erica said that’s a good idea. Elsewhere, Paras told Will she needs to know who said that she is saying he is throwing competitions. Will said it was Maddy. Will said Maddy also told him not to worry if he sees her around Ali and Olivia.

2:00-3:00 PM: Paras asked if anyone else said the thing about him throwing competitions. Will said Olivia did as well. Paras and Will wondered if Maddy is actually working with Ali and Olivia, and she told them. Paras said they can’t trust Maddy. Will said Maddy flip flops all of the time. The two discussed that keeping Ryan would be better for their game. Will thinks that Ryan would take a shot at Derek and Kaela, or Ali and Olivia. Both worried that Merron is working with Derek and Kaela. Paras said she thinks that she is going to put Maddy up if she wins HoH, proving her loyalty to the six. Paras said they can send Maddy or Ryan home if they are next to Maddy. Paras said that Will is all she has in this game. Will said he doesn’t trust Maddy at all. Paras is afraid that Maddy is trying so hard to get in with Ali, Erica and Olivia that she will tell them that they discussed going after them. They discussed telling Derek and Kaela that they can have each other’s backs. After Will left, Paras spoke to the cameras about how she learned the hard way that you can’t trust anyone. Paras said she thought that Maddy was the Brittnee to her Sarah, but Maddy had better watch her back now. Paras said she is so stupid for trusting Maddy. Ali joined Paras. Paras said she was wrong about Maddy, as she thought that she was someone that could be trusted. Paras said she should have listened to Olivia when she wanted to put Maddy up. Ali asked where Will’s head is at when it comes to Maddy. Paras said Will knows that he was wrong about her too. Ali asked if Maddy can go next week then. Paras said yeah. Ali asked if Paras can explain what is going on. Paras said she cannot because she doesn’t want to mess up what she has with Will. Paras explained that Maddy betrayed her trust and Will’s trust. Paras said Maddy is playing the game way harder than she thought. Paras assured Ali that she is 100% with the six, and she will prove it in the coming weeks. Ali brought up that she would like to wait until the triple to get Derek and Kaela out at the same time, though Johnny and Will don’t want that. Paras said it makes sense. Maddy then spoke to Paras. She said she can tell that Paras is pissed. Maddy asked why Paras would think that she is sketchy. Paras said she was saying that to everyone, and what she was concerned about was not said by Maddy. When Maddy was fishing for more info, Paras simply said that someone was trying to intentionally split the two of them and Will up. Paras said she swore to Will that she wouldn’t share what was said, which she wouldn’t have done had it been about Maddy. Paras said she would have confronted her if it had to do with her. Up in the HoH room, Erica spoke to Ali, Johnny and Olivia about the plan for the week. She said that Will apparently said he cut a deal with Daela when he was backed into a corner. Erica, Johnny and Olivia all said that they believe it. Erica told Ali and Olivia that she thinks Ryan wants to talk to them about making a deal to go after Daela. Olivia thinks that it would be a BS deal. Erica and Johnny said that they believe Ryan when he says that. Erica said she really doesn’t think that Ali and Olivia would be Ryan’s targets. Olivia said it’s a team thing, and Ryan can stay if they decide that that’s what is best for them. Erica suggested that Ali and Olivia have a conversation with Ryan in order to feel him out. Ali said she cannot have a conversation with Ryan without calling him out on his BS. Erica said that is the best course of action. Erica said that Ryan staying is a way to go after Daela. Johnny said that Daela might also go after Ryan if they win HoH. Ali said she doesn’t care who goes, but she is looking at it from a perspective of who has a better shot at winning HoH. She thinks Ryan is more likely to win HoH. Erica said that Ryan is all about his word, and she really doesn’t believe that he has lied about much. Johnny agreed. Ali said she will be willing to let Merron go this week even if her conversation with Ryan doesn’t go well, as long as they can agree to take a shot at Ryan over Daela next week. Johnny said no. He pointed out that everyone else’s targets are constantly going, yet Derek and Kaela are coming after him and they are going to leave them in the game. Erica said she is not going to tell anyone how to play their game, but she personally would like to keep Ryan this week.

3:00-4:00 PM: Johnny asked if they can leave Daela on the other side of the vote if they decide to keep Ryan. He said they don’t need to do a group thing always. Erica said it would make it look like the whole house is working together, leaving them on the other side. Ali said the fact that Ryan was able to come back with a new approach once he realized that he is in danger is terrifying. Ali said Ryan’s strategy is very good, whereas Merron will not be able to fix what he has done. Erica said Kaela knows how to play the game, and she may have Merron under her wing. Erica mentioned that she doesn’t think Will would fabricate things out of thin air. Johnny said Merron seems to be upset with Erica even based on his chats with him. Johnny said Ryan is a bigger threat but he is alone. Ali said Merron is alone as well. As for Daela, Ali said she really thinks that they are gung-ho about the five. Erica said she thinks it’s more of a keep your friends close but keep your enemies closer thing. Olivia agreed with Erica. Afterwards, Ryan spoke to Ali and Olivia to clear the air. He said he was angry and shifted his focus in their direction after what happened during the double eviction. Ryan said that after having time to calm down, he realizes that they were there for him when no one else was. Ryan implied that he would be going after Daela. Ali asked how she can know that this isn’t just game on his part. Ryan talked about being a man of his word. He gave his word that he will not nominate Ali and Olivia if he wins the HoH in the triple eviction. Ali told Ryan that she will not go with the house just to go with the house, so know that she is putting her trust in him once again if she votes to keep him. Meanwhile, Erica told Johnny she thinks that it’s best for their game to have Ryan stay. Erica said she is going to vote to keep Ryan if it comes down to a tiebreaker. Erica asked if Maddy, Paras and Will can get behind evicting Merron. Johnny said those three and himself would be the four votes that they need. In the red room, Paras warned Merron that people are getting sketched out about him being close with Daela. They talked about Kaela being the type to promise everybody something. Paras said Merron has to make sure that he is working on everyone else in order to get the votes to stay.

4:00-5:00 PM: In the pantry, Erica told Ryan she let Ali and Olivia know that she will be voting for him to stay in the event of a tiebreaker. Erica said the only reason that Ali and Olivia wouldn’t keep him is because they are terrified that Ryan is coming after them. Ryan said he feels that their conversation went well, and he told them that he is not after them. In the HoH room, Erica spoke to Paras about the plan to target Merron. She said it seems as though Will is on board since it was kind of his idea. Erica called Merron a wildcard, adding that he has not yet campaigned to her. Paras said she is a bit concerned about Maddy and Ryan being a thing. Erica suggested that they take a shot at Maddy or Ryan next week if they don’t target Daela. Paras said she is now on board since she realizes that she overlooked a number of things when it comes to Maddy. Paras asked Erica to let her know if things change with regards to targeting Merron. It was discussed that Derek and Kaela will likely not be brought in on the plan until Thursday morning. In the bathroom, Olivia told Ali that she thinks it is best to evict Merron. She asked if they should let Daela in on the plan. Ali said they have to. Olivia said they can secretly go up to them an hour before the eviction, saying that everyone wants to blindside them but they aren’t down for that. Olivia thought that they would later be able to blame Paras for telling Derek and Kaela about the vote. They agreed to think that one over for a bit longer before going with that story. Olivia then went to Johnny to tell him that Ryan promised her and Ali safety in the triple. She said she feels as though Ryan was being genuine, meaning that she is not going to vote to evict him.

5:00-6:00 PM: In the have-not room, Paras told Ryan to know that the plan to blindside him was not Daela’s idea. Ryan said that means it has to be Ali and Olivia. Paras said she understands if Ryan wants to target Derek and Kaela first, but other people are gunning for him. Ryan said his ideal situation is that Derek and Kaela end up on the wrong side of a 6-2 vote. Paras said she doesn’t think that Erica will let that happen. Ryan mentioned that he was let in on the blindside about 10 minutes before the veto ceremony. Paras asked who clued him in on it. Ryan said it was Maddy. Ryan thinks that Maddy is on both sides, thinking that she is good with Ali and Olivia when she really isn’t. Paras agreed. Ryan said he thinks that he is going to take the shot at Daela if he wins HoH. Ryan said Kaela would have to go. When Ryan asked if Paras would go after Ali and Olivia, or Derek and Kaela, Paras said that she doesn’t think she would go after Ali and Olivia. As for Derek and Kaela, Paras said she doesn’t even know that she would go after them now that she was told a number of things this morning to make her realize that she cannot even trust the people closest to her. After the conversation with Ryan wrapped up, Paras said to the cameras that she had wanted to keep Ryan to target Ali and Olivia. Now that he is going after Daela, Paras said she is changing her mind. She also mentioned that she has control over Merron.

7:00-8:00 PM: Kaela brought up that Merron cannot win a competition to save his life. She suggested that they should get Ryan out while they can. Erica said Merron has vocalized that he is after her. Derek asked if that scares her. Erica said she would bet money against him winning a competition, but a threat is a threat. Erica said there are two physically weak individuals on the block, which led to Kaela saying that Merron is also bad at questions. As for Ryan, she said he is so smart, convincing, and a genius if he can manipulate everyone into switching their votes this week. Derek said he would not worry about Merron if he was Erica, because she would have a great chance to win the veto, and she would have the votes if not, if Merron puts her up. Elsewhere, Maddy asked Paras if she wants to keep Ryan. While Paras acknowledged that he is not coming after them, she said she would be able to easily pull Merron in if he stays. Maddy argued that Ryan is more likely to take the shots that they can’t take. Paras said he is not even going after Ali or Olivia anymore, cause now he is after Daela. Maddy said she told him to say that. She said that Ryan going after Daela is working for him, and he is still vote on their side even if he doesn’t try to win HoH. Paras also worried about whether or not Ryan would choose them over Erica. Maddy said that he would 100%. After talking to Paras, Maddy spoke to Erica about the vote. Erica said she feels solid with Ryan, so she is willing to break the tie in his favour if Maddy, Johnny, Paras and Will keep him. Erica thinks that Daela wants Ryan out so badly because they are scared of him, as opposed to Merron who could give them three strong moving forward. Both agreed that Ryan does not lie as much as people think that he does. Kaela spoke to Ali about needing to send Ryan out this week. Ali said they have to remind Erica that Merron is not going to win, but they can’t be pushy about it. Ali said if they can guarantee that they have five votes to evict Ryan, they should do it. Ali asaid Erica would never tell them which way to vote. Kaela went to Derek to tell him that Erica wants Merron to go. Both Derek and Kaela said that they will not change their votes. Derek said it’s best for his game to have Ryan leave. Ali told Merron that he has got to demand some time with Erica, because she is now uneasy after hearing that he is coming after her. Ali said to throw Daela’s names out there if he has to name names. Ali said to let Erica know that he is not after her, he wants to work with her, and he needs her as a strong ally.

8:00-9:00 PM: Merron told Erica that no one would suspect that they would work together after she has nominated him twice. Merron said he is still available to work with. Erica said it seems that he is close to Daela. Merron explained that he was just having fun with them yesterday, plus he needs their votes. Merron said he will do what is best for him. Erica admitted that what worries her about Merron is that she doesn’t know who he would target. She mentioned that Ryan is much more transparent. Merron asked Erica to look past the fact that he could possibly come after her for putting him up twice. Merron said he is by himself and he is pretty sure that Hamza would be happy to see them work together. Merron let Erica know that he is not gunning for her. Erica told Merron that this is the best campaigning he has ever done.

9:00-10:00 PM: Kaela told Merron that she will be voting to keep him. She said she wants him in the game, and she would rather keep someone who is on her side. Kaela said she assumes that Merron would rather work with her and Derek than not. Kaela also said she doesn’t even like Ryan as a person, so she doesn’t mind telling everyone that she voted to keep Merron, even if they all keep Ryan, cause she doesn’t like Ryan. Kaela encouraged Merron to go remind other people that Ryan is a bigger threat, he has won more competitions, he is convincing, and he is a superfan. Kaela said she assumes that Merron will have Derek’s vote as well. Merron thinks that he had a good talk with Derek earlier. Merron said he will let Ryan go run his mouth to everyone. Kaela warned Merron that people are concerned that he doesn’t talk any game, as opposed to Ryan who is at least making an effort. She told him to go game a bit more. Kaela also suggested that Merron throw Ryan under the bus since he is doing the same to him.

10:00-11:00 PM: Derek told Kaela that if Merron does stay, he thinks that they will have him. Kaela and Derek agreed that they will vote Ryan out no matter what. Derek said if Ryan does stay, and he wins HoH, he might put Ali and Olivia up for being stupid enough to keep Ryan. Meanwhile, Ali told Erica she is wondering if Will said Merron is working with Daela in order to get them to keep Ryan to take a shot at Daela. Ali thinks that Will may have done that since he is paranoid about Daela coming after him. Ali wondered if they are naive to Will cause they love him so much. Erica said that they could be blind to his goofy nature. Erica said she is going to have to grill Will a little bit more on exactly what Merron said. Erica told Ali that Merron looked her in the eye and promised that he is not coming after her. Ali said she doesn’t think that he has a lying bone in his body. Ali talked about wanting to get Maddy out before the triple. She and Erica continued to debate who to target this week. Ali said she would rather get Maddy out next week, so that would mean Ryan is sticking around even longer if they don’t get him out now. She thinks that Merron would be easier to get out later since he cannot win a competition. They agreed to talk more later.

Live Feed Updates Sunday, April 2th

April 02, 2018

Live Feed Updates Sunday, April 2th
12:00-1:00 AM: Paras told Johnny that Kaela has made Final 2 deals with a number of the girls already. Paras said Kaela is so strong, and she was able to talk Olivia out of putting her up. Paras mentioned that it would be a sweet move to send Derek or Kaela out this week if Erica had enough trust in them. Johnny said it’s not good for Erica’s game, as getting those two out is a bigger deal for their side than for Erica, Ali and Olivia. Paras agreed. Paras called Kaela the biggest superfan, having watching every Canadian season and every US season. Johnny said he is not scared of putting Derek and Kaela up. Paras said if he does that, she is down to win the next HoH to finish them off. Paras said she can’t trust Ali and Olivia to do that if she makes the first move. Johnny said Ali has got to go first out of the six. Paras said she wouldn’t be opposed to that, cause it scares her that someone could go hard against Derek and Kaela, only to call a truce or make an alliance with them. Paras told Johnny that it’s stupid to send Ryan home when he is not coming for them. Paras thinks Ali, Olivia and Erica the ones that need to be worried about Ryan. Afterwards, Johnny and Will talked things over. Will said Merron believes that Erica is the only one who wants him to go. Johnny said they could tell Erica that in order to get her on board with them. Will said he would prefer to see Merron go. Johnny said he felt that way at the start of the week, but now Ryan has been making a lot of comments such as “game recognizes game” to him. Will said they have got to go after Derek and Kaela next week. Will brought up that it would be an ideal time to backdoor Kaela this week. Both agreed that Erica is not going to make the move. Johnny thinks that Erica would nominate Maddy if he uses the veto. Johnny said the same way that they want to protect Maddy, the rest of their group wants to protect Derek and Kaela. Johnny and Will agreed that Olivia is more true to her word than Ali is. They also agreed that Ali can be the first of the six to go. Johnny said he would like to pull Olivia way from her. Will said he might start flirting with Olivia. Johnny thinks that it would be a good idea.

1:00-2:00 AM: Olivia told Will that her relationship with Ali stemmed from personal more than game, because she reminds her of her sister. Just as she had told Johnny earlier, Olivia said she would be willing to keep someone over Ali if it was best for her game. In the kitchen, Paras spoke to the cameras. She said she really wants to take a shot, especially now that she knows Johnny wants to take one too. Paras said they can take back to back shots in order to get Derek and Kaela out. Paras brought up that Kaela should not have made so many deals without thinking that it would get back to her. Specifically, Paras brought up that Kaela made a Final 2 with Veronica and tried to make one with Maddy. In the HoH room, Ali told Erica she isn’t sure what to do since Derek and Kaela think that they have a five thing going on. Erica said she would rather stick with the six than the five. Ali and Erica agreed that Ryan should go this week even though Will is paranoid that Derek and Kaela are working with Merron. Erica said Will is also concerned that Derek and Kaela are going after him and Johnny. Erica thinks that it would be their best move. Ali doesn’t know if they are smart enough to do it. Erica worried that they would want to put her up next to Johnny after the veto competition. Ali said she doesn’t mind taking the shot at Derek and Kaela, but she cannot do it this week. Erica said she would prefer to have someone in the white room do it.

Summary Sunday , April 1th 

April 01, 2018

Summary Sunday , April 1th 
Live Feed Updates Sunday , April 1th 
10:00-11:00 AM: Ryan asked Paras if she would let him know if the tide is turning. Paras said she would. Paras told Ryan she wants Erica to let her know where her head is at, cause she will be vocal about her vote as long as Erica says that she wants Ryan to stay. Paras assured Ryan that there is not a chance in hell she would tell him she is keeping him if she isn’t. Paras thinks Ali and Olivia will want Ryan to stay if Erica does, because they are afraid of her.

11:00-12:00 PM: Paras told Ryan she thinks that Johnny is playing the best game of anyone in the house. Ryan thinks that Johnny has the best social connections. Later, Paras told Ali that if she were to vote Merron out, it would be because Erica did her the favour of not putting her up. Ali said Erica is obviously not going to do that. Ali said it is getting to the point in the game where she has got to do what is best for her game, not just what the HoH wants. Ali worried that Ryan would come after her because Olivia put him on the block. Paras joked that she guesses there was no Final 3 between Ali, Olivia and Ryan like people had said there was. Paras then said she heard from Ryan that she has a Final 4 with Johnny, Maddy and Will. Paras said it’s funny that this all comes from the same person. Ali said Ryan is always planting something.

12:00-1:00 PM: Ali told Olivia that Paras asked her which way Erica is leaning. Ali said Paras asked which way Erica is leaning, so she told her that Erica wanted Merron out the last she heard. Ali said Paras told her she from Ryan that she is in a Final 4 with Johnny, Maddy and Will. Ali mentioned having a conversation with Ryan to smooth things over on Friday, in which she said she doesn’t know if Johnny, Maddy, Paras and Will are a thing. Olivia said they have to make something up fast in order to get Erica on board with getting Ryan out. Ali said she cannot have Ryan in the house. Ali wondered if they could simply tell Erica the truth about what Ryan said. Olivia worried that Erica wouldn’t get on board from that, then they would have to go back to her with fake news. Ali said she is going to have a conversation with Ryan today, get him to say some stuff, then twist his words. Olivia suggested that Ali add Erica’s name into it. Ali said Ryan has got to go. Olivia agreed. Ali told Olivia she cannot deal with Ryan’s ability to twist words and plant seeds. Ali then spoke to Ryan. He said he feels as though he is safe this week, and it may even be a unanimous vote once the people who are swaying find out which way the vote is going. Ali let Ryan know that she is a bit frustrated by something that she heard. Ali explained that a couple people told her about Ryan saying there is a Final 4 between Johnny, Maddy, Paras and Will. Ali clarified that she said she does not know if they are a thing. Ryan said Ali was not the only one to mention those four to him, so his comments are not based on their conversation. Ryan then brought up that Ali and Olivia didn’t go after Derek and Kaela. Ali said they felt that it was too early in the game to have Derek and Kaela coming after them. Ryan said he is going to feel expendable if they get another chance to take a shot at Derek and Kaela, and decide not to take it. Ali said she is almost afraid to take a shot and have it not land. Ryan suggested that any of Derek, Kaela, Ali and Olivia would go home no matter who they are nominated against.

2:00-3:00 PM: Johnny, Olivia, Paras and Will discussed Derek and Kaela. Paras questioned who will take that shot. She thinks that everyone is too concerned about the remaining showmance member coming after them if they take that shot. Olivia said the triple would be a perfect time to get them both out at once. Johnny said if Derek or Kaela win the triple eviction, two of them are in the Final 5. Johnny pointed out that they could then win back to back to get into the Final 2 together. Paras said that even if they take the shot, it will be 8 vs 1 in the next HoH competition. Will said next week would be the week to take a shot at Derek and Kaela. Johnny thinks that Erica will not want that to happen. Will said Erica has to trust that they have her back. Maddy joined them. They then discussed the plan for the week. Olivia said she is not sold on getting Merron out. Johnny said she should be since she doesn’t know that Merron wont put her up. Olivia said she knows that Merron will put her up but she is not as worried about him as she is about Ryan. Will agreed. Olivia argued that Merron cannot win a competition to save his life. Johnny said Merron was half a second behind Ryan in the veto competition on Thursday. Johnny suggested that the mental competitions are just not Merron’s strength. Olivia said Ryan is going to stir things up way more than Merron will. Johnny said Ryan would probably go after Derek and Kaela. Olivia disagreed. Johnny said that Merron going this week guarantees that you are sitting beside someone on the block that you can make a case against. If you are next to Merron, Johnny said that you will be out the door. Olivia said Ryan also isn’t someone they have to worry about if it’s an endurance competition. Will then said he thinks that it is best if Merron goes this week. Johnny agreed.

3:00-4:00 PM: In the red room, Ali, Derek and Kaela spoke to Erica about Ryan. Ali said Ryan twisted her words, making it seem as though she told him that Johnny, Maddy, Paras and Will have a Final 4 deals. Ali told Erica she is also concerned that Ryan is so confident that he is safe. She mentioned Ryan saying he is going to make it clear how convincing he is, and that he is not someone who they want to put on the jury too quickly. She said Ryan is basically threatening to use his powers of persuasion, and his knowledge of the game, to get people to vote a certain way. Kaela said Ryan told Derek the same thing. Erica said Ryan can go, because she doesn’t like what they are saying or that Ryan is that cocky. Erica said Ryan told her that whoever puts him in jury will not get his vote, so she said it’s a shame that he considers himself a superfan but he wants to be a bitter juror. Erica said they can make Ryan the first juror so he has plenty of time to think over his actions, after he said that it would take him a long time to get over things. Kaela said they might be able to get Merron on their side for a week or two. Derek agreed. They all discussed that Ryan would take a shot a their alliance if he stays. Erica said she is behind evicting Ryan due to all of the reasons that they have listed. Erica talked about not being a fan of the person who the HoH wants to go leaving every week. Ali added that Ryan has to go before they get in power again, otherwise Ryan will see that Olivia, Derek, Kaela and herself are working together. Paras later checked in with Erica to ask who she would like to see go this week. Erica said she doesn’t really care. While Erica admitted that she originally thought it would be better to sit next to Ryan on the block, she said they shouldn’t have to think that way given that they have the numbers. Erica brought up that Ryan is rubbing people the wrong way, plus he has vocalized that he is going after Ali and Olivia. Erica said she supports getting Ryan out after hearing what Ali had to say about why he should go. Paras then said she heard that Ali told Ryan about Johnny, Maddy, Paras and Will having a Final 4 deal. Erica said that’s not how the conversation went, at least not based on what Ali has told her. Erica explained that Ryan is twisting words.

4:00-5:00 PM: Ali told Paras she heard she wanted to confront her, so they need to talk. Ali said she is more than happy to bring Ryan in at any point in time to call him out. Ali said she wants to know where Paras stands on what she heard. Paras explained that Ali saying they can bring Ryan into the room confirms things for her. Ali told her side of the story. She said Olivia wanted to nominate Maddy and Merron, but Johnny felt protective over Maddy so Olivia put Ryan up instead. Contrary to what Johnny did, Paras said she told Olivia she understands if she wants Maddy out but she will be a vote for them. Paras said she got paranoid that there could be a trio between Johnny, Maddy and Will when people started saying that she was in on a four person alliance. Ali admitted to doing damage control with Ryan. She said she told Ryan that it was too early to piss Johnny off. Ali claimed that Ryan said Johnny, Maddy, Paras and Will are all very close. She insisted that “Final 4” did not come out of her mouth. Paras asked who grouped the four names together. Ali said it might have been her but it wasn’t done in that sense. Ali said she thought that she was doing her best to smooth things over for Olivia while also distancing herself from Paras. Ali let Paras know that she explained to Erica the reasons why getting Ryan out this week is best for the group. Ali said Erica is now on board with getting rid of Ryan. Paras said she is game. Ali expressed her desire to blindside Ryan since he is getting super cocky and running her name into the ground. Paras said she hopes that Ryan doesn’t ask her questions since she is bad at lying. She didn’t want to lie when all that she has is her word. After Ali left, Paras said she sees right through her. Paras said Ali is so good at back pedalling. Paras doesn’t trust Ali and wants her to go. For now, Paras said she will let Ali think that she believes her.

5:00-6:00 PM: Merron told Johnny he doesn’t want Erica’s influence to decide which way the votes go, because he doesn’t believe that anyone who is up next to him would go home. Johnny said he doesn’t think that Erica cares much this week, and she will let the votes go whichever way. Merron said Erica told him last time that he was not the target, which she has not done this time. Merron said he knows Johnny feels that he can trust him more than he can trust Ryan. Merron pointed out that Ryan is willing to say anything to get where he wants to, so it’s hard to trust him. Johnny asked who Derek and Kaela would nominate if they win. Merron said he doesn’t feel that he can trust them, though he doesn’t know if they will put either of them on the block. Merron said they might go after Ali and Olivia, or they could take a shot at two people in the white room such as Maddy and Will. Next up, Ali spoke to Merron. Ali let Merron know that she is fighting for him to stay. She told him not to worry about Olivia, because she can work on Olivia. Ali said Merron needs to work on his other relationships. In particular, Ali said Merron needs to make sure that Erica feels comfortable that he is not coming after her even though she nominated him twice in a row. She suggested that Merron mention to Erica that they would be an unlikely duo.

6:00-7:00 PM: Johnny questioned Erica about whether or not Derek and Kaela are close to her, Ali and Olivia. He wanted to know if the showmance thinks that there is a five person alliance. Erica said Derek and Kaela are alone on an island. Johnny revealed that he is worried about the five of them having something, leaving him on the outs. Erica said it looks like both of the pairs feel as though they need each other in order to keep the targets off of themselves. Johnny told Erica that he doesn’t want to feel as though she is playing him. They agreed to talk further in order to compare notes. Meanwhile, Paras spoke to the cameras in the pantry. She said she wants to keep Ryan because Merron is not going to do anything for them, whereas Ryan would take a shot at Ali and Olivia. Paras said again and again that the people she is working with are spineless and will not back her up if she takes a shot. Paras called the six untrustworthy and the dark side. She said she does not want to work with them. Paras is frustrated that nobody would have her back if she took a shot, which means that she cannot win anything right now unless she is fine with leaving the next week. Back up in the HoH room, Johnny spoke to Erica, Ali and Olivia about taking a shot at Derek and Kaela next week. He pointed out that Merron could go up as a pawn if one of them comes down, which wouldn’t create any additional enemies. Ali worried that they will become bigger targets if the showmance is gone. Erica said they will be able to win competitions over Maddy, Paras, Will and Merron in the Final 8 if the showmance is out of the picture. After Ali and Olivia left, Erica told Johnny that she is ready to spill everything to him if he is willing to commit 100%. Johnny admitted that a reservation of his is that Erica would cut him at the end. Erica said that’s fair to feel that way. Johnny suggested that they agree to bring someone along with them who also has a fighting chance. Erica said she would love to sit next to Johnny if they have similar resumes, and the only way that she wouldn’t want to is if he has far surpassed her by that point. The two discussed that they feel good with Will. Erica said Johnny is the only person she will actually fight for, since she believes that he would do the same for her. Johnny agreed. He said they need each other in the same way that a showmance need each other. Johnny brought up that they could be the first all gay Final 2. Both Erica and Johnny voiced concerns about the duo of Ali and Olivia, but both feel better with Olivia than they do with Ali. Erica brought up that Paras feels good with both of them. Johnny pointed out that they will take Paras over each other if she is at the end. Erica said she doesn’t want to do that. Johnny agreed. Olivia was then mentioned as someone who would make a sick Final 3 with them. Johnny said he would like to continue to win competitions, eliminating the big threats. Erica agreed and said that she would rather be competing against Merron than Derek or Kaela. Erica and Johnny agreed that Kaela is the bigger threat than Derek is.

7:00-8:00 PM: In the white room, Paras told Maddy that she is not going to blindside Ryan. She said all that you have is your word, so she will not tell Ryan that she is going to be voting for him if she cannot back it up. Paras voiced her concern that they are losing all of their numbers. Maddy said she is focusing on finding a way to adapt to what’s going on, because it seems as though Ryan is leaving. Looking ahead to next week, Maddy said she would likely nominate Derek or Kaela next to Merron. She thinks it’s best to nominate just one, since the chances of the second one winning the veto are worse than the chances of one of them winning, and both of them staying, if both members of the showmance are nominated. Maddy and Paras agreed that they trust Derek more than they trust Kaela. Back in the HoH room, Johnny told Erica that his ideal Final 5 would be the two of them, Olivia, Paras and Will. He mentioned that keeping Maddy until six would give them the numbers needed to get Ali out as well.

8:00-9:00 PM: Maddy asked Johnny if he really thinks that Ali and Olivia want to work with her. Johnny said they would feel closer with her than anyone else but he knows that self agendas will prevail. Maddy admitted she goes back and forth on whether or not she can believe them. Maddy said she wants to consider working with them since she really thinks that it’s best for her game. Maddy mentioned that Paras would lose her mind, and she also doesn’t want to hurt her. Maddy said Paras has been very negative the past couple of weeks, because she thinks that they are playing Erica, Ali and Olivia’s game. Johnny asked if she said that recently. Maddy said yeah. Paras had told Maddy that an hour prior. Outside, Merron told Will that Ryan told him he will probably be leaving this week. Merron doesn’t think that that’s the case. He admitted that he is starting to feel better about things as the week has gone on. Will told Merron that he will have his vote. Merron thanked Will.

9:00-10:00 PM: Johnny told Olivia that he trusts her so much. Olivia said she wants to emphasize that if Ali is next to someone who she thinks is better for her game, she would keep them over Ali. Olivia also said she is not going to rally behind Ali if she does something stupid. Instead, Olivia said she would back off from Ali. Johnny then let Olivia know that he has a massive trust for her and for Erica. He said he doesn’t have that same trust for Ali. Ali then entered the room.

10:00-12:00 PM: Johnny talked about wanting to go after Derek and Kaela. Olivia said the past few people to go have benefitted her game, so now it’s time for them to take care of Johnny’s fears. Ali said they will support Johnny if he wins HoH and takes the shot at Derek and Kaela. Johnny asked if Ali would take the shot if she wins. Ali said it comes down to timing for her. She said she would probably not take the shot this week, would probably take it next week, and would 100% take it the week after. Will joined the conversation. He mentioned that they could always take a shot at Derek or Kaela this week if Johnny uses the veto. Olivia said she still wants Ryan to go before either of them. Johnny brought up that the triple eviction could be the week after next. Will said it’s now or never in terms of getting Derek and Kaela out. Ali made it seem as though she is more willing to get on board with targeting them next week, since she didn’t realize how soon the triple would be. Once Ali and Olivia were alone, Ali told Olivia that the two of them are going to go up in the triple if Derek and Kaela are gone. Olivia thinks that Erica and Johnny will be seen as bigger threats. Ali said those two might win HoH and put them up at that point, especially if Derek and Kaela are gone.

Live Feed Updates Sunday, April 1th

April 01, 2018

Live Feed Updates Sunday, April 1th
4:00-5:00 PM: Ali told Paras she heard she wanted to confront her, so they need to talk. Ali said she is more than happy to bring Ryan in at any point in time to call him out. Ali said she wants to know where Paras stands on what she heard. Paras explained that Ali saying they can bring Ryan into the room confirms things for her. Ali told her side of the story. She said Olivia wanted to nominate Maddy and Merron, but Johnny felt protective over Maddy so Olivia put Ryan up instead. Contrary to what Johnny did, Paras said she told Olivia she understands if she wants Maddy out but she will be a vote for them. Paras said she got paranoid that there could be a trio between Johnny, Maddy and Will when people started saying that she was in on a four person alliance. Ali admitted to doing damage control with Ryan. She said she told Ryan that it was too early to piss Johnny off. Ali claimed that Ryan said Johnny, Maddy, Paras and Will are all very close. She insisted that “Final 4” did not come out of her mouth. Paras asked who grouped the four names together. Ali said it might have been her but it wasn’t done in that sense. Ali said she thought that she was doing her best to smooth things over for Olivia while also distancing herself from Paras. Ali let Paras know that she explained to Erica the reasons why getting Ryan out this week is best for the group. Ali said Erica is now on board with getting rid of Ryan. Paras said she is game. Ali expressed her desire to blindside Ryan since he is getting super cocky and running her name into the ground. Paras said she hopes that Ryan doesn’t ask her questions since she is bad at lying. She didn’t want to lie when all that she has is her word. After Ali left, Paras said she sees right through her. Paras said Ali is so good at back pedalling. Paras doesn’t trust Ali and wants her to go. For now, Paras said she will let Ali think that she believes her.

5:00-6:00 PM: Merron told Johnny he doesn’t want Erica’s influence to decide which way the votes go, because he doesn’t believe that anyone who is up next to him would go home. Johnny said he doesn’t think that Erica cares much this week, and she will let the votes go whichever way. Merron said Erica told him last time that he was not the target, which she has not done this time. Merron said he knows Johnny feels that he can trust him more than he can trust Ryan. Merron pointed out that Ryan is willing to say anything to get where he wants to, so it’s hard to trust him. Johnny asked who Derek and Kaela would nominate if they win. Merron said he doesn’t feel that he can trust them, though he doesn’t know if they will put either of them on the block. Merron said they might go after Ali and Olivia, or they could take a shot at two people in the white room such as Maddy and Will. Next up, Ali spoke to Merron. Ali let Merron know that she is fighting for him to stay. She told him not to worry about Olivia, because she can work on Olivia. Ali said Merron needs to work on his other relationships. In particular, Ali said Merron needs to make sure that Erica feels comfortable that he is not coming after her even though she nominated him twice in a row. She suggested that Merron mention to Erica that they would be an unlikely duo.

6:00-7:00 PM: Johnny questioned Erica about whether or not Derek and Kaela are close to her, Ali and Olivia. He wanted to know if the showmance thinks that there is a five person alliance. Erica said Derek and Kaela are alone on an island. Johnny revealed that he is worried about the five of them having something, leaving him on the outs. Erica said it looks like both of the pairs feel as though they need each other in order to keep the targets off of themselves. Johnny told Erica that he doesn’t want to feel as though she is playing him. They agreed to talk further in order to compare notes. Meanwhile, Paras spoke to the cameras in the pantry. She said she wants to keep Ryan because Merron is not going to do anything for them, whereas Ryan would take a shot at Ali and Olivia. Paras said again and again that the people she is working with are spineless and will not back her up if she takes a shot. Paras called the six untrustworthy and the dark side. She said she does not want to work with them. Paras is frustrated that nobody would have her back if she took a shot, which means that she cannot win anything right now unless she is fine with leaving the next week. Back up in the HoH room, Johnny spoke to Erica, Ali and Olivia about taking a shot at Derek and Kaela next week. He pointed out that Merron could go up as a pawn if one of them comes down, which wouldn’t create any additional enemies. Ali worried that they will become bigger targets if the showmance is gone. Erica said they will be able to win competitions over Maddy, Paras, Will and Merron in the Final 8 if the showmance is out of the picture. After Ali and Olivia left, Erica told Johnny that she is ready to spill everything to him if he is willing to commit 100%. Johnny admitted that a reservation of his is that Erica would cut him at the end. Erica said that’s fair to feel that way. Johnny suggested that they agree to bring someone along with them who also has a fighting chance. Erica said she would love to sit next to Johnny if they have similar resumes, and the only way that she wouldn’t want to is if he has far surpassed her by that point. The two discussed that they feel good with Will. Erica said Johnny is the only person she will actually fight for, since she believes that he would do the same for her. Johnny agreed. He said they need each other in the same way that a showmance need each other. Johnny brought up that they could be the first all gay Final 2. Both Erica and Johnny voiced concerns about the duo of Ali and Olivia, but both feel better with Olivia than they do with Ali. Erica brought up that Paras feels good with both of them. Johnny pointed out that they will take Paras over each other if she is at the end. Erica said she doesn’t want to do that. Johnny agreed. Olivia was then mentioned as someone who would make a sick Final 3 with them. Johnny said he would like to continue to win competitions, eliminating the big threats. Erica agreed and said that she would rather be competing against Merron than Derek or Kaela. Erica and Johnny agreed that Kaela is the bigger threat than Derek is.

7:00-8:00 PM: In the white room, Paras told Maddy that she is not going to blindside Ryan. She said all that you have is your word, so she will not tell Ryan that she is going to be voting for him if she cannot back it up. Paras voiced her concern that they are losing all of their numbers. Maddy said she is focusing on finding a way to adapt to what’s going on, because it seems as though Ryan is leaving. Looking ahead to next week, Maddy said she would likely nominate Derek or Kaela next to Merron. She thinks it’s best to nominate just one, since the chances of the second one winning the veto are worse than the chances of one of them winning, and both of them staying, if both members of the showmance are nominated. Maddy and Paras agreed that they trust Derek more than they trust Kaela. Back in the HoH room, Johnny told Erica that his ideal Final 5 would be the two of them, Olivia, Paras and Will. He mentioned that keeping Maddy until six would give them the numbers needed to get Ali out as well.

Live Feed Updates Sunday , April 1th

April 01, 2018

Live Feed Updates Sunday , April 1th
2:00-3:00 PM: Johnny, Olivia, Paras and Will discussed Derek and Kaela. Paras questioned who will take that shot. She thinks that everyone is too concerned about the remaining showmance member coming after them if they take that shot. Olivia said the triple would be a perfect time to get them both out at once. Johnny said if Derek or Kaela win the triple eviction, two of them are in the Final 5. Johnny pointed out that they could then win back to back to get into the Final 2 together. Paras said that even if they take the shot, it will be 8 vs 1 in the next HoH competition. Will said next week would be the week to take a shot at Derek and Kaela. Johnny thinks that Erica will not want that to happen. Will said Erica has to trust that they have her back. Maddy joined them. They then discussed the plan for the week. Olivia said she is not sold on getting Merron out. Johnny said she should be since she doesn’t know that Merron wont put her up. Olivia said she knows that Merron will put her up but she is not as worried about him as she is about Ryan. Will agreed. Olivia argued that Merron cannot win a competition to save his life. Johnny said Merron was half a second behind Ryan in the veto competition on Thursday. Johnny suggested that the mental competitions are just not Merron’s strength. Olivia said Ryan is going to stir things up way more than Merron will. Johnny said Ryan would probably go after Derek and Kaela. Olivia disagreed. Johnny said that Merron going this week guarantees that you are sitting beside someone on the block that you can make a case against. If you are next to Merron, Johnny said that you will be out the door. Olivia said Ryan also isn’t someone they have to worry about if it’s an endurance competition. Will then said he thinks that it is best if Merron goes this week. Johnny agreed.

3:00-4:00 PM: In the red room, Ali, Derek and Kaela spoke to Erica about Ryan. Ali said Ryan twisted her words, making it seem as though she told him that Johnny, Maddy, Paras and Will have a Final 4 deals. Ali told Erica she is also concerned that Ryan is so confident that he is safe. She mentioned Ryan saying he is going to make it clear how convincing he is, and that he is not someone who they want to put on the jury too quickly. She said Ryan is basically threatening to use his powers of persuasion, and his knowledge of the game, to get people to vote a certain way. Kaela said Ryan told Derek the same thing. Erica said Ryan can go, because she doesn’t like what they are saying or that Ryan is that cocky. Erica said Ryan told her that whoever puts him in jury will not get his vote, so she said it’s a shame that he considers himself a superfan but he wants to be a bitter juror. Erica said they can make Ryan the first juror so he has plenty of time to think over his actions, after he said that it would take him a long time to get over things. Kaela said they might be able to get Merron on their side for a week or two. Derek agreed. They all discussed that Ryan would take a shot a their alliance if he stays. Erica said she is behind evicting Ryan due to all of the reasons that they have listed. Erica talked about not being a fan of the person who the HoH wants to go leaving every week. Ali added that Ryan has to go before they get in power again, otherwise Ryan will see that Olivia, Derek, Kaela and herself are working together. Paras later checked in with Erica to ask who she would like to see go this week. Erica said she doesn’t really care. While Erica admitted that she originally thought it would be better to sit next to Ryan on the block, she said they shouldn’t have to think that way given that they have the numbers. Erica brought up that Ryan is rubbing people the wrong way, plus he has vocalized that he is going after Ali and Olivia. Erica said she supports getting Ryan out after hearing what Ali had to say about why he should go. Paras then said she heard that Ali told Ryan about Johnny, Maddy, Paras and Will having a Final 4 deal. Erica said that’s not how the conversation went, at least not based on what Ali has told her. Erica explained that Ryan is twisting words.

Live Feed Updates Sunday , April 1th

April 01, 2018

Live Feed Updates Sunday , April 1th
10:00-11:00 AM: Ryan asked Paras if she would let him know if the tide is turning. Paras said she would. Paras told Ryan she wants Erica to let her know where her head is at, cause she will be vocal about her vote as long as Erica says that she wants Ryan to stay. Paras assured Ryan that there is not a chance in hell she would tell him she is keeping him if she isn’t. Paras thinks Ali and Olivia will want Ryan to stay if Erica does, because they are afraid of her.

11:00-12:00 PM: Paras told Ryan she thinks that Johnny is playing the best game of anyone in the house. Ryan thinks that Johnny has the best social connections. Later, Paras told Ali that if she were to vote Merron out, it would be because Erica did her the favour of not putting her up. Ali said Erica is obviously not going to do that. Ali said it is getting to the point in the game where she has got to do what is best for her game, not just what the HoH wants. Ali worried that Ryan would come after her because Olivia put him on the block. Paras joked that she guesses there was no Final 3 between Ali, Olivia and Ryan like people had said there was. Paras then said she heard from Ryan that she has a Final 4 with Johnny, Maddy and Will. Paras said it’s funny that this all comes from the same person. Ali said Ryan is always planting something.

12:00-1:00 PM: Ali told Olivia that Paras asked her which way Erica is leaning. Ali said Paras asked which way Erica is leaning, so she told her that Erica wanted Merron out the last she heard. Ali said Paras told her she from Ryan that she is in a Final 4 with Johnny, Maddy and Will. Ali mentioned having a conversation with Ryan to smooth things over on Friday, in which she said she doesn’t know if Johnny, Maddy, Paras and Will are a thing. Olivia said they have to make something up fast in order to get Erica on board with getting Ryan out. Ali said she cannot have Ryan in the house. Ali wondered if they could simply tell Erica the truth about what Ryan said. Olivia worried that Erica wouldn’t get on board from that, then they would have to go back to her with fake news. Ali said she is going to have a conversation with Ryan today, get him to say some stuff, then twist his words. Olivia suggested that Ali add Erica’s name into it. Ali said Ryan has got to go. Olivia agreed. Ali told Olivia she cannot deal with Ryan’s ability to twist words and plant seeds. Ali then spoke to Ryan. He said he feels as though he is safe this week, and it may even be a unanimous vote once the people who are swaying find out which way the vote is going. Ali let Ryan know that she is a bit frustrated by something that she heard. Ali explained that a couple people told her about Ryan saying there is a Final 4 between Johnny, Maddy, Paras and Will. Ali clarified that she said she does not know if they are a thing. Ryan said Ali was not the only one to mention those four to him, so his comments are not based on their conversation. Ryan then brought up that Ali and Olivia didn’t go after Derek and Kaela. Ali said they felt that it was too early in the game to have Derek and Kaela coming after them. Ryan said he is going to feel expendable if they get another chance to take a shot at Derek and Kaela, and decide not to take it. Ali said she is almost afraid to take a shot and have it not land. Ryan suggested that any of Derek, Kaela, Ali and Olivia would go home no matter who they are nominated against.

Live Feed Updates Sunday, April 1th

April 01, 2018

Live Feed Updates Sunday, April 1th
Johnny to do battery changes
Johnny up in HOH battery changes
Hg's slowly on the move
Johnny Will and Erica in the kitchen 
Erica leaves
Johnny and will head out back
Ryan heads outside with his coffee along with Will and Maddy
Paras and Ali in the bathroom
Paras Ryan was saying that i was in an alliance with me will maddy. it's funny that it comes from the same person
Ali that's what im saying he's always planting something and he was saying i ahd a f7 then 5 and that's not good for my game and having him here associating you with different people is dangerous
Ali alone Fucking Ryan man Ryan Ryan Ryan you cant keep your mouth shut for one minute can you well that's good to know.. now that Paras knows ??? Ridiculous just another reason as to why you need to go. I need to go talk to Liv
Ali signals Liv up to the red room
Ali frigging Ryan.. Ryan 
Ali i was in the bathroom chatting with pasas and i said i haven't talke dot Erica do you know which way she is going. I said that Erica is leaning towards Merron but i have no idea if it's changed or not
Ali then i said what are you thinking and Paras said she would have to do whatever Erica wants as a thank you for not putting me on the block and im like she's not going to put you on the block we are in an allaince
Liv laughs thank you for not putting me on the block?
Ali is adi it's getting to that point of the game where you ahve to do what is best for your game . So she said she heard from Ryan that she was in a F4 with Will Maddy myself and johnny!

Ali i had this convo with him earlier to smooth thing over that he was not the target and he asked who and i said Maddy but that didnt work out cuz we didnt anticipate whow it would work out 
Liv and then you threw out that maybe that's a thing

Ali yeah i said i dont know if it;'s a thing or not and i specifically said that and i said but we dont want to ruin our relationship with johnny cuz we are good with johnny
Liv right 
Ali but he took that into I heard that we were in a F4 with 1 2 3 4 . I cant take that shit!!
Liv we need to make something up 
Ali i think that we need to tell her truth
Liv if we do then we cant cant come back with lies
Ali i have to talk to Ryan im going to coax him into saying some shit and twist his shit.
Liv say that and then make something up and embellish it with Erica
Ali he has to go if he said that "ali said this" we;re fucked 
Ali im going to say that Paras said she heard from you and im like are you taking my words and i im like i want to know i can trust you
Liv you need to talk to her 
Liv my frying pan is heating up Liv leaves
Ali this friggin guy i cant trust you

Ali goes to talk to Ryan

Ryan you felt good about yoru time we could hear you in the HOh when you were done.. 
Ali yeah
Ryan even Maddy thought she had it locked down and i was only 1 1/2 mins behind johnny that's me doing laps..
Ali i wanted to check in with you

Ryan i feel that im safe this week and a clean sweep cuz peole want Merron to go and even my check in chats theya are like we are keeping you over Merron and i dont know wherre i stand with the heia chry of eveyrone but i feeel good over Merron

Ali yes i want to clean something up. ive givne it to you strraight from when you were in power to when you were nominated im frustrateed with something that i heard and it;s more disappointed that i never felt the need to say to you any thing i said to you needed to be vaulted.. but it's come back to me that you mentioned to a couple of people that ther was a F4 with me me Will Johnny and Maddy.. 
Ryan you were not the other people that have said that and there are other convoersations that have happened and that si where it came from and not soley from you
Ali my words are being twisted i said that it could be a thing and it's not sure
Ryan you are not the only one that said that to me abut if that got put out there
Ali my concern is if you told Johnny that
Ryan stumbles i got word that you/Johnny aggressively saved Maddy and then that Johnny talked and said that i would be staying.. i didnt throw johnny together with anyone to johnny 
Ali i didnt wnt another repeat of what happened to the whole daela thing and that has been shattered
Ryan and hat concerns me as to why they weren't up unless you are suing them as a shield
Ali yeah a little bit but they are a pair
Ryan realistically if you sit next to them you stay
Ali what happened was that we made a deal at that point.. and it was too early in the game to take that risk..
Ryan to me then you think that Daela are ore dangerous than me
Ali no cuz we are working with you.
Ali i went in there and talked and then i left adn they made a deal and then others came in there (DE in pantry room talk )
Ali all that Liv said was that she told me that you weren't going home. 
Ryan to me all that anyone said was you sit next to Merron you go home.. 
Ali the whole Hamza thing didnt happen till after veto and based on what you said he was ready to chuck you.. before he was ready to let Merron go 
Ryan right i didnt find that out till after he left

 Live Feed Updates Sunday , April 1th

April 01, 2018

 Live Feed Updates Sunday , April 1th
3:00-4:00 AM: Feeds returned following the veto competition. Johnny won the Power of Veto. In the bathroom, Ali and Paras discussed that Ryan is smart and he came close to winning once again with his game on the line. Ali said Ryan knows the game way more than Merron does. Paras added that Ryan plants seeds. In the red room, Olivia told Johnny she doesn’t get why Erica wants Merron out before Ryan. Johnny said Merron is never going to be sent home over anyone, so he needs to go now. Olivia said that’s true. Olivia then told Ali and Kaela that they make a good point that you will go home if you are sitting next to Merron. Kaela said two of the four of them will still be going on the block if Ryan wins. She argued that Merron cannot win. Olivia said she will do whatever they want her to do.
4:00-5:00 AM: Ryan told Maddy and Will that he is not going to campaign to them since he feels fairly confident in where their votes will lie. Maddy thanked Ryan for clarifying. Ryan said he told Merron flat out to fire his guns, saying whatever he can about him. Ryan said he is fine with anything that Merron says, as he does not believe that there is anything that could change their minds.

Summary Saturday , March 31th

April 01, 2018

Summary Saturday , March 31th 
Live Feed Updates Saturday , March 31th
9:00-10:00 AM: Merron checked in with Erica. She let him know that he is likely going on the block next to Ryan. Erica explained that she wants to keep the peace after making a big move last week. Merron told Erica that he just doesn’t want her to say she doesn’t know where his head is at. Erica said it’s not that. Merron asked if Erica doesn’t think that she will be a target regardless of what she does. Erica said Ryan told her the same thing. Erica said that nominating Merron and Ryan will result in the least repercussions. Merron said he thinks that the only way he stays is if he is nominated next to Ryan.

11:00-12:00 PM: The nomination ceremony took place. Erica nominated Merron and Ryan for eviction. Ryan told Erica that the difference between her nominations this morning, and Olivia’s nominations, is that he feels comfortable where he is with Erica. Ryan said he doesn’t feel that she is lying to him. Erica said she is glad since she has tried to maintain that transparency. Ryan said he will do what he can to prevent it from being a tie vote, but he thinks at bare minimum it will be a tie vote. Erica said people previously discussed that everyone would go home next to Merron, but that has changed. Ryan said Merron now goes home next to most people since Hamza and Veronica are out of the house. Erica said the only person better at that is Will, as everyone goes home next to Will. Erica said she would have no idea who Merron would nominate since his alliances are nowhere, as opposed to Will whose alliances are everywhere. She said it’s more interesting to watch someone have to break those connections.

12:00-1:00 PM: Erica told Ryan that she hasn’t really thought about what she will do if one of the nominees wins the veto. Ryan said he believes that he will leave if he is nominated next to Maddy, Paras, Will, or Johnny. He again brought up that he thinks it will be 4-4 at worst if nominations stay the same. Erica said Ryan should feel confident with where she stands if that’s the case. Ryan said he thinks so. In the red room, Merron talked to himself about needing four votes in order to force a tie. He doesn’t think that Erica will save him. Merron thinks that he may have Maddy, Paras and Will voting to keep him. In the HoH room, Olivia asked Erica what she is thinking. Erica said she thinks that she would like to see Merron go this week since he is more of a physical threat than Ryan is. If the veto is used, Erica said Maddy, Paras or Will are going to have to be the replacement nominee, which will piss them off. Olivia said they are going to stay either way. Looking ahead, Olivia talked about it being best not to win the next couple of HoHs. She sees herself, Ali and Erica as being in the middle right now, so she wants the rest of the houseguests to go at each other. Olivia said she is not as close to Johnny as she is to Ali and Erica. Erica said she feels the same way but she thinks that Johnny would be more workable if Maddy, Paras and Will weren’t a strong three in the house. Erica told Ali and Olivia that she has never seen Paras more confident in something than she appeared to be last night when talking about their group. Ali said this is what Paras does, so give it a few days before she goes back and forth again. Ali said she doesn’t want Johnny to win HoH. She is worried that Johnny would go after Derek and Kaela. Erica said she would prefer to see Derek and Kaela win to take a shot at the white room. Erica let Ali and Olivia know that Ryan was questioning why Olivia wouldn’t nominate Derek and Kaela. She said he suggested that they could have been working as a four all along. There were talks about keeping Derek and Kaela around long enough to have them there as target in a potential triple eviction. Back in the red room, Paras told Merron he has got to win the veto. She said she believes in him, and she needs him in the house. Even though Paras knows that she or Maddy could go on the block, she said they can worry about that later. Paras encouraged Merron to show Canada why he is there. She said Canada loves the underdog, so they are rooting for him just like she is.

2:00-3:00 PM: Players were picked for the veto competition. The veto players are Erica, Merron, Ryan, Ali, Johnny and Maddy. Paras will be hosting the competition.

3:00-4:00 PM: Ryan asked Paras if he has her vote if the nominations stay the same. Paras said yeah. She asked how everyone else is voting. Ryan said that both Maddy and Will have told him that they have his back, and he is pretty confident about Johnny as well. Ryan said that would then get him to a tiebreaker at worst, and Erica would keep him. Paras said the only way that her vote would change is if she is the only one voting his way. Ryan said that wont be the case. Ryan mentioned that it might not even be the worst thing for it to be a tie, since Erica would then get to see that she can turn to some people other than the duos. Elsewhere, Ali and Maddy discussed that they will leave the nominations the same if they win the veto. Kaela told Derek it would be so funny if Ryan ended up being the first member of the jury after his one request was not to be the first member of the jury. Kaela said she wants him to be since he has been a douche. Kaela added that Ryan going is better for their games since he is the only one who talks about them.

4:00-5:00 PM: Olivia asked Maddy if she has a preference this week. Maddy said she thinks that she would rather see Merron go because she agrees with Eric that people are always going to go home next to him. As for Ryan, Maddy said he will talk himself into a hole eventually. Olivia said her thing is that she is hearing Ryan is harbouring resentment towards her for putting him up during the double. Maddy asked who Olivia would like to see go this week. She said she doesn’t care, and she will get Merron out if that’s what Erica wants.

5:00-6:00 PM: Kaela and Olivia discussed that they would prefer to see Ryan go this week. Kaela said she wants Erica to change her mind. Olivia thinks that Erica could change her mind if they all talk to her. Kaela suggested that Erica should sacrifice for the group if four of the five of them are wanting Ryan to go. Olivia pointed out that Ryan suspecting that they are working together should be reason to get him out. Olivia said they can talk to Erica after the veto competition.

6:00-7:00 PM: Kaela told Ali she would rather have Ryan go this week since he is catching on to them. Ali said she thinks the only reason why Erica wants Merron to go is because she thinks Ryan is a better option to sit beside if you are on the block. Kaela argued that Merron can’t win a competition but Ryan has won two already. Ali said Ryan is too smart. She said she thinks that Ryan needs to go. Kaela added that Ryan goes around the house planting seeds. Kaela brought up what Olivia had said earlier, that they can all casually bring up to Erica throughout the week that Ryan is the bigger threat. The girls reiterated that they really want Ryan gone. Kaela said if they are working as a team, and it’s four against one, they can tell Erica that it’s what the team wants. Ali said she wants Erica to see it on her own.

9:00-10:00 PM: Ali told Olivia that Derrick from Big Brother 16 was so good at convincing people to do what he wanted them to do without getting blood on his hands. Ali said that’s the kind of game that she wants them to play, and they are doing it so far. Ali told Olivia that their task is to get Ryan to go home this week. Olivia thinks they can accomplish it, but she is worried that Ryan is really buddying up with Erica. Ali wondered if they could feed Erica some BS, then have Kaela back it up. In the living room, Kaela and Derek discussed wanting Ryan out. Kaela said Erica doesn’t vote, and she should have put someone else up if she wanted Merron to go. Derek said he doesn’t even know who she could have put up to get Merron out. Kaela said Ryan has won two competitions, is smart, and is catching on to her, Ali and Olivia. As for Merron, Kaela said he just tells jokes and has no friends in the house. Kaela said she is good with Merron and knows that he wouldn’t put her up. Derek asked if Ali and Olivia still want Ryan gone. Kaela said everyone but Erica does. Derek said he will straight up tell Erica that they disagree on this. Kaela told him not to do that until a couple of days from now. Kaela let Derek know that she doesn’t tell Johnny anything anymore because he gives her nothing back in return. Kaela said she would love to see Johnny and Will on the block together. She thinks that Will would go, but then Johnny would have a vendetta against her.

Live Feed Updates Saturday , March 31th

March 31, 2018

Live Feed Updates Saturday , March 31th
9:00-10:00 AM: Merron checked in with Erica. She let him know that he is likely going on the block next to Ryan. Erica explained that she wants to keep the peace after making a big move last week. Merron told Erica that he just doesn’t want her to say she doesn’t know where his head is at. Erica said it’s not that. Merron asked if Erica doesn’t think that she will be a target regardless of what she does. Erica said Ryan told her the same thing. Erica said that nominating Merron and Ryan will result in the least repercussions. Merron said he thinks that the only way he stays is if he is nominated next to Ryan.

11:00-12:00 PM: The nomination ceremony took place. Erica nominated Merron and Ryan for eviction. Ryan told Erica that the difference between her nominations this morning, and Olivia’s nominations, is that he feels comfortable where he is with Erica. Ryan said he doesn’t feel that she is lying to him. Erica said she is glad since she has tried to maintain that transparency. Ryan said he will do what he can to prevent it from being a tie vote, but he thinks at bare minimum it will be a tie vote. Erica said people previously discussed that everyone would go home next to Merron, but that has changed. Ryan said Merron now goes home next to most people since Hamza and Veronica are out of the house. Erica said the only person better at that is Will, as everyone goes home next to Will. Erica said she would have no idea who Merron would nominate since his alliances are nowhere, as opposed to Will whose alliances are everywhere. She said it’s more interesting to watch someone have to break those connections.

12:00-1:00 PM: Erica told Ryan that she hasn’t really thought about what she will do if one of the nominees wins the veto. Ryan said he believes that he will leave if he is nominated next to Maddy, Paras, Will, or Johnny. He again brought up that he thinks it will be 4-4 at worst if nominations stay the same. Erica said Ryan should feel confident with where she stands if that’s the case. Ryan said he thinks so. In the red room, Merron talked to himself about needing four votes in order to force a tie. He doesn’t think that Erica will save him. Merron thinks that he may have Maddy, Paras and Will voting to keep him. In the HoH room, Olivia asked Erica what she is thinking. Erica said she thinks that she would like to see Merron go this week since he is more of a physical threat than Ryan is. If the veto is used, Erica said Maddy, Paras or Will are going to have to be the replacement nominee, which will piss them off. Olivia said they are going to stay either way. Looking ahead, Olivia talked about it being best not to win the next couple of HoHs. She sees herself, Ali and Erica as being in the middle right now, so she wants the rest of the houseguests to go at each other. Olivia said she is not as close to Johnny as she is to Ali and Erica. Erica said she feels the same way but she thinks that Johnny would be more workable if Maddy, Paras and Will weren’t a strong three in the house. Erica told Ali and Olivia that she has never seen Paras more confident in something than she appeared to be last night when talking about their group. Ali said this is what Paras does, so give it a few days before she goes back and forth again. Ali said she doesn’t want Johnny to win HoH. She is worried that Johnny would go after Derek and Kaela. Erica said she would prefer to see Derek and Kaela win to take a shot at the white room. Erica let Ali and Olivia know that Ryan was questioning why Olivia wouldn’t nominate Derek and Kaela. She said he suggested that they could have been working as a four all along. There were talks about keeping Derek and Kaela around long enough to have them there as target in a potential triple eviction. Back in the red room, Paras told Merron he has got to win the veto. She said she believes in him, and she needs him in the house. Even though Paras knows that she or Maddy could go on the block, she said they can worry about that later. Paras encouraged Merron to show Canada why he is there. She said Canada loves the underdog, so they are rooting for him just like she is.

2:00-3:00 PM: Players were picked for the veto competition. The veto players are Erica, Merron, Ryan, Ali, Johnny and Maddy. Paras will be hosting the competition.

3:00-4:00 PM: Ryan asked Paras if he has her vote if the nominations stay the same. Paras said yeah. She asked how everyone else is voting. Ryan said that both Maddy and Will have told him that they have his back, and he is pretty confident about Johnny as well. Ryan said that would then get him to a tiebreaker at worst, and Erica would keep him. Paras said the only way that her vote would change is if she is the only one voting his way. Ryan said that wont be the case. Ryan mentioned that it might not even be the worst thing for it to be a tie, since Erica would then get to see that she can turn to some people other than the duos. Elsewhere, Ali and Maddy discussed that they will leave the nominations the same if they win the veto. Kaela told Derek it would be so funny if Ryan ended up being the first member of the jury after his one request was not to be the first member of the jury. Kaela said she wants him to be since he has been a douche. Kaela added that Ryan going is better for their games since he is the only one who talks about them.

4:00-5:00 PM: Olivia asked Maddy if she has a preference this week. Maddy said she thinks that she would rather see Merron go because she agrees with Eric that people are always going to go home next to him. As for Ryan, Maddy said he will talk himself into a hole eventually. Olivia said her thing is that she is hearing Ryan is harbouring resentment towards her for putting him up during the double. Maddy asked who Olivia would like to see go this week. She said she doesn’t care, and she will get Merron out if that’s what Erica wants.

5:00-6:00 PM: Kaela and Olivia discussed that they would prefer to see Ryan go this week. Kaela said she wants Erica to change her mind. Olivia thinks that Erica could change her mind if they all talk to her. Kaela suggested that Erica should sacrifice for the group if four of the five of them are wanting Ryan to go. Olivia pointed out that Ryan suspecting that they are working together should be reason to get him out. Olivia said they can talk to Erica after the veto competition.

 Live Feed Updates Saturday , March 31th

March 31, 2018

 Live Feed Updates Saturday , March 31th
Erica nominated Merron and Ryan for eviction
Ryan to Erica- If Merron comes down, if it's a Maddy, Will, Paras or Johnny, I do believe I leave this house
Merron- On the block, eating slop. Two very familiar feelings 
Ryan- I think at bare minimum it's going to be 4-4, and it's going to be your decision. Erica- And I think you should feel confident with where I stand with that. Ryan- I think so
Merron to himself- Four is the magic number. That's not good. It's a tiebreaker again. This time, I dont think she will save me. I'll have Will, I'll have Paras, I'll have Maddy...I think. I dont even know
Merron- Who is Erica trying to push to go home this week? I really think it's me. At least I'm playing veto 
Merron- Within three days, I was on the block three different times. Wow. That has got to be a record. It wont mean shit unless I get out of it 
Olivia- What are you thinking if either one wins it? Erica- Just cause I find Merron more of a physical competitor, and I think the next few HoHs are going to be more physical, I feel like I'd like to see Merron go this week 
Erica- It's going to have to be Paras, Maddy, or Will (as a replacement nominee), which is going to be piss them off. Olivia- But we know they are going to stay 
Erica- I dont want Ryan or Merron winning the veto at all. Olivia- If one of them do, the other will just go home 
Olivia told Erica her ideal situation is to not win the next couple of HoHs so that Johnny, Paras, Derek and Kaela can go at each other. Olivia said she thinks the two of them and Ali are sitting in the middle
Olivia- Paras winning would be good. It would force her hand. Erica- Will. No one can get behind the idea of evicting Will. He has got such a strong social game. Olivia- Ideally I would prefer Daela to win 
Olivia- You and Ali are my two people. I want Johnny to stay but I'm not as close with him as I am with you two. Erica- I feel the exact same way 
Erica to Olivia- My feeling with Johnny is he would be more workable without that strong three (Maddy/Paras/Will) 
Erica to Ali/Olivia- I think she (Paras) is 100% for this. The conversation I had, I have never seen her more secure and confident in a thing since I have been here 
Erica- She (Paras) literally was like "I trust this. I am 100% for it". Ali- Give it a few days. This is what she does. A couple days or a couple hours go by
Ali- I dont think I want Johnny to win HoH. Erica- I'd much rather Daela win and take a shot at the white room. Ali- I feel like Johnny would try to take a shot at Daela. I'm not ready for that. Olivia- It's also not the worst. Ali- Not ideal at all 
Olivia to Ali/Erica- He (Derek) was really emphasizing how he loves that there is a five. It breaks my heart that we are really not invested in it, but then I was thinking what if he is emphasizing it cause it's fake for them? 
Erica to Ali/Olivia- He (Ryan) was essentially like "why the hell did Liv not put up Daela?". He was like "maybe they were working as a four all along" 
Paras to Merron- You have to win this veto. You owe it to yourself, you owe it to your friends, you owe it to your family. This is your comp to win. You want to prove to the house why you are here. This is it, this is yours. I believe in you

Live Feed Updates Saturday , March 31th

March 30, 2018

Live Feed Updates Saturday , March 31th
12:00-1:00 AM: In the have-not room, Ryan asked Johnny how his conversations went last night during the double eviction. Johnny explained that he was against one of the names that Olivia gave him, since it would have meant that Olivia was breaking her word to someone. Ryan said that was Maddy. Johnny confirmed it. Ryan said Ali told him that the nominations were going to be Maddy and Merron until Johnny freaked out about Maddy going up. Ryan said he also heard that Johnny was pushing for him to stay. He let Johnny know that Ali said Johnny is in it until the end with Maddy, Paras and Will. Johnny was frustrated by that, saying that he had squashed that with Ali last night but apparently not. Erica told Paras she wants her to know that she is good. Paras said she knows, and any doubt was relieved the first time around when Erica was HoH. Erica said Paras has to have faith. Paras said she wants to win so that Erica knows she has her back. Erica said she knows she does.

1:00-2:00 AM: Erica told Paras she can tell that she doesn’t feel good in the group. Paras said Ali is the only one that she doesn’t feel 100% about in their alliance. Paras brought up that Ali tries to make deals with everyone, including approaching Maddy about making a deal with their same group of people. Paras said she heard from Ryan that Ali suggested taking out someone like her or Maddy. Despite that, Paras said she feels good with their group as a whole. Paras assured Erica that she trusts her fully and she will protect her. Erica admitted that she was concerned about Johnny and Paras always protecting Maddy. She wondered if something was going on between the three of them and Will. Paras said if there is, she doesn’t know about it. Paras said she knows that Maddy will drop her if the house wants her to. Erica eventually said that Paras opened her eyes about Ali a bit. Erica thinks that Ali is the only person who would come after her. Paras said she will have Erica’s back if she wants to make that move, but she thinks that it’s too early. Erica said it’s not good for them to lose a number right now, so it is too early. Paras said she will back Erica in whatever decision she makes. Paras said it’s nice to have found her person to have these types of discussions with without it going back to the other person. Afterwards, Erica told Derek and Olivia that she is still leaning towards nominating Merron and Ryan.

Summary of Friday , March 30th

March 30, 2018

Summary of Friday , March 30th
Live Feed Updates Friday , March 30th
11:00-12:00 PM: The live feeds returned after being down for over 20 hours. Erica is the new HoH. The have-nots for the week are Ali, Johnny, Kaela and Merron.

12:00-1:00 PM: In the pantry, Paras spoke to the cameras about her allies being incapable of winning anything. Paras said the more they lose, the more they are going to be picked off. Paras talked about not wanting to sacrifice her long term game by winning too early, but they will have no one left at this rate. Paras said Maddy clearly can’t win, Ryan clearly can’t win, Will is sitting comfortable and may not even want to win, and Merron is the first one out every time. Paras said she thinks that she has to start winning, though it would be three strong competitors against her. Paras called Kaela a straight up liar about everything. Paras said she trusts Derek way more, so she thinks that she can work with him if Kaela is gone. Paras said Kaela made herself a target by making a Final 2 with everyone. Paras said she needs another strong person who totally has her back, in order to alternate wins. Paras wondered if she should go for the win next week in order to take her shot. She mentioned nominating Ali and Olivia. Down the road, she said she is getting rid of Kaela. Paras added that Kaela is dead to her in this game. Up in the HoH room, Erica wondered if she should nominate Will next to Maddy. She mentioned that pawns do go home though. Ali said there is no chance. Erica thinks that those nominations would force Johnny and Paras to evict Maddy instead of potentially evicting Merron if he goes up next to Maddy again. Erica said she will be livid if it backfires, because she wants Will in the house. Ali said she doesn’t know if it is worth the risk, but nobody has the numbers to do anything about it. Erica brought up that Will is brilliant in terms of knowing the days and the order that people were eliminated from competitions, which she sees as a huge asset to them.

1:00-2:00 PM: In the white room, Derek and Will discussed that they were likely up until 3 AM and then they were woken up at 7 or 8 AM for the competition this morning. Will said he was still drunk when he woke up. Will said he didn’t care if he won or not, as long as he didn’t end up being a have-not. The guys discussed that it’s time to get rid of some floaters now that a few big targets have left. Will said he would prefer to see Merron or Ryan go. Will listed Maddy, Merron and Ryan as the floaters. Derek asked if Paras is kind of a floater too. Will said she is. They both agreed that Erica will likely nominate Maddy again. There were talks about getting a female out this week so that the girls cannot just pick the guys off. Derek said he might push for a girl to go. In the kitchen, Derek talked to Kaela about how it will likely be a unanimous vote to evict Maddy. They both said that Will doesn’t seem to care if she goes based on what he was saying last night. Kaela thinks that Johnny will be the only one not wanting Maddy out. She wants to get some of Johnny’s people out so that he has to stay on their side. Kaela said they have to win HoH the next two weeks. Derek said they have Paras and Will on the side, then they have their five. Derek wants to make sure that they take the first shot at the five when they start to split. In the red room, Johnny told Olivia it was weird that Ali and Erica were suggesting that he might have Maddy, Paras and Will as a backup plan. Johnny said that is not the case. Johnny and Olivia then discussed that Olivia and Will were kissing a lot last night. Olivia said Will told her that she is perfect and is the type of woman that he looks for. Olivia said Will is so cute and smarter than people give him credit for. Johnny said it was weird that it was Olivia and Paras again after the whole thing with Jesse. Johnny let Olivia know that Paras and Will were making out as well. Olivia didn’t remember that.

2:00-3:00 PM: Olivia told Johnny she was telling people that Paras was Jesse’s second choice. Johnny said Olivia also brought up that she wishes Jesse was there. Olivia explained that she just wanted him there to make out with. Johnny said Paras probably hates the fact that she kissed someone on camera again, given that it bothers her that her family is watching. Olivia later brought up that Paras is the sneakiest of anyone in the house. Johnny deflected, saying she is just the most likely to speak without thinking. Olivia said that’s a good point. Out by the hot tub, Paras talked to Erica about how one of Maddy, Merron and Ryan will go home this week. She said she wonders why everyone is so afraid to take a shot at Derek and Kaela. Erica said she is not afraid to target them but she feels more comfortable having them in the game as targets. Erica explained that they are targets for the same reason that Ali and Olivia are, because they are a duo. Paras said she tried to find her person but she didn’t, which might have worked out better for her. Erica said Hamza was her person but she could not get behind his game. Paras said there is a bit of that with her when it comes to Maddy. Paras said she genuinely believes that Maddy will vote with them for as long as they need her to. Paras said Maddy was there for her when no one else was, so she will likely be the one vote on Maddy’s side if and when it comes down to her going home.

4:00-5:00 PM: Derek told Ali he knows that Will wants Ryan to go but he doesn’t think he would be scared to vote out Maddy. Ali said she thinks that he would push for Ryan to go because Johnny, Paras and Will would want to keep Maddy. Derek pointed out that their side has four votes no matter what, so they only need to get one more. Ali said Paras has been weirding her out. She let Derek know that Paras asked Erica why everyone is so scared to take a shot at Daela. Derek said Paras keeps bringing that up. Ali said Paras questioned why she wouldn’t take a shot at Daela the night before the double eviction as well.

5:00-6:00 PM: Maddy let Johnny know that Kaela told her she “wouldn’t hate this Final 2” in reference to the her and Kaela. Johnny said that’s something that Maddy could share with Ali, Erica and Olivia. Maddy said she is hesitant to do so but she will happily say it if she is led into it. Maddy talked about Paras being freaked out since Erica wants to go after floaters. Maddy said Erica told Paras that she is considering making the same nominations as last week. In the HoH room, Olivia asked Erica who she would like to nominate. Erica said she would like to see Maddy go but she doesn’t see that happening very easily within their group. Erica said she needs to understand why Johnny values Maddy so much. Ali joined them. She said Maddy wants her to accompany her for her talk with Erica. Ali thinks that Maddy is really trying to show her loyalty, whereas Paras is not. Erica said she cannot be the one to backstab Paras, especially since they are no longer pre-jury. Johnny said he wants to keep people around who will target Daela. Olivia said she feels like Johnny thinks they wont do it, but they will eventually. Ali said she is not worried about that at all since they will take the shot later. Erica reiterated that she wants a floater out this week. Olivia asked who they can nominate next to Merron that wont piss anyone off. Erica said she doesn’t even know if she can put Merron up. Johnny said he doesn’t know if Merron doesn’t need to go up. Erica said she is trying to think from a jury management perspective, and she doesn’t know if Merron goes if he is nominated. Johnny said they have the numbers. Olivia said she could nominate Merron and Ryan again, because they have the numbers to get Merron out. Johnny argued that there is no need to go after anyone else when Merron and Ryan have already been shot at. Johnny added that Maddy has expressed an interest in working with them. Erica asked if they would rather work with Maddy than Paras or Will. Johnny said he thinks that Maddy and Will would be a better combination. Erica said she doesn’t want to be the one to send Paras home. Erica admitted she is nervous about getting to seven with her, Ali and Olivia on one side, Maddy, Paras and Will on the other side, and Johnny in the middle. Johnny said they know which side he would lean to. Erica again said she just wants to get a floater out, and she doesn’t care which of the four it is. She said Merron would be great. Erica and Olivia discussed that Merron seems to be pissed off at Olivia. Johnny said they can likely convince Ryan to target Daela if he wins HoH. He also said Maddy is likely to target those two if they make her feel comfortable, as are Paras and Will. Erica said she doesn’t hate that idea at all if Maddy is willing to commit to them.

6:00-7:00 PM: Paras joined the discussion in the HoH room. Johnny asked her which floater is her pick to go this week. Paras said probably Merron. Johnny said he was thinking the same thing. Olivia said Merron is pissed at her and probably mad at Erica as well. Paras said Maddy will vote with them, and Ryan wants to go with the house. Kaela was the next to speak to Erica. Erica let her know that Paras asked why everyone is so afraid to take a shot at the showmance. Erica suggested that Paras might be on to them, so she is trying to put a wedge between them. Erica and Kaela agreed that they feel good about their five with Derek, Ali and Olivia. Kaela said yesterday really solidified that she can trust them. Erica revealed that she thinks she wants to target Merron this week. While Erica had thought about targeting Maddy, she said she doesn’t want Johnny, Paras and Will to be coming after her because of that move. Erica said she might nominate Merron and Ryan. Maddy would then be the replacement nominee if either of them win the veto. Erica asked if Kaela is fine with sending Merron out before Ryan. Kaela said she is fine with whatever. Though Kaela is concerned about Ryan, Erica argued that they would have the numbers to save Kaela over Derek even if Ryan put them up and neither of them were able to win the veto.

7:00-8:00 PM: The girls then discussed that Johnny is in good with everyone, and he fights hard to protect Maddy. Erica said Johnny will end up pissing a lot of people off if he wins HoH and draws a line, because everyone thinks that he has their back. She also said he wont be in a good place with the jurors. Similar to their talks about Johnny, Erica and Kaela discussed Will being in good with everyone. Erica and Kaela discussed how amazing it is that the two of them, Ali and Olivia are able to be four dominant women working together. Erica said they need to flip things quickly since it has been dominant player after dominant player leaving the house. Erica said she wants to get a floater out this week while still ensuring that they are good for next week if Maddy, Paras or Will win HoH. Erica said nominating Merron and Ryan seems to be the way to do it. Merron spoke to Erica to see where her head is at. Erica explained that the only reason why Merron makes her nervous is that anyone on the block next to him would go home. Merron pointed out that everyone loves Will as well, and they have won the same number of competitions. Merron thinks he is viewed different because he doesn’t express his emotions as much as Will does, but that’s how he is. Erica said Merron is right that Will’s lack of emotional control is benefitting him.

8:00-9:00 PM: Merron told Erica he is not going after her. He asked that she not put him up. Merron said there are others that Erica should be more worried about than him. Merron asked if Erica is considering putting him up. Erica said she is considering it because she wants to target someone who is not as big of a target as she is. Erica listed off Merron, Ryan, Paras, Maddy and Will as potential options. Of the five, she said she is mostly considering Maddy, Merron and Ryan. Erica said Merron wouldn’t even get a chance to play for the veto if she nominates Maddy and Ryan, and one of them pulls themselves down. Merron said he doesn’t want to make it seem like he is saying to put Will up, but he doesn’t want to go up himself. Merron said there are other options besides himself that would allow Erica to still make a low key move. Erica worried that Ryan will go home over Maddy. She listed off Johnny, Paras and Will as votes against Ryan. She also said that Derek and Kaela do not like Ryan either. Should Maddy stay over Ryan, Erica thinks that the trio of Maddy, Paras and Will would then come after her. Merron said he sees what she is saying. The two agreed to talk again before nominations. Erica said she will let Merron know whether or not she is going to put him up. Erica spoke to Maddy, letting her know that she feels as though she is in a good spot with her after last week. Maddy said that’s good to hear since their last talk did not start like that. Erica said she likes that Maddy is a strong woman, and it would be wicked to see a bunch of women make it to the end together. Maddy said she wouldn’t hate that. Erica revealed that she would like to see Merron go over Ryan. Maddy said she has to make a good case then, because she thinks that Ryan would go over Merron.

9:00-10:00 PM: Outside, Will let Johnny know that Ali told Ryan he went up because Johnny didn’t want Maddy on the block. Johnny was not happy about that. Will asked Johnny who is going to be the one to get Erica out. Johnny said it’s not even a discussion worth having at this point, though he gets what Will is saying. Will then asked if Merron is going up. Johnny said he thinks so. Will said that’s good since Merron said he would be pissed, and then he will go after Erica if he wins. Johnny reminded Will that it’s important they remain united. Johnny expressed interest in getting Derek and Kaela out. Will said he plans to nominate those two if he wins HoH next week. Johnny said he would want the second member of the showmance to leave the next week as well. Will said the two of them should make a Final 2. Johnny said he feels like they already kind of have one. Will agreed. Will said he would like to send Ryan out over Merron this week. In the white room, Paras checked in with Derek. She said she wants to work with the showmance but they wouldn’t even tell her which way they were voting last week. Derek explained that he told her without telling her, but they just didn’t like that people were saying their two votes were the deciding votes last week. They agreed to talk more moving forward. Paras said she is excited that Will brought up last night that the two of them should work with Derek and Kaela. Derek said Will was excited about it when he brought it up to him. They talked about Will being in good with everyone, similarly to Johnny. Elsewhere, Johnny too Erica that Ali told Ryan she didn’t want him to be put up but he freaked out about Maddy going up. Johnny said he was blamed for Ryan’s nomination. Erica wondered why Ali would tell Ryan that. Johnny said Ali also told Maddy that her and Olivia were the reason that she was taken off of the block. Erica said she doesn’t know who to trust at all. Johnny said that Ali and Olivia are likely trying to cover their bases. Erica warned Johnny that he is being lumped in with Will in terms of being someone who is good with everyone. Erica wondered at what point Ali and Olivia will view them as disposable. Both Erica and Johnny agreed that the girls don’t want to go to the Final 4 with them. Erica told Johnny she needs to hear more from him since she gets sketched out by him sometimes due to not talking. They discussed that Paras is playing all sides. Erica asked why Maddy, Paras and Will being together doesn’t worry him. Johnny said he feels good with Maddy and with Will. Erica said Paras is playing harder than they give her credit for. She noted that Paras talks to Derek and Kaela a lot.

10:00-11:00 PM: Erica told Derek she doesn’t want to do the same nominations as last week. She said that’s boring and she feels bad for Merron. Derek said he was thinking the same thing too. Derek agreed that targeting a floater is the right move. He said Merron is less threatening than Maddy and Ryan are. Derek said he had considered nominating Will but he didn’t want to piss of Maddy and Paras. Erica called Will “Merron on steroids”. Erica said Will has connections with people, so he will not go home. Derek let Erica know that Paras is wary of Will because she caught him in a small lie. Derek and Erica then discussed that Paras talks crap about a lot of people. Erica said nothing that you say to Paras is safe. Derek asked Erica if she feels good with Johnny. Erica said she would feel good with Johnny if she was Derek. Erica said she doesn’t think that he is on Johnny’s radar. Derek said Johnny is readable, so he is pretty confident that Johnny isn’t in on a big alliance. Erica said she doesn’t think that Johnny would be this paranoid if he was. Derek once again brought up that there is no point in sending Merron out this week. Derek thinks Merron can continue to be used as a pawn until they don’t want him in there any longer. Derek talked about targeting Ryan instead. Later, Erica told Ali that she feels better every time that she talks to Derek and Kaela. Ali told Erica that Ryan went up to them in the bathroom to say that they now have a mutual target since Olivia has put him up. Ali said Ryan claimed that he will put the duo up, implying that she will go up next to Olivia. Erica asked if they want Ryan to go this week. Ali advised Erica not to make any promises to Ryan, so that they have the option to send him out.

11:00-12:00 AM: Erica told Ryan it’s an easy option to put him on the block, though getting him out does not benefit her. Ryan said it’s easy to put people like Maddy, Merron and himself up, but the target on her back is not going to get any smaller by doing that. Ryan said getting him out would mean she has one less vote down the road. Ryan also said that the trio of Maddy, Paras and Will is not a threat to Erica since they are not coming after her. He said Ali and Olivia are stronger than those people. Ryan explained that the only power move for a power player is to eliminate another power player. Ryan said she might be able to draw in more people by making a power move. Erica said she will be a target once there are only floaters left. Ryan disagreed. He said she will be left with people who cannot beat her if that happens. Ryan implied that he would have nominated Ali and Olivia had he won HoH. He questioned why Derek and Kaela were not on the block when Olivia won HoH, even though those two duos were apparently each other’s biggest targets. Ryan began to wonder if they had been working together all along. Erica said that’s interesting.

 Live Feed Updates Friday, March 30th

March 30, 2018

 Live Feed Updates Friday, March 30th
Paras- I have faith in you. I have full trust in you, and I will prove in my actions to you how bad I want to protect you. Erica- Now I feel so silly for sketching ou
Paras to Erica- Even with Ali being a bit of sketch ball, I felt good about it cause I had you and Johnny telling me it's real. I'm surprised I gave off those vibes. I feel really good about it (the six)
Paras to Erica- I had a more genuine talk with Derek and Kaela. Kaela wasnt giving me much. They both really love you. They feel sketchy about Ali and Liv
Erica- This is another thing that was kind of sketching me out. Any time I bring up Maddy, you and Johnny are like no. Paras- Cause she is so easy 
Paras to Erica- She (Maddy) would drop me like no tomorrow if the house wanted to. I dont think for a second that Maddy has my back. The reason I've been saying dont go for Maddy is I know how easy she is
Erica- Who would be best for your game to go this week? Paras- I honestly dont think Ryan would be coming after us. Erica- I dont think so. Paras- Do you think Merron would come after you? Erica- No. Paras- I dont either
Paras- Who does your gut tell you is not sitting well with you? Is it Maddy? Erica- It's not Maddy. It's this Maddy/Johnny/Will. Paras- You think it's a thing? Erica- I dont know
Erica- I'm hearing that Liv and Ali are saying to Maddy that they are the reason she got pulled down. Paras- Yeah, they did. They said "you owe your game to us". They are getting credit for your idea
Paras- Right now, you are the person I am opening up to the most. Erica- It doesnt benefit my game to gossip about other people's BS. Then I look like a shady sack of shit. That is the reason I sent Veronica home
Erica- You have just kind of opened my eyes a bit. Paras- I think she (Ali) is the only one of the six that would turn on us 
Erica to Paras- Take this, harness it, remember it, dont tell fucking anybody. Keep that doubt in mind
Erica- Ali or Kaela. Who is more sketchy for you? Paras- Ali, even though I know Kaela is playing a really good social game and she is way stronger physically
Erica- Who would you want to see go right now? Paras- The people that I dont really have game talk with. Daela. What I'm scared about within us is Ali. Merron and Ryan I dont really care for that much. Neither of them are coming for me or you 
Erica to Paras- I feel like the person that's going to come for me is Ali. I think she is the only one who, I dont want to say would have the balls, cause it's not balls...I know her loyalty is with Liv
Paras- If you want to make that decision (to target Ali), I'll have your back but it might be too early. Erica- I dont think it's good for us to lose a number. Paras- If you want a number, Maddy and Ryan will be your numbers. Erica- I think it's too early
Erica to Paras- I think I feel in my gut what you feels in yours, that she (Ali) would be the one to take me out. I dont think it's a good move right now, only because it jeopardizes our position in the alliance
Paras to Erica- Whatever decision you make, I will back you up and I will do everything in my power to win the next one. The only decision I probably wouldnt be on board with is Johnny or Will 
Erica told Derek and Olivia she thinks that she is going to nominate Merron and Ryan

 Live Feed Updates Friday, March 30th

March 30, 2018

 Live Feed Updates Friday, March 30th
Paras told Erica that Maddy gave a shit about her when nobody else did. On a personal level, Paras said she likes Maddy and she would probably be the one vote to not send Maddy home unanimously if it ever comes to that
Maddy- She (Kaela) said "I wouldnt hate this Final 2" (last night). Johnny- You could share that with Ali, Liv and Erica. Maddy- I hesitate to though. I'll see if it comes up. If they lead me into it, I'll be happy to say it 
Johnny- Everything has happened every single week that I have wanted except for Veronica going home. It has been like magic. Maddy- Were you left out of the conversations of Ali and Liv's plans to get her backdoored? Johnny- Yeah 
Johnny- I think everyone is to still be not fully trusted. Maddy- I agree. I think mine (her favourite) is pretty obvious. Johnny- Will? Maddy- Paras. Game play wise I dont know right now. As a human and who I think is most trustworthy, probably her
Maddy to Johnny- Liv last night, while wasted, was like "you need to distance from Paras right now". I think cause Erica is targeting floaters this week. Paras is freaking out
Maddy to Johnny- Erica did say to Paras that she is considering just putting me and Merron up again. Paras was like "that's boring" 
Olivia- Who do you want to put up? Erica- In an ideal world, I want Maddy to go home but I dont foresee that happening very easily in our group 
Erica to Ali/Olivia- I need to understand why he (Johnny) values Maddy so much 
Ali- She (Maddy) is trying to really show loyalty. Paras is not. Erica- I cant backstab Paras like that. I just dont want to be the one to do that. If it was pre-jury, sure 
Johnny- I want people to stay who will go after Daela. Olivia- I feel like you think we are not going to. We will eventually. Ali- I'm not worried about that at all. Erica- I want a floater out this week
Olivia- Who do we put up beside Merron without pissing anyone off? Erica- I dont even know if I can put Merron up
Johnny- I dont know that Merron doesnt need to hit the block. Erica- I'm trying to think from a jury management perspective. If Merron goes up, I dont know that Merron goes up. Johnny- We have the numbers. Erica- True
Olivia to Erica- You can do Merron and Ryan again. We have the numbers to just get Merron out
Erica- Do we just put up a pawn if he (Merron) pulls himself off? Johnny- Who is a pawn though? Erica- No one that we are working with. Ali- We are working with too many people
Johnny to Ali/Erica/Olivia- If Merron has already been hit at, why throw a dart at someone else? If Ryan has already been hit at.
Johnny to Ali/Erica/Olivia- She (Maddy) has expressed an interest in working with you guys as well. She is going to propose working with us
Erica- Do you think you would rather work with Maddy than Paras or than Will? Did we pick the wrong kid? Johnny- I think Will and Maddy would be a better combination. Erica- I dont want to be the one to send the kid (Paras) home 
Erica to Ali/Johnny/Olivia- If Kaela were to be like "Paras said that you guys are all working together", I can be like "Veronica said you guys are all working together" 
Erica told Johnny it makes her nervous if it's her/Ali/Olivia and Maddy/Paras/Will Final 7 with him. Johnny said they know where he leans
Erica- I want to get a floater out. I do not care who it is. Of those four, I do not care who it is. Merron would be great. He seems like he is pissed at you. Olivia- He is
Johnny- If you guys make Maddy feel comfortable, she will probably take a shot at Daela. Paras and Will, same thing. If Merron is gone, that's everyone. Erica- If Maddy is willing to commit, I dont hate that at all

 Live Feed Updates Friday, March 30th

March 30, 2018

 Live Feed Updates Friday, March 30th
Erica to Merron- People will want him (Ryan) out. I just put up Maddy two consecutive weeks, then she stays, she wins HoH, I'm going home...or if Paras wins HoH, or Will wins HoH
Erica- They (Maddy/Paras/Will) are three solid. If I take a shot at one of them, I basically take a shot at all three of them. If Ryan is still here, Maddy will stay. Merron- I see what you are saying
Erica- Would you like to know beforehand if it's a yes or no? Merron- 100%. I will come and see you tomorrow or tonight 
Erica- After the events of the last week, I feel that I am in a good spot with you. Maddy- Thank God. Last week we didnt start our conversation like that 
Erica- I thought our games were different cause I couldnt read you, then I thought our games are similar cause you probably couldnt read me either. Maddy- 100% 
Erica- I like that you are a strong woman. If I could see every dude in this house go, I would love it. Maddy- I dont want to be like "me too", but yeah. Erica- That's not my agenda at all. I just love dudes. I enjoy having them in this house 
Erica- I dont think I have ever seen a bunch of women make it to the end. That would be wicked. Maddy- I dont hate it 
Erica- If I put up Merron and Ryan, I kind of want Merron to go. Maddy- Then make a case, cause I really think in that situation that Ryan goes
Maddy- What is your reason for wanting Merron to go? Erica- We have just gotten two huge targets out. I know I am also a target. Now I would like to take a bit of the opposite approach
Will- Between me and you, who is going to get Erica out? Johnny- It's not even worth having the discussion right now, but I know what you are saying 
Will- Is Merron going up? Johnny- I think so. Will- That's good. Merron said he is going to be pissed. If he wins, he is going to put her (Erica) up. Johnny- But we still need to work together as a unit. I want Daela out
Will- Me and you should make a Final 2. Johnny- I know. I feel like we already kind of do though. Will- Yeah
Johnny- I want loyalty. That's why I also want Maddy to stay in for as long as possible. Will- She is not going up, is she? Johnny- No 
Will to Johnny- I would like to send Ryan home this week, and keep Merron 
Johnny- I would like to see Daela split up next week for sure. Will- If I win HoH next week, I am putting them up. Johnny- Then I would like to see the remaining Daela go
Paras to Derek- I want to be working with you guys and be 100 with you guys, but even with the voting you guys werent telling me
Paras to Derek- Her (Maddy's) game is not aligned with mine. I am closer with Will than I am with Maddy probably. Even with Will, different game
Paras- I am actually really excited that he (Will) said "me, you, Paras and Kaela". To hear him include me ... Derek- He was excited about it 
Paras- I am trying to prove my loyalty. It gets hard when we dont communicate. You feel? Derek- Yeah, I do feel. We can talk before comps and all of that stuff 
Derek to Paras- Will is obviously good with a lot of people. I want to see what is going on with him too. I have never seen him scared. The fact that V is gone, he is even less of a threat now 
Derek to Paras- I think he (Will) is purposely not winning HoHs. When he does, he has no clue who he is going to put up
Derek- He (Will) is similar to Johnny. He takes in a lot of information but doesnt give anything. Paras- Whose radar is Johnny on even? No one 
Johnny- She (Ali) told Ryan that she didnt want Ryan to be put up but I freaked out at Maddy being the potential so I was the reason Ryan was put up. Erica- Why would she tell him that? Johnny- I dont know 
Johnny- She (Ali) told Maddy that her and Liv were the reason that she was pulled off, and not you...cause they worked their magic. Erica- What? Johnny- Pisses me off. Erica- What?
Erica- I dont know who the fuck to trust in this game at all. Johnny- I trust Liv a lot. I think this works with Ali and Liv. I think they are just covering their bases 
Johnny- Veronica said she heard one of the weeks that Ryan, Ali and Liv did have a Final 3. Erica- I wouldnt doubt that at all. Johnny- Why they would be comfortable saying that shit to Ryan about me maybe 
Erica- I feel like you are getting lumped in as a Will right now...that you are good with everyone in the house. Johnny- I think that as the game goes on and I cut people, it's going to turn into "he has fucked over a lot of people in jury" 
Erica- I am wondering at what point they (Ali/Olivia) feel like we are disposable. Johnny- They probably dont want to go Final 4 with us. Erica- I dont think so. It's a terrible decision. Look at us
Erica to Johnny- I need to hear more from you. I get sketched out about you sometimes. I have to talk myself back into it. That's because we never fucking talk
Johnny- I feel like you, Ali and Liv are really close, and I am kind of a fourth to that. Erica- You think I would want to three up with Ali and Liv? I would never want to three up with anyone. That's a terrible decision
Erica- I feel like Paras is playing all fucking sides 100%. Johnny- Probably 
Erica- Say we get rid of Merron, get rid of Ryan. We have Kaela/Derek, Ali/Liv, Paras/Maddy/Will, and then you and I. Johnny- They arent necessarily together. Paras is always bitching about Maddy. Erica- She said "I could never vote against Maddy" 
Erica- I just dont know why that doesnt worry you. Johnny- Maddy, Paras and Will? I feel like Maddy and I have a good connection, and Will and I have a good connection
Erica to Johnny- I think Paras is playing harder than we give her credit for. She talks to Daela a lot. More than she talks to us
Erica- I dont hate that there are pairs together. It's this three (Maddy/Paras/Will) that I dont love. Johnny- We are not threatened by people who cant win competitions back to back. A pair that can win competitions back to back

Live Feed Updates Friday, March 30th

March 30, 2018

Live Feed Updates Friday, March 30th

11:00-12:00 PM: The live feeds returned after being down for over 20 hours. Erica is the new HoH. The have-nots for the week are Ali, Johnny, Kaela and Merron.

12:00-1:00 PM: In the pantry, Paras spoke to the cameras about her allies being incapable of winning anything. Paras said the more they lose, the more they are going to be picked off. Paras talked about not wanting to sacrifice her long term game by winning too early, but they will have no one left at this rate. Paras said Maddy clearly can’t win, Ryan clearly can’t win, Will is sitting comfortable and may not even want to win, and Merron is the first one out every time. Paras said she thinks that she has to start winning, though it would be three strong competitors against her. Paras called Kaela a straight up liar about everything. Paras said she trusts Derek way more, so she thinks that she can work with him if Kaela is gone. Paras said Kaela made herself a target by making a Final 2 with everyone. Paras said she needs another strong person who totally has her back, in order to alternate wins. Paras wondered if she should go for the win next week in order to take her shot. She mentioned nominating Ali and Olivia. Down the road, she said she is getting rid of Kaela. Paras added that Kaela is dead to her in this game. Up in the HoH room, Erica wondered if she should nominate Will next to Maddy. She mentioned that pawns do go home though. Ali said there is no chance. Erica thinks that those nominations would force Johnny and Paras to evict Maddy instead of potentially evicting Merron if he goes up next to Maddy again. Erica said she will be livid if it backfires, because she wants Will in the house. Ali said she doesn’t know if it is worth the risk, but nobody has the numbers to do anything about it. Erica brought up that Will is brilliant in terms of knowing the days and the order that people were eliminated from competitions, which she sees as a huge asset to them.

1:00-2:00 PM: In the white room, Derek and Will discussed that they were likely up until 3 AM and then they were woken up at 7 or 8 AM for the competition this morning. Will said he was still drunk when he woke up. Will said he didn’t care if he won or not, as long as he didn’t end up being a have-not. The guys discussed that it’s time to get rid of some floaters now that a few big targets have left. Will said he would prefer to see Merron or Ryan go. Will listed Maddy, Merron and Ryan as the floaters. Derek asked if Paras is kind of a floater too. Will said she is. They both agreed that Erica will likely nominate Maddy again. There were talks about getting a female out this week so that the girls cannot just pick the guys off. Derek said he might push for a girl to go. In the kitchen, Derek talked to Kaela about how it will likely be a unanimous vote to evict Maddy. They both said that Will doesn’t seem to care if she goes based on what he was saying last night. Kaela thinks that Johnny will be the only one not wanting Maddy out. She wants to get some of Johnny’s people out so that he has to stay on their side. Kaela said they have to win HoH the next two weeks. Derek said they have Paras and Will on the side, then they have their five. Derek wants to make sure that they take the first shot at the five when they start to split. In the red room, Johnny told Olivia it was weird that Ali and Erica were suggesting that he might have Maddy, Paras and Will as a backup plan. Johnny said that is not the case. Johnny and Olivia then discussed that Olivia and Will were kissing a lot last night. Olivia said Will told her that she is perfect and is the type of woman that he looks for. Olivia said Will is so cute and smarter than people give him credit for. Johnny said it was weird that it was Olivia and Paras again after the whole thing with Jesse. Johnny let Olivia know that Paras and Will were making out as well. Olivia didn’t remember that.

2:00-3:00 PM: Olivia told Johnny she was telling people that Paras was Jesse’s second choice. Johnny said Olivia also brought up that she wishes Jesse was there. Olivia explained that she just wanted him there to make out with. Johnny said Paras probably hates the fact that she kissed someone on camera again, given that it bothers her that her family is watching. Olivia later brought up that Paras is the sneakiest of anyone in the house. Johnny deflected, saying she is just the most likely to speak without thinking. Olivia said that’s a good point. Out by the hot tub, Paras talked to Erica about how one of Maddy, Merron and Ryan will go home this week. She said she wonders why everyone is so afraid to take a shot at Derek and Kaela. Erica said she is not afraid to target them but she feels more comfortable having them in the game as targets. Erica explained that they are targets for the same reason that Ali and Olivia are, because they are a duo. Paras said she tried to find her person but she didn’t, which might have worked out better for her. Erica said Hamza was her person but she could not get behind his game. Paras said there is a bit of that with her when it comes to Maddy. Paras said she genuinely believes that Maddy will vote with them for as long as they need her to. Paras said Maddy was there for her when no one else was, so she will likely be the one vote on Maddy’s side if and when it comes down to her going home.

 Live Feed Updates Friday, March 30th

March 30, 2018

 Live Feed Updates Friday, March 30th
Derek- Judging just off of what Will said last night, he wont care if Maddy is gone. Kaela- Not at all. Derek- It will be unanimous 
Kaela to Derek- Johnny would be the only one (not wanting Maddy to go). We have got to get rid of some of Johnny's other people so he stays on our side 
Derek- I'm getting close to Will, making deals with Ryan. Kaela- Ryan threw our names out there. Derek- I know that, but it's better to do something than not do something 
Kaela- We have got to win the next two weeks. Derek- We will kind of have Will and Paras on the side, then we will have our five. Kaela- The five is going to have to take shots at each other. Derek- We have to make sure we take the first one 
Olivia to Johnny- We were in the pantry. She (Maddy) came in. I said "look, i was going to put you up just now but I trust Johnny. I want to try and build something here, so I wont put you up". She looked so scared at first, and then she was so grateful 
Johnny to Olivia- It's weird that Erica and Ali were really shook after. They were like "it looks like you might be having you, Paras, Maddy and Will as a backup option". That's not the case
Olivia to Johnny- I was like "so you (Will) were kissing me a lot last night eh?". He got kind of shy about it. He was like "I didnt think you would remember" 
Olivia to Johnny- He (Will) was like "you are honestly perfect, you are the type of woman I look for". It went on for like 15 minutes. He is so cute. I do think he is good looking, and I do think he is smarter than people give him credit for 
Olivia- You (Will) were into V. There is no one more opposite from V than me. Johnny- He wasnt really into V. Olivia- That's what he said. She is going to be pissed watching that episode 
Johnny- It was weird it was you and Paras again. The whole Jesse, you and Paras thing, now it's like one night of you, Paras and Will. Olivia- Does she like him? Johnny- No, they were making out too. Olivia- I dont remember that 
Olivia- I think I was telling people that she (Paras) was Jesse's second choice. Johnny- You also said "I wish Jesse was here". Olivia- Only to make out with. I was over making out with Will 
Olivia- I wonder if he (Will) made out with Maddy. Johnny- No. She didnt drink much. Olivia- He is a good kisser but his make outs are not like a make out 
Johnny- Paras probably hates that again...just the fact that she kissed someone again on cam. That bothers her. The same day that she was like "let's just drop it". Olivia- "Let's just drop it. My family is watching"
Will- They are just probably going to call me outside of the house "Willmance". Erica- If there is a Will, there is a way
Will to Erica- If you were single, I definitely would have tried to kiss you. Maddy- You said "if I could have a calendar of any girl every month, it would be you, Erica". Ryan- That's pretty smooth. Erica- I forgot about that!
Olivia- I think she (Paras) is the sneakiest of them all. Johnny- No. I think she is just the most likely to speak without thinking. Olivia- True. Good point 
Olivia to Ali/Johnny- I am glad I looked hot last night, cause that was so much about me during the double 
Will- I hope none of this (from last night) is for Canada to see. With live feeds, obviously they are going to see. Apparently I was trying to rap about Ali's boobs. Everyone with a significant other is going to hate me. Johnny- No, you were fucking hilarious
Will to Johnny- It's pretty bad when you come down in the morning for an HoH competition and you are just throwing up in your bucket
Paras- I am just wondering why everyone is so afraid to take a shot at Daela. Erica- I'm not afraid to take a shot at Daela. It's just targets that I would be more comfortable sitting beside
Erica- What happens if Merron wins HoH? I have put him up and I may put him up twice. That's not good. Paras- He is not good at comps 
Erica- It blows my mind that people underestimate you. Paras- You have had my back so you are going to be sitting pretty

 Live Feed Updates Friday, March 30th

March 30, 2018

 Live Feed Updates Friday, March 30th
Feeds returned 11:45am BBT 
Erica Won HOH and got a video from her brother 
Derek Kaela Paras and Ali in the kitchen
Derek im hoping for jury
Maddy yeah
Derek Kaela is saying that it should be that they want as many peole as possible I want to be part of that and watch more footage
Maddy and you really do have a lot of influence. thee is no part to hold onto the game at that point really 
Erica and Merron talking about everything. From Bieber to Drake to Obama
Maddy I woulda got shitfaced if i knew i coulda slept today
Derek i even smoked last night! 
Derek Will is saying that he regretted getting drunk but they ahd those puke buckets ready
Maddy yeah we were celebrating all the way thru
Derek they kept saying the pantry ws open and those jello shots you can taste the vodka
Maddy oh yeah they were strong
Derek I didnt expect that Meron Hamza thing. they couldnt even stand up he was a wreck
Maddy and then Erica not casting a vote against him she couldnt do it
Derek it's been like that all season and it's nice in a place where people are put in here to lie to each other
Maddy they did that on [purpose. they put a bunch of honest people in here.. it's clear..
Derek and the viewers saw that we are struggling right
Mady yeah
Merron is a have not (TBD) 
Maddy i was surprised they made that a question. the 2 football players throwing.. 
Derek even kaela was frazzled she thought she should be better. and even me i thought it ws odd that they were lining us up to do something
Maddy i was walking that way and they said don't walk that way.. they said hey were are you going.. what not interesting enough.
Derek yeah i watched enough to be like this guy was on this and that couch..
Maddy it made me nervous.
Derek i was like im just going to reply on what i remember

Live Feed Updates Friday, March 30th

March 30, 2018

Live Feed Updates Friday, March 30th
Paras to camera- The more we lose, the more we get picked off. I dont want to sacrifice my long term game by winning too early on but at the rate we're going at, we're going to have no one left 
Paras- Maddy cant win, Ryan cant win, Will is just sitting comfortable, Merron out first every time. I think I have got to start winning, but then it's like one against four strong competitors. I guess three. Johnny isnt against me
Paras- Kaela is just a straight up liar about everything. I trust Derek way more. She has to go. She just made herself a target by making a Final 2 with the whole house
Paras- I just need another strong person that totally has my back so we can win alternating weeks. It sucks that I dont have that 
Paras- Do I let it be for another week, and lose two more members, or do I win next week and just take my shot? Put Ali and Liv up. Further down the road, Kaela, I'm getting rid of you. You are dead to me in this game
Erica- Should I put up Will beside Maddy? Pawns go home though. Ali- But there is no chance. Erica- That forces Paras and Johnny to vote to evict Maddy. Ali- Yeah 
Erica- If this somehow backfires, I am going to be livid for putting him (Will) in that position, cause I want him here. Ali- I just dont even know if it's worth the risk, but nobody else has the numbers to do something about it 
Erica to Ali- He (Will) knows everything. He is brilliant. Will knows the order everyone was eliminated in Right in the Kisser. Huge asset to us 
Derek- We must have been up until 3 AM last night. I bet they got us up at 8 or 7 for that comp. Will- I was still drunk when I woke up this morning. 100% 
Will to Derek- I didnt care if I won it or not, I was just like please dont be a have-not 
Derek and Will are discussing that it's time to get rid of a floater after some huge targets just left. Will said preferably Ryan or Merron will go 
Will- Fuck, she (Erica) is killing it. Derek- I know. Holy shit. Good in physical, smart. If any of the floater type people got HoH, she might be in danger 
Will- The floaters in the game right now would be Merron, Ryan, Maddy. Derek- Is Paras kind of a floater? Will- Paras is kind of a floater. Derek- She might put up Maddy again. Will- She probably will
Derek and Will are discussing that the girls will start picking them off if another guy goes this week. Derek said he might push for a girl to go

PWill- The floaters in the game right now would be Merron, Ryan, Maddy. Derek- Is Paras kind of a floater? Will- Paras is kind of a floater. Derek- She might put up Maddy again. Will- She probably willWill- The floaters in the game right now would be Merron, Ryan, Maddy. Derek- Is Paras kind of a floater? Will- Paras is kind of a floater. Derek- She might put up Maddy again. Will- She probably willWill- The floaters in the game right now would be Merron, Ryan, Maddy. Derek- Is Paras kind of a floater? Will- Paras is kind of a floater. Derek- She might put up Maddy again. Will- She probably willWill- The floaters in the game right now would be Merron, Ryan, Maddy. Derek- Is Paras kind of a floater? Will- Paras is kind of a floater. Derek- She might put up Maddy again. Will- She probably willErica to Ali- He (Will) knows everything. He is brilliant. Will knows the order everyone was eliminated in Right in the Kisser. Huge asset to us aras- Do I let it be for another week, and lose two more members, or do I win next week and just take my shot? Put Ali and Liv up. Further down the road, Kaela, I'm getting rid of you. You are dead to me in this game 
Paras- I just need another strong person that totally has my back so we can win alternating weeks. It sucks that I dont have that 
Paras- Kaela is just a straight up liar about everything. I trust Derek way more. She has to go. She just made herself a target by making a Final 2 with the whole house 
Paras- Maddy cant win, Ryan cant win, Will is just sitting comfortable, Merron out first every time. I think I have got to start winning, but then it's like one against four strong competitors. I guess three. Johnny isnt against me 
Paras to camera- The more we lose, the more we get picked off. I dont want to sacrifice my long term game by winning too early on but at the rate we're going at, we're going to have no one left

INTERVIEWS Veronica Doherty and Hamza Hatoum!

March 30, 2018

INTERVIEWS Veronica Doherty and Hamza Hatoum!
Veronica Doherty 
There is a lot of wonderful irony to Veronica Doherty and her spot in Big Brother Canada history. Despite entering the game as one of the gate-crashers labeled as an “angel,” she actually turned out to be quite the opposite: Someone who loves to stir the pot and cause drama, almost as though she had a little devil perched atop her shoulder at all times.

Veronica’s eviction seemed to be mostly the consequence of a few different things, including the wrong person being in power in Erica and also her trying to make too many bold moves after being named replacement nominee. She tried too much and listened to some questionable advice; these things ended up biting her in the end.

If you had been on the block against Maddy rather than Merron this week, would your strategy have changed?

If I had just been put on the block alongside Maddy this week I would’ve just won the Veto and taken myself off. There was no doubt in my mind that if I was in the [Veto] I would have taken that title, even over Erica. The girls who were playing in that competition were taking breaks. In that moment, I would have stepped my mental game up.

I don’t think that my strategy would have changed because at the end of the day, my strategy was to win every single competition and get safety every week. So really, if I was beside Maddy the social game would have had to [be different], but I don’t think I would’ve even had to get there because I could win and take myself off the block.

Let’s play hypothetical for a moment: If you were HoH for a Double Eviction, who would you have targeted?

I definitely would have put up the showmance tonight. I had depended on the two of them this week, especially Kaela, and they both let me down. I probably would’ve fought to kept them in the game a little bit longer but the Double Eviction is a chance to take out a really big target. I definitely wouldn’t have wasted it on floaters, which I think that Olivia did in the very beginning tonight. Luckily Ryan took himself off the block and Hamza went up. The showmance or Erica are definitely the targets that I would’ve put up this week.

INTERVIEWS Hamza Hatoum

Big Brother Canada 6 interview: Hamza Hatoum on leaving during Double Eviction
Hamza HatoumEntering Big Brother Canada 6 we weren’t altogether sure that Hamza Hatoum was going to be around for a long time just because of how confident he was about himself and how that could lead to him being somewhat of a social outcast. Yet, we actually think that he fared okay and was evicted a little bit before his time in the Double Eviction. He had some good allies and can win a lot of competitions. Unfortunately, he got saddled with three different things that helped to doom him Thursday night: A memory competition for HoH, not getting to play in the Veto, and having someone in Olivia in power who he didn’t have a great relationship with.

If anyone other than Olivia won Head of Household, would you be sitting here doing this interview today?

Hamza – Olivia was literally my worst-case scenario. I spoke to people and said ‘I’m throwing this comp.’ Anyone who won besides Olivia was not putting me on the block. Everyone was so adamant on getting this one person out in Ryan, and if not him than someone else like Maddy … but it had to be Olivia and she’s so slimy, man.

Would you have rather played the game that you did and gone home now, or play much more of an under-the-radar game and made it a lot further?

Anytime I come on Big Brother I will always play the way that I played. I’m proud of the way that I played. I’m an upfront guy this is just my personality in real life. I don’t like to hide behind things, I like to instigate things, and I like to entertain. I like to have fun with things and I wouldn’t take it back. Unfortunately there are just bigger targets like me who end up leaving the game because other people end up sliding under the radar and making it until the end. But hey, I’ll be remembered and they won’t.

I wish I could’ve provided more weeks, but I knew I would be a victim of a backdoor and it just sucks that it had to happen during a Double Eviction because I had like two minutes and it couldn’t campaign against Merron because he was one of my best friends in the house. If did have two or three days to campaign I easily would’ve persuaded people to vote for me.

A Double Eviction Shakes Up ‘Big Brother Canada

March 30, 2018

A Double Eviction Shakes Up ‘Big Brother Canada’
“Big Brother Canada” delivers the most shocking episode of the season as a double eviction raises hell and sends Veronica and Hamza packing.

The words “double eviction” strike fear in every “Big Brother” player, no matter if you’re the obvious threat or the floater playing under the radar. When a week’s worth of “Big Brother” unfolds in less than an hour, it becomes a panicked fight for survival, and almost anyone can wind up on the block. Who can ever forget last season’s Neda blindside which sent shockwaves through the house?

Before the true madness begins, Veronica is dispatched in a relatively straightforward 9-1 vote over fellow gatecrasher Merron. Veronica caused her own downfall by throwing out a hinky vote for Jesse during last week’s eviction. It was a move meant to cause paranoia and throw doubt on her fellow houseguests, but it backfired when Veronica herself became the subject of suspicion. Her pleas of innocence to Head of Household Erica only made her look even guiltier.

The deadly duo of Ali and Olivia stoked the flames throughout the week, eventually convincing Erica to use the Power of Veto on Maddy and backdoor the “untrustworthy” and “manipulative” Veronica. Following the Veto Meeting, Ali and Olivia celebrate their handiwork, laughing over how nobody even suspects how dangerous they are as a pair. “They just think we’re a couple of ding-dongs,” Olivia says.

In a desperate attempt to save herself, Veronica takes Hamza’s pot-stirring advice to call a house meeting and call people out. The 24-year-old server essentially shouts at her fellow houseguests, telling them to stop being fake and draw a line. She says she can be used as a shield going forward.

It’s a risky play, but Veronica’s words do seem to get through to Paras, who tells Maddy she is worried about continuing to take out people on their side of the house. But much like Jesse’s last-minute spiel last week, it’s too little too late for Veronica, and the house falls in line to vote her out, with only Will giving her a sympathy vote.

The second eviction of the night is when all hell breaks loose. Olivia wins the HOH competition, partly by fluke, and similar to last year’s Neda blindside, she starts with two safe nominations, Merron and Ryan. But the self-described “ding-dong” has a backup plan in case one of her nominees comes off the block, telling Johnny that she will backdoor Hamza if the opportunity arises. That opportunity presents itself when Ryan wins the Veto, beating fellow nominee Merron by mere milliseconds.

Merron begs Olivia not to put Hamza up next to him on the block, but nothing he says can stop the inevitable. Olivia nominates the 27-year-old soccer coach, a swift act of revenge for her nomination at his hand last week. In an emotional moment, a choked up Merron refuses to campaign against his best friend, which seems to trigger a tear-fest throughout the house. Through their tears, the houseguests vote to evict Hamza 8-1, with only a distraught Erica voting to keep him.

It’s a cruel exit for one of the game’s most dynamic players, but Hamza’s wildcard approach is always going to be perceived as a threat. He will likely have regrets about saving Olivia last week at the expense of Jesse, someone that may have had his back for a longer duration. Hamza is a player that continually pushed for big moves, and in the end, he became a victim of the big move gameplay he loves so much.

As for Olivia, she went from pulling the strings behind the curtain, to stepping out into the spotlight of the stage. It will require some slick maneuvering to dodge the target and slink back under the radar, but so far the 21-year-old law student has proven herself to be a formidable player, so she shouldn’t be counted out.

Take a look at which houseguests are heading towards the light and which are sinking to the fiery depths, sticking with the heaven/hell terminology, of course.

Stairway to Heaven:

Johnny – Ever since he won the first HOH of the season, Johnny has disappeared into the background, and for that reason, it can be easy to dismiss his gameplay. But Johnny is a perceptive player, he seems to slot comfortably into any group, and he isn’t on anybody’s radar right now. And his quick pow-wow with Olivia during the pre-nomination scrambling shows that he still holds some sway in the house.

Highway to Hell:

Erica – There is no doubt that Erica is a badass player, but her combination of challenge dominance and big move gameplay could soon blow up in her face. She was the sole vote for Hamza tonight and her emotional reaction to his exit made that obvious. If tonight’s elimination of Hamza sets a precedent of taking out the strong players, Erica is surely next in line.

 After 27 days, 5th evictee Hamza left the BBCAN6 house! He told Arisa that he wants Erica or Merron to win!

March 29, 2018

 After 27 days, 5th evictee Hamza left the BBCAN6 house! He told Arisa that he wants Erica or Merron to win!

 By a vote 9-1 Veronica became the 4th evicted Houseguest! And after 21 (27) days she  left the BBCAN6 housuse!

March 29, 2018

 By a vote 9-1 Veronica became the 4th evicted Houseguest! And after 21 (27) days she  left the BBCAN6 housuse!

 As an extra reward, Johnny & Veronica had a dinner for 2!

March 29, 2018

 As an extra reward, Johnny & Veronica had a dinner for 2!

Cassandra let the girls in on the secret task

March 29, 2018

 Cassandra let the girls in on the secret task the boys had & named Johnny & Veronica as the team who did the worst hairdo

Cassandra went inside the house to give the HGs a task

March 29, 2018

 Cassandra went inside the house to give the HGs a task, the guys had to secretly give the girls the worst hairdo, winner got $2K, years supply of L’Oréal hair products

Veronica posing for pics with Johnny, Kaela & Paras! Then she quickly rehearses her speech!

March 29, 2018

 Veronica posing for pics with Johnny, Kaela & Paras! Then she quickly rehearses her speech!

Live Feed Updates Thursday, March 29th

March 29, 2018

Live Feed Updates Thursday, March 29th

Johnny you remind me of people from home and you make me feel like a kid and i just love yoru soul
Veronica i want you to think of me and laugh and it's just a game and that everything we had in this house was real our crazy moments everything was real and it will continue outside the house. and i know that things might not go my way but dont let people forget aobut me in here. im going to miss you a lot and it's making it so much harder.. yo were my comfort peace and anchor and someone i felt that was real with me.. 
Veronica win get safety make the decisions you want and dont be a fucking sheep
Johnny there it is
Johnny you got to be a big carchater inside this house.. and not everyone get that but you got it.. 
sobbing and tears.. and talking while mics were covered up
Veronica it feels like i jsut got to start to get to know people it's like we are breaking up i cant imagine to going back to my own life. im going to miss faces and take care of Will and remind him that im watching and nt to flirt with the girls too much
Both crying 
Johnny;s what's your plan?
Veronica talk to Paras and then pack anad get ready I only have 20 seconds and that's not a lot there's so much i want to add to the impact I sorta got it down pact
Veronica grabs Kaela i just wnat to say no hard feelings and goodbye.. and dont let these people let you take you out you are not a sheep you fight.. and you are the strongest woman in this house.. and you are a target of everyones and i'll be watching from home and keep an eye on will
Erica takes her last looks of her pics from home and lets out a few sighs and tears
Feeds cut 11:18 am

 Live Feed Updates Thursday, March 29th

March 29, 2018

 Live Feed Updates Thursday, March 29th
8:25 AM BBT -11:18 AM BBT
Kaela if it's a double it's so sucks cuz you dont get to say bye to anyone like please dont evict me
Ali im going to have a bag packed up
Kaela yeah
Ali we wont let that happen..
Kaela everyone thought it was last week. it was too early now that it's later for trhe DE then everyone is a target so why would they do it now when if they do it in 2 weeks it'll be crazy!
Ali DRAMA
Ali man this is getting tough at some point im going to have to chose between daela Johnny and Erica
Veronica the things that annoy you the most about people are the things that you will mist the most when they are gone 
Derek if she wants yto leave that i9mpression on teh house and that is up to you.. i told her i was pissed off that she voted jesse out.. and then is adi it might be a better game vmove to create a relation with her and i dont ahve a relation with merron at all.. and a lot of times there are alot of pople who win this game that dont deserve it and i dont trust you yet but i think i can beat merron and i dont know if i can beat you and it's me banking on you saying you ahve my back.. and i dont know if i can trust you i dont know. id rther play with someone who i know will have my back over that and i was honest with her and she was happy with that and gave me a huyg. i said i didnt want to let people to know where my vote lies cuz people think that kawela and I are votig the same and we are not even last week we didnt vote the same. we are playing our own games but i said im willing to work forrard with you and lai and i know things got messed up week 2 but i know that kasela has your back and ali's and i do too
Derek i think me you kaela has a good relationship with erica and i feel tahth Johnny is coming back to reality 
Liv yeah yep yeah totally..
Derek i didn't tell her about the alliances but i am going to say i owe it for jesse that he's home and it was pretty shitty..
Kaela said that veronica said she was happy with the talk last night and if she sits ther starts calling people out sure that's what you want to do but moving forward we all have a plan.
Liv totally
Liv my thought process is you can lie and scheme and then you can lay it all out there even in your GB messag but i haven't talked to her like talk talk cuz im a write off but i will say im voting her out
Derek the only way to feel safe is to win the HOH
Liv veronica came up to me after the 1sst part of teh veto.. she siad im going to win and then she said that i can go to her and do what hamza and her want me to do.. if money was on the line i felt i coulda beat her.. so veroncia came to me and siad i was doing good and she siad jsut keep going and then we can keep the noms the same and i was like oh shit i dont want to win this veto and i was so glad that Erica won it
Derek yeah i was happy erivca won that HOH especially being in a showmance. i didnt want to be a bigger target
Liv a DE is more dangerous cuz people talk and you are not in it and then the HOH cant play in the next HOH
Liv we have to win all the HOh's the people in this room
Derek yeah i agree and we'll see what V does i think she wants to go out with a bang.. and it did cross my mind to lie to her last minute.. but fuck it
Liv she has all this spunk and she wants to ruffle feathers but when it comes to confrontation she looks down at the floor her bark is way worse than her bite and even when she did her speech i had faith that it was going somewhere and call out someone and it ended up being a self defense thing.
Ali Johnny is annoying me right now
Liv yeah.. 
Ali but he's all about his jury votes
Ali if we keep our word to daela and we said till jury and wee might get their votes in jury
Liv yeah i would pout them both straight up and they would know it was a game move
Ali and we can help them get rid of hamza
Liv best case is Hamza get one of them out and then hamza goes 
Ali yeah 
Liv i feel in my gut that kaela and derek are geniune
Ali i feel different about them than i did 2 weeks ago i felt they were sneaky and now i feel different about them and dont want them to go anywhere
Liv why does johnny want them out so bad.
Ali cuz johnny is worried about them and doesnt know where their head is out. we feel different
Liv yeah
Ali i want derek/kaela to win the Double and get up Paras and Maddy
Liv he'll find out when we send her out the door (maddy)
Ali we have to hope that whoever wins veto they wont use it
Liv i feel pretty good with eveyrone in the house
Ali we cant push our agenda too hard
Liv yeah 
Ali if our plan doesnt work then we go after hamza.. and we have to get off the ryan train.. so forget about it who cares about ryan
liv yeah
Liv and they include you in everything..
Ali and kela said that derek felt good aobut doing the challenge with me
Erica i can see she is lying aobut small things i think we should be on high alert.. like things that are dumb like. when you think about it 
Ali let me say it before.. if they win then say put up maddy/paras and tell paras she's not teh target and then split the pair
Erica i was thinking aobut the bbcan stuff for the museum and we were going over it and i said about the background stuff. and she said she didnt pay attention to that..and after she said she knew the things and she forget that she waas BS'n me but if you feel good with someone you share the info.. i think she is playing both sides and who's in power.. i dont by that fact taht she doesnt watch.. i think she is a superfan and that she watched the live feeds
Erica i dont like that she is lying but that she is lying means we can lie to her.. and she apparently has a f2 with Veronica 
Erica she is god with whoever is in power.. hamza is red alert on daela he said that every person in that hoh room came to him to make an allaince.. so if we need to put them up here are our reasons
Ali if they happen to do that to not tell johnny cuz he will be emotional 
Erica ideally either maddy or merron
Ali she came close tow inning
Erica not in the veto i beat her by a landslide
Ali no the HOH
Erica yeah but she cheated i feel she is on an island on her own
kaela this is where people have to pick a side
Erica yeah nor you will get lost in the shuffle and in the end it';s not as intense.. it's very clear.. but now is where you will see it split.. and it's going to be fun as fuck 
Kaela i ahd a dream i went home in a double eviction
Veronica cryin
Ryan watching teh sheer force you brought into the house we are going to miss your energy and antics and im going to miss what you bring into the house. you bring a lot of happiness and when you are home that happiness will continue and be proud of what you brought into this youa re the only one that we thought aobut backdooring take that's for what it';s worth. you are too good to give you a chance. it's a terrible thing and place to be in you are too strong competitive and it's the only way they could get you. i cant imagine what you are going through having this experience being cut short.. and im probably not far behind yo. i think you are a sweetheart and fantastic person. and i cant wait to see what this brings you and there are bigger and better things coming for you at 25 you have your whole life a head of you We can learn who we are outside the game and outside the game im different and i know you are too. 
Veronica stay in the house and just kill it.
Ryan you owned every minute that you were in here 
Veroncia thank you
Ryan i should have done more for you 
Ryan goes to leave and the door knob came off
Ryan Johnny Hamza talking about crying so much in the game 
Kaela Ali Liv and Erica talking about Will
Erica if he doesnt like Ryan then a lot of us will feel comfortable sitting up there next to Ryan
Kaela no i wouldn't feel comfortable. and Will will not put Maddy/Paras and he wont put Hamza up. so it will be one of us.. and paras trashes will/,addy all the time and then hangs out with them all the time so i dont trust her
Erica people being gossipy 
Kaela she's only being gossipy to me cuz you guys are talking about me all the time
Erica yeah we are
Kaela and you got the secret veto.. 
Kaela they had a temptation tree on last season BB19 but no one picked it
Merron in
Door knobs are broken on both red and white rooms 
Erica leaves red room 
Erica i showered and am going to eat and them have an emotional break down and then give back my pictures and onesie

 Live Feed Updates Thursday, March 29th

March 29, 2018

 Live Feed Updates Thursday, March 29th
12:00-1:00 AM: Erica told Ali that Veronica allegedly told Will that she had a Final 2 with Kaela. Erica later told Johnny the same thing. Ali and Erica discussed that they don’t want the showmance to go yet. They also both agreed that they are not on board with targeting Hamza like Johnny wants to do. Erica asked Ali who she would like to see go before jury. Ali said Maddy. Erica agreed. Ali thinks Johnny wants to keep Maddy around because she is a jury vote for him. In the white room. Veronica told Will she had so much fun in the house, and he made her a better person in there. Veronica said she fell in love with Will’s personality and the person that he is. Veronica let Will know that he is the reason she will walk out with a smile. Will told Veronica that she is his best friend in the house by far. He said the game was that much better once she entered the house. Veronica told Will not to trust Hamza anymore.

Live Feed Updates Thursday, March 29th

March 28, 2018

Live Feed Updates Thursday, March 29th
12:00-1:00 AM: Erica told Ali that Veronica allegedly told Will that she had a Final 2 with Kaela. Erica later told Johnny the same thing. Ali and Erica discussed that they don’t want the showmance to go yet. They also both agreed that they are not on board with targeting Hamza like Johnny wants to do. Erica asked Ali who she would like to see go before jury. Ali said Maddy. Erica agreed. Ali thinks Johnny wants to keep Maddy around because she is a jury vote for him. In the white room. Veronica told Will she had so much fun in the house, and he made her a better person in there. Veronica said she fell in love with Will’s personality and the person that he is. Veronica let Will know that he is the reason she will walk out with a smile. Will told Veronica that she is his best friend in the house by far. He said the game was that much better once she entered the house. Veronica told Will not to trust Hamza anymore.

Summary of Wednesday , March 28th

March 28, 2018

 Live Feed Updates Wednesday, March 28th
2:00-3:00 PM: Feeds returned after being down for the entire day. Will let Ryan know he isn’t going to tell Veronica what’s happening until tonight. Ryan thinks Veronica already understands that she doesn’t have the votes. Ryan said he might not be the right person to do it. Ryan also said that telling Veronica tonight, making her go wild tomorrow, might not be the best idea. Will mentioned that he could have fought for Veronica but there is going to be less of a target on his back if she goes. Will added that Veronica is a big competitor that he wont have to go up against in the end. Ryan brought up that it would have been tough to get six votes with the red/white room divide going on. Will asked Ryan who it would be smartest to go after. He said he really doesn’t know. Ryan said you have to nominate two people from the same bed in the red room. Ryan told Will he might lose respect if he doesn’t vote for Veronica. Will said that nobody deserves to go out of the house with no votes. In the HoH room, Derek and Veronica talked things over. Derek brought up that Veronica told Jesse he was good for three days straight. Derek said he is still kind of angered over what happened, but he is still trying to consider the game and emotional side of things. Derek admitted part of him thinks about getting revenge for Jesse, while part of him thinks about working together with Veronica to win competitions and pick people off. As for Merron, Derek said he doesn’t have anything concrete with him. Derek told Veronica he is sitting on the fence cause he doesn’t know how much he can really trust her. Derek said he is a believer in second chances in real life, but it’s tougher to think that way in the game. Derek worried that Veronica would nominate Kaela next to him if she wins HoH. He pointed out that they have broken trust, and he has no trust with Merron. Derek said Five’s Company means something to him but he questions if it really means something when he thinks of things that people have done or said. Derek said there are stronger players on one side but he has to determine if he trusts them as much as the other side. Veronica said she will lay everything out on the table since Derek just did that for her. Veronica said a lot of what happened last week was due to Hamza’s ideas. Veronica explained that she truly believed for three days that Jesse was safe. Veronica revealed that Hamza eventually said he had a plan the whole time to get Jesse out. Veronica said she is unlikely to work with Hamza if she stays in the game. Veronica told Derek she knows that she broke the trust with him and Kaela. Veronica said Derek is voting in the direction of people who want the showmance out of the house if he votes her out. Veronica said she has four solid votes but needs Derek and Kaela to get her to six. Veronica assured Derek that she would do everything in her power to protect whoever keeps her safe.

3:00-4:00 PM: Veronica continued speaking to Derek, telling him that she has wanted to work with him and with Kaela. Derek said he wants to know that her mind is not going to switch. He brought up Veronica saying that her mind changes quickly. Veronica stressed that she is going to be loyal, and she wants to work with all of the threats before duking it out in the end. Veronica asked that Derek take a leap of faith with her, trusting that she made a mistake in what she did with Jesse. Derek reiterated that he has to decide if he can trust her, cause she is someone he would want on his side because she is a strong player. Derek suggested that Veronica have a conversation with Kaela, then they will have one together. Veronica pointed out that Merron is going to continue to play Hamza game if he stays. Derek said he doesn’t want to tell Veronica that he has her 100% if he doesn’t mean it, so he cannot commit to anything at the moment. Veronica talked about wanting to put her potential votes in a room together, and then she will leave them to discuss things. Derek worried that if Ali, Erica and Olivia see him in a room talking with six people, it could seal that they are targeted. Derek said he is open to the idea of getting into a room with a couple of people at a time. Veronica said she will figure out a way to do it. Veronica said she will touch base with Derek again closer to Thursday. She told Derek she truly agreed with everything that he had to say. Out in the yard, Johnny let Merron know that Veronica wants to pull all of her potential votes in to a room. He told Merron not to worry if it happens, but he doesn’t even know if everyone will agree to it. Merron asked Johnny if he told Veronica that he is voting for him to stay. Johnny explained that he basically said it without saying it outright. Back in the HoH room, Veronica spoke to Erica. Veronica asked if any progress has been made between the two of them. Erica said she appreciated Veronica’s speech yesterday. Veronica talked about making mistakes last week and not being able to prove that she can be trusted unless she stays in the game. Erica explained that she needs to leave it in the hands of the house, as the two of them can’t go against everyone alone. Erica said if people keep Veronica, that means that they trust her and there are more people that they would be able to work with together. Veronica said she would like to be able to know where Erica stands by morning even though she doesn’t expect that it will be a tie.

4:00-5:00 PM: After Veronica left the HoH room, Merron took his turn speaking to Erica. Merron asked Erica how she feels about the whole situation. Erica said she feels good since she thinks that Veronica is going home. Merron said he thinks so too. Erica told Merron that these people are sheep, so it’s unlikely that there will be a split vote since they would rather take out someone they trust than split the house. Erica listed off Ali, Olivia, Hamza, Will, Derek and Kaela are the only ones who would be willing to take a stand by not voting with the house. Merron asked if Erica has had a chance to speak with Maddy. Erica said she told Maddy that she will feel silly if she goes against her gut, so go with her gut. Erica thinks Maddy is voting to evict Veronica. Merron said Maddy is the last one who he has to talk to. Merron then spoke to Maddy. Merron told Maddy that he and Veronica promised to look out for each other no matter what. Merron said he realized that he can’t trust Veronica once she started campaigning for him to go home. Merron said he wont ask who she is voting for, though he would like to know just before the vote. Maddy said she wouldn’t want to blindside him. Next up, Merron spoke to Kaela. She said she would prefer to have Merron there but she needs to figure out why Hamza ran to Veronica to tell him she is trying to make a four with Hamza and Merron. Kaela said she told Hamza things in confidence, yet Hamza went straight to Veronica with it. Elsewhere, Ali told Erica and Olivia that Paras is showing super suspect behaviour, throwing them under the bus, even after their chat about working together. Ali asked if they should let it slide. Erica suggested letting it slide until Veronica is out. Erica said they can’t include Paras in any kind of talks moving forward. Ali said they wont be able to include Will either, cause he will tell Paras since they can’t let Will know that they do not trust her. Erica said she doesn’t like that. She wondered if they should call Paras out. Olivia said they should wait until Veronica is out before talking to Will about it. Erica said this works to their benefit in a sense that they know Paras is shady. Olivia added that Paras doesn’t know that they know. Ali said they will let her keep spilling her tea.

7:00-8:00 PM: Feeds returned after being down for another couple of hours. Paras and Will talked about the six that they created with Ali, Erica, Johnny and Olivia. Will said they could always spill the beans about it, getting Veronica to stay. Paras said she think they are being pulled in to be used for now to eliminate their own numbers, then they will be turned on. Paras said she finds it funny that they didn’t get approached until Erica started freaking out that Veronica might stay. Will said Erica wouldn’t be able to compete for HoH, so the only two that they would have to worry about are Ali and Olivia if they keep Veronica. However, Will said it might be too shady now. Paras said it could be. Veronica then joined them. She said she plans to speak to Derek and Kaela once more. After that, she said that she will let it be. Veronica acknowledged that she could be going home. She said she will have a killer speech to make people look like the sheep that they are. Veronica said Will and Paras are the one guy and one girl that she would want to win the game. Veronica said she will tell them some secrets that she hasn’t told anyone else if she is going to leave.

8:00-9:00 PM: Will told Derek, Kaela and Paras he is pretty sure that Veronica is going home. Will said he is going to vote for her to stay just like Derek voted for Jesse to stay. Kaela said they wouldn’t expect anything different. Will said Veronica knows that she is going home. Kaela commented that Paras is being very quiet. She said that she is thinking. Paras revealed that he gut is telling her to keep Veronica but her head is telling her to evict her. Paras was then called to the diary room. Kaela asked Will if Paras is okay. Will said she knows Veronica is going home but isn’t sure if it’s the right move. Kaela said Paras should vote to keep Veronica if it’s best for her game. Kaela added that it’s not about voting with the house. She pointed out that Veronica might stay if everyone just votes the way that they want to vote. Kaela said she is not telling people which way she is voting because people are claiming that she is the deciding vote when she only has one vote. Hamza joined them. Will said Veronica is going home but he is going to be giving her a vote. Paras returned. She said the reason her gut is telling her that evicting Veronica is the wrong move is because it’s not the first time that she is getting rid of someone who is not coming after her or the people that she wants to stay. Derek said that makes sense. Kaela said that’s valid but she cannot tell if Veronica is lying to her or to other people. Up in the HoH room, Will informed Merron that he is voting for Veronica to stay. Will said he doesn’t want anyone to go home with zero votes. Merron said he understands and is not upset with Will at all. Merron said he thought it would have been closer than a 9-1 vote. Will said i’s nothing against him, and it’s like a friendship vote for Veronica.

9:00-10:00 PM: In the bathroom, Hamza encouraged Veronica to blow up everyone’s games. He said it would be an epic move. Veronica said she is going to do what she wants to do, and she already knows that that is. Hamza brought up that she shouldn’t blow things up if she thinks that she has a fighting chance. Veronica questioned if he thinks that she would be spending the day getting drunk and just chilling with people if she had a fighting chance. Veronica said she is having fun during her last day in the house. Out by the hot tub, Veronica told Will she has a couple of secrets to tell him before she goes. Will pleaded with her to tell him now. Veronica said no. Will swore on his kid that he wont tell anyone, including Paras, what she says. At that point, Veronica said she will reveal one of the secrets. She then told Will that Kaela offered her a Final 2. She went on to say that Kaela approached her because she is a rugby player who has been playing the game for 11 years now. Veronica said Kaela is probably stronger than Erica is, yet she decided to come into the house telling people that she is small and weak. In the pantry, Paras told Erica that she has seen a sneaky side of Kaela of late. She talked about getting a vibe that she needs to be careful with Derek and Kaela, but more so Kaela. Paras mentioned the showmance wont say which way they are voting even though they know. Erica said Derek and Kaela are not on her radar right now. Will then asked to speak to Erica. He said it seems as though everyone is voting Veronica out, so he would like to give her a sympathy vote. Erica said she doesn’t want it to be a unanimous vote. Will said he will continue to fish around to make sure that no one else is voting Merron out or else he wont do it. Will then let Erica know that Veronica told him a couple of secrets. Will said he swore not to tell but he had his toes cross when he did that. Will revealed that Kaela made a Final 2 with Veronica, and she is a rugby player. Erica said she appreciates Will telling her. Erica said she wouldn’t tell anyone else.

10:00-11:00 PM: Will asked Maddy where her vote is at. Maddy said she cannot vote to keep Veronica if she is not in the majority. Will said he will give Veronica a pity vote, so vote for Merron to stay. Maddy said she can’t do that since she has to try to fix things with Erica. Maddy asked Will who he thinks is the biggest obstacle in his game right now. Will said Erica. Maddy said they don’t have the numbers to get her out any time soon. Maddy mentioned that the two of them and Paras all have the same top target. Maddy said that if Erica is the biggest obstacle, they need to start taking out votes for Erica. Maddy stressed that her votes would have to go on the block right away, and they have to put another vote for Erica up if one of them comes down. Specifically, Maddy talked about nominating Ali and Olivia. When Will said he would like to see Ryan go home, Maddy said Ryan is always going to vote with the majority. Maddy said they should let somebody else go after Derek and Kaela. Maddy thinks that they are okay in the short term but not in the long term. Maddy said Johnny is going to make the difference for them if they are able to get him on their side instead of Erica’s side. Will said the sooner that Merron goes, the better. He pointed out that Merron makes Hamza more dangerous. Maddy said the reality is that they cannot win HoH for a couple more weeks. She doesn’t think that they would have the numbers to do anything. Will said he would rather have someone else win during the double, then he will go for the next HoH. Maddy said that makes sense but she will have to fight for HoH if she is left in the competition with Ali and Olivia. Maddy said they need to be so patient in getting Erica out. She thinks that if they take her out at the right time, it almost wins them the game.

11:00-12:00 AM: Veronica told Kaela it would kill her to have made a pact with Kaela only to go home based on Kaela hearing stuff from other people. Veronica said Derek and Kaela’s names have never came out of her mouth in a negative way. Veronica said her thing has always been to work with the big threats. Veronica reassured Kaela that she would choose her over anyone else due to their rugby alliance. Veronica said their pact was 150% real, will stay 150% real, and she will hunt the people down who are coming after them. Veronica said she will no longer be working with Hamza. Veronica explained that Hamza pulled a lot of strings last week, and he admitted he knew that Jesse was going to go all along. Veronica said that Hamza was also just trying to get her to call everyone out, including the showmance. Afterwards, Kaela told Derek she doesn’t trust Hamza. She said she is going to backdoor him the first chance that she gets. Kaela filled Derek in on what Veronica had said. Derek said he i son board with Kaela’s plan to target Hamza.

Live Feed Updates Wednesday, March 28th

March 28, 2018

 Live Feed Updates Wednesday, March 28th
Veronica- Some people have hidden big secrets in this house. It's not something big enough that would benefit me at all. Will- You dont know. You know your word is safe with me. Swear on my son's life. Veronica- It doesnt need to be told to you right now 
Veronica- You thought you could get rid of me, bitchesssssssss! Hamza- I still think you should blow up everyone's game. You can start with me. I dont give a fuck. It would be hilarious and pin the whole house against everybody 
Veronica to Hamza/Will- Fuck every fucking sheep in the house right now. I'm a fucking big bad wolf. If you think I was put in the house the way I did, and tomorrow is going to be the last fucking time you see me, that's a fucking joke 
Hamza- Unless you think you have a fighting chance... Veronica- Do you think if I thought I had a fighting chance that I would be spending the day getting drunk and just chilling with people? Fuck it. I'm having fun in my last day 
Hamza- Blow up every fucking person's game in this house. If you are walking out, blow up everyone's game. That would be an epic move. Veronica- I'm going to do what I want to do. You guys dont need to tell me what to do 
Veronica to Will- She (Kaela) played from grade 9 until now, which is 11 years. She was like "my game was to come in and pretend I am weak and small". She is a strong, athletic player. She is probably stronger than Erica 
Veronica to Will- I will tell you one thing. I have three other ones to tell you tomorrow. Kaela asked me to be a Final 2 with her. She wants people to think she is small and not that strong. She has been playing rugby for 11 years. She plays for her team in her city 
Hamza- Do you think she (Veronica) has a chance? Will- She could have. Hamza- What about Paras and Maddy? Will- I kind of told them to back off 
Hamza to Will- I dont want me and you to be targets cause of one person (Veronica). Everybody likes him (Merron). One day they are going to want to get rid of him. Me and you are going to say we'll get rid of him cause me and you have been together since Day 1 
Will- It's nothing against you. It's like a friendship vote. Merron- I get it. I 100% understand. I am not upset with you 
Merron- I dont even know what to say. I love V, bro. For Jesse, I wasnt even that close with Jesse and it still hurt. It crushed me to send him home. Will- You'd be hurt walking out with no votes. Merron- That's so true now that I think about it 
Merron- I honestly thought it would be a little closer. I didnt think it would be 9-1. Will- She hasnt been talking game with anyone. Last night she had a big heart to heart with everyone in the white room. She cried herself to sleep 
Will- You dont want no one to go home with no votes. 100% you are staying. I even told V that last night. She knows. Merron- I feel bad, man 
Will told Merron that if he fought for Veronica, she probably could have stayed. Will said he didnt do it because he wanted to improve his game 
Kaela to Derek/Paras/Will- I dont know if she (Veronica) is lying to me or lying to the other people. I dont know which lie is the real lie 
Paras- I think the reason my gut is telling me this is the wrong call is because this is not the first time I'm getting rid of someone who is not coming for me or the people that I want to stay. Derek- Makes sense. Kaela- Very valid 
Hamza- It's not going to piss me off if she (Veronica) stays. It's fine. I just cant vote against Merron. Will- She is not staying. She dont have the numbers to stay. I'm just not sending her home with no votes 
Will- V is going home. Hamza- I know. Will- But I am giving her my vote. Hamza- If she stays, I'd be shocked. Will- It's Big Brother, man. Hamza- It is Big Brother. I would still be shocked 
Kaela to Will- Why does everyone have to vote the same? It doesnt make sense. That's why I wont say where I'm voting. I'm not the deciding vote. I am one vote 
Kaela to Will- If it's right for her (Paras') game then vote to keep her. That's the whole point of voting. It's not about going with the house. If everybody did what they wanted, maybe she would stay. I dont get that 
Kaela- Is Paras okay? She does not seem okay. Will- She knows V is going home whether it's going to be the right or wrong move 
Kaela- You are being very quiet, Paras. Paras- I am thinking. Kaela- About the eviction? Paras- About the eviction. My gut is telling me it's the wrong move but my head is telling me it's the right one 
Will- She (Veronica) knows she is going home. Derek- I had a good chat with her today. I said either way, come to me before. Will- I said we are not going to have the votes to keep you 
Will- Fuck this house. Veronica- Fuck this house. They are all sheep. Will- I have fucking plans up my sleeve. Just wait 
Will- I'm just putting it out there that going into tomorrow's competition, I am fucking here to play and win that 100 grand. Veronica- I'm rooting for you 
Will- I'm going to tell her (Erica) straight up "I am voting for V tomorrow". Veronica- That's what I was saying to everyone. I dont want to go out with no votes. If everyone voted how they wanted, it would be 4-6 
Paras to Erica- I feel like I have seen this really sneaky side to Kaela this past week. I cant even pinpoint to you one specific thing

Live Feed Updates Wednesday, March 28th

March 28, 2018

Live Feed Updates Wednesday, March 28th
The feeds have been down almost all day. Catch up on the bit of talk that took place while they were on here!
2:00-3:00 PM: Feeds returned after being down for the entire day. Will let Ryan know he isn’t going to tell Veronica what’s happening until tonight. Ryan thinks Veronica already understands that she doesn’t have the votes. Ryan said he might not be the right person to do it. Ryan also said that telling Veronica tonight, making her go wild tomorrow, might not be the best idea. Will mentioned that he could have fought for Veronica but there is going to be less of a target on his back if she goes. Will added that Veronica is a big competitor that he wont have to go up against in the end. Ryan brought up that it would have been tough to get six votes with the red/white room divide going on. Will asked Ryan who it would be smartest to go after. He said he really doesn’t know. Ryan said you have to nominate two people from the same bed in the red room. Ryan told Will he might lose respect if he doesn’t vote for Veronica. Will said that nobody deserves to go out of the house with no votes. In the HoH room, Derek and Veronica talked things over. Derek brought up that Veronica told Jesse he was good for three days straight. Derek said he is still kind of angered over what happened, but he is still trying to consider the game and emotional side of things. Derek admitted part of him thinks about getting revenge for Jesse, while part of him thinks about working together with Veronica to win competitions and pick people off. As for Merron, Derek said he doesn’t have anything concrete with him. Derek told Veronica he is sitting on the fence cause he doesn’t know how much he can really trust her. Derek said he is a believer in second chances in real life, but it’s tougher to think that way in the game. Derek worried that Veronica would nominate Kaela next to him if she wins HoH. He pointed out that they have broken trust, and he has no trust with Merron. Derek said Five’s Company means something to him but he questions if it really means something when he thinks of things that people have done or said. Derek said there are stronger players on one side but he has to determine if he trusts them as much as the other side. Veronica said she will lay everything out on the table since Derek just did that for her. Veronica said a lot of what happened last week was due to Hamza’s ideas. Veronica explained that she truly believed for three days that Jesse was safe. Veronica revealed that Hamza eventually said he had a plan the whole time to get Jesse out. Veronica said she is unlikely to work with Hamza if she stays in the game. Veronica told Derek she knows that she broke the trust with him and Kaela. Veronica said Derek is voting in the direction of people who want the showmance out of the house if he votes her out. Veronica said she has four solid votes but needs Derek and Kaela to get her to six. Veronica assured Derek that she would do everything in her power to protect whoever keeps her safe.

3:00-4:00 PM: Veronica continued speaking to Derek, telling him that she has wanted to work with him and with Kaela. Derek said he wants to know that her mind is not going to switch. He brought up Veronica saying that her mind changes quickly. Veronica stressed that she is going to be loyal, and she wants to work with all of the threats before duking it out in the end. Veronica asked that Derek take a leap of faith with her, trusting that she made a mistake in what she did with Jesse. Derek reiterated that he has to decide if he can trust her, cause she is someone he would want on his side because she is a strong player. Derek suggested that Veronica have a conversation with Kaela, then they will have one together. Veronica pointed out that Merron is going to continue to play Hamza game if he stays. Derek said he doesn’t want to tell Veronica that he has her 100% if he doesn’t mean it, so he cannot commit to anything at the moment. Veronica talked about wanting to put her potential votes in a room together, and then she will leave them to discuss things. Derek worried that if Ali, Erica and Olivia see him in a room talking with six people, it could seal that they are targeted. Derek said he is open to the idea of getting into a room with a couple of people at a time. Veronica said she will figure out a way to do it. Veronica said she will touch base with Derek again closer to Thursday. She told Derek she truly agreed with everything that he had to say. Out in the yard, Johnny let Merron know that Veronica wants to pull all of her potential votes in to a room. He told Merron not to worry if it happens, but he doesn’t even know if everyone will agree to it. Merron asked Johnny if he told Veronica that he is voting for him to stay. Johnny explained that he basically said it without saying it outright. Back in the HoH room, Veronica spoke to Erica. Veronica asked if any progress has been made between the two of them. Erica said she appreciated Veronica’s speech yesterday. Veronica talked about making mistakes last week and not being able to prove that she can be trusted unless she stays in the game. Erica explained that she needs to leave it in the hands of the house, as the two of them can’t go against everyone alone. Erica said if people keep Veronica, that means that they trust her and there are more people that they would be able to work with together. Veronica said she would like to be able to know where Erica stands by morning even though she doesn’t expect that it will be a tie.

4:00-5:00 PM: After Veronica left the HoH room, Merron took his turn speaking to Erica. Merron asked Erica how she feels about the whole situation. Erica said she feels good since she thinks that Veronica is going home. Merron said he thinks so too. Erica told Merron that these people are sheep, so it’s unlikely that there will be a split vote since they would rather take out someone they trust than split the house. Erica listed off Ali, Olivia, Hamza, Will, Derek and Kaela are the only ones who would be willing to take a stand by not voting with the house. Merron asked if Erica has had a chance to speak with Maddy. Erica said she told Maddy that she will feel silly if she goes against her gut, so go with her gut. Erica thinks Maddy is voting to evict Veronica. Merron said Maddy is the last one who he has to talk to. Merron then spoke to Maddy. Merron told Maddy that he and Veronica promised to look out for each other no matter what. Merron said he realized that he can’t trust Veronica once she started campaigning for him to go home. Merron said he wont ask who she is voting for, though he would like to know just before the vote. Maddy said she wouldn’t want to blindside him. Next up, Merron spoke to Kaela. She said she would prefer to have Merron there but she needs to figure out why Hamza ran to Veronica to tell him she is trying to make a four with Hamza and Merron. Kaela said she told Hamza things in confidence, yet Hamza went straight to Veronica with it. Elsewhere, Ali told Erica and Olivia that Paras is showing super suspect behaviour, throwing them under the bus, even after their chat about working together. Ali asked if they should let it slide. Erica suggested letting it slide until Veronica is out. Erica said they can’t include Paras in any kind of talks moving forward. Ali said they wont be able to include Will either, cause he will tell Paras since they can’t let Will know that they do not trust her. Erica said she doesn’t like that. She wondered if they should call Paras out. Olivia said they should wait until Veronica is out before talking to Will about it. Erica said this works to their benefit in a sense that they know Paras is shady. Olivia added that Paras doesn’t know that they know. Ali said they will let her keep spilling her tea.

House Meeting VERONICA CLEARS THE AIR?

March 27, 2018

House Meeting VERONICA CLEARS THE AIR?
Everyone has gathered in the living room, Veronica starts explaining herself as best she can. She starts by saying people in the house are being “Fake ” with her by telling her what they think she wants to hear.She says it is sad that it has come to this. She states that she isn’t going to hold that fact against anyone.

Let’s talk about last week as that is when things changed for me. It was my first full week in the house, the first time I got to vote. I learned a lesson last week I had spent 3 days telling Jesse that I had his back, that he was safe. She then states that she wanted to support the only person in the house who she thought had her back that being Hamza. She explains that the 2 of them went back and forth. At one point because they felt Olivia felt too safe they were going to tell her she was going. Then they flipped again and decided no Jesse had to go. She asks if it was both of us why am I accused of flip flopping?

Let’s now talk about the hug Jesse and I shared 10 minutes before he was evicted that those of you who saw it said was shady! She explains Jesse had spent 3 days trying to get her to vote to keep him, he then makes a last ditch effort and excludes her. Her feelings were hurt, they hugged it out as that is what you do when you play BIG BROTHER!!

Now Lets talk about the ROGUE VOTE Hamza told several of us if we wanted to throw a vote to Jesse we could. I argued NO. I got upset when Jesse left because he threw Kaela’s and my name out there as the possible 2nd vote. He then walked out without explaining. She says it upset her that people she thought trusted her could doubt her so easily, it bothers her that they would question her loyalty. ( Of course we all know she did vote Olivia ). She tosses out some other house guests names who could have voted for Olivia. Ali who said she would vote Jesse out may have wanted to stir the pot because we would not question her vote as she is close to Olivia. Ryan could have cause you all say he is shady. Or even Kaela as she was friends with Jesse.

Lastly she says There are 2 types of players in this house Real players who play the game and Shitty players who lie all the time. Some of you are being shitty to me I just want to know if it is my last 2 days in the house to tell me so I can have fun with those of you I like. I have never told anyone I would be a shield for them I have said use me as a shield but some of you have told others that I said I would be your shield. I am upset at the way I was put on the block as I wasn’t given the chance to play for the VETO.

She tells her fellow housemates to Vote her out if she is a threat to their game. But not to vote her out because of a vote that doesn’t mean anything. Don’t vote me out because you want to go with the house or with the HOH Erica as she doesn’t want sheep in here.She tells them if you don’t have my back don’t tell me you do as that makes you the liar not me.

Finally she tells them to vote for themselves–that they can go in that room vote and not have to tell anyone who they voted for. Paras interrupts her by saying I will not tell you I 100% have your back as I don’t know. Veronica thanks her for that. She says this maybe the wrong move but she feels good about doing this with all of them here. She says if you want to talk to me privately I will be around.

Veronica heads upstairs while the rest of the house guests digest everything she has said.

Live Feed Updates Wednesday , March 27th

March 27, 2018

Live Feed Updates Wednesday , March 27th
12:00-1:00 AM: Paras told Johnny she wishes that people would be straight up. Paras mentioned she told Veronica that things are not looking good. She said she doesn’t want Veronica to think she is staying when she is not. Paras then asked if they are 100% not keeping her. Johnny said he thinks so. Will then came outside. Johnny asked him when he is going to talk to Veronica. Will said he will tell her tomorrow night. Will explained that he would love to give Veronica a vote because it is going to crush her if he doesn’t, but he is worried that people will lose trust in him if he does that. Johnny said they can maybe discuss that tomorrow. Johnny told Will it’s important that they push for Maddy to stay. He pointed out that Maddy would be a jury vote for them. Will agreed that they should push for Maddy to stay. Up in the HoH room, Ali told Erica and Olivia that while they now have the six person alliance, it’s the four of them above the six. She said they had to scoop up Paras and Will before someone else did. The girls then talked about it being too soon to go after Derek and Kaela. In the red room, Paras told Johnny she feels so bad for Veronica. She admitted that she is still going back and forth in her head. Johnny said he is doing the same but he thinks that they are in too deep at this point. Johnny told Paras the same thing that he told Will with regards to keeping Maddy in the game to be a jury vote for them if they are up against Ali, Erica or Olivia.

Veronica spoke to Johnny about potentially getting her voters in a room to discuss the plan. Johnny said he doesn’t think that it will work, and it’s likely that it will turn into them saying they are sorry that they cannot keep her. Veronica said that’s fine since she would then know. Johnny said he doesn’t think that people are being straightforward with Veronica. Veronica agreed, saying that’s why she held the house meeting today. Veronica doesn’t think that they will continue to lie if she brings everyone into a room. Later, Veronica spoke to Paras about bringing people into a room. Paras said she doesn’t think that Derek and Kaela are voting to keep her. Paras said she thought they might be on board yesterday, but now they will not give her a straight answer since they don’t want their names being mentioned as votes. Paras explained that her gut is telling her she needs to keep Veronica, but she doesn’t think it’s smart to draw a line in the sand right before the double. Paras said she has gone back and forth on the decision four times today. Paras reiterated that she doesn’t believe Derek and Kaela will keep Veronica, but she knows she will regret it if she doesn’t keep her. Veronica asked that Paras join those two, Johnny, Maddy and Will in a room to discuss the vote. Paras said they can do that tomorrow night.

Summary Tuesday , March 27th

March 27, 2018

Summary Tuesday , March 27th
Live Feed Updates Tuesday , March 27th
9:00-10:00 AM: Paras told Will she doesn’t like that Maddy is a total Ryan, asking for details on what she is talking about with people when she comes out of a room. Will said Maddy is trying to be someone that she is not. Will asked Paras if she talked to Derek and Kaela last night. Paras said the vote is still undecided. Will said Hamza sketches him out sometimes. He pointed out that Hamza is so close to Erica. Paras thinks that those two are working together for sure. Up in the HoH room, Erica told Johnny and Olivia that she has no desire to work with anyone if they are believing Veronica’s pitches. Erica said the week is turning into whether you are on Team Erica or Team Veronica, which is not how she wanted the week to play out. Johnny said the most important thing for him through this is to manage his relationship with Will. Erica said she doesn’t want to further sketch Johnny out about Derek and Kaela, but even she is sketched out with them at the moment. Erica figured it was in part due to not speaking with them yet.

10:00-11:00 AM: Erica and Ryan spoke in the HoH room. They discussed that Veronica is pitching to people that she will be a shield for them, though she cannot possibly be a shield for everyone. Erica said Veronica even pitched that to her. Merron then spoke to Erica. Erica said Ryan just spoke to her in order to let her know that he is keeping Merron no matter what he says to anyone. Erica said she believes that 100%, so they have Ali, Olivia, Ryan and Hamza. Erica said they only need one more, which they have 100%. Merron asked who it is. Erica said Johnny. Merron wasn’t so sure about that. Erica said Paras is also bordering on a yes. Erica advised Merron to ask people who they would rather be competing against out of Veronica and himself when he campaigns. Merron said he once believed that Derek and Kaela were the key to him staying, but he isn’t sure that that’s the case anymore. Erica agreed. Merron revealed that he is considering not even pitching to them anymore. While he said he has mentioned they will be his target, Merron and Erica discussed having him say his targets will depend on how the vote goes.

11:00-12:00 PM: Merron told Erica he doesn’t want Derek and Kaela to keep him. He said it would make it so much easier to target them. Once a fifth vote is locked in, Merron expects everyone to jump on board. Erica said she thinks that they already have five. Erica said her plan with Veronica is to say she is kind of regretting her decision since she thinks that she can work with her, but she is nervous that Veronica doesn’t have a solid alliance to bring her in on. Erica hopes that it will bait Veronica into exposing Five’s Company so that she can then use as leverage. Erica told Merron that Derek and Kaela pushed so hard for this move, yet she then found out that they are in an alliance with Veronica. Merron said that’s so messed up. Erica said Johnny is looking for justification to vote Veronica out, so getting the Five’s Company alliance out of her would be ideal. Kaela then spoke to Erica. She let Erica know that Paras was hardcore campaigning for Veronica yesterday, saying that Veronica will go after Erica and the girls on that side. Erica said she heard, and she is surprised that people are buying the BS from Veronica. Both girls agreed that Paras is smarter than she lets on. Erica admitted she doesn’t really know where Derek and Kaela’s heads are at since they could make use of a shield as big targets themselves. Kaela said she has chosen her side and her mind is not going to change. Kaela told Erica that she needs to worry about Maddy since she is leaning towards keeping Veronica right now. Kaela said Veronica is claiming to have four guaranteed votes in Maddy, Paras, Will and Johnny. Kaela said Johnny is playing the exact same game as Maddy and Ryan are, going with the house on everything. Erica said Veronica pitched to her that she has five solid in Derek, Kaela, Hamza, Will and herself. Kaela said that’s cool. Erica let Kaela know that she feels so solid with her that it’s almost scary. Kaela said she feels good with Ali and Olivia but Erica is way above them. Erica said there is no questions that she would keep Kaela over Derek if it came down to it.

12:00-1:00 PM: Erica told Maddy that she doesn’t want Merron to go home, and she doesn’t want to gamble with his life in this game, but this week is going to show her where she stands with everyone. Erica said she knows that Maddy is going to be in a tough position. Maddy said she will since Veronica campaigned for her but Erica use the veto on her. Maddy told Erica she doesn’t think that she will be on Veronica’s radar any time soon, but she has to consider that she would not to be on the block next to Veronica who is capable of saying anything and everything to save herself. Maddy said she doesn’t want to be looking Veronica in the eye and lying to her. Maddy said she doesn’t think that people are looking beyond Veronica’s campaign to think about what would happen if she stays. Erica told Maddy she trusts that what Maddy told her is legit, and she feels as though they are making strides. Maddy agreed. Erica said she didn’t know where Maddy’s head was at coming into the week, but now she is understanding her head space since they are thinking the same. The girls assured each other that they are not conspiring against each other. In the red room, Ali reassured Will that they have his back. Ali said they have to take out a couple of flip floppers before they go after Derek and Kaela, otherwise whoever remains out of Derek and Kaela will be able to rally the flip floppers. Ali said she would love for Hamza to take a shot at Derek and Kaela, or she would love to be the one taking the shot herself. Ali said she feels good with Will, Paras, Erica, Johnny and Olivia. She added that the only people who are question marks to her are Maddy, Merron, Ryan and Hamza. Ali pointed out that the two of them, Erica, Johnny, Olivia and Paras would be the majority of the house. Will said he feels good with those people. Will then spoke to Erica. She said Ali, Olivia, Johnny, Derek, Kaela, Maddy, Paras and Hamza wont put him up, meaning that he is in the best spot in the house. Will said he wants to have numbers and know that people will fight in the veto comp for him if he is on the block. Erica said she wont hold it against Will if he doesn’t vote Veronica out, but the people who vote in the other direction are going to be screwed if it’s something like a 6-4 spilt. Will asked Erica if she can see herself working with him if Veronica leaves. Erica said yes. She said she just had that conversation with a number of people. Erica asked if Will would feel better if she can guarantee him safety in the double. Will said 100%.

1:00-2:00 PM: Ali, Erica and Will assured each other that they have each other’s backs in the double eviction. They discussed working together as a six with Johnny, Olivia and Paras. Will talked about being willing to send Veronica out the door to show his loyalty to the group. Will pinky swore with Erica that he will make it happen to send Veronica home. He said he wants to go far with her in this game. Will said they can battle it out in the Final 3 or 4. Later, Will let Johnny know that he had a really good chat with Ali and Erica. Johnny said his dreams are coming together. Will said the girls want to have a chat tonight, and bring a few others into the room. Will listed off the two of them, Ali, Erica, Olivia and Paras. Will said he is going to send Veronica home. Johnny said he hates himself for doing the same thing. Will said it’s best for his game. Will asked if she should tell Erica about Five’s Company. Johnny said Will should because he thinks that Hamza may have told her already. Johnny told Will not to tell Erica that he knew about the alliance. Will said the two of them and Erica can go to the Final 3, as those are the two people that he feels most comfortable with. Will said he wants to get the lie out of Veronica that she voted to evict Olivia before he votes her out. The two agreed that their decision is strictly game since they like Veronica on a personal level. Johnny encouraged Will to get in good with Olivia. Will said he might try to be a bit flirty with her. Will then spoke to Merron, letting him know that he feels better about keeping him over Veronica. Will said his mind is not made up 100% but he knows that they will both have his back, and he will remain associated with Veronica if she stays. Will said he might be able to sway some other votes as well. Merron said he thinks it could end up being unanimous once people find out which way Will is voting. Will said he feels bad if it Veronica doesn’t get a vote. Merron said if it’s clear that he is staying, he wont mind if Will gives Veronica a vote. In the living room, Paras told Maddy that Veronica is such an idiot. Paras said they could have saved her if she had stayed true to what she promised them. Maddy said she doesn’t think that they should keep Veronica. Paras agreed. Maddy told Paras that they aren’t on Erica’s radar. Paras said Veronica promised everybody the world even though she told her not to do that. Paras mentioned that Veronica is even making promises to Erica, and she is of no use to her if she is not targeting Erica. Maddy agreed. The girls discussed that Will is going to need them even more than before if Veronica is gone.

2:00-3:00 PM: Will asked Veronica about being the rogue vote. She denied it and said it’s fair to ask but she doesn’t get why people haven’t asked Kaela as much as they have asked her. Hamza joined them. He said he is tired of fake people. Veronica said she wishes that people would be straight up. Hamza said they will continue to be fake. He advised Veronica to call a house meeting to call everyone out. Will said to do it. Hamza told Veronica that it would be epic. Veronica asked how she should call them out. Will said to let everyone know that she was not the rogue vote. He said that being genuine goes a long way. Hamza said to go off on everyone cause they are telling her what she wants to hear. Veronica said she has no problem with calling a house meeting. Hamza said the reason why Ika got called back after leaving week four is because she called everyone out. Veronica said it’s a good idea since she can do it without throwing names under the bus. Hamza told Veronica to say the line “we are all adults in this house. Vote the way that you want”. Veronica said it’s a good idea and she is pumped up.

3:00-4:00 PM: Veronica gathered the houseguests in the living room. She said she didn’t want to have to do this but she has nothing to lose. Veronica said she is pretty angry right now, and she might cry cause she is really upset. Veronica said a lot of people are being fake to her and telling her what she wants to hear. Veronica said she knows that people are in a room with her telling her one thing, then going in another room to tell people something else. Veronica said people have her back that they don’t even suspect have her back. She told them told draw the line in the sand rather than worry about going along with what the house wants. Veronica said Erica is the type of HoH who wants people to do what they want to do. Veronica admitted to making mistakes last week, so she said she will walk them through what happened. Veronica said she and Hamza decided that Olivia and Jesse were going on the block, and Olivia was going home. Veronica said she then told Jesse for three days that he was safe because she felt that he was. Veronica explained that she then spoke more game with Hamza and they realized that they wanted Olivia to stay. Veronica admitted to stirring things up by telling Olivia that she was not safe at one point, as that was what Hamza wanted to do. Veronica said Jesse gave them a great pitch by saying he would target the showmance. Veronica said everyone in the house was flip flopping last week, so they should not base their trust in her off of her first week of really playing the game and having a vote. Veronica told the group it’s unfair for them to ask her who she would put on the block. She said she didn’t know but she would sit down with the people who have her back to discuss it. Veronica then went on about the vote last week. She questioned who they are to say that she 100% voted to evict Olivia. Veronica said it could be any one of them. Veronica stressed that people should talk to her if they have concerns. Veronica mentioned people saying that she is promising to be a shield for everyone. Veronica said she told them to use her as a shield, but she didn’t promise anything to anyone because she is not in a position to do so. Veronica told the houseguests that they are scared. Veronica said to evict her if they think that she is a threat, but don’t evict her because of some rogue vote that doesn’t even matter. Veronica said she will not spend her last two days begging for votes when they already have their minds made up. She said a few people have promised her that they will have her back, so they are shady and are liars if they don’t truly have her back. Paras threw her two cents in, saying she doesn’t want to tell Veronica she 100% has her back when there is still time for things to change. She said Veronica admitted she didn’t want to do that to anyone again after doing that to Jesse last week. Veronica said she appreciates that if people are acting this way for that reason. She encouraged them to go into the diary room and pick a side through their vote. Veronica said she wants people to talk about her, reflect, and possibly see the benefits of keeping her in the game. Veronica then ended the meeting, going off to the bedroom alone. Erica said she doesn’t have an issue with people voting the way that they want to vote. She explained that what she has issue with is them lying about which way they are going to vote. Erica said she appreciates a person that can stand up for what they believe in. Erica said that all of Veronica’s points were valid so she has got nothing to say. Afterwards, Will told Ali, Olivia and Paras about the Five’s Company alliance. Will assured them that the alliance is not actually a thing. He said they cannot have secrets anymore if they are going to work together moving forward. Will explained that he is showing his loyalty to them by sending Veronica home. Ali and Olivia assured Will that they have his back going forward.

4:00-5:00 PM: Paras told Veronica she can’t throw her a vote if she has no other votes, but she will keep trying to get her to stay. Veronica said she wont be able to rally anyone if no one is telling each other the truth. Paras said if Veronica promises everybody everything, her words starts to not mean as much. Paras told Veronica that promising Erica stuff can’t be the truth. Veronica said she knows that people in the house like Erica, so she means it when she says she wont go after Erica for next week. Veronica said she would choose Will, Maddy and Paras over Ali, Erica and Olivia. Veronica explained that people have been twisting her words. Paras said Veronica is 100% better for her game than Merron is, but it would be stupid to throw her game away if the votes aren’t there. Veronica said she gets that. Paras said she has campaigned to Derek, Kaela and Johnny for her since she wants her in the house. Veronica said Johnny has even voiced to Erica that he wants her to stay this week. As for Derek and Kaela, Veronica said they told her today that they will vote for her if she has the votes to stay. Paras said that if they decide to keep her, she has to take a shot at Erica since they would be going against Erica by keeping her. Veronica said it is going to happen but she doesn’t want to go around telling everybody that it is going to happen. Veronica called Erica the best all around player in the house. Paras said they can take out Erica’s two soldiers if they take her out. Veronica said she would do to Erica exactly what Erica did to her. After Veronica left, Paras said to the cameras that she doesn’t know what to do. She said she can be at the bottom of the alliance with Ali, Erica and Olivia, or she can take a shot at Erica by keeping Veronica. In the white room, Paras explained to the cameras that she wanted to keep Veronica but then Erica offered her something good by offering her a spot in the six. Paras said shots will be fired if the line is drawn by keeping Veronica. She talked about loving a split house as a viewer, but she doesn’t know if it’s the right call to be taking shots just prior to a double. Paras worried that Veronica would beat her in a physical veto comp in the double eviction if they are nominated next to each other, but she doesn’t want to keep giving numbers to Erica. Paras said she is so fired up and this is the Big Brother that she signed up for. Paras thinks she gets to make the call on who stays and who goes this week.

5:00-6:00 PM: Paras told Derek and Kaela she knows that Ali and Olivia are still targeting them. She said she hears it all the time. Derek questioned how recently and if it means anything. Paras said she is just trying to have their backs since she made a promise to tell them if their names came up. Paras clarified that she is not trying to stir anything up. Kaela said they know. Derek said he trusts Paras 1000%. Paras said her loyalty is to them at the end of the day.

6:00-7:00 PM: Paras told Derek and Kaela that if Ali and Olivia are coming for them, it might not be a bad idea to keep Veronica since she is a bigger target. However, Paras said she can’t trust anything that comes out of Veronica’s mouth. Kaela said she wants to keep Veronica for that reason, but she doesn’t know if Veronica is lying to her. Derek said he is not threatened by Ali and Olivia wanting them out. Paras said they should vote Veronica out then. Derek said they have all day tomorrow to decide. He said he wants to talk to the nominees again. Derek told Paras they will not let her go into the vote without knowing which way they are voting. Paras said by default she will be voting Veronica out at this point. Derek and Kaela said it’s scary that Veronica could come after them if she stays, whereas Merron is someone who is much more unlikely to win a competition. Derek said he has many reasons to not trust Veronica but few to not trust Merron. After Paras left, Kaela commented to Derek that what bothers her about Paras is that she throws Maddy and Will under the bus all the time, and those two are supposed to be her top allies outside of them. Kaela thinks Paras is trying to cover her own butt so that she is in the middle. In the yard, Erica told Hamza she pretended that she didn’t know about Five’s Company when Will brought it up to her. Hamza said he told Will he should go tell her about it so that she would trust him.

7:00-8:00 PM: Johnny told Paras he is excited about working together with the people that he likes the most. Paras said she realized that they didn’t offer them anything until Erica worried that some backlash could be coming. Johnny said it’s just like he was told that he could have his own independent vote, then now they need it. Despite that, they said they are excited to work together. They agreed to keep Maddy close even though she is on the outside of the six. Johnny and Paras said they feel as though Veronica wouldn’t come after them for a very long time. Paras said it feels like she is making a bit of a dumb move for that reason. Their talk was then interrupted. Paras then told Maddy that they don’t really have to finish their conversation since she talked to Johnny and he wants to vote Veronica out. While Paras thinks that Derek and Kaela can be convinced, she isn’t sure that she wants to go out of her way for Veronica. Maddy said she doesn’t want to go out of her way for Veronica.

8:00-9:00 PM: Veronica campaigned to Derek and Kaela. She said the position that Hamza is in sucks but it shouldn’t matter given that they have Five’s Company. Veronica reminded the showmance that she and Will overheard Olivia saying she wants to target them. Veronica asked if they would be comfortable with joining some people in a room to say that they are voting to keep her. Kaela said she doesn’t think the conversation will go as Veronica expects. Kaela suggested that nobody will say anything just like they wouldn’t when Jesse did the same thing. Veronica said she would like to work with the bigger threats in the house, and there is no benefit to keep Merron when he is just a vote for Hamza. Meanwhile in the HoH room, Ali asked Johnny and Will about the plan for the double. Johnny said he is tempted to nominate Derek and Kaela. Ali said it’s too soon. She pushed for one of the flip floppers to go first so that Derek and Kaela don’t have numbers. Johnny said he believes they can convince the next HoH to knock out the remaining member of the showmance if they take one out. Ali still suggested that a floater should go first. Back in the red room, Veronica told Derek and Kaela that she let Hamza think for her last week when she evicted Jesse. She said Hamza then tried to get her to call them out during the meeting today. Veronica said she doesn’t think that she will be working with Hamza anymore if she stays in the game. Veronica assured Derek and Kaela that they are not her targets. After Veronica left, Kaela told Derek that Hamza is a rat. Derek said he is covering his own butt, and it doesn’t make him trust him any less. Kaela said she can’t believe that Veronica told Erica about their alliance. Kaela talked about not wanting to tell Paras which way they are voting. She expects that Paras will vote whichever way they do, which wont allow them to find out who they can trust. Kaela mentioned that they will solidify trust with Ali, Erica and Olivia by picking a side in this vote. As for the other side, they figured that they could explain their vote by saying that Veronica threw their names out there.

 Live Feed Updates Tuesday , March 27th

March 27, 2018

 Live Feed Updates Tuesday , March 27th
8:30 AM BBT Big Brother has turned the lights on in the bedrooms 
8:35 AM BBT - 11:50 AM BBT
Erica if people are pleading these pitches that is ass backwards logic and im n ot will to work with any of the se people
Erica she come to me and said that if i dont put her on the block she will wnat to work with me and be a shield for me and she is telling the other people the same hing and now people are saying they need Veronica in the house to go after Erica and others are saying they need Erica to go after Veronica and that is what will divide the house
Erica Will come to me and siad this is the best move for my game
Liv he said the same thing to me
Erica i dont want to talk to Maddy
Liv you have to to
Erica i dont want to talk to Maddy and her get mad. Hamza told me a lot of things that are making me paraniod from 1 human.. he's saying he's trying to make me wake up Johnny he's said things to me too
Erica maybe this is his thing to ruffle feathers and i get it let me talk to Will 1st before i blow up his game in case it's harmless fuin
Ali i think there are 6 right now
Erica 5 you Johnny Ali Hamza Paras Will
Liv you are not counting Daela
Erica no i'm hearing things that sketch me out. i want to sit them down individually so i can say im hearing some shit.. and i can say that i heard they are working closely with other people
Erica i need to talk to Ryan and the thing is that Maddy said that she was pushing for Veronica.. 
Liv that was BS cuz Jonnie came to me and said that we need Maddy out she came to me right before veot and said that i need to win
Erica people are fickle. im going to say that Veronica said you were a flip flopper and that she was rallying for her and Merron knew it and that's Merron's whole thing and now he feels like an idiot and people go back on their words and then want to work with them it's insane
Erica if she stays id rather look like the cody of the season.. and say she needs to go and you need to get her out and fo out that way
Liv if i get power im putting up ther floaters
Erica its going to be a lot more obvious to take a shot at and he is saying he's fake tied to others and im wondering how many are faked tied if me and Veroncia come out of this 
Johnny and liv leave
Will trying to take a cold showe
Will it;s not warm at all!
Erica im not showering until it';s warm
Erica downstairs.. she's not going to eat.. she's going to ahve tea. i refuse to be 2 things in my life a smoker and a coffee drinker im too think for someone who is 5'9"
Ryan im locked in. i know you have 4
Erica that makes me feel good. 
Ryan she has to get everyone else and i dont think she can
Erica it's going to be telling how it splits and everyone gets information and then we know who gets to shoot where
Ryan im 100% locked in i havent commited to her.. but i told you befofe the vote that if you had a 3rd nominee im commited
Erica as hoh everyone will say anything and with out promting everyone through Erica under the bus 
Ryan and her pitches are effective.. and there are pitches taht she makes to those that she cant ever get
Erica she pitched a shield to Ali/Liv and she said she will be shield to me. and that it doesn't change anything yes it does! i just called you out in front of canada
Erica i think that she's saying if she;'s not here wh is going to take the shot aat Erica
Ryan whoever wins hoh next no sorry not everyone some.. when you walk with the sheep you walk to the sheep
Erica she said that ryan thinks that im a target and i am a target
Ryan no one likes bad news
Erica id rathether that erica is a big target than under the radar.. and that just means i am playing the game
my strategy coming in ws playing low and then play hard toward the end.. but when that 5 grand came into the play 
Ryan it was funny that you said you werent athletic
Erica im not sporty
Ryan there is a huge difference between sporty and athletic
Erica i can get there for 5 grand.. even in that fishing comp i wanted my family to see me doing good.
Erica i am glad that i won it.. for them to be i won HOH and then won veto and then flipped the house
Ryan i know that the pitch of ronnie saying that she is a shield and not for nothing i think erica can be a shield for me right now im better that Erica is in the house.. 
Ryan i thought that there is no other person i can sit next to aside Veronica to survive but now i feel i can sit next to you and maybe survive
Ryan i was playing pool and i was like it's crazy of they give me this game and 15 other balls for you to elimite not only are you taking a direct shot and you have to sometimes to use another ball to sink your ball
Erica how stone are you?
Ryan this is ecaxtly what we all accomplish and if the white ball goes down bad news but you can pull it back up
Mady if they are keeping V and Johnny keeps V then i can keepo V
Will no way that Erica thinks that V aint staying
Maddy i have to talk to Erica and no way i want to be made out that im a liar and do you think that Hamza would vote to keep V
Will he said he would he wants to do what is best for the team and i hope he doesnt go again his word
Maddy Merron is a great kid
Kaela telling Derek the talk she has with paras last night. Paras said that they will go after V is V stays and V will take a shot at Erica
Kaela she wants to work with us and then work with them she think that ali Liv and her Will want to take a shot at us and Erica said that everything that V was saying to Paras she was saying the same thing to Ali and that paras said that she was going after the other pair in the house who's the other pair? us 
Derek i dont feel good with Paras
Kaela and Johnny chose a side. he's votting to keep Johnny
Derek he did? now that makes it easy to put Johnny up what an idiot
Kaela he cried all night.. he didnt ahve any other friend and then he said that he was with us im going to pretend that Johnny i can trust him but i definitely ahve erica liv ali's back.. 
Kaela and Ryan was he saying anything 
Derek he said it's going to be a 4 - 4 swing. and i asked if he knows where he is voting and he said yes but i didnt push 
Kaela he told erica he would do what the hoh wants.. did he say anything about us he said he was going to get in good with you.. 
Derek yeah.. i think that he thinks if me /Kaela said we're keeping veronica he will voet that way too
Kaela yeah he wants to b with the majority and i dotn want to tell him i just want o tell ali erica and liv and that's it.. it's so weird that we are the deciding vote this week
Derek yeah peolle are such spinless players here it's so annoying
Kaela V is really pushing the 5's company thing it's weird and i brought it up to her and she shaid we have to be all in i was like Hamza is int 5's company and that hamza is voting differnt and has another allaince and i was like we are either all in or we are not
Derek he said that he;'s all in for the team
Kaela he;'s going to do what is good for himself.. he's going to vote her out. if he keeps her he's stupid Merron is hamza's 1. and will is zv's 1 and Hamza is so confident he doesn't think that he needs he can win comps on himself and doesnt need V.. 
Derek you gonna talk to Hamza
Kaela yeah.. im going to say that we were wtih him before 5 company and that if he wants to keep Kerron we want to do what is good for us.and i will say taht i like Merron
Derek i have no doubt in my mind i can beat will in any comp
Kaela yeah his height/weight
Derek we ahve 4 solid votes me you Ali Liv we need at least 1 
Kaela if V has those votes who si she putting up those votes that she doesn't have. but she is pulling whatever out of her butt just like Jesse did
Derek before that 5's company thing us 3 had somehting good with you
Kaela and we like you
Hamza me too
Kala the initial we want to make
Hamza im thinking more with my heart than with my mind
Derek we ahve yor back.. 
Kaela we had that 1st and we had yoru back with taht 1st
Hamza so what we vote out V? i ahve a persoanl connection with Merron
Derek i know that V is a strong competitior. but i dont know how i feel with her putting me up
Hamza she is saying tyhat to eveyone
Kaela she is saying she wants to go after the pairs and she is promising everyone safety then who is she going after you know what i mean 
Derek id rather bank on me winning a comp over Veronica winning a comp and us having safety
Hamza i hope he's not super bitter 
Kaela i would love to bring Merron in
Hamza i think that is a better option
kaela and you are not V's 1 and with Merron you are 
Hamsa i know that and even though she knows 
and feeds flip to Maddy/Veronica
Erica she won 1 comp.. and she cant even lie to me. Do you think she can rally again yo it's not you vs veronica it's V vs me and the people are like if you dont keep Veronica who is going to take the shot at Ericia
Merron i see that she is promising everyone safety if she wins Erica is up there and then who is next to her
Erica pawns go home and im happy that she is on the block and that she is scrambling and not feeling as safe and she though she was and she's not running the house like she thought she was and every person came into this room threw V under the block with out prompting so listen to your gut if your gut tells you to keep Veronica go to the doctor cuz your gut is messed up 
Merron i talked to ali Liv and Ryan. Ryan is locked in im debating if i want to campaign to them. i know how kaela is and derek is easier to talk to 
Merron when i talk to Kaela i dont know if she is listening
Erica the key to Kaela is to get her thinking she thinks 10 steps ahead and you ahve to say if Veronica stays will she take a showmance that far?

Live Feed Updates Tuesday , March 27th

March 26, 2018

Live Feed Updates Tuesday , March 27th
12:00-1:00 AM: Feeds returned after being down for over an hour. In the HoH room, Paras spoke to Erica about wanting to work with her, Ali, Johnny and Olivia. She said she has not yet got anything concrete back from them. Paras assured Erica that she would not be after her in the double. She also said she would not nominate Ali, Johnny or Olivia. Erica said she was talking to Johnny today about being obsessed with Paras. Paras mentioned that she is looking to verbally hear that they the four of them will not come after her until it gets to a point in which they have to. Paras said she doesn’t want to get dropped because she is viewed as just a number, or as a pawn. Erica said Paras is not asking too much. When Paras asked Erica who she is working with, Erica said she is close with Ali, Johnny and Olivia but they don’t have a set thing. When Paras brought Hamza up, Erica said they are buddies but their game moves don’t line up at all. Erica told Paras she is shocked that people are wanting to keep Veronica after they all told her numerous reasons to put her up. Paras said people probably want Veronica to do their dirty work by taking Erica out for them. Erica said they would have Ali, Olivia, and Paras as votes to evict Veronica. Erica said it would be brutal if they don’t have Derek and Kaela, and she isn’t sure if they would have Johnny. Paras said she would think that they would have Johnny. Paras brought up that five people can run the house and be so strong. She said maybe she is naive and the four already have a named alliance without her. Erica said she will go grab everybody. Erica told Olivia that Paras is wanting reassurance that they will have her back. Erica said they should give it to her.
Paras, Ali, Erica and Olivia chatted about working together. Paras said she has been open with them and given them all time to get to know her before committing to something. She said she is at a stage where she would like some security. Ali said that bringing them all together is the first step since it shows that she is serious about working with them. Erica said they are not targeting Paras. Paras asked for reassurance that the girls will fight for her if she is on the block, if she picks them for houseguest’s choice, and vote for her to stay. The girls assured Paras that they have her back. Ali said Paras and Will are the only people from the white room that she would like to work with down the line. Ali said she would feel more comfortable deepening her bond with those two once Veronica is gone. Before the conversation ended, Ali and Erica brought up the Five’s Company alliance. Meanwhile, Veronica campaigned to the Five’s Company alliance. She questioned what the point of having an alliance is if you cannot rely on them when you are on the block. Veronica said she will fight to save them, and fight for the veto, when they are on the block at some point. Veronica told Derek and Kaela she thinks that she will have the votes if they are with her. She listed off Maddy, Paras, Will and Johnny as her possible votes. Veronica swore to God that she will have their backs until it gets down to the end and they have no choice but to target each other. Will said the pact that they made means something to him. Will later told Derek that Erica invited him for Wendy’s in order to plant the seed about Veronica leaving. Will said it was fully planned. Will said Derek and Kaela are going to be the targets if Erica’s side wins HoH next week. He kept stressing that they are going after pairs. Back in the HoH room, Olivia told Ali and Erica that Kaela said Paras was pitching for Veronica to stay, and she told Kaela that she doesn’t trust them. The girls began to wonder if Paras is playing them. Kaela spoke to Olivia again. She said Paras told her that Ali and Olivia are after the showmance. Olivia said Paras just begged them to be a part of their group. Kaela said Paras told her she is stupid if she doesn’t keep Veronica, and Veronica has been telling her that she has votes from Maddy, Paras, Will and Johnny 100% locked in. Kaela mentioned that Johnny must want Veronica to stay in order to go after his allies since he can’t take the shot at them himself. Olivia suggested that Kaela act as though she is on the fence in order to see what Paras says about the vote. Olivia thought that Paras might have felt that she wasn’t in with them but now she does.

Live Feed Updates Mb, March 26tht Paras was campaigning for Veronica. Kaela thinks Paras is too scared to take a shot at the red room but she thinks that Veronica will do it for her. Kaela told Ali that Paras was telling her that Ali and Olivia are after her, and she is blind if she doesn’t see it. Ali and Kaela agreed that they cannot keep Veronica. Kaela listed off the four sure votes that Veronica is claiming to have. Kaela thinks that Maddy can’t be trusted, plus Johnny has chosen his side with this move. Ali said she will wait to see on Johnny. Kaela said she is still on his side but she wants him to wake up and pick a side. Afterwards, Ali and Olivia discussed that they are freaked out about Paras. They also talked about working Johnny. Olivia said it bothers her that he is thinking so selfishly. Olivia then spoke to Erica. She said she doesn’t think the Five’s Company alliance is true. Erica thinks Derek and Kaela are just covering all of their bases. Ali came by a few minutes later. She too believes that Derek and Kaela are on board to evict Veronica. Johnny joined Ali and Erica. Ali said she needs to know where his head is at. Johnny said he thought that they had the votes locked in. When he heard that they do not, Johnny said this is so annoying since he would have advised against this. Johnny is frustrated that he has to put his cards on the table when this was not even his plan. Erica said it worries her that he might not vote Veronica out when she is coming after him. Johnny said he knows where his vote is going but it’s annoying. Johnny wants to be able to tell Veronica he isn’t keeping her because he found out about Five’s Company. Erica plans to ask Hamza if it can be exposed. In the bathroom, Paras told Derek and Kaela she found out some information tonight that is making her think that they shouldn’t keep Veronica. She mentioned that Veronica is making the same deals with everyone. Paras said she will fill them in tomorrow. Paras is also irritated that Veronica is saying that she has her vote when she told her not to say that cause her mind is not made up. Derek told Paras that Will is saying he has her and Maddy 100%. Paras denied it. Derek said they have to be split up since Will is campaigning for Veronica hard. Derek assured Paras that they have her back. Paras said she has Derek and Kaela 100% too. Paras brought up that Will was the deciding vote to send Jesse home, which she will not forget.

Live Feed Updates Monday, March 26th

March 26, 2018

Live Feed Updates Monday, March 26th
Erica uses the PoV on Maddy, nominates Veronica
3:00-4:00 PM: The veto ceremony took place. Erica used the Power of Veto on Maddy. Erica nominated Veronica as the replacement nominee. While feeds were down, the houseguests had all of their food taken away for breaking rules. They are all on slop. Johnny and Veronica were both crying on the couches. Veronica said the only way she is leaving is if people just do what Erica wants or what the house wants. Veronica said it sucks that she has to campaign against Merron. She said she will do it in a respectful way. Veronica listed off her potential votes as Maddy, Paras, Will and Johnny. She said she would then just need to convince Derek and Kaela to vote for her. Johnny said he doesn’t think that Derek and Kaela will keep her if they think that she is going after Erica. Veronica asked if she should wait until tomorrow to campaign. Johnny said yeah, so she can have a day to collect her thoughts. In the yard, Erica asked Veronica if they can talk later. Veronica said yeah. She said yeah. Erica told Veronica she doesn’t want it to seem like she has been faking everything and lying to her. Erica said she is sorry. Veronica said it’s fine, and asked that Erica still hear her out. Veronica argued that there are more benefits to keeping her. Veronica assured Erica that she was never on her radar. Veronica explained that just cause she put her up, it doesn’t mean that she is now on her radar. Veronica vowed to help fight for Erica. Erica admitted that she started to doubt whether or not she could trust Veronica. Veronica said she needs Erica to have a little faith and take a chance on her. Veronica mentioned that anyone who sits next to Merron will go home, where as keeping her around would give Erica someone to fight for her. In the bedroom, Maddy mentioned that Will is obviously keeping Veronica. Will said he doesn’t know for sure. He said he cannot go against the house. Maddy argued that there will never be another chance to get Veronica out. Will said Maddy is probably 100% going home next week if Veronica leaves this week. Will ultimately said that he will do what the majority wants. After Will left the room, Maddy said to the cameras that she cannot vote to keep Veronica.

4:00-5:00 PM: Veronica asked that Erica not let today be a deciding factor. Veronica pleaded with Erica to keep an open mind and give her the opportunity to explain why she is good for her game. Erica said she is willing to hear Veronica out but it can’t be today. Both girls cried throughout the conversation, so Erica wanted to wait until they got past that stage. She said she will sit down with Veronica to bring up every area that she is iffy about when it comes to her game. Veronica swore that she will be honest in what she says. In the living room, Hamza and Will discussed the vote. Hamza said he is willing to keep an open mind but he cannot see himself voting Merron out. Will asked about the Five’s Company alliance. Hamza asked if he really thinks that it’s a thing. Will said 100%. Hamza said that would change things and he would be down to keep Veronica if that’s the case. Hamza and Will then spoke to Derek. Will said he wants to know if they are still aligned, cause he wants to make sure that what they discussed was not just BS. Hamza said it would be tough to vote against Merron, but they will do this as a team if they are going to work together. Derek said he needs some time to digest things and get some good talks in. After Derek left the room, Hamza told Will that Derek and Kaela are not legit. Hamza said they are going to vote Veronica out. Will disagreed. Will thinks Derek and Kaela will keep her since they are big targets themselves. Hamza said they are putting Derek and Kaela up once they flip, then they can work with Erica and Merron instead.

5:00-6:00 PM: Up in the HoH room, Johnny asked Erica about what he should do if there is an effort being made to keep Veronica, and people ask for his vote in order to do so. Erica said she doesn’t see that happening. Erica later brought up telling Will that she wont hold him accountable for his vote, or try to convince him to vote a certain way. Erica said the same applies to Johnny. Erica talked about being willing to sit down with Veronica to hear her out. If the vote changes, Erica wants to be the one in control of that move. She admitted that she doesn’t see it happening. Erica said Veronica is so fickle with her word, so she doesn’t trust anything that comes out of her mouth. Erica plans to bring up the rogue vote to Veronica. If she denies it, Erica said then that’s that. Johnny mentioned that while Erica sees Derek and Kaela as an important piece, he sees people in the white room as important. Erica said Derek and Kaela are important shields since they will always be voted out over you. Johnny wants Maddy, Paras and Will to outlast Derek and Kaela. He talked about wanting to convince them to target Derek and Kaela if they win HoH. Ali joined them. Johnny asked when she wants Derek and Kaela to go. Ali said not for a while since they are the next big targets. Ali thinks that they need those two. Johnny said that’s as long as they are truly on their side. Both Ali and Erica believe that they are. Ali listed of Hamza, Merron, Ryan, Maddy, Paras and Will as people that Derek and Kaela are likely targeting before Johnny. Both Ali and Erica agreed that they would like to see either Derek or Kaela go before Hamza. Out by the hot tub, Will told Maddy and Paras that Veronica was done dirty. He argued that she deserves to be there, not go out like this. Paras said that if they are going to campaign for her to stay, they have to be careful not to list each other off as numbers. Maddy agreed. They want to ensure that people dont see them as a trio. Paras said Veronica has some solid points. She said Veronica is fired up, competitive, a number for them, and loyal to them. While Will believes that Derek and Kaela will keep Veronica, Maddy wants to sit down with them to hear their perspective before jumping to that conclusion. Once Maddy headed inside, Will told Veronica that he will do whatever he can to keep her there. Will encouraged Veronica to take the shot at Erica should she win HoH. Hamza then spoke to Veronica. He said he will be putting Derek and Kaela up next week if they vote Veronica out. He explained to Veronica that those two need to be on board in order for him to keep Veronica. Hamza said it pisses him off that people are asking what’s best for the house when they are in alliances that they should be protecting.

Live Feed Updates Monday, March 26th

March 26, 2018

Live Feed Updates Monday, March 26th
Veronica- If I stay in the house, I am fucking shit up. Hamza- I respect you as a competitor 
Veronica- What is the point of an alliance if you are still going with the house? Hamza- That's not an alliance. This is what pisses me off. It hasnt even been a week. It's already like "let's do what the house wants" 
Hamza- What about Johnny? Veronica- Johnny is torn the fuck up that I'm on the block right now. I think I can build on the emotions that he is having right now 
Hamza to Veronica- People have to realize Erica is not playing in HoH next week, but people like Maddy are scared shitless 
Veronica- I dont want her (Erica) to think that it's war now. It might be. Hamza- It has to be war. Veronica- If I stay in the game and win HoH, I have nothing left to lose. Hamza- And you are a better competitor than Merron 
Veronica- Not only can I be a vote but I can be a competitor on your side. Hamza- I know that. I was just telling Derek. In order for me to do that, those two (Derek/Kaela) need to be on board 
Hamza to Veronica- I told Will if they (Derek/Kaela) fuck it up and vote against you, I am putting their ass up next week 
Veronica to Will- I dont want to make the mistake of telling everybody that I am going to hunt Erica. If I win an HoH, what have I got to lose now? 
Ryan- Easy week now. Hamza- Getting rid of V is not going to be that easy. Ryan- I know. I only have one vote. I know where it's going. Hamza- It might not be enough. Ryan- It will be 
Will to Veronica- Me, Derek, Kaela 100%. If she (Maddy) dont, she is going to have no one, and I'm going to be the one to win and put her fucking ass on the block 
Will- If you win, you are obviously going to go after Erica. Veronica- Or not. Will- You have to. Veronica- It's not something that I am going to be saying 
Will to Veronica- Hamz said he will go with the team. I'll do whatever I can to keep you here. I am working on it 
Will- You dont owe Erica shit. She took you off the block but it was strictly a game move to get V up. Maddy- I understand. If Kaela and Derek are going to expect that I do, I have to manage that accordingly 
Maddy to Paras/Will- I think I'm going to sit with Kaela and get her perspective. The past couple days, she has been very reassuring 
Will- Hamza will vote to keep V too I think. Maddy- I think so too. Paras- He told me there is no way he would vote out his boy. Will- I had a chat with him. He will 
Will- If V stays in the game, she is going to win one of the two of them (double eviction HoHs). Paras- We really dont need to take a shot at Daela. Will- No 
Paras- She (Veronica) is never going to get a vote out of Liv and Ali. She could get Daela and she could get Johnny. I told her those are the three she has to work on. Will- Daela will vote for her to stay 
Paras- She (Veronica) does have some solid points, and she is so fired up she can go after Erica for us. Maddy- Mhmm. Paras- I do think V deserves to stay. She is fired up, competitive, a number for us, and loyal to stay 
Will- V is 100% deserving to be here. She cant go out like that. Paras- If we are campaigning for her to stay, we cant be like "here are the numbers...me, Maddy, Will". Then it's so obvious 
Erica to Ali/Johnny- I would rather see one of Daela go before Hamz. Ali- Ditto. Erica- I want to take Merron out before Hamz, so Hamz is on a lone island. I want to see one of Daela go so they are on a lone island 
Johnny to Ali/Erica- If Hamza gets out of this game, who does Daela then target? I'm assuming Ryan is out. How do they not see there is this group of Ali, Johnny, Liv, Erica? How do they not try to form something with those people? 
Erica to Ali/Johnny- I personally would rather be sitting on the block next to either one of Daela over Paras, Maddy, or Merron. Merron is going to have to go soon cause anyone next to Merron will go home 
Ali to Johnny- If Daela every threw your name out there, they would immediately become a target because we need you 
Erica to Ali/Johnny- Me doing that and making a big move, the house is still unified on it for the most part for now

 Live Feed Updates Monday, March 26th

March 26, 2018

 Live Feed Updates Monday, March 26th
Will out of bed
Erica the alarm is still going off
Liv is going to do Maddy's make up for the pov ceremony
Ryan i think paras you me and johnny would keep maddy.
Will V would keep maddy
Ryan really? i thought she'd keep Merron
Will she was .. she was thinking who she would be next to on the block to stay.. 
Ryan Ali/Liv wont vote for maddy.. but i dont know.. ali was weighing the options i said sitting next to merron you will go home and she said yeah.. we'll see what shakes out. i think that maddy has a chance to stay
Will it sucks merron is a nice guy
Ryan maddy has all teh confindence in the world but if you dont win it doesnt do anything
Ryan if merron goes Hamza is going to go Hamza.. and we had a thing with maddy before merron came along and as much as you like the kid.. 
Will it's a hard week last week was easy
Ryan yeah
Will tell me who to vote for. i never spoke to 1 person aobut 1 bit of game not even with Erica
Ryan that would be your moment? 
Will i briefly touched on it.. she said it's hard to knw.. and i said that i was glad i didn't win hoh .
Ryan next HOh draws the line in the sand.. and if it's a double it will draw a line in the sand
Will i talked to Merron nand i said that i dont know where my vote will be.
Ryan you dont want to be on the wrong side. so it has to be at least for 6-4.. and i think there should be an appetite to keep maddy and i think that Liv/Ali think they can beat Maddy in comps. and ali said that merron and i are bigger guys and we had to lift our rope to get under it.. and Merron ws in 2nd place till he got to the rope and he never finished the rope
Ryan i said that merron was way ahead of ali
Will and then merron as kinda like i dont care..
Ryan you can say that merron aint shit but he;s running suicides with hamza and keeping up..
Ryan i thinkn i can beat maddy in comps over beating merron. and she will always have that target on her back.
Attached Images
Hamza outside
Ryan im sure it wasnt intentional but you grabbed my ass last night 
Hamza i am sure i was just adjusting
Ryan i was like ok i roll over and let you keep grabbing 
retells of the pillow fight last night between both rooms
Derek up in hoh to poop
Merron finally in the kitchen 
Kaela there are some people that don't want to clean up.
Merron why dont you leave it
Kaela i cant .. and i cant just leave it
liv erica ali paras veronica all in the bathroom 
Liv putting on fake lashes
Erica i really love some random shit about you..

 Live Feed Updates Monday, March 26th

March 26, 2018

 Live Feed Updates Monday, March 26th
Maddy fils in Will that she talked to Liv and asked for her vote since she voted to keep her and Liv said everything but that i had her vote.. so she owes me this and it will be 3 days of me double checking
Hamza in
Maddy it will be a harder thing to shake up than last week. but we have 3 days
Maddy 's speech
Maddy OK Congrats Erica for winning another veto. I want to point out taht she won another tough comp and tough veto.. 
Paras in 
Maddy part of the reason im sitting here is cuz of a lack of game connections and being on the block has given us the chance to know each other on that sense but i know and admire that no one can tell you what you can do with the veto 
Maddy im going to point out that she a very difficult comp and that im up here saying that it was a game related issue but that is not the case now since we have had talks and mad respect to a similar player like me. that you said that no one call you what to do it like that no one can tell what to do. but i see you
Erica up in hoh with Hamza
Hamza im sketching about the fakeness of the house.
Erica trust your girl
Hamza i know!! some of these people follow you like puppy dogs
Erica yeah i know that's why told people to fuck off yesterday
Erica i've dealt with a lot of fakeness in my life
Hamza fuck im not going to say anything.. 
Erica just trust the process. and i dont want you to leave so trust me
Erica told them t=it's in 1/2 hr
Liv Paras and Will outside
Will they say HG;'s lok straight ahead.. and then it's 1/2 till we can get going
Erica im going to say your game is shady as fuck.. i dont know if i should tell you or not
Liv let it be a surprise
Erica i want to say you aint shit but im going to leave it as 2 lines and not a disertatio
Erica Hamza came to me last night ans was freaking out i said i wasnt using the veto.. he freaked out 
Erica if she didnt see it coming we wouldnt have to get her out.. and she wouldsnt spit it into the distance that i didnt have the guts to use it.. do not under estimate me i will take you the fuck out!
Johnny how you feeling
Erica i hate that i have to stand there i feel i adjust myself several times
Johnny its nice out i was sitting alone listening to the birds
Erica its so nice to sit there

Live Feed Updates Monday, March 26th

March 26, 2018

Live Feed Updates Monday, March 26th
12:00-1:00 PM: Erica sat Johnny down to let him know that she is pulling Maddy down tomorrow to backdoor Veronica. Erica said she doesn’t want to waste her week. Johnny didn’t want people to find out that he knew ahead of time. Erica said she wanted Johnny to know that this is a group thing and that he is involved. Johnny said he wanted to send Merron home. Ali said Veronica is coming after them. Erica said Veronica has told every single person except for Ryan that she is keeping them safe. Ali said they have to support Erica’s decision, voting Veronica out. Johnny said he isn’t sure if he supports the idea.

Johnny spoke to Ali, Erica and Olivia about potentially bringing Will and Paras in to work with for now. He said he doesn’t want to bring Derek and Kaela in. Erica said she took Will for Wendy’s today in order to see where he was at with regards to Veronica. Erica said Will told her that he wants to start distancing himself from her. Ali said her only hesitation with Paras is that she is very insecure. Erica mentioned that she will also be in a good spot with Maddy if she uses the veto on her. They agreed to keep those people on the outside of their alliance but work with them. Erica told Johnny she has to take the shot at Veronica since nobody else will. Johnny questioned who will take the shot at Derek and Kaela. Ali and Olivia said they haven’t promised those two anything, so they can take the shot in a couple of weeks.

1:00-2:00 AM: Merron campaigned to Erica to use the veto on him. He said he doesn’t want to go home when she has said that he is not her target. Erica said she can’t see herself using the veto but an hour can change everything. Erica told Merron to prepare for the possibility of her not using it cause she doesn’t want to give him false hope. Merron said he wants to trust Erica and move on with her if he survives this week. Erica told Merron that regardless of what happens, she does have a plan. Out in the yard, Pars told Johnny she doesn’t know who she would want to go after. She explained that she has 20% friendships with a lot of people. Paras said Hamza claimed he is going after Derek and Kaela. Paras asked Johnny who he feels threatened by. He said Derek and Kaela have lied to him the most, and that would be such a good resume builder. Paras said that going after Derek and Kaela would be a good move for her to make in order to prove herself to Ali, Erica and Olivia, but they have not lied to her. Paras told Johnny to not necessarily assume that Maddy and Will are who she wants to work with game wise. Paras said Will did not respect what she had to say the last couple of weeks with regards to who should go home. Paras said the people she feels good about playing the game with are Johnny, Ali, Olivia, and Erica but she doesn’t know if Erica feels the same back. Johnny said he feels the same way. Paras said she likes Derek and Kaela but there hasn’t been a lot of game talk. She admitted that she hasn’t thought about taking them out since she doesn’t think that they have said her name and she knows that others will take them out. Erica and Johnny then spoke up in the HoH room. They said they are excited about what they formed with Ali and Olivia. Johnny brought up that there has never been a Final 2 with two gay people. Erica said that would be really cool. The two discussed that they are with each other above Ali and Olivia.

2:00-3:00 AM: Hamza told Erica he does not want Merron to go home. Erica said she doesn’t want to promise but Merron is not going home. Erica told Hamza to trust the process. Erica asked Hamza if he trusts her. He said yeah. Erica said they are good then. Hamza told Erica that she doesn’t know everything that is going on. Erica assured Hamza that she will not put Merron in a position that is not good for him. After Hamza left, Erica told Johnny she almost wanted to tell Hamza that she is using the veto but she wants the shock value. Erica said she has to take the shot cause Veronica will come after her if she keeps winning more competitions. Johnny let Erica know that Paras just named her, Ali and Olivia as people that she trusts. Erica said if they do Final 2, they need someone to take out Ali and Olivia. Both agreed that they would like to talk with Will. Johnny said he feels that Hamza would need to be cut before that. Erica agreed but said she is not going to take the shot at him.

3:00 AM BBT 8:00 AM BBT All houseguests are sleeping.

Live Feed Updates Sunday, March 25th

March 25, 2018

Live Feed Updates Sunday, March 25th
7:00-8:00 PM: Erica spoke to Ali and Olivia about the plan to backdoor Veronica. They all agreed that they 100% have the numbers to get her out. Erica said Will complained to her that Veronica always needs so much attention, and she lumps him into things with her. Erica said Veronica is going to e livid when she goes on the block. Erica thinks she will either freak out or sob about it. Olivia expects Veronica to sulk. Ali said she will be trying to get sympathy votes. Ali asked who knows about the plan. Erica said Ali, Olivia, Derek and Kaela know about it. Erica mentioned that it’s probably best she won the veto so that she can play it off today as though she wouldn’t use the veto since she doesn’t want an even bigger target on her back.

8:00-9:00 PM: Maddy asked Erica if she has had any more conversations today. Erica talked about making it clear to people that she didn’t want to talk game today. Erica said she cannot foresee anyone being able to tell her anything that would change her mind, or that she would totally believe, or care to hear. Up in the HoH room, Johnny asked Olivia if she is in a named alliance with anyone. Olivia said she joked about one with Ali but they have nothing set in stone. Olivia told Johnny she trusts Ali 100% but that doesn’t mean Ali is the only one that she can trust that much. Johnny asked if he can have the same trust in Ali. Olivia said she thinks so. Johnny said he trusts them more than anyone. Johnny said the people he vibes with the most, and would like to go far with, would be Ali, Erica, Olivia, Maddy, Paras and Will. She mentioned Veronica’s name as well but said she is not going to last that deep into the game. Johnny asked if Erica talks game with Olivia. Olivia said yes. Olivia told Johnny she thinks that Erica wants to do the same with him but she doesn’t risk it because he hasn’t said anything and he is good with everyone. Johnny said he has chosen who he likes best and wants to work with. He told Olivia he doesn’t know how to get Derek and Kaela out of the game. Olivia said she thinks that Hamza is working on it. Both agreed that Kaela is more dangerous than Derek is in the long run.

9:00-10:00 PM: Outside, Johnny told Ali, Erica and Olivia that they are his top three. He said he wants to do this so badly. Erica said that makes her feel so happy. Ali said it feels genuine, not forced. They discussed potential names for their alliance. Olivia pushed for Johnny’s Angels. Johnny said he think it is important that he continues to play the game seeming as though he doesn’t have anyone. Before they could finish choosing a name, Paras came outside to break up the talk.

Live Feed Updates Sunday, March 25th

March 25, 2018

Live Feed Updates Sunday, March 25th
Olivia- I am excited. Erica- I am getting nervous. I'm excited as well. Olivia- If shit starts going down, Ali and I will stand up for you. We wont let you just take the heat
Will- Everyone wants Ryan to go. Hamza- Then why not put him up from the beginning? One of the worst nomination weeks ever. Will- No one wants to get stuck in jury with him. They better have unlimited booze or something rs ago
More
Olivia- I am still on the whole Johnny's Angels. I love it. Johnny- Can we actually name this? (Paras came outside to break up the talk) 
Johnny to Ali/Erica/Olivia- I do want this to be a thing so badly. Erica- This makes me so happy! Ali- This actually feels super genuine and not forced. Johnny- I think it's important I continue this game seeming like I dont have anyone 
Johnny to Ali/Erica/Olivia- You three are my tops. In an effort to bond with you three and be with you three... Olivia- Johnny's literal angels. Erica- Johnny's Angels! Ali- Fuck that. Olivia- It doesnt mean he's in charge. Erica- This makes me so happy 
Johnny- How are you with Hamz? Derek- I am pretty good with Hamz but it's more of a personal thing. Johnny- So red room is targeting Ryan for double eviction? Derek- White room doesnt like him also 
Olivia- I'm closer to you than I am to Paras, but I feel something with her that I can trust. Johnny- Me too 
Johnny- I just dont know how to get Daela out of here. Olivia- I think Hamz is working on it. I feel like I could trust Kaela. Johnny- I dont think you should feel that way. Olivia- I know. For future game, she's a lot more dangerous than Derek is ours ago
More
Olivia- I think you could probably float by for another week or two. The later you decide, the worse it will be. Johnny- I already decided those are the people I like the best. How do I make that ever work? Olivia- Start with just a couple, and build out 
Johnny- Does Erica talk open game with you ever? Olivia- Yeah. Johnny- Like names and stuff? Olivia- Yeah. I think she wants to do that with you. Cause you havent said anything and you are so good with everyone, she doesnt want to risk it 
Johnny to Olivia- People who I vibe with the most in this house who would be amazing to go far with would be you, Ali, Erica. From the other side Maddy, Paras and Will. And Veronica but that's not going to happen 
Olivia- Are you stressing about having to start picking off people that you like? Johnny- I am excited to start picking off people that I like. For the most part, I'm thirsty for it. Give me a meat hammer, and let me just start whacking these people out 
Olivia- I trust her (Ali) 100%. That doesnt mean that she is my only person. There is still opportunity to trust someone else that much. Johnny- Think I can have that same trust in Ali? Olivia- I think so. Johnny- I think I trust you guys more than anyone 
Johnny- Are you in a named alliance with anyone? Olivia- Ali and I have joked around about stuff. Nothing is set in stone 
Erica to Maddy- I cannot foresee anyone telling me anything that would change my mind, that I would absolutely believe, or that I would care to hear 
Maddy- Have you had more conversations today? Erica- I told everybody to fuck off. Maddy- Amazing 
Erica- It's probably best that I did win the veto. It's like "why would I want to grow the target on my back?". Everyone is like great point. Olivia- This will be such a good moment. Erica- You want fucking good TV? Ali- I'm going to dress up 
Erica to Ali/Olivia- Merron was like "obviously I want you to use the veto on me. If you are not going to use it on me, I'd rather you not use it than use it on Maddy"

Live Feed Updates Sunday, March 25th

March 25, 2018

Live Feed Updates Sunday, March 25th
8:00-9:00 AM: Paras told Will she feels like Ali and Olivia would vote for Maddy to stay. Will guaranteed that they are going to vote Maddy out. Paras said thinks have changed since last week, since they see Maddy as more of a number than Merron. Will said he thinks Maddy might be the target. Will thinks Maddy needs to focus on getting Derek and Kaela to vote for her. Will said he hopes Maddy stays. Paras agreed and said she thinks that they can make it happen. Will said they need one of the duos to vote with them. Paras said her gut is telling her that there is a bigger plan in place, but she doesn’t think that it would be either of them. Will mentioned Veronica’s name. Paras said maybe. Will said he doesn’t think that Erica would make a big move. He told Paras that Erica wouldn’t get the votes. Will thinks Erica already has too big of a target on her back to do that. Will mentioned that he wouldn’t go after Erica during the double since she saved him. Paras said you have to get big targets out during the double. She followed that up by saying that Ryan would likely be her target in the double eviction.

9:00-10:00 AM: Maddy and Ryan discussed the votes. They agreed that Maddy has four votes as of now. Ryan listed them off as Johnny, Paras, Will and himself. Maddy said the trick is going to be talking to Derek and Kaela individually about their votes. Ryan doesn’t think Kaela will vote Merron out after last week in the have-not room together. Maddy disagreed. Maddy said she has no intention of going after Erica any time soon if she keeps her. Maddy told Ryan she wants to work with Erica because she scares her. In the HoH room, Erica told Olivia that Maddy was saying Paras and Will have her 100%. Both agreed that it isn’t necessarily true. Erica said Veronica is not an immediate threat to her, but she will be and she is an immediate threat to the people that she is closest with. Olivia agreed. The two then discussed Johnny. Both have found that Johnny defends everyone that they say anything about, telling them that he likes that person. Olivia said he has to separate personal from game. Erica said they are in a good spot if they can get through this week the way that they want to. Olivia said she would want to get Ryan out during the double. Olivia mentioned not wanting Ryan on the jury, and she said she wouldn’t want to do that to him. Erica agreed since she wouldn’t want to keep him from his family if he is likely not going to the end. Olivia said she would nominate Ryan next to Merron. If Ryan uses the veto, Olivia said she might put up Hamza in order to try to get him out. The girls agreed that they would keep Paras around until the Final 6. Olivia doesn’t think she is as threatening as some people. Erica said she knows where her head is at more than most. Afterwards, Olivia told Ali that the two of them, Derek, Kaela, Maddy and Paras are totally solid in terms of voting to evict Veronica. Ali said she is concerned about Hamza, Johnny and Will. They think Ryan will vote the way that Erica wants him to, and Johnny will jump on board if they have the numbers. Kaela joined the girls. She said she just hopes that Erica will put Veronica up. Ali said they just have to keep showing her the support. Olivia said she thinks that Erica is good. Kaela said Erica is guaranteed four numbers in the three of them and Derek, then Paras will do it as well. Ali said Maddy will too if the veto is used on her.

Live Feed Updates Sunday, March 25th

March 25, 2018

Live Feed Updates Sunday, March 25th
1:00-2:00 PM: Veronica told Johnny she is about 80% sure that Erica will end up leaving the nominations the same. Veronica was concerned that having so much time could lead to Erica changing her mind. Later, when Veronica spoke to Erica, Erica said she is excited to have a chill day without game talk. Veronica said she will do the same as Erica if she ever wins HoH. Erica explained that since she has the veto, everything that people say to her will be done in attempt to keep themselves safe. For that reason, Erica said she will not get any legitimate thoughts and feelings from anyone. Veronica agreed.

4:00-5:00 PM: Erica told Olivia that Will said he feels guilty by association when Veronica does things. Erica said Will might even get on board. Olivia said she truly believes that it might be a unanimous vote to evict Veronica. Erica agree. Olivia said it might not have been the case a week ago but Veronica’s true colours have been coming out more and more. Erica said Will is smart. Olivia said she is cute too. She mentioned being turned on by his study session. Olivia called Will very good looking, and she doesn’t know why she didn’t see it before. Erica agreed. Erica said she is going to use the Power of Veto on Maddy but she is not going to tell her beforehand. Erica said she will really play it up that she is not going to use it. Olivia said things are going to blow up after the veto ceremony. Olivia advised Erica to not react when Veronica goes off. In the living room, Hamza told Merron and Ryan has a pretty good social game. She said Olivia is the biggest kiss ass. Merron said he has to round up some votes. Ryan said he is safe if he has Derek and Kaela. Merron said they are the key to him staying this week, and he will be good if he gets their votes. Ryan said he can stay and put them on the block next week. Hamza said he is going to start nominating himself every week that he doesn’t win HoH. Merron asked Hamza who they are working with. He said sometimes he feels like he doesn’t know. Hamza said Will. Merron questioned what kind of person claims that they are working together but doesn’t vote for him to stay. Hamza said Will is just saying that right now. Hamza assured Merron that he will convince Will to vote for him. Hamza listed off Will, Veronica, Erica, Ryan, Maddy, Johnny and Paras as people that they are working with. He also said Derek and Kaela’s names while using air quotes. Merron said that’s basically the whole house. He said Johnny is not going to vote for him to stay. Hamza said he will be going up next if he doesn’t. Merron said he is going after whoever doesn’t vote for him to stay. Merron asked Hamza how he feels about the idea of having the two of them, Will, Veronica, Erica, Derek and Kaela as the Final 7. Hamza said he doesn’t like it. Hamza told Merron he wants to start cutting them next week, taking shots left and right. Hamza said Erica, Merron and Will are the only three that he cares about. When asked about Veronica, Hamza said he will cut her before them but she can be the fifth. Merron agreed that Veronica has to go first. Merron told Hamza that if Erica doesn’t use the veto on him, he would rather her not use it at all. They agreed that it will be Veronica going on the block if the veto is used. Merron said that’s why he told Erica he would rather she not use it.

5:00-6:00 PM: In the pantry, Ryan told Johnny he wouldn’t mind if Veronica got put on the block next to Merron. He explained that he would like to flush out any potential power that those two came in with when they were a week late. Johnny thought that was based on nothing but pure speculation. He also said he cannot see Erica doing it, so it’s almost a pointless conversation to have. Ryan said he mentioned to her that there is something to being the first one to backdoor someone this season. Ryan added that in terms of resume building, taking out Maddy or Merron is not necessarily a move that will get you a lot of credit. In the white room, Maddy spoke to the cameras. She said today feels like a big waste of time since there is no game talk. Maddy said she wants Erica to use the veto on her, or at least be open to her stay. Maddy thinks she will have trouble getting the votes if Erica is pushing for her to leave. Maddy said she is not leaving week four. Maddy said she cannot leave, and she cannot do anything but win $100,000. Out by the hot tub, Merron told Hamza that Erica wont use the veto no matter what. Hamza said she might if he talks to her. Merron said he can tell from his talk with Erica last night that she is not going to use it. Merron talked about Derek and Kaela being very important votes. Merron said he will owe them if they keep him around this week. Hamza said that would mean they are true to them, and he will take care of them.

 Live Feed Updates Sunday, March 25th

March 25, 2018

 Live Feed Updates Sunday, March 25th
Johnny- I dont see Erica doing it (backdooring Veronica) so it's almost like a pointless conversation. Ryan- There is also something to being the first houseguest to backdoor somebody this season
Ryan told Johnny he wouldnt mind seeing Veronica on the block next to Merron so that they can flush out any potential secret power that they might have received when coming in late
Olivia- You should say something like "who is the real bad bitch now?" (when nominating Veronica). Erica- That's exactly it. "I know you think you are a bad bitch in this game. As far as I am concerned, there can only be one" 
Erica is talking to Olivia about her plan to use the veto on Maddy in order to put Veronica up. Erica said she is not telling them beforehand
Hamza- You have got to get Liv and Ali's votes. Merron- I need Liv and Ali's and Derek and Kaela's 
Merron- Derek and Kaela are very important votes. They joked around last night that they have got me. If they got me, that's a debt to be owed. Hamza- 100%. That means they are true to us, and I'll take care of them minutes ago
Merron- She is not using it no matter what you say. Hamza- I think she might. Merron- I talked to her last night. I can tell 
Hamza- Did you know she (Veronica) was going to be that annoying? Merron- No idea. Hamza- So talkative. Merron- When we were making that story... Hamza- She probably wouldnt shut up 
Hamza- It's either you guys were just cast and supposed to be brought in late, or you were upon a group of people that was voted on. I'm a smart man. Merron- I cant confirm nor deny what you say 
Maddy- I am not leaving week four. I cant. I cant anything except for win $100,000. This is not about jury. This is about staying and building a resume to win 
Maddy to camera- It feels like a big old waste of time not game talking. I just want her to use the veto and make a big move, or I want her to at least be open to me staying if I am on the block

Live Feed Updates Sunday, March 25th

March 25, 2018

 Live Feed Updates Sunday, March 25th
Derek Ali Olivia and kaela talking about how Ryan will ask to be put on the block so he can go home before jury but they wont do that if any of them win HOH.
Kalea if any of us win the HOH we put up Maddy and Merron again
Derek no worries ladies it's my turn to win it now
kaela ok you win the 1st HOH and then I win the endurance one so that I can get teh HOH room
Johnny I have no idea what they would do on a double. I feel they would put up Ryan
kaela no they would put us Daela up you should ahve heard the stuff they were saying. they hate us Veronica Hamza will
Paras and Veronica studying 
Paras you Ryan Oliva Johnny and then me and those 4 left. that's not enough people
Veronica Will and Merron went out together
Paras then me and the 4 of them left
Paras there are 13 hg
Veroncia Kaela?
Paras did she go out on that too?
Veronica i forgot the order im pretty sure that kaela was out before me 
Paras so Olivia Ryan Johnny then me, Maddy and the tie breaker that was day 20
Will in the rose room
Olivia i dont want to move. my hands and then behind my knees hurt from the strap behind the knee pads but it was worth it it was still fun. i just wish there was money 
Liv if there wa money i woulda pushed so much harder
Ali joined them to study 
Kaela Maddy you were so pumped up even when she was reading the script
Maddy yeah i didnt care i didnt wnt to go home.. 
Olivia it was pretty fun
Will you and Ali were so close
Will the whole stage was loosing it
Maddy i heard everyone's voive and then kaela's
Kalea yeah i was like LETS GO!! LETS GO MADDY!! 
Maddy yeah 
Maddy they woke us up really early. you think they will do something?
Will yesterday was a long day. just being confinded inside
Maddy yeah and a lot of waiting
Olivia i wish i had a book
Maddy yeah me too but i'll be done in a day
Olivia what do you like..
Maddy i try fiction but never get into it then i go to non fiction
Olivia what about John paterson's merder mystery
Maddy yeah i like those 
BB Please stop talking about brand names
Will hamza was saying that ryan was going to be the 1st jury member and ryan was like no put me on the block
Maddy you think he wants to go or was jsut saying that 
Will i dont know

Live Feed Updates Sunday, March 25th

March 25, 2018

Live Feed Updates Sunday, March 25th
10:00-11:00 AM: Derek, Kaela, Ali and Olivia discussed that they have to win the double eviction HoH. Derek asked if they are focusing on the white room people. Kaela said nominate Ryan with Merron being the pawn. Kaela made it clear that she doesn’t want Ryan in jury. Olivia said she could see Ryan throwing the veto to go home before jury. Derek said he loves how Erica is playing it off today, as she came into the kitchen to say she doesn’t want to talk to anyone about game today. Johnny joined them. When he was asked about his double eviction plans, he said nobody really tells him their thoughts. Olivia said they are telling him that Ryan wants to go before jury. Johnny said he thinks Ryan is the biggest target to go during the double. Johnny asked who would go up next to Ryan. Olivia said Merron could be the pawn. Johnny said they are assuming that Maddy doesn’t survive this week. Kaela said Maddy could be the pawn as well.

11:00-12:00 PM: Merron told Hamza that Kaela was saying in a joking manner that they want him to stay last night. While she was joking, Merron doesn’t think she would have said it if she didn’t mean it. Hamza said he is sick of people voting how others want him to. Merron said Ryan is a perfect example of that. Hamza promised that he will stand up in front of everyone to say that nobody is safe if he wins HoH. Hamza said everyone is back to laying down in the red room this week. Hamza stated that he wants to win to wreak havoc. Hamza said two people from the red room will be going up again if he wins HoH.

Summary of day Day 22

March 24, 2018

Summary of day Day 22
Live Feed Updates Saturday , March 24th
9:00-10:00 AM: Veronica told Paras she thinks she is the only one she can trust, even over Will. Veronica said Will has been acting so weird lately. Paras said when Will gets heated about his own game, she has seen him spill stuff that he is not supposed to. Veronica said she always sees Will with Hamza, which leads her to believe that they have a Final 2. Paras said of course they do. Veronica said that for both of their benefits, they should keep what they say between them. Paras said she is game. Paras told Veronica their ideal Final 5 would have to be with someone she can beat mentally and Veronica can beat physically. Veronica asked Paras if she feels bad for Maddy. Paras said she does. Paras said she thinks that’s what happens when you go in so deep with every conversation. Paras thinks they will be hearing about if for three days straight if she is on the block, because Maddy is already such a talker as is. Paras told Veronica she wouldn’t be surprised if Maddy flipped to the other side if she didn’t have the votes from their side. She hopes Maddy wins the veto so she doesn’t have to hear about it. In the red room, Olivia told Johnny it’s not time for Maddy to go. She said Maddy would be loyal. Olivia said she would rather get Hamza or Veronica out over Merron since Merron is just one of their minions. Johnny said he would rather get Merron out. Olivia said they just need one of the three to go.

11:00-12:00 PM: Players were picked for the veto competition. The veto players are Erica, Maddy, Merron, Ali, Olivia and Ryan. Ali told Erica that Maddy will be eternally grateful to them if they save her. She said Veronica could go up and go out. Erica talked about needing to see where the house stands. Olivia said she gets her hesitation because there is concern that the shot might not land. Ali counted herself, Paras, Maddy, Olivia, Derek and Kaela as the six votes needed to evict Veronica. Erica said Hamza told her that he would pick Merron over Veronica as well. Erica explained that her own personal game is conflicting with the overall game at this point but she is there to play the collective game over her own game at this stage of the season. Ali said her gut is telling her that Veronica will target her and Olivia, or Derek and Kaela if she wins HoH. Erica said she doesn’t want to take that chance. Erica admitted that the idea of backdooring someone makes her feel like crap. Olivia suggested that it’s different since she would be backdooring someone who has lied to their faces. Ali added that this is one of those moments that people look back on and wish they had taken the shot. If she decides to go after Veronica, Erica said she would pull Maddy down. Kaela joined the girls. They continued to discuss a potential backdoor of Veronica. Erica said she could always tell Maddy that she didn’t tell her about the plan cause she didn’t want her to blow it, if she ends up taking Maddy off of the block. Kaela said she could throw in that she knew Maddy would be emotional, which would sell it. Ali said it’s really funny that Veronica was salivating at the thought of them going at each other last week, yet they are now united in planning her backdoor. Erica then spoke to Ryan. She told him to gun for the veto but consult her before deciding what to do with it. Ryan asked if she can tell him that he will not be the replacement nominee. Erica said he will not. Erica said the worst case scenario is Merron winning the veto since people are likely to keep him around, making it tougher if she does decide to put another target up on the block. In the bathroom, Paras spoke to the cameras. Paras said she trusts Maddy a lot more than she trusts Veronica but she is out for herself. As for Veronica, Paras think she is desperate for a Final 2 and she would take her far. Paras said Maddy may have to go since Veronica will always be a shield for her and she will listen to what she has to say. Paras mentioned that she hopes the nominations stay the same, then Merron may have to go even though he would be all in if she were to give him a bit of attention. Paras wishes that there was a way to get Ryan on the block this week.

12:00-1:00 PM: Maddy headed to the HoH room to speak to Erica. She was told that people are not coming in saying they have to get rid of her. Erica said she would love to see Maddy crush the veto competition. Maddy said she wants to reenforce things pre-veto rather than post-veto when people have to say what they have to say. Maddy told Erica that’s what made the difference with her when it came to Olivia last week. Maddy said there are no hard feelings even if she sees Erica fighting hard to defend her nominations. Maddy told Erica she will respect whatever she decides to do. Elsewhere, Veronica told Merron she thinks that the best case scenario for their alliance is that nominations stay the same. Merron said if he doesn’t win the veto, he would rather nominations stay the same. Veronica said Hamza, Ali, Olivia and herself would all be sure votes for Merron. She also said she thinks that Derek and Kaela would vote for Merron. Merron said the worst case scenario would be Maddy winning the veto. If he wins the veto, Merron said he wont use it if someone he is working with is going to be the replacement nominee. Merron told Veronica that people would likely vote her out since she is a threat, so he wouldn’t want her to leave. Veronica told Merron to use the veto if Erica says she is not putting her on the block.

1:00-2:00 PM: Will told Maddy that she is going to have to campaign hard. Will said he will talk to Derek and Kaela when the time is right. He pointed out that Derek, Kaela, Johnny, Paras, Veronica and himself are all the votes that they would need to keep her. Will then spoke to Derek about the options for the week. Will mentioned that Maddy would continue to have a target on her back due to Ali and Olivia. Will said Merron would also likely be better in competitions. Derek said he and Kaela decided they would wait for the veto to play out before they make a decision. They discussed that the whole house would be on board with Ryan going up. Will brought up that Hamza will likely want to bring Merron in with them eventually, but he isn’t sure about doing that. Derek said they don’t want to get too big. Will said Merron would do what Hamza tells him to do if he wins. Derek agreed. Derek mentioned that he and Kaela are still pretty sure that Ryan is after them. Will said he will put Ryan up if he wins HoH. Derek thinks that Erica will nominate Ryan if everyone tells her to. Will said keeping Maddy would be better for their games. Meanwhile, Veronica told Hamza and Merron that it would be messed up for Erica to backdoor her after all of the things that she said to her. Hamza said Erica will not put up Johnny, Derek, Kaela, Ali, Olivia, Paras or Ryan, so that only leaves Veronica or Will. Hamza told Merron and Veronica that if one of them leaves, he will retaliate and he will be putting up the two biggest people in the house. Veronica said the big move this week would be keeping nominations the same and then keeping Merron. Hamza told Merron he has to use the veto on himself if he wins it, otherwise he will look back on it as the stupidest move if he goes home. Merron said he is leaning towards using it on himself but he is just saying that he is not narrow minded.

2:00-3:00 PM: Veronica told Ali and Olivia that she was talking to Hamza about feeling good with them. Veronica reminded Olivia that some people were trying to get her out last week. She encouraged the girls to think of which of the two nominees they would feel safer with. Olivia said the nominations aren’t pivotal for her so she wants to show people who she wants to work with that she is faithful. Veronica said that’s what they figured. She mentioned that Merron not wanting to take himself down is due to him being concerned about one of his allies going up if that happens. After the talk wrapped up, Ali told Olivia they should still take the shot at Veronica if they get the chance, but maybe they shouldn’t poke the bear by evicting Merron if the nominations stay the same. In the kitchen, Veronica told Hamza and Will that Erica said she is definitely not going up. Hamza said the red room is untouchable, so Paras, Veronica or Will would have to be Erica’s replacement nominee. Veronica questioned why Erica wouldn’t touch the red room. Hamza explained that Olivia is one of her allies, and with Olivia comes Ali. Hamza swore that if one of them goes up on the block, next week he will put up the two biggest targets in the house. Will told Hamza to not even get that idea in his head. Hamza said it’s stupid if Will really thinks that he is that safe. In the living room, Maddy campaigned to Kaela. Kaela said she has never talked game with Merron. She said she feels really good with Maddy but would want to make sure that she would stick with her if people are after her. Maddy said she wanted to reenforce her relationship with Kaela before she goes around and looks like she is playing the field. Kaela encouraged Maddy to talk to Derek too. Kaela said they get paired together but she speaks for herself. Maddy said she feels nervous being up against Merron who is basically a costume for someone else to wear and tell what to do. Maddy said she would be so heartbroken if the same thing that happened to Jesse happened to her. Kaela said she couldn’t lie to Maddy.

3:00-4:00 PM: Maddy spoke to Veronica next. Maddy acknowledged that Veronica will have a really big decision to make if she stays on the block against Merron. Veronica asked what reads Maddy has been getting from people. Maddy said she feels hesitantly positive. She mentioned that Merron is malleable and people may think that they can influence him more than they can influence her. Veronica brought up that they made a pact in the white room to look out for each other. Veronica said she is as big of a target, or a bigger target, than Maddy is. Veronica said Maddy and Paras are her top girls in the house. Veronica said she feels so protective over Maddy because she and Paras tried to comfort her early on. Veronica let Maddy know she is confident that she would help her if she ends up on the block. Maddy agreed. Will joined them. Veronica brought up that Hamza is telling them that one of them will go up if the veto is used. Maddy said if they feel that their relationships in the house are good, they will have to trust that they will fight for each other. Veronica said Will doesn’t have to be worried since she is a bigger target than he is. Veronica told Will they can talk to Erica once the veto competition is done. Maddy told them not to forget who is already on the block. Veronica said Will better fight to the death for her if she goes up. In the HoH room, Erica told Ali she thinks that she wants to backdoor Veronica. She said she is only worried that there might be a secret veto in play. Erica later told Will that she doesn’t want him to worry. She said he is one of the only people that she can confidently look in the eye to say that they are not going up. In the red room, Maddy and Veronica picked up on their earlier conversation. Veronica asked Maddy if she is committed to their group. Maddy said of course. Veronica told Maddy that regardless of the promise that she made to Merron before entering the house, she has socialized and established more with Maddy, Paras and Will than she has with Merron. Veronica said she will likely have to based her decision on the fact that she believes those three people will have her back. Veronica said they need each other in the game in order to have people who would be willing to fight for each other if they are on the block.

4:00-5:00 PM: Johnny asked Ali and Olivia if they would throw the veto competition to Maddy. Olivia said she would if Maddy was going to win. Ali agreed that it would have to be a sure win for Maddy in order for her to throw it. Meanwhile, Ryan told Maddy that he can’t commit 100% to using the veto, but he will use it on her if he wins it and does decide to use it.

5:00-6:00 PM: Paras told Kaela that she feels most threatened by Erica out of the people in the red room. Kaela said she knew that so she did some digging once she found out that Erica had won HoH. Paras asked if Erica said anything about her. Kaela said Erica only mentioned that she is more workable than Maddy is. Kaela brought up that he doesn’t think Ali and Olivia trust her at all. She explained to Paras that they are both just being nice to each other right now while neither of them are in power. Kaela said she would be on the block if those two were to win HoH. Before the conversation ended, Paras told Kaela to start planting seeds for her because she is going to have to switch from playing with the white room to playing with the red room at some point. Derek and Kaela then discussed that it would be nice to get Veronica out in order to split her up from Will. Kaela said they could then nominate Hamza and Will side by side if it’s a double eviction. Derek said it is best for them to get rid of Five’s Company since they would have a better shot at winning HoH against the people in the red room. Veronica joined Derek and Kaela to ask for their thoughts on the week. Kaela said she isn’t sure yet since she hasn’t talked to Merron. Veronica said she and Merron made a promise to each other but that was done prior to getting to know anyone else. Veronica said her decision will not be based off of a promise that was made the first day. She said she has to start making decisions that benefit her game. Veronica pointed out that Merron will be able to float through as a pawn. She also said he won’t turn against Hamza. Veronica told Derek and Kaela that she is not gunning for them. She said they have to fight to keep each other in the game. Veronica went so far as to say that she would like to go to the end with Derek, Kaela, Hamza and Will. After Veronica left the room, Kaela said that was a bunch of BS. Kaela added that she hopes Veronica goes home this week.

6:00-7:00 PM: Will told Veronica he thinks that Maddy is definitely the best person to keep this week. He explained that Maddy will continue to be a target ahead of Veronica. Veronica said she agrees. Veronica thinks that Maddy will be loyal to the two of them and Paras. Both agreed that they don’t owe it to Hamza to keep Merron around. Will told Veronica that she has to have his back over anyone else’s. Veronica said he doesn’t have her back over everyone else. Will argued that he does. He said he will fight for Veronica to stay if she goes up next to Maddy. If Veronica is against Merron, Will said she will go home 100% because Merron is less of a threat. Veronica said she is going to have to tell Merron that the promise they made was before they came into the house, and she has to start thinking about her own game. Veronica vowed to turn the house upside down if she gets nominated. She told Will that you haven’t seen someone campaign until you see her. Veronica said she is fine with doing it in front of everyone. Will let Veronica know that she would have his vote against anyone. Veronica thinks she would have Will, Derek, Kaela, Maddy and Paras voting for her. Johnny’s name was also thrown in the mix. When Veronica asked what Will thinks Ali and Olivia would do with the veto, Will said they would both leave nominations the same. Veronica thinks that is what Erica would want.

7:00-8:00 PM: Ali implied to Maddy that she will throw the veto to her as long as there is no cash prize involved. Maddy said she appreciates that. Maddy talked about Veronica and will freaking out about potentially ending up on the block this week. In the red room, Olivia told Kaela that they just need to get one more person out before jury after this week. Both agreed that they would love for it to be Ryan. Kaela said she wouldn’t mind it being Hamza or Will if she is thinking about who she is scared of winning on the other side. Both prefer to see Hamza leave first out of those two.

12:00-1:00 AM: Feeds returned following the veto competition. Erica won the Power of Veto. When feeds returned, Maddy was speaking to Erica about using the veto on her. She talked about how it would progress their relationship in the game. Erica said she wouldn’t want to go home in a double eviction. She asked which of Maddy’s people would be willing to keep her off of the block if they win HoH. Maddy said Paras and Will. The two agreed to talk more later. Ryan then spoke to Erica. Erica talked about balancing putting a bigger target on her back and making a big move. Ryan said he doesn’t think that anybody is going to give her credit for getting Maddy or Merron out at the end of the game. Erica said she likes the idea of resume building, but she worries that people will look at her as a comp beast, cutthroat, and social if she does that, which would lead people to want to get her out. Ryan suggested that she form a group and then choose a target and vote that person out as a group in order to lessen the heat on her personally for making the move. Ryan listed off the various pairs in the house. He said it might be time for her to decide which pair she wants to work with and which pair she wants to target. Ryan said targeting the showmance is too aggressive of a move. Before leaving, Ryan told Erica that she will have his vote this week if he is kept off of the block. He pointed out that he has said that to every HoH and he has followed through each time. Ali then spoke to Erica. They discussed that they both really believe Maddy. Ali said Maddy told her she can bring a lot to the table and she is ready to pick a side. Erica counted the votes to evict Veronica as Ali, Olivia, Derek, Kaela, Paras, Maddy, Hamza and Ryan. Ali said it’s a golden opportunity.

1:00-2:00 AM: Erica spoke to Derek and Kaela. She said she doesn’t want to talk to Veronica. Kaela said Erica should tell her she doesn’t want to use it because it would put a bigger target on her back, then go ahead and use it anyway. Erica said it will be a week from hell once Veronica is on the block. Erica went over various options for her speech, including saying there is only room for one bad b*tch in the house. Erica said she is agitated with how Veronica played last week. Erica and Kaela discussed that Veronica was definitely the second vote to evict Olivia. Kaela let Erica know that she is living for this move. She said she would like to win next week in order to keep shooting. Next up, Erica spoke to Merron. She made it clear that she didn’t want to win the veto but she couldn’t have thrown it if she tried. Erica reassured Merron that at no point has she mentioned wanting him on the block to go home. Merron said he believes it. He told Erica he would rather she not use the veto at all than use it on Maddy. When Erica asked why, Merron said he doesn’t know who her replacement nominee would be. Erica questioned if he doesn’t think that there are people she could put up that would be better to sit beside than Maddy would be. Merron said he didn’t think that far. Erica told Merron there are so many people that have a bigger target on their back than Maddy does. He said that’s true. Erica told Merron she is hesitant to use the veto now after winning two more competitions this week, out of fear of putting an even bigger target on her back. Merron asked if Erica is trying to make a big move. She said she would have considered it before she won the veto. Later, Hamza encouraged Erica to go out swinging if she plans to use the veto. He told her not to put a weak player up.

2:00-3:00 AM: Maddy told Paras that Erica made it clear she will owe her if she uses the veto on her. Maddy said she would still try to take Erica out if she got the chance to do so. Before bed, Maddy checked in with Erica once again. While Erica didn’t reveal her plan for the veto, she did once Maddy let the room. Erica said she can’t wait to use the veto. She added that it’s going to be sick.

Live Feed Updates Saturday , March 24th

March 24, 2018

Live Feed Updates Saturday , March 24th
Paras to Maddy- It does suck for us cause V is a strong competitor that we are going to lose, but 100% you over her to stay 
Maddy to Paras- She (Erica) made it clear "if I take you off, you owe me". Girl, I know. I think if I did get a chance though, and this is only between me and you, I would still try to take Erica out if I could 
Hamza- It's good that you won. Now you control it. Hey, we all did that. We all won veto on our HoH week 
Erica- This is what I'm torn about. I dont like constantly winning, but then there is the other side of me that is like "what's the all time female record for comps won in this game, cause I want to fucking beat the shit out of this". Hamza- There we go. Now we're talking 
Hamza to Erica- If you decide to use it, dont take someone down and put up some shitty player. Go out swinging. You will get lots of respect 
Johnny- She (Maddy) has to work on Erica almost more than anyone. Will- Why does she want Maddy gone? Johnny- No game chats for too long of a period? 
Johnny- Hamz doesnt need any more people. Hate to say it. Will- No. He goes around so cocky. "I wonder how many comps Demetres won so I can beat him". Fuck off 
Will- I think getting her out is going to be the wrong move. Johnny- Maddy? For our game. I dont know about for theirs 
Erica to Merron- Even if I was planning to do something with the veto, I am extremely hesitant to do it now (after winning two comps this week) 
Erica- If I were to use the veto on Maddy, there are so many people that I feel like have a bigger target on their back than Maddy does. Merron- That is true 
Erica- I am surprised to hear that you feel much more comfortable sitting beside Maddy than a lot of other people. Merron- There is certain people I know you wouldnt put up. That's where I am coming from. Erica- It's Big Brother 
Merron to Erica- If you feel like you are okay to use the veto on me, I would like it. If not, I'd prefer you dont use the veto than use it on Maddy 
Merron to Erica- Next week I will not gun for you at all. I dont know if that's the case with Maddy. You and I have someone we can move forward with. I can be a number 
Erica- You dont think there is someone I could put up that would be better to sit beside than Maddy? Merron- I actually didnt think about it that far 
Merron- I would obviously rather you not use the veto than use it on Maddy. Erica- Why? Merron- I dont know who your replacement nominee is 
Erica- At no point in this entire process was I like "Merron, you are up cause you are going home". Merron- And I believe you 
Erica to Merron- I dont want to put him (Hamza) out a person. That doesnt benefit me. It's one of those things where I truly cant give you an answer. I dont know if I'll have an answer until the ceremony 
Erica- He (Hamza) is your ride or die. He values you so much. He has got your back 100. It is so rare in this game. Merron- I feel lucky but I also feel I am a burden to him sometimes 
Merron- What are you feeling with this? Erica- I really didnt want to win that. Merron- I know you didnt. Erica- Was it the 100 ponytail fixes or tying my shoes 100 times? I literally couldnt throw that if I tried 
Veronica- Erica put these two on the block for a reason. She is not going to want to get blood on her hands. Will- It would be a stupid game move for her at this point (to use PoV). Johnny- I think so too 
Kaela- I am living for this. I want to win so bad next week, and I want to keep shooting. Erica- I fucking trust the shit out of you. I literally trust you 150% 
Derek- If they did have some kind of secret Power of Veto, why would she (Veronica) be freaking the fuck out like this? Erica- True 
Kaela- She (Veronica) was definitely that vote. Erica- No doubt in my mind. Who the fuck has the balls to do that? Maddy? No. Paras? No. Who's left? Veronica. Be gone. I feel like it's going to be an almost unanimous vote 
Erica to Derek/Kaela- I am really just agitated with how she (Veronica) played this past week. I dont fuck with people who lie to people's face like that 
Erica to Derek/Kaela- Apparently Veronica was trying to convince Merron to not use the veto on himself if he won, and he was considering it 
Erica- If I am going to make a move, I might as well make it so the fans get what they want too. As far as I am concerned, there can only be one (bad bitch). Derek- That's fan favourite level 
Erica to Derek/Kaela- You know what I should say? Johnny was like "who do you think is a bad bitch?". She (Veronica) was like "oh my God. Me". I'll be like "Veronica, you think you are the bad bitch in the house. As far as I am concerned, there can only be one" 
Erica- I'll be like "I know you are a huge competitor. It's not a good idea game wise for me to let you compete in veto but at this point in the game, I think I can speak for myself and a lot of people when we say you have broken a lot of trust. Have a fucking seat. PLUR" 
Will- I definitely dont think she (Erica) is going to use it. Maddy- No. I think the only reason she would is she has spent three of four weeks safe and took no risks yet 
Erica to Derek/Kaela- This is going to be a week from hell once she (Veronica) gets her ass on the block 
Erica to Derek/Kaela- Liv came in. Veronica was like "oh my God, please, she is not dumb enough to backdoor one of us". I'm like yes I am! 
Erica- I dont want to talk to Veronica. Derek- She is going to be kicking the door down. Kaela- Say you dont want to put a bigger target on your back so you are not going to use it (then use it) 
Veronica- Honestly Maddy, I feel good. Maddy- I hope so. Veronica- We are rallying the troops. What you said to me today in the room opened my eyes a lot 
Ali to Erica- It's such a golden opportunity. It's literally that pool shot where it's lined up and you have just got to sink the fucking ball 
Erica- We have got you, Liv, Kaela, Derek, Paras, Maddy (to evict Veronica). Hamz might vote that way too. Ali- If Merron is up there, 100%. Erica- Ryan just told me I have his vote 
Erica told Ali she asked Maddy who would support her in not coming after Erica if she saves her. Erica said Maddy told her Paras and Will would be on board 
Ali- I believe her (Maddy). Erica- I do too. Ali- I really believe her. She came in after your chat and said "I believe I can bring a lot to the table". Erica- She busted her ass in that comp. Ali- She said "I am ready to pick a side" 
Ryan to Erica- You are Jess to Hamza's Cody. You are winning a bunch of comps. Between the two of you, you have won 5 of the 8 competitions 
Johnny- Would it be Merron or Maddy coming down? Ali- Maddy. Johnny- Erica would do that? Ali- I dont know yet. I am pushing for it. Johnny- Not Will? Ali- Not Will. Johnny- Dont tell me. I dont think she will do it 
Ali to Johnny- I dont know if she (Erica) is sold on it but there might be a big move this week. That's why I want to talk to her. I am pushing for the big move 
Erica to Ryan- I have so much fucking thinking to do. I dont think I will have an answer for anyone until the ceremony 
Ryan to Erica- If you decide a power move is where you want to make it, you'll have my support. I know you are not going after Hamz. He is the only person in this house I would not vote against right now 
Ryan to Erica- If I have a vote, it's your vote this week. I love Maddy to death. I think she is a great kid. Merron is a sweetheart. No matter which one walks out, I am going to have a devastating day 
Ryan to Erica- Will and Ronnie are a pair, Derek and Kaela are a pair, Ali and Liv are a pair, Hamzy and Merron are a pair. It might be time for you to say "what pair do I want to work with?". I think (targeting) the showmance is too aggressive a move 
Ryan told Erica she can put a group together, decide on a target, then agree to get that bigger threat out. He explained that it's then a team decision as opposed to one in which she gets all of the blood on her hands 
Ryan- There are bigger threats than Maddy or Merron. Erica- That's why I wouldnt have hated it if Maddy won. Then it's like I am putting somebody up because I have to 
Ryan to Erica- If you are not locked into something with people before the veto meeting, then you probably shouldnt use it. At the moment, you have the opportunity to lock in something before the veto meeting 
Erica to Ryan- I am afraid if I use the veto it's like "damn this girl is a comp beast, is cutthroat, she's social. Get her out" 
Erica to Ryan- I like the idea of being able to resume build. I think it's important. I am not here to play for second 
Ryan to Erica- As much as Maddy believes in herself, I dont think anybody at the end of the game is going to give you credit for eliminating Maddy or Merron 
Erica to Ryan- I dont think I am going to use the fucking veto. If I were to use the veto, I take onus of that and it's on me. That's a good and a bad thing 
Erica to Ryan- I am glad that it is in my possession. I'm glad that I'm the one that has the final say 
Erica- How goes it? Ryan- Good. You? Erica- As good as one can be when they just won their third comp in four weeks like a big moron 
Erica to Maddy- I dont want to go home in a double eviction. If your people in the house win, I dont want to be put up but I dont know who your people are. Seems like your people are everybody 
Erica won the Power of Veto!

Live Feed Updates Saturday , March 24th

March 24, 2018

Live Feed Updates Saturday , March 24th
Veronica- What do you think they (Ali/Olivia) would do? Will- 100% they will keep it the same. Veronica- Erica would want it to be the same. Her plan isnt a backdoor 
Will- If you are on the block against Merron, you would be gone. Veronica- You think so? Will- 100% 
Veronica to Will- If I get put on the block, I know I have you, Derek, Kaela, Paras, Maddy, Hamz. Unless I'm against Merron. Maybe Hamz would vote for Merron 
Will- I'd feel so bad if one of them wins the veto, hauls themselves down, and you get put on the block. Veronica- I know, and it's a fucking possibility so fuck off 
Veronica- If I ever get put on the block, I am telling you right fucking now that I am turning this house upside down. You havent seen people fucking campaign until you see me. Will- You know you would have my vote. Veronica- Against anyone? Will- Yes 
Veronica told Will she will nominate Ryan next week, telling him she is doing him a favour since he would rather go pre-jury if he cant win the game. She said there is no way he is making it to the end 
Will to Veronica- Keeping Maddy keeps a target on her back that we dont need on ours. Keeping Merron puts a target on your back 
Veronica to Will- I have to explain to him (Merron) that this was a promise we made before we came into the house. I have got to start thinking about my game and stop being emotional 
Will- Next week for a double, if Maddy is still here, she would be an easy target to put up again. Veronica- You are right 
Will to Veronica- I dont know if we would be able to get six votes (to evict Merron). Me, Paras, you, Derek, Kaela, and I think Johnny 
Will to Veronica- If you are on the block against him (Merron), people are going to vote to send you home cause he is less of a threat 
Will- You have got to have my back over anyone's in the house. Veronica- You dont have my back over anyone's. Will- Yes I do. If you were up against Maddy, I would fight for you to stay 
Veronica- I get Hamzy's loyalty to him (Merron) but I dont owe Hamzy anything. Will- Me neither 
Will- I think she (Maddy) would definitely be the best person to keep. Veronica- I agree. I truly do believe she is loyal to me, you and Paras. Will- What the fuck is Merron's purpose? t 
After Veronica left the room, Kaela said "what a bunch of bullshit"
Veronica to Derek/Kaela- I swear to God I would literally love to take you and you and Will and Hamz to the end 
Veronica- If any one of us goes up, we are fighting to keep each other in this game. Derek- Fuck yeah. Kaela- I honestly cant see anyone but Ryan going up though 
Veronica to Derek/Kaela- Merron is going to fucking float in this game. He is always probably going to be a pawn. He is never going to turn against Hamz. How long do I want to let him float for? Maddy is very strong mentally. It's a pro and a con 
Veronica to Derek/Kaela- It's not going to be based off a promise I made the first day in the house. Cause of how big of a target I am, I have to start making decisions that benefit my game 
Veronica to Derek/Kaela- We (Merron and I) sort of made a promise to each other. Then again, that promise was made before I got to know everyone in here. I have Maddy who is in my room and who I talk to 
Veronica- Do you know which direction you are going in? Kaela- I havent talked game with Merron at all, so no. Veronica- I am super torn 
Derek- It would be better for us to get rid of Five's Company. Kaela- I'm not even into that. Derek- We have a way better chance of winning HoHs (against the red room) 
Kaela- We dont have to pick a side until we win. If I have a chance to win, I'm not going to not win. Derek- Especially if it's a double 
Derek- It would be nice even to break her (Veronica) and Will up. Kaela- And then if it was a double eviction, put Hamza and Will on the block right away. If we can take two out in one day... Derek- Boom 
Kaela- She (Paras) doesnt trust V that much. She does talk about us to her. Derek- I had a feeling. Kaela- If V goes this week, I will be glad 
Ali- I cant figure out if Canada loves her (Veronica) or... Kaela- Sorry Canada, we like game moves instead of entertainment for you 
Paras- At some point I have to make that switch cause I dont fucking want to play with the white room. Plant the seeds now. Kaela- Sounds good. I got you 
Ali implied to Maddy that she will throw the veto to her if there is the opportunity to do so and there is no cash on the line 
Maddy- I am not going home in the fourth week. There is absolutely no fucking way. Ali- Good. That's what I like to hear 
Maddy to Ali- Veronica is freaking out right now. I love Will but him and Veronica are losing it right now that they could be the replacement nominee 
Olivia- This week we are fine. We just have one more person before jury. Kaela- I'd love for it to be Ryan. Out of being scared that the other side will win, I wouldnt mind if it was Hamza or Will. Olivia- I'd prefer it be Hamz. Kaela- Me too 
Kaela- I feel good with Johnny. I hope he picks our side, but the fact that he hasnt picked a side and he voiced that makes me nervous. Olivia- Me too

Live Feed Updates Saturday , March 24th

March 24, 2018

Live Feed Updates Saturday , March 24th
Maddy- It makes much more sense for you to want me to stay. Ryan- I think so too. If I am using the necklace, it would go on you and not Merron. What I cannot guarantee is if I have it that I'm using it 
Ryan- I feel like yesterday it sounded like if I won the veto that I wouldnt be willing to take you down. Maddy- It did. Ryan- That's not the case. I cant commit 100% but I also dont want you think that absolutely not 
Johnny- Would you throw it to Maddy? Olivia- I would throw it to Maddy if she was going to win. Ali- Yeah, it would have to be one of those things where it was a guaranteed win 
The houseguests were instructed to go to the HoH room. Feeds went down 
Maddy- For you to waver stresses me out. Veronica- The only reason it's wavering... Maddy- Is because of another promise (to Merron). Veronica- And it's still not enough to really make me waver 
Maddy- We have to eventually make these moves to show where the trust is. Veronica- Exactly. I am so happy we are having this conversation right now 
Veronica to Maddy- I would pray if I was ever on the block, you guys (Maddy/Paras/Will) would fight for me. I think it's only fair that you feel the same way about us 
Veronica- As much as you need us, I need you guys (Maddy/Paras/Will). Maddy- It is important that we do legitimately and genuinely feel that way about each other 
Maddy- When I think about where I land, it is among the four of us (Maddy/Paras/Veronica/Will). Veronica- I feel good that no matter what I have three people that will have my back. That is probably what I will have to make my decision on 
Veronica to Maddy- Regardless of the promise I made to Merron before I came into the house and got to know anybody, I have socialized with you, Paras and Will more, I have established more, and have given and received more opportunities to build trust than with Merron 
Veronica- Are you very committed to our group? Maddy- Of course. These extra side relationships are necessary for all of us 
Erica to Will- I dont want you to feel nervous at all. There are very few people I would confidently give a you are not going up statement to. Maybe just you. I am not even considering putting you up 
Erica to Ali- I think I want to do it (backdoor Veronica). Why the fuck not? When no one would take a shot at Paul, we were like "you guys are fucking idiots!". I am just worried about a fucking secret veto 
Erica- I cant wait to watch this back and see if she (Veronica) was actually the rogue vote. Ali- I cant see who else would have the balls 
Ali and Erica are discussing that Veronica is bad for Hamza's game. Erica said no one will want to associate with Hamza as long as he is with her
Paras- Out of everybody in that room currently, obviously I am good for this week but Erica is probably the most threatening to my game. Kaela- I knew that too. Once Erica got HoH, I was like I need to do some digging 
Paras- She (Erica) has still never talked game with me. Did she say anything else? Kaela- You are more workable than Maddy. If she needed to pull someone for a number, you are more pullable. She would want Maddy out first
Kaela- I dont think Ali and Liv trust me at all. Right now, they dont have power and we dont have power. Paras- Call a truce for now? Kaela- We didnt call a truce. We're just trying to be nice. If they were to get power, I swear to God I'd be on
Kaela- Ali and Liv are both talking to me like nothing has ever happened. I swear to God that they still hate me. Paras- I believe that. Kaela- I dont trust them at all

Live Feed Updates Saturday , March 24th

March 24, 2018

Live Feed Updates Saturday , March 24th
Ali to Olivia- If we get the chance to pull one of them down, we take the shot (at Veronica) regardless. If noms stay the same, why poke the bear? We might be dead either way, but why give her more reason? 
Hamza- You use it on your fucking self and take your damn self down. If you go home because of that, you are going to look at it as the stupidest move. Merron- All I'm saying is I am not narrow minded to the whole thing 
Merron to Ali/Hamza/Veronica- I am willing to have an open mind (about not using the PoV) but I am more leaning towards using it on myself 
Veronica to Ali/Hamza/Merron- The big move would be keeping it the same and everyone voting Merron to stay 
Hamza- She (Erica) does think you are the one that voted. Veronica- She does. Merron- Did you? Veronica- No. But she said it's not that big of a deal 
Hamza to Merron/Veronica- If one of you fuckers walks out, I swear to you next week I will put the two biggest people in this fucking house on the block. I will fucking retaliate. I will go me against the whole fucking house 
Hamza to Veronica- She is not going to put up Johnny, she is not going to put up Derek and Kaela, she is not going to put Liv and Ali. She said she really likes Paras. She is not going to put me up, she swore she is not going to put Ryan up. There is you and Will 
Veronica to Hamza/Merron- She (Erica) said a lot of shit to me. It would be fucked if she backdoored me. She seems like such a good person. It would be very hard for her to backdoor someone 
Will- I will talk to Derek and Kaela when the time is right. Me, Paras, Veronica, Johnny, Derek and Kaela is all we need. I dont think you are going to get Ali and Liv. Maddy- We'll see. They dont have much. For me to owe them is good too 
Will- You have got to campaign your ass off. Maddy- It is better for Ryan's game if I stay too. Merron is going to be what Hamz says he is. Will- Merron is a bigger threat to me. I told you from Day 1 I was going to do whatever I can to get you to stay 
Maddy- I am very surprised for her (Erica) to go for a neutral week. For someone who has spent 3 of 4 weeks safe, I dont know why you would want to underperform. Merron- Very true. I would be making moves 
Maddy- How do you feel about the pick today? Merron- I wanted my boy Hamz. It's okay. It almost makes it even more satisfying if I were to win 
Merron- If I know it's you going on the block, I feel people would vote you out cause you are a threat. I dont want you to leave. Veronica- If she says she is not going to put me up, take yourself off the block 
Merron- I will have to see who the replacement nominee is. If I win, I'm going to have to see who it is she would put up. If it's someone I work with, I wont use it. Veronica- That's a good idea 
Veronica- You feel good though? You are not nervous? Merron- I am nervous. I'm not going to kill myself before anything happens. I will start to worry if Maddy wins the veto. That's literally the worst case scenario 
Merron- If I dont win, I would rather it not be used at all. Veronica- Me, Hamz, Liv, Ali for sure would vote for you. I think Derek and Kaela would vote for you cause they like me, Will and Hamz 
Veronica to Merron- I think best case is you stay on the block. For everybody that's in our alliance, yes. I get why you wouldnt want to stay on the block urs ago
Maddy- If it gets down to me, you and Ali, you dont even necessarily have to try. Olivia- If it's a prize, I'm going to go for it. If not, I will give it to you

Summary of day Day 21 Live Feed Updates Friday , March 23th

March 23, 2018

Summary of day Day 21
Live Feed Updates Friday , March 23th
10:00-11:00 AM: Erica told Olivia she is putting Maddy and Merron up. Erica said she has no desire to get Ryan out. Erica said she will only make the huge move against Veronica if people can guarantee her that she will leave. Olivia said Erica would have the votes if she uses the veto on Maddy, since she would have Maddy, her, Derek, Kaela and Paras. Erica said Hamza told her that he would prefer to keep Merron over Veronica, so that would be another vote. Later, Erica told Merron that she is good with him but she still needs to put two people on the block. Erica said Merron is on the short list. Erica said there is someone she wants on the block and someone will be there just to fill a chair. Erica said she would love nothing more than for Merron to stay or win the veto. Merron said that even though they haven’t talked game, he sees her as someone that he can work with. Erica said she has gotten that vibe. Erica reiterated that she is not gunning for Merron even if he ends up on the block. Merron asked who he would be sitting on the block next to. Erica said Maddy. She mentioned that Maddy is rubbing a lot of people the wrong way. Erica asked Merron if he has a bond with Veronica. Merron said he feels that Veronica is a wild card but he doesn’t think that she is targeting Erica.

11:00-12:00 PM: Erica let Johnny know that she plans to nominate Maddy and Merron. Johnny asked if she is planning to backdoor Veronica. Erica said no. She told Johnny that doing that is not the goal for the week, though she is going to have to think about who goes up if someone wins the veto. Both agree that Veronica was likely the rogue vote yesterday. Erica said Veronica is a huge threat but she doesn’t think that she is a threat to them at the moment. Erica said going after her would be a huge shot to take. Johnny said it seems silly for it to be Erica’s shot. Erica said she wants to make big moves but she isn’t sure if she needs to put that target on her back. Ideally Erica would like to see the nominations stay the same so that Maddy can go. Johnny asked if she wouldn’t want Merron to go. Erica said no because she does not view him as a threat. As for Maddy, Erica said she has never spoken game with her and she doesn’t like when people run from room to room in attempt to be in on every conversation. Johnny said he doesn’t want Maddy to go. Erica asked who he would like to see go over Maddy. Johnny said Merron. Johnny said Maddy is likely a number that he can pick up when he needs her. Johnny suggested that Hamza as a standalone is more beneficial to them than Hamza with Merron is. Erica said she would worry that Hamza would align himself with someone else if Merron left. Erica talked about wanting to cut off Veronica’s resources. When Johnny said he doesn’t see Maddy as that, Erica said she doesn’t either but she is not going to take a shot at Will right now. Next up was Paras’ turn to talk to Erica. Paras admitted that she doesn’t have the faith in Maddy and Will that she once did. She talked about there being red flags with them. They then discussed the rogue vote. Erica said she didn’t think for a second that it was Paras. Both brought up that Veronica had lengthy conversations with them about it. Paras said no one was talking about it until Veronica went room to room to bring it up. Erica said she thinks that Veronica is good with the two of them for now and she doesn’t want to be the one to take that shot.

12:00-1:00 PM: Erica told Ali that everyone has voiced concerns about Veronica. Ali asked if Hamza is included in that bunch. Erica said Hamza told her that he would prefer to keep Merron over Veronica. Erica mentioned that it was important for her to see exactly how far Veronica was willing to go with a lie last night. She said about half of their 45 minute conversation was about the vote. Erica said she doesn’t feel immediately threatened by Veronica but her people are in danger. Erica worried that people would come after her if she gets Veronica out, since she would be the next big female threat. Ali said there are still big threats in Hamza, Derek, Kaela, Will, herself and Merron. Erica said she is considering two routes. In an ideal world, Erica said she would put up Will. Erica explained that she loves Will too much to take a shot at him. Erica once again mentioned cutting off Veronica’s resources in order to take her down. Ali said the good thing about taking Veronica out is that it gives them Hamza and Will. Erica said she is probably 70% considering taking the shot at Veronica if the opportunity presents itself. Veronica said her biggest fear is that there is an opportunity to take the shot, she doesn’t take it, and then Veronica wins HoH in a double. Ali said it’s good that everyone brought Veronica up. Erica said if she wins veto and decides to take the shot, she is pulling Maddy down. Erica explained that she doesn’t want there to be any debate.

4:00-5:00 PM: Erica asked Kaela how she feels about Maddy and Merron being the nominees. Kaela said she can’t trust Maddy at all so she is fine with it if Erica wants her gone this week. Erica said she still believes that Veronica voted to evict Olivia. Kaela said whoever did it made it seem like it was her. Erica told Kaela that Veronica keeps saying it was Kaela who voted to evict Olivia. Erica said that if Will wasn’t such an incredible person, she would want him to go home from a game perspective. Kaela commented that Will is working with everyone. Erica agreed but said she could never take a shot at Will. Erica mentioned Will saying that he didn’t want to win HoH since he wouldn’t know who to put up. Kaela said Will is good with Ali, Olivia, Derek, Maddy, Paras, Hamza and Veronica. Erica said he is good with Merron as well. Erica revealed that she is sketched out by Veronica. Erica said she doesn’t want someone in the game who has tossed out Kaela’s name, Derek’s name, Ali’s name and Olivia’s name. The girls agreed that they would feel nervous if Veronica were to win HoH. Erica said she wants Veronica out. Kaela said she does too. Erica admitted that she isn’t sure that she wants to take the shot. Kaela told her not to worry about it until after the veto.

5:00-6:00 PM: Derek told Kaela he is dreaming of winning the veto and backdooring Veronica. Kaela said she thinks that Erica would do it if people are on board. Kaela let Derek know that the plan is to nominate Maddy and Merron with Maddy being the target. Kaela said she is fine with that since she feels that Merron is more on her side than Maddy is. Derek asked which of the two would be better to have on the block next to Veronica. Kaela thinks that Veronica would leave over either one of them. She counted off the sure votes as Ali, Olivia, Paras and the two of them. She also said Ryan would take the shot, plus Johnny wouldn’t go against them if they are all doing it. Derek and Kaela agreed that they would have to tell Veronica that she is safe the whole time, then blindside her. Derek said he would probably nominate Veronica and Will. Kaela suggested trying to convince Hamza that the veto needs to be won so they need to put him up. Kaela explained that Hamza and Will could be nominated, one of them would win the veto, then Veronica can go on the block.

6:00-7:00 PM: Hamza asked Erica how she is feeling. Erica said that she is happy with her decision. Erica informed Hamza that he is not going on the block even though he wants to. Hamza said he wants to go up so that he can play in the veto competition. Erica said it’s not worth it. She also told Hamza that it will look like she was trying to backdoor someone if she puts him up in order to win the veto. Hamza agreed. Hamza asked Erica to pick him if she gets houseguest’s choice. Erica promised that she would do that. When Hamza asked if she has thought about what she would do for a replacement nominee, Erica said it would depend if she wants to do something safe or do something big. Hamza said he is glad that she is thinking both ways. Hamza said Veronica is still kind of scared. Erica said she should be. Erica told Hamza she assumes that his loyalties lie with her over Veronica. Hamza said Erica is the last person that she would want out of the game. Erica said she feels like everybody can see that Maddy is playing both sides, and she would like to take flip floppers out. Hamza said he is 100% down with her. Erica then talked a little bit of game with Olivia. Olivia said people would be hyped if Erica backdoored Veronica. Erica said she thinks that Olivia is right about that. Olivia said Erica would have more support than she thinks.

7:00-8:00 PM: Ali and Erica talked about Veronica. Erica said she still isn’t sure if backdooring Veronica is something that she will pursue. Ali said it would be a big move but she understands that the heat would be on Erica if it backfires, so she would not pressure her into doing it. Ali encouraged Erica to do what feels right. Veronica then checked in with Erica to ask if she has any idea what she is doing for nominations. Erica assured Veronica that she is not going on the block. Veronica said that will open the door to so many more conversations between the two of them. Erica talked about being nervous when she saw Veronica giving Jesse hope well past the point that they had decided to keep Olivia. She revealed that some people are now questioning the truthfulness of the things that Veronica says. Veronica said the only thing that she can do is be so honest and truthful from this point on that people forget. Veronica explained that she said she has Jesse’s back, then the people that she trusts had good points but Jesse would then convince her that she was doing the wrong thing. Veronica said she will never tell someone they are safe until the day before the eviction from now on. She also said she is never going to agree to things so quickly. Veronica told Erica that not putting her on the block will allow her to have a fresh start. Erica said she is giving Veronica the benefit of the doubt since she doesn’t think that she has lied to her except for potentially about the vote. Erica said she still thinks that it was Veronica. Veronica said she is glad that she is being given a chance regardless of the vote. Erica then spoke to Merron to let him know that he is going on the block. She said it’s not personal, and she will be rooting for him to win the veto. Erica reiterated that he is not the target. Merron asked if Maddy is going up next to him. Erica said yeah.

8:00-9:00 PM: Erica let Maddy know that she is planning to nominate her. Maddy asked who she will be going on the block next to. Erica said Merron, which led Maddy to believe that she is the target. Erica explained that she is making her decision based on who she has spoken the most and least game to. Erica said it kind of rubs her the wrong way when people don’t really have a side. Maddy said there are definitely other people who Erica has not talked game with, though she likely doesn’t seem them as potential players. Erica agreed that there is a difference between those who she thinks can bring it and those who she thinks cannot. Maddy said that’s a strategic admission that Erica is making by putting her on the block. Maddy told Erica that she doesn’t have to pit them against each other, yet that’s how it may have to be if she makes this move. Maddy said she was not expecting this move based on how their talks had been progressing of late. Maddy said it is disappointing to have the line drawn this way. Maddy told Erica she would not have put her on the block had she won, which Erica said she believes. While Maddy said going on the block would not draw the line, she acknowledged that it would be sending them in an unfortunate direction. Erica told Maddy she gave her a lot to think about.

9:00-10:00 PM: Maddy let Will know that Erica is putting her on the block next to Merron. Maddy said it doesn’t look good since people will keep Merron. Will said Maddy is going to have to go hard right away. He suggested going for Derek and Kaela right now. Maddy then pulled Derek aside to talk. Feeds then went down.

11:00-12:00 AM: The nomination ceremony took place. Erica nominated Maddy and Merron for eviction. In the bathroom, Johnny asked Ali for her thoughts on who she would choose between the two nominees. Ali said her biggest problem with Maddy has been that she cannot trust her. She mentioned that the things she tells Maddy seem to get around. Johnny wants to keep Maddy in the game. He said he isn’t sure that others will look at targeting Merron moving forward. They discussed that campaigning against Merron would be going against Hamza. Ali said Merron is to Hamza what Jesse was to Derek. In the white room, Paras let Maddy know that Olivia talked to her about wanting Veronica out. Maddy said Ali has been pretty open with that too. Paras said Olivia told her that they had to make sure Veronica didn’t have a chance to fight for the veto. Maddy said she will blow things up if she is on the block next to Veronica, in order to ensure that Veronica goes home. Paras said she would go home regardless so there is no point in doing that. Maddy asked if she and Merron went up with the backdoor plan in mind. Paras clarified that she hasn’t heard it from Erica. Paras said it cannot get out to Veronica or else it will come back to bite Maddy. Paras said she wasn’t supposed to tell Maddy anything until after the veto but she hopes that this proves her loyalty. Elsewhere, Ali told Olivia that the best case scenario is she wins the veto, uses it on Maddy, makes a deal with her, and then they explain to Merron that they are keeping him in order to work with him. Olivia thinks that the veto will be used no matter what this week. Ali said Erica might keep it the same since she is having her doubts.

12:00-1:00 AM: Ali and Olivia discussed that getting Maddy out may not be the best option if nominations stay the same. Olivia pointed out that Merron is close to Hamza. She said Kaela brought up wanting to keep Maddy for that reason. Ali then went to talk to Maddy. Much of the conversation was about Veronica. Maddy said she saw her lie in a way that stresses her out. Ali said she sees a comp beast and manipulator in Veronica. They discussed that Veronica was likely the second vote to evict Olivia. Ali said her gut is telling her that she can put some faith in Maddy. Maddy said she can. Ali told Maddy that without saying too much, she can pick her if she gets houseguest’s choice. Maddy said Olivia told her something along those lines as well. Ali told Maddy she is not going into this battle alone. Ali suggested that Maddy try to open Johnny’s eyes a bit when it comes to Veronica. In the bathroom, Paras spoke to the cameras. She said she believes that her best shot will be trying to be the third in every pair. Paras said she is killing it with Ali and Olivia, and Derek and Kaela already. Paras brought up that she needs to win the HoH competition in the double eviction both times. Paras wants to wait a couple of weeks before building her resume by racking up HoH wins. Paras said Ryan has to go and Veronica has to go. As for Merron, she said that he can stay since she has control over him. Paras said she wants to keep Maddy in the game for a bit longer, so she is going to push for Veronica to go this week. Paras added that she cannot work with someone who lies through their teeth like that.

 Live Feed Updates Friday , March 23th

March 23, 2018

 Live Feed Updates Friday , March 23th
Veronica- Are you not going to tell the rest of the house? Are you just going to tell them (the nominees)? Erica- If they want to tell people, they can
Veronica- That opens the door to so many more conversations that I want to have with you. Erica- I would actually like to pick your brain and see where your head is at 
Erica- I am not putting you on the block. You can chill the fuck out. I know you have been stressed. Veronica- Because of the fucking Jesse thing 
Veronica- All I can do is hope the feelings I think you have towards me are valid. I also could be completely wrong. I want to know how you are feeling going into this nomination. Are you torn? Do you have no clue? Erica- I'm not torn by any means 
Erica- I feel like I have a good read on people. I feel like I can tell when people are bullshitting. Veronica- I love that you just said that. It's like me. I can feel the energy that people give me 
Erica- People havent been throwing names out there. I dont know if it's cause everyone kind of knows where they lie in the house. Veronica- I think it's because everyone doesnt know who you want to work wit
Ali to Erica- It's a big move (to backdoor Veronica). I also understand the fact that if it backfires, that's your ass on the line. I'm not for a second going to ever pressure you to do it. You have to do what feels right
Erica to Ali- When we were in the hot tub talking about how she (Veronica) is gonna say all this to Ryan, she's like "this could be a huge TV moment". She's like "it's going to be my Ika Wong moment". As soon as I saw it, I was like do not fucking disgrace the lord's name 
Erica to Ali- I still dont know if that (backdooring Veronica) is even something that I am going to pursue. I need to make sure that I am mentally prepared for all options. I dont think she's lying to me, but nobody thinks she is lying to them urs ago
Ali- I will let her (Veronica) get in here and talk to you. Erica- I just dont want to have another 45 minute conversation. I'm debating just being like "I am not putting you up". Ali- Fuck that. Erica- Make her sweat a little 
Ali- V wanted to come back in here (HoH). Erica- She is nervous apparently. Ali- Really? Who told you that? Erica- Liv, Kaela and someone else. Hamz maybe. Ali- She doesnt let me see that. That's what makes me feel like I'm still a target to her 
Erica to Ali- I would never work with Hamz until the game is cutthroat. You want a cutthroat person when it has gotten to that point 
Olivia- If you backdoored Veronica, people would be hyped. Erica- I think you are right. Olivia- I think you would have more support than you think 
Erica- For numbers sake especially, you, me, Ali, Daela is a great thing for now. Olivia- Mhmm. I absolutely love Johnny. My fear is he is so close to everybody. I cant say anything about anybody without him defending them 
Kaela to Derek- Neda was like a mastermind, and Jon was good at comps. They complemented each other really well. Jillian and Emmett were comp beasts. They rotated HoHs

 Live Feed Updates Friday , March 23t

March 23, 2018

 Live Feed Updates Friday , March 23th
Ali to Maddy- Dont say it came from me but try and open Johnny's eyes a little bit (about Veronica) 
Maddy to Ali- She (Paras) is really receptive to comfort. She will spill tea if she feels comforted. Veronica is really good at getting her in that mood 
Ali- Without saying too much, if you get houseguest's choice, you can pick me. Maddy- Good to hear. She (Olivia) said something along those lines. Ali- You are not going into this battle alone 
Ali- My gut tells me that I can put some faith in you. Maddy- I can. Ali- I'm not going to lie and say I am all the way there. Maddy- You shouldnt be 
Ali- I have heard some murmurs of things being said about me. Maddy- From me? Ali- From this room, about me. Maddy- There were talks about you in this room. I wouldnt say anything. There have been talks about you from that bed (Veronica's) 
Ali told Maddy she doesnt think that Veronica is the reason she was safe last week. She thinks Veronica only approached her to reach out once she knew that Hamza wouldnt put her up 
Maddy to Ali- I think it was her (Veronica) that did that vote. Nobody denies something so vehemently # 
Ali to Maddy- I see comp beast (in Veronica), I see manipulation, I see stone cold faced liar, I see no emotion, I see thirsty for fame 
Ali- Just remember who she (Veronica) was to Jesse. Take whatever she says to you with a grain of salt. Maddy- For sure. My worry is her influence over other people in the house 
Maddy- Ryan stresses me out a lot. Ali- You are not alone on that. Maddy- This week, I saw Veronica lie in a way that stressed me out 
Olivia- If we save her (Maddy) this week, she wont come after us at least for a little. Ali- True. It's tough. Olivia- Something to think about 
Olivia told Ali that Kaela also brought up saving Maddy over Merron since Merron is close to Hamza 
Olivia to Ali- If noms stay the same, I dont know if Maddy is the best option to go home. Merron is really close to Hamza. He is already campaigning 
Ali- Erica might keep it the same. She is having doubts. Her thing is she is afraid that there might be a secret veto. Olivia- We will find out if Merron uses it. Ali- Might be eviction day 
Ali to Olivia- Best case scenario I play veto, win $5,000, use the veto on Maddy, make a deal with her. Veronica goes up, Veronica goes home. We tell Merron we are saving him with the thought we can work with him 
More
Merron to Ali/Olivia- I want to prove why I was brought here, why I deserve to be here. I have so much energy and emotion inside of me. I want that moment to win and scream 
Merron to Ali/Olivia- All I am doing right now is picturing whoever hosts the comp put the necklace around my head 
Paras- You just have to make sure you win veto. That's the best case scenario. Maddy- Or if you or Will get picked. Paras- I am fighting for you 
Paras to Maddy- I was supposed to not tell you anything until after the veto. I saw you distraught and couldnt help myself. I hope that proves my loyalty to you. It has been me and you since night one. I have your back 
Paras to Maddy- I just want to make sure nothing gets out by any means. It will come back to bite you in the ass if she (Veronica) finds out about it 
Johnny- I dont know how Erica fits into it all. Ali- If you take Derek out, my thoughts are she gets strong with Kaela 
Johnny- I want Kaela around but everyone wants Kaela around. Ali- You think Derek is better for our game? Johnny- No. I think Derek has potentially lied to me. I dont think Kaela has 
Johnny- Do we want Daela on jury? Two locked votes voting the same no matter what. Ali- I think we do. I believe that neither one of them would be a bitter juror. Johnny- True 
Olivia- I just want Veronica gone so bad. Ali- So bad. I have been passionate about this since the day she stepped foot in this fucking house. Olivia- Me too! 
Paras- I still want to keep Maddy here for a bit longer. I am going to push for V to go this week. I cant trust her. She might have my back. It sounds like she does. She needs my brains but I cant trust someone who lies through their teeth that easily 
Paras- I am a lone wolf now. When they evicted Jesse, it made me realize they dont give a shit about me and my influence. I no longer have any alliance. I cant wait to send all of them home 
Paras- I am going back and forth way too much. I know that but I dont have a filter. I want to play without emotions but seeing Maddy so distraught broke my heart. I had to let her in on it 
Paras- Ryan has got to go, V has got to go. I like Merron. I have control over Merron. Merron can stay. I also have got to start getting rid of these targets and big threats sooner than later so I can win out the last three weeks 
Paras- I am going to start building my resume but not yet. Couple more weeks and I am going to start winning these HoHs. I am going to rack them up and start taking shots 
Paras- I have to win the double eviction both times. Those are the two I have to win. If there is some sort of secret veto, I am praying every night that I get it 
Paras- I think my best shot is to be the third in every pair. When one of the pairs goes home, I swoop in and look like the lone wolf. I am already killing it with Ali and Liv, killing it with Daela. Sorry Jesse but I think this might have helped my game. Still miss you 
Paras to camera- I wish I had my person in this house. I love Maddy but it's not going to work that way. I'll have her back but it's not going to work that way. She is way too focused on playing her own game. I cant have that

Live Feed Updates Friday , March 23th

March 23, 2018

Live Feed Updates Friday , March 23th
Kaela to Derek- Neda was like a mastermind, and Jon was good at comps. They complemented each other really well. Jillian and Emmett were comp beasts. They rotated HoHs 
Kaela to Derek- He (Demetres) won every other week. If he wasnt playing in HoH, the next HoH he won. He won everything 
Derek- Do you think we are one of the stronger showmances to be on the show so far? Kaela- Ika and Demetres were insanely strong. Her social game was unlike anyone who has ever played. She could be bad ass, ruthless, mouth off to people, and everyone kept her stil

Erica- I feel like everybody can see that Maddy plays both sides. Hamza- She is such a flippy floppy person. Erica- I would rather take out flip floppers. Hamza- I'm down with you 100% 
Hamza- V is still kind of scared. Erica- Good. She should be. I assume your loyalties lie with me before they lie with V? Hamza- Are you stupid? Stop that. You are the last person I would take out of this game 
Hamza- Did you even think about who you would put up as a replacement? Erica- Depends if I want to do something safe or do something big. Hamza- I like that you are thinking both ways 
Hamza- If you get houseguest's choice, please can you pick me? Erica- I will pick you. Hamza- Yes! Really? Erica- I promise 
Erica- I am not sending you home. You are one of my best friends in this house. Hamza- Aww. Erica- I need you to survive in this house. I know you know you are pitching a stupid suggestion 
Erica- I'm content with my decision. Hamza- You can put me up if you want is all I'm saying. Erica- Why the fuck would I want to do that? Hamza- So I can destroy the veto. Erica- Then it looks like I'm trying to backdoor someone. Hamza- You're right 
Erica- I know you want to be put up. You are not being put up. Hamza- I want to be put up. Just do it. Erica- Why would I want to do that? Hamza- So that I can play. Erica- Not worth it 
Hamza- How are you feeling? Erica- For noms? I am happy with my decision

Live Feed Updates Friday , March 23th

March 23, 2018

 Live Feed Updates Friday , March 23th
Erica to Johnny- I dont want to take Maddy out of the game if it's going to hurt your game...but I am not taking a shot at the red room. 100% no. Every person in that room will be someone's target 
Erica to Johnny- I have never spoken game with Maddy. I dont like people who run from room to room and try to intervene in every conversation. I have heard her talk shit about everyone 
Erica- That (Veronica) would be a huge shot to take. Johnny- Seems silly for it to be your shot to take. Erica- I do want to make big moves in the game but why do I need to put that target on my back? My ideal world is Merron and Maddy go up, Maddy goes home 
Erica- Veronica is a huge threat in the game. Right now, not to us but I dont know where she is at. She has been all over the place. I'm still decently convinced that she was the rogue vote. Johnny- I am too 
Johnny- Are you planning on backdooring Veronica? Erica- No. That's not the goal of the week. If a veto gets used, I am going to think about who the fuck else is going on that block, but no 
Erica- Is there no one week late bond with you guys? Merron- Me and V? V is someone that I definitely feel like she is a wild card. So am I. I do feel like she doesnt have her targets in your direction. I dont think she is gunning for you 
Erica- I dont know how close she (Maddy) is with Paras and Will still. Merron- I dont know her relationship status with Will. Paras, I feel they are close 
Merron- If you dont mind me asking, who would be the person that I am sitting beside? Erica- I am thinking of putting you beside Maddy. I have heard from a lot of people that she is rubbing people the wrong way 
Merron- When you do tell me that I am not your target, I believe you. Erica- I am not the kind of person that lies to someone's face 
Erica to Merron- Just know that if you find yourself sitting on the block...I am not gunning to have you out at all. I see you as a loyal and trustworthy guy 
Erica to Merron- I am still gunning for veto cause I would like the option to put someone else on the block who I perceive to be an even bigger target 
Erica to Merron- The amount of support you have given me throughout the week has not gone unnoticed. For game reason, I dont really have any reason not to put you on the block 
Merron- How I saw our situation is Hamz I trust 100%, and Hamz trusts you 100%. Like I said, it's fair for you to say we havent talked game. I just want you to know I have always considered you someone I can work with. Erica- I've gotten that vibe 
Erica- For me, I would love nothing more than for you to stay or to win the veto. I dont get a benefit from you going home. Merron- 100%. Thank you 
Erica to Merron- I'm good with you but I still need to put two names up there. Your name is on the short list. Know that there is someone in mind that I would actually like to see sitting on the block, and the other is just filling a chair 
Johnny asked Erica how she feels about Paras. Erica said she feels that Paras is more of a straight shooter than Maddy is
Johnny- Game wise it might not make sense for him (Hamza) to have our backs over some other people. With Merron out of the picture, it cuts that off. Erica- The thing I'm worried about is Hamz is going to tie himself to someone else 
Johnny to Erica- I just feel like Hamza as a standalone is more beneficial to us than Hamza and Merron 
Johnny- I dont want Maddy to go. Erica- Who would you want to go over Maddy? Merron and Ryan? Johnny- Yeah. Merron. I feel like she (Maddy) is a number I can pick up when I need her

 Live Feed Updates Friday , March 23th

March 23, 2018

 Live Feed Updates Friday , March 23th
Veronica to Erica- The biggest piece of advice I can give you as an HoH is dont be naive. Recognize who talks to you more, who is trying to talk to you less. Be fucking smart in this position 
Erica to Veronica- I know you feel I am a closed book. It's not that I dont have opinions. Knowledge is power. I dont want to gossip 
Veronica- Even these game talks, I feel so good with you. I feel so pumped after talking. Erica- It's not draining. Veronica- We talk about real shit. I'm not pitching you, I'm just trying to explain to you who I am. Erica- I feel the same way 
Erica- I think there are more ways to test loyalty and honesty than a rogue vote. Veronica- Agreed. You can also fucking test me in other ways. Give me a fucking chance 
Erica- I really had a moment of doubt today where I was like "do I really not know her as well as I thought I did?". Veronica- I think it would be really unfair if people didnt think of the other options that it could have been 
Veronica to Erica- Working with me is the right fucking thing to do. I swear to you I will always be straight up with you, I will always fight to have your back 
Erica to Veronica- I am very content with people thinking we are not as good with each other as we are 
Erica- This could be beastly. We are quite good. Veronica- I know. Erica- It's one of those things where I dont think either of us want to work at odds with each other. That's a war. Veronica- I agree 
Veronica to Erica- The benefits of keeping me are I will always have your back, I have been straight up with you from the get go, I can guarantee you I am stronger and faster than a lot of people. I will bring you to the fucking end if we stick together 
Veronica- I definitely think targets can be used as a shield this early in the game. Erica- If you are on the block beside Daela, it's more of a toss up than if you are on the block beside Paras. Veronica- Exactly 
Veronica- You are so neutral in the house. I didnt really even realize you knew there was people lying straight to people's faces. Erica- I am going to try to use this HoH to find out who those people are 
you ever trust them? 
Erica to Veronica- To hear you say "that's pretty fucked that someone voted that way", I was like if you voted that way and then you are saying this, you are kind of fucked. You are kind of fucked up 
Veronica- Why would it have been me? Erica- Cause Jesse said "V told me she was voting for me 100%". I was like "okay, she voted". I didnt really give a shit 
Veronica- Do a lot of people think it was me that voted Jesse to stay? Erica- A lot of people think it was a lot of people. You are definitely one of the theories 
Veronica to Erica- I literally whispered to Paras 10 minutes before the vote "whatever you do, dont throw him a pity vote". If I was going to throw him a vote, I would want other people to throw him a vote too so I wouldnt look like a shady dick 
Veronica- Are you actually considering me as someone who voted Jesse out? You can be honest. Erica- Voted to keep Jesse? I am very on the fence. There is words and then there is actions. Unfortunately you have not been in a position to display those actions 
Ryan to Erica- Just because someone is talking to someone, it doesnt mean it (is game/an alliance). Hamz likes to play pool, Merron likes to play pool. I am around for a lot of it. It's not game 
Erica- How much validity do you think is in this Ronnie, Hamz, Merron, Will? Ryan- People are putting Merron and Hamz together. That's because Andrew and Hamz were on the block. Merron was being ostracized. The only people that talked to him were Andrew, Hamz and me 
Ryan- I know Hamz keeps going to you and saying put him up. Erica- I am not putting Hamza up. Ryan- He makes no sense with hit. He said he wants to be the veto king. He wants to win every veto 
Ryan told Erica he wouldnt mind if their rumoured alliance becomes an actual thing. Erica told Ryan the new rumour today was that he is the fifth for Hamza, Merron, Veronica and Will 
Ryan- Whoever you point at is where my vote goes as long as I have a vote. Erica- I wouldnt have won this HoH without you. I am confident with the vibe that we have going 
Erica- Last week it was all about the shock value and the surprise factor. I dont want to do that. Maddy- I didnt expect you to either. Erica- I am trying to maintain as much transparency as I possibly can 
Erica- I'm trying to figure out if there was truth to what Jesse was saying. Maddy- The four (Hamza/Merron/Veronica/Will)? Erica- Yeah 
Maddy- To be forthcoming about my flip floppiness was good. I didnt want to lie to anyone and be like yeah, I'm good. Erica- I dont consider "I dont know" flip flopping. For me, that's not what I am worried about 
Erica to Maddy- I 100% am not firm on my decisions. I can also tell you that cause I am now learning that the game changes so fast, I am very hesitant to give people my word 
Erica- Did you tell Jesse that you were voting his way? Maddy- No. In fact, today we sat on the bench underneath the mirror and I told him I wasnt. Erica- That's what I can appreciate is the frankness 
Maddy to Erica- I do feel better this week that we have had conversations and you got to see that I can be forthcoming and straight up 
Olivia- Today she (Veronica) was very condescending. Kaela- For her to grab me right after like "you voted for Jesse". Excuse me? No I did not. She was like "tell me right now. I know it was you" 
Johnny to Will- It's hard for me to vouch for her (Veronica) when Ali feels threatened by her. If people want Veronica out, they are going to backdoor her ass 
Johnny- I do not want to lose Veronica this week. Will- I know. She is key right now. Johnny- She is so important. Such a person in front of us and strong too 
Will- She would never put up Derek and Kaela. Think you would be able to get that in her head? Johnny- No. Not happening. I am not even touching that 
Will- I think she (Veronica) did (evict Olivia). Johnny- I felt like her... Will- Vibe. Johnny- Was very much her after she entered the house. Jesse kept saying "Veronica promised me a vote". Maybe she just likes playing up to the cameras 
Kaela to Erica- Say you put Maddy and Merron on the block. You save Maddy and say "you keep me next week, I will use the Power of Veto on you". (Veronica now entered the room) 
Kaela to Ali/Derek/Erica/Olivia- The only way Veronica would go home is if she is beside Will...then Hamza would keep Will, Merron would keep Will. She has so many people that would keep her

 Live Feed Updates Friday , March 23th

March 23, 2018

 Live Feed Updates Friday , March 23th
Erica- If he wasnt such an incredible person, I would love to see Will go home from a game perspective. Kaela- He is with everyone. Erica- That's it. I could never take a shot at Will. I love him 
Erica to Kaela- Veronica keeps being like "it was Kaela" (who voted to evict Olivia). It's not Kaela. Stop saying it was Kaela 
Erica- I still feels like it's Veronica (who voted to evict Olivia) 100%. Kaela- I have no idea. Whoever it was made it look like it was me. Erica- If their intention was to make you look shady as fuck, that's an issue 
Erica- How do you feel about Maddy and Merron as the noms? Kaela- I cant trust Maddy at all. If you want Maddy gone this week, that's fine with me 
Hamza- I feel like clotheslining every single one of them. Merron- There is only one person (Ryan) that's really cheesed right now, and the one person that's cheesed is the one you sleep with. Hamza- At least my bed sheets are washed now 
Merron- We are on Big Brother Canada. Hamza- Exactly the point. If we were at home and I did that to you, get pissed off 
Will- Breakfast in bed. That's fucking hilarious. Hamza- We should have put a bowl. I forgot. Merron- I knew this was going to happen. Hamza- It's kind of stupid minutes ago
More
Paras- He (Ryan) said it's going to take eight hours of laundry. He said four different sheets, two hours each. Erica- Why is he doing them separately? Ali- Put them all in one. That's dramatic. Kaela- Those sheets are 1/4 of a load 
Veronica- He (Ryan) is like now I have to put my suit jackets in the laundry, which will ruin them. Hamza- Oh fuck off. I put my suit jackets in my bag the whole time. It took one person to ruin everything. Ask me if I care. I dont care 
Veronica- Ryan is so mad. Hamza- I dont care. Will- That's the fucking point of Big Brother. Fuck off. Paras- He's like "I have to do my entire bag of laundry". No you dont 
Ryan- The difference between 25 and 40 is there arent pranks in your life anymore. Maybe it's cause I buy all my own shit and own all my own shit. Veronica- I apologize. If you need any help... Ryan- I'm going to be watching the washing machine for the next couple hours 
Veronica- We clearly werent thinking and didnt realize. Ryan- The timing of it...there is so limited opportunities for outside of the game fun and happiness. To have that feeling immediately release cause all of my shit was fucked with erases everything 
Veronica- Sorry again Ryan. I didnt realize it would make you so mad. Ryan- The saran wrap is one thing. I wish all my dirty workout clothes werent stuffed in with my suit jackets. It's not like I can send them away to be cleaned, which is not good for the jackets 
Veronica- If it means anything, I didnt put anything in your bed. I saran wrapped people's shit. Ryan- It's fine. It is what it is. There is no point to me being out there right now. Veronica- Hamz admitted he did all the beds. Ryan- It is what it is 
Johnny- I just know they can chop that and make it looks like I am pissed off that much over Cheerios. Veronica- That's funny though 
Some of the houseguests who played this week's Hasbro game did not find it funny when they returned to see cereal in their beds as part of a prank played by the others 
Hamza- Whoever wants to get me back, I personally put cereal in every single one of your beds, every single one of your pillow cases. Kaela- I saran wrapped everything 
Erica to Kaela- I cant take Ryan out this week. I cant even put him on the block because he told me about the two stamps (for the HoH comp) 
Erica- I feel like Veronica is ruining his (Will's) game to an extent. Kaela- But of the two, people would keep Will. Erica- Oh yeah 
Erica to Kaela- I cant take someone like that (Will) out, nor do I want to, cause he deserves to be here. If I could take someone out, it would be the Will of the group as a game move 
Erica- He (Will) is like "I didnt want to win cause I dont know who I would put up". Kaela- He is good with Liv and Ali, Derek and Jesse thought they were good with Will, he has got the Maddy/Paras thing going on, he has V, he has Hamz. Erica- Merron 
Erica to Kaela- I cant take someone like that (Will) out, nor do I want to, cause he deserves to be here. If I could take someone out, it would be the Will of the group as a game move
Erica- I feel like Veronica is ruining his (Will's) game to an extent. Kaela- But of the two, people would keep Will. Erica- Oh yea
Erica to Kaela- I cant take Ryan out this week. I cant even put him on the block because he told me about the two stamps (for the HoH comp)
Erica- I am really sketched out about Veronica. Please dont say anything. Kaela- I would never say that. Erica- I dont want someone in the game who has tossed out your name, Derek's name, Liv's name, Ali's name
Erica- I would feel very nervous if Veronica won HoH. Kaela- I would too cause she is someone who would want to take a shot. Her and Hamz are really close. I love Hamza to death. Erica- Me too. Kaela- You just never know. Erica- It's the theatrics that make me worried
Erica- I want her (Veronica) out. Kaela- I want her out too. Erica- I dont know if I want to take the shot. She is not going on the block. Kaela- Dont worry about it until after the veto 
Kaela- If she (Veronica) was on the block, would Johnny vote her out? Erica- Yep
Erica- Paras is all over the place but she is so much more of a straight shooter than Maddy is. Kaela- She is getting frustrated with Maddy. Erica- And she is getting frustrated with Veronica 
Erica to Kaela- After watching how she (Veronica) reacted after the vote was read aloud, there is not a doubt in my mind (that Veronica voted Olivia out)
Erica- If it's Hamza and Will, I am rallying for Hamza to stay. Kaela- I am too. Only thing is Ali and Liv would vote for Hamza to go. Erica- I dont know
Big Brother- Erica, please go to the diary room. Erica- Noms? Kaela- Maybe. Erica- Alright Maddy and Merron, you're up
Derek- I'm dreaming of winning PoV and backdooring her (Veronica) Thursday. Kaela- I think Erica would do it if people are on board. She is going to put Merron and Maddy up. If someone used the veto, the option is open
Kaela to Derek- Erica wants Maddy gone this week, which is good cause she is going to put Maddy and Merron up. I feel Merron is more on my side than Maddy is
Derek- Who would be better to go up if we had a chance to backdoor V? Merron or Maddy? Kaela- Either one. You would 100% have me, you, Ali, Olivia, Paras, Will. Ryan will take the shot just to take the shot. Johnny wont go against us if we all are doing it
Kaela- Does Erica have the balls to do it (backdoor Veronica)? Derek- I think she does. Kaela- I think it would have to be a situation where the whole time we are like "V, you are safe". Derek- That's exactly what I want to do
Derek- I would probably put up V and Will. Kaela- I dont know if I would put them both up at the exact same time. If we could convince Hamza that the veto needs to be won, put Will and Hamza on the block. Veto will be used. Throw V up beside Will

Last night on Big Brother Canada 6 we watched as another houseguest was evicted from the Big Brother Canada house

March 23, 2018

Last night on Big Brother Canada 6 we watched as another houseguest was evicted from the Big Brother Canada house. After the eviction, the remaining HGs competed in the HOH comp. We now know who the new HOH is, but what is their plan for the week? Find out here!

Erica is in the HOH this week and last night there wasn’t much chatter about what he plan was. This morning she had a conversation with Olivia and during this conversation she decided that she was going to put Maddy and Merron up. This is mostly because she hasn’t talked game much with them all that much. There are some plan b’s in place just in case one of them comes down.

If Maddy comes down, she is going to put Veronica up in her place, but if Merron comes down, Olivia tells her that she isn’t sure that Veronica will go home against Maddy. Erica thinks that she could still get Veronica out, but she is going to cross that bridge when they get to it.

Meanwhile, Hamza was having a conversation with Veronica about how he isn’t close to Erica game wise, just on a personal level. He tells Veronica that he kind of knew who Erica was going to put up based on Erica’s conversations with other HGs. He tells her that he noticed that the HGs in the house that she hasn’t had much to do with are Maddy and Merron, so it doesn’t surprise him that she is targeting one of them.

Hamza tells Veronica that she doesn’t have anything to worry about, Hamza thinks that if anything he is a bigger target than Veronica and they would target him before her. Which, should be true, but I think his personal connection with Erica is going to work in his favor this week.

A little later, we watched as Erica talked to Merron and lets him know that he is on the short list for going up during today’s nomination ceremony. She tells him that she thinks that he is well liked in the house and she doesn’t benefit from him going home. She implies that she is putting up one person as a target and another as a pawn. She does tell him that if he ends up on the block, he is not her target.

Who do you think Erica should renom if Maddy or Merron should be taken down by the Veto? Do you think Veronica is a good secondary target?

 Live Feed Updates Friday , March 23th

March 23, 2018

 Live Feed Updates Friday , March 23th
Erica- Everyone has voiced concerns about her (Veronica). Ali- Even Hamz? Erica- I asked Hamz if he would rather V or Merron. He is like Merron...to stay 
Paras to Erica- I think she (Veronica) told me not to throw that vote so if I didnt and she did, she could tell people that was my vote 
Erica to Paras- Her (Veronica's) whole thing was "I would never tell someone not to throw a pity vote and then throw a pity vote". Absolutely you would 
Erica- Did Veronica tell you not to throw him (Jesse) a pity vote on the couch? Paras- Yeah. Erica- She is using that as maybe it was Paras. Paras- What a psycho 
Erica to Paras- I didnt even think for a second that you could be the rogue vote. I literally trust you and I trust your judgment 
Paras to Erica- I wish I had more to offer you game wise. I just hope you know you are one of my favourite people in this house. You genuinely being there is what I need in this house 
Erica- I dont want to be the one to fire that shot (at Veronica). Paras- If anyone did, I know everyone would be on board. Erica- I think you are right 
Erica to Paras- I think Veronica is good with you. I think she is good with me for now. I am not trying to take a shot but if it comes down to it, who knows 
Paras to Erica- Veronica said "Jesse, 100% we have you" all the way up until the final day. Jesse was like "V is 100% giving me a vote" 
Paras to Erica- The fact that she (Veronica) literally went room to room, having a 20 minute conversation like "it wasnt me"...no one was saying anything until you started talking about it minutes ago
More
Erica to Paras- I dont even think she (Veronica) did it to paint a closer target on someone's back. I think she thought it was going to be a closer vote 
Erica- Not for one second did I think it (the vote) was you. Paras- There was a couple people going out of their way right away...saying "it wasnt me". One person had two 20 minute conversations with me. Erica- I had a 45 minute conversation (with Veronica) 
Paras to Erica- One person I really have tried to reach out to that I really like has been Johnny. He has been a bit of a closed book, similar to you 
Paras to Erica- I dont have the faith that I once had in Will and Maddy. Those were supposed to be my people. There has definitely been some red flags 
Erica- I am going to save you a lot of time. You are not on my list, you are not going on the block. Paras- I appreciate that so much 
Paras- I had an epiphany this morning. I was like "oh my God, what if I am the Sabrina of the season and all I have done is cry?". Erica- I feel like I cry more than you 
Erica- You cut off her (Veronica's) resource. Johnny- I dont think Maddy is her resource. Erica- I dont either but right now I'm not taking a shot at Will 
Erica to Johnny- I like where we stand with Veronica but I very much want to cut her other ties with everybody. I would not hate to see Will go, I would not hate to see Merron go 
Erica- To see how far she (Veronica) will go with a lie is very important to me. Ali- She was in here for like 45 minutes. Erica- And half of it was probably about the fucking vote
Ali- Did you tell Merron and Maddy? Erica- I told Merron he is on my short list, yeah. I said to Merron "honestly Merron, you are not my target"

Summary of day Day 20 

March 23, 2018

Summary of day Day 20 
Live Feed Updates Thursday , March 22th

10:00-11:00 AM: In the HoH room, Hamza, Merron, Veronica and Will discussed the plan for the vote. Veronica said she thinks that they should send Jesse home. She admitted that she was only really considering keeping him because evicting him might have resulted in some backlash from Derek and Kaela. Given that those two proposed working with them last night, Veronica said she is no longer worried about that. Will agreed that evicting Jesse is the best move. Hamza talked about wanting to make it a 7-4 vote by getting Maddy and Paras to throw Jesse pity votes. Will didn’t think that it was a good idea. Johnny checked in to see if anything had changed. Though Hamza had just finished saying that he is still torn, they told Johnny that the plan has not changed. Once Johnny left the room, Merron said they have got to start including Johnny, Maddy, Paras and Erica in their discussions or else they will feel excluded. Hamza said he doesn’t like that Olivia feels super safe. He suggested that they mess with her by saying that they are weighing out their options. Hamza then pulled Olivia in. He said Jesse pitched a great idea, so they are now considering keeping him in the game. Hamza said it’s 50/50 and they did not want to blindside her. Olivia said she appreciates that but she has nothing more to say since she meant what she said to them already. After Olivia left the room, Will asked what that was about. Merron also questioned what the point of it was. Hamza said he didn’t want Olivia to feel so safe. Merron said he doesn’t understand. Veronica said it’s more fun this way. Olivia let Ali and Paras know that Hamza and Veronica are changing their minds. Paras said they just told her this morning and last night that Jesse is leaving. Ali said this is why Veronica has to go. Will spoke to Olivia, letting her know that she had no idea that talk was about to happen. He said it pissed him off. Will told Olivia that she has at least seven votes to keep her, so don’t worry. Veronica let Paras know that Hamza just wanted to mess with Olivia. She said the game plan is still the same. Veronica said they did that to Olivia in part because they feel bad for Jesse. Paras said that’s why they should stop giving him false hope. Kaela checked in with Hamza to see if the plan is still to evict Jesse. Hamza said yeah. Kaela said that sounds good and it’s better for her.

11:00-12:00 PM: Hamza told Erica that Jesse said he would be a soldier, taking out the showmance, if they keep him. Erica said she thinks that it’s BS. She pointed out that people will say anything when their back is against the wall. Hamza said Will keeps saying the same thing. Erica said she will be voting to evict Jesse. Hamza said he doesn’t want Erica to be on the outs. He reiterated that she is very important to his game. They discussed that people don’t link them in that way since they don’t talk game too often.

1:00-2:00 PM: Will told Johnny he doesn’t trust Jesse, Derek and Kaela at all. Will said he told Derek what Jesse said about wanting to go after Derek and Kaela, yet Derek still wants to keep Jesse. They agreed that Jesse will go back to Derek and Kaela if he stays. Will said Derek and Kaela only approached them for an alliance because they have no one else. Johnny said numbers wise that Merron serves no purpose to him. Will said he is a floater, Maddy is a floater, and Paras is a bit of a floater. Will said he, Maddy and Paras were close from night one but he can’t do much if Ali and Olivia go after them. Will said he has to look out for his own game. Will told Johnny about the Five’s Company alliance. Johnny asked if Hamza believes in it. Will said he doesn’t think that anyone believed it.

2:00-3:00 PM: Will told Jesse he is going to be straight up with him. He said he would prefer to compete against Olivia moving forward. Jesse said there are no hard feelings. Will said he will let Jesse know if his mind changes. Jesse then asked Merron if he feels the same way. He said yeah. Maddy then asked Jesse to speak. He said Veronica told him that she let the diary room know that she is voting to evict Olivia. Maddy said she doesn’t believe it since Veronica told her something else. Jesse said he gets it. Maddy apologized, saying she didn’t want to lie to him. Jesse said he gave it his best shot. Jesse then went to Johnny. He mentioned that he had a deal with Derek and Will at the start, then Will ditched him because he thought that he was a threat. Jesse stressed that Hamza, Merron, Veronica and Will are tight, plus they have Ryan in with them as well. Jesse said Derek, Kaela and Johnny will be in trouble if he leaves. Jesse brought up that Derek said he and Kaela has a thing with Johnny. Jesse said Derek told him that it was the one thing he had kept from him in this game. Johnny asked when Derek told him about that. Jesse said today. Jesse argued that they will need someone to go after Hamza, and it’s not going to be Olivia. Jesse said his only shot is to get Johnny, Derek, Kaela, Erica, Maddy and Paras. Jesse said he wants to talk to them all in one room. Jesse proceeded to gather them all in the red room. Jesse explained that everyone has told him they are voting him out. Jesse pointed out that Hamza, Merron, Veronica and Will are a tight four. He added that Ryan will vote with that foursome as well. Jesse said they can probably bring Ali on board if Olivia leaves, giving them an 8-5 numbers advantage. Jesse said he is willing to be a shield and lead the charge. Jesse made it clear that Hamza is his target. Jesse declared that it would be the biggest power move in Big Brother Canada history. He said Veronica lied to his face when she said that she already told the diary room that she is voting to evict Olivia. Jesse continually mentioned that he is now woke. The feeds went down without any further indication how the houseguests felt about Jesse’s final plea.

8:00-9:00 PM: During the eviction episode, Jesse was evicted by a vote of 9-2. Derek and Veronica voted to evict Olivia. The HoH competition got underway but did not finish on air. At the conclusion of the episode, Arisa announced that next Thursday will be a double eviction episode.

10:00-11:00 PM: Feeds returned. Erica is the new HoH. In the white room, Merron and Veronica discussed the second vote to evict Olivia. Veronica said she thinks that whoever did it was just trying to stir things up. Merron said he thinks that it was Paras. Veronica said Hamza thinks that it was Paras too, while Will thinks that it was Maddy. Veronica said it could have been Ryan as well. Merron disagreed. Merron and Veronica discussed that they feel pretty good about Erica winning since she is close with Hamza, and they are close with Hamza. In the pantry, Will questioned Paras about the second vote. Paras said she was convinced that it was Ryan. Will said he wouldn’t swear on his kid’s life and lie about it. When Will explained that he narrowed it down to Maddy, Paras and Veronica, Paras asked when Will is going to stop doubting her loyalty. Will said he is not doubting her. Paras said she is not stupid, so she would not throw the rest of her game away to evict Olivia. Will became frustrated when he felt that Paras was raising her voice for no reason. She said he cannot get upset every time they talk. Will said it’s like talking to a two year old since she is always getting so loud. Will told Paras to calm down and not get so worked up. Will pointed out that Paras seems more distant. Paras said she feels excluded since she put all of her eggs in one basket but now feels as though she is not part of the team. Will said he is trying to work a good social game. Paras again asked why she would throw her game away in attempt to save one person. Will said someone did it. Paras said she wants Will to understand the loyalty that she has to him and to Maddy. Will asked if it was Maddy. Paras said it might be. She told Will that people have been saying that. Paras headed upstairs to talk to Veronica. She said Will is so snappy, questioning her about her vote. Paras said she is done with Will. Paras said she has never had a guy get mad at her so much. Veronica asked why Will is the only one who seems to be worried about the vote. Paras said will is not her boyfriend, her husband, her father, or anyone in her life that she cares enough about to allow to talk to her like he was talking to her.

12:00-1:00 AM: Kaela told Ali she wants to know who the other vote to evict Olivia was. Ali asked what her gut is telling her. Kaela said Veronica. Ali agreed. Kaela then headed to the bedroom. Olivia spoke to her about wanting to backdoor Veronica this week. She said she isn’t sure whether or not Erica would do it. Kaela said she thinks that Erica will nominate Maddy and Ryan in hope of getting Maddy out. The girls said they would be fine with voting Maddy out if that’s what Erica wants. Olivia said she would like to get Veronica out before a double or triple eviction happens. Olivia thinks Veronica would be capable of winning it. Kaela said she would then be ruthless in who she nominates. Olivia said Veronica needs to go this week. Kaela said she would have to be nominated next to Will in order for her to leave. Kaela explained her idea to Olivia. She said she would nominate Ryan next to Will, telling Will that he is the only one who everyone loves so much that they would not vote him out. Kaela would then use the veto on Ryan in order to put Veronica up. Both agreed that Erica wouldn’t be down for that plan.

1:00-2:00 AM: Erica told Ali, Kaela and Olivia that she knew who she was going to put up before she even won HoH. Erica revealed that she plans to nominate Maddy and Merron. Erica said she is targeting Maddy. When asked if she is not going to nominate Ryan, Erica said Merron has a better chance of staying over Maddy. They then discussed Veronica’s actions today. Erica said today really changed her opinion of Veronica. Kaela said it scared her. Erica mentioned Paras saying that Veronica would go tell Jesse she has him 150%, only to laugh that he will be surprised when he leaves. Erica asked if everybody understands that Veronica is lying and manipulative. Olivia said no. She said Johnny doesn’t think that. Derek said Will is up her ass. Erica and Olivia disagreed with that. Kaela told Erica that the only way Veronica would go home is if she is nominated next to Will because Hamza and Merron would then keep Will. Kaela said Erica could always offer Maddy a deal that she will use the veto on her if she doesn’t come after her next week, then she can put Veronica up. The talk was then broken up. Outside, Johnny and Will discussed that they think Veronica voted to evict Olivia. Will didn’t understand why she would do that. Johnny said she might just like doing it for the cameras. Will asked Johnny if he thinks that he could convince Erica to nominate Derek and Kaela. Johnny said it’s not happening so he is not even going to touch that. Johnny and Will agreed that they do not want to lose Veronica this week. Johnny said she is important since she is a person in front of them and she is strong. In the HoH room, Maddy spoke to Erica. Maddy said she feels better with Erica after the conversations that they have had over the past week. Erica asked if Maddy told Jesse that she was voting his way. Maddy said she told him that she wasn’t voting for him earlier today. Maddy explained that being forthcoming when it came to flip flopping this week was a good thing. She said she didn’t want to lie to someone by saying that she was on board. Erica assured Maddy that she doesn’t see taking the time to make a decision as an issue. As for the plan for the week, Erica said she his hesitant to give anyone her word since things can change so fast. Ryan then spoke to Erica. He said that he will vote whichever way she wants as long as he is not on the block. Erica said she is confident in the vibe that they have going. Erica asked Ryan how valid he thinks the Veronica, Will, Merron and Hamza alliance rumour is. Ryan said that people aren’t necessarily working together or talking game just because they talk. He said Hamza is linked with Merron because he was one of the only people to speak to Merron while he was being ostracized.

2:00-3:00 AM: Veronica had a lengthy discussion with Erica. When the rogue vote was brought up, Veronica asked if Erica is actually considering her as someone who may have done it. Erica said she is very on the fence since Veronica unfortunately has not been in a position to display actions instead of words. Veronica said she whispered to Paras just prior to the vote that she cannot throw Jesse a pity vote. Veronica said she would want other people to do the same if she was going to vote to keep Jesse. Veronica asked if lots of people think that it was her. Erica said there are a lot of theories, and she is one of them. Veronica then asked why it would have been here. Erica brought up that Jesse kept saying she had promised him her vote. Erica talked about what concerns her moving forward. She said people who can straight up lie to your face rub her the wrong way. She also has concerns about people in small groups. When Veronica was asked for her opinion, she said that targets can be used as shields this early in the game. Veronica pitched that keeping her is good for Erica’s game since she has always been straight up with her and she will have her back. Veronica said she will bring Erica to the end if they stick together. Erica said she doesn’t think that either of them want to be at odds with each other since it would be a war. Veronica agreed. Erica added that she is fine with people not realizing they are as good as they are.

Results!  Who Was Voted Off BBCAN6 Tonight? 

March 22, 2018

Results! 
Who Was Voted Off BBCAN6 Tonight? 
Another player goes home on tonight’s Big Brother Canada 6. On Wednesday, we saw Jesse make a bold statement about Hamza’s game integrity. Hamza promised to take Jesse off the block if he won Power of Veto, but the combination of Derek and Jesse’s behavior rubbed Hamza the wrong way. He wanted one of them out the Big Brother Canada game.

Having somewhat of a relationship with Derek, Jesse seemed like the best choice. Jesse sealed his fate even more by challenging Hamza during the Power of Veto ceremony. Now things aren’t looking good for Jesse going into the live eviction.

However, the Real Deal (Paras, Derek, Jesse, and Kaela) might be able to pull off some last minute magic and save Jesse from eviction. Many houseguests aren’t a fan of Olivia, so this might give them the perfect chance to get her out before she becomes a real threat.

BBCAN6 Week 3 Eviction Vote:
The end is near for either Olivia or Jesse. Who will get the majority of votes, and who will be safe to compete another week in the house? Right now things aren’t looking great for Jesse, but could his last minute effort save him?

Jesse makes a last minute ditch effort to stay in the game. He talks to Maddy, Erica, Kaela, Paras, and Derek about voting Olivia out as a way to go against the other side

Merron VTE Jesse

Derek VTE Olivia

Ali VTE Jesse

Maddy VTE Jesse

Paras VTE Jesse

Veronica VTE Olivia

Kaela VTE Jesse

Will VTE Jesse

Ryan VTE Jesse

Erica VTE Jesse

Johnny VTE Jesse

By 9 to 2, Jesse has been evicted from the BBCan6 house.

BBCAN6 Week 4 HoH Competition:
Now with the eviction over, all the houseguests turn their attention to this week’s Head of Household competition. With the game constantly shifting, everyone needs the win. It’s the only chance to ensure their safety, and their allies’ safety.

It’s the Big Brother Canada musem. The houseguests only have five minutes to study three scenes with iconic houseguests posing for them. The houseguests included are Ika, Sabrina, and Kevin. They had to study as much details as possible.

HOH comp HGs were asked Questions based on the exhibits they saw! If they’re answered wrong they’d be out! 
Round #1: Everyone got it right.

Round #2: Will and Merron are eliminated

Round #3: Everyone got it right.
Erica won HOH
surprise: double eviction next Thursday!

 Live Feed Updates Thursday, March 22th 

March 22, 2018

 Live Feed Updates Thursday, March 22th 
8:00 AM BBT -11:00 AM BBT
Kaela- I'm just confirming we are still Jesse out. Hamza- Yeah. At this moment, yeah, Kaela- Okay. I was just making sure. Hamza- If anything changes, I will let you know. Kaela- Sounds good. Better for me. Sorry Derek
Maddy- I'm still undecided. Hamza- Might have to throw him a few pity votes. Even if he leaves, I want it to be 7-4. Maddy- For my game, I dont know if it's a good call. Hamza- Not you. We would get Merron or someone. Maddy- Dont know if they would believe it 
Maddy to Hamza- Talk about in entitlement. She (Olivia) was showing her entitlement right now. He (Jesse) is not giving up, he is being funny, he is being social. Those are the people I want to see in this game. It feels wrong, man, but I'm with ya 
Veronica said part of what they did to Olivia is because they feel bad for what they are doing to Jesse. Paras said that's why they should stop giving him false hope. Veronica said she wont be giving him false hope anymore 
Veronica to Paras- He (Hamza) is like "let's fuck with her (Olivia)". Literally the game plan is still the same 
Will to Olivia- I had no idea that they were doing that. It really pissed me off. I dont know if they are trying to do it to try and frighten you, but 100% we have at least 7 votes to keep you. I dont know what that was. Dont worry 
Ali- This is why she (Veronica) has to fucking go. Olivia- It's fine. Hamza isnt voting 
Paras- What the fuck? They literally told me last night and this morning that Jesse is going home. Olivia- They said Jesse gave a really good pitch, now it's 50/50 and they are weighing their options 
Olivia- Some shit is happening. Ali- What? Paras- What? Ali- You need to be worried? Olivia- Probably. Hamz and Veronica are changing their mind. Paras- They just told you that? Olivia- Yeah 
Will- What was that? Merron- What was the point of that? Hamza- She (Olivia) feels so safe. Merron- So be it. Hamza- No. Merron- I actually dont understand what the point of that was. Veronica- It's more fun 
Hamza- We just didnt want to blindside you. Olivia- I appreciate that. I dont really have anything else to say. I pretty much said to you guys what I meant. If I were to add on to anything, it would be bullshitting 
Hamza to Olivia- We just want to be completely honest with you. Jesse came and pitched a great idea. Before that, we were considering sending him out. Now we are considering keeping him here. It's literally a 50/50 split 
Hamza to Merron/Veronica- I hate the fact that she (Olivia) feels super fucking safe. I feel like we should mess with her. Be like "you know what, we are weighing out our options" 
Merron- If there is a double eviction... Hamza- We get someone big out. That's just my opinion. Veronica- My opinion too. Hamza- Put up Liv and Ali. After veto, if it goes the right way, pull one of them down and put up a big target 
Merron to Hamza/Veronica- We need to start including Johnny, Maddy, Paras. Bring in Erica. As soon as they feel excluded, as soon as they start seeing it's just us...we know what it feels like to walk into a room and they all go silent 
Johnny- No changes obviously? Veronica- No. Merron- That's literally what we are talking about 
Hamza- By him (Jesse) leaving, we wont create any enemies. By him staying, we are going to create at least four. Merron- Exactly 
Veronica to Hamza/Merron/Will- He (Jesse) will beat us over Liv, he will beat us over Ali, he will beat us over Ryan. We already have him on the block 
Hamza said he is torn over what to do. Will said there is no benefit in keeping Jesse. Veronica said she thinks they just all feel shitty about the move even though they know that it's the best game decision 
Hamza- He (Jesse) thinks he has 4-5 solid votes. We will give him the 4-5 votes. Will- Dont give him 5. If someone flips... Hamza- 4. Will- I dont even think 7-4 is a good idea 
Hamza- We should make it a 7-4 vote. Tell Paras and Maddy to throw him a pity vote. Merron- I dont know how they will feel about it. Veronica- They would feel good about it. Hamza- I am going to go to them and say vote Olivia out, and we will explain it after 
Hamza- Should we tell him we are going to keep him, then send him home? I want a reaction. No. I feel bad. Veronica- Cant we be like "we are still weighing the options"? 
Veronica- The only reason I wasnt going to vote him (Jesse) out is cause I thought with Kaela and Derek it might backfire. Will- Getting rid of him is the best game move 
Veronica told Merron, Hamza and Will that Derek and Kaela promised their loyalty to them yesterday, so she thinks that they should send Jesse home

Summary of this day Day 19 (2)

March 21, 2018

Summary of this day Day 19 (2)
Live Feed Updates Wednesday , March 20th 
8:00-9:00 PM: In the bedroom, Paras told Jesse that she has still got to stay away from him. When Jesse commented that it might be his last night, Paras said she knows. Feeds were cut throughout most of the conversation. Paras told Jesse that it wont be a unanimous vote since he will get Derek’s vote at minimum. After Jesse left, Paras talked the cameras about Veronica being capable of so easily lying through her teeth to Jesse. Paras said she doesn’t believe anything that Veronica says to her. While Derek and Kaela played pool, Jesse caught them up on his campaign efforts throughout the day. He said Veronica is on board, plus Maddy will be as long as he has five votes. Jesse talked about wanting to bring his five voters to Hamza just in case Hamza is being serious about wanting to keep him and help him get Merron’s vote if he has five. While Jesse acknowledged that Hamza may just want to blindside him, he said it’s his only shot. Kaela told Jesse that Veronica doesn’t seem solid since she has been telling other people that she is voting him out.

9:00-10:00 PM: Jesse went to Hamza to ask if he wants him to put Derek and Kaela on the block if he wins HoH. Hamza told Jesse not to screw around. Jesse said those two have each other, Hamza has Will, and he has no one. Jesse told Hamza that he can be a soldier to work alongside of him. Jesse listed off his votes as Derek, Kaela, Maddy, Paras and Veronica. Hamza said they are lying to him. Jesse said Veronica might be. Hamza let Jesse know that Maddy had just been in his room two hours ago to talk. Jesse said he is so confident in Derek, Kaela, Paras and Maddy. Hamza asked if Jesse would actually make the huge move. Jesse said he is open to anything, as he doesn’t want to stay in the game just to be associated with two people that are huge targets. Hamza called Veronica in to the room. Jesse reiterated that he is ready to be a soldier, a shield, and take a shot at the showmance if that’s what it takes to stay. After Jesse completed his pitch, Veronica said it was the smartest thing that he has said. Hamza said it’s gold that Jesse is now starting to look out for his own game over those of his closest people. Jesse said there is no point in being the third wheel to a targeted showmance.

10:00-11:00 PM: Hamza told Jesse that his pitch gave him adrenaline. Jesse said the whole season has flipped on it’s head right now, and it’s all because Hamza put him on the block. Jesse called it game changing and what the people want to see. When Jesse left the room, Hamza told Veronica that they need to get Will in there to mull things over. Hamza was then called to the diary room. While he was in there, Derek and Kaela approached Veronica and Will to work together moving forward along with Hamza. Kaela said they are essentially substituting Jesse for Hamza. Derek said the perfect thing about it is that they will have two in the white room and two in the red room to listen in on conversations from both ends. Hamza then joined them. They discussed working together as a five. Kaela said nobody would suspect it. Veronica said they really wouldn’t if Jesse goes home. The group decided to name themselves “Five’s Company”. They then dispersed. In the pantry, Jesse told Derek that he was feeding it to Hamza, kissing more ass than he ever has in his life. Jesse said Hamza and Veronica told him that he said some of the smartest things that they have heard from him, so they are out to lunch. Back in the HoH room, Hamza told Will about the pitch that Jesse made. Will immediately said that they should tell Derek. Hamza wanted to talk to Veronica about it first. Hamza said their alliance with Derek, Kaela and Veronica is the best since the showmance will always be the target ahead of them. Hamza gave himself props for destroying the red room. Hamza asked Will what they should do. Will said they can’t keep Jesse. Will continued to say that they should tell Derek and Kaela what Jesse said, just to stir up the pot and give Canada some good TV. In the white room, Paras asked Hamza and Will why Jesse is saying that good things are happening. Paras asked what they are feeding Jesse. Hamza insisted that he isn’t doing anything. Paras laughed and said to look at that evil smile he has on his face. Hamza and Paras then headed to the HoH room. Paras asked why Jesse is saying that he is good with Hamza. Hamza said that they are good. Paras disagreed. Hamza explained that Jesse is trying really hard and some of it is making him feel guilty. Paras questioned if Hamza is trying to make her end up on the wrong side of the vote. Hamza told her to chill. He said he will have his final answer in the morning. Hamza talked about Jesse having made a really good pitch. Paras said Jesse can be a target and a shield for them. Hamza suggested that they could even get Jesse to take a shot at Derek and Kaela for them. Paras said they would own Jesse. Will joined them to say that sending Jesse home is the better game move. Paras said she will do what they want since it is Hamza’s HoH. Paras asked that they not feed Jesse BS, sending him to bed happy, if they have already made up their minds. Hamza said he has to consider what Jesse pitched to him.

11:00-12:00 AM: Paras told Hamza and Will that her loyalty lies with them, so she will not pitch anything if they don’t feel safe with Jesse. Will pointed out that Paras is closer to Jesse than they are. Hamza said that he and Paras can leave the room, then Jesse can make his pitch to Will. After Paras left, Will asked if they are going to tell Derek and Kaela about what Jesse said. Hamza asked if they should keep Jesse if they start fighting. Will said no. He told Hamza that Derek and Kaela would then want to bring Jesse in, meaning that they would have another big target to get out later. Jesse then made his pitch to Will. He went over the same points as he did with Hamza earlier in the night.

12:00-1:00 AM: Ali asked Will how upset he would be if Veronica was targeted, or if he needed to vote her out. Will said he is there for himself. He said they don’t talk any game. Ali revealed that Veronica told her she wanted to work together, then she told other people that the only reason she is keeping her and Olivia is because Jesse is a bigger threat. Ali said Veronica will want them out ASAP if she wins HoH. Will said he can persuade Veronica. Will told Ali that he is the reason that Olivia is safe this week. Ali talked about not trusting Maddy. They agreed that she flip flops too much. While Ali said she is not immediately targeting Maddy, she said that she does not trust her at all. Ali suggested that Will, Johnny, Olivia, Hamza and herself solidify something once they get to jury Will agreed. He also mentioned Erica as someone to possibly include. Kaela told Ali and Olivia that Derek said she should be on Jesse’s side with the vote, but she told him that she could try to get them a week a safety by voting to save Olivia. She said Derek told her that it’s such a good idea. Kaela said she will let Derek know tomorrow that is voting for Olivia. The girls discussed that they have a good thing going since no one has any idea. Kaela said she would be good with throwing Maddy and Ryan on the block. Ali said she is good with that too. Kaela said Maddy is unworkable since she jumps ship as soon as someone is against you. Ali mentioned backdooring Veronica if one of them wins the veto. Ali said Veronica is playing it off as if she is going after the showmance to them and then going after them to the showmance. The girls pinky swore that they will keep their agreement a secret.

1:00-2:00 AM: Hamza and Merron discussed that Jesse has them thinking. Merron said other people are feeling the same way. Both agreed that they can evict either nominee at this point. Hamza said it will come down to tomorrow morning. They discussed that Jesse is in a desperate position. Merron brought up that Paras is trying to get Jesse to stay. Hamza said she did the same in the HoH room. Hamza said it is only making Paras a target for flip flopping. Hamza said he thinks Jesse will still go home but it is something to consider. Merron cautioned Hamza not to dive in head first to the idea. He brought up that Hamza would have done all of this hard work to take out Olivia. Merron pointed out that Jesse might want to go back on his word to Hamza since he thinks that Hamza did the same to him. Hamza said he doesn’t trust Jesse but he also doesn’t trust Olivia. In the pantry, Will told Derek that Jesse is pitching that he will target the showmance. They agreed that it might have been a last ditch effort on Jesse’s part. Derek said he will still vote for Jesse to stay but he knows that no one else is going to vote that way. Derek thanked Will for letting him know what Jesse said. He asked if their five is solid. Will said 100%. Afterwards, Will and Merron told Hamza that Jesse will go back to the showmance if he stays. Will said he thinks that they will take a shot at Hamza if they can. Will said Paras and Maddy will go to the other side if Jesse stays.

Summary of this day so far! Day 19 (1)

March 21, 2018

Summary of this day so far! Day 19 (1)
Live Feed Updates Wednesday , March 20th 
9:00-10:00 AM: Derek told Jesse that today is an important day for him to hammer home why he deserves to stay over Olivia. Derek said he still has a bit of ammo in his back pocket, as Will came up to him a week and a half ago to say he has his back. Derek said that’s when he brought him in with the two of them. Derek told Jesse that Will reiterated that at a later date, so he will let Will know that the vote will show whether or not he has his back. Derek told Jesse that Kaela is voting with him either way, so they have three guaranteed votes in Kaela, Paras and himself. Derek stressed that Veronica and Will are important votes. Jesse said that in a sick way, he would like to have Erica caught on the other side since he knows that she doesn’t want to keep him.

10:00-11:00 AM: Olivia spoke to Kaela about this week’s vote. She said that six people have said they will keep her. Kaela asked if Hamza is still on board. Olivia said that she hasn’t really talked to him. Kaela mentioned that she overheard Derek and Jesse discussing that they had good talks with Hamza, who said he would get Merron on board to evict Olivia if they had five other solid votes. Olivia listed off Kaela, Erica, Johnny, Ali, Paras and Will as her votes. Kaela added Veronica’s name to that group as well. Kaela said Derek thinks that Veronica and Will are voting for Jesse, so she just said she doesn’t know because she didn’t want to tell him that they are voting to evict Jesse. In the bathroom, Maddy asked Paras if she would want to win HoH right now. Paras said she doesn’t know. Maddy agreed. They said they have certain people that they don’t want to win, so they will stick around until they are gone. Paras then said that whatever alliance they think they have, they are not looking out for their backs. They agreed that the move being made is to benefit Will, not Veronica. Paras said she was looking out for Maddy and Veronica by wanting Olivia to go, yet Veronica doesn’t even care if they vote the same way. Maddy said Veronica and Will chose Hamza over them. Paras said she will never get over the fact that Hamza swore on his fiancee only to go back on it. The girls discussed that they have no choice but to vote to evict one of their own in order to give other people what they want this week.

11:00-12:00 PM: In the storage room, Paras spoke to the cameras. She said she gets that she is being super catty right now, but she is so upset at the people that she has aligned herself with. Paras said to mark her words that she is not playing for anyone else except for herself now. Paras added that being part of an alliance apparently doesn’t mean that you need to make decisions as an alliance or have each other’s backs. Paras said the move tha they are making is so stupid, and it’s being done because Veronica and Will want to be best friends with Hamza. Elsewhere, Olivia told Maddy that she would love her vote but she understands that there are special circumstances since they are not super close but Jesse and Maddy are. Olivia said Maddy probably already knows what she wants to do, which is totally cool with her. Maddy said if she does vote to keep Olivia, it would be her action showing that she wants to establish trust. Maddy said she really doesn’t know what she is going to do yet. Maddy explained that even if she knows she is not going to be in the majority, she will vote according to the message that she is wanting to send. Maddy hoped that voting to keep Olivia would eliminate any weird heat in between them. Olivia said she is willing to address that since she thinks that it was created in part by other people who would have twisted her words. Maddy said she doesn’t plan to make up her mind until bedtime, cause there are more conversations to be had. Maddy let Olivia know that having individual conversations with other houseguests would be meaningful to them. Maddy then spoke to Veronica and Will about her conversation with Olivia. She said she made it clear that if she votes to keep her, it’s because she wants her there since she doesn’t mind making a statement by voting against the house. Veronica said she plans to vote Jesse out, then go after Derek and Kaela next. Will said he isn’t sure if it’s smart to go after Derek and Kaela. Will said they might not be left with anyone to trust. Maddy agreed. Once Maddy left, Veronica asked Will who he is thinking of nominating. Will said probably Olivia and Ryan. They agreed that Ryan would be the target in that scenario. Veronica and Will discussed that Merron is going to go far in the game. Both are uneasy about bringing him into their alliance at this point, but Will said he thinks that Hamza already brought him in. Will said he is pissed off that Hamza would do that. Both agreed that their alliance is getting too big if they add Erica and Merron even though they trust them.

12:00-1:00 PM: Kaela joined Veronica and Will. Will let Kaela know that they have her back 100% no matter what happens with regards to tomorrow’s vote. Kaela said what’s best for Derek’s game is not necessarily best for hers. Kaela added that she hasn’t told Derek how she is voting yet, but she thinks that he will be mad at her. Kaela said she will not be mad if they vote Jesse out. Will talked about not wanting to mess up his relationship with Derek, though he doesn’t want to go against his word to Hamza. Will said people are likely lying if they are saying that they aren’t voting Jesse out. Kaela talked about Derek being set on Jesse staying even though she is trying to open his mind to the possibility of Jesse leaving. Kaela said she loves Jesse but it’s not even best for her game to have him there. Veronica said he may have a secret showmance with Paras, which is another thing that is working against him. The three discussed that they don’t want to lose each other’s trust over this vote. Kaela spoke to Veronica on her own. She said there will probably be a point when Veronica and Will are on the block next to each other. Kaela said she would choose Veronica over Will since they have established more trust. Veronica said she would choose Kaela over Derek as well. Olivia then spoke to Veronica about her vote. Veronica said she is putting her faith in Olivia, because all you can do is put your faith in someone until they show that you can’t. Veronica said she doesn’t care who Olivia puts up as long as it’s not her. Olivia said she will be open to suggestions on who to put up if she wins HoH. Veronica let Olivia know that there is no way Jesse is staying in the house this week.

2:00-3:00 PM: Feeds returned after being down for a couple of hours. The houseguests were shown things to study for the upcoming HoH competition. Up in the HoH room, Jesse campaigned to Merron. He said that there are duos and trios all around the house. Jesse mentioned Ali, Olivia and Ryan are a three just like the three that people are stating that he is a part of. Jesse said all of the big players will be out before jury if they start down this path of evicting people just because they are the bigger threat. Jesse said Hamza could then find himself on the block, and he would go by that logic. Jesse suggested that they call a truce. Jesse told Merron that he would vote Olivia out over Merron if they were on the block next to each other. He said it’s about who you can trust, not who the bigger threat is.

3:00-4:00 PM: Johnny asked Erica and Kaela what their plan for the vote is. Kaela said she is voting Jesse out. Erica said she is doing the same. Kaela said that will be the proof that she is not there for Derek’s game. In the pantry Johnny told Veronica that the white room people are making it so clear that they are one big group by going to study together. Veronica disagreed. She said it would be like if Johnny ran to the red room to study. Veronica explained that there are certain people that are just layers. In the HoH room, Olivia told Hamza she feels confident that she has a good amount of people that are going to vote for her to stay. Hamza said Jesse is claiming that he has five solid votes, though he isn’t buying it. Hamza said the plan was to make Jesse feel comfortable. In the red room, Paras told Erica and Kaela she hopes that Jesse isn’t evicted unanimously. She said she would have thrown Andrew a vote last week had she known that it would be unanimous. Kaela said Derek will for sure vote to evict Olivia. Erica said she is surprised that Paras wants Jesse gone. Paras explained that they don’t have what people think they have, and she would rather get the target off of her back. Paras said she was friends with Olivia first. In the living room, Merron told Olivia that Jesse spoke to him. Merron said his head is still on straight and he is sticking to keeping Olivia. Olivia said telling Merron that he is safe is her giving him her word. Olivia told Merron she has only told four people that they are safe with her, because she has specific people in mind to go after. In the HoH room, Maddy asked Hamza how he feels about Ryan. Hamza said he is an easy target, and eventually he will get him out, but he knows that other people will go after Ryan. Hamza said his goal this week was to make the red room crumble. Hamza thinks that he accomplished his goal. Maddy asked how Hamza feels about Johnny. Both said that they like him. Maddy said she doesn’t think that Johnny is with the red room as much as people think that he is. Hamza agreed but noted that Johnny cannot be taken lightly since he is strong in competitions. They agreed that Johnny is good for now. Will joined them. Hamza said they shouldn’t take a shot at Ryan when everyone else is already after him. Maddy and Will agreed that Ryan is more so with the girls in the red room than he is with them, so he could end up taking a shot at their side instead.

4:00-5:00 PM: Hamza told Maddy and Will that Jesse really thinks he has five votes, but he doesn’t think that it’s true. Maddy agreed. She said she really likes Jesse but it doesn’t make sense for her to keep him. Once Will left, Maddy said she thinks that Ryan is sketchy. Hamza said Ryan is good at social things and at pitting people against each other. Maddy told Hamza she is scared that Ryan could build a little army, cause she thinks that he is working with Ali, Olivia and Erica. Hamza doesn’t think that Erica is working with Ryan. Maddy asked how Hamza feels about Paras. Hamza said she might vote for Jesse to stay, though Maddy figures that she wont since they don’t have the numbers to do that. In the red room, Olivia told Ali she never explicitly said anything to Maddy or Ryan about safety, so she can put them up but it would still look bad. Olivia said she doesn’t want to. Ali said unless she has to, which Olivia agreed with. In the white room, Jesse campaigned to Veronica. Veronica said she is voting Olivia out. Veronica assured Jesse that she is 100% solid regardless of how other people are voting. Jesse said that’s awesome since he has her, Derek, Kaela and Paras for sure. Jesse told Veronica that if Ali, Olivia and Ryan put Derek and Kaela up, Veronica would be the next biggest threat if one of them were to win veto. Jesse said he would go up instead if he happens to be in the house. Jesse said he is not gunning for Veronica. Jesse told Veronica that he is not going after Hamza if he stays. Veronica said she knows that Jesse is a number for them, and it comes down to which way her closest people are leaning. Jesse said they can be on the side with the numbers considering they were all in a room in had a plan. Veronica said the difference between Jesse and Olivia is that he is not gunning for them but Olivia has been and probably will continue to. Veronica asked Jesse to trust her that she is 90% sure that she wants him to stay.

5:00-6:00 PM: Will told Johnny and Veronica that Maddy is trying to convince her to vote Olivia out. Veronica asked if they are sure that they should be voting Jesse out. Will said yeah. Johnny asked where this is coming from. Veronica said from speaking to Jesse. She clarified that 25% of her is saying this, whereas 75% of her is saying that Jesse has to go. Johnny said leaving the three of them in together as strong competitors is not good for their games. Will said Jesse will go after Hamza if he stays. Veronica said not if they save him. Will still disagreed. Johnny said it would be ridiculously dumb not to vote Jesse out. After Will went inside, Johnny asked if Veronica is for sure not going to waver with her vote again. Veronica said she just wants to constantly be checking in with each other, weighing the pros and cons of everything. Veronica asked how long they are going to keep Kaela and Derek in the house after this. Johnny said he doesn’t want to keep them. Veronica said he doesn’t want to wait a few weeks to go after them if they get Jesse out. Johnny said he doesn’t want to wait. Veronica mentioned that Will said he isn’t sure that going after Derek and Kaela right away is best for them. Veronica said she wants to be the first girl to win HoH. Veronica asked Johnny what he would do if he wins. Johnny said he would put Derek and Kaela on the block. Johnny asked if they would have the votes to get Kaela out. Veronica thinks so.

6:00-7:00 PM: Jesse spoke to Maddy about her vote. While she said it’s clearly best for her game to have him there, it will come down to how other people are voting. Jesse said he has four votes right now, he is working on a fifth, and Maddy would be his sixth. Jesse said he believes Hamza when he said that he would help him get Merron as his sixth vote if he comes to him with five solid.

7:00-8:00 PM: Outside, Derek spoke to Will about the vote. He said that he and Kaela are voting Olivia out, which Paras is likely to do as well. Will said the problem is that people are flip flopping. Will said he will be straight up. He told Derek that he doesn’t think the votes to save Jesse are there. Will said the biggest thing he is considering when it comes to his vote is that he does not want to go against Hamza. Elsewhere, Jesse told Ryan it doesn’t make sense for a group of people to vote him out. He said a couple of people don’t see it. Jesse thinks that people are voting emotionally. Ryan said Jesse has to acknowledge that he is the bigger threat of the two. Jesse argued that for a group of people he is not the bigger threat. Ryan said he might be able to argue that if not for his social game being so strong. Jesse said Olivia has the ability to rally the girls. Ryan agreed. Back outside, Paras told Ali she is frustrated that people are so willing to lie and go back on things that they swear to God on. Paras said she isn’t even guaranteeing Jesse that he has her vote. Ali told Paras she just had a conversation with Veronica to reassure her that she is not going after her next week, then Veronica starts asking questions about who she would target. Ali said right after she went downstairs, Kaela told her that Veronica was saying things about her. Ali said Veronica talked about wanting to get all of the big threats out. Paras said Veronica has made it very clear that she is just dragging her along for a vote until she evicts her. Ali said everyone is disposable to her, and she is the most dangerous type of player. Paras said she would not have an issue voting Veronica out if she goes up. Ali thinks it would have to be a backdoor. Paras told Ali that Maddy can be taken out later on. Paras said Maddy tells her every single day that her vote is independent, and she wakes up every day thinking what she can do to stay off of the block. Ali said that if you play alone, you die alone. Paras doesn’t like Maddy’s approach. Ali said Maddy’s ship is sinking fast. Paras mentioned Olivia saying that she should distance herself from Maddy. Paras said she sees what Olivia sees in Maddy. Ali told Paras that she and Olivia are both good with her, but don’t take it personally that Olivia doesn’t talk much. Ali said she feels that they could be really good with Kaela if Derek is gone. Paras said Kaela is nice to her but they hadn’t talked in five days until today. Paras said she isn’t sure if Kaela is just friends with everyone. Ali said they should focus on Maddy, Veronica, Derek, Ryan, and eventually Kaela. Paras said people are convinced that Ali is working with Ryan. Ali said that’s why she wouldn’t mind him leaving this week. Paras said Ryan loves to start things, then sit back and watch them go at each other. Ali asked if the better move next week is a Maddy or a Ryan, or a Veronica. Paras suggested getting the biggest target, Veronica, out if they have the votes to make the move.

Live Feed Updates Wednesday, March 21th  9:25 AM BBT- 12:00 AM BBT

March 21, 2018

Live Feed Updates Wednesday, March 21th 
9:25 AM BBT- 12:00 AM BBT
Big Brother has told the HGS it is time to get up. Big Brother has turned all the lights on but there is no movement yet

Derek we have 3 we just need 2 more i dont know what is going to happen with Erica..
Jesse in a sick way i want her to get caught on the other side. i know she doesn't want to keep me.. im going to feel it out with her
Derek i can play the sympathy card too 
Jesse i think that later in teh day when people softly say who they will be voting for.. like i can say Hamza is cool with it andf i dont know if he is lying or not
Derek maybe he is 
Jesse i can try and get Will and he'll say that im not going for Hamza for a week to he will be like ok
Jesse c'mon guys you're not that stupid
Derek i can see it go either way
Jesse yeah sadly it might not go my way
Derek if they turn on me.. im going to say thsat will/V is just like me/kaela adn V made more enemies coming in the house.. 
Jesse i said that to him that people say that you and V are a pair and he went off saying he's not.. and i said that well everyone pins us(derek jesse kaela) as a 3.. it's the same thing.. the points are there it's not bullshit.. if i walk out the door it's sickening!

Jesse im going to take it easy today the BY will open this afternoon and i will start to talk to people after that.. 
Derek people keep saying taht Will is a man of his word and he is saying he wants to work with me and that he likes me and kaela and we had a little bro shake. and then i was sitting here he said that where i vote he will vote.. and i haven't brought it up since.. 
Derek im going to play a bit of the apology card too. i will say me you and will made a thing.. and now it's me and you that hang out.. that we both like to play pool a lot.. and it's not anything personally we like ya.. 
Derek i gotta get this laundry going.

Will you gotta get up
Veronica my eyes ar open..
Will you are probably dozing off 
Feeds flip to HOH

Ryan Jesse said that you are sitting with Hamza with all the time anad that i'll vote how Hamza wants me to vote.. and im like my vote is my vote.. and i was never ploitting agaisnt him.. so he didnt make a pitch.. 
Ryan i tried to make the offer.. and he didnt take it.. but i wanted him to do taht and take that to Derek and Kaela and then say i offered.. and i dont want to work with them but if they happen to win HOH next week. 
Merron im just sitting here trying to recover from the the shit i just took my ass is burning
Ryan you can always ease it into the HT and relax it that way.. you were crazy to do double hot sauce.
Ryan leaves
Erica and Olivia in kitchen erica putting dishes in the dishwasher
Olivia making breakfast

Chatter at the kitchen area!
Paras maddy Johnny in the bathroom
Johnny i hope that if there is a twist it benefits me.. 
Paras yeah
Maddy laughs
Maddy i want you to win hoh
Johnny why it will be the 2nd one in 4 weeks.. i dont think i need to
Maddy it worked out weel this week .. it will take your sketchiness down.
Maddy have you talked aobut if you wanted to talk to Liv..
Johnny yeah i did .. she said she felt good with Kaela and Derek..
Maddy well her and veronica are looking out for other people than me.. 
Maddy theya re doing what they are doing.. and have a stronger relationship with Hamza..
Johnny he doesnt get to vote
Maddy yeah so it doesnt matter that he gets mad they have time to repair that.. and i really dont like someone telling me what to do. 
Johnny OHH bad ass Maddy!

Paras selfish selfish people.. this move they are making this week.. we are giving away numbers.. and why cuz Will wnats to be friends with Hamza and why Veronica is firends with Hamza.. so we're keeping liv? 
Paras Kaela Jesse Deerek all wanted to work with us and those are good numbers.. but no.. they are idiots! Im playing with selfish idiots and i should have never trusted the alliance!

Will who do you want out
Veronica both of them ryan live ali and im voting Jesse out .. but if won hoh i would be trying to break up Derek/Kaela
Will i dont think you should.. 
Veronica why cuz they are a vote for us
Will yeah
Veronica Ryan needs to go. all he ahs is his mouth.. 
Will he's got nothing in comps
Veronica -Ali -Liv i want out but ryan he just lies and i can see through it
Will i can see him last night he sat up saying we got the final vote in this room.. im like man he's pissing me off. i hate when people belittle ya 
Maddy leaves
Veroinica i know they like me and you 
Will we have to ahve a talk to them 
Will Merron will go far in this game..
Veronica cuz he's a floater.. 
Will hamza brought him in yesterday and if that is who he wants in i want nothing to do with his alliance.. 
Veroncia and i dont think merron has study at all and he's just glued on hamza.. and im not bringing someone to the end who does absolutly nothing
Will he sucked at the last comop.. and i dont agree with hamza bringing him in to what we have no.. me you johnny are good.
Veroncia yeah
Veronica we should bring erica in.. i trust her
Will i dont want to bring in merron.. i want nothing to do with his alliance then
Veronica we can bring her in and use her when wee need her and then peel her off when we dont need her

Summary game!

March 21, 2018

Summary game
Jesse has been campainging to stay in the house.

Hamza and jesse made amends however hamza lied to him saying HE will keep him if Jesse can bring him the 5 people who will vote out olivia/ keep him.
IMO that's a trap and anyone aside from Derek who says they will keep Jesse openly is exposing their game 
Kaela Olivia and Ali made a pact to work together and bring information to each other. This includes Erica however Erica was not there for the conversation.
Veronica has been telling people taht she will vote how she wants and had always intended on. Which means she wants everyone out of the game so technically she's not lying to them
Ryan has coasted by this week as far as a target goes but he's annoyed most of the HG's with is pip ins and plop downs. 
Will's game has increased this week. He's been brought a ton of information and has targets of his own aside from the floaters. he's close with Maddy Veronica Hamza and then Paras and Johnny. 
Johnny has been low key again this week with his game absorbing information from others and Paras which is new to the mix for him.
tomorrows eviction should be a split vote but not the way Hamza is thinking. hamza still thinks that he has say in the house but he doesn't 
Hamza also told others openly put me up next week I don't care. 
Merron has been sticking to Hamza's side and everyone has noticed.so he's a floater but he's ready to do whatever hamza is willing to do.

Live Feed Updates Wednesday, March 21th  12:00 AM BBT-2:35 AM BBT

March 21, 2018

Live Feed Updates Wednesday, March 21th 
12:00 AM BBT-2:35 AM BBT
Johnny Veronica and Hamza up in HOH..
Hamza you see Liv she knows how this game works. she's barely flustered
Veronica do you know how the next week will go after we send jesse home
Hamza if its a double eviction take a shot unless we want to take a shot at them.. at a double you can take as shot at another strong person
Veronica Derek/kaela are good to put up.. i would say that they are a wild card and turned on Jesse
Merron i saw that derek/kaela had an intense talk.. 
Hamza if it's a double dont put me up.. if it's a long week put me up.. i dont care
Veroncia ther are so many people we could eliminate before you.. hamza makes my life so much easier
Hamza put up Ryan or whoever..
Merron derek kaela out next.. 
Hamza ryan olivia ali..
Veronica im about it 
Hamza all these people
Veronica theya re flip flopping they are campaigning to get out Liv right now.. and Maddy and Paras
Hamza if we can make it and not turn on each other.. that will be the 21st in BB history 
Veronica you are the psycho Hamza..

Jesse he saaw me as a threat and he took me out. he ahs the numbers to put you out.. and if he did that i can win and that wouldn't happen.. we had a pain you would never go against us and it';s disappointing to ha hear teh reality that there is a plan to get me out.. are we going to make it down the road.. if he gets me out it's ok to lie cheat and stab.. and it's essential that we are playing for the team
maddy till later on.. i know i consider my vote independent.. whole other groups that i get along with .. but i feel that there are blocks of votes starting to forma. i think of myself as an independent vote.. even if Liv was here standing. i like you as a person.. my personal preference i need to take a day to think aobut it.. and i like that you took the time to make a pitch.. and that you are saying taht you didnt personally ask Hamza to swear on carolyn.. i can appreciate that.. 
maddy i didnt talk to him he said trust the process. and i was like ok and it worked out for me personally. i didn't have a lot of information on the background ..

Hamza make it a tie and I'll take out Liv they shake on it 
Jesse and i never asked aobut personal things
Hamza if you wanted to take a shot at me tim ok that wont piss me off.. I firmly beleive that you would ahve done what i did
Jesse i didnt ahve those conversations you had. 
Hamza if you get 5 votes you will be a legend.. 
Jesse it cant be a tie
Hamza if you get 5 and i will get merron to vote for you and ryan to vote for yo.. but get them to come and tell me straight up 
Hamza i was put in a tough spot and i didnt like to swear on things.
Jesse i want to birng people in here but i dont want things to go wrong for them
Hamza nothing will go wrong.. Liv thinks she is safe. bring them in.. and if i have to go up next week i dont care i will
Jesse if people see a big move and come after you it sucks.. i think it was early to start firings.. and i know you respect the moves and the game.. and i ahve to be super blunt and open on the way i operate.. so i ahd to do the speech
Hamza the speech was good . aside the personal stuff. it shows the person you are and hat you are not here to take shit personal.. you are a competitor in the end
Jesse one person that will come talk to you is Will and if he does you can say the same thing.. maybe he wants me out maybe nto i know you guys are good buddies
Hamza yeah we;'ve been looking out for each other since day one 
Jesse so if i want the target teh whole time then ok
BB Jesse to the DR 
Hamza yeah you weren't the target and then shit happened.. and if you get eht 5 votes.. then ok i'll get you the 6th
Jesse leaves

Hamza this makes me not like the game.. i hate hurting people.. maybe i wasnt cut out for this game.. stupid.. i know he's a good persoan.. but you dont know if it's bullshit or genuine.. i dont care. i dont want to be HOH ever again.

Paras and ali talking about keeping liv vs jesse
Veronica pacing
Ali i dont know what is going thru liv's mind.. she feels since that day since you guys ahve i'll watch each others back.. she's not very emotional
Paras she didnt follow up.. i just want more reassurance that's all
Ali that is valid.. 
Paras im a vote and i'd like to be respected
Veronica Jesse hasnt talked to Ryan either.. he as like no one came to me he's a vote too 
2:35 AM BBT 6:00 AM BBT All houseguests are sleeping.

Live Feed Updates Tuesday, March 20th Summary of this day so far! (1)

March 20, 2018

Live Feed Updates Tuesday, March 20th Summary of this day 

10:00-11:00 AM: The houseguests started to wake up after they had alcohol last night while the feeds were down. Olivia said she wonders if Paras is still mad at her. Ali said she has to apologize. Johnny asked what happened. Olivia they were joking about cooling Jesse and Paras off, so she was splashing water on Jesse. She said it was funny, then she went to involve Paras by throwing water at her chest. Olivia said Paras then started claiming that she was bullied. Olivia mentioned that the funny thing was the irony behind it since they know that nothing was going on between Jesse and Paras. Ali said Paras was focused on her parents watching and getting the wrong idea. Ali suggested that Olivia misread the situation. In the other bedroom, Veronica told Will he made it look like she doesn’t respect his family. She said they are not a showmance, and she will chill out in terms of giving him space. Veronica pointed out that Will is a grown man, and it takes two people to kiss. Will said that people were calling them a showmance, which is going to put a target on their back. Will explained that it pissed him off. Will didn’t want to be on bad terms with Veronica. He said they have the best relationship in the house between them. Veronica said that’s why she was upset, cause she loves their relationship and that they are best friends in the house. Will said he feels the same way, and he didn’t mean for it to come off like he doesn’t.

11:00-12:00 PM: Will told Hamza and Merron that he cleared things up with Veronica. Will said last night got crazy. Will mentioned that they were given booze, then things got out of hand. Will said everyone was making out with each other. When Merron asked for specifics, Will said Paras’ name. Before he could finish saying who she made out with, feeds were cut. The same thing happened often throughout the day when the events of last night were discussed.

12:00-1:00 PM: Merron came out of the diary room with a card to read to the houseguests. He explained that they have 30 minutes to clean the house in order to earn a “tasty treat”. It was said that music will be played at various points. When the music comes on, the houseguests must dance while cleaning. If not, they will receive a strike. Three strikes mean that the houseguests will not get the reward. Afterwards, Veronica spoke to Paras about her conversation with Will. She said that Ryan has been planting the seed that she and Will are in a showmance for the past week. Paras said he is so annoying as a player. Paras said Ryan will do anything and everything to put a target on someone else’s back. Paras didn’t like that Will had suggested that her saying they were going to hook up was putting a target on their back. They discussed that Will allowed Veronica to take his shorts off, and they were making out. Veronica said it takes two people to kiss. She mentioned that Will kissed her three times, so he should have stopped her the first time if he was uncomfortable. Paras brought up that evicting Jesse is doing what is best for Will, not what is best for the team. She said that Olivia is coming after Maddy, Veronica and herself but they are saving her so that Will can get on Hamza’s good side. Veronica said she started to think about it that Will would save Hamza over either of them. Paras said Olivia is probably going to win the next HoH, but they are talking as if she will not win HoH, will be nominated, will lose the veto, and can be evicted next week instead. Veronica said that without saying too much, she thinks that they should all vote however they want. Paras said it would not be good for them. Veronica asked who would know. Paras said there is no point in splitting it if they don’t have the numbers. Veronica said Kaela, Derek, Maddy and the two of them could vote Olivia out. Paras told Veronica that they would still need one more. She said Merron is the swing vote but he is Hamza’s best friend. Paras isn’t sure if they could get anyone other than Will to vote with them, though he is being selfish and thinking about himself. Veronica said it really upsets her that Olivia threw water in Paras’ face. Paras said it’s also her 30 year old best friend Ali. Pars said she was having a serious talk with Jesse, then Olivia came in and threw water on her, saying they need to cool down.

1:00-2:00 PM: Paras told Veronica that Jesse, Derek and Kaela are good with them but Will is being selfish. Veronica said Will wont even consider the other options. Paras said it’s because he has so much to gain in terms of getting Hamza on his side. Erica and Kaela joined the girls. Kaela let Veronica know that she is the first girl that she has ever made out with. Veronica said she is honoured. She told Kaela that she is a good kisser. Kaela said to tell Derek that. Veronica commented that Kaela is a better kisser than Will is. Out by the hot tub, Will brought up to Maddy and Johnny that they found out last night that Merron has a crush on Maddy. Maddy said Merron was clearly uncomfortable with what was going on last night, so she would like for them to leave that alone. Will said he wishes he had seen when the girls threw drinks at each other. Maddy said Paras is still hurt by it. Johnny mentioned that Jesse still hasn’t talked to him. Johnny figures it’s because Jesse knows that he knows he said his name to Hamza. Johnny thinks Kaela was genuinely surprised by it, and she didn’t know that Jesse mentioned her name. Maddy said that’s probably right. They discussed that Kaela can go far in the game. Maddy thinks that Kaela can survive the showmance but Derek can’t. Maddy said Kaela is the stronger of the two. Johnny said he would rather have Kaela there over Derek, but it must be a sign of her good gameplay if they all feel that way. In the bathroom, Ryan told Olivia that he needs to be on the right side of the vote this week. While he said that the vote currently seems to be in her favour, that doesn’t mean that things can’t change. Olivia said that’s fair. Back outside, Maddy said that Kaela is the top contender to win. Will said he thinks that she will be gone soon. Johnny said people always talk about getting out big targets, but the people that aren’t big targets are almost bigger threats since they get in the way of you winning. He said you also wont stay over those types of people. When Maddy went in, Will asked Johnny who he would nominate if he wins HoH. Johnny said Derek and Kaela. Johnny said the difference between his game and Will’s game is that he would like to see Ali and Olivia go further than some of Will’s extra people. Will said he loves those two. He said it’s Maddy and Paras that hate them. Johnny questioned who would ever target Hamza and Merron. He said he would prefer to work with Veronica and Will. Will said they could keep Hamza close to win competitions.

2:00-3:00 PM: Kaela spoke to Ali and Olivia. She brought up that she and Olivia shook on their deal last night. Kaela said she has not told Derek, and she doesn’t think that she will. Ali said she shouldn’t tell him, because it will freak him out that she has a Plan B. Kaela mentioned that Hamza slipped up by saying that everyone in the white room is so tight, while everyone in the red room is fighting with each other. The girls shook on it that they will not go after each other until jury. Kaela said she will be voting to keep Olivia. She apologized that Derek is probably not going to vote the same way as her this week. Ali and Olivia understood. Ali asked that Kaela approach her the next time that someone says she is coming after Derek and Kaela, so that they can call that person out if necessary. Kaela asked the girls who they would nominate. Ali said she would definitely nominate Ryan. Other than that, she said she would probably nominate one of the flip floppers. Kaela said she would nominate someone from the white room. She said she would not nominate Merron. Ali agreed. Ali said she also wouldn’t nominate Veronica after she promised her that she wouldn’t come after her. Olivia said she wouldn’t either. They discussed that Maddy is flip flopping. Kaela said Maddy told people in the hot tub that she is voting to keep Olivia 100%, then she was in the bedroom saying she is keeping Jesse 100%. Kaela thinks that Maddy will go with the house regardless of whether or not she is your ally. Kaela let Ali and Olivia know that Maddy does not like them. Olivia asked why Maddy doesn’t like her. Kaela explained that it goes back to Olivia being jealous of her hanging out with Jesse early on. While all three girls agreed that they trust Erica, they decided that they will keep the extent of their deal between them. They said they will let Erica know that they are good with each other now but that’s it. In the kitchen, Erica told Johnny that Jesse doesn’t do anything for her game wise. She said that she would love to have him in jury but it’s a game. Erica asked who Johnny feels comfortable with winning HoH. Johnny said Ali and Olivia since his name keeps getting associate with them. He also doesn’t think that Kaela, Hamza, Veronica or Will would nominate him. Erica said she doesn’t feel comfortable with Ryan winning. Erica told Johnny that if they hear people saying they haven’t picked a side, that’s when they need to pick a side. Johnny said the two of them are going to start being paired together, which they don’t want to have happen.

4:00-5:00 PM: Ryan told Ali that Jesse said it’s obvious he is going to vote him out since he is with the other side. Ryan said he explained that he doesn’t have a side, and that Jesse could convince him if he pitched him hard enough. Ryan said Jesse has been unwilling to do that. Ryan let Ali know that Jesse said he suggests that Ryan vote Olivia out if he doesn’t wan to be on the wrong side of the vote, because he has the numbers to stay in the game. Ali asked if Jesse really thinks that he has the votes. Ryan said he is 100% sure that he is staying. Ryan talked about overhearing Jesse say to Erica, Derek and Kaela that they could pull this off cause they only need three more votes, which means he believes that Erica is on his side. Ali said that is not factual. Ryan wasn’t as confident as Ali was. After Ryan left the room, Ali said to the cameras that Erica and Kaela are with them, so Jesse is going home. Ali headed to the red room to talk to Johnny and Olivia. Ali reiterated that they have to be limited with what they share with Kaela until Jesse is out of the house. Johnny asked Olivia if she feels she has people that dislike her. Olivia said only Maddy. Johnny said he really gets along with her. Olivia said she wants to but Maddy hates her cause she thinks that she is jealous of her and Jesse. Johnny thought that it might all die down once Jesse leaves. Johnny said he can’t believe that Olivia threw a drink at Paras. Olivia said it was funny. Johnny talked about Erica being into it and encouraging it. Olivia said she threw one at Jesse, and he threw one at her as well. Olivia said she apologized to Paras, saying she misread the situation. Elsewhere, Derek told Kaela that he is good at making people feel special when they are not special to him. He mentioned what he has with Hamza as an example of that. Kaela said Hamza can never know that. Derek agreed. Derek said Hamza is saying that he isn’t a liar, but he is. Derek pointed to Hamza swearing that Jesse would be safe as evidence of that. Derek told Kaela he knows that it’s Hamza who wants Jesse to go. He talked about how he will really have trouble wanting to play the game with Hamza moving forward if Jesse ends up leaving. Derek mentioned thinking that Hamza was shady from Day 1, and he sees that Hamza is trying to slide into Jesse’s place. Kaela wondered if Hamza is hoping to get them out next week, completely demolishing them. Derek said it’s possible.

5:00-6:00 PM: Derek told Kaela that he would have no problem backdooring Hamza even though they have had personal talks, cause Hamza brought personal into it and went back on it already. Derek wondered if Veronica and Will are closer to him or to Hamza. Derek thinks they are closer to him. Kaela disagreed. She said they are voting to evict Jesse. Kaela said Veronica told her the nail in Jesse’s coffin was saying what he said to Hamza during the veto ceremony. Kaela told Derek he cannot bring that up to her. Kaela warned Derek that Will is in a lot of things with a lot of people, and she thinks that he is playing the whole house. Derek said he could see that. Kaela said Hamza is one of Will’s guys, Olivia said Will has her back, Veronica is so close with Will, and they have a three with Maddy as well. Kaela told Derek she doesn’t think that Jesse is staying. She thinks everyone but Paras is lying if they say that they will vote to keep Jesse. Kaela said she is trying to set them up moving forward, which is why she talked to the girls about squashing things between them. Kaela said that may give her the opportunity to keep them safe if Ali or Olivia win HoH. Kaela said it’s the same thing with Veronica, as she doesn't trust her but knows that she is a comp beast. In the living room, Jesse told Paras he thinks that they are good in terms of the vote. He said Veronica told him that she will 100% be voting to keep him. He expects Will to vote with Veronica. Derek and Kaela were counted as his third and fourth votes, Paras as the fifth, and Maddy as the sixth. Jesse said there is not a chance that he goes home. Paras told Jesse not to say that, because that’s different than what those people say in the bedroom at night. Jesse said he knows there is a chance. Paras said people are spitting lies. Jesse thinks Erica and Johnny would jump on board if the others are all in. Paras said it will confirm all of her suspicions that these people are liars if Jesse goes home this week. She said she respects Jesse enough to make sure that he isn’t completed blindsided if he goes home. Paras said Will is looking to get in good with Hamza, because he thinks Hamza is a beast, so he is not considering what she and Maddy want. Jesse said he will freak if he is voted out at the hands of Will. Jesse told Paras that if Will can trust Olivia over him, he should vote him out. Jesse think that it should be simple. In the bathroom, Veronica told Merron she knows that Olivia didn’t give her the time of day when she came in the house, but she can get her out in the future. Veronica said they have a good opportunity up a tripod (Kaela/Derek/Jesse). She said they will go after Derek and Kaela in the next couple of weeks. Both agreed that Kaela is a bigger threat than Derek is. Merron said they have to assure Maddy that they have her back, because she thinks that Ali, Erica, Kaela and Olivia have a four girl alliance. They agreed to talk to Maddy. Merron said they have to check in with each other so they don’t let each other slip away.

9:00-10:00 PM: Feeds returned after being down for a few hours. Veronica was talking to Johnny in the HoH room. She said her mind is made up that she will be voting to evict Jesse. Veronica mentioned that Paras is campaigning to her to get Olivia out. Johnny said that’s stupid. Veronica said she wants to protect Maddy and Paras but she cares more about her partnership with others in the house. Veronica added that Olivia is not a threat to her, so she is doing what’s best for her game. The two discussed plans moving forward. Johnny asked how they will ever get Merron out of the game. Veronica suggested that he will only stick around because he is an easy vote. They talked about going after Derek and Kaela next week. Veronica said she would want to get Kaela out first. Johnny asked if it’s best to get Derek out first if he is after Hamza. Veronica had said she thinks that Kaela will go after Ali, Olivia and Ryan. Veronica still said she would prefer to get Kaela out first. The two discussed working together with Hamza and Will. Hamza joined them. He said working together as a four with Will is perfect. Hamza said they can bring Erica in too if they want. Hamza and Johnny agreed that they trust her 100%. Hamza and Veronica said that they trust Merron as well. Looking ahead to next week, Hamza said he is willing to go on the block next to Derek or Kaela in order to fight for the veto. Out by the hot tub, Jesse checked in with Maddy, Paras and Will. He started off by explaining that he isn’t too sure how he ended up on the block. Jesse said he thought that he really connected with Hamza while they were have-nots. Jesse said he was pumped when Hamza won HoH. Maddy asked Jesse if he asked Hamza to swear, or if Hamza volunteered to swear. Jesse said he didn’t ask him, but someone else right beside him did. Will said it must have been Derek that did it then. Jesse said he cannot think of a single pitch why they would vote him out. Jesse brought up he has heard that he is a physical treat, and he is part of a trio with Derek and Kaela. Jesse argued that what matters right now is having numbers and people that you can trust. Jesse said they will be below Ryan, Hamza, Merron, Ali and Olivia if they vote him out. Jesse said he would not put them up if he wins HoH. He also said he would use the veto on them if they are on the block. When Will asked who Erica would vote for, Jesse said she will likely vote him out. Jesse pointed out that Olivia is quieter in how she operates, and she has alliances too even though she is telling people that he is the one in a trio.

10:00-11:00 PM: Paras told Maddy and Will she looks at Jesse as a number for them, which is something that she knows Olivia isn’t. Maddy and Will suggested that Jesse talk to Hamza. Will said the thing that is making him go back and forth his that he doesn’t want to go against Hamza. Jesse said it would be a sick joke if he were to be evicted from the game in week three when he feels that he has done nothing wrong. Will said he is happy that Jesse had this talk with them. He talked about wanting to speak to Ali and Olivia as well. Paras said it sucks that they have to approach someone who is on the block because she thinks that she is so comfortable. Maddy agreed. Will said the number one thing that he would need from Jesse is to know that he is not going to go after Hamza for a couple of weeks. Paras told Jesse that he will have to swallow his pride. Jesse said he is fine with that. After the talk wrapped up, Will filled Veronica in on what was said. She asked if he is changing his mind. Will said he is not. He still plans to evict Jesse. Meanwhile, Jesse spoke to Hamza. He said he wants to say a couple of things about the veto speech. Hamza assured him that they squashed that yesterday. Jesse admitted that it’s hard to believe that he wasn’t the target the whole time. Hamza said Jesse was not the target. He insisted that Olivia was his target. When Jesse mentioned that Maddy could have gone up instead of him, Hamza said that would have made it easier for Olivia to win the veto. Jesse said he gets it. He let Hamza know that he will not be targeting him if he stays. He said he would like to call a truce. Hamza told Jesse that he will help him get Merron and Ryan on board to vote for him if he can find five other votes. Afterwards, Hamza spoke to the cameras. He said he hates hurting people, and hates that he has to be the one to end someone’s dream. In the white room, Paras told Ali she respects that Jesse pulled her aside to lay out why he should stay. She said Olivia doesn’t seem to see her as a valuable player since she has not pitched for her vote. Ali said Olivia likely assumed that Paras would vote for Jesse, so she didn’t want to make it awkward. Paras said she was friends with Olivia way before she was friends with Jesse. Paras also said that she does not want to be associated with Jesse in a sense that it is assumed that she is voting for him just because of the friendship that they have established.

11:00-12:00 AM: Paras told Ali she feels as though no one values her. Ali said she would be more inclined to work with Paras if Maddy wasn’t in the picture, because she doesn’t trust Maddy. Ali said she was genuinely interested in building something with Maddy until little details that she gave Maddy as a test all came back to her. Paras said it sketches her out that Maddy goes to everyone to say that she is a free agent. Ali pointed out that Maddy is telling both sides that they have her vote 100% as well. Paras said she loves Maddy on a personal level but does not know where she is at from a game standpoint. Paras asked Ali who she would nominate next to Maddy. She wondered if she would be guilty by association. Ali said she would likely nominate Ryan but she would be worried that he would get voted out. Later, Merron and Veronica talked about targeting Derek and Kaela next. Merron said he is going to do everything in his power to ensure that one of them leaves if he wins HoH. Out in the yard, Maddy attempted to get Will on board with evicting Olivia. She said Ryan is controlling Ali, Olivia, Merron and Hamza. On the other side, Maddy argued that things are more predictable with Jesse. Will said he really doesn’t believe that Hamza is making this move because of Ryan. Will told Maddy that he cannot go against Hamza. When Maddy suggested pitching this to Hamza, Will said he thinks that it would be dumb to keep Jesse when he will be harder to get out later on. Maddy said it’s silly to take one of their own numbers away. She thinks that others would get on board if they know that Veronica, Paras and herself are voting Olivia out. Will said Veronica doesn’t want to do that. Derek then came outside, ending the conversation.

Live Feed Updates Tuesday, March 20th (3)

March 20, 2018

Live Feed Updates Tuesday, March 20th (3)
1:20 AM BBT 3: 00 PMBBT 
Kaela- Who do you want to meet alumni wise? It would be so cool to meet Ika, and I want to meet Kevin. Jesse- Yeah. Olivia- I want to meet Kevin and Emmett 
Kaela- I cant wait to meet Ika. Olivia- I know eh? Kaela- She is so cool. I want to meet Kevin though 
Kaela- Ryan is the #1 person in here that I want to walk out that door. Ali- I get it. If they (Ryan/Maddy) went back to back, it wouldnt be the worst thing 
Kaela- If you put Maddy up, people feel like Maddy is disposable cause she is such a flip flopper. Olivia- I think Maddy is coming after us two (Ali/Olivia) but Ryan would not come after you until later 
Kaela- Why dont we keep the extent of the deal between us, but Erica can know that we are good? Olivia- Okay. Ali- Yeah. Kaela- Cause if people know the extent of it, we're going to be seen as a three 
Olivia- Why doesnt she (Maddy) like me? I'm too fabulous? Kaela- You were super jealous of her hanging out with Jesse in the beginning. Kaela- She used to be like "Liv gives me dirty looks all the time". Olivia- That's just my face...but also maybe a little 
Kaela to Ali/Olivia- She (Maddy) doesnt like both of you, like hardcore doesnt like both of you. Olivia- Why is she so petty? Kaela- It started with Liv. I think you (Ali) were guilty by association 
Kaela to Ali/Olivia- Maddy was in the hot tub area saying "I'll 100% vote to keep Liv", then she was in the bedroom saying "I'm 100% keeping Jesse". She is going to go with whatever the way the house is, whether she is your ally or not 
Kaela- So who is flip flopping? Maddy. Ali- Big time. Kaela- I dont think Will until I knew that he was good with you guys. Ali- Just good in the sense that we are super friendly. We havent talked any game. Kaela- True 
Ali- I wouldnt put V up this week cause I promised her I wouldnt come after her. Olivia- Same. Kaela- I dont even think she is someone you can initially put on the block. She is someone you have to make sure doesnt play 
Kaela- Who would you guys put up? Ali- Definitely Ryan, and then I dont know. I would maybe want to put one of the flip floppers up. Kaela- I'd put someone in the white room. I wouldnt even put Merron up. Ali- Definitely not 
Ali- If a specific person says "Ali told me she is coming after you and Derek", you log the name of the person and you tell me immediately. Kaela- Okay 
Kaela to Ali/Olivia- We can all shake on it and be like get each other to jury. I'm sorry Derek probably wont vote the same way as me this week. You (Olivia) have my vote
Kaela to Ali/Olivia- Hamza let out that every single person in the white room is solid with each other, and everyone in the red room is fighting with each other 
Kaela Liv and I shook on it in the bathroom last night, and were having a little freak out. We were excited. I havent told Derek, and I dont think I will. Ali- You shouldnt. It will freak him out that you have a Plan B 
Ali We are just talking about how she (Olivia) has to apologize to Paras. Kaela- Yeah, apparently she took it the wrong way. Olivia- Puts me up cause I splashed water on her 
Kaela- Who do you want to meet alumni wise? It would be so cool to meet Ika, and I want to meet Kevin. Jesse- Yeah. Olivia- I want to meet Kevin and Emmett 
Kaela- I cant wait to meet Ika. Olivia- I know eh? Kaela- She is so cool. I want to meet Kevin though 
Kaela- Ryan is the #1 person in here that I want to walk out that door. Ali- I get it. If they (Ryan/Maddy) went back to back, it wouldnt be the worst thing 
Kaela- If you put Maddy up, people feel like Maddy is disposable cause she is such a flip flopper. Olivia- I think Maddy is coming after us two (Ali/Olivia) but Ryan would not come after you until later 
Kaela- Why dont we keep the extent of the deal between us, but Erica can know that we are good? Olivia- Okay. Ali- Yeah. Kaela- Cause if people know the extent of it, we're going to be seen as a three 
Olivia- Why doesnt she (Maddy) like me? I'm too fabulous? Kaela- You were super jealous of her hanging out with Jesse in the beginning. Kaela- She used to be like "Liv gives me dirty looks all the time". Olivia- That's just my face...but also maybe a little 
Kaela to Ali/Olivia- She (Maddy) doesnt like both of you, like hardcore doesnt like both of you. Olivia- Why is she so petty? Kaela- It started with Liv. I think you (Ali) were guilty by association 
Kaela to Ali/Olivia- Maddy was in the hot tub area saying "I'll 100% vote to keep Liv", then she was in the bedroom saying "I'm 100% keeping Jesse". She is going to go with whatever the way the house is, whether she is your ally or not 
Kaela- So who is flip flopping? Maddy. Ali- Big time. Kaela- I dont think Will until I knew that he was good with you guys. Ali- Just good in the sense that we are super friendly. We havent talked any game. Kaela- True 
Ali- I wouldnt put V up this week cause I promised her I wouldnt come after her. Olivia- Same. Kaela- I dont even think she is someone you can initially put on the block. She is someone you have to make sure doesnt play 
Kaela- Who would you guys put up? Ali- Definitely Ryan, and then I dont know. I would maybe want to put one of the flip floppers up. Kaela- I'd put someone in the white room. I wouldnt even put Merron up. Ali- Definitely not 
Ali- If a specific person says "Ali told me she is coming after you and Derek", you log the name of the person and you tell me immediately. Kaela- Okay 
Kaela to Ali/Olivia- We can all shake on it and be like get each other to jury. I'm sorry Derek probably wont vote the same way as me this week. You (Olivia) have my vote 
Kaela to Ali/Olivia- Hamza let out that every single person in the white room is solid with each other, and everyone in the red room is fighting with each other 
Kaela- Liv and I shook on it in the bathroom last night, and were having a little freak out. We were excited. I havent told Derek, and I dont think I will. Ali- You shouldnt. It will freak him out that you have a Plan B

Live Feed Updates Tuesday, March 20th (2)

March 20, 2018

Live Feed Updates Tuesday, March 20th (2)
10:10 AM BBT 1: 20 PMBBT 
Veronica you saying that last night and doing that.. im friendly.. but im not interested in anything more with yo and making me look like that in front of my family .. 
Will well ryan yesterday said that we had a showmance and i dont want them to think that now.. a dn ow paras
Veronica that is conversations you ahve to have with others and 
Will when you said that i dont think im hot and you are so mean..
Veronica i wont be weird.. i just want you to know that i have anything for you in that way.. 
Veronica it;'s making me look like an idiot and not respecting your family
Will i didnt think that and i just got heated last night. they ahve a target on their back and we dont.
Veronica i apoloigize
Will i dont want you to feel like you ahve to apologize
Veronica im apologize for crossing boundaries.. 
Will no.. it was you saying that i didnt think you were pretty.. and that would put a target on us.. will come give me a hug
Veronica no!! 
Will why?>
Veronica i dont want people to think we're s showmance.. 
Veronica i'll give you a finger hug
Will no one in my family will be mad at you.. 
Will grabs her and hugs her.. we cant fight no more in this house.. 
veronica i dont want to fight with you
Will the booze didnt help.. everyone fell out last night
Veronica you made it like you were mad at me..
Will I was like where is my lighter.. and then you shouted in front of everyone that i didnt think you were hot.. and i dont want people to think that.
Veronica quit being a bay i was teasing you.. and then i wanted to lay here.. 
Will and then you were spreading shit all over and hen paras got into it
Veronica you made it like we are in a showmance.. i love bugging you.. 
Will i dont care.. but if people think im in a showman who will they target.. 
Veronica it was Will and ME chasing each other around the house it's not kissy kissy (noise) 
Veronica i was trying to sleep and it was a couple of kisses.. and it didnt cross my mind.. and i said that Will made it clear that i ahve to wait 60 days.. i ahve a different attraction to you i care about interacting with you on a daily basis.. and last night you made it like i was disrespecting you..
Will a couple of people said it in the hot tub.. and i was like we wwere fucking around
Veronica no one will ever be able to get us out Will
Will i was barely sleeping last night i was like how am i going to make this up to V 
Veronica yeah i wasn't sleeping too
Will the booze didnt help
Veroncia i was pissy for the whole 98% of the time and then you yelled at me.
Veronica to Kaela- You are a better kisser than Will. Will is a horrible kisser 
Kaela- You were my first make out with a girl ever. Veronica- Kaela, I feel honoured, and as if. You're a good kisser. Kaela- Thanks. Tell Derek that
Merron If Big Brother catches you not dancing to the music, you will earn a strike. Three strikes and no reward for anybody 
Merron Big Brother is giving you all just 30 minutes to transform this place from filthy to fantastic. When you hear Big Brother's music play, you must clean and dance at the same time. If you successfully clean the house, everyone will earn a tasty reward 
Ryan to Olivia For me this week it's about not being on the wrong side of the vote. I feel right now like that means you stay, but not that he is not able to turn it around either 
Will Whoever wins this week's HoH, it's going to be another fucked week. Maddy- Oh absolutely. Will- This is going to be the most exciting one for sure
Johnny to Maddy/Will- I would rather see her (Kaela) here than Derek. Everyone feels that way. It's probably just a sign of her good gameplay 
Will I think that she (Kaela) can go far in this game. She has got to look out for her own game. Johnny- She was your pick to win. 
Maddy I think she could. I think she can survive the showmance, and Derek can 
Johnny to Maddy/Will He (Jesse) still hasnt talked to me once about any of this. He knows that I know that he said my name. She (Kaela) was surprised he said that. I do believe that she didnt know 
Will If you won, who would you put up this week? Johnny- Derek and Kaela. Will- The two of them? Johnny- I think you would have to 
Hamza is going after Derek. Johnny- I know you are close with Hamza but I'd rather have us three. Will- Me, you and Veronica? Yeah, and just keep Hamza close 
Johnny I think the difference between your game and my game is I would prefer to see Ali and Liv make it further than some of your extra people. Will I love Ali and Liv. The girls, Paras and Maddy, hate Ali and Liv. Johnny- That's almost good 
Johnny Merron and Hamza...who is going to take a shot at them ever? Will Hamza is going after Derek. Johnny I know you are close with Hamza but I'd rather have us three. Will- Me, you and Veronica? Yeah, and just keep Hamza close

Live Feed Updates Tuesday, March 20th (1)

March 20, 2018

Live Feed Updates Tuesday, March 20th (1)

At 10:00 PM, Big Brother announced that the feeds would remain down until 6:00 AM 
8:00 AM BBT 9:31 AM BBT All houseguests are sleeping.

Confirmed that the houseguests got booze last night. Therefore, feed was down 

Summary of this day!

March 19, 2018

Summary of this day!
Day 17 - Hamza decides not to use the PoV

March 19, 2018

9:00-10:00 AM: Hamza spoke to Jesse up in the HoH room. He let Jesse know that everyone was starting to turn but Jesse did a good job last night with his apologies. Hamza laid out the two options for Jesse. He said he can either use the veto on him, or he can leave him up and try to get him the votes to stay. Hamza said he doesn’t want them to end up in a position where it’s the two of them, Derek and Kaela against the rest of the house. Jesse said if they are even a tad worried about the numbers, it would make sense to use the veto in order to nominate someone who would definitely not be voted out. Hamza asked who would keep Olivia other than Ali and maybe Johnny. The only name that Jesse gave was Ryan. Jesse said he hears what Hamza is saying about not wanting to get more blood on his hands. Jesse told Hamza he is good as long as he doesn’t go home. Hamza said he is telling Jesse this out of respect. He then let Jesse know that Derek and Kaela had no part in this. Jesse told Hamza it comes down to doing what is best for his game.

10:00-11:00 AM: Hamza told Veronica that he wants to throw a jab in Derek’s face to let him know that he knows what’s going on. Veronica had told Hamza that Derek said he will pretend to be his friend but he will hunt him down if Jesse leaves. Merron spoke to Hamza to ask if he is for sure not using the veto. Hamza said he wants to use it so bad so that he can put Derek up and say “the hunter has become the hunted”. Merron asked if the house would vote Derek out. Hamza said yeah but it is not his time. Hamza mentioned that the only reason he is not putting Derek up is because they made his swear on his fiancee’s life that he wouldn’t. Merron encouraged Hamza to make the move anyway. Ryan then broke up the conversation. Elsewhere, Jesse gave Derek and Erica a heads up that he is going to say something at the veto ceremony. He said Hamza would be using the veto no problem if he actually wants him to stay in the game.

11:00-12:00 PM: Kaela spoke to Johnny to let him know that she feels really good with him. Kaela said it hurts her game if Johnny doesn’t feel good with Jesse. She said Jesse is Derek’s person but Johnny is more so her person. Kaela added that the last thing she would want to do is screw Johnny over to make Derek happy. Johnny said he seems surprised that Derek seems so affected by this. Kaela said it is solidifying that Jesse is his number one. Kaela reiterated that she is more so on Johnny’s side than on Jesse’s side. Paras let Jesse know that Will is saying Derek and Jesse have each other while he has no one. Paras explained that Will thinks he can get Hamza on his side if he makes the move against Jesse. Paras blamed Ryan for getting in their heads to say that Olivia is only there doing her hair and nails, so why not take out a big threat like Jesse. Jesse said that makes sense. Paras said it’s amazing how easily you can get into these people’s heads.

1:00-2:00 PM: The veto ceremony took place. Hamza decided not to use the Power of Veto. Jesse and Olivia remain nominated. Afterwards, Hamza was pacing around the HoH room. He was telling himself to calm down and not let people get inside of his head. Ryan thanked Jesse for the speech he made. He said it’s not something that you often see. Maddy said she isn’t sure whether or not Jesse put a target on himself by doing that. She pointed out that he wasn’t exaggerating. In the bedroom, Paras told Veronica she is so thankful that Hamza has kept his word to her, but he gave his word to Jesse and went back on it because he thinks that Jesse is a threat. Paras said Hamza could do the exact same thing to them. Paras questioned why they would keep someone who is coming for them as opposed to a floater who is 0 for 5 in competitions. Paras argued that Jesse doesn’t have anyone in the game since Derek and Kaela will always come before him. Meanwhile, Maddy told Jesse he knows what her preference is but she doesn’t know if she has enough sway to make it happen. In the HoH room, Will told Hamza that Jesse is a shady bastard. Hamza said he is fine with Jesse taking a shot at his game but he should not be bringing his fiancee into it. Will said he is fuming. Hamza headed to the white room. Veronica asked him if they can go talk. They headed to the HoH room. Hamza said he is going to call Jesse out for being disrespectful. Hamza worried that he will have to fix his relationship once he gets home, as his fiancee will think he is swearing on her life and not caring. Hamza clarified that he swore he would keep Derek and Kaela safe. Back in the white room, Maddy told Paras that they are sitting pretty right now. She suggested that they stay out of things this week, letting it all play out. Paras said she needs to stop playing for the team, because she is making herself a target by trying to hammer into their heads that they are making the wrong move by keeping Olivia. Paras said the people in their alliance are playing for themselves. Maddy said they are a long way from Thursday. Paras said she will not be campaigning anymore.

2:00-3:00 PM: Kaela and Olivia discussed making a deal, along with Ali and Derek, to work together moving forward. Kaela said she doesn’t want to keep Olivia only to have her come after her next week. Kaela let Olivia know she doesn’t care if people get Derek’s closest people out. Kaela said it may be better for her game to move forward with Olivia and Ali even though Derek is attached to Jesse. Kaela asked that they make a deal not to get her or Derek out next. Olivia said they can make a deal not to target each other until jury. Kaela agreed. Olivia said they can get Derek on board once this week is over with. Kaela said she will then be Derek’s number one. She said she feels like Jesse is right now. Olivia mentioned she isn’t sure if Erica is voting to keep her. Kaela said she should be on board once she hears that they are. Kaela told Olivia she will have her as long as they make the deal. Kaela then spoke to Derek, telling him not to ruin his game if people are going to vote Jesse out. Derek said people are not voting Jesse out though. Kaela said there is a chance. Derek then said he forgot to thank Kaela for making him best friends with Ali and Olivia again. Kaela said she didn’t say they are best friends, and she just tried to squash things. Derek said it’s funny cause they talked about drawing a line in the sand. Kaela added that they are screwed if Ali or Olivia get power, so she is going to do what she can to possibly prevent that.

5:00-6:00 PM: Veronica let Derek know that her vote is staying the same no matter what. She said they don’t have to have any discussions about it, cause she is voting Olivia out. Derek asked if he can tell people that they have her vote. Veronica said of course. Derek brought up that Hamza is saying Jesse disrespected him, while Hamza is the one who brought his wife into the game in the first place. Derek said Hamza keeps saying he isn’t afraid to lose. He suggested that Hamza will have to go. Derek thinks next week will be their best chance to win, and to possibly nominate or backdoor Hamza, since he cannot compete for HoH. Derek said their chances of winning HoH will go up if they get Hamza out. Veronica said she knows that. Jesse joined them. Veronica told him that he doesn’t have to waste his time on her. Veronica said there is no reason for her to send him home right now. Jesse said he hopes that speech shed some light on the fact that Hamza cannot be trusted. Derek brought up nominating or backdooring Hamza. Jesse said he wouldn’t mind backdooring him. Derek asked Veronica to keep Will levelheaded. He said Will already told him that he is voting with him, which he believes. Jesse said he is a little bit worried about Will but not about Veronica. After Veronica left, Derek told Jesse he thinks that they have an easy six votes, and possibly even seven or eight. In the white room, Maddy asked if Jesse and Derek are campaigning. Veronica said they are. Veronica said Jesse thinks that he is safe. She let Will know that they are worried about him. Will told Veronica not to say she is going to be voting for them. Veronica claimed to have said that her game plan is the same as it has always been, so they can assume what they want from that. Will said he will tell them that he doesn’t know which way he is voting now that Jesse said what he did to Hamza.

6:00-7:00 PM: Veronica told Hamza and Merron that Will said she should stop telling Jesse that he is safe, otherwise Derek and Kaela may target her because of it. From now on, Veronica said she will say she doesn’t know where her head is at with regards to the vote. Veronica informed Hamza that Derek said everything Jesse said in his speech was valid and true. Hamza said he wants to call Derek out, letting him know that he is next. Hamza regretted not putting Derek on the block next to Jesse today. Hamza told Veronica he wants to let Derek know that his buddy is going home. Olivia headed up to the HoH room. She asked if there is anything that she should be doing. Veronica and Hamza explained that Jesse sealed his fate today. Hamza said she is going to hear from the other side that they have the numbers, but it’s an act since they want the element of surprise on eviction night. Kaela then spoke to Hamza. She said she is not there to campaign for Jesse. Hamza said he is a dead fish in the water. Kaela told Hamza she thinks that Derek is very emotionally invest in this, which is blinding his judgment. Hamza said he is very disappointed that Derek condones what Jesse said today. Kaela admitted it has crossed her mind that Jesse leaving is not the worst thing for her since she can bring Derek closer.

7:00-8:00 PM: Hamza said Jesse’s chances of staying are less than 1%. Kaela told Hamza she knows that, and she is trying to calm Derek down. Hamza asked Kaela to let Derek know that everything he is saying about him is getting back to him. Derek joined them. He said he figured Jesse was going to say something but he didn’t expect him to do what he did. Derek said that Jesse may have taken it a bit too far. Hamza agreed. Hamza told Derek that that sealed Jesse’s fate. Hamza said Derek can be mad at him if he wants to be. Derek said he has no reason to be. Kaela told Derek she doesn’t want him to dig his grave because of Jesse. Hamza advised Derek to watch what he says since it’s getting back to him. Hamza said he can repeat exact conversations that Derek has been having with people. He also let Derek know that people were telling him to take Olivia down in order to put Derek up next to Jesse. Hamza explained that he can no longer vouch for Jesse since he lost respect for him today. Derek said that’s fair. Kaela suggested that Derek drop any tension he has with Hamza. She said he has to forget about Jesse, and move forward if he leaves. Kaela told Derek to be selfish in this situation. After Kaela left, Hamza told Derek that he knows he called I’m a liar and said that he will be after him if Jesse leaves. Hamza said that is not a good move. Derek said he is in a tough spot now. Hamza told Derek that they can move forward together, or they can go after each other, but Veronica, Will and himself are genuine about wanting to work with Derek and Kaela. While Hamza admitted that people are talking about targeting Derek and Kaela, he said that they can change that since there are still people wanting to work with them.

8:00-9:00 PM: Paras spoke to Johnny about wanting to find herself someone that she can spill everything to, and bounce ideas off of, without having them run back to people. Paras discussed being close with Maddy and Will but not being able to discuss the pros and cons of who to keep with them. Paras said Maddy is someone that just wants to go with the house, meaning that she would never be willing to take her off of the block. Paras said she is putting her eggs in Johnny’s basket to see if this is the one. She explained that she doesn’t see herself working with Maddy and Will long term, though she would not vote them out or put them up since they were nice to her from the start. Paras talked about feeling like she is not doing anything in there. She brought up people thinking that she is dumb and easy to manipulate. Johnny told Paras not to sell herself short. Paras reiterated that she is looking for someone to have conversations with without fearing that the information will be spilled. Johnny said that will not happen with him. He said he was hoping that this would happen between them. Paras mentioned that she cannot get more than five minutes alone with Will now that Veronica is there, and she isn’t sure if she has been replaced by her or not, but she has lost that connection. Paras said it’s a two way thing, and it’s her too. Paras talked about never being included in the study sessions that Maddy and Will have. Johnny said the two of them can study. They later discussed that they aren’t sure what to make of Erica. Paras thought it was odd that she could so easily vote Jesse out after being close with him. Johnny pointed out that Kaela is doing the same. Paras said Veronica told her that but she didn’t know if it was true. Paras said people have no loyalty. She called Kaela ruthless. Both agreed that they would still likely keep Kaela over Derek if it came down to it.
At 10:00 PM, Big Brother announced that the feeds would remain down until 6:00 AM tomorrow.

 Live Feed Updates monday, March 19th (7)

March 19, 2018

 Live Feed Updates monday, March 19th (7)
6:50 PMBBT - 10:00 PM BBT
Paras- Kaela is voting him (Jesse) out? Johnny- Kaela was like "if that's best for my game...". Paras- Damn. People have no loyalty in this game 
Paras to Johnny- No one wants to align with me. Everyone just looks at me as a vote cause they are like "I dont want to align with somebody that's dumb, easy to manipulate, and a floater" 
Johnny- Why did you want to get Liv out if you had this connection with her? Paras- I felt like she didnt. I was willing but it wasnt reciprocated 
Paras- I had a good feeling with Liv. I tried to build something week one. Johnny- She is also desperate for allies. Paras- It's not like I havent tried. She doesnt talk to me. She will go days without saying a word to me 
Paras to Johnny- I am desperate for someone I can be real with and be able to say what's on my mind without it coming back to bite me in the ass 
Paras to Johnny- I dont know if it's that Veronica replaced me. I have lost connection. I feel like it's a two way thing. It's not just them. It's me too. They have gone 17 days without including me in their study sessions 
Paras to Johnny- Ever since Veronica has walked in, Will and I have not gone more than five minutes without her 
Paras to Johnny- Same way you are close with Erica, Ali and Liv, on a personal level I dont want to go against them (Maddy/Will) 
Paras- I dont have one person in here that I can spill everything to. Johnny- I'll be 100% honest. That sounds like exactly what I want and what I was hoping would happen between us 
Paras- I just need someone that I can have a conversation with, and not feel like it's going to come back. Johnny- I swear to you that will not happen with me 
Paras to Johnny- If there is a conversation that's happening, she (Maddy) shows up within five minutes and just sits down. She went around "I'm a free agent". To me it's like are you in 100 alliances? 
Paras to Johnny- He (Will) will spill it to Veronica. I like V. I think she is a comp beast. I want to align with her, but she is a wild card 
Johnny to Paras- Dont sell yourself short in here, and think that just cause it's not happening right now that you are not doing anything 
Paras to Johnny- In a perfect world, if I wanted to have something, it would be with Maddy and Will. I cant talk game with either of them 
Paras to Johnny- I'm not going to be the one to take a shot (at Hamza), cause I dont forget favours that people do for me 
Johnny- I thought for a long time that somehow I sketched you out. Paras- You did until you didnt put me on the block. I was like why wouldnt he make a deal with me? 
Paras to Johnny- I just feel I cant go another 60 days with being mediocre friends with 14 people. I want a couple best friends 
Paras told Johnny she would never put Maddy and Will up, but she wants to be able to have a conversation without being afraid that the pros and cons she discusses will not go back to that person 
Paras to Johnny- I'm putting my eggs in your basket at this point to see if maybe this is the one. I tried my luck with Will, and I tried my luck with Maddy. I just dont see myself playing the game long term with them 
Johnny- I feel like everyone is just pointing the finger at him (Ryan) cause it's easy. Paras- No. I have seen him start shit up 
Paras to Johnny- There is so much talk about you, Erica, Liv, Ali and Ryan. Me telling you this could be bad for my game. How can I align with someone like Ryan? Do you think for a second I talk game in the white room when Ryan is in there? Hell no 
Paras to Johnny- She (Maddy) is the kind of person that would never take me off of the block cause she wants to go with the house 
Paras to Johnny- She (Maddy) is very about herself. She just wants to go with the house. A logical person would think here are the pros and cons of keeping this person 
Paras- She is (Kaela) ruthless. Johnny- She is playing. Paras- She is underestimated as fuck by a lot of people. Johnny- I'd rather her stay over Derek. Paras- I would too probably

 Live Feed Updates monday, March 19th (6)

March 19, 2018

 Live Feed Updates monday, March 19th (6)
6:50 PMBBT - 8:20 PM BBT -
Derek to Hamza- I am just in a tough spot. That has nothing to do with if I like you or I believe you 
Hamza- Be careful what you tell people. It's all coming back to me. I know you think I'm a liar, and I know that if Jesse was going to go home that you are going to come after me. That's not a good move. Derek- Yeah 
Hamza to Derek- Will and Veronica still want to work with you and Kaela. We're genuine about it 
Hamza- She (Kaela) really cares for you and your game. Derek- I know she does. Hamza- You can be mad at me. It's fine. I dont take things personally. I like you. Derek- I like you too. You know it's a shit situation for me 
Kaela- I apologize if I was being a little forward. I know you werent really into me talking about what I was talking about. I'm looking out for you over Jesse. Derek- I know you are 
Hamza to Derek- Look me straight like "we can trust each other", or tell me "it's me against you, bro". We'll still hang out, we'll do all that. We'll be against each other. Kaela- But it's dumb, so drop it 
Kaela to Derek- I just want you to be selfish in this situation. Hamza- If he (Jesse) was in your position, he would have been like "yeah, I have got to move on with my game" 
Hamza told Derek and Kaela that their names have been mentioned a lot as the targets after Jesse leaves. He said they can change that since people want to work with them 
Kaela- You are my #1. Jesse is not my #1. When it comes down to it, I am going to do what it takes to keep you here. Derek- Of course 
Kaela brought up to Derek and Hamza that they all trust Erica. Hamza said the four of them, Will and Veronica would be a solid six 
Kaela to Derek- Personally I think you should drop it if you have any tension or anything. If Jesse is gone next week, he is gone. You have to forget about it and move forward. Hamza- Me and you can win lots of comps
Derek to Hamza- Thanks for being honest and letting me know. What we do know is one of them will be going home on Thursday. We will have to reevaluate from there 
Hamza- After today, I personally cannot vouch for him (Jesse) anymore cause I lost respect for him. Derek- That's fair 
Hamza to Derek- I can tell you exact conversations that you had with people. I'm not mad. It's spur of the moment. Just so you know, there was people telling me "pull down Olivia. Put up Derek next to Jesse"
Kaela to Derek- I know you are campaigning for Jesse really hard but Jesse needs to campaign for himself 
Hamza to Derek- Watch what you say to everybody. It always ends up coming back in this room. Literally everything comes back to this room
Hamza to Derek/Kaela- In the end, I had to do what's best for me. If he (Jesse) didnt say all of that, we still could have persuaded everybody 
Kaela- I dont want you to dig your grave because of Jesse. Derek- Yeah. Hamza- We can move forward together, or me and you can go against each other. I personally dont want to do that. I think we have something genuine here 
Hamza to Derek- People looked at you guys as three. Now there is two. Less of a target. The house, they have already made up their mind. They are going to bullshit you in your face. I dont want you to ruin your game over it 
Hamza- If you are going to be mad at me, that's fine. Derek- I have no reason to be mad at you. It's between you and Jesse, not the three of us
Hamza to Derek- I dont want to bullshit you. That play sealed his (Jesse's) fate. He is probably going to be going home Thursday. You have got to look out for yourself and look out for her (Kaela) 
Derek- He (Jesse) may have probably taken it a little too far with throwing that personal thing in there. Hamza- Yeah. Derek- The point he was trying to make would have still gotten across 
Derek- I figured Jesse would say something but I didnt think he would stop the closing ceremony of the veto to do all of that. Hamza- Anything he said game related, I'm not mad about. To say I basically dont give a crap about my fiancee sucks
Kaela- I came in here to let you know that just because Derek has a way of thinking, it's not my way of thinking. I think my head is screwed on a little bit more than Derek's is right now. Hamza- I can tell 
Hamza- I know he (Derek) wants to hunt me and all of that. Kaela- He doesnt want to hunt you. Hamza- It's fine 
Kaela- I am trying to be in the process of calming Derek down and pulling him away. Hamza- Let Derek know that everything he is telling people about me is getting back to me 
Hamza- His (Jesse's) chances of staying this week are really really really below 1%. Kaela- Yeah. I knew that 
Paras- The fact that they are so pissed off at Jesse for saying what he said...he went back on his word. Derek- Hamz is the one that brought his wife into the game, not Jesse. Paras- That's what I am saying 
Paras- I'm in that room and hear the other side of it. I hear two different things. There is nothing we can do at this point. Derek- If Jesse gets voted out, we know that we stand alone. It sucks but that's the game 
Paras- I dont know if she (Veronica) is bullshitting us or bullshitting you. There is nothing we can do at this point. Derek- We have to go with the votes we know we have. Me, Kaela, you. That's three 
Kaela told Hamza that having Derek and Erica with them is more of a trusting circle for her than anything that Jesse can offer her 
Kaela to Hamza- Whatever Derek thinks is best for his game is not necessarily best for my game. It crossed my mind that it's not the worst if Jesse were to go. That would bring Derek closer to us 
Hamza to Kaela- When you (Jesse) are saying Carolyn's life doesnt mean shit to me, that's a personal attack. That shows the kind of character you are minutes ago
More
Kaela- I feel like Derek is very emotionally invested in it and it's blinding his judgment. Hamza- I'm very disappointed what Derek told me, that he condones what he (Jesse) said 
Kaela- Dont worry. I'm not here to campaign for Jesse. Hamza- I think he is a dead fish in the water

 Live Feed Updates monday, March 19th (4)

March 19, 2018

 Live Feed Updates monday, March 19th (4)
3:00 PM BBT - 4:15 PMBBT
Veronica to Jesse- Even though you suck at comps, I'd rather have you playing for me in a comp than any of the three people I want to send home (Ali/Olivia/Ryan) 
Jesse- She (Olivia) has targeted you guys, she has talked shit about everyone. I havent done that. Veronica- Regardless of if I want you out or not, it's way too soon. Right now we have all the votes. If we send you home, anything can happen 
Jesse- You (Veronica) and Will, and you (Derek) and Kaela are my people. I dont have a #2. Veronica- We are a tripod. Without you, we fall 
Veronica- There is no reason why I would send you home right. There is not one thing I could think of. Jesse- I hope that speech shed some light that Hamza cant be trust. He swore on Carolyn's life that he would take me off. That's fucked 
Veronica- You dont need to waste your time with me for the next three days. Jesse- I appreciate that. Veronica- When my mind is made up, my mind is made up 
Derek- If we take him (Hamza) out in the next week or two, that makes our chances of winning HoH better every time. Veronica- I know that 
Derek told Veronica that next week will be their best chance to win HoH since Hamza is not playing. Derek said it's also probably their best chance to put him up or backdoor him 
Derek- He (Hamza) keeps telling me "I dont care if I go home". He is not scared to lose, so he is probably someone we are going to have to try to... Veronica- If he is so okay with going home, let's send him the fuck home 
Veronica- We are at a point where we dont have to vote anonymously anymore. What's the word? Derek- Unanimously. Just make sure we have six. I am very confident with me, you Kaela, Will, Paras and Maddy, and I'm pretty sure Erica will 
Derek to Veronica- He (Hamza) was like "he (Jesse) disrespected Carolyn on national TV". You are the one that brought your wife to be into this game 
Derek- Is it cool if I say that we have Veronica's vote? Veronica- Yeah. To Jesse? Derek- No, just if I campaign "hey Maddy, we have got me, Kaela, Will, Veronica". Veronica- Of course 
Veronica to Derek- I want him (Jesse) to know it doesnt matter who is talking to me or who is in my ear. I am not changing my mind. I am voting Liv out 
Veronica to Derek- My vote is staying the same no matter what. We dont need to have a discussion about it. I trust who I trust. At this point in the game, that's all you have 
Derek- Maybe even put Hamz up next week or try to backdoor him. Jesse- I wouldnt mind backdooring him. Veronica- I think it would have to be a backdoor 
Derek to Veronica- Just make sure you keep Will levelheaded. He already told me this morning that whatever I do, he has got my back. I believe him
Jesse to Veronica- I am not even close to worried about you. I am a little about Will. Derek- He did tell me that whatever I am doing, he is doing. Veronica- You should talk to him
Derek to Veronica- Jesse is staying this week. Let's take control of this fucking game. Jesse- Could you imagine Liv going this week? She would be so blindsided. She still doesnt give a fuck that she is on the block. It's wild 
Veronica- I pretty much told them (Derek/Jesse) to leave me out of it. I didnt say exact words. Will- Dont go saying if you are going to vote for them. Veronica- I said my game plan is the same as it has always been. They can assume what they want out of it 
4:15 PM BBT - 5:30 PMBBT
Maddy- Are they campaigning? Veronica- They are campaigning. Jesse is like not worried at all. He thinks he is safe, which is essentially fine. We wanted everyone to think they are safe. They are worried about you (Will) though 
Derek- I think we have an easy six, maybe seven or eight cause I'll do some fucking work with Johnny too. Jesse- I want to talk with him. I'm not even going to waste my time on Merron. Derek- I'll do it for you 
Derek to Jesse- We low key obviously know we have Paras. Will said he is going to do what I do. I have to make sure I hang out with him a little more. You have got Erica's vote I think 
Derek to Veronica- Just know I 100% got you, Kaela has 100% got you, Jesse has 100% got you. We have got you

Live Feed Updates monday, March 19th (5)

March 19, 2018

Live Feed Updates monday, March 19th (5)
5:30 PM BBT - 6:50 PMBBT

Hamza to Merron/Veronica- Why are you (Derek) such a pussy to not come in my face and call me a liar? 
Hamza- I should have put his (Derek's) ass up next to his buddy, man. Merron- It's all good, bro. There is still next week 
Veronica- He (Derek) was saying that everything Jesse said was valid and true. Hamza- I am going to call him right out in front of everybody. I am going to tell Derek "you are next". I am so done. I am done with fakeness 
Veronica to Hamza/Merron- If they ask me again, I'm going to be like "I had a talk with Hamz. I didnt realize how much it bugged him what you (Jesse) said today. That really shows character issues. I dont know where my head is at" 
Veronica to Hamza/Merron- Will was like "stop telling Jesse that he is safe, because next week we might need Derek and Kaela. If they find out that you are lying, you could have a target on your back" 
Kaela- Do you think he (Hamza) was upset with Jesse's speech? Derek- He said he was, but it's his (Hamza's) fault. He is the one who brought Carolyn into the game. Kaela- Be careful defending it to Hamza
Veronica- Derek is saying "Jesse said it perfectly today. Hamza did swear on all these things". Will- I'll be like "if he got me to swear on my kid's life, I'd be putting whoever on the block" 
Veronica to Maddy/Will- I am not looking Jesse in the eye and telling him that I am keeping him safe. I'm telling him my game plan is still the same, and I'm staying out of conversations this week 
Will to Maddy/Veronica- I'm going to be like "I dont know where my vote is now. I dont like what Jesse has done to Hamza. I'll still have your (Derek's) back. I dont know where I'm voting" 
Olivia- Hamz and Veronica are trying to control the votes this week. You, Kaela, Johnny, Ali. I think we could keep Will on board even if Veronica isnt. Erica- I agree. Olivia- Maybe Ryan or Merron. I think we can control it ourselves if shit goes south

Veronica to Hamza- Derek goes "right now I know I have you, I know have Will, I have Maddy, I have Paras. I hope after Jesse's speech, which he said perfectly, it shows you guys that Hamzy cant stick to his word" 
Hamza- I'm not a liar. I kept you (Derek) and your girlfriend safe, just like I promised, even though I should have taken a shot at you. Veronica- If I win HoH, I am putting those two on the fucking block 
Hamza to Olivia- All you have got to do is relax, have a good couple of days, and that's it 
Olivia- I think Maddy and Paras are actually working together, and pretending that they are not. Erica- Interesting. I wouldnt doubt that
Erica- He (Jesse) was stroking Paras' hair when he thought everyone was sleeping. Olivia- I told you. I called it. Erica- I want to ask her about it
Veronica to Olivia- The plan is still the exact same. Hamza- You are going to hear from them that they have numbers. It's all an act from us. We just want the element of surprise 
Veronica to Olivia- Before I was telling you to not act so safe. Now it really doesnt matter. He (Jesse) just pretty much booked his own ticket out of the house 
Olivia- I just want to know if there is anything I should be doing in the next couple of days. Veronica- Based off what Jesse did today... Hamza- I think he sealed his fate 
Olivia- I'm one of the most loyal people that I know. I am a straight shooter. Veronica- We appreciate that. We want to keep you for your strengths. Hamza- We think people underestimate you
Veronica- You (Derek) are so weak. You just follow Kaela everywhere. Kaela is stronger. Hamza- Way stronger. I thought he was a genuine person. I lost respect for both of them (Derek/Jesse)
Hamza- What Jesse said was wrong. If Derek didnt realize that was wrong, that also shows the character he is. Moving forward, I will not be working with him. I will tell him that straight to his face 
Paras- Why are these people playing like this? There is zero strategy that goes into their game. Will, Maddy...Derek, Jesse and Kaela had your backs. Why are you going after three votes on your side? These people dont have brains 
Paras- Even Hamz. Jesse and Derek had your back. Why are you making an enemy out of them? I'm "good" with everybody but I dont have a single person in this house that I can trust, that can think rationally. Not one person. It sucks 
Hamza to Will- I should have listened to you and put his (Derek's) ass up next to his friend. I dont know why I dont listen to you 
Will- Who do you 100% trust? Hamza- You, Merron, Veronica and Erica. That's it. Will- The only people I 100% trust is you, Veronica and Merron

Live Feed Updates monday, March 19th (3)

March 19, 2018

Live Feed Updates monday, March 19th (3)
12:25 PM BBT 2:00 PMBBT
Jesse I think that little speech of mine did more harm than help. Olivia- Well you got it off of your chest. Jesse- I cant not say anything, but it's always to my detriment 
Maddy It's a long way until Thursday. Paras- I am not campaigning, I am not making any more points. You guys can do what you want. 
Paras to Maddy Our alliance doesnt mean shit. Everyone is playing for themselves. I feel so dumb 
Paras to Maddy I think I need to stop playing for the team. I am trying to hammer into all your heads why we are making a bad call but it's making me a target 
Maddy to Paras We are sitting pretty right now. We are not untouchable by any means but for this week to go the way it's going to go, we just stay the fuck out of it

Hamza- He (Jesse) just booked his ticket out of here. Veronica- Exactly. There was three day she could have had to change your mind 
Hamza to Ryan/Veronica- If she (Carolyn) sees this and thinks "you are swearing on my life, and you dont care". Thanks...now I'm going to have to go home and fix my relationship. I said I swear on Carolyn's life that you (Derek) and Kaela are safe this week 
Hamza to Ryan/Veronica- That was a blatant personal attack. That shows the kind of person you (Jesse) are 
Hamza to Veronica- I am going to call him (Jesse) out for being disrespectful. I dont want to do it cause I am such a nice person 
Hamza- He (Jesse) is a fucking idiot. If he would have left it game, nobody would have cared. Veronica- That was the worst thing he could have done 
Hamza to Will- Dont bring my fiancee into this (Jesse did). She has nothing to do with this. That's bullshit. It's a game 
Will- What a shady bastard (Jesse). Hamza- If he took a shot at my game, that's fine. Dont bring Carolyn into it. I'm going to have a conversation with him and say he is a disrespectful person. Will- I was fucking fuming. I still am

Maddy to Jesse- You know my preference but I dont know if I have enough sway to get my way 
Paras to Veronica- Why would we keep someone who is coming for us as opposed to a floater who has tried his best and is 0 for 5, and he doesnt have anybody right now? Daela will always come before Jesse. Jesse is a number for us 
Paras to Veronica- To hear that he (Hamza) gave his word to Jesse...but then broke it cause he thinks he is a threat, he can do this exact same thing to you 
Paras to Veronica- I am so thankful he (Hamza) has been good with his word with me. I am not going to put his ass up ever...I can say ever. I do trust the guy 
Maddy- I dont know if there is a target on you for doing something like that. Jesse- Maybe. Maddy- I didnt feel that you were exaggerating 
Ryan to Jesse- As a superfan, thank you for that. That's not something that happens that often. You stood up (at the ceremony), I was eating popcorn. That was a Jesse moment

2:00 PMBBT- 3:00 PM BBT 
Derek- It's just weird that you were like "I want to be the person that sends them (Ali/Olivia) home", then now you are friends. It's just weird. Kaela- Who said we are best friends? Derek- Liv never talks to...now she wants to be friends. Kaela- She's on the block
Derek- I forgot to thank you for me being best friends with Ali and Liv against since you confronted them. Kaela- I didnt say we are best friends. We tried to squash things. Derek- Just funny cause we talked about drawing a line in the sand 
Kaela- If people are voting out Jesse, dont ruin your game because of it. 
Derek- I know but people arent voting out Jesse. Kaela- I know but there is that chance

Kaela- I know Derek is voting to keep Jesse. Olivia- I knew that. I talked to Derek yesterday
Olivia- I dont know if she (Erica) is going to vote to keep me or not. I'm leaning yes. Kaela- I feel like if we put it out there that we are going to keep Liv, she will do it. If you guys (Ali/Olivia) are doing this deal, you have me 
Kaela to Olivia- I feel like if Jesse is gone, I'm his (Derek's) number one. Right now I feel like I'm his number two 
Kaela- I want to make a deal as in dont get Derek or I out...dont get Derek out next. Olivia- We can make a deal that we dont get each other out until jury time. Kaela- Yes. Honestly, I love you guys as people. Olivia- Once we are past this week, we can get Derek on board
Kaela- Even though Derek is super attached to Jesse, it might be better for my game to go forward with you guys instead. I havent even told Derek that. Olivia- If I were you, I wouldnt tell him. Kaela- No
Olivia to Kaela- I was pretty good with Paras and Maddy until the last couple of days. Maddy gives me weird vibes. Paras doesnt even talk to me 
Kaela to Olivia- I dont care if people get Derek's close people out. That's fine but I dont want people to get Derek out. Just cause they are better for Derek, doesnt mean they are better for me
Kaela to Olivia- If it came down to it, I feel better with you than I do with Ali. The whole thing happened with her first, and you talk to me more 
Kaela- I'm for it. Olivia- Me too. I'll show you going forward. Kaela- This is an action that should prove I'm willing. Olivia- Ali and I will reciprocate. Kaela- I dont want to screw myself over, keep you, and you put me on the block next week 
Derek- Ali is cooking with Jesse. They have never done that. Kaela- It's a social game. You cant just like completely... Derek- I'm not completely doing anything. I think Ali is trying to be friends with Jesse cause she thinks Liv might go
Kaela- I feel like you feel really uneasy with me right now. Derek- I dont feel uneasy with you 
Kaela to Derek- If they (Ali/Olivia) get power, we are the first that are screwed. If I can maybe make something to prevent that, I'm going to do it 
Kaela- He (Derek) is like "thanks for us apparently being best friends with Liv and Ali again". I think he is being a little emotional cause his best friend is going out the door, but he is like "I think we have the votes". Erica- I dont know about that
Erica- I cant give my 100% word until a lot closer to the day. Kaela- There is three days left, and a lot of stuff can happen. Erica- I dont want Derek to think "Erica is a vote for us

Live Feed Updates monday, March 19th (2)

March 19, 2018

Live Feed Updates monday, March 19th (2)
8:05AM BBT: Good Morning Canada! The lights just turned on in the BB house All houseguests are sleeping.

9:00AMBBT - 10:00AMBBT
Derek was talking to Will. After Derek left, Will said "sorry Derek but Jesse is going home"
Hamza- I just dont want you to be blindsided. I am telling you out of respect. Jesse- That's fair. I appreciate it. Hamza- Just know that Derek or Kaela had nothing to do with this. Jesse- What it comes down to is what is best for your game 
Jesse- I hear what you are saying. As long as I dont go home, I am all good. Hamza- Unless everyone else is completely lying to my face...but you trust the people that you are with

Hamza- Who do you think would vote to keep Liv here beside Ali and maybe Johnny? Jesse- Maybe Ryan. I'm not sure 
Jesse to Hamza- If we are even just a tad worried about the numbers, it makes sense to put someone else up that we definitely wouldnt vote home. We would have an extra vote 
Hamza to Jesse- I just dont want to cause more blood than I have to. If we are confident she is going out the door anyway...it's like last week with Erica. It's the same thing. I was tight with her (and she didnt use PoV) 
Hamza told Jesse he doesnt want it to end up where it's the two of the, Derek and Kaela against the whole house. Hamza said their options are to use the veto, or leave it the same and vote Olivia out 
Hamza to Jesse- All of these people have been scrambling now. What you did last night was great with the apologies...but they were starting to turn

Veronica- That's what I meant, like Maddy and Paras want to vote Liv out. Jesse- Yeah ours ago
Jesse- He is not using the veto because of a bunch of bullshit reasons, but that's okay. If he doesnt use it, we've still got it. Veronica- The votes, yeah 
Veronica- Paras and Maddy are going to vote against you right now cause they are paranoid fucks. Jesse- They are not going to vote against me. Veronica- They think that Olivia is going to target them. Me and Will are trying to explain they are weak players 
Jesse- He is not using it. Veronica- He told me "I have decided I want to go with the original plan of sending Liv home" 
Hamza- We should all talk to him (Jesse) and say it's okay if he stays on the block since he is going to be safe. Veronica- I will tell him after 
Veronica- Me, Will, Ali, Merron are for sure going to vote for Jesse. Hamza- Ryan, Erica. Veronica- Six. We're fine. Hamza- It's going to be 9 vs 2. Veronica- Johnny

10:00AMBBT - 11:40 PM BBT 
Kaela to Johnny- I'm more on your side than on Jesse's. I didnt know (that he said Johnny's name) 
Johnny- I'm surprised he (Derek) seems so... Kaela- Upset or defensive? Johnny- Affected. Kaela- It's just solidifying that Jesse is his #1 person in this house. He wont even talk to me about it 
Kaela to Johnny- The last thing I would ever want to do is screw you over just to make Derek happy 
Kaela to Johnny- I feel really good with you. If you dont feel good with Jesse, that hurts my game. Jesse may be Derek's person but you are more my person 
Jesse to Derek/Erica- I just want to give you a heads up I'm going to say a little something (at the veto ceremony) 
Jesse to Derek/Erica- If he actually wanted me to stay in the game, he would use the veto no problem 
Hamza to Merron/Ryan- You guys will not know what the fuck happens at the veto ceremony until I announce it downstairs rs ago
12:00 PM BBT - 12:25 PM BBT
Merron- Put his (Derek's) ass up. Hamza- Dont fire me up, bro. Merron- Put his ass up 
Hamza told Merron the only reason he isnt putting Derek up is cause they made him swear on Carolyn's life 
Merron- You think the house would vote D out if we talked to everybody? Hamza- Fuck yeah. They will do whatever we want to do but it's not his time yet 
Merron- You are not using it for sure? Hamza- Will will rile me up and I will do it. I want to do it so bad. I want to look at him (Derek) and say "the hunter has become the hunted" 
Hamza to Veronica- When I'm talking, I want to throw a jab in his (Derek's) face to say I know what the fuck is going on. I want to say something smart, something sarcastic 
Paras- I am just amazed at how easily you can get into these people's heads. Jesse- Will is a fucking idiot if that's the case. It's too bad 
Paras- Will was saying that you have Derek, and Derek has you. He has no one. If he does this, he has Hamza. Ryan got into their head that Liv is just here doing nails and hair, so why send her home when you have a big threat like Jesse? Jesse- Makes sense

 Live Feed Updates monday, March 19th (1)

March 19, 2018

 Live Feed Updates monday, March 19th (1)
12:00-1:00 AM: Hamza spoke to Derek about the plan for the veto ceremony. Hamza played it off as though he is still considering his options but he is leaning towards using the veto on Jesse. Hamza explained to Jesse that every single person wants Jesse out, which means that he could be in a bad spot if he uses the veto. Derek didn’t believe it. Hamza said he can make it happen that Derek hears it for himself. Hamza told Derek that even if nominations stay the same, which is best for his game, they would still have time to get Jesse the votes. Derek said he thinks that Hamza should use the veto on Jesse. If Hamza chooses not to do that, Derek said he should explain exactly why he isn’t using it to Jesse. Derek said the fact that Hamza might not use the veto is definitely leaving a sour taste in his mouth. Hamza said he has to do what is best for him. Derek said it’s his decision. Hamza then spoke to Paras. She attempted to shift the target off of Jesse. Paras continually said that Jesse is not going after Hamza. She also said that he is 0 for 5 in competitions. Hamza said Jesse would take a shot at him. He told Paras that they need to cut off the weakest part of the three headed dragon first. When Hamza said his original plan was to nominate Olivia and Kaela, Paras asked why he wont put Kaela up in Jesse’s place. Hamza said he gave his word to the have-nots, and he is not going back on it.
1:00-2:00 AM: Derek filled Jesse in on his talk with Hamza. They think that they still have the votes to save Jesse. Outside, Veronica let Hamza know that Derek said he will pretend to be Hamza’s friend but he will go after him if Jesse leaves this week. Hamza said he will take Olivia down and put Derek up then. While Hamza said he was only playing that up for the cameras, it led to some talks about potentially nominating Derek next to Jesse. Veronica suggested leaving nominations the same. Maddy did the same. Will pushed for Hamza to make the move so that they can send Derek home. Johnny pointed out that Derek going up would guarantee that Derek has to campaign against, not for, Jesse. Will told Hamza to give Canada a show. Hamza asked Merron if he should make the move. Merron said he wanted that from the beginning. Merron told Hamza to sleep on it. Hamza said he is not thinking with his gut right now, as he is thinking about the fact that Canada wants to see the huge move. In the kitchen, Maddy and Paras discussed that they cannot save Jesse. Paras said she is starting to regret who she has aligned with. While she said she and Maddy think things through in the same way, Paras is concerned that Will and Veronica were so easily swayed today. Maddy told Paras that this move puts them in a decent spot moving forward, and people may end up forgetting about them. She said it could be much worse even though they want Jesse to stay.

Live Feed Updates Sunday, March 18th (10)

March 19, 2018

Live Feed Updates Sunday, March 18th (10)

12:00-1:00 AM: Hamza spoke to Derek about the plan for the veto ceremony. Hamza played it off as though he is still considering his options but he is leaning towards using the veto on Jesse. Hamza explained to Jesse that every single person wants Jesse out, which means that he could be in a bad spot if he uses the veto. Derek didn’t believe it. Hamza said he can make it happen that Derek hears it for himself. Hamza told Derek that even if nominations stay the same, which is best for his game, they would still have time to get Jesse the votes. Derek said he thinks that Hamza should use the veto on Jesse. If Hamza chooses not to do that, Derek said he should explain exactly why he isn’t using it to Jesse. Derek said the fact that Hamza might not use the veto is definitely leaving a sour taste in his mouth. Hamza said he has to do what is best for him. Derek said it’s his decision. Hamza then spoke to Paras. She attempted to shift the target off of Jesse. Paras continually said that Jesse is not going after Hamza. She also said that he is 0 for 5 in competitions. Hamza said Jesse would take a shot at him. He told Paras that they need to cut off the weakest part of the three headed dragon first. When Hamza said his original plan was to nominate Olivia and Kaela, Paras asked why he wont put Kaela up in Jesse’s place. Hamza said he gave his word to the have-nots, and he is not going back on it.

1:00-2:00 AM: Derek filled Jesse in on his talk with Hamza. They think that they still have the votes to save Jesse. Outside, Veronica let Hamza know that Derek said he will pretend to be Hamza’s friend but he will go after him if Jesse leaves this week. Hamza said he will take Olivia down and put Derek up then. While Hamza said he was only playing that up for the cameras, it led to some talks about potentially nominating Derek next to Jesse. Veronica suggested leaving nominations the same. Maddy did the same. Will pushed for Hamza to make the move so that they can send Derek home. Johnny pointed out that Derek going up would guarantee that Derek has to campaign against, not for, Jesse. Will told Hamza to give Canada a show. Hamza asked Merron if he should make the move. Merron said he wanted that from the beginning. Merron told Hamza to sleep on it. Hamza said he is not thinking with his gut right now, as he is thinking about the fact that Canada wants to see the huge move. In the kitchen, Maddy and Paras discussed that they cannot save Jesse. Paras said she is starting to regret who she has aligned with. While she said she and Maddy think things through in the same way, Paras is concerned that Will and Veronica were so easily swayed today. Maddy told Paras that this move puts them in a decent spot moving forward, and people may end up forgetting about them. She said it could be much worse even though they want Jesse to stay.

Live Feed Updates Sunday, March 18th (9)

March 18, 2018

Live Feed Updates Sunday, March 18th (9)

8:00-9:00 PM: Hamza told Will that that they need people to go up to Derek to say that they want Jesse out. Maddy joined them. She said she will be going with what makes sense for her game. She added that going against what most people want, just to vote Olivia out to be petty, would not make sense. Maddy said she doesn’t think that Derek and Kaela will be on board with voting Jesse out. Hamza said he doesn’t care as long as people put it in their heads that it’s what the house wants. When Maddy suggested nominating Derek or Kaela in place of Olivia, Hamza said he cannot do that. Hamza then asked Ali how she feels about Jesse going home. Ali said said pretty good. She mentioned that Kaela will likely be easy to flip. Meanwhile, Veronica told Olivia that she was going home until this morning. Veronica said she and Hamza agreed that it is best for Olivia to stay. Veronica asked that Olivia not come after either of them next week in exchange for staying this week. Olivia agreed. Veronica stressed that they cannot let Jesse know he is going home. Erica, who had just spoken to Hamza, let Kaela know that apparently the house wants to evict Jesse. Kaela asked who the house is. Erica said she doesn’t know. Kaela said Hamza might want to get rid of Jesse so that Derek can be his number one. While Kaela said she loves Jesse, she admitted that it could best for her game to have him go. In the yard, Hamza told Derek it’s not looking good since everyone has turned. Hamza said everyone wants Jesse gone. He asked what the game plan is. Derek said to take Jesse off of the block, and then vote out Olivia. Derek then told Erica and Kaela he thinks that Hamza is making things up since nothing has changed with them, Maddy or Will, yet Hamza says the whole house wants Jesse out. Derek said this could be a way for Hamza to try to pull him away from Jesse. Derek thinks Hamza wants Jesse out but doesn’t want to say it. In the HoH room, Hamza, Maddy, Merron, Veronica and Will discussed the plan. Veronica said they are missing an opportunity if they don’t get Jesse out. Merron agreed. Hamza said what ticked him off the most is that they made him swear on his fiancee’s life. Back in the red room, Kaela told Derek about her conversation with Ali, Erica and Olivia. Derek said that was stupid to confront them. Derek said Ali and Olivia are their number one targets, yet now they are back to playing both sides since they think they are good with Kaela. Kaela said they didn’t say they are good with each other. They then discussed that Hamza is targeting Jesse. Kaela said they will have the votes if the veto isn’t used. Derek asked if they are still sure about that. Kaela listed off the two of them, Veronica, Will, Paras and Maddy as votes to evict Olivia. Jesse joined them. He said at minimum they need to make sure that nominations stay the same. Jesse doesn’t want Derek or Kaela ending up on the block next to him. Will spoke to Paras about voting Jesse out. Will said Erica, Merron, Johnny, Maddy and himself are voting him out. When Paras argued that Olivia is after Will and Maddy, Will said she isn’t cause they threatened her. Paras said Derek, Kaela and Jesse are three votes on their side. Will said Jesse is planting stuff in Paras’ head. She disagreed.

9:00-10:00 PM: Paras told Maddy to mark her words that Erica and Olivia are not to be trusted. Maddy said they don’t have the numbers anymore. Paras said they are the numbers, which Maddy disagreed with. Paras told Maddy that Olivia is going to get her out. Maddy said there is nothing that they can do about it. Paras said there is tons that they can do, cause they explain how dumb of a move it is. Paras said they are letting Erica run the game. Paras told Maddy to take out the one person that is directly coming for her. Paras worried that Erica knows they spilled what Olivia told them, which will make them targets. In the HoH room, Jesse apologized to Hamza for how he reacted after the competition yesterday. When Hamza brought up that he slammed the door, Jesse said he didn’t realize that he did that. Hamza and Merron later discussed that the apology was so fake. Hamza said it was only done once Jesse heard that he is the target. Back in the white room, Kaela told Maddy and Paras that they have the votes to keep Jesse. Paras said that’s what she thought but apparently not. Paras said Will is refusing to listen to her, saying that Erica and Olivia are not heir side. Paras said she is not going to play the house’s game anymore. Will entered the room. Kaela asked what is going on. Will said the house is flipping. When Paras started talking about keeping Jesse, Will told her she needs to stop panicking. Paras said they are playing Ryan’s game. A back and forth ensued, with Paras continuing to list off reasons why keeping Olivia does not make sense. In the hot tub, Veronica let Johnny know about Kaela’s secret that she is a rugby player who has been playing for 11 years. Veronica said that’s why Kaela is a bigger threat than Derek is. Elsewhere, Erica let Hamza know that she is 100% on board with the plan tot target Jesse.

10:00-11:00 PM: Paras searched out Will to apologize to him. Along the way, she spoke to Derek to let him know that Will was being an idiot. Will had been talking to Derek about Paras panicking upstairs. She said Will called Jesse a physical threat that needs to go. She said he also told her that he trusts Erica and Olivia. Paras then went to Will who said he doesn’t like that she and Maddy went behind his back to talk to Kaela, putting him a bad spot. Paras apologized for what happened earlier but said she did not talk behind his back. Paras said Maddy and Will are her number ones, so she will go along with his plan to vote Jesse out if that’s what he wants. However, Paras stressed that Jesse is not coming after them. Will said this is the chance to get him out since Olivia is not a threat. Will said he cannot go behind Hamza’s back when Hamza wants Jesse out. Paras said they are not after Hamza. Paras told Will that they cannot let Ryan run the house. Will said Ryan had nothing to do with who is getting saved. In the bathroom, Erica told Kaela she is extremely comfortable with sending Jesse home since he does nothing for her game. Kaela said Jesse leaving is better in a sense that she can get Derek closer to her. In the pantry, Paras told Derek and Kaela that she might have defended Jesse too much tonight. Paras said that is not good for them since she needs those people to trust her. Paras explained that she didn’t want people to be convinced to vote Jesse out. In the backyard, Ryan asked Hamza who is leaving this week. Hamza said Jesse. Ryan said that’s the vote that Hamza will get if that’s what he wants.

11:00-12:00 AM: Will told Hamza that Paras said she will do what he wants. Will said they are voting Jesse out. Hamza said Jesse’s last straw was coming to apologize to him only after he found out that he is the target. Will said he will continue to have Maddy and Paras’ backs, but wants to take Hamza to the Final 2. Will said the next big target that they have to take out is Derek.

 Live Feed Updates Sunday, March 18th (8)

March 18, 2018

 Live Feed Updates Sunday, March 18th (8)
6:45 PM BBT Olivia says it’s convenient that the 5 is Ryan ( who associates with no one) and 4 people from the red room. They struggle with fact checking. Will peeks in and they ask if he got “Fresh air” they smell it Red room- Johnny and Derek are not threats the 4 ladies are the strongest and biggest targets. Ali says her plan has been How do I save Liv, she is all i have. Erica says after yesterday it was difficult because they all felt there is not even one person they can trust, they ended up bouncing person to person or just alone to avoid the situation and as they passed each other No one even said anything. Ali defends her actions yesterday. Kaela says they need to find out who is stirring the pot. Kaela leaves the room for a moment and Erica tells about how Johnny confronted her today. Erica says all 3 of you are intelligent people and it would be dumb to tell others who is part of your alliance. Erica says this has cleared alot up, all the ladies agree. The only way to solidify it better is to show actions and so they need to win HOH and prove it. Ali continues to explain how she went about the last few days and why. They are all fed up with Ryan, meanwhile Paras, and Maddy are still outside talking with Johnny and Veronica in the Hot tub. They are discussing their language they use, Paras realizes she hasn’t eaten today and how much Johnny does for his BF, and are they similar?
7:00 PM BBT They think it might be Ronnie who is causing all the drama, but not sure how to confront it, They want to try and push for Ryan up but feel like Hamz won’t go for it because it will be a wasted HOH. Ali says after this week yes they kinda have been her target but she hasn’t told anyone. They continue discussing the concept of trust and how you can go about it in the game. They say Go Hamz, he is doing a great play and “ trust the process”. How do we proceed with this week? Ali says this is tough because if noms stay the same.. They are broken up. At the end of the week they have to do what’s better for the individual games and Olivia says no hard feelings. Jesse is better for Derek, but Olivia is better for Ali so the 7 will be split. These ladies want to keep Olivia in the game. Erica says she doesn’t trust Jesse to take her off the block and his actions have been terrifying. They go over some of the actions he has shown and why. Ryan and in the room with Hamz and how Jesse didn’t know he was going to be up on the block. Kaela explains the how yesterdays went down for her. Ali says she is safe because Hamz didn’t want to do what the house wanted. Olivia says why are all of you the targets but im on the block.? In a joking manner.
7:15 PM BBT The ladies conversation keeps going in circles repeating the same thing. They talk about Ryan and how he follows everyone around, he doesn’t try to make an effort to talk but will follow you. Kaela feels he is rude and obnoxious and wants him gone. Erica tells how he tried to bust into the room and catch something but got caught lost because it was her alone on the bed. Ali says gamewise he can go but she is trying to be friendly to everyone and if thats why she goes home then so be it. He is a human and has feelings. Erica says why don’t we tell different versions of a fictitious story and see what version gets back to them. Paras walks by the outside of the HOH room then Kaela aska about Hard boogers. They try to come up with a story to use that isn’t detrimental. They speculate Maddy, and how she wants to be part of everyone and how she has been sharing small bits but not all of the details.
7:30 PM BBT Hamz and Derck out laying on the loungers in pool table area, D asks if he has put anymore thought into the veto, says no he is going to talk to everyone tonight and see where the heads are at. Hamz says that Liv is feeling pretty good so it’s good for them, She feels safe as can be, she will feel safe against anyone. DEREK PLEASE FIX YOUR MIC, JESSE PLEASE COME THE THE DR. They think there might be a double and it would take it down form 14 to 12 people. Hamza explains to Derek the Double eviction process. Hamz says its best to get out bigger targets in these because there is no repercussions, or time to rally. Derek says it’s stressful but trying not to get ahead of himself. They talk about how Daela, Hamz, and Erica will always be targets. They feel like others are scared to make a big move but if you don’t you will just leave the game. Derek says he is there to show who he is and have TV time, not to lay back and be not seen. He wants to be one of the longest lasting showmances. Hamz says they need to stay good with both sides of the house and that may mean cutting ties with others. They have to focus on individual games first. They feel Ryan, Olivia and Ali are the problems and need to be evicted.
7:45 PM BBT Veronica has to go to DR so he asks will to let Johnny know incase he wants to get out of the HT. Upstairs the group starts to disassemble. Erica heads down stairs. Ali and Olivia still want jesse gone and want to work with the other 2 but have to build trust. They think Hamz will keep noms the same and so not to push Ryan. VERONICA PLEASE PUT ON YOUR MICROPHONE. Liv heads downstairs, Veronica says maybe not today but let’s talk, Ali says let me get water first. Paras says i used your floss, liv says no problem. Paras is cooking chicken Jesse is watching her. Ali and Olivia head outside and say their eyes hurt. The hallway smells gross, they whisper quietly. Paras, Derek, and Jesse are in the Sr talking Jesse is pissed about something someone told Paras. Derek and Jesse are talking about Hamz and a conversation but they are #1 to each other. Jesse says that because he isn’t kissing ass Hamz is getting shit on. Derek is playing the card of getting close and “distancing” himself from Jesse. Derek is filling in Jesse on the full conversation with Hamz.
8:00 PM BBT Derek says that they still have the numbers and to make sure he’s safe. Derek says that people have no idea he’s with Paras and Kaela. Jesse says that he’s going to ask if they’re still good. Derek says to play the sad card, like that he misses home, etc. They both exit the SR. Paras tells them both to be careful. A while later, Derek asks Jesse in the dining room if he feels like an undercover police officer. Paras says that she’s been sucking up to people. Derek tells her that she’ll win the game for sure. Paras laughs and jokingly asks “who would vote for a fucking floater?” Jesse says that they’re in it for the long haul. Maddy talks game with Will, Hamza, and Ali in the backyard. Ali says that Erica is thinking of the game long-term. She says that Kaela has to think of her own game. Olivia joins them. Ali whispers to her that she’s going home this week, then laughs. Ali asks Olivia if she’s going to rally the troops and vote Jesse out. She says yeah. BB says something that scares the group, then they break up. Hamza and Will are still talking. Hamza says that he was able to turn the house around.
8:15 PM BBT They leave a little while later. In the bathroom, Olivia is talking to Maddy. She says that Jesse is playing the other side of the house. Veronica walks into the bathroom and asks Olivia for a chat. They go to the red room. Olivia says that she talked to Hamza before noms, and after noms, she said that she respects his game move. She says that she has his back and wasn’t his target. Veronica says that the plan was to send her home sbecause she’s a strategic player. Veronica says that sending her home isn’t a big move, and that sending Jesse home will stir the pot. Veronica says that they need to work with her more. She says that Jesse and Kaela are the bigger target. Veronica asks to keep her and Hamza safe if she wins HoH next week. Olivia agrees. Veronica tells Olivia that she’s not a target, and says that they were still talking with Hamza last night, then the vibe changed. Veeronica reassures Olivia that she’s safe, but to not stay comfortable. Veronica says that she doesn’t get the vibe right now, and doesn’t know where Hamza’s head is at. Kaela and Erica enter. Liv and Veronica finish up their convo. Veronica leaves. Erica says that the noms are staying the same. Kaela says that she was joking around with Jesse about cooking, and he got mad at her. Olivia says that she feels safe, but had no idea that he would keep the noms the same. Olivia is called to the DR.

 Live Feed Updates Sunday, March 18th (6)

March 18, 2018

 Live Feed Updates Sunday, March 18th (6)
4:15 PM BBT As the pool lesson continues we travel back outside to check in with the rest of the HGS Maddy says the Birthday Song can come at any time. Veronica has turned 25 today but is trying to convince William that she is 26. William says we need booze. Merron has decided to go in. William asks Veronica to tell them everything she did on her birthday. She says Olivia did her makeup Erica her hair Jesse made her breakfast party in the HOH Room where they played the Hasbro game of the week had pizza and lots of treats and now she is suning here in the BB House with her friends. William asks Does anyone here not smoke green the whole backyard is quiet. Erica says it is going to be strange to not have a mic on. The conversation continues on general topics so we head back inside to the washroom where Ryan and Paras think they heard a voice that wasn’t one of the other HGS but they can’t find one. Ryan thinks there is something up Paras and him are hunting around everywhere. Ryan says he heard a voice Paras said she did too. They say they hear a high pitched woman’s voice saying Hello. Merron is shooting pool.
4:30 PM BBT Merron says he hears voices in here all the time. Ryan and Paras are hunting for the voice. Ryan says he wants to find Marsha really does and he will do whatever she asks him to do. They think they discovered a door.They hear the voice again They are both looking around saying Big Brother give us a sign. They are telling Big Brother that they will do anything. Hide the food Done Hide everyone clothes Done Maple Syrup dumped Done. Merron says he doesn’t hear it. They tell him not to tell anyone. Merron says tell me what you heard. He asks Where Hamaz Ryan says outside Merron tells them he is not outside. Merron sits down William comes in to do a battery change and asks them Are they going outside Ryan says No I am getting exercise. Merron says you both are crazy. William says You guys should come outside. Ryan gives him a pool cue to put back. They are now in the storage room hunting. Big Brother tells them to stop that. Ryan says I didn’t get a Stop that when I was playing with stuff over here tho. They are now going up to things and saying You can and You will. They are calling Marsha and telling her to knock twice.
4:45 PM BBT Jesse goes up to the DR door it turns green. Hamaz comes out Jesse is still there. Olivia and Ali have joined Hamaz Ryan and Paras, Merron joins them. Paras and Ryan stop looking as others are there. They are telling Hamaz that it was really warm out. They are trying to freak Merron out by telling him he is sleeping on souls, that the catacombs are imported from Paris. Merron looks at Paras and says you let them use it. She answers yes it is from my basement where I killed thousands of people. As the hunt has stopped for the mystery female voice we will check in with the HGS in the backyard where Veronica is standing on top of the hot tub. They are trying to teach William to say Jesus but because of his accent it sounds like Cheeses. Hamaz gets told to go change his battery. Veronica is making noises with her mouth and squatting on the hot tub. Erica says I want you to win HOH just so I can listen to your ipod. A plane flies over and they all start yelling Hi Guys where are you going Save us. Back inside Paras Ryan Merron and Jesse are sitting. They are playing Would you ever. Paras has been called to the DR.
5:00 PM BBT Back outside they are all just joking around and talking about movies. Johnny and Veronica are thinking about going into the hot tub. William starts singing again and the feeds go down. So we will travel back inside where Jesse Merron and Ryan are talking about the game they are playing. Jesse is asking questions about the swollen head Merron is asking about the feet. This is all part of the Would you rather have game the choice is your head swells when you sleep and takes 45 minutes to an hour to go back down, the feet one is your feet shrink but you need to have someone massage them for an hour. Jesse say Would you rather have hair that grows rapidly daily or a knee that buckles randomly. Merron asks does the hair on my forehead grow rapidly? Hair grows everywhere that you have normal hair growth. Jesse asks about the knees how often your knees buckle. The answer is 7 or 8 times every 1000 steps. Merron asks if waxing or laser hair removal slow it down. Ryan says 15 times faster. The games continues.Paras has come out of DR so we will go see what she is up to .
5:15 PM BBT Paras is heading downstairs after fixing her hair. She joins them in the living room. They explain to her that they are working on a Would you rather. Back in the hot tub area Veronica and Johnny are in the hot tub. Jesse asks Ryan if he can cut his hair for his job and he says yes but for Ryan he has to keep his beard up. Merron starts talking about his knees buckling on his way to practice for the football team . Olivia and Erica come inside to play pool. Olivia goes to put something else on first. Paras comes back telling Ryan that it wasn’t what you think.
5:30 PM BBT Ryan explains that they were trying to get the drawbridge open. Ryan goes back to saying you know where you were before you came into the house. Merron tells him to stop saying that as it isn’t true. Paras is looking for her water bottle. Merron asks Big Brother if they could give them something to do.Ryan has decided to look for his water bottle. The HGS have been called to the living room. Feeds go down 5:35 PM BBT.
5:47 PM BBT Feeds come back with the HGS doing the cinnamon challenge. William and Paras play off against each other feeds go back down. Veronica and Johnny are in the hot tub, Veronica is telling Johnny about the time her and William were in the tub and what Olivia said to Hamza. Johnny is telling her if they keep Jesse that that side of the house will take control. The conversation in the hot tub continues with Veronica saying Ryan is a very good talker and makes people paranoid Johnny tells her that Jesse is good with Kaela and Derek. HE thinks he also has Paras and Merron. Veronica says she thinks that Kaela and Derek will vote with them. Johnny is saying he thinks Kaela and Derek are fair weather people and would throw any of them under the bus. Veronica says she thinks the other day. Johnny says you know when you sit at home and watch the game you see conversations like this the person you are talking about stays and gets further in the game and then you have a hard time getting them out. Veronica says Ali and Olivia can’t win comps, she says they can be sneaky but it is out in the open. She says they you have people like Ryan who is hard to tell when he is lying. She tells him that right now she only really trusts Merron and Johnny but they want to trust him but he never gives them anything.

 Live Feed Updates Sunday, March 18th (7)

March 18, 2018

 Live Feed Updates Sunday, March 18th (7)
6:00 PM BBT The conversation in the hot tub continues with Johnny and Veronica talking game. Johnny says he is scared they are going to let this pass without us trying anything. Veronica is saying that you can be friends with everybody but you can’t trust everyone. She says I trust a few but I don’t tell them everything she says we have to have a solid core. Veronica is telling him how important it is for Ryan to go home because of his mouth.. Johnny is telling her how people just assumed he was with Ali, Liv & Jesse, and Erica got caught in. Veronica feels like Erica will see the moves being made and just join them. Will comes out and tells about the game being played inside. Veronica gives Will a hard time about doing everything with everyone else but her. V tells Will how Johnny wants to work with Will, Hamz, & Veronica. How Johnny has convinced her it’s time to send Jesse home and why. Olivia and Erica have gone to play a game of pool, Erica comes out to work out a little on the equipment.
6:15 PM BBT They decide now is a good time to talk, When they get together Olivia thinks the noms will stay the same Erica says he told me it would be Ryan. They hope its the case, but if not Oliva is going to others who are close to Jesse and saying do what you need to do and no hard feelings. Jesse is freaking Erica out after the comp. Olivia goes over who she thinks would vote for who and the unknown votes. They are referencing what others have told them on to other and fact checking with each other. Erica does not think the noms will stay the same and ask Kaela is she talked to Hamz, she says no she hasn’t had any game talk today. She says how yesterday was so stressful so today has been a stressless day. They talk about Armpits and complement Kaela’s armpits. Johnny is still in the HY, Maddie and Paras are sharing a warm beverage, Will and Aliare smoking as they hang out with him talking about Newfie girls. Upstairs they are discussing the Sunshine and outside today. They say that you can’t stress till POV ceremony because you dont know whats going on. Olivia says she’s been trying to give space to the others knowing everyone has been stressed, and Kaela says just make sure to do your research because lies are all over.
6:30 PM BBT They keep talking about the lies that are going around about themselves and each other that they have heard. Erica says that she has an idea, maybe the other room has smartened up and realized that they are trying to work together let’s make a wedge between them. They say how things have looked sketch because of the lies and then actions without knowing. Ali joins the room and they are all discussing rumors, “Ali, Liv campaigning against Derek, Liv is boasting about her 5 person alliance, Final 3 with Ryan, and Ali, Erica and Ryan in a final deal..” They are all 100% for the 7 and it’s crazy how they would turn on each other now. Ali says it started with Ryan’s HOH. Ali tries to express her part in a conversation about Daela and how they will be a target. The only name Derek would give up to Daela was Maddy because they didn’t know where her head was. Ali says game talk stopped and so it made it difficult to know what’s the truth.

 Live Feed Updates Sunday, March 18th (5)

March 18, 2018

 Live Feed Updates Sunday, March 18th (5)
2:00 PM BBT Hamza, Kaela and Derek are randomly chatting about school sports. Kaela says she was in a hockey fight, her dad told her to hit the girl and her mom was pissed about it. HG are talking about the tv show Saved by the Bell. Hamza says two parents were fighting over whose kids were better at sports. Kaela says her brother didn’t play sports she was more into the sports. She was always the captain on her team and was expected to keep the teams in line. Erica, Merron and Jesse are on the couches in the lounge area. Erica says she is ready for the week to be over. Jesse wants to sleep.
2:15 PM BBT – 3:15 PM BBT (Feeds go down)
Hg are all in the bath area talking about eye makeup. I’m not sure what is happening it seems like the guys were helping the girls with their makeup.(maybe a task or game) BB just called Maddy to the DR and the hg are all cheering. (feeds down again)
3:30 PM BBT Ryan, Liv, Johnny and Ali are in the kitchen making food. Jesse is on the couch resting and counting on his hands. (maybe counting votes) Feeds back to the kitchen crew, they are still cooking. Ali says just wait until you see Maddy if you didn’t have acrush on her before you will now. (referring to makeup) Maddy yells she wants everyone to see her makeup before she wipes it off. Johnny and Jesse apparently did her makeup and the Hg say they didn’t do a bad job at all. (feeds down again) Maddy talking to Will in the wash area says she extended an Olive Branch to ? Kaela walks in and conversation stops.
3:45 PM BBT Sounds like BB gave them food to eat but they had a time limit. Maddy and hg are just talking about the makeup Jesse and Johnny put on her. She said they just decided to do it because they were bored. Erica wonders if it is hard for her to allow others to do her makeup. Ali and Will are out in the hot tub area enjoying the sunshine and smoking. Will said he had so much junk food he is sick of pizza now. Will sings “it’s a great day to be here”. They are whispering about something. Ali says Kaela and Derek will be screwed. They are talking about Hamza winning veto and it was a smart move. Will wants to know who Ali would put on the block if she won next week. She says Kaela and Derek but changes because she thinks they are a target. Will says he won’t put her up hope she knows it. Ali not sure who she can truly trust. Johnny is now outside with them enjoying the sun.
4:00 PM BBT William is telling them the game was a lot of fun. He says they had pizza m&ms. They tell him to shut up. He explains how the games work. Johnny goes to put shorts on. Ali tells him that it is hard to be a woman. He says Yes Ise know I’ve lived with you for how long now.. Merron Erica and Kaela have joined them outside. Merron asks William if he always snort when he laughs Paras and Jesse have joined them. William says We have to talk more so they don’t kick us out. Inside the house Derek and Ryan are shooting pool. Olivia walks by on her way out. As they are not discussing anything we will head back outside were most of the hgs are. Johnny starts singing and the feeds cuts so we go back inside to the pool game where neither Derek or Ryan are sinking any balls. As the feeds have come back in the backyard we head out there. The HGS are having a general conversations they are saying a water balloon fight would be fun. They are all laughing and giggling at each other. The pool game seems to be over as Derek has joined them outside.The HGS are now asking for drinks. There is a lot of side conversations going on but some of them are yelling as they are worried that if they don’t talk Big Brother will ban them from the hot tub area. Ryan and Hamaz. Veronica gets called out for not having her mic on, she places it on top of her head; Big Brother calls her out again and tells her to fix it. Ryan is now playing pool with Paras. He is showing her how to put the balls in the rack.

 Live Feed Updates Sunday, March 18th (4)

March 18, 2018

 Live Feed Updates Sunday, March 18th (4)
12:15 PM BBT Those around the hot tub are Derek, Kaela, Erica, Jesse, Veronica, Johnny, and Olivia. Most sit/lay quietly soaking in the sun and hearing the birds chirp. They make themselves even more comfortable by all in an reclined position. Veronica says that this is the first time for a clam in a while. They are getting vitamins from the sun and feeling the slight breeze. Sun makes you happy. Will, Maddy, Merron, Hamza joins in on soaking up the sun. Merron makes a comment that they were going to workout, but this sun is wonderful. They imagine they are on a beach sipping something strong.
12:30 PM BBT Two feeds are up; two feeds down. Most remain around the HT. They comment on great the sun feels…Vitamin D and the morale in the house will be so much better! Hamza talks about home. Home is where the heart is. Merron announces he is going into the BY/inside and leaves. The others are all on one side catching the sun’s rays before it no longer has a direct shine inside the room. It’s very peaceful….no talking. BB announces for HGs to please wake up. It startles some, most reply that they are just enjoying the sun. Olivia goes in saying her face is really hot. Kaela would love to leave with tan lines; she can’t wait until summer when she turns into a little brown bunny. Kaela and Derek wants a little country music to be played. Several join in singing a couple lines, but stops before BB stops them. Room again is very quiet…. Ryan walks in, looks around, and Maddy invites him to join the sunshine. Feeds go out (12:43AM); they are now all out.
12:45 PM BBT All feeds are down.

 Live Feed Updates Sunday, March 18th (3)

March 18, 2018

 Live Feed Updates Sunday, March 18th (3)
9:30 AM BBT As the conversation in the HOH is on travel we travel to the washroom where the conversation on the POV Comp. William asks if it was a real head of lettuce. Kaela has joined them telling them that Big Brother call her out for still sleeping. She says Big Brother never said Please get up to her and Merron but just Get up. They decide that chilling in the washroom is calming because it is blue. They say red makes you hungry so they prefer the blue. The conversation in the HOH Room is about the POV Comp. Olivia says the comps are so much fun. Hamaz is saying when you are on the block there is more pressure. Olivia says the challenges are long so if you do make a mistake you can have time to catch up. Olivia says once she read the rules she calmed down a bit. Ryan says if he had of been able to get the ball of the ice he figured he had a chance. Ryan is saying the Tomb Raider Comp he was turning over some of the other colors. Hamz says you should have asked for help, Ryan says you can’t get help. Olivia says but I have seen comps where you have been allowed to help.
9:45 AM BBT As we travel to the washroom to check in on the HGS there we see that they are all preparing for the day. There is no game talk really they are planning what they are going to do. They are talking about the rash they got from the hot tub. Nothing really interesting there so we travel back to the HOH where Olivia is waiting for Ryan to leave so she can talk to Hamz alone. It seems Ryan has no intention of leaving Hamz allow. Ryan is finally leaving as he has to use the washroom. Olivia starts talking She says she just wants to make a last ditch reason. She says she feels unsafe up there. She says if you take me down I will not come after you. He says he has talked to Ali and Johnny. She says there are some floaters and some strong, she says you need a mix of both. She says if you take me off that I would owe you my game. He says Everything I have done this week I have done for a reason. She says so you want me to trust the process. He is telling her to chill. She says she heard that right after the Noms Jesse ran into a room and started campaigning against her which made her feel uncomfortable. He says Now everyone in your room is against each other. He says he can tell when people are honest and those that are lying. She asks him if she is hard to read or standoffish. He says you are not standoffish you are a strong player and people are scared of you. He says when he first entered the house I sat back and watched to see who would talk to me who I can trust. Hamaz says I will never do what the house does. Olivia says the first day she was being social but then she wanted to sit back and watch. As Olivia leaves the room Hamz looks at the camera and says She is so fake doesn’t talk to me for 2 weeks and now wants to make a deal.
10:00 AM BBT Erica, Johnny, and Kaela are in the bedroom chatting. Kaela says she is okay even though she lost the veto. Kaela said that she owns up to her and being close. Maddy said she doesn’t worry about things that are false. Erica said that her honesty gets in trouble and has struggle living with dishonest people. Johnny is going to the hot tub area. Jesse joins the conversation. Erica said there is a five person alliance in the house. Erica said that she is confused with people’s motive. Olivia is going to talk with Hamz about taking her on the block.
10:00 AM BBT Olivia and Veronica are in the washroom doing their hair. Will is making breakfast for everyone. Hamz, Paras, and Ryan are helping. Jesse said that slop is hard to cook with. Veronica said that for her birthday, she rented a banquet hall, and a DJ, who is a friend of hers. After she get’s out of the house, she is going to do it even though she it might be summer. Some of the houseguests are helping with breakfast. The houseguest is celebrating Veronica’s birthday. Olivia and Erica are in the washroom doing their hair and makeup.
10:30 AM BBT Erica is telling Olivia that she hopes she is off the block. Says that she (Erica) does not want to know how the block feels. Olivia says that she doesn’t feel comfortable with her “friends.” Hamz said that he will not use the Veto. Doesn’t want to make new targets. Jessee is the target. Hamz says that Jessee doesn’t study the game like the other houseguests. Hamz says that he is humble but had to celebrate winning $5,000.
10:45 AM BBT Hamz said that he’s a nice guy but if someone makes him mad, he becomes not so nice. Hamz said that he does not like lying. Hamz said he was going to use it on Jesse, but when he was upset, he changed his mind. Hamz said that they have the numbers to do what they want. Hamz tells Johnny “I will punch Jessee in the face and self evict.” Then tells Canada not really. Hamz said that he won’t go in the hottub anymore.
11:00 AM BBT Johnny and Hamz tells Olivia that noms are staying the same. Targeting Jessee. Hamz tells Olivia to dress up to the 9’s and make it believable that she’s leaving. Hamz says to not tell people that she’s staying. Tell them she is going. Olivia then says that she does feel like that. Hamz tells Maddy that Jesee is going this week. Maddy has a bad feeling about this. Maddy wants to be included in every conversation Hamz and Johnny have. Wants to know on eviction night who to vote for. Maddy says that if it blows up in her face, she won’t trust them anymore.
11:15 AM BBT Johnny and Hamza are still chatting in the hot tub area. Maddy is trying to make a deal with Hamz and Johnny. On the sofa, Marron and Hamz are chatting
11:30 AM BBT Feeds Down
11:45 AM BBT Feeds down Feeds come back with Maddy and William are talking about who she is going to vote out. She says she has a hard time voting for someone to stay who is making her a target. Johnny says if you give me your support I will be forever grateful. Johnny says just tell her that she was not her target. She says she will keep her word. Johnny and William are telling her it won’t come back to bite you. She says I understand where I am on their totem pole. William tells her that if Jesse stays he will come after Johnny and him. Maddy says she is right in the middle of this s**t. She says she doesn’t mind going rambo on them. William tells her if she votes with them to get Jesse out then that makes the showmance of Kaela and Derek easier. Johnny says I know how those 3 operate ( meaning Daela & Jesse) , he sees them whispering and stuff. William says the person he will have a hard time convincing will be Veronica. Maddy says you need to tell me and Paras first and then deal with Veronica and Will that is on you.
After Ryan comes in from walking in the BY, he tells Hamz that the HOH Rm will be locked in 20 min, but he’s not sure how long ago the announcement was made.
12:00 PM BBT Most HGs are outside around the HT. Has been general chit chat. Veronica is having her 25th birthday in the BB House. They talk about the weather and what they will have for dinner. They talk on how far away some people live for when the show ends or they are evicted. Erica reminds them 60 more day to go! Feeds went down in the HOH Rm where Hamza and Merron was lying on the bed listening to the music. Ryan sitting in the chair. Merron is told to stop singing.

 Live Feed Updates Sunday, March 18th (2)

March 18, 2018

 Live Feed Updates Sunday, March 18th (2)
8:15 AM BBT Big Brother has told the HGS it is time to get up. Big Brother has turned all the lights on but there is no movement yet. Big Brother seems to be upset with the HGS the rooster has crowed 3 times very loudly Big Brother has told them once again it is TIME TO WAKE UP. There is still no movement. Paras is doing a house wide battery change.
8:30 AM BBT Paras is making coffee. Maddy is in the washroom preparing for the day. The rooster has crowed for the second time this morning. Ryan has been called to the DR. Paras has gotten back into bed. We are going to travel to the washroom. Maddy is in the washroom talking to Jesse saying that she gets up early because she doesn’t like to hear the rooster.
8:45 AM BBT All the HGS are still in bed but Ryan who is in the Dr. Maddy and Jesse are in the washroom saying they hope that the POV is today. They are saying they hope it is today so then they can deal with the fallout. Derek has entered the washroom they are asking him How Club Catish ( catacombs) was. He tells them he doesn’t think you can ever get a good night sleep in there and says it wasn’t that cold. Maddy has left the washroom. Derek says he is glad they are allowed to have hot showers as a Have Not because he figures they would get sick as it is still cold out. Maddy gives Jesse some more chapstick. In the Red Room where Ali gets told to put on her mic. She is talking to Olivia and Johnny about how Olivia should act today. They are telling her to tell Hamz that she is going to go after the people that turned their back on her. Ali is saying she needs to say that I know you have made up your mind but if you save me I owe you my game so I will have your back. If there is ever a time you need something from me just let me know. Ali reminds her to speak very softly. Olivia leaves the room and Johnny and Ali continue talking. Ali is asking if he thinks Olivia will get taken down. They think it will be a better bet if he takes her down. Johnny says he had a hard time sleeping last night because of the position they put themselves in. He says everyone is rallying to get Derek and Kaela out but what is next. They are saying that Kaela has lied to both of them to their face and brought on the tears. Ali says moving forward we can not trust them but use the one that is left. As they are both deep in thought now we move to the washroom where Erica Paras and Maddy Jesse Olivia are doing their thing to prepare for the day. Someone spilled their coffee so Jesse is cleaning it up. William is up . Olivia has been called to the DR. Ryan is just standing by himself in the hall. He starts to walk down the stairs saying Such a group of Fake Ass people. The White Rose Room yells HAPPY BIRTHDAY to Veronica. Olivia and Ryan are in the kitchen. Ryan says they haven’t but the POV Ceremony on the TV yet.
9:00 AM BBT They are saying Hamza doesn’t care who goes home he just wants to get blood on his hands. Veronica and William come downstairs and birthday hugs are given to Veronica. As Maddy and Ryan are just having a general conversation now we will travel to the hot tub area where William and Veronica are talking about Ryan planting seeds in everybody’s head. She says he is telling everyone they are having a showmance like Derek and Kaela where they are more like Erica and Jesse friends. Hamaz is in the HOH Room by himself.
9:15 AM BBT Ryan is talking into the camera saying slobs I now know what it means. In the washroom the HGS are still preparing for their day. The HGS are in the bathroom. Ali asked if she could shower. Veronica, Derek, Ryan are playing peek-a-boo. Hamza came into bathroom. William asked Hamza how he slept. Veronica said 5000 dollars richer. Veronica told Jesse that he looks good in black. In the red room, Johnny told Olivia that he is trying to get her votes. Olivia goes into the HOH Room where Hamza and Ryan are talking. Hamaz is saying he is glad there is nothing on the TV as he feels they need a day to mull it over. They are saying that they hurt their hands during the comp. Olivia asks what he is going to do with the money? He says that wherever Caroline wants to go. The conversation goes to trips in Europe. Ryan says he wants to go to New York before he goes to Europe.

Live Feed Updates Sunday, March 18th (1)

March 18, 2018

 Live Feed Updates Sunday, March 18th (1)
12:00 AM BBT -12:15 AM BBT – Feeds down since March 17th 7:35 PM; POV is being played
12:30 AM BBT Feeds return at 12:37am. Hamza won veto. Erica feels like no one tells her anything. Jesse says that people think she’s in a 5-person alliance. She says that she’s not. Erica is frustrated that her name is in people’s mouths. Erica says that she thought everyone was on the same page. Kaela says that she felt blindsided, and told Jesse that she had no idea that she was going on the block. Maddy enters. In the other bedroom, Merron and Ali are talking game. In HoH, Hamza is talking to Veronica. Veronica says that the only person she trusts 100% is Will.
12:45 AM BBT Hamza says that he feels like Will’s brother now. Hamza says that it’s stupid to go with the house. Veronica tells Hamza that she trusts him 100% and is not going after him. Merron tries to enter, but Veronica asks for a minute. Veronica says “Erica told Liv that she’s going up.” Hamza says that he’ll use the veto on Jesse, and needs to make Olivia feel like she’s safe. Hamza says that he’s going to rattle the house again. Hamza asks Veronica to bring Will up. Hamza says that he won the comp and is $5,000 richer. Will enters. Hamza says that it’s better for a double eviction next time. Derek enters, looking for something, then leaves. Hamza suggests taking off Jesse and putting up Ryan. Says won’t do it if he’s not comfortable. Veronica asks for the pros and cons. Hamza says that Ryan keeps coming in the HoH. Veronica says that Ryan thinks that he’s controlling the house. Hamza gives a scenario if it’s a DE next. Veronica says to Will that the only people they trust are the people in this room (Hamza, Will, and Veronica). Hamza says that he wants to send Jesse out the door.
1:00 AM BBT Veronica says that they’re the top 3 competitors in the house. Veronica says that they’re underestimating Kaela. Will asks who they’re putting up next week. Veronica says that they’ll discuss it when the time comes. Hamza says that Ali will do whatever they want her to do. Will says that Liv is not going to come after them, and to send Ryan home. Hamza thinks that they should send Liv home. Veronica agrees. Hamza says that Canada is looking at them like they’re “fucking geniuses.” Hamza says that they won’t send Ryan home. He says that he is terrible at comps and is already on everyone’s radar. Hamza thanks Veronica for suggesting to nominating Ryan, saying that’s what he was exactly thinking. Hamza says that they are in a great position and have a great group. Hamza says that Ryan isn’t that smart, sending home one of his allies. Veronica says that everyone in that white room are just followers. She says that the 3 are actually playing the game.
1:15 AM BBT Ali and Merron are chatting game in the dining room. Ali says that she’s going to home up to HoH to just congratulate him. Merron suggests making it nonchalant. Merron enters the white rose room. Merron tells Will and Paras that they’re all safe. Merron says that this game is a rare opportunity, that they should just go for it. In the dining room, Kaela says that she doesn’t know who she can trust. In HoH, Hamza tells Maddy that they should’ve gotten rid of him when they got the chance. Maddy tells Hamza that she wants to work with people that are straight shooters. Maddy says that she can’t cast a vote to save Liv. Hamza tells Maddy that she’s safe. Maddy says that she liked when Hamza was scaring people. Hamza says that he wants to rattle more cages tomorrow. Maddy says that the numbers are going to get smaller, and won’t be the same in 6 weeks. Hamza says that they need to take it week-by-week. Hamza tells her his strategy in the comp. Hamza says that they were able to rattle the red room. Maddy says that she’s going to win the HoH DE if it’s True/False or Before/After. Maddy says that the week after next is a double, but Big Brother may throw a surprising twist. Hamza says that nobody will put her up.
1:30 AM BBT Hamza says that he has a big target on his back after winning HoH, Veto, and $5k, but that’s fine. Maddy asks if she wants to bring anyone up. He says no, then leaves. Hamza thinks he’s being a good player, and won’t lie and will stay humble. Hamza says that he’s been able to flip the house upside down. Ali enters. Ali says that he beasted the comp. Hamza says that he was in the zone. Ali says that she had a good talk with Veronica. Hamza says that people have been throwing out her name, but says that she’s safe. Ali says that you can’t trust certain people, calling them snakes. Ali says that she knows that he already has a plan for tomorrow, but gives advice. Hamza says that if he uses the veto, he’s going to put up a stronger player. He says that he likes to mess with people. Hamza tells Ali to stay under the radar and look out for herself. Hamza says to trust him, and says that he doesn’t like doing what the house wants. Ali leaves. Derek enters. Hamza tells Derek that he’s going to use the veto, but to not tell people. Derek leaves a while later. Hamza says that he’s a great guy. Hamza says that if the house was smart, they’d get rid of him. Hamza is called to the DR.
1:45 AM BBT Will says to Derek & Kaela that Jesse doesn’t have to worry, that he’s coming down, which is good. He says that he has no clue who’s going up. BB says “Goodnight, Houseguests.” Some HGs are happy to hear this. In the red room, some HGs are in bed. In the HN room, Erica and Maddy are talking game. BB says “Goodnight, Houseguests. Sleep well. Maddy tells BB “not now.” Erica says that people probably feel in a corner and are just playing without thinking ahead. Erica says that she feels like there’s a bubble around her. Erica says to Maddy that she doesn’t consider her a floater. Maddy feels good about this. Erica says that she wanted to float up to halfway through the game, but it’s been tough. Erica says that she’s been getting weird vibes from people. BB says Goodnight twice, so Erica and Maddy finally leave the HN room.
2:00 AM BBT Houseguests are getting ready for bed. Hamza, Jesse, and Erica are talking game in HoH. Erica asks what he’s going to do. Hamza says that Liv is a threat and needs to go, and lies a lot. He says that he needs her to feel super safe. BB says “Goodnight, HGs.” Hamza says that he’s just going to take the game week-by-week. Erica likes that. Hamza says that he’s seen the fakeness. Jesse says that at the end of the day, it’s his call. Will enters HoH. HGs have been breaking out after going in the hot tub.
2:15 AM BBT After a while, Hamza and Erica are the only ones in room. Olivia enters. Olivia says that she wants to be taken off the block. She says that she knows that she’s not the target, but the pawn sometimes goes home. Olivia says that he wouldn’t want to get more blood on his hands. Before she leaves, she tells him congrats. Hamza, alone, says that Jesse can’t control his temper, and can’t be an ally. He continues talking, like he’s talking to his fiance. He hopes that she’s having a good time and is thinking about him. In HN, Derek says to Kaela that he feels like they’re both safe. Kaela says that she noticed that the camera will turn on her when they’re together. Derek says that he was mad because he wanted to win the comp. Derek says that Hamza’s been planning for if it’s a DE. Kaela says that it won’t be a DE so soon, and that it’ll happen when the numbers are smaller. That way, it would be more intense.
2:30 AM BBT In HoH, Hamza, Will, and Veronica are talking game. Hamza says that Jesse is so paranoid. Veronica says that anyone would be paranoid if they were on the block. Hamza says no matter what, they’re not doing what the house wants. Hamza says that he has a bad feeling about Jesse. Will says to go with your gut. Hamza says that he’s going to sleep on it. Veronica says that if they send Jesse home, Derek and Kaela will not come with them. Hamza says that he was trying to reassure Jesse, and told him to trust the process. He says that Jesse was on the edge. Will says “He seems so nice. That’s bullshit. Send him the fuck home. Let’s fucking do it. Let’s make big fucking moves. Time to draw the fucking line!” Will says to keep Olivia. He says that they’ll be loyal, and send Jesse home. He says that he’s going to win comps coming up soon. Veronica disagrees. Hamza says that they’re not going to do what the house wants, no matter what. Will says that if you keep Jesse in the game, he’s going to come after you (Hamza). Veronica doesn’t think that it’s a good idea to send Jesse home this week. Will says to sleep on it.
2:45 AM BBT Hamza joins Johnny in the bathroom. Johnny says that if Jesse survives, he’s not going up again. Hamza says that Jesse is a wildcard. Hamza says that he doesn’t care if he stays or goes. Hamza says that he’s getting bad vibes and should go with his gut. Hamza says that doesn’t want to make a stupid move, and will sleep on it. Feeds go down at 2:51am, then return at 2:57am. Erica and Kaela are going over days. Johnny, Hamza, and Will are in the bathroom talking game. Johnny says to Hamza that if he got rid of Jesse, he’d be forever indebted to him.
3:00 AM BBT Johnny says that if Jesse doesn’t go home, he’s going to get by in the game week after week. They go over the possible votes. Between Jesse and Olivia, they figure that Jesse has 5 votes to stay. They all leave. Hamza says that it’s been a crazy week, and doesn’t know what to do. Hamza walks around the house.
3:15 AM BBT Hamza tries to turn on the light to pray, but BB tells him to stop that. He says that he was just trying to pray, so he goes downstairs to pray. He goes upstairs to talk to his fiance through the camera, and says that he’s literally miserable without her. He goes back to bed. In the HN room, Kaela and Erica are talking to Merron. Erica asks, and he says that he cares more about winning Big Brother Canada, rather than win the $100k. Merron says that he really wants to be the first black guy to win Big Brother. Erica is surprised by this, that no black person has won Big Brother. They talk about race. Erica says that was upset that Andrew was evicted. Feeds cut at 3:27am, then return a minute later. The conversation turns to former black HGs who got far. Erica says that she would love for a black person to win.
3:30 AM BBT The conversation is about to end. Erica says that she forgets what real food tastes like. They say goodnight.
3:45 AM BBT All houseguests are sleeping.

Feed Updates Saturday March 17th (11)

January 01, 2020

Feed Updates Saturday March 17th (11)

7:00 PM BBT Veronica said she would be happy to get rid of Snoring McGee and the gossip girls. In the Dining room, Ali eats a muffin. Kaela is pacing in the living room. Olivia said she is going to lay down to get rid of her headache. Ryan and Hamza are lounging on the couch, and BB tells Hamza to stop singing. Ryan said he would be in to playing some games if Kaela could rally the troops.. Kaela went up to the red room to get Hamza’s ball. Erica is there and Kaela sat down to talk to her. Erica said that she hasn’t even won anything yet and that she felt like she was being pulled by both sides. Kaela said that she will go along with Hamza because it was his week and Kaela agreed but doesn’t want it to endanger their safety. Merron and Hamza came in. Merron sat down to eat and Hamza left with his ball. Hamza played hack with the soccer ball on the second floor foyer. Hamza kicked the ball over the railing. In the pantry, Johnny and Jesse are talking. Jesse said that Ali and Olivia and Ryan are the 3 week plan. Jesse said that he hoped that Johnny wasn’t on that side of the house. Johnny asked Jesse if he offered his name as a target and Jesse said that he did not. Jesse said that Olivia had told some people that her, Ali, Ryan, Johnny and Erica were working together.

7:15 PM BBT Ryan came in and said that just because he hears it from people doesn’t mean it was true. Ryan told Jesse that Kaela said that Ryan was putting her up last week as a replacement even though he didn’t. Ryan asked Jesse how to make a smoothie. Ryan said he was taking the week off and that his vote was Hamza’s. Jesse thought that Alil and Olivia were going to try to rally more people to get the votes. In the kitchen, Ryan is making a smoothie. Jesse went up to white room and told Veronica about his talk with Johnny. Jesse said he didn’t think that Johnny was working with Ali and Erica. He said that Johnny was only concerned about being a replacement nomination. In the living room, Will is laying on the couch while Kaela, Merron and Hamza play volleyball.

7:30 PM BBT In the red room, Ali and Olivia are whispering to each other. Olivia went to bathroom and did some laundry.

7:35 PM BBT -8:00 PM BBT feeds are down for pov

8:00 PM BBT -11:30 PM BBT Feeds down for PoV.

11:15 PM BBT Feeds return. Will and Erica are in the storage room talking about next week. Erica thinks it’s a double next week. Erica is talking about the Veto competition. Now they are making dinner in the kitchen. Paras has joined in the conversation. Erica is putting water in the slop. Ryan is giving hoodies to people who do not have a cuddle buddy. Paras says to Erica that they will try to talk to Ryan. Says something isn’t right with him.

11:30 PM BBT -Midnight BBT Feeds down

Feed Updates Saturday March 17th (10)

March 17, 2018

Feed Updates Saturday March 17th (10)
4:30 PM BBT Liv feels like she is going to throw up. Erica got called into the dairy room. Kaela say it will be crazy to watch all this after. Liv says they should have got Andrew to stay . Kaela says whoever stays this week can win HOH or I want it.. Liv talking to herself saying it’s just a game , just a game. Will wants to go upstairs in the HOH room with Hams with Veronica. Veronica wants to hide all the cookies tonight. Paras , Jess and Will in the red room. Maddy and Erica walked in . Talking about cooking . The Hg say the house is really hot. Will is saying that ALi and Ryan were talking and stopped when he walked by. Saying that Ryan is playing both sides.Veronica says they have the numbers. Saying the 4 week plan was Ryan plan.Hams joined the red room . THey all are talking about the list to bring into the house.
4:45 PM BBT HG trying to guess the time of day it is. Paras in the stock room and say to the camera I don’t want Ali in here. Ali walks in .IN the red room is Liv and Jesse, talking about how hot the house is, Liv says this week sucks, Jesse agress. Liv says its a lost lost situation. Jesse says we will see whats happens with the POV. Jesse doesn’t expect anyone to use the POV to take one of them down. They believe no matter what happens someone from the red room will be up. Jesse says I never thought Hamz would put me up. It is what it. Liv asks Jesse if he is nervous about the comp. Jess is wondering if he should stick it to Hamz. Liv says no. Jess says he wanted to go off on Hamz and the ceremony but held back. Liv asks Jess if he thinks Hamz is going after big people? Jess says he thinks he is the target. Liv says it’s all so exhausting. Jess and Liv talking about their pictures. How bad are there. Kaela is talking to Derek about Liv “crying “ about Jess campaigning against me. Liv told Jesse that she feels like Veronica is running the show. Liv legs still hurt from the last comp.Jesse says sh&t is getting started. Jesse says he can’t do anything until the POV comp. Liv believes that if Hamz win the POV he will take one of them off the block. Jesse says He has no idea who Hams real target is.
5:00 PM BBT Kaela and Derek talking , Veronica told keala that she trusts her out of al the girls Will is Veronica # 1. Veronica and Kaela are close to Jesse. Kaela says her, Veronica , Hams were in the room and Ryan came in and went to pretend sleep so he was close to Hams to listen . Ryan stayed in the room with Hams. Derek says . Hams is playing along like he is close to Ryan. Derek wants to keep LIv up on the block . Kaela says if you trust Hams I trust him too. Derek says I do right now. Hams told Derek that him and Kaela wont go up. Kaela and Derek agree the Mer is usable. Kaela says it hard to trust others. Derek says that there will be periods of the game that you can and can’t trust people. Derek says the best case is that he nand Jess wins the POV . Hams still says he wants Liv gone.
5:15 PM BBT Derek telling Kaela that they have to play sides because they won’t be able to win just them. Roni, Erica, Johnny , Maddy Ali, Liv and Will in the white room talking about sleeping. Roni leaves the room. Roni, Derek, Paras and Jesse in the kitchen talking about Liv was crying to Roni, Roni wants them to know that she wants to go to jury with them and then battle it out. Roni thinks something is going on. That the other are starting to split. Jesse wants to talk to them before the POV comp. Roni says she has some goodbye speeches Roni askes Jesse if he is worried. Jesse says he just wants to win the POV. Roni is going back to the white room to not make them uncomfortable. Derek says it a super long shoot but if Ryan wins he will do what Hams wants. Ryan follows Hams around everything because Ryan knows that if jesse comes down he can go up.
5:30 PM BBT Ronni , Johnny and Liv talking about how weird it will be when they get out of the house. Hams , Merron and Jesse on the sofas talking about how sore they are. Merron knees are sore from being on them . Hams says the house feels weird. Maddy yells to big brother that Jesse is sleeping. Johnny and Liv talking. Liv has to do laundry . Johnny needs fresh air. Ali and Liv in the bathroom. Liv feels better that she spoke to Jesse , Ali asks what he said. Liv says as long as one of us get off its will be ok. Liv says it may be just words but she feels better. Liv asks Ali what’s up with her. Ali says nothing just wants to get alone time with Johnny but it is impossible.
5:45 PM BBT Kaela wants to nap but BB keeps calling her out. Talking about they need to backyard. THis is our lives now, traveling room to room and getting called to the dairy room. Liv doing laundry. Saying how people forget about their stuff. Hams and Merron talking about being HN. Hams askes Merron how he is doing on slop. Camera change to ALi and Liv doing laundry. Liv asked where is Paras is, ALi is telling Liv that she needs to work on her relationship with Paras . They stop talking because Ryan walks in . Ali whispers to Liv come to the HOH room. IN the HOH ALi tells Liv that Paras likes Maddy , she tells her that she needs to build trust with Paras .
6:00 PM BBT In the Catacombs Johnny and Kaela talked about the situation with Olivia. They don’t understand why she was one of the noms. Johnny said that if Kaela is talking game, then it’s with other people. She hadn’t talked game with him. Johnny said it made him sick to think that Johnny would be Ryan’s replacement nom. Kaela said that it would probably be herself or Derek. Kaela said that if it was Johnny, then it would be Olivia that goes home. She said that Olivia doesn’t talk game with anyone. She said that she liked Veronica. Johnny asked how Jesse found out about being one of the noms. Kaela said that Hamza told him beforehand then got up to go to the DR. Kaela thought that Hamza had a bigger play in store for eviction beyond Olivia. Johnny said that he has not heard from anyone that Kaela was a target. Johnny said he felt sorry for Olivia. Kaela said that Olivia was being dishonest with everyone. Kaela told Johnny that other HGS came to her and said that Olivia was trash talking her. She said that she was surprised about Jesse being a nom because of how close they became in the have-not room last week. Kaela asked if people would vote her out over Olivia. She said Ali would want her to go. Kaela thought it would be better if the veto isn’t used this week. Johnny said that it wouldn’t make sense for derek to pull down Jesse with a veto and risk going up or kaela going up as replacement. Kaela said if she could get anyone out, it would be Ryan

Feed Updates Saturday March 17th (9)

March 17, 2018

Feed Updates Saturday March 17th (9)

6:15 PM BBT Kaela said if she was still there next week, she would be gunning for HOH. Johnny said that Olivia has to happen. Kaela said to be careful around her and Ali so he doesn’t get associated with them. In the red room, Jesse Ali and Erica are talking.They are also discussing whether or not Derek would pull Jesse off the block if he wins Veto. Erica said she wondered if there was a prize at the end of this Veto. They said they didn’t think so. Erica said she already won half of second place prize. Back in the Catacombs, Kaela and Johnny discussed how they would like to trust everyone, but that it was hard to fully trust anyone. She said that if Olivia was truthful about their relationship then she feels bad, but if she was scheming then she should go. She said Olivia is so good with her words and she may just be playing cutthroat. Kaela said that if Olivia goes and Ali wins HOH next week, then her and Derek are on the block. She also said that Ali wanted Veronica and Maddie to go next after them. Kaelsa said she really liked Veronica. She said she really wanted to win HOH and do her thing.
6:30 PM BBT In the white room Veronica and Paras are talking. Ryan came in dropped something in his bag and leaves. Paras got up and gestured to the camera and said that Ryan is such a sketch bag. Maddie came in and sits on the bed. Paras tells them that Olivia told her that she had a talk with Maddie and that she didn’t put her name out there. She also told Paras that she wasn’t paying attention to her so she wouldn’t have a target on her, not because she was hanging out with Jesse. Veronica said that the HGS see Paras and Maddie as sweet nice people, not as serious players. Veronica tells Maddie that every day she finds her more attractive. Paras is called to the DR. Jesse came into the room and Veronica filled him in on the conversation that Olivia had with Paras. Veronica said that she wasn’t worried about losing the comps to Olivia as long as they all stayed strong together. In the living room, Ryan, Merron and Kaela are playing Patty cake. Merron is teaching Kaela how to do it.
6:45 PM BBT Back in the white room, Veronica is telling Jesse that if they stick to the plan, they would all be safe for the next 3 weeks. She said that she would rather bring one of them to the final and be happy for them if they win, then to go to the final with the other schemers and lose to them. She said she would rather send them all home now before jury. Jesse said he finds it physically draining to have fake conversations with fake people. Jesse said that worst case scenario Erica wins veto and takes down Olivia but that he didn’t think she would do that. Veronica said that there shouldn’t be a reason to continue to talk game. Why couldn’t they just keep the agreement from 3 days ago, and leave it at that. Derek came into the room and joked about them switching rooms. Veronica then picks her nose and wipes it on her blanket. Jesse said that Erica told him if she won the Veto, she would take him off the block. Veronica told them about her side deal with Merron. She said that she was sure that he would have her back. Jesse said he was happy with the people in his room. He said that Erica was even ok with Kaela. Jesse said that they were all good for this week no matter what. He said he didn’t think that Olivia could win any comps. He said that they all had to pretend to be concerned about things so they don’t tip their hand.

Feed Updates Saturday March 17th (8)

March 17, 2018

Feed Updates Saturday March 17th (8)
2:45 PM BBT Hamz, Merron, Ryan and Jesse are just chatting about life outside the house as feeds are constantly going in and out. Veronica is saying she is not feeling a 100% safe until the pov is done even tho she feels ok so at this time, she rathers stay in bed and alone so she doesn’t have to talk game. We have now Erica and Kaela in the kitchen preparing slop as Ryan is emptying the garbage. William is cleaning the shower stalls as Maddy is still laying around in getting her hair done. Feeds are really flicking in and out. Merron and Hamz are chilling in the HOH room. Hamz is telling him to trust him as well as Erica but nobody else because they have each other’s back.
3:00 PM BBT All hgs waiting on Pov
3:51 PM BBT Feeds go down
4:00 PM BBT Hams telling Will they have options to back door. Johnny and Erica in the have not room they are discussing not wanting to be paranoid week 3 they thought they had more time. Erica is worried that Hams will out someone up and it will be a toss up. He may put someone in the red room Jesse isn’t going home. Erica wants to do the best that he feels strong about. Ali , Liv and Ryan in kitchen talking about past comps. Ryan says someone people got more help than others. Ali saying that if Ryan is behind in a comp Ryan can help Liv. Merron in the have not room now talking about how Merron feels he was nervous he came in the house late. Erica sya everyone deserves to be here. Merron feels that people are starting to begin him. Erica says there is something, Merron is like I don’t know. Erica wondering if this twist was before BB had the cast or after. Merron hopes that people believe him. Maddy and Keala in red room talking ,they are happy they connected. They you don’t lie and cheat to your own people. They wish they voted out Ali instead of Rozina. Keala saying that ALi keep coming saying we got your back. Ali always asking what people are talking about ( Kaela is hosting POV)
4:15 PM BBT Merron enters the Red room and Kaela says now that we are HNs we need to be buddies and chat more. Merron saying that they are good. Liv just made feed. Ryan. johnny and Ali , Ali wants to play POV so bad. Erica says Ryan laugh reminds her of her dads laugh.Kaela says Hams told her she has nothing to worry about, Liv hates putting pressure on herself for comps. They are wondering if Ryan will fight for it. Maddy says it is taking a long time to set up the for the POV. Liv, I didn’t want to tell Maddy that Jess rallied against her .Erica says Veronica looks stressed. Veronica needs to talk to people to see when peoples heads are and wants to talk to Hams. Keala and Liv talking . Erica walks in.She says everyone is so f*&king depressed. She asks Liv if she is ok? Liv says yes I just needed a moment.

Feed Updates Saturday March 17th (7)

March 17, 2018

Feed Updates Saturday March 17th (7)
2:05 PM BBT Feeds have now return. Erica and Johnny are talking together in the LR as Ryan and Olivia is joining them. And we have Derek with Paras in the Red Bedroom. Derek said that he will do the best to win the POV. The POV players are Ryan Olivia Jesse Erica with Derek and Hamz. Johnny is saying that each of the bedroom represents a side of the house. In the HOH room, we have Erica and Hamz are chatting about who will go home depending on the win of the pov. Hamz is saying that he wants the noms to stay the same and that Erica is telling him that he should be proud for not wasting his HOH and trying to get rid of some strong player.
2:15 PM BBT Johnny is saying to Hamz that the house is shocked from his noms. Hamz is telling Johnny to be careful who he trusts in the house. Hamz has nominated Jesse and Olivia for eviction. Jesse is in the Red Bedroom telling some of the HG that he was really pisse off after he was nominated, but has had time to cool off. Kaela is helping Derek adjusting his microphone as she is saying that if Olivia stays on the block, she will not have the vote to stay in the house. Kaela is also advising Jesse to talk to Erica and see if he can bring her to their side of the house. Ali and Olivia are both saying that they feel awkward now going into the Red Bedroom. Hamz is saying to Ali that she is safe this week.
2:30 PM BBT In the Red Bedroom, Erica has joined in the conversation with Jesse and Kaela and Jesse is saying that he feels comfortable enough not to worry as he is not the main target. In the LR, Hamz is just laying on the couch all by himself and is talking to his family via feeds. Ryan and Erica are just chilling in the White Room but soon later decides to take a walk so no gets suspicious if they are alone talking. While, we have Maddy and Paras in the bathroom getting ready for the day and meows on and off as she says hello to her friend via the feeds. Paras and Maddy thinks that Jesse is playing shady. In the meantime, William is cleaning the bathroom as Paras and Maddy getting their hair don
e.

Feed Updates Saturday March 17th (6)

March 17, 2018

Feed Updates Saturday March 17th (6)
2:30 PM BBT Will, Hamza, and Derek are up in HOH talking about how Daela and Will are safe. Hamz says that Jesse wants Johnny up on the block, but you can’t and when you win hoh you will see why, he can’t talk about it because you can’t talk about production. Olivia and Ryan are in the red room talking, Ryan says that if he was the target he thinks Hamz would have put him up right away not a BD. They need 6 votes to stay they believe Veronica and Merron are able to vote this week. They discuss how the pics looked and how Jesse had no idea he was going up and shocked. They are talking photos and exit the room where others join them. Feeds swap to Derek, Kaela, and Jesse in the SR. its being passed around that Olivia is not the target Hamz, Liv, Ali, Ryan can not win veto for this. They say how Confident Olivia is. They believe Olivia is the target but they have been hearing that “ pretty boy needs to go” Ali enters they ask her opinion on noms and who are her closest aly’s. Ali plays off the conversations she’s been having with Hamz and how he isn’t telling much of anything. They discuss if Ryan is a threat or an ally, they expected Liv because there were rumors but Jesse was a surprise. Ali wants to play Veto just to know she is safe. Hamz said I have a plan but no one knows the plan. They need to fight every day for their life in the game. Veronica enters and says just keep talking about me, everyone but ALi leaves, SKETCH, then Ali tells V how they just questioned her, Feeds swap to Paras up on white room talking to herself saying if she is picked and wins POV she cant pull him off.
12:45 PM BBT Jesse and Erica in WR talking, worst case scenario is Ali playing and winning. Jesse feel like it’s horrible to have to another Red room person up if someone else goes up. Will comes in to start laundry, Jesse leaves and Paras enters the room and leaves quickly, They feel Hamz is everywhere. Daela is in the Catacolmbs whispering about how the noms went down. They need to trust each other and themself and that’s all they really have. Olivia, Ryan, Hamz, Ali have a 4 person alliance – per Kaela from Olivia. They say that Ali was to nervous to at noms to have an alliance and even Erica is shaken with the noms. Olivia and Ali are in the red room whispering, about how Hamz is wanting Olivia off the block. They need to leave the Red room alliance alone and stick with the others. Olivia leaves the room so feeds swap to Kitchen and then Kaela and Hamz in the kitchen. They discuss how Liv is so relaxed and calmed about it all. They confirm that Jesse feels comfortable. In the Catacolmbs Jesse and Derek are talking about the position they are in and how no one knew the noms and it was a shock. Derek tells Jesse about the potential of the alliance of Hamz, Ryan, Ali, and Liv- but that the promise was made that if the option to take Jesse off the block was avail then he would.
1:00 PM BBT Paras goes to talk to Hamz and say ty for not putting her up, and for making moves, He is thinking maybe Ryan as a replacement to just rattle the cage. Ali enters and tells them how she was confronted about her allegiance. Kaela and Olivia are up talking on the couches and everyone has different ideas about what the plans are. They agree all you can do is trust yourself. They continue trying to figure out what’s going on Ali joins them and they say they how they are worried that Derek and Kaela are the BD plan. Kaela swears it was Ali but she denies it. Ali says she feels like she could still be the BD plan and swears on her moms life. Meanwhile in the Catacolmbs Hamz has joined the boys and is telling them they are safe and fine don’t stress he has a plan. Its to cover up the alliance. 4 strong guys ( Hamza, Will, Derek, and Jesse) and Erica and Veronica. Hamz says Olivia thinks i’m aligned with her after not talking to her for 2 weeks. Hamz leaves and Derek talks to Jesse about the alliance and the convos with Kaela. HAMZA PLEASE GO TO THE DR.
1:15 PM BBT Jesse and Paras in SR laughing, he says he might just throw the comp.. They mess around with the table and she leaves says she can’t stay there anymore.
1:17 PM BBT- 2:00 PM BBT Feeds out – ( POV Players Ryan, Olivia, Derek, Olivia, Jesse, Erica)
2:00 PM BBT At this time, the feeds are still down but will return shortly

Feed Updates Saturday March 17th (5)

March 17, 2018

Feed Updates Saturday March 17th (5)
9:30 AM BBT The feeds come back with Derek and Jesse very upset over the fact that Hamz must have told them that he is putting Olivia and Jesse up. Hamz has been called to the DR. They leave the HOH and go to the catacombs where they are discussing who else Hamz could put up. Derek is telling Jesse that Hamz is putting Jesse up with Olivia. Jesse says if he goes home this week it is BS. Jesse said he doesn’t want to be put on the block. He said what do you think Ryan and them will do. They think that they will decide to team up on them and get him out. The feeds go down with Jesse saying this is a bad idea. Feeds go down at
9:39 AM BBT – 11:45 AM BBT Feeds are down
12:05 PM BBT Olivia and hamz are in the HOH, He tells her he isn’t doing what the house wants and wishes her well in he comp. Olivia leaves and Ali follows in right behind she says he saved her by not putting her on the block. Jesse has been walking around too cocky he needs to start playing and talking. Ali is in tears because she is safe and misses her boo at home. Jesse, Veronica, Ryan and Kayla are in the White room talking, they say how Jesse is a weak competitor player and he just needs to trust the process but what does that mean after last week with Ryans noms and trust the process. Olivia is in the Red room Pacing whispering to herself. Jesse leaves the white room, and Kayla and Ryan say they think Hams is trying to put some fear in Jesse but not that he is the target they thought Ali for sure. Olivia heads to the WR and Veronica asks how she is. She said she’s fine it’s part of the process. Merron has joined the HOH room, and they are talking about the divide and how Hamz is a real deal guy and isn’t going to BS you. Ali asks so everyone on that side threw me under the bus? Everyone but Will, Olivia, and Johnny mentioned her name, they are working on Maddy and trying to build that.
12:15 PM BBT Hamz says he explained to Jesse it was game not personal. Paras, Johnny, and Olivia are down at the table eating and talking. Olivia was told if she wins POV it makes his( Hamz) life easier. They got instructions for a comp but not clear instructions so Olivia is frustrated. But she is still gunning for the POV. They are planning to break up the Shomance or the Bromance ( sounds like Ali as the BD) Derek enters the room, Merron leaves and Hamz tells D that it was not meant to be a shot at you. Will is eating, Kaela is watching everyone, Maddy, Jesse, Johnny, and Erica are talking about Hipster style. Veronica and Ali are in the WR talking about where they are with each other. Johnny comes in to use the WR and so the ladies give him privacy and move out to the bench upstairs. Olivia and Paras are finishing up at the table and clearing away. Feeds back to Ali and Veronica, they are discussing the noms and where they are. Paras and Jesse in SR, she is filling him in on the conversation with Liv, they discuss how they have the numbers. Daela or Paras up next to Jesse would be detrimental. She wants him to play as hard as possible in the comp to get off the block.

Hamza- He (Ryan) talks a lot

March 17, 2018

Hamza- He (Ryan) talks a lot. Our whole alliance is begging to be wary of him. He did put me up last week. If Ali wins veto, we slide Ryan up there. Will- People would be like "perfect, great move" 
Hamza- If I win, I take you down and put Ryan up. Jesse- I hope so. Hamza- Trust me
Paras to camera- If I win, I am not taking him (Jesse) off of the block. It's too bad for him
Paras- Do you really think that Hamza's target is Liv right now? No. Hamza wants to make big moves. Respect to Hamza. I think this might be Jesse's demise that he thinks he is sitting so comfortable 
Paras- I'm telling him (Jesse) "you have got to gun for veto", and he is like "I'll be fine". How cocky are you? You are probably not fine. No one is sitting here handing you $100K, dude. You have got to work for that 
More
Will- Ryan is the fellow who got in everyone's head. Every time Hamz goes into HoH, Ryan is right behind him. Erica- I just feel like he is everywhere 
Derek- He (Hamza) was like "I just want to let you know it's going to be Jesse". I was like no no no. He was like "trust the process". Kaela- He whispered in my ear "trust the process". I just dont like it 
Derek- Hamz is not going to put either of us up. Kaela- He said he separates personal from the game
Derek- Should I trust him (Hamza) less that he is actually telling me that he is lying to people? Kaela- No. If you want to trust him, I trust you. You are the only person in this game that I trust 100% 
Kaela- Olivia said that her, Ryan, Ali and Hamza have a four person alliance. She told that to Paras. Derek- I think Hamza is bullshitting all of them and working with us 
Kaela- If Hamz goes with those three (Ali/Olivia/Ryan), his game is fucked. Derek- Dont you think he knows that? He is feeding them bullshit. He wants to work with me, Will and Jesse 
Jesse- I would just hate for the veto be used on Liv and someone other than Ali or Ryan goes up. Hamza- Ryan goes up 
Kaela- Liv is going around like "I am not the target". Hamza- I assured her. Kaela- It's making people freak. Hamza- That's what I want 
Hamza told Kaela he wants the house to be freaking out so that they dont know they are all working together
Derek is explaining to Jesse that Hamza wants to hide that they are working together. Jesse said the logic is somewhat there 
Derek- Do you actually think he (Hamza) would work with the basement three in the house over me, you, him and Will? Jesse- So who does he want? Derek- Liv, Ali or Ryan 
Derek to Jesse- He (Hamza) promised me "I will take Jesse off the block". He said worst case scenario Ali wins PoV, takes Liv off, he guarantees he will put Ryan up. We will have the votes in that case 
Hamza- Ryan is really freaking me out. He is fucking freaking me out, man. Paras- I am afraid of someone who talks that much game. Hamza- I dont care who goes home. Liv, Ryan, I dont give a fuck
Paras- Arent you with Ryan? Hamza- If I am with Ryan, everyone is going to be against me. Paras- I know Jesse and Derek genuinely want to work with you. Hamza- I know 
Hamza- If Jesse wins, I am thinking of throwing Ryan up there. He wont go. Paras- You know how much Canada loves you? You are making moves. Hamza- The house is shaking. Nobody knows what's going on
Derek- He (Hamza) has given me his word on Carolyn. If he puts me up, I will say "you really love your wife. You swore on her you wouldnt put me up". Jesse- I will go deep personal. You and me can corner him in a room
Jesse- He wont put two of us next to each other. It would end his life in this game. Derek- If he puts me up beside you, I am going home because of the showmance. Trust me
Kaela- I think Olivia is going to come off and me or Derek will go up. Ali- Why do you think that? Kaela- You mentioned it in the pantry. Ali- What?! No I didnt 
Hamza to Jesse- She (Ali) will not fucking use it on Olivia. I will convince her to use it on you. She just went upstairs and said "you saved my life. I owe you my life" 
Kaela- Someone threw it out there. Ali- It wasnt me. Kaela- There was someone else in there. I dont remember. As soon as that was said, it was all I have been thinking about. Ali- It wasnt me 
Hamza- We should put Ryan up there just to make him feel a little uneasy. Derek- Hamza gives his word that he will take you off. Jesse- I trust you. Hamza- On Carolyn. Jesse- I 100% believe you on that
Hamza to Derek/Jesse- I have to feed them bullshit. The safer Olivia feels, the less campaigning she will do 
Hamza- If for some fucking reason none of us win veto, Olivia still goes home. Jesse- I am confident. It makes no sense to align with Liv, Ali, Ryan right now. Hamza- Dont worry, guys. I swear

Feed Updates Saturday March 17th (4)

March 17, 2018

Feed Updates Saturday March 17th (4)
8:45 AM BBT Veronica gets told to stop singing by Big Brother. Hamz has left the DR and gone back to the HOH where Erica is asking him how he slept. Hamz said it felt like Caroline was here with him last night. Hamza is now talking to Caroline thru the camera. He is telling her he has 4 people in mind to nominate. Ali comes in to look for the mirror that Erica just took out. He is telling her that people come in and out all the time leave their stuff there. He says he is putting Olivia up for sure. He is thinking of putting Jesse up and telling him he is only doing it to stack the POV Comp. He says he hopes he believes him but if he doesn’t Oh Well. He heads into the washroom with the rest of the HGS who are all getting ready for the day. The only HGS not in the washroom are William Veronica and Paras they are in the White Rose Room. Veronica is looking for clothes to wear Paras is doing the same. They are trying to find something green to wear for St. Paddy’s Day. William has not gotten out of bed yet today. William has finally decided to get up.
9:00 AM BBT Veronica has been called to the DR. Veronica has also been called out to put on her mic. Preparation continue in the washroom as it is Nom Day. We are now travelling to the kitchen area where Merron, Hamz and Ryan are at the table talking about Hamz is saying he is missing home. He says he thinks about Caroline all the time. Hamz asks William if he is lost without Veronica as he had asked where she was. Hamz says his legs are sore so he isn’t excited about the comp today. They think the comp will be today as well as noms. Merron gets called out for his mic he left it on his head. As their conversation is on general stuff we go back to check in on Veronica William and Paras. Paras has finally finished dressing and leaves the room. William and Veronica both think the POV is today. Veronica says she is happy that both noms and POV is today. Veronica says she really wants Ali and Olivia gone because she does not like them. She says she knows that is selfish. She thinks that she won the HOH Comp not Hamz as she says he was slowing down while she was speeding up. She says she has to stop being selfish and petty. She knows it is a good game move for the White Rose Room. Veronica says she likes Maddy and Paras but she doesn’t trust them 100% yet. She says she was upset when she went to bed last night because of people lying to her. William says everyone is going to be shocked if Hamz makes his move. Veronica tells him they have to looked shocked. William says St. Paddy’s Day is his favorite holiday. He says back home they start drinking around 9:30 am. Veronica says she is the most Irish in the house. Will corrects her and says I am. In the Red Rose Bedroom Erica is helping Olivia get dressed. Olivia thanks her and says I have to go eat. In the washroom the daily preparations continue.
9:15 AM BBT In the kitchen All the guys but William are sitting at the table having breakfast. The conversation is on general topics. They think the POV will be late tonight. Ryan is talking about a past POV Comp and feeds cut on the guys but stay up on the washroom crew. William and Veronica are in the showers, everyone else is getting dressed. As the feeds have returned for the kitchen we will go back there. Ryan is still talking about editing that he doesn’t know how to do.
9:30 AM BBT The feeds come back with Derek and Jesse very upset over the fact that Hamz must have told them that he is putting Olivia and Jesse up. Hamz has been called to the DR. They leave the HOH and go to the catacombs where they are discussing who else Hamz could put up. Derek is telling Jesse that Hamz is putting Jesse up with Olivia. Jesse says if he goes home this week it is BS. Jesse said he doesn’t want to be put on the block. He said what do you think Ryan and them will do. They think that they will decide to team up on them and get him out. The feeds go down with Jesse saying this is a bad idea. Feeds go down at
9:39 AM BBT – 10:15 AM BBT Feeds are down

Feed Updates Saturday March 17th (3)

March 17, 2018

Feed Updates Saturday March 17th (3)
5:00 AM BBT – 8:00 AM BBT All HGS are asleep.
8:06 AM BBT Big Brother has turned the lights on in the bedrooms looks like the rooster will be crowing early. Big Brother has told the hgs it is time to wake up.
8:15 AM BBT The rooster has crowed 3 very loudly times as the hgs have not awaken after being told to. Maddy is awake. Big Brother has said “ HGS PLEASE GET UP” Maddy is doing a house wide battery exchange. Ryan and Derek are showering. Merron has decided not to shower but is preparing for the day. Erica comes in and tells Ryan it was not too cold in the catacombs last night. Olivia is in the HOH talking to Hamaz. He is telling her that whatever she see with the first 2 noms whether she is on the block or not doesn’t mean anything. He tells her he is not going to do what the house wants. She tells him when she has to make moves she isn’t going to think who she is friends with but what will be a good move for her game. Paras Veronica and William are in the White Rose Room talking. Most of the other HGS are in the washroom preparing for the day.
8:30 AM BBT Most HGS are in the washroom preparing for Noms today. As we check in with the White Rose Bedroom we find Paras William Veronica and Ryan having a general conversation. Ryan and Veronica leave with Veronica checking in with Hamz. He tells her he came to play. She leaves and goes to the White Rose Room She tells William that he has to go to the DR. Merron has entered the HOH. He asks if he can chill and they are looking for the ipod. Hamz leaves to go to the DR. Back in the White Rose Room Paras has gotten up and threw some clothes on. Veronica and William are still in bed.

Feed Updates Saturday March 17th (2)

March 17, 2018

Feed Updates Saturday March 17th (2)
1:45 AM BBT In the bathroom, Ali and Paras are talking game. Ali’s worried about Veronica not liking her. Paras says, with girls like that, they already have their minds made up about you. Paras says that doesn’t think Maddy is a threat, saying that she’d never come for anyone. Paras says that she wanted to work with Will, but as soon as Veronica walked in, she couldn’t. Paras says that she feels like an outsider. HGs are hanging out in the white rose room. There’s 2 conversations going on: Merron and Veronica, and Will & Maddy & Johnny. Merron and Johnny leave for a while. Paras enters and tells Maddy “Ryan is 100% working on Derek.” In HoH, Hamza says that he knows what he’s doing, and at the end of the week, the house is going to split. Merron disagrees.
2:00 AM BBT Hamza says that people are going to be suprised by who gets evicted, then people will start playing the game. Their mics in HoH turn off. Merron and Hamza are still chatting. They all exit the HoH room. Hamza asks “Are you ready for war?” He goes back into HoH, and says that Hamza says “it’s straight up BS that they’re putting people in the catacombs,” and says that this isn’t funny, and it was the hardest day of his life. He tells Canada that this was a hard day, making people cry. He says that he’s looking forward to the day that he can see his fiance. He wishes he knew how her day was, and misses the comfort of being with her. He says that he’d be kissing her bracelet right now. The HNs are getting ready for bed. Erica’s giving Kaela advice on how to sleep in the HN room. Erica says that she almost accidently put her foot in the goo yesterday. Kaela says that she wouldn’t want to sleep on the tomb. Jesse asks about wearing layers. Kaela says that she has never seen a HN room like this, and is glad that it’s during the season, but isn’t glad that she’s a HN.
2:15 AM BBT The lights are dimming. Jesse says that she saw a shadow on the roof. The lights are now out. In one of the bedrooms, the lights are out. Ryan, Maddy, and Paras are talking game. Paras says that she feels like Hamza has their back. She says that she trusts him. Maddy thinks the white room as a whole should decide the targets instead of the HoH and Paras says she wishes Hamza would trust them to tell them his noms/plans. They go over days for a bit. They say that BB only said goodnight once. After a while, they say goodnight to Day 13 (it’s actually Day 14). Paras is surprised that they moved in on a Saturday.
2:30 AM BBT All houseguests are sleeping.
5:00 AM BBT – 8:00 AM BBT All HGS are asleep.

Feed Updates Saturday March 17th (1)

March 17, 2018

Feed Updates Saturday March 17th (1)
12:00 AM BBT Ali and Olivia try to whisper in the dining room, but decide against it. Olivia goes to the bathroom. Most of the HGs are hanging out in HoH room, and the rest are hanging out in the bathroom. Hamza is about to do another rap, but BB calls him to the DR. The convo in HoH goes to jackets. Ryan says that BB took his jacket, then BB reminds them that “you are not allowed to talk about production.” The convo goes to how Big Brother would be a great for a horror movie, with people in the mirrors. In the bathroom, Veronica says that now that she’s slept all day, she has all this energy at night.
12:15 AM BBT William plays with the hair dryer. Paras offers to pop one of Veronica’s pimples. Veronica is ecstatic, and takes her up on her offer. After most leave, Ali and Paras talk game for bit, then Veronica enters the room. In HoH, the convo goes to the HN comp, with Erica saying that if the HNs were HNs for a third week in a row, they’d be miserable and just consider it real life. Derek says that he’s really tired. Merron is rocking out to the music.
1:00 AM: Erica told Ali she feels as though Hamza is going to come after the red room. Ali agreed. Erica said they will have the numbers as long as there aren’t two people from the red room nominated at the end of the week. Ali thinks that is going to happen. She said she is scared. Ali attempted to get some info out of Hamza. She mentioned that he is probably thinking of nominating Olivia. Hamza said she doesn’t know his plan. When Ali said she is trying to figure it out, Hamza said he can’t tell her since it’s going to be a surprise. Hamza explained that whoever gets nominated is a cover up for his plan. Hamza once again assured Ali that she will be safe. Ali said she is going to wake up tomorrow and change the way that she plays the game. She talked about feeling guilty for not trying to vibe with Merron just because of what others said about him. She said that’s probably why she didn’t get off to a good start with Veronica either.

 Live Feed Updates: Friday, March 16th (8)

March 16, 2018

 Live Feed Updates: Friday, March 16th (8)
9:15 PM BBT Johnny, Maddy, Paras, Jesse, Will, Ronnie in the white br. Random small talk. Discussion of how fans pull stuff off the feeds and distribute it. Stuff that happens in the house follows you into the real world. They all say they haven’t watched live feeds, but Ronnie says now that she’s been on the show, she would. Ronnie asks if they heard how Merron spelled ‘endurance’ in the comp. They all laugh and say yes, but never reveal how he misspelled it. Will says that he’s been debating how much trouble they’d get in if they quit the handcuff thing. Ronnie tells him he’ll be a HN and she’ll be there sprawling in the bed by herself. They make fun of Ronnie not knowing the difference between the stove and the oven. They laugh at Will always saying, “Veronica, behave!” Will starts singing In the Jungle, the room joins in and BB shuts them down. Up in the HoH room, Hamza is telling Kaela about his relationship with Carolyn. He says he’d love to see Carolyn in some of these comps because she beats him at everything. They talk about Derek and Kaela’s relationship. She says she’s always trying to push him to go harder because she likes being competitive. He says lots of times yesterday he wanted to quit in that comp last night, but Ronny kept him going by yelling at him. Kaela tells Hamza how much she likes Derek. Hamza jokes he’s going to tell Derek that; she says he can go ahead because she tells him all the time.
9:30 PM BBT Jesse comes to the HoH room. He says he’s unhandcuffed because he has to go to the washroom. Hamza has Jesse call Derek up so he can play matchmaker. Derek comes in and asks what’s up. Hamza tells Kaela to tell him what they had talked about. Kaela says she likes him, Hamza cam talks that they’re falling in love. Derek kisses Kaela. Hamza says they can have the HoH bed for one night, if they change the sheets. Kaela says they can’t because they’re in the catacombs. She then brings up that her mom and dad are watching. Kaela tells her mom that she’ll like him. Kaela says she doesn’t know how she got this lucky. Hamza says love is a beautiful thing. Hamza says the secret’s out now and they can love each other even more. He wants Carolyn to put this on Twitter. They talk about double dating once they’re out of the house. Ronnie and Will come in, and they tell them that they’re having a talk show right now. Hamza talks about Ronnie and WIll’s relationship. “Who do you think will say I love you, first?” Will points at Ronnie and says she already has. Will says she’s already started speaking Newfanese. Talk turns back to what will happen after the finale. Ronnie says it will be cool to be recognized when this is over. Ronnie says she and will took the showmance quiz today; Kaela says people will be amused she and Derek came in last. They talk about the way Will speaks; Hamza says he uses “Jesus” in every second sentence. Hamza tells them they’ll laugh when they watch that competition they played today. Feeds briefly cut at 9:42 Derek asks Hamza if the talks are going okay so far. Hamza says he’s spoken to people for three hours straight so he’s taking a break from it once he’s done with them. They say their talk was 70% personal and 30% game. Feeds cut.
9:45 PM BBT Feeds back. Hamza talking about they couldn’t find the blender cap, and tried something else and it went everywhere. I think they’re talking about Merron when they say he’s hilarious, but he’s a bit of a moron, “in a good way. We laugh with him.” Feeds cut 9:48
9:51 PM BBT Feeds back. Paras and Jesse are now in Hamza’s HoH room; Daela leave. Derek asks if people have been talking his ear off all day and Hamza says it’s been crazy. He tells Paras she wanted to talk, so talk. She says that it’s difficult with Jesse there. Jesse says they’re on the same page, so he doesn’t see the need to leave. Paras asks if Hamza has his mind made up right now. Jesse asks who Paras #1 target is and she tells him to go to the BR. He leaves. Paras says she doesn’t know where Jesse stands so she didn’t want to talk in front of him. She says she’s down with whatever he wants as long as it involves the other room. They shake on it. She tells him she wants him to shake things up and he should play his game. She says Daela seem like they want to work with them, but if Hamza wants to take a shot, she’s good with it. She says no one from the red room has spoken game to her at all, so she’s good with any of them leaving. Hamza says that Liv will be one nominee but he won’t reveal the other. Paras brings up how sketchy Ryan’s being. Hamza says he knows, but right now he’s not a threat. Paras tells him she’s worried that if Ali and LIv don’t go up together she’s worried they’ll both stay and come after them. Hamza tells her to trust him. She leaves so Jesse can speak to Hamza alone. Jesse says she doesn’t have to leave, but she insists. Jesse says that Ali, Liv and Ryan are all targets as far as he’s concerned. Jesse says he doesn’t mind the newbies anymore. Jesse says Ronnie is working well, Hamza says that he would never put her up as she gave him this HoH.
10:00 PM BBT Feeds out 3 & 4 are up William and Hamz are chatting. William is wondering why he was on slop. William feels like he and Hamz are in a good place. Jesse walked in the HOH room.
10:03 PM BBT -10:15 PM BBT Feeds down.
10:30 PM BBT Derek and Jonny are in the white room chatting. Johnny and Derek say that Erica doesn’t talk game with them. Johnny said he has good relationships with people. Doesn’t want to hurt people’s game because he likes them. Feels like playing the game is bad and looks bad. Derek said that communication is important. Derek said Kaela has different cues when she is listening to a conversation. Johnny said it’s a big week. Feeds out.
10:45 PM BBT -11:29 PM BBT Feeds Down
11:30 PM BBT Cam 3 comes up, Ali is using the water bottle to roll out Olivia’s thigh in the red room. Then moves on to the Gluteus maximus while Johnny makes jokes. Everyone leaves the HOH room. Erica comes out of Dr and says WE are free and comes running upstairs to let everyone know the Cuffs are done! They didn’t realize how hard it would be and how everyone would have a break down.(Well Erica). BB said to stop talking about production and the pantry is open. Marom and Derek are making something quick with slop. Marron is alone in the kitchen thinking what he wants to make. Looking at what he can have with slop. Victoria and Will are talking in the Pantry. She is sad she wasn’t in the HOH comp. She calls Will her house hubby. Then flirts with him.
11:45 PM BBT In the HOH room, Erica, Hamz, Ryan, and Kaela are chatting about some houseguests personality. Haz was happy to see his family video. Feeds go out. Erica said that Robin looked hot the other day. BB says don’t talk about production. Derek walks into the HOH room. Erica said he looks beat. But Looks too pretty to be beat up.

 Live Feed Updates: Friday, March 16th (7)

March 16, 2018

 Live Feed Updates: Friday, March 16th (7)
8:15 PM BBT Hamza tells Johnny he’s going to be surprised at the nomination ceremony. He says that everyone should be on the edge of their seats because he’s not telling anyone they’re going up. Johnny asks if he’s worried about the reactions and Hamza says no. There’s nothing to be worried about. He says what will be will be and if someone wants to come at him, it’s part of the game. Johnny asks if there’s a backdoor plan and Hamza says if the opportunity to backdoor a big player comes up, he’d be stupid not to do it. Hamza asks Johnny if he wins Veto, will he do what Hamza asks him to. Johnny says that that shouldn’t be a problem. Johnny says he doesn’t expect to be picked for Veto because he’s played in all of them. Hamza tells Johnny that production asked him to do something earlier (I think pick HNs) and he refused to do it. Then he said that he was the worst host ever, and was very pissy with everyone. Hamza says he just wants Carolyn to look at him at the end of this and tell him she’s proud of the way he played the game, and that he stayed true to himself. Hamza and Johnny speculate that tomorrow will be the noms, veto pick, and veto. BB calls them out for talking about production. Johnny says when he was HoH there wasn’t any game talk with him really. Hamza says Ryan is afraid he’s going to be nominated, and Hamza says maybe he should be. He is again reiterating that no one is truly safe, and says Johnny can act worried. Johnny says he does a good job of acting worried even when he knows he’s safe. The discuss Hamza asking to be nominated last week; Johnny says it was a bold move. Hamza says it wasn’t because he was fairly certain that he could beat Andrew in any competition. They discuss how sore they are after last night’s competition. Hamza says that he wants to win tomorrow; Johnny asks if he means the Veto and Hamza tells him he always wants to win. He says he will never throw a comp. Hamza says that Veto comps are usually competitions you can take into your own hands. Johnny asks if he’s talked to Erica and Hamza says they’ve talked a little but it’s difficult to talk while she’s attached to Merron. Hamza plays with the ball he got in his HoH basket.
8:30 PM BBT Will and Ronnie come in to use the HoH bathroom. Hamza tells Johnny not to worry, that he’s got him. He asks Johnny if he wants to win tomorrow and Johnny says yes. He tells Johnny to never throw a comp because everyone will know. Hamza says that he can’t do a puzzle to save his life. Johnny says he’s happy Hamza won, and he’s eager to have the house shook up. Hamza says it’s weird to go from being on the block to HoH in an hour. Johnny says that he can see the kiss marks on Carolyn’s photo. He asks Hamza if he slept with her picture last night and he says he did. Johnny tells him that his sensitivity has surprised quite a few people in the house. Johnny says he has a sensitive side, too. Johnny asks if he’s going to eat supper or if the Wendy’s filled him up. Hamza said that he didn’t eat much of his order because he wanted the HNs to be able to have what was left. In the white BR Jesse and Paras are in bed talking. He’s running his fingers through her hair and she says it’s so nice. He says she’s got so much hair.She asks if he’s seen her hair curly yet and he says he doesn’t think so. Paras says that Ali is so smart; she was trying to get Paras to pick Jesse’s brain about what Hamza thinks. They both agree she’s pretty smart. Will and Veronica come in and said that they just agreed being in bed is the best plan. The are working together to try and make their bed. Ronnie doesn’t understand why they need to do a perfect job when they’re just going to be getting into it. She says she’s in the Big Brother House, not in the army cadets. Ronnie tells Jesse and Paras it’s funny the number of people commenting that they must be in love. They knew that was coming. Ronnie says that she’s done making the bed and lies on it; Will makes her get up and straighten it out. Daela come into the white room. Derek asks who has talked to Hamza so far. Will says they can’t because they’re joined together. They say Johnny is in there right now, but all agree that Ryan is in there every five minutes. Paras says that Ryan has followed them all over the house. Derek asks who they’ve all said they want nominated. Ronnie says that Liv is a huge target.
8:45 PM BBT Ronnie says that Liv is Hamza’s number one target. Paras says that they want Ali and Liv up against each other so that they can be guaranteed to get one of them out. Ronnie says she agrees, but they would have to get Hamza to think that way. They agree that they all need to be bugging Hamza until noms that it needs to be Ali and Liv. They say they need to counteract Ryan’s influence. Will says he wouldn’t mind seeing Ryan put up with Liv. Will says he doesn’t know where Hamza’s head is at. He says he and Ronnie are going in to talk with him soon. Ronnie says Hamza promised her she has 50% say in who is nominated. Even though they know Hamza doesn’t want to do what the house wants, they still think it’s a good idea to bombard him with putting up Ali and Liv and having Ryan as a replacement nominee. They continue to talk about how sketchy Ryan is. He’s trying to be buddy-buddy with everyone this week because he doesn’t have anyone. Ronnie tells them not to share this convo with the other side. Random “we’re better than they are” talk; talking over each other. Ryan can’t be trusted. They want Liv gone this week, Ryan gone next week. Ronnie says she’ll never trust a word that comes out of Ryan’s mouth. They say he’s a dictator. They say he’s phoney. Ronnie says people are lying and being condescending and she’s sick of it and she’s ready to see them go. Johnny comes in and says he’s done with Hamza if someone wants to go in there. Ronnie says she’s not going because she can’t say a word with Will there.
9:00 PM BBT Paras says she can’t trust anyone who put up his best friend and then sends him home. They all agree Ryan was upset that no one gave Andrew a sympathy vote. More bashing of Ryan. Ronnie says that she feels like there’s so many of them, she thinks it’s inevitable one of them will win HoH next week. More bashing of Ryan. Will says he can’t wait until they can get out of the handcuffs. Ronnie says it’s not much different than usual, except Will can’t push her away and tell her she’s getting up in his grill. Johnny puts aloe vera on Ronnie and tells her he just wiped his nose. They all have a good laugh when he says no, it’s aloe vera. Paras says that she’s going to have Jesse sleep in the bed with her and Maddy and Ronnie protest it. They tell Paras she can go sleep in Jesse’s room. Ronnie says that they’re going to need to prevent people moving into the white room as people leave, or there will be a disproportionate number in the white room. The handcuffed couples are discussing how they’ll possibly sleep tonight. Will says surely they’ll let them out of the handcuffs or their wrists will be tore up. Ronnie asks what time everyone thinks it is. Will says six, but most everyone agrees it’s at least eight. Johnny says he likes sleeping in the catacombs. They discuss the techniques they used in the comp last night. They say for the size of them, Johnny and Will did pretty good. They talk about hearing, “We’re done with the shits and fucks,” from BB earlier today. Ryan comes in to get changed. They talk about when they figure finale will be

 Live Feed Updates: Friday, March 16th (6)

March 16, 2018

 Live Feed Updates: Friday, March 16th (6)
7:15 PM BBT He is telling her that Veronica will be cool for a bit. Ali says she ignored her the first 4 days she was here so she doesn’t know where she stands with her. He is advising Ali to lay low. Big Brother tells Veronica to put it mic on. Hamaz tells Ali that the Red Room has been feeling pretty safe and he wants to shake things up. She says he got pretty tight with Erica since they were both in the catacombs. She is telling him what Ryan told her last week about Kaela and Derek throwing her name under the bus. She said that made her think where do I really stand with them. Hamaz said you can’t plan 4 5 6 weeks down the road it changes daily. Hamaz said it would have been smart to keep Andrew over someone else. She asks if by chance she does play and win the veto does he want her to use it. He tells her that will depend if you want to finally start playing the game. He says we will see. Ali leaves and says she will send in the next person. Ali goes to find Olivia to tell her that he knows they are close and to not align herself to closely with the red room. Olivia goes in to the HOH to talk to him. She says she is going to keep it short instead of blowing smoke up his ass. She says I know we haven’t talked a lot and we are not the best of friends, she says I just want to know if I a going up to know before hand. He agrees to do that. She tells him that as far as she knows this week was suppose to get one of the newbies out. He says he doesn’t think noms will be tonight. He says he will let everyone know. She starts listing traits that maybe threats to her. She says for her it is people like Maddy because she is smart and people are overlooking her.
7:30 PM BBT Olivia leaves and heads to the washroom. In the red bedroom Ali and Maddy are talking about the fact that she trust Olivia. Ali tells her that she does trust her but doesn’t want people to know they are close. Johnny and Olivia are in the washroom where Johnny says he just can’t figure it out. Olivia agrees and says yes a true wild card this week. She says her talk is what it is. Olivia comes into the red bedroom to change her top so Johnny leaves while she does. She continues to repeat what she said to Hamaz. Ali says she is going to trust him. Ali tells her she thinks he is targeting the red room. Ali says she doesn’t trust these 3. She says the fact that our names my for sure and I am pretty sure these 3 are dropping it.
7:45 PM BBT They are talking that they think he is thinking a backdoor. She says he thinks he is going to put one of them up because he said his plan depends on the veto. Olivia says if he tries to get Jesse or Derek out Kaela will be more loyal. The best would be to get Derek out first as that would kill 2 birds with one stone. In the Storage room Jesse and Paras who are handcuffed together are looking for something to eat. They are building sandwiches in the kitchen. They are glad the pantry ( storage room) is full. Jesse says he is glad that there is lots of fruit. In the White Room telling Maddy about being in the bubble bath Olivia came in into the HOH Room and started throwing your name out as she thinks you are just going to slip thru the cracks. In the HOH Room Hamza and Ryan are talking about Maddy. Ryan is asking him if Maddy told them what they were talking about. He says Paras him William Maddy and Ronnie were talking and agreed that whoever you say goes goes. He says all ideas will come to you. Ryan says we had a long talk last night, he says they decided if they can win next week they have the numbers. Hamza says if the next one is a double he can’t play in the first and it will be a true or false which he is happy he won’t have to participate in.
8:00 PM BBT Hamza and Ryan talking in HoH. Ryan is trying to convince Hamza that if they have a split vote this week, it will benefit them all. Hamza says he’s going to continue keeping people in the dark; he expects jaws to drop at the nomination ceremony. Ryan says any of the names that Hamza has mentioned, he is good with them leaving. Hamza tells Ryan about his talk with Liv. Ryan says that she’s incredibly smart. He says Erica, Liv and Kaela are all dangerous. Ryan says Erica is trying to play him and he’s going to let her think it’s working. Ryan says he’s going to act scared and Hamza agrees that would be a good idea. Talk turns again to Caroline; Hamza is hoping she’s watching as this is March Break week. Hamza says that Paras said she wants to talk to him, but he says that won’t happen because she’s handcuffed to Jesse. Hamza asks about the nomination ceremony itself, and Ryan says it’s cool. Ryan leaves, and Hamza tells Ryan not to send anyone in there. Hamza cam talks saying that everyone wants to talk to you when you’re HoH. He then speaks directly to Carolyn. Will and Veronica and Jesse and Paras are in the kitchen trying to make something to eat while handcuffed together. Back in the HoH room, Johnny has come to talk to Hamza. Hamza asks him who he trusts, etc. Johnny says the alliances are dangerous, and he doesn’t think he’s in any kind of alliance. He says he feels like he’s good with people. His fear is he’s going to be left out or cast off to the side unless the alliances start to break apart and he can team up with them. Johnny says he knows there’s a red room vs white room war but he came late to the red room, so he has a door to them. Hamza says that Johnny shouldn’t stress about it. He tells him that no one has dropped his name or said anything bad about him, but they’re afraid of him in competitions. Johnny says he’s worried about being backdoored and Hamza tells him he won’t do that. Johnny says he meant in general. Hamza tells him he has a few things he’ll tell them. He asks Johnny if he has any people he’d like to see on the block; Johnny says no. Hamza asks him what he’d do if he were in his position. Johnny tells Hamza to do what he wants and not let others influence him. Hamza said he’s got a couple of targets and he wants to see either or them go. Johnny says if the house stays as a united group, it will be the end of the game. Hamza tells him that he’s going to draw a line in the sand. Hamza says he’s hoping he doesn’t piss people off and then have his plan not work the way he wants. He says if he changes plans, Johnny will know about it and be a part of it. Hamza says he doesn’t stress about things and he’s pretty stubborn. Johnny asks if he’s had his plan for a long time and Hamza says that he’s had it for a while. He says he wants to take out someone BIG this week.

 Live Feed Updates: Friday, March 16th (5)

March 16, 2018

 Live Feed Updates: Friday, March 16th (5)
5:00 PM BBT Feeds are down
5:15 PM BBT Feeds come back with Kaela and Derek talking. Derek is saying he will talk to him tomorrow. Hamza shared his meal with Derek and shared the rest with the have nots. Ryan told Hamaz his room is open. Erica and Merron are sitting on one of the sofas in the living room with Ryan and Merron on the same sofa. Feeds go back down(5:20 PM BBT)
5:30 PM BBT- 6:00 PM BBT Feeds still down
6:10 PM BBT Feeds return and all HG are outside having general conversation. Erica and Merron are talking about the Have Not Comp They are handcuffed together. Erica is telling him that he seemed like the kind of guy that would take a women out to a nice dinner. Merron asks her what she would do Erica tells him yea I’d do a dinner. He then asks her how long in advance would Jesse tells Hamaz what they were told before he came out. He said we were not to tell you in was a Have Not Comp. The HGS seem to be locked out of the house. Hamaz says he didn’t know what he was picking for. Ryan tells him it is what it is. He also told him that he picked 3 of the couples that they have been talking about. Hamaz said if he had known then he would have made it funny. Ryan says we thought half of us would be the audience and the other half would be whoever won would not be Have Not. Ryan is telling him about in the states some people would yell over the wall and tell the hgs stuff. He tells them they changed it. In the way out to the yard Paras and Maddy are talking about things that happened in the house. They say they felt bad because Merron ended up mooning Canada. They then decided that the feeds would have not been on. They both hope they get to play in the POV Comp. The hgs that are outside are really loud so they say they are staying right there as they are cold. Veronica and William come in handcuffed together saying they are going to the HOH Room to have a bubble bath. Still outside are Olivia Ali who are sharing a smoke. Olivia is asking her when she became a smoker. Johnny Hamaz Merron are out there as well. The girls Ali and Olivia are smoking and saying it is making them light headed, Olivia asks her what is it that you mix with tobacco. The feeds leave them. Erica is saying I barely know you do you hate me she is talking to Merron.
6:30 PM BBT They are talking about meeting everyone’s partners outside of the house. Hamaz said the first time he sees Caroline for the first time. Merron says he needs that type of love. He yells out his instagram he says it is merronh. William and Veronica come out into the backyard, they ask Hamaz if they can use his bathtub later. Veronica says when we all got the question wrong and Feeds go down again.
6:45 PM BBT Feeds are down again
7:00 PM BBT Feeds come back with Maddy talking to Hamaz. Hamaz says Olivia is one on is target and so is someone else. Maddy tells her that she doesn’t want to be seen as a threat and she is very jealous of Jesse and Paras. Maddy says do you think Olivia is a threat. He tells her that people like her make it far in this game. Maddy says Olivia plays thinking that there are bigger players than her. He is telling her she is safe. He is not putting anyone from the white room. Ryan says it doesn’t matter who I talk to I know where I sleep. Maddy is saying she will call her to come in. She is going to tell Ali to come in as she is sitting outside watching who comes in and out. Hamaz is talking to Caroline thru the camera saying he hopes she knows the game plan. Veronica and William come in to use the bath tub. They ask to use his ipad while in there. Ali is lying on the bed in the HOH Room. The feeds keep cutting in and out. Hamaz is telling her she is not going on the block, but he is telling her to tell them if they ask to say she is worried. She is telling him that he can trust her, she will be honest with them. He is telling her that people have mentioned her name as a possible target. He is telling her that he isn’t going to do what the house wants. He says he has told me he is not putting her up. He tells her that he has a bigger plan but he needs to win Veto. Ali asks why people are throwing her name out. He says they are saying because she is close to Olivia. Ali says she feels she can trust Erica and William. She says she feels that Daela is dropping her name. She says she can trust Paras but isn’t sure about Maddy. She said she is trying to figure out what side to stay on. He suggest she stay on Will side. He tells her that today you can trust someone but tomorrow you may not. He tells him you hang with who you want. If I tell you Olivia is a target and you stay away then you are seen as not loyal. He tells her shit is going to happen but to act like you don’t care. She tells him she puts a lot of trust in Johnny but she isn’t sure.

 Live Feed Updates: Friday, March 16th (4)

March 16, 2018

 Live Feed Updates: Friday, March 16th (4)
10:30 AM BBT-2:00 PM BBT Feeds down
2:00 PM BBT At this time, the feeds are down.
2:35 PM BBT Feeds have return and Jesse with Paras sitting on the coach in the LR whispering and they are shocked and saying that “she” didn’t try hard enough. Paras is saying that you do not go on the show and based things on just looks. Apparently, they are talking about Olivia and the showmances in the house. Erica and Johnny seem to be pair together per Jesse and Paras. Their chatting is so low to the point of really having a hard time to hear them. Paras is saying to Jesse that they have to be careful with their alliances. Paras is saying that Ryan is very sketchy as well as Olivia as it seems like she could be a target for an eviction. Minutes later, we have William and Veronica comes and join Paras and Jesse in the LR as they are both handcuffed to each other.
2:45 PM BBT Both handcuffed couples are have walked away which are Veronica and Will as well as Paras and Jesse. And We have now Veronica with Will up in the White Room where he is changing his shirt and she is saying to him that they will be up close and personal for a while and that right now comps are important if you do not want to be on slop. Both of them have temporarily separated as Will is using the restroom.
3:00 PM BBT Most of the HG are now in the HOH room where Will and Veronica are telling them that he cannot change his shirt because of the handcuffs. Feeds have gone down again for a a couple of minutes to return back in the kitchen where we have Will/Veronica and Jesse/Paras chatting about how to handle certain daily task while attached together. Veronica is saying that Will had a hard time choosing his answer during the comp. In the HOH room, we have some HG talking about how after the comp, things didn’t turn out the way they wanted as Will/Veronica and Hamz are chatting. As they are whispering, Veronica is saying that it is very good for that group to be on slop so it will weaken them and do poorly on the competition! Hamz and Will are talking about Derek and trying to put Kaela up and Veronica will make sure Kaela is not going to have a chance to win the comp. Veronica thinks that Kaela likes Derek more than the other way around. Will , Veronica and Hamz is discussing the idea of putting Kaela and Olivia up.
3:20 PM BBT Feeds are not available and are out.
3:45 PM BBT No feeds for the time being.
4:00 PM BBT – 4:45 PM BBT Feeds are down

 Live Feed Updates: Friday, March 16th (3)

January 01, 2020

 Live Feed Updates: Friday, March 16th (3)
9:15 AM BBT Erica and Hamza talking in the storage room. Hamza said he talked to the camera forever, and he hopes that the messages are being received. Erica says that she’s sure she’s watching whenever she can. Hamza says that he just wants to hold her. Derek comes in, Erica leaves, and Hamza says that his legs are so sore from the comp last night he can barely make it up and down the stairs. They bemoan the fact that there’s nothing to eat. Up in the WR, Maddy, Johnny and Liv are grooming for the day. Down in the kitchen, there is random small talk about food. Up in the white br, Ryan is talking to Merron. Ryan is telling Merron how to play his game. He tells him that they will keep him in the loop, despite him being in the other room. Veronica tells Merron they need him and his vote. Ryan tells him to keep in mind that when they say white room, it includes him. Merron says that the red room is surrounding Hamza right now, and Ryan says that of course they are because they want to tell him what to do with his power. Ryan leaves, and they discuss their nicknames for each other. Merron talking about how it’s no wonder Will and Veronica get called out for sleeping and asks if they plan on getting up today.
9:30 AM BBT Will says he wonders who’s down kissing Hamza’s ass. Merron says it’s ridiculous, that they’re just surrounding him. Merron says he doesn’t like being around them; he just doesn’t like talking to them. Merron says that he’ll let them get back to resting and Will says he’s going to get up and shower in about ten minutes. Veronica asks if this is the same house, just redecorated, or if it’s a whole new set. Merron leaves and Veronica says she feels like she’s hungover and Will agrees that is a good description. Will rants about Ryan and says he needs to come down because he doesn’t speak for him.Veronica agrees and says Ryan treats them like children. Will says they brought him into their group, not the other way around, so he can calm down. Veronica says that she’s going to leave the room if they come into it. She says she can’t be fake and she can’t play dumb, so she’s just going to distance herself from some people. Will says it’s time to get up and get ready. He says that he needs a haircut and Veronica says he should have got one when everyone else did. Will says there’s no way he’d let Andrew cut his hair; he’d end up looking like a Tomb Raider. Maddy comes in and tells them Ali is working out by herself and Liv said she’s going to put makeup on today, in case she gets nominated. Out in the lounge, Johnny, Merron and Ryan are talking when Hamza is called to the DR. Merron asks what that means, and Ryan said, “Catacombs here I come.” Will emerges from the BR and heads to the WR to groom. Veronica joins them on the couch. Random chit chat about being tired and sore.
9:45 AM BBT Cams 3&4 on Ali working out in the HoH room. Cams 1&2 on Veronica, Johnny and Ryan talking in the lounge area. Hamza walks by and the cams follow him. Veronica comments on it and Ryan says it’s one thing you become accustomed to as HoH is the cams following you. BB calls them out and then Ryan tells Johnny to fix his mic. The talk about Nikki and how they’re grateful they are not in the house with her. Ryan explains who Nikki is to Veronica and why she’d be terrible to live with. Ryan says he has no idea what Hamza’s going to do, but he feels he’s safe this week. Veronica tells him he is. Talk turns to HNs and whether or not there will be a comp this week. Merron rejoins them. They talk about Ali working out by herself in the HoH room. Talk turns to Biggie and how hold he was when he died. Merron says he wonders what the process is once you’re evicted. Veronica says she knows and BB tells them to stop talking about production. Discussion about whether or not there’s going to be a battle back comp. Ryan speculates that next week would be a DE and then there would be a battle back between those four. Merron says there may not be a BB as he and Veronica joined the house. Ryan says he doesn’t know and it doesn’t bother him one way or another. Veronica asks if Ryan tried out for before, he says that he tried every single season. 10:57 AM BBT Feeds cut.
10:05 AM BBT Erica is getting ready, Olivia is dry shaving, and Kaela is braiding her hair in the WR, Paras and Maddie in the bedroom talking about how rude and concerned they are for one of the other girls. Paras is concerned about being a HN so shes planning to stuff her face. Johnny, Ryan, Maddy, and Merron are all up on the couches outside the HOH, Sounds like they are about to be in an HOH lockdown, they speculate it being a HN comp. They couldn’t be so lucky to get HOH picks again. They say that the TV doesn’t say NOMINATIONS TODAY and for sure by now it would, but would they say Have Not comp up there? Merron and Maddie try to talk about favorite tv shows but STOP TALKING ABOUT PRODUCTION so they move onto sports, and music.
10:15 AM BBT In the WR Kaela & Derek are hanging out watching Erica and Olivia and Veronica get ready. YOU WILL BE LOCKED IN THE HOH ROOM IN 10 MIN. They are talking about Veronicas braids and if she can take them out. PLEASE STOP TALKING ABOUT PRODUCTION. They point out a spot on Derek and he says he thinks it was the HT and feeds cut quickly. Meanwhile on the couches outside HOH Jesse has joined Merron, and Maddie. They are talking about Erica being safe this week, is it just from noms or HN as well? They talk about the clouds on the ceiling and what they look like. Feeds in WR return, Kaela and Derek discuss why he hurts and wants a good night sleep. He hopes it’s not a comp for HN. They speculate why the HOH lockdown, Hn comp, game, activity, they head down to grab the water bottle so they are back up n ready so they get more than a Stool once HOH opens. Paras, Will and Veronica are down in the kitchen eating. Veronica asks Will what his cologne is, then conversation swaps to Veronicas food and how she doesn’t feel good, her body aches and nauseated. Will heads up to get a decent spot, Paras and Veronica talk about Ali not making her own breakfast, She comes down, to get it and they are polite, but make sideways comments about her food. She heads up to the HOH and the others says how Ryan is getting in Hamz head and it sucks. They want Ryan out because he is a rat. They say if they are on the same team for HN they are going hard, neither of them want to be a hn. Veronica helps her to Carry all her plates upstairs.
10:30 AM BBT All HG are officially upstairs and feeds are out.

Live Feed Updates: Friday, March 16th (2)

March 16, 2018

 Live Feed Updates: Friday, March 16th (2)
8:15 AM BBT All HGs sleeping. Lights on in BR. Ryan up getting dressed. “Good morning HGs. Time to wake up.” Second wakeup call. Cam switches to Ryan in HoH room with Hamza. He tells him it doesn’t say “Noms today.” on the monitor, yet. He says they’ll talk later and continues on with battery replacements.
8:30 AM BBT Cams on Maddy and Paras in bed. Random small talk about pain levels. Maddy says that it’s “Noms today…probably.” Down in the kitchen Ryan and Olivia and Johnny talking as Olivia prepares breakfast for them. Ryan asks what was going on in their br last night as they were loud. Johnny explains they were being silly, and thought they saw faces behind the mirrors. Ryan said Maddy was freaking out saying she didn’t want to be scared. Johnny says his neck feels like he was in a car accident. Liv says her knee really hurts this morning. They eat their breakfast. Up in the white br, Will and Paras are still in bed and Maddy is gathering her things for the day. The rooster crows. They all say how sore they are from the comp last night. Paras says the names they came up with are so funny. In the red br, Erica is apologizing as she’s having problems opening the door. Jesse called to the DR. Cam stays with Erica as she makes her way to the WR to groom for the day.
8:45 AM BBT In the white br again, Will says he is freezing. Maddy and Paras are talking about the nicknames they came up with last night Veronica says if she takes her braids out today and BB makes her put them back in, she’ll be upset. Maddy says that they’re probably done with it. They say that they have to let Hamza make his decision, and Paras agrees but says Hamza, not Ryan. Maddy and Veronica say they should stay calm this week. Maddy says that Ali better not follow her around today. Paras says she’d ask her how come she wants to be friends now. “Just go away.” BB: “Veronica, the pantry is now open.” Paras tells her that was directed at her so she better go. Veronica jumps up, gets dressed and heads out the door. Paras tells Will Daela isn’t coming for them, at least not for a while. Will says he hopes they can backdoor Derek this week, as he’s the stronger competitor. Paras says she’s heard that Ryan has a F2 with Ali, so she’s sketched out whenever he suggests saving her. Will called to the DR. Veronica comes back and Will asks if there’s anything good down there. Veronica says maybe, so he asks if there’s any food. She says no. Paras and Olivia whispering about Ryan and how they don’t trust him. Veronica says that Ryan may be with them now, but she’s worried he’ll flip and vote with the other side. Paras is still ranting about Ryan suggesting that Ali should be safe. Veronica says she’s going to tell Hamza that she wants Ali on the block. Paras says she is not happy that Ryan has told them that none of them should talk to Hamza except him. They agree that they’re going to talk to Hamza regardless. Paras rants again about Ryan suggesting Ali could be a number for them. Will comes in and says there’s no sense getting up as the pantry is locked, the backyard is locked and there’s no food. He crawls back into bed.
9:00 AM BBT Down in the kitchen Olivia, Erica and Ryan are talking about whether or not noms are today. Liv suggests that today may be a HN challenge and noms would be tomorrow. Ryan says that they’ll probably get stuck on a bad team. Ryan says that the veto comp tomorrow should be the Paddy O’Veto. Merron joins them in the kitchen, and talk turns to the lactose-free milk purchased for Ryan and the only milk left in the house. He says he doesn’t want to finish is and Erica and Merron tell him that if people didn’t care about using the regular milk, he shouldn’t worry about finishing his milk. Ryan says that there’s only a half cup left of his milk, so that wouldn’t be enough for a smoothie. He then sees that the yoghurt is lactose-free, so he decides he will make one. Up in the white br, Paras, Will and Veronica are still lounging in bed. Paras says it’s her birthday in three days. Paras says she may be getting sick from going to bed sweating and waking up freezing. “What are you doing to me, Big Brother?” Paras says she’s so happy to be in this room; Veronica says that she is, too. She says that if she had ended up in the other room, they’d have been fake to her and she’d have been fake back. She says the people in the white br are truly angels. Veronica called to the DR. Will says it’s probably time to cover her tattoo. She leaves and Paras and Will are silent. Down in the kitchen, Erica, Derek and Kaela, Jesse, Merron and Ryan are eating/preparing food. Random speculation about whether or not there will be a HN comp. Hamza joins them and says he didn’t fall asleep until really night. Hamza said he woke up freezing a couple of times. Talk turns to whether or not noms are today, as the monitor doesn’t say it.

Live Feed Updates: Friday, March 16th (1)

March 16, 2018

Live Feed Updates: Friday, March 16th (1)

12 :00 AM BBT Veronica tells Johnny he can get a really small tattoo somewhere that no one sees. He says maybe his ankle. She says he can get one on his butt. He says no. Talk switches to basketball. They continue to talk about various subjects, like baseball, bed wetting and doing commercials for Big Brother. White bedroom camera switches to red bedroom where Derek, Kaela, Ali and Olivia are. They are wondering if it is time for bed. Olivia and Ali leave to go the the bathroom and to find something to eat. Kaela says she is trying too hard after Ali leaves. Derek tells Kaela that Hamz basically called him and just talked casual with him. Kaela tells Derek that Veronica wants to put up Ali and Olivia but Ali would be her target.
1:00-2:00 AM: Hamza told Merron and Ryan that the reason he wants to nominate Olivia is because she told Maddy to block him in the HoH competition so that he couldn’t get to his fruits. As for Ali, Hamza said she will owe them one if the protect her. Ryan said any of Derek, Kaela, or Olivia going is just fine. He suggested that Olivia is more dangerous long term than the showmance is. Hamza said he wants to put Kaela and Olivia up so that Kaela and Derek have to scramble a bit. Hamza said Kaela and Jesse will be lost if Derek goes. Merron said those two would then get close. Hamza said Jesse would come to them. Ryan said he will never trust Jesse. Hamza said it’s a done deal that Derek, Kaela, or Olivia will be going home this week. Once Ryan left, Merron asked if he will be a have-not. Hamza said yes but told him that he will pick him to get the Wendy’s meal. Merron asked Hamza to explain why Olivia is more dangerous than the showmance. Hamza said Olivia is a marathon runner, she is throwing every competition, she is lingering around, trying to get in good with everyone, and she will slide to the end. Merron argued that those types of players will always lose at the end. Hamza said they will have their choice of who to send home if she is up next to Derek or Kaela. Merron told Hamza that he is the only person he trusts 100%. He added that he trusts Veronica as well. Hamza said he doesn’t trust her but he keeps his enemies close. Hamza mentioned hyping Veronica up by saying he won the competition because of her. Hamza thinks she will annoy everyone by rubbing it in, while he is just chilling.

 Live Feed Updates: Thursday, March 15th (5)

March 15, 2018

 Live Feed Updates: Thursday, March 15th (5)
11:45 AM BBT – 8:00 PM BBT Feeds Down
8:00 PM BBT -8:45 PM BBT Feeds down for show
9:00 PM BBT-10:00 PM BBT Feeds still down
10:02 PM BBT Feeds come on with Veronica and Erica talking Olivia is there as well. Veronica is saying that she is glad she got to prove herself coming in late. They are wondering what time they can go to bed. Erica says tomorrow is going to be crazy with everyone will be rotating thru Hamza room. HAMAZ IS HOH . They are excited about the Hasbro Game they got. Erica is repeating what Andrew was saying before he got evicted. Meanwhile in the White Room Maddy is having a moment where she is talking to herself and the camera. She says she can do it but she isn’t sure how. Meanwhile back in the washroom Merron has joined Veronica. Veronica is saying she cried in the HOH Room not because of Hamaz family but because it could have been her looking at a video of her mother. Veronica says she hopes she takes the good habits home. In the living room Jesse Kaela Derek and Maddy are sitting around just having general talk or no talk Erica and Ali are talking about missing people on the outside, mainly how they are missing their partners. Johnny comes in to the kitchen saying Everyone is crying today. He says he is crying for his water bottle. Paras has joined Erica and Ali in the kitchen. Paras gets called out for her mic.
10:15 PM BBT Paras has left Olivia and Johnny have joined them. Erica says Veronica donated her drink to the little bitch club. They are talking about What Hamaz’s wife said in his video. They say that everything she said was filled with love. Erica says it is hard but you have to remember that it is to better their lives. Olivia says her sister will cry and she turns into an Alien when she cries. Johnny says He needs a chain to carry his water bottle with. Johnny says it has been a long week Ali says It is just beginning. Johnny says he could do without the bruises. Erica points out that he has been in every comp except the one where they sat on bar stools. Kaela and Derek are in the living room where Kaela is telling him that people in her everyday life thinks she is stupid and she knows she isn’t. Derek agrees with her. They decide to step outside for some fresh air. Meanwhile in the White Bedroom Veronica is talking to Maddy and Paras are talking about who would be in their own video. Veronica says William says he doesn’t want a showmance because his son is watching and he doesn’t want to hurt his son’s mom. The conversation switches toAli and they ended up as partners during the comp. They are saying they don’t really trust people in the other bedroom but they do like Johnny. They figure that there is already cracks in the Red Rooms alliance. Maddy thinks that Kaela is just as smart as she is and knows alot about the game. Maddy is saying I didn’t play with barbies when I was a kid so I’m not going to now. The camera switches to the other side now the Red Bedroom where Jesse is lying in bed Merron asks him how he is he says he is almost asleep. Merron gets called out for his mic. He says he is sorry he forgot about it again. Merron is looking for his plain red shirt.
10:30 PM BBT Out by the hot tub area Derek and Kaela are talking about who Hamaz would be putting up. He is telling her that Hamaz won’t put them up. Hamaz said he wants to put Olivia up Kaela says Ali is her closest ally. If you can’t take Olivia out take her leg out meaning Ali. Kaela says it is good that others are taking out people. Kaela thinks Jesse will do whatever Derek says. Kaela says Erica told her sometimes you work with people and sometimes you take out your friends. They agree that Johnny is liked by everyone. Kaela thinks that Paras is 100% loyal to them. Derek says he is glad that he took a good look at Veronica cause now her. Meanwhile we travel to the HOH Room where Hamaz is talking to Ryan Merron Erica are talking about movies. Hamaz says he wants to shower. They say to him that you get a shower by himself. Hamaz says he thinks watching his wife has broken him. Merron and Erica tell him to remember who he is doing it for. Ryan tells him to feel it own it and move on. He says he really likes soccer but his wife falls asleep. He says he needs to know the results of the MRI she is having. The camera switches to the White Room where Veronica and William are talking about the fact that their side needs to win again next week.
10:45 PM BBT William is telling her all the things there are. He tells her there is 67 clouds in the bathroom. William says there is 267 white roses in there room. William says he is proud that her and Hamaz won. They figure next week’s HOH Comp will be questions. They are saying it is funny he left not giving anyone a hug. William says he would never leave without giving everyone a hug. William says they are fake. Veronica says we are the misfits. They say that Merron hates it over there but it is good he is there as he is there ears. He thinks that Olivia will be mean next week being on slop and on the block. Veronica is telling him that she tells Derek and Kaela nothing but they do tell her things to protect her game. Veronica says she won’t align with Kaela and Derek because she would always be voted out. Veronica and William are telling Maddy that they are the misfits. They decide to have a symbol for when they vote to evict The camera has switched to the washroom where Paras and Kaela are telling each other that they will let each other know if they hear their names. Ali has joined them so the conversation changes to lashes. Ali is saying she got a pack of false eyelashes on-line for $30.00 for 80 pairs.

 Feeds Back! BBCAN6 Hamza won HOH!

March 15, 2018

 Feeds Back! BBCAN6 Hamza won HOH! He's tearing up! Ali & Will telling him that he's done a great job!

After 13 days, 2nd evictee Andrew left the bbcan6 house!

March 15, 2018

 After 13 days, 2nd evictee Andrew left the bbcan6 house!

Tonight's Show !

March 15, 2018

Tonight, 15 will become 14 when either Andrew or Hamza are evicted. But it's safe to say all of the HGs were feeling the heat this week. Let's take a look at what happened after the PoV ceremony. 

Ryan feels like his HoH has been a complete bust. He wanted to send someone out the backdoor and now he has two allies on the block. Andrew can't believe Erica did him like that. Hamza doesn't care that he's still on the block this week. The house wants Andrew out so he's just going to sit back, relax, and let the cookie crumble. 

Ryan is talking to himself and he believes he overplayed his hand. He's upstairs and he wants to see how long he'll be by himself because it will show where he stands in the house. He's a man floating around in the sea with no ship and no crewmates.

Andrew thinks things are looking good. Hamza and he are on the block together and he loves Hamza. Andrew is giving Hamza a haircut and Alejandra is in there chatting with them. Andrew says between him and Canada, it's his first time cutting hair. Hamza says even though they are on the block together, Andrew is his still his bro, it's bittersweet.

Merron is talking to Will and saying it's his third day and he's already losing his mind. Will says it's kind of white room vs. red room and he thinks Merron is in the wrong room.

Alejandra, Jesse, Kaela, Derek, and Erica are in the red room and they are saying Ryan regrets his decision because he was counting on Hamza to win PoV. Erica says there are seven people in the red bedroom and that's the house majority so whatever they say goes.

Merron and Will are still talking in the white room and he says if he won HoH he wouldn't put anyone from the white room up. He feels comfortable with Will and Will says he has his back. Arisa says we'll have more from inside the house and later we'll find out if Andrew or Hamza will be heading home. 

Erica had another decision to make this week. Big Brother gave her two tickets to an advanced screening of Tomb Raider. Who did she choose? Let's find out.

Erica has decided to take Hamza and we see them in the stretch limo on the way to see the movie. Erica asks Hamza if he's worried about not being in the house and Hamza says if Andrew is able to turn the house while he's gone then credit to him. They have their own theater complete with drinks and snacks.

The HGs are outside where it's snowing and they make a little snowman. Maddy says one minute you're wondering who is trying to stab you in the back, and the next you're hanging out together and it's actually kind of nice. Maddy is sitting outside in the snow saying she can't believe she's there and is reflecting on her experience. She says she hates playing dumb but she came here for the prize. 

We see Alejandra come out of the red rose room and go knock on the door to the white rose room and runs back to the red room. Will comes out and sees no one there. Alejandra does it again and Will comes out and asks who keeps knocking on his door. 

Ryan is talking to some of the HGs in the hot-tub, Maddy, Jesse, Derek, Paras, and Veronica and he's asking who they are voting out. Ryan wants to keep Andrew because that's the closest he has to an ally. He's trying to persuade them to keep Andrew. Ryan says Andrew will tell you who he's targeting but Hamza won't.

Ryan heads inside and Maddy says Ryan tried to make them all feel worried. Derek and Jesse says Ryan is a clown and playing too hard.

Veronica wants to have a house meeting. She's tired of Ryan making people feel like they have a target on their back and she's going to put a stop to it. She says other people want to call Ryan out, but this is her time to shine and she wants to put a target on his back. 

Veronica tells everyone it's hard for her to look people in the eye and lie to them. She tells Ryan the house consensus was to put up Andrew and send him home and Ryan has been trying to flip the house. Ryan denies it and tells us smart move by the new girl. She's smarter than he gave her credit for.

Ryan says he did what the house wanted and his reward for it was to be isolated and he feels used. Ryan tells us it's time for him to set things on fire and see if he can smoke out an alliance. 

Ryan tells Veronica he appreciates her calling him out and trying to put a target on his back, but there are people in the house who feel comfortable and they shouldn't be feeling that way. Veronica says she's not trying to beef on him and he says, "But yet you called me out in front of everyone in the house."

Arisa says things are heating up and we're about to find out who's going home.

Arisa: "We're just moments away from tonight's eviction. Here's a question for you...who has it worse, those on the block or the Have-Nots?"

Derek says it's cold in the room, there's no room, and the worst part is he doesn't get to cuddle with Kaela. Erica talks about how cold and uncomfortable it is. Jesse says it sucks when he has to get up in the middle of the night because he has to get off the tomb, over the moat, over people's heads, and out the door. Hamza says he thought he was strong, but living in the catacombs? It's not nice. 

Hamza tells us, "It's getting old every time you turn your head someone is cuddling with someone new. They have Derek and Kaela, or Daela. Veronica has a crush on Will and he has a crush on her, but he also has a crush on Paras. Olivia has a crush on Jesse and Jesse has a crush on Paras." Hamza says it's disgusting. 

We see Olivia ask Paras if she's interested in Jesse and she denies it because Olivia wants to pursue it a little bit harder. Paras says she's trying to hide what she and Jesse have from the house and she doesn't want to put a target on their backs.

We see Paras and Jesse in the red rose room talking. Paras says it puts her in an awkward position because Olivia doesn't know what's between her and Jesse and she's not going to stop hanging out with him. Olivia comes into the red room where Jesse and Paras are talking and things become very quiet. 

Andrew and Alejandra are talking on the couches and he's trying to see if he can sway her to keep him. Andrew says he came on a little too strong and they put him in the penalty box, but time isn't up for him. Andrew says if she takes Hamza out he has no choice but to align with her and it gives her another breezy week. Andrew says Hamza is lining his people up and he'd like her to give him another week. Alejandra says she'll see what she can do.

It's time to check in with the HGs and get ready for the live vote. Arisa greets the HGs and says she knows they woke up and saw something off in the kitchen. Everything in the refrigerator is wrapped in foil. They thought Big Brother did it, but it wasn't. They see themselves discovering the wrapped foods, even the eggs are individually wrapped. The Have-Nots came out and wrapped everything while the others were asleep. The HGs all laugh.

The time for fun and games is over for now. The second eviction of the vote of the season is upon us. Andrew shouts out to Toronto and says HG, sunny days everyone loves them, but tell me can you stand the rain. He tried to play his authentic game as real as he could. But all he got was fake love. He says if he can be an asset to their game then vote to keep him. 

Hamza raps with Merron on the beat and says if they keep him in the house he'll bring the heat. 

Merron and Veronica will not vote and Ryan will only vote if there's a tie. 

It's time to vote.

Erica votes to evict Andrew.
Johnny votes to evict Andrew.
Paras votes to evict Andrew.
Jesse votes to evict Andrew.
Alejandra votes to evict Andrew.
Olivia votes to evict Andrew.
Will votes to evict Andrew.
Maddy votes to evict Andrew.
Kaela votes to evict Andrew.
Derek votes to evict Andrew.

It is unanimous and Andrew has been evicted from the house.

Andrew doesn't even wait for Arisa to finish. As soon as she says it was 10-0 he gets up runs upstairs, grabs his bag and heads out the door. He doesn't say goodbye to anyone.

Arisa says you couldn't get out of there fast enough. Why? Andrew says he tried to be an authentic player but he had enough of the house and there was too much fake stuff.

Arisa asks if he had regrets or mistakes? Andrew says he tried a little to hard to keep Rozina in the house and he was trying to make big moves and he was trying to make Canada proud. He says you don't make stripes by robbing old ladies, you make stripes by robbing the bank. 

Arisa asks how Andrew let Ryan put him and Hamza, an ally, on the block on his watch? Andrew says he begged Ryan to reconsider and he wouldn't listen. 

Andrew sees his goodbye messages. Erica says he really was one of her best friends in the house. Merron says he looked up to him and will miss him. Alejandra says he is the epitome of playing too hard, too fast. But she doesn't fault him and betters him than her. Ryan apologizes. He says he asked a friend to trust him and it backfired and he will be regretful for that for a long time.

It's time for the next HoH. We're going to take a trip to the Big Brother Zoo. All the HGs are in the crate. They are playing teams of two and there is an extra player. That player will sit out and is safe for the week. That person is... Erica.

One teammate will reach out a hole in their crate and get a piece of fruit. They will take it halfway across the yard and their teammate will have to get the fruit through the hole and take it to the other end. The winning team will have to decide between themselves who will be HoH.

The pairs are (first name collects the fruit & second name picks the fruit to put in the tray): 
Hamza & Veronica 
Ali & Jesse 
Maddy & Liv
Derek & Kaela 
Merron & Paras 
Will & Johnny

 

Live Feed Updates: Thursday, March 15th (4)

March 15, 2018

Live Feed Updates: Thursday, March 15th (4)
10:00 AM BBT HG go about their day getting ready.
10:06 AM BBT “The Case of The “FOILED” Food” Olivia is starting to make coffee for everyone in the kitchen when she realizes there is no coffee there, she heads into the storage room and sees there is no coffee or food on the counter tops. She heads over to the frig opens it to her surprise everything there is wrapped in foil. She hunts around for a minute Veronica walks into the storage room sees everything wrapped in the frig and heads out to the kitchen. Once in the kitchen she tells Kaela , Ali, Hamza and Derek that she is confused everything is wrapped in foil in the fridge. As they head into the storage room Derek and Hamza are smiling at each other. Ali heads over to the frig where Olivia has the door open and is feeling around in there. Derek and Hamza are playing innocent , Hamza is laughing to himself behind the girls back while Derek is asking with a very innocent looking face What happened? Ali says We don’t know. Derek and Hamza leave the storage room with very satisfying looks on their faces while the girls start taking one item at a time out of the frig to unwrap. Ali comes up with the idea to conserve energy and keep the inside of the frig cool they grab everything out before they start unwrapping. As everything is now out of the frig Ali Olivia Kaela and Veronica start unwrapping food. All of a sudden Olivia says they wrapped everything I just found the salt and pepper. Kaela reacts with a I found the cereal. Jesse walks in the storage room looks at everything still wrapped and asks What happened? They tell him they don’t know. Ali says Either someone had a hard time sleeping last night or it was Big Brother. Veronica wonders out loud if it has something to do with the upcoming HOH Comp. Jesse states he doesn’t know and leaves the storage room. Kaela says very excitably ” Look they even wrapped the eggs individually ” The girls keep unwrapping the food saying this is crazy there is no more foil wrap. They don’t think Big Brother will give them anymore so they are trying to unwrap the food without ripping the foil. Andrew walks into the storage room to see what is happening. Ali asks him if he had trouble sleeping last night ( as if you remember Andrew dumped the sugar and maple syrup down the sink) or if he knows anything about this. He tells them no but he thinks maybe the people in the catacombs did it as they spent all day yesterday hiding their food. All the food is now unwrapped and put back where it belongs Kaela and Olivia are folding the foil that was used up in neat piles.
10:15 AM BBT HG just talk about general things
10:30 AM BBT HG in kitchen preparing meals
10:45 AM BBT HG Still doing daily normal routine
11:00 AM BBT HG throughout the house getting ready for their day – makeup, hair etc.
11:15 AM BBT Feeds down
11:30 AM BBT Looks like the HGs drew numbers to determine the order for tonight’s HOH comp! So we could have a crap shoot, luck comp!
11:45 AM BBT – Feeds Down

Live Feed Updates: Thursday, March 15th (3)

March 15, 2018

Live Feed Updates: Thursday, March 15th (3)
9:20 AM BBT Lights on in the house. Jesse makes his way off the crypt and out of the catacombs.”Good morning HGs. Time to wake up.” In the white bdrm everyone rolls over.
9:30 AM BBT Jesse making the rounds for battery replacement; all other HGs still lounging in bed. Second wake-up call, followed immediately by a third. In the red BR they acknowledge the calls. Olivia saying the BY is closed and she heard them banging all night. The rooster crows. The girls yell at Merron to show his face so BB will stop making noises. Johnny says he wants a cute rooster to wake him up, not that mean rooster. Discussion about how much time until rehearsal. Merron says he needs it because he’s never done it before and Johnny tells him there’s rehearsal every week. Random small talk as the HGs yawn and stretch.
9:45 AM BBT In the white BR, Paras climbs out of bed. Veronica asking if the vote in the live show is exactly how they show it on TV, and everyone tells her yes. Paras and Veronica head downstairs. They’re all hoping coffee is already on. Feeds stay on the BRs. Will is asking if everyone watching at home is caught up now. He’s told yes, that they’ll recap what happened between the veto and now and then they’ll vote. Down in the kitchen, Paras is making coffee. She then heads back to the BR. In the WR, Jesse is grooming for the day. Johnny comes in and says it’s pretty quiet in the house and Jesse agrees, but says he tends to get up when they first call. Erica joins them and prepares to shower; she is wearing a ridiculous amount of clothing. Veronica is searching for something in the pantry and says she’s so confused when she can’t find it. She heads back up the stairs. She tells them that everything in the fridge is wrapped in tin foil.
10:00 AM BBT HG go about their day getting ready

Live Feed Updates: Thursday, March 15th (2)

March 15, 2018

Live Feed Updates: Thursday, March 15th (2)
12:15 AM BBT In the white bedroom Maddy and William are talking about what days they had pizza and alcohol, which day they got the twister game, and which day the hot tub opened. The camera switches to Ryan, Merron, Andrew, and Hamz. Hamz is freestyle rapping. Hamz leaves the room after the freestyle rap.
12:30 AM BBT Merron asks Andrew if he really doesn’t like when they try to freestyle rap and Ryan says it doesn’t really care when people say he is horrible at it. Merron says if there was a beat box bar in the house he would be using it to freestyle rap all the time. Merron does a freestyle rap then him, Andrew, and Ryan start talking about the freestyle raps they have done. Andrew starts talking about Kanye West and Ryan says he likes Kanye West but doesn’t like his attitude. They start talking about basketball and Ryan asks Merron about Oscar Robertson and if he thinks Oscar Robertson is a top ten player. Ryan mentions Wilt Chamberlain scoring 100 points in a game. The three of them start talking about the upcoming vote and Andrew asks Merron if he will vote to keep him and that he knows Merron is close to Hamz but it would mean a lot to him if Merron kept him in the house for another week. Merron says sure. The three of them start giving shoutouts to their friends. Ryan teaches them his handshake he has with William. Merron leaves the room and Ryan tells Andrew that he was telling the other houseguests that Hamz is the bigger threat and needs to go before Andrew. Ryan says that he feels he will still be close with whoever stays between Hamz and Andrew.
12:45 AM BBT Ryan finds a song on his HOH ipod and tells Andrew to listen to it. Ryan exits the room. The camera switches to some of the houseguests outside who were finishing smoking then walking inside and upstairs. The camera stays on Maddy and Paras who are on the couch talking to Ryan who is upstairs. Ryan walks back in to his HOH room and Maddy and Paras walk upstairs then into to bathroom. Merron walks into the bathroom and him and Parras start trying to hit each other with towels. The camera switches to Jesse and Derek who are outside.
1:00 AM BBT Hamz walks outside where Jesse and Derek are talking and the three of them about why Hamz decided to go on the block. Hamz says that every year they try to vote out the strongest players early and he doesn’t like it. The three of them agree that one of them needs to win HOH. Erica walks out there and they all think of a prank they can do on the house when everybody is asleep. They start talking about people pronouncing Merron’s name wrong and Merron not being happy about people pronouncing his name wrong. Hamz says he wants to wrap all the cookies in aluminum foil. They all get up to walk back in to the house to do the pranks that they were talking about doing. They go in to the storage room and they all start wrapping everything in aluminum foil then putting everything back in the cabinets and refrigerator.
1:15 AM BBT Hamz goes to see if someone is coming then they continue wrapping everything in aluminum foil again. They wrap all the eggs individually and every slice of pizza individually. Hamz goes to check and see if anyone is coming again. They ask what is in the outside refrigerators and they go to get some cheese from the other refrigerators so they can wrap it as well. All of them are busy wrapping all the food in aluminum foil.when they hear something in the other room so they all stop so they can check to see if someone is coming. They start wrapping every container of spices individually and wrap all the boxes of cereal. They decide everything should go in the refrigerator so Erica starts putting stuff in the refrigerator while the other three continue wrapping everything. Erica asks if she should put the cereal in the refrigerator and the guys all say yes. Erica asks if she should the dry rice in the refrigerator and they all say yes.
1:30 AM BBT Erica notices they left the milk unwrapped and asks why they left it unwrapped. The guys say it will be funnier if there is just one thing in the refrigerator unwrapped and they say they tried to wrap it but they couldn’t get it. Erica grabs the salt and pepper shakers and asks if they are wrapping them and the guys say yes and they start wrapping them and put them in the refrigerator. They open the freezer and start grabbing stuff in there to wrap in aluminum foil also. They say they put the peanut butter and nutella in the back of the refrigerator because they know that’s what people like to eat in the mornings. They all discuss how great their prank was and say nobody will ever top it. They say it’s have not prank wars and when have nots attack. They start talking about how there hasn’t really been any pranks yet and they can’t remember if there were any pranks last season. The four of them lay down and prepare for bed.
1:45 AM BBT They all discuss that in the morning they will all be sitting in the kitchen to watch the other houseguests go in to the storage room and find everything in the refrigerator wrapped in aluminum foil. They talk about how people will be looking for the Spices in the morning and they tell them oh that’s in the refrigerator. The say the best one is that the peanut butter and nutella is in the very back of the refrigerator. They all agree that they probably should not have done that because people might try to get them back. They tell Big Brother if they reward them for it they’ll do more stuff like that. Erica says they should have wrapped the whole refrigerator in aluminum foil. They say they even wrapped their own slop in aluminum foil. The lights go off and they all quiet down a little bit and start to lay down to go to try to fall asleep.
2:00 AM BBT Live feed cameras remain on the have nots as they are all trying to fall asleep. Cameras switch to Maddy and Paras about Jesse. Paras is saying that she doesn’t like Jesse. Maddy gets up and exits the room to go use the bathroom and Paras lays down to try to fall asleep.

Tonight On ‘Big Brother Canada!

March 15, 2018

Tonight On ‘Big Brother Canada!
Eviction time has arrived on Big Brother Canada 6 and we’ve got two final nominees ready to face the vote.

Andrew and Hamza were left on the Block after last night’s Big Brother Canada episode revealed the Veto competition that went to Erica in an aggressive win and left their fate in her hands. Sadly for Ryan’s big plan the Veto wasn’t used and he missed his chance to BD Olivia.

So who will it be going next? Share your prediction below in the comments and we’ll get our own eviction prediction up later on the site.

After the votes are revealed the next evictee will be out the door for his interview with BBCAN6 host Arisa Cox then it’ll be time to crown a new Head of Household. Since we know BBCAN won’t give that up in tonight’s show you’ll want to be sure to check back with us later for those spoilers too

 Erica, Derek, Hamza & Jesse foiling everything in the pantry!

March 15, 2018

 Erica, Derek, Hamza & Jesse foiling everything in the pantry!
Mission Complete! 
Liv- was first to discover the foil prank LOL , first suspects was the HNs but Derek/Hamza deny it then the suspect is Andrew but he denies it too
Paras- to Maddy/Will- You bitches, we need to win HoH so bad. Envision it, believe in it, make it happen. You can and you will!
Olivia- This is hella weird. I dont understand. I dont get it. Why is this cinnamon wrapped in tinfoil? (The have-nots wrapped everything last night)
The houseguests are unwrapping the food

Veronica- Want to know something fucking hilarious?

March 14, 2018

 Veronica- Want to know something fucking hilarious? Ali has been fucking literally following me to every room. She had this long talk with me, cause she is feeling it probably. Paras- Exactly. I know they are scheming. Her, Liv and Johnny are scheming
Veronica- 100% Ali and Olivia want me out. Paras- It's me, you, Maddy and Will. Those two need to fucking go now. Veronica- I've heard the whole house is going against me, Hamzy, Merron and Ryan. Paras- They dont have the numbers 
Veronica- If you fucking stick with me, I will take you to the end of the game. Paras- Bitch, I'm game
Veronica- Do you think that you can work with me or against me? Erica- I'd rather be on your side. People want Merron out. If I win HoH, I have no desire to put you up. There is more people I am more iffy about
Hamza- I like to take fate into my own hands. If one of them wins, I will put myself up on the block again. Merron- I think me and Veronica are still kind of the game plan. Hamza- I'll put myself on the block, take myself off 
Olivia to Maddy- I would put up Merron and Hamza. I would be open to more ideas. That's what I would do right now
Olivia to Maddy- I dont want Hamz to go. I would only put up Hamz cause I dont want to risk putting anyone else up. I dont want to see him go but if he did, I dont really care
Veronica to Erica- I know the house is gunning for me. Anyone who saves me at this point will have me for the rest of the game. I can guarantee you I am one of the strongest, fastest people in the house
Veronica to Erica- I have been honest this whole time. I am here to take anyone to the top who helps me out. I know it's hard to go against the house. Everyone is going with the house and sort of sliding along
Kaela to Derek- I think Ali and Liv should go on the block together. Paras- They have to. Derek- Us three and Jesse are behind that. Paras- Me, Will and Maddy are 100% game. Me, Will and Maddy are more threatened by Liv. You guys are more threatened by Ali 
Paras to Derek/Kaela- Will and Maddy are straight up people. They wont lie to us. Kaela- I like them
Paras- We need Will and Maddy's vote for as long as we need them. Kaela- I agree. Derek- I agree as well. Paras- Will loves you (Derek) and Jesse. Kaela- I really like Maddy
Veronica- If I put Ali on the block, would you vote her to go home? Kaela- Put Ali and Liv on the block together. 100%. I just heard two more people come up to me tonight to say my name has come out of Ali's mouth
Kaela to Veronica- Ali is my number one in this house that I want gone. Liv is a second for me 
Kaela- I am pretty sure Derek is on board, Jesse is on board, I will be on board, Paras will be, Will. Veronica- That's my plan. My plan is putting Ali up, and somebody as a pawn. Kaela- If you put them both up, Liv is a vote for Ali 
Kaela and Veronica are discussing that people would be down to send Ali and Olivia home back to back
Veronica- We cant solidify anything but I feel good about this. Kaela- I feel good about this too. I dont think we can solidify anything until there is that trust 
Veronica to Kaela- Her (Ali's) lips were on my ass cheeks today. I was like this is such bullshit 
Ali- I am just frustrated. Ryan- Did you suggest that (targeting Derek/Kaela) to anyone? Ali- No, I havent. I have kept that really under wraps
Ryan to Ali- I admit I blew the house up this week, but I never told them (Derek/Kaela) specifically that you were (targeting them)
Ali- Did you hear Derek and Kaela say anything that they thought I was going after them? Will- No. I swear to God. Why? Are you just being paranoid? Ali- They told me that somebody told them that I was going after them
Ali to Will- I insinuated that they (Derek/Kaela) are a threat but not that I was going after them week five, week six, or anything like that
Ali- Johnny said that they (Derek/Kaela) were talking about it again, that they thought I was going after them. Obviously they dont trust me. Will- I dont think so. This is the first I heard of it 
Ali- I walk out of the HoH room. It's Daela, Jesse and Veronica talking on the couches. Silence as soon as I walk out. What in the fuck. Olivia- I think you are being paranoid about it. Ali- They wouldnt still be talking about it if it was over 
Ali to Johnny/Olivia- I didnt fucking say it (that she's targeting Derek/Kaela). It's just shitty circumstances. I am going to have to at some point just check in with them. I might tell Ryan to clear it up himself 
Ali- The last thing I need right now, going into HoH, is them not trusting me. Olivia- If anything was going to happen, I dont think it would be right now 
Ali to Olivia- I need to win this HoH so bad. I dont trust the seven. I really dont. Derek told me it was Jesse that told him that Ryan told Jesse that I said their name

Live Feed Updates Wednesday, March 14th (8)

March 14, 2018

Live Feed Updates Wednesday, March 14th (8)
9:30 PM BBT Ryan and Andrew are walking and talking about different actors in movies.Maddy and Olivia are playing pool.Olivia tells Maddy they can chat more but she will go get a snack.Merron and Hamz are jogging around outside and exercising.Veronica is talking to Erica about if whoever saves her off the block that’s who she is loyal to for the rest of the game.Veronica tells Ericka whoever goes against the house will be a target. Veronica and Ericka go inside the house and Olivia goes and sits with them and are talking ,Veronica asks Ericka how many relationships she’s had.Derek,Jesse and Johnny are in the hottub with Ali and Kaela.
9:45 PM BBT Ali tells Kaela,Jesse and Derek she can’t wait to see how all the hgs picked to be in the house.Derek tells Ali and Jesse,Kaela,and Johnny now Merron and Veronica are not spending as much time together as they did when they first came in the house.Johnny heads back in the house and Derek says he’s gonna head back in the house to.Ali and Kaela and Jesse stay in the hot tub.Ali and Keala tells Jesse and Johnny they really like everyone in the house right now.Ali tells Jesse she really didn’t think she would like Andrew from how last week was.William goes out to the hottub and Joins Jesse,Ali and Keala and they talking about doing some cardio for the comp.Ali and Keala tell Jesse they gonna go inside and shower and Jesse says he’ll wait to go inside a little while longer.Jesse tells William will be mad if he gets on slop 2 weeks in a row.Paras comes back out to the hottub.
10:00 PM BBT Veronica is talking to Erica and Olivia about a guy she used to see.Veronica tells Erica she wants the guy to be obsessed with her and do anything for her. Olivia says she feels that having your own opinion is important to her. Ryan and Andrew are walking in the backyard while Merron and Hamza workout. Ali gets out of the hot tub and goes in the house. Jesse stays in the hot tub and Will, Maddy and Paras stay out there with him just sitting around and chatting. Jesse decides to get out of the hot tub and they all say good night to the outside and go inside.
10:15 PM BBT Jesse stops Paras in the hallway between the outside and backyard and tells her that he talked to Derek, Kaela, Johnny, and Erica and the six of them are a strong alliance. He said they were thinking of sending Ali or Olivia home next. Paras says she doesn’t care what they think she is sending Olivia home because Olivia is after her and she is Paras is not going to throw her game away over a guy (meaning Olivia has a thing for Jesse). Jesse tries to get close to Paras but she says no. She says that is how it gets started. She doesn’t want to be seen to be in a shomance. Paras goes into the white bedroom by herself and starts talking to the camera. She says she is not going home because of some jealous girl and a dude. She is just not. She says “he’s yours, take him”. She says I’m not dumb I see the dirty looks, I can tell your not talking to me, I’m not dumb.Will and Derek in the storage room talking some game. They said the best scenario for tomorrow would be for Veronica to win HOH. It seems like the targets with these two is Ali and Olivia. They leave the storage room. Veronica, Erica, Olivia, and Kaela are sitting on the upstairs white couches talking about past relationships.
10:30 PM BBT Will calls Paras into the Tomb room. Will asks her what’s wrong. She says she is mad because she is being targeted because of some guy, not because she is a threat. Will says he doesn’t like Ali and Olivia either, that they are out of here. Paras says they want to get Ali out first but she wants Olivia out. Will says he wants Olivia out too. Paras tells Will she thinks she messed up by sharing too much with Veronica and Veronica told Erica. Will tells her he will talk to Veronica and straighten her out, not to worry. Derek and Jesse walk in and Will and Paras say they are just talking about things and Jesse and Derek say that is what they were going to do. Will tells them to stay but they leave. Will then tells Paras he wants to go talk to Jesse and Derek. Will, Jesse and Derek hook up and decide to go talk to Kaela and Johnny about what is going on with Olivia. All five of them meet in the storage room. They start talking about how Olivia and Ali are after the couples and Olivia is after Paras in particular. Jesse says the bottom line is that Olivia and Ali need to walk and Maddy and Erica need to win the HOH. Ali walks in and they all act like they are just chatting.
10:45 PM BBT Ali looks for something to eat and then leaves. Kaela says she is looking for information. Derek gets into the cabinets and brings out a stash of chocolate he hid for Kaela and Will. They are happy and laugh. Kaela tells Will that she likes Erica even though they don’t talk much game. The only two that sketch her out right now is Ali and Olivia because they are always talking about Maddy, Paras and Will. Ali comes back into the storage room. Everyone leaves except for Kaela and Ali. Ali asks Kaela if she interupted something and Kaela tells her no, they were just talking about Andrew. Kaela leaves and Ali says to herself “I don’t believe that shit.” then she leaves the storage room too. Meanwhile, Veronica, Erica, Maddy, and Olivia are still sitting on the white couches upstairs talking about past relationships.
11:00 PM BBT Hamza called to the DR. Kaela, Derek, Jesse and Paras are in the kitchen and Kaela tells them that Ali asked if she interrupted something and she tells them what she said about Andrew. Derek, Kaela, and Paras are in the kitchen talking Andrew and Hamza. They are talking about voting out Andrew but Hamza needs to be brought in because he is a comp threat and they need him on their side. They talk about who is on their side and who they need for votes. They agree they like Will and Maddy and will keep them as far as they can. Kaela says before the show tomorrow night they need to come up with a hand sign for the “Real Deal” Alliance. Paras says “and Derek is the ring leader” and Derek says “no”. They laugh. Jesse walks up and asks Derek to go run laps. Kaela and Paras start talking about how cute Derek is and how he caught their eye right away. Veronica joins them. Veronica says she may get in the hot tub. She tries to get Merron to go in with her, but he says he’s doing something with Derek and Jesse. Veronica says she is nervous and excited about tomorrow, that it’s going to be fun though. .
11:15 PM BBT Veronica asks to talk to Kaela and Paras seperately for 5 mins each if that would be ok with them. They say sure. Her and Kaela were going to the catacombs and Veronica is called to the DR. Veronica and Kaela go to the catacomb anyway. Veronica brings up to Kaela about her suspicions about Ali and Olivia. And asks Kaela if she wins HOH would she support her putting Ali on the block and Kaela opens up to her and tells her that they all want Ali and Olivia on the block together. Kaela tells Veronica that everyone is behind putting those two on the block. Veronica tells Kaela that that is her plan to put Ali on the block with a pawn. Kaela suggests putting Olivia on the block too because Olivia is a vote for Ali. Veronica agrees. They hug. Veronica asks her what she things about Erica and Paras. Kaela tells her that she likes them both but to be careful with Erica because she likes Ali and Ali and Olivia are tight. She tells her Paras is good and wants Olivia and Ali are gone. Veronica tells Kaela that she gives her word that if she wins HOH she will put those two on the block and she promises not to put Kaela or Derek on the block. They both say they feel good and hug. Veronica says she wants to prove to Kaela that she can trust her.
11:30 PM BBT Erica and Paras are talking in the storage room. They are talking about why Paras is being so paranoid. Kaela, Derek, and Jesse are in the living room talking to Veronica. Veronica is telling them about how Olivia and Ali are going to be surprised what happens to them one. Veronica says she can trust Kaela, Derek, and Jesse 100 percent. That they don’t have to talk any more, they all know what the plan is. Veronica is worried that the HOH comp is going to be a memory comp because they haven’t started building anything yet.
11:45 PM BBT Veronica tells Jesse she is excited to play the game. That they need to make a move and not go after the obvious like Hamza. Jesse says he’s pumped. Veronica says she really wants to win HOH to make a move. Jesse says all of them will be trying to win it, so it doesn’t matter because they all are on the same page. Veronica’s says Olivia would be so upset if Jesse put her on the block. He says he doesn’t care. He doesn’t understand the whole thing with her. Veronica continues to pitch herself to Jesse by telling him that she is the best competitor of all the girls and that she will help anyone who helps her get further in the game. Veronica says women are more manipulative and catty than men. She says men don’t gossip as much or talk as much as women.Will and Maddy are talking in the white room. Maddy says she doesn’t want her and Paras on the block together because she thinks that Paras would have the votes and she likes Paras and wouldn’t like her to go home. Veronica walks in and they change the subject.

Group photos!

March 14, 2018

Group photos!

Live Feed Updates Wednesday, March 14th (7)

March 14, 2018

 Live Feed Updates Wednesday, March 14th (7)
6:45 PM BBT Will and Paras still in the Kitchen cooking dinner for the house ( minus HN) Will says “ B has got to go” they make a few hand shakes and stop. They begin to whisper about Olivia and Ali, Maddy joins the kitchen and then Jesse comes by and smells the food since he can’t eat it. He says it’s a treat to smell the food. They begin discussing the menu for tomorrow night something everyone can eat since the HN will be done. Will asks how much water for rice, He measures out the water and then pours in rice no measuring. Kaela has joined the “newbies” in the HOH they move to the WR. Andrew takes Kaela and Veronica into the red room to give his pitch to keep him. When he leaves Kaela says I know there is talk about going after me and Derek but i need people who are going to keep me safe. The ladies talk about all the fake Friendly people. Kaela says she knows Veronica is better to her game to keep her here than outside the game. They both want to make bigger moves than Ryan and Merron. Paras ahs made her way up to bed, and ryan is up there ask how she is, Merron feels like Paras is not as on board with White room but he thinks she is. Win Hoh and take a shot is the way to prove herself if she can.
7:00 PM BBT Ryan says stay in it and try not to stress to much, Ryan is just trying to keep her in the loop. They see how Derek and Kaela and the other ladies are not with her because they don’t include her but they are more willing to talk to her with Ryan as HOH than they were when it was Johnny. Andrew leaves and she is alone to think in her thoughts. She follows behind shortly and back to the Kitchen. Andrew and Ali have joined the red room conversation and says he made his argument how he wants the evict to go but it’s up to them. KAELA PARAS PLEASE GO TO THE DR. Johnny joins them. They joke about the space they sleep in after tomorrow. They discuss the few things they packed and why they thought about it or what they took out. Ryan says “Stupid Human tricks talent show” After dinner join us and participate. They Guys minus Andrew and Johnny are in the living room with erica talking beats and rapping. Veronica and Ali are up on the white couches talking about comps who do you want fighting for you. Veronica gives her pitch to Ali on why she needs to think for herself how she could be benefited.
7:15 PM BBT Johnny and Kaela are up on the red room talking about how they could work together and do it honestly. The two of them discuss who they feel would or wouldn’t put them up and how the house is split but really there is a lot of middle people. She says she isn’t trying to spook him it was just everyone left and they were able to. Yelling from the house and so they head out and see what’s going on. They got a Camera for one hour. There is some technical issues with how to work it but they all try to help. They take photos as a group a few times switching out people and then start taking small group photos.
7:30 PM BBT They sit down for dinner and enjoy the meal as a “Family”, Hn head up to the red room to stay away and chat about the silliness of people who tried to lie to them. Kaela comes running in with the cam and takes a photo then Erica takes a photo of Derek and Kaela. They head out to go get other pics since they only have it for an hour. They take some fun pics, cute pic, awkward pics, and Crazy pics.
7:45 PM BBT Maddy and Will outside feels she has to put up Erica and Jesse because she thinks Olivia/Jesse would save each other. She isn’t scared of her and wants her out, they know that Kaela needs to go but its not the shot to take right now. They say Ali, and Johnny are ready to jump ship to them but are waiting on moves to be made. Olivia told Maddy today that she is rich and they feel they need to get her on slop. They feel She is here for the wrong reasons and they deserve to be her more. They head inside Will has to potty and then she will follow she needs to go as well. Everyone is involved in photos they still have about 20 min with the Camera.
8:00 PM BBT All hgs are going outside to take some pics doing random poses for the pictures.Derek is taking pics of each hgs in the king chair outside.All hgs are now heading to the hot tub to take pics.Johnny now takes the camera to take a pic as all the hgs take a pyramid photo.All hgs are at the hottub to finish taking pics.Andrew has taken over the camera so Johnny can get in the pics with everyone.Ali,and Veronica head back in the house Ali says its too cold outside.
8:15 PM BBT Andrew tells Jesse and Paras theirs not enough light in the hall way for the pic to be right. Ali is cleaning the table. Hamz, Jesse, Veronica, and Erica and Jonny are in the washroom chatting. They are planning on their next move.
8:30 PM BBT Johnny said that he would play with Andrew’s hair. Paras is doing the laundry while the rest of the houseguests in the washroom is chatting. Maddy is doing Veronica’s hair. Veronica is telling the houseguests about her pet hamster. She says her hamster has a disease and was bleeding bad.
8:45 PM BBT Veronica said she took care of it, but said hamsters live about 1-2 years. Ryan and Marron are playing pool. Hamz is playing too. Jonny is in the hot tub. Paras is changing her microphone in the hallway of the hottub entry way.
9:00 PM BBT Ali and Maddy are getting ready for the hot tub. Erica said that its cold out. They are enjoying the hot tub area because they are closing it tomorrow. Feeds go out. Then back. Derek, Paras, and Maddy are in the hot tub.
9:15 PM BBT They think it might be a double coming up.

 Live Feed Updates Wednesday, March 14th (6)

March 14, 2018

 Live Feed Updates Wednesday, March 14th (6)
3:45 PM BBT – 5:40 PM BBT Feeds are down
5:40 PM BBT Paras is talking to the camera saying she has to keep Derek, will and Maddy and Keala off the block because they have her back.
6:00 PM BBT The HN are in the kitchen trying to create a new Recipe, Deep fried Slop balls in Cinnamon and sugar. Maddy and Johnny are sitting across the way in the living room talking about the decorations in the house that they want. REMEMBER CANADA IS WATCHING PLEASE WATCH YOUR LANGUAGE. Ryan and Andrew make laps around the house to get in their “workout” Paras, Kaela, Derek in the SR talking quietly about “her” giving dirty looks, and how “she” has been acting. They feel she has to go because she keeps coming after him and it’s going to ruin her game. Paras says you need to chill so I don’t have to send you home, stop giving me dirty looks. Then leaves the SR leaving Kaela in there alone. Feeds are back to the KT and HG cooking. In the bedroom, Veronica is telling Merron That Ali is saying Paras is being fake and she is flip floppy. She says if Will, Ryan, Maddy, Paras , Hamz, Merron, or her win then they are safe anyone else they are risk. They don’t trust Ali or Olivia at all.
6:15 PM BBT Veronica doesn’t think that Derek or Jesse are targets yet. Plan is supposed to be Kaela and whoever to backdoor Derek they want to break up the showmance. Merron spoke to Big brother about how they came in and… Feeds go down. They come back and as long as they don’t say Canada voted them in, they are okay. They want to keep pushing the Narrative of going with the house. ( Ryan and Hamz) she says no she is not going to play anyone’s game she is only going to say she wants to see individuals ideas. They think it’s a memory/quick comp. They haven’t closed the backyard yet and so it should be super quick. It’s prob about the Hasbro day. Veronica says go over all possible ideas right now. Ryan and Andrew are out playing a game of pool Olivia is walking laps so no game talk. They begin talking about the numbers of roses in the rooms. Will is studying with Ali and that sketches them out. They need to be careful studying but report back to each other. Merron says he just doesn’t have the energy to try and force in the group with anyone. They try and compare how they will do in physical comps against each other and the house. Merron says he would be good with quick run and place items. They both love Hamz.
6:30 PM BBT Merron feels that Hamz is ready to shake up the house, Veronica says she is on the outs of all the girls and will be in an all girls alliance, she feels she is stronger and faster than any of the girls she is ready to take over because she plays rugby. The HN and Ali are on the couches down stairs talking about the HOH room. Olivia and Johnny are in Red room Merron/Hamza with Veronica as a BD plan from Olivia he doesn’t want anyone knowing that she even shared the info with him. He doesn’t want to see her go as she feels like Merron is a bigger target. OLIVIA STOP PLAYING WITH YOUR MIC ( she is trying to find clothes and change) BD Veronica ugh.. – Johnny , Olivia says she is open to other ideas. Paras and Will in Sr whispering about needing to send “HER” home. They head back into the kitchen to cook where Paras has a sneezing attack. Merron and Veronica are still in HOH talking. They feel like Olivia is trying to play dumber than she is. They keep going over their place in the house. She says she is here to make their life Hell and not leave on the second week she is here. Merron says they need to play on smarts not emotion and be careful what they say and when and who’s around.

Live Feed Updates Wednesday, March 14th (5)

March 14, 2018

Live Feed Updates Wednesday, March 14th (5)

1:30 PM BBT- Paras- She (Olivia) is putting my fucking ass up. Jesse- No she isnt. First of all, there is no way in hell she will win. Paras- You are underestimating her. Jesse- Daela will always forever be a target over a you and me. Paras- That’s why we cant. If we hang out enough that they think something is up, we are the second targets

2:25 PM BBT

Johnny what do you think aobut next week

Hamza the house will be divided

Johny im nervous

Hamza your name wasnt mentioned. people wont fuck with you especially veto. cuz you are good.. people have been mentioning names so many names.

Johnny why are people mentioning names.. and feeds flip to derek and jesse using the blender

Derek that's sloppy

Jesse ugh it's warm.. and it's too thick.. it needs ice cubes

Derek and jesse trying to drink slop and having a hard time

 

Merron johnny olivia

johnny you think they did something

Merrion i think

Johnny they were calling people down. is that when they got thier stuff

Olivia they only called Hamza Erica and paras

3:23 PM BBT All hgs going on lockdown in Hoh

3:45 PM BBT Feeds are down

 Live Feed Updates Wednesday, March 14th (4)

March 14, 2018

 Live Feed Updates Wednesday, March 14th (4)
1:00 PM BBT – Ali and Olivia Walking in the BY- Olivia- You think Hamz would go home over her (Veronica) if they are sitting next to each other? Ali- I don’t know for sure. I think people still look at him as disposable. Olivia to Ali- If we can get through this week and get the newbies out, if someone not in our group gets it, we can get them to get Derek out maybe. That’s what has got to happen. Ali- I am not having the most trust in our seven, to be honest. Ever since Ryan said that thing about Derek… Olivia- Don’t be paranoid yet. Ali- I’m not going to act on it. Just letting you know that something is not sitting right . Ali- Will would keep Hamz (over Veronica), I would keep Hamz, Ryan would keep Hamz. Olivia- Paras would for sure. Ali- I think I can convince Maddy for sure . Olivia- If she (Veronica) was next to Hamz…they are not going to screw me after I put her there. She stays and comes after me. Ali- I would hope not. I wouldn’t .
1:15 PM BBT- Erica and in the Red Room- Erica to Jesse- The reason why I’m like Merron first is I feel like Veronica would be a number on our side. Erica to Jesse- People can make alliances with Veronica, but I feel like no matter what people will always see her as a threat. I dont think anyone wants to be sitting Final 2 with Veronica. Erica to Jesse- He (Paul) was shit with jury management. He had all of his bases covered otherwise. When it came to jury, he didn’t think people were going to talk to each other? Jesse- People in the jury convince people of their way. Erica- That’s why having Ryan in jury would be good. He can break down why someone is a better game player, and not to vote on emotion. Jesse- For 
1:30 PM BBT- Paras- She (Olivia) is putting my fucking ass up. Jesse- No she isnt. First of all, there is no way in hell she will win. Paras- You are underestimating her. Jesse- Daela will always forever be a target over a you and me. Paras- That’s why we cant. If we hang out enough that they think something is up, we are the second targetssure.

Live Feed Updates Wednesday, March 14th (3)

March 14, 2018

Live Feed Updates Wednesday, March 14th (3)
11:00 AM BBT Ryan and William have found the hazelnut spread but not the peanut butter as well as the avadoes. Someone has hidden them. They think it was the have nots as Andrew poured out the sugar and honey. In the hot tub area Johnny is talking about things in the house that have happened, he is talking about past BBUS and BBCAN hgs. Feeds have gone down. They come back a couple of minutes later to Hamza Erica Ryan Kaela Derek and Ryan in the kitchen. Erica is cooking slop pancakes. In the bathroom Ali and and Veronica are doing makeup and talking about other seasons and talk about if a fan will be allowed in the house this season. Paras, Kaela and Olivia are in the bedroom in general conversation.
11:15 AM BBT Ryan and Andrew are in the HOH room. Ryan is packing. They are in general conversation. Outside Will and Paras are talking about someone in the house but they are talking so low it is inaudible. Will is smoking. They talk about the HG that they feel need to go. They talk about Erica and her puzzle and how easy it should have been.
11:30 AM BBT All HG are in general conversation
11:45 AM BBT No game talk – all HG in general conversation while Paras is looking for something on or in the Couches upstairs.
Hamz and Will head off to the bedroom to discuss the HOH comp coming up and a strategy. They speculate that its endurance. They are Pep talking each other up and they want to be careful talking to Ali and Maddy, they want the Newbies up ( Veronica/Merron). They feel a big move needs to be made and the house will be split. They quickly dismember so it doesn’t looks suspicious. Most all HG are gathered on the White couches upstairs hanging out.

Live Feed Updates Wednesday, March 14th (2)

March 14, 2018

Live Feed Updates Wednesday, March 14th (2)

7:00 AM BBT – 8:45 AM BBT All HGs sleeping
9:00 AM BBT Big Brother has just told the hgs it is time to wake up. All hgs are awake and doing battery change showers and morning routines.
9:30 AM BBT Some hgs have decided to go back to bed.
10:00 AM BBT Most hgs are still asleep. The only ones up are Veronica Jesse and Ryan.
10:30 AM BBT All hgs are now up and preparing for the day Andrew and Merron are in the White Bedroom Room where Andrew is telling him he is tired of the fakeness. In the washroom some of the hgs are still preparing for the day after they ate breakfast. Andrew is telling Merron that he did not hide the peanut butter but he did pour out the sugar and the maple syrup. He said he did it because he wanted to make things a little uncomfortable and they had left it out. He is now complaining about the mess in the house. Andrew says he thinks at the end of the day it is boring as hell because everyone wants to play nice fake stuff. In the washroom Veronica and Ryan are picking up towels the others are either sitting around or preparing for the day.
11:00 AM BBT Ryan and William have found the hazelnut spread but not the peanut butter as well as the avadoes. Someone has hidden them. They think it was the have nots as Andrew poured out the sugar and honey. In the hot tub area Johnny is talking about things in the house that have happened, he is talking about past BBUS and BBCAN hgs. Feeds have gone down. They come back a couple of minutes later to Hamza Erica Ryan Kaela Derek and Ryan in the kitchen. Erica is cooking slop pancakes. In the bathroom Ali and and Veronica are doing makeup and talking about other seasons and talk about if a fan will be allowed in the house this season. Paras, Kaela and Olivia are in the bedroom in general conversation.
11:15 AM BBT Ryan and Andrew are in the HOH room. Ryan is packing. They are in general conversation. Outside Will and Paras are talking about someone in the house but they are talking so low it is inaudible. Will is smoking. They talk about the HG that they feel need to go. They talk about Erica and her puzzle and how easy it should have been.
11:30 AM BBT All HG are in general conversation
11:45 AM BBT No game talk – all HG in general conversation while Paras is looking for something on or in the Couches upstairs.
Hamz and Will head off to the bedroom to discuss the HOH comp coming up and a strategy. They speculate that its endurance. They are Pep talking each other up and they want to be careful talking to Ali and Maddy, they want the Newbies up ( Veronica/Merron). They feel a big move needs to be made and the house will be split. They quickly dismember so it doesn’t looks suspicious. Most all HG are gathered on the White couches upstairs hanging out.

 Live Feed Updates Wednesday, March 14th (1)

March 14, 2018

 Live Feed Updates Wednesday, March 14th (1)
12:00 AM BBT Kaela and Derek are talking about Kaela’s family. Kaela says that at a funeral people came up to her asking about her dad and saying how much she looks like him and that one of her family members had to pull them away and explain that her dad left her when she was young and that she didn’t really know him. Jesse walks in and puts socks on and the grabs a coat and walks out of the room.
12:00-1:00 AM: Merron spoke to Ryan. He said they have got to work together even though Veronica is tough to work with. Ryan said he is capable of working with her but he isn’t sure that he can hang out with her. Merron said they aren’t as outnumbered as they originally thought. Ryan said it will be a 7 on 7 split between the two rooms once Andrew leaves. Merron isn’t sold on Paras being on their side. Ryan said there is no way that she will go against them. Merron said she is playing both sides. Ryan said he had a conversation with her today, and he thinks that he could convince her to stick with them. Ryan said she is playing the red room, not both sides. Merron doesn’t think she is smart enough to be doing that. Merron said he would want to get Kaela out if he wins HoH. He said he would nominate Kaela next to Olivia, then put Derek up in Olivia’s place if they win the veto. Ryan said he would rather send Derek home than Kaela, but he doesn’t want to be in a position where the guys are outnumbered. He suggested nominating two girls, and putting another one up as the replacement if needed. Merron said he is fine with Derek or Kaela going. In the white room, Maddy said Paras trusts Kaela. Both Maddy and Will agreed that they do not trust Kaela. Maddy called her a mean girl in a good girl outfit, which is something she would like on the outside but not in the game. Maddy thinks that Johnny, Derek and Kaela are in the best position in the game. Will argued that they might not be anymore since if any of them, Hamza or Veronica win HoH, one of them is going up. Maddy said she will not trust Veronica until she makes that move. Will said he will convince Veronica not to nominate Ali. Maddy said they should let her put Ali up, then save Ali so that Ali has no choice but to join them. Maddy warned Will to be careful about hurting Paras’ feelings. She said she is an emotional girl. While Maddy said she trusts Paras, she is freaked out by her emotions. She pointed out that Paras being jealous of Veronica is not good for their games. As for Olivia, Maddy said she is still being eyed up by her even though her original excuse was that she was flirting with Jesse. Maddy didn’t think that she was doing that. She believes that Olivia is targeting her for other reasons. Maddy called Olivia the Regina George of the group.

Live Feed Updates Tuesday March 13th (10)

March 13, 2018

Live Feed Updates Tuesday March 13th (10)
8:30 PM BBT The are back in the main part of the house. Ryan, Hamz, Johnny, and Derek are playing pool in the backyard. Hamz is called to the Diary room. Olivia, Andrew, and Paras is cooking dinner in the kitchen. They are making something with chicken. Big Brother telling the houseguests not to talk about production.
8:45 PM BBT Olivia, Andrew, and Paras are cooking dinner. Olivia says too much pepper ruins the food. The other houseguests are playing catch with a football. Olivia is telling Paras some new recipes. Paras says she loves mashed potatoes. Erica and Kaela are chatting up stairs. Kaela tells Erica that her dad left her. Erica said she would cry if Kaela left the game. Erica said she is on slop and has to find her “slop friends.”
9:00 PM BBT Feeds go out. Feeds return and the houseguests are eating dinner. Some of the houseguests are finishing dinner. Olivia is explaining what whine she likes. Olivia said she is a wine expert.
9:15 PM BBT Hams and Maddy are in the hot tub area. They are hyped up. Parras walks out as the others walk back in the house. It’s quiet. Erica and Jesse are in the pantry getting peanut butter.
9:30 PM BBT Erica said she is trying to be nice even though she is on sloop. Then asks the house if they would sleep in the HOH room for two weeks to talk to family or friends. Erica is making sloop. They were talking about Scobby Do’s full name. Maddy and Ryan are joking with each other. Maddy is blocking Ryan from the washroom.
9:45 PM BBT Olivia and Veronica are talking in the living room. Olivia is explaining that she is more comfortable with multiple choice than essays. Some of the houseguests are over the game of pool. Marron is on the sofa singing the BBCAN theme song. Maddy, Paras, and Veronica are playing pool. Veronica is called to the Diary Room.
10:00 PM BBT In the Kitchen, Erica, Derek, Hamza, jesse, Johnny, and Kaela are talking about slop pancakes. The one Jesse is making is oozing and bubbling, but he is loving it. Maddy, Veronica, Paras, and Ali are still trying to play pool outside. Ryan and Andrew are walking laps, the cams are not following their conversation. Will is out with the ladies trying to give pointers. Merron has joined the Kitchen Crew, they taste the creation and agree that low and slow is the key to the Slop. Erica is not a fan after it was cooked in micro too chewy. Cams all swap to Oliva and Ali chatting. Derek, erica, Johnny, are all beasts and they need to be cautious how they get people out. Paras joins them and goofs off she leaves the JOhnny comes. Maddy, Erica, Will outside smoking and talking about sleeping arrangements they complain for a moment and then move on to shoes. When they finish they head into the house to say Will learned how to shuffle and she didn’t teach him. Paras said she will chill with Oliva on the couch as long as she plays with her hair and talks girl stuff. PARAS PLEASE GO TO THE DR.
10:15 PM BBT Kitchen crew is discussing shuffling. Ali and Johnny are in the bedroom quietly talking. Jesse and Derek is a worry and then Kaela and Derek are also a worry. They want to ride the 7 as long as possible and they trust Will. erica and Maddie do not have good connections, Ali says she’s tried to build that today with Maddy. Hamza and Ryan and not the needed target but Veronica and Merron need to go. Ali hasn’t talked game to Veronica at all but has a few others that she knows. They are concerned if Derek wins HOH.They keep discussing the targets. Veronica, Hamza, and Merron are down in the common area talking about Paras and them being kinda concerned but if they can win HOH then she will cling to them. Hamza says he and Ryan are targets because they are here to play. Veronica says it’s easy if they win and make a move, everyone wants to but is scared and so they can do it.
10:30 PM BBT Hamza says when you are HOH don’t call people to the room, just do it. Veronica says she isn’t telling who she is putting on the Block until she is there see what they offer. Veronica heads off and Merron says this HOH is big he can’t wait to see it. Hamz says he is playing for his lady at home, Ali and Johnny split up and say how moppy they have been. Should I tell hamz that Andrew said it was Hamz who wanted me (Johnny) out. JOhnny wants to integrate Maddy into his game and paras but feels like it’s hard. Erica is hesitant to join the 7 he feels. Ali says she doesn’t get that vibe at all, He hasn’t had a chance to talk one on one with her. They are also pumped for the HOH. Getting rid of Ryan is a waste, she is willing to see Merron go first but wants Veronica out asap. “Keep your friends close and your enemies closer” Ryan, Hamz, and Merron playing a triple game of pool and chatting about life outside the house. Ali wants to work on Hamz and see what she can work out with him. Olivia and Kaela come join them up in the room and ask how things are going. How are you doing. Johnny asks who do you want to go home next week. Merron is the #1 and Veronica is actually trying to integrate. Merron doesn’t socialize but Veronica is a bigger threat.
10:45 PM BBT They are happy to all be on the Same page that Ryan is a waste, Hamz is a quiet one. They are tired and speculate if it’s bed time. Who would Merron put up if he won HOH? They have no idea, At least with Veronica they know she is going after Ryan and Merron. They feel like he plays too dumb and there is no way they cast him that Dumb. Andrew has joined the boys and they are all talking. Merron feels like for Ryan to leave his mark on the game he needs to shave his beard to Never be forgotten. He says it will NEVER happen. Andrew says i’ll shave mine if you shave yours. Maddie and Veronica are on the white couches, Veronica says I hope you know the “white room’ trust you and love you the guys trust you more than Paras. Hamz, Merron, Ryan all thing she is a straight shooter so please don’t lose that. For at least ½ the house you are not a target. ACtions speak louder than words. Will comes by and they holler at him. Maddy says that Veronica is inconspicuous but she is doing good. She feels like she played it right. Veronica says I know you are friendly in the house but when others bring up my name just don’t say anything, They want to come to each other with game. Paras is the only other female Veronica has talked game to. Maddy says that because she is a talker about life others think she will talk like game. Veronica wants to take make-up off but afraid of being called to Dr. Will comes back by. V says a big turn on is a guy who smells good and Will does..
11:00 PM BBT Derek and Kaela on the Red couches talking about looks and make up. They talk about toe injuries, there is a group outside making shoutouts to home people. Johnny, Will, Hamza, Merron, Ali, to teachers, spouses, friends.. Inside Kaela and Derek are talking about playing Rugby and sports and how she’s usually in the middle of all the action. Kaela says if she is confident with who is left in HOH she is dropping out but if not she will stay in it. Kaelas calves are bigger than his he is 80% upper body. Veronica and Maddie are discussing places they visit outside the house for fun and entertainment.
11:15 PM BBT Will, Paras, and Ali are in the Wr Cleaning up for the night. Erica had joined the WR crew and joining in the jokes. Most the ladies have joined in the Wr at this point making jokes and laughing with one another. They talk about underwear and then discuss shoes. They tease Kaela for being so short and Paras for when they are in the showers and you cant see them there. The talk turns to why Erica keeps her nails short Veronica says she likes to be Shredded.
11:30 PM BBT The Bedroom talk continues in the bathroom. Olivia and Jesse lounging on the Red couches downstairs. She decides to get ready for bed too, he says he needs to shower. Ali and Olivia share a bed everyone else has their own. They feel that for comp she is safe to stay outta HN but if its chosen she is for sure being chosen. She has a 1 in 5 shot of not being picked. Johnny, Hamz, Andrew, & Ryan are out playing pool Veronica joins them to see the end of the game. The game ends and it appears everyone is headed inside. They decide to just hang out out there maybe go in for tea. Erica and Olivia are in a bedroom talking, Johnny seems really far away and hesitant to keep talking. They discuss how he is close with all of them and they are trying to give him and inch to show trust but he is aligning with everyone and so its hard. How Johnny is so defensive over comments about others including the other side.
11:45 PM BBT Ali enters to get some clothes and prep laundry, Erica heads to change, Ali leaves the room and Olivia is changing. Erica is in the WR with the guys who are getting ready for bed. She talks about her trip outside the house today and the skyline and reminders of how close to home she is. Meanwhile the smokers are outside laughing and freezing. What twists are coming their way. They head inside after Veronica jokes about having a male part. They discuss cookie drama where Veronica made cookies but got none.

Live Feed Updates Tuesday March 13th (9)

March 13, 2018

Live Feed Updates Tuesday March 13th (9)
6:15 PM BBT Maddy comes into the White BR and they tell her their plan for them 3 plus Ryan, Hamza, Will, and Merron to stick together to pick off the others one by one. That’s seven votes and they can control the house. They think even the other side would be okay with voting out Ali. Ali rolls her eyes at what Veronica says, but is nice with Paras. Paras wonders what Ali says behind her back. Will, then Ali, come in. Veronica and Paras says how they appreciate all the short times they get to spend alone. No additional game play is discussed. Maddy leaves and Kaela comes in. Kaela is tired of watching the guys play with the t-shirt ball. Maddy rejoins them. Will and all girls except Olivia and Erica are now in the White BR. Johnny and Erica on white couches with everyone else trying to make baskets from upstairs. Andrew is throwing back up the ball.
6:30 PM BBT The t-shirt toss game comes to an end. A couple keep tossing the ball. Erica tries throwing from sitting on the couch. Others also try throwing while sitting. The White BR conversations are in two groups. Will, Paras, and Ali are on one bed talking, and the rest talking about past relationships. Derek comes in. No game talk happening in the house. Ryan tells Johnny of his idea of a somewhat game show to pitch. Later he also states an idea he has to cover up Christmas lights hung from gutters and to prevent having to hang lights around windows.
6:45 PM BBT Johnny and Erica says for him not to say all this on TV…others may steal his ideas. Ryan mentions Trademark rights. Olivia has a plan to prank several HGs. Erica likes it. They call over Ali as she walks by and tells her the plan. Laughter. Erica jokes to Johnny that they were talking about him. Erica wants to learn more about Johnny’s life; she asks him how he and Jamie met. He talks more about his life. Paras and Will in SR deciding what to eat. They both get a couple slices of pizza. Feeds go out briefly as they begin to sing.
7:00 PM BBT Jesse prepares to bake some slop in the oven. They added BBQ sauce, along with sea salt, pepper, and garlic salt. They take turns smelling the delicious tray before baking. Ali talks about how she has only a little bit of chicken thawing when they have 11 people eating. She forgot about the number this morning. Ali begins to peel the potatoes for mashed potatoes. Those in the kitchen (Will, Paras, Derek, Jesse, and Ali) discuss what dinners they should have when depending upon what they believe BB has in store for them. Ali would like BB to give them a significant portion of alcohol. She says she needs 3 glasses of wine for herself; she does not do beer. Derek says he can handle a lot of beer. Jesse is called into the DR. Ali jokes…she is the cook, but removes a slice of pizza in the oven to tide her over. She feels as if it’s her turn to prepare the dinner since she really hasn’t cooked much yet. It also gives her something to do. Derek checks on his baked slop. Ali says she has never made mashed potatoes in her life but it can’t be that hard. She declares her potatoes are going to be good!
7:15 PM BBT Slop cake is ready, but spongy. Derek and Jesse are debating on cutting it up and now frying it so it crisps up. Ali announces it will be probably at least an hour before the chicken will be done. It’s still somewhat frozen. Ali is finishing peeling 2 bags of potatoes before taking a break to eat her pizza. They decide to stick the slop back into the oven at a higher heat. Erica, Johnny, and Olivia still chatting about their partners/relationship upstairs on the white couch. Conversation is mainly on being gay. Many girls are going to gay bars because the dancing is better and they can avoid the cat calls from others. Veronica joins them. Johnny and Olivia leaves, leaving Veronica and Erica talking about living in the house.
7:30 PM BBT Johnny and Olivia are back. Veronica informs Erica about Marsha the moose. Erica tells Veronica about how her movie date with Hamza was…food, drinks, and the movie. They agree they all are emotional wrecks…except Olivia. She has no feelings or heart. Olivia admits that even when she is upset about something, she is more sassy. She hopes no one takes it personally. They continue talking about the DR and BB tells them several times to stop talking about Production. Several of them in the kitchen try the freshly baked slop. Paras suggest they should have blended it with oil before cooking. Derek likes the burnt ends. Derek tried it with mustard.
7:45 PM BBT Kaela gives Paras a scalp massage at the kitchen counter. Ali is crushing pretzels to bread the chicken. Sounds as if most of the guys are hanging out in the living room. Olivia and Johnny are taking a walk….around the living room and dining areas. They talk more about themselves as relative to singing/musical talent and arts. Olivia does not want to go back to her job as beauty consultant. She doesn’t like the hours and she would rather not work. Johnny is not into social media at all, but might be after this is over. They stop pacing. Olivia offers Ali help in the kitchen. Derek and Jesse left the slop chips–many look burnt. Feeds went out as Ali was breading the chicken and arranging on cookie sheet to bake.
8:00 PM BBT Feeds are out. Feeds are back. Veronica, Maddy, and Hams are talking about their bad language. They are looking at the hot tub. Feeds go out. Maddy, Johnny, and Hamms are in the backyard hot tub chatting.
8:15 PM BBT Hams is liking his experience on the show. Feels like drama is about to start. They are looking at the fur in the yard. Maddy doesn’t know what the theme is. Maddy and Johnny doesn’t like the eyes looking at them. Hates the eyelashes. Maddy, Johnny, and Hammz are talking about how mean Ryan is at HOH.

Live Feed Updates Tuesday March 13th (8)

March 13, 2018

Live Feed Updates Tuesday March 13th (8)
4:45 PM BBT Veronica to Paras- I am going to be in a really vulnerable position until I’m out of the house, because I came in last. Everything that I do is going to be aggressive in this game. Veronica to Paras- You and Erica are my favorite girls in the house. I’m actually starting to feel that way about Maddy too, maybe even more so than Erica . Veronica to Paras- Whoever has my back early on this game, and helps me get further, is who I’m going to have their back the whole game. I’m a strong physical competitor. It’s better to work with me than against me. Veronica- If I am fucking put on that block, and I win veto, I will hunt you (the HoH) until you leave the fucking house. Paras- Good girl. Veronica- Every move I make will be to get you to leave the house. Veronica to Paras- My loyalty is lying nowhere right now…only where the people I feel I can trust and talk to, and probably the only people I can are in the white room.
In the White room Johnny tries to figure out why Andrew confronted him the way he did yesterday. Ryan thinks it comes down to cultural differences. Ryan hopes that there is a rewind twist and he gets to do this HOH all over again . Ryan thinks he freaked a lot of people out by being upfront with them.
5:15 PM BBT After Ryan was called to the DR and leaves, Erica and Kaela in SR discussing how some of the people play. They play their best game and if they stay great. If others don’t like it, as was the case with Andrew, then it’s your time to go. Merron, Derek, Hamza, and Maddy are in the Red BR chatting about some of the US BB seasons. Maddy, Paras, and Johnny on the white upstairs couches talks about the mental life in the BB house. Paras leaves. Andrew and Derek are throwing the balled up sock from upstairs trying to make a basket that is downstairs. Ali throwing back up the “ball”. Ali comes up to try making a basket one time. Andrew is now retrieving the ball and repositioned the basket.
5:30 PM BBT Ryan is back talking to Erica and Kaela in SR. They tell Kaela on how there are small tender moments of her and Derek. They see it, and then go on with their day. Kaela declares she will not be a bitter juror; they think it will be a 9-member jury. Ryan would prefer to be evicted before jury if he has no chance on being among the finalists. Erica brings up events that happened in the US BB season. Ali comes in for the ingredients to make dinner.
5:45 PM BBT Maddy and Kaela talking about hair on white couches with Johnny sitting there as well. Most of the guys are standing around the upstairs with Andrew downstairs passing the ball back and forth and around. Will and Ali in SR. Will looking for something to snack on; Ali shows him how she made her own trail mix. They make themselves comfortable sitting on the counter. Will asks where other people’s heads are at. They discuss who are threats. Ali is still focused on the newbies; Veronica seems unpredictable.
6:00 PM BBT Maddy giving Kaela back message while on the white couch. Veronica and Para talking in the White BR about how Ali may not be trustworthy. She tells too much. Derek comes in and they say how they need to make a move this week. Paras tells Veronica to even be careful about Will. He said from the beginning he wanted to make moves that no one would expect. Olivia is also very sketchy…she is in law school, and very smart! They agree to have each other’s back.

Live Feed Updates Tuesday March 13th (7)

March 13, 2018

Live Feed Updates Tuesday March 13th (7)
1:30 PM BBT Meanwhile in the Red Room Kaela and Derek are talking Kaela is telling him that Paras thinks Erica Johnny Olivia Ali are an alliances. She is telling him how Paras told her how Olivia is very jealous of Paras talking to Jesse. Derek says he thinks everyone feels that him and Jesse are closed. She tells him she tells everyone we talk about ourselves not game where it is the opposite. She tells him that Paras says that she tells her more because she feels that Maddy will flip. Derek is going to talk to William again so that he feels comfortable. As the conversation starts to repeat we move to the lounge area in front of the HOH where Veronica and Johnny are talking. Veronica says she is pumped to win the HOH as she is done playing the numbers game. Jesse tries to scare Johnny and succeeded. Veronica says she is trying to talk to people alone with them so I can get to know them and see where their heads are in the game. She says she knows she is on peoples radar because I was the last person in.
1:45 PM BBT Meanwhile in the kitchen everyone is enjoying the hamburgs that William made Most of the hgs are saying that the hamburgers are good. Ryan says this place is going to feel empty when there are less people in the house. William says it is hard to eat healthy here. William says he lives outside of town he had to travel there for the son to get to school. He says he eats a lot of take out fast food so he can hang out with the boys. There is not a lot on conversation as they are eating lunch.
2:00 PM BBT The conversation goes to the Conservative Party of Ontario where the leadership race was happening before they entered the house. In the meantime, we have Maddy with Johnny and Veronica are sitting on the upstairs sofa and they are chatting about other HG as Ali comes in and joins the conversation. Veronica is filing her nails and Maddy is saying that some of the other HG are asking and wondering if she is part of a twin sister twist but they are all saying no because they do not think that BB would do something like that again. They are discussing about Rozina and how her bio looked as she entered the house. Downstairs, Ryan is saying how the motor industry was such a reality in his household. Derek and Jesse have stepped outside and Jesse is saying that some of the girls in the house are jealous when other are paying him more attention. Jesse is saying that Kaela is getting close to him. Paras seem to be asking question to Derek to see if her name has been thrown out. Merron has just join them 2 to play some ball game. So, they are using a bucket and a ball and try to hit it right in there. In the kitchen, we have Paras and Kaela cleaning up as they are having issues with it being dirty.
2:15 PM BBT While upstairs, we still have Ali, Maddy and Johnny talking about a flea market and fish market. They are talking about sushi and the different kind they have. They are wondering if they could go back and watch live feeds after the show?! Johnny is saying that while in the HOH room, he listened to some Bieber music and is sure he messed up he lyrics as he was singing.
Jesse is still playing ball with Derek and Merron and they all keep switching on how to throw the ball in the basket using different techniques as William walks in and sits on one the outdoor chair to play goalie. One of the cam shows Ali scaring Paras in the bathroom as she steps out of the wc. Paras goes into the Red Bedroom with Ali. Ali is talking about how this new HOH comp will be and if it would be hard or not? And soon thereafter comes Veronica and Ali hides the door to see if she can scare another potential target as they walk into the room. So, she decides to knock on the white room to get their attention but it is not working. But with time, Ali got William as he finally walked into the the Red Bedroom. Olivia is talking to Andrew about her beliefs.
2:45 PM BBT Feeds go down for 15 minutes because Erica and Hamza are back from seeing the Tomb Raider movie.

Summary! This has happened in the Big Brother house today

March 13, 2018

Summary!
This has happened in the Big Brother house today

Erica and Hamza left the house to go to a VIP screening of the new Tomb Raider movie. They were gone until the middle of the afternoon. Out by the hot tub, Merron asked Will what he thinks is going on in the house right now. Will said he thinks Ryan put a target on his back. Will advised Merron to try to get in good with people in the red room. He advised Merron to lay low and go with the house.

Maddy told Paras and Will she has a feeling that Hamza is going to win HoH. She said that would be so fun. Paras said she has no idea who Hamza would target since he is good with Ryan, Erica, Jesse, and Derek amongst others. Maddy said she would be surprised if Hamza were to take a shot at them. Paras said Hamza wouldn’t be her first choice to win. She said Kaela and Veronica wouldn’t put her up. Paras said Ali, Erica, Johnny and Olivia are a strong foursome. She said she would take a shot at them if she wins HoH. Paras told Maddy and Will that Olivia gave her the dirtiest look when she was next to Jesse the other day, so she let Jesse know that she will not be having out with him for a while. Paras said Jesse questioned why she would do that, so she said it’s because Olivia already said she would nominate Maddy for talking to Jesse. Maddy and Paras agreed that they will not risk their games to talk to Jesse. The three discussed that Merron and Veronica must have some sort of advantage, or they get a reward for making it to the certain point. Maddy said Ali had a good point about putting them both up next to each other to see if they have a power. Maddy said she would prefer that Veronica stay around as a target, but she doesn’t think Veronica would stick to their side if it came down not it. Paras reiterated that she is scared of the Ali, Erica, Johnny and Olivia foursome. Will said Derek, Kaela and Jesse are the biggest powerhouse by far. Paras said they haven’t won anything. Maddy said they are doing that on purpose. Maddy said Derek is the leader of the group. Paras said the other four are a bigger threat to her since she saw how well Erica and Johnny compete. Paras said Johnny is being underestimated. Paras said Erica and Olivia are the biggest threats. Maddy threw Johnny’s name in the mix as well. Paras said she is willing to wait on targeting Johnny since he kept them safe. Will said a big game move would be nominating Erica and Olivia. Paras said it has to be done, but the only thing is that they will be blacklisted like Andrew if they make the move. Will said they will be the week five or six plan if the four week plan plays out. Maddy and Paras agreed. Paras later told Maddy she really hopes that the three of them can make it. They agreed to take the shot at Erica and Olivia. Paras said the people in their room are getting picked off one by one. Paras said they will be next. Paras told Maddy that they have to keep Merron even though the others want to get rid of him.

In the have-not room, Paras told Kaela that Olivia said she would potentially put her up since she is guilty by association with Maddy. Paras said Olivia explained that Maddy is a threat to her since she is close to Jesse. Paras went on to say that Olivia was pissed at her for talking to Jesse, then she asked her if she is in to Jesse cause she wants to pursue him. Paras said Olivia claimed that Kaela said Jesse is in to her. Paras fears that Olivia will target her for being close to Jesse. Kaela said that Olivia must be insecure and a psycho girlfriend type of girl. Paras said she will give Olivia her space to try with Jesse. The girls discussed the red and white room divide. Kaela said she loves Paras, Maddy and Will who are all in the white room. Paras explained that the outsiders have included Rozina, Andrew, Hamza and Ryan, all from the white room. Kaela asked if Ali worries Paras. Paras said she doesn’t since she doesn’t know where her head is at. Paras added that Olivia is not good for their game either since she openly told her that she is BSing Kaela. Kaela said the two of them need to be broken up. Paras said it makes sense that Olivia would want Derek and Kaela out if she is working with Ali. Kaela said she would prefer to see Ali and Olivia go before Maddy. Kaela asked Paras to let Maddy know that. Paras said she did this morning. She explained that she said Jesse really likes her, and she said Derek and Kaela are just there to hang out with each other so there is no reason to go after them. Kaela said she would never go after Maddy. Paras said their four targets should be Ali, Olivia, Erica and Johnny right now. She said Maddy and Will can be numbers for them for a long time.

Paras asked Kaela if she thinks Derek and Jesse would ditch them. Kaela said she would ditch the guys before she would ditch Paras. She said she could get never bring her showmance to the finale, cause she knows that would mean she is giving away the prize. Kaela said she would have to cut Derek if they are in the Final 3 together. Paras said they are not about to get Neda’d. Kaela thinks that people would not respect her for bringing Derek to the end. Paras added that girls don’t win sitting next to a guy either. Paras mentioned that she will be screwed if Derek and Kaela are making alliances with the other room. Kaela said she hasn’t even made another alliance. Paras said they can go to the Final 4. In the backyard, Paras told Veronica that the two of them, Maddy and Will are the next to go if they don’t start making moves. Veronica mentioned possibly nominating Ali and Olivia. She thought that people would be pissed if she did that. Paras said they wouldn’t be. She talked about just hearing that Ali is going after the showmance, so there are people wanting her to go. Veronica said Ali would be her target in that scenario. Paras said Ali would go since nobody knows where her head is at. Paras talked about how they will eventually no longer have the numbers to do anything if they keep going with the house. She said they don’t need to go with the house anymore. After, Ali asked Paras what Veronica was saying. Paras said she was asking if everyone is coming after her, so she said she doesn’t know but she is going to do what the house wants. Ali asked Maddy and Paras who they feel closest to. Paras said she really likes Will but she knows that he is close to Veronica, and she will tell everyone things. Ali said she feels close with Kaela and Derek but Ryan said that Derek dropped her name. Paras asked Ali if she is good with Erica and Olivia. Ali said she feels pretty good with Olivia since they share a bed. As for Erica, she said she is still trying to figure her out. Maddy said she feels vulnerable in the white room. Ali said she thinks of the white room as Maddy, Paras and Will. Elsewhere, Andrew told Derek it’s sad that no one is talking to him. Derek said the biggest problem is that Andrew broke a lot of trust in the first week. Andrew said he was simply trying to play the game. He wished Derek the best of luck.

Paras brought up to Ryan, in front of Jesse and Kaela, that someone told her he was going to backdoor her. Ryan said he feels that he gets along with her better than anybody. However, he admitted he was only looking at female options cause he has seen the female alliance too many times. Kaela said it sounded to her like Ryan wanted to backdoor her since he was calling her a target to her face. Ryan clarified that she is not a target for him. He said he knows the game well enough that he would never put a showmance up. Later, Kaela told Derek that she doesn’t trust Ali. Derek said Paras is a good one. Kaela said they are keeping her. Kaela brought up Paras saying she thinks that Erica, Johnny, Ali and Olivia are an alliance. Kaela said she is voting Ali out if she is on the block. They discussed that Olivia’s jealousy issues are also not good to have around. Kaela said best case scenario would be separating Ali and Olivia. Kaela said she is going to keep being good with Maddy since she will not target Derek as long as she is good with her. Derek said they might eventually have to bring Maddy and Will over to their side. Kaela plans to talk to Maddy more since she is a floater. Derek said he will work on Will. Kaela said The Real Deal is the main priority since Paras is a good egg. Derek said everyone tells Paras everything because they don’t think that she has anything. Both agreed that Paras is more important than the seven.

Out in the yard, Derek told Jesse that Paras said Olivia said she has been BSing Kaela. They discussed that Paras is key to everything. Derek said he just had a talk with Kaela about sticking with The Real Deal. Jesse said he would take Paras over Olivia. Derek mentioned that Olivia is super jealous of any girls that hang out with Jesse. Jesse said that could be bad for them.

Up in the HoH room, Veronica told Will that she wants to make people start playing. She talked about nominating two people from the red room. Specifically, Veronica said she would put Ali up as the target. Next to her, she said she may use Erica as a pawn. Will said all they need is for someone to make the first move. Veronica said she wants to leave the house knowing that she did something, even if she gets evicted the week after making a big move. Veronica said she has to be aggressive since she was the last in. While Veronica previously wanted to nominate Merron, she said they have a little bond and he is only close with Hamza and Ryan. Will said he will go hard for HoH, and he will do what is best for his game as opposed to what the house wants. In the pantry, Jesse and Paras discussed Olivia. Jesse said Olivia is going to be on the short list of targets along with Ali. Paras said she cannot even be in the same room with Jesse cause Olivia was rolling her eyes at her the last time. Jesse said he doesn’t care. Paras said that’s cause she will come after her, not him. Jesse said there is no way that Olivia could turn the house on her.

Veronica told Paras she believes that she will be in a vulnerable position for the entirety of the game since she entered the house last. Because of that, Veronica said she is going to have to play aggressively. Veronica said Erica and Paras are her two favourite girls in the house, but she is starting to feel that way with Maddy even more so than with Erica. Veronica explained that she will have the back of those who help her early on. If she goes on the block and wins the veto, Veronica said she will hunt that person down until they leave the house. Veronica mentioned feeling that she can only trust the people in the white room. Hamza joined them. He said he expects it to be the white room vs the red room, and he thinks that their white room has the better competitors. Hamza told Maddy, Paras and Veronica that they have got to stick together. He said that it will be war, and they will get fired at if they don’t fire first.

Hamza told Maddy and Will that Kaela will for sure be one of his nominations. He said he doesn’t think that it would be smart to nominate Derek next to her. Hamza said Derek’s odds of being selected to play in the veto competition are slim, plus he can change the nominations to put Derek up if he wins the veto. Olivia is another person that Hamza said he is scared of. Hamza said he wouldn’t want to put Ali up since he thinks that she would join them. Shortly thereafter, Ali spoke to Maddy about it not being best for them to target Hamza or Ryan. Maddy agreed. She said she is surprised to hear that since she really thought Ali was in solid with those in the red room. Ali said it’s not really a set alliance. In the pantry, Erica told Kaela that Maddy, Paras, and Will would be smart to reel in Hamza, Merron, Ryan and Veronica. She said that pack of lone wolves would then have the numbers.

Paras and Veronica talked about nominating Ali and Olivia. Veronica worried that people would not back the move, but Paras assured her that they would. Paras let Veronica know that Ryan told Derek and Kaela that Ali is after them, so they are on board with getting Ali out. Maddy joined them. Veronica told her that they are including her in the plan because they are trying to build a solid foundation. Paras aid they will have the numbers to turn things around if they make the move now. She listed off herself, Maddy, Veronica, Hamza, Merron, Ryan and Will as the people that they could rally together. Veronica said that those in the white room should be able to make a pact right now that they will all be safe if one of them wins HoH next week.

Live Feed Updates Tuesday March 13th (6)

March 13, 2018

Live Feed Updates Tuesday March 13th (6)

12:45 PM BBT In the kitchen Derek is telling Ali and Kaela about his sales job he said he sold lawn equipment etc. He says he finds it different in Vancouver towards Edmonton. Kaela says in Ottawa the city is one the 5 year plan. She says she is one of the oldest in her service job where Derek is the youngest his. Kaela says she knows someone who is doing her 35 year retirement find. Ali says if you think about it by the time we get there there will be no CPP or OAS so we need to have 2.5 million saved for our own retirement. She says you need to put between 2 to 5 thousand away every month that is paying 5% because inflation is 1.2 to 2.3% yearly. She says she will be out of debt in 6 months so that money will go into her retirement fund but she won’t be out of debt for long because she wants a car and possibly a house. She is hoping that she will be able to make enough to cover it. She says people need to teach their children how to save. She says that will never happen because the Canadian economy is based on consumer debt. Derek asks her should you pay down or pay down and save. She says you need to do both. She says you need to do monthly budgets. She tells them that if you take your own lunch and bring coffee from home at 10.00 a day that is 300 a month which is almost 200,000 by the time you retire.

1:00 PM BBT In the Red Room Ryan Jesse and Paras are talking about the house voting the same. He says as a fan he doesn’t want to watch the house vote the same. Ryan says he thinks Hamza is right and they will have back to back evictions. They all disagree with him. Ryan says he was shocked by how fast he had to pick Noms. Ryan says he doesn’t know how it works as he never watched the feeds. Maddy says the same thing she only watched the show not the feeds. Ryan says if there is a double eviction or one person. Meanwhile in the White Room Andrew is packing his stuff Merron and Veronica are there. Veronica says she wants to break up the Red Room. Veronica says she wants to send one of the people in the red room home because they are to comfortable. Merron says if you are putting them up that the loose ends in the middle will have to put sides. Veronica says she doesn’t think William or Merron will put her on the block.

1:15 PM BBT Merron is telling her to play it cool. Andrew says that it was a good conversation to Merron as Veronica has left the room. Andrew says don’t play a scared game Merron says he is trying to play a smart aggressive game. Veronica walks back in saying that she still feels on the outs with most of the house. Andrew gives Veronica his colourful shirt he tells her not to wear it until he is gone. Back in the Red Room Ryan is telling Kaela Paras and Jesse that he would never put her up. Now there is 2 separate conversations going on where they are trying to talk over each other. Kaela is saying that if you want me to trust you tell me. Ryan says I can’t tell you because I don’t know if I am going to work with them. He says maybe in week 5. As they are yelling over each other we are going to move into the washroom. Derek talking to Veronica are talking about past comps. Andrew and Merron entered and Andrew says was he backpedaling from me. They tell him no he was running from Veronica. Andrew and Merron leave to go play pool. In the kitchen William is making homemade hamburgers. Both Merron and Andrew asks how he made the burgers so he tells them. Olivia and Maddy are sitting upstairs talking about the new people. Olivia says Merron is really sweet but annoying he asks to many questions. They are talking about the house meeting that Veronica called and Ryan talked in. Ali comes by and says that the burgers are just about ready. Veronica has joined them, the conversation switches to wearing a bra or no bra. Big Brother calls them out for talking about brand names. Veronica leaves to go find her mic Johnny joins them. Olivia says because they have big boobs and show in sweaters they get called s**ts.

 Live Feed Updates Tuesday March 13th (5)

March 13, 2018

 Live Feed Updates Tuesday March 13th (5)
11:45 AM BBT As the conversation there continues we check in with the other hgs who are all sitting up in the area outside the HOH Room. Some are involved in their own side conversation others are having a group discussion. Ryan and Andrew are still walking for exercise. They think that they are a crew of misfits. Johnny thinks they are all different. Back in the catacombs the girls are now talking about the fact that Derek and Jesse would never take a shot at them. They are saying that Olivia is talking about each of them to each other. They think some of the girls are very catty. They don’t think that there is anything between Jesse and Olivia as nothing has happened, they think Jesse just isn’t into her. They are saying that Erica scares them at a game level. Johnny Olivia Ali and Erica are an alliance as far as they can see. They feel that Erica is good at physical and mental comps. Johnny is good at physical, Olivia is smart and Ali is just starting to play. Paras feels that they need to get those 4 out. Paras is telling her about the conversation that she had with Johnny when there was just the 2 of them on the wall. She says Johnny would not make a deal with her but made a deal with William and William dropped. Kaela says Ryan told her that Ali wants her to go. They think that Olivia and Ali have to go. Kaela says she is glad Paras came in the catacombs because she feels like she can be safe. Paras says she would never tell William anything because he would tell Veronica who would tell Maddy who would tell the whole house. Paras says a good thing about our foursome is we are always going to vote together. They don’t think they can have that with anyone else. Paras says we have to start watching our backs. Kaela says that Ali kept wanting her to work out with her yesterday.
12:00 PM BBT Kaela thinks that if Erica wins HOH she will put her up in a heartbeat. Paras says people always underestimate players like Johnny. They are saying that if they hear the other players talk about each other they will tell each other. Kaela is telling her that Maddy asked her if she was in an alliance she said she told her no. Kaela says I feel good about us 4 but I would dish one of the guys before I dished you. Kaela says if she gets to a final 3 and Derek was one of them and it was her choice she would dump Derek like Jon did to Neda. She says you don’t take your showmance to the end. In other parts of the house Veronica and Andrew are talking about Andrew’s job he says he really likes his job as he is helping people and kids. Veronica is telling him she really likes children. Andrew says We are one of those organizations that helps people like if you need a tie for a job we provide it. Andrew is telling her that he was Ryan and Erica and they both did him dirt. He tells her look at Ryan he believed them and put up his 2 closest allies on the block. He says he thinks Veronica has a big heart. Andrew is packing up his things so we will move to the catacombs have decided that they need to go back into the house. Kaela went to see if anyone was around who would see them. Aras asks the camera if she is over playing she says she hopes not. Kaela joins the crew outside the HOH Room where Ryan is saying that he watched the show but never watched the feeds. Johnny and Ryan are talking about how to make a deck of cards out of cardboard. Merron is talking about some card game that he thinks he knows he says it is the numbers and suits. Veronica is whispering about her conversation with Paras. Paras says she understands what Ryan was talking about if she wins HOH not to do what the house wants. Paras is telling her that Ali will go after her and the showmances.
12:15 PM BBT Paras is telling her that the house would not be mad at her if she puts Ali up.Paras says to her if they keep going with the house they will pick us off one at a time. Paras says if Ali wins HOH You are going home. Paras says you need to keep this to yourself because if you tell anyone we are f**ked . Veronica gets up to go to the bedroom Paras tells her she will come to her. She then runs over to Ali and Maddy and tells them Veronica says if I win who do I put up. She says she tells them I told her I don’t know. Ali says she feels like she is close to Derek and Kaela as she is in the same room. Ali tells them that Ryan told her that Derek dropped her name. They say that they don’t know who Johnny will put up because he is welcome in every room. Ali says we are getting to that time that we need to start picking off the threats.
12:30 PM BBT Meanwhile out in the backyard Johnny and William are talking about who may possibly have them as targets. William is telling him people don’t believe that Johnny is just a househusband. He says well I really am but my choice. William says people think you are smart. William says If I came in saying I was a doctor no one would believe it. They decide that they can work together later in the game. They agree to tell each other if they hear their names throw out as a possible target. William says I don’t want a strong alliance to run the game. Johnny says he can’t wait til he tells Hamza what Andrew said. William says if we had gotten that cup we would have a target on ourselves. William says he really likes Erica. William says he loves the girl Maddy but she is going to be a target soon. They decide they don’t know who Merron would put up. William asks if the house still wants the newbies or did it switch to Ryan. William says he is going to try and squeeze some more info out of her. Johnny says she got some info out of her about the other 2 that were on the stage with her. They agree that they would want her to stay over Merron. William says he thinks Olivia is really smart and he really likes her now. William says the girls are girls so Maddy is different than them. He also thinks Erica is more like the guys but can fit in with the girls. Johnny thinks that Paras will be a die hard loyal player. William thinks he might be able to get her to jump to the other side. They think Merron is making himself an outcast because he is staying close with Andrew and Ryan. William says he asks him everyday When was your birthday? William says it was the 5th before you came in. Johnny says he needs to study some more or he won’t be able to get it back later. William thinks that the 2 of them will be good for a couple more weeks.

 Live Feed Updates Tuesday March 13th (4)

March 13, 2018

 Live Feed Updates Tuesday March 13th (4)
11:00 AM BBT Andrew and Ryan are walking and saying that if the Red Room gets too close it is going to make the White Room closer. Ryan is saying that he never should have put up his 2 allies to try and backdoor someone. Andrew agrees with him. They feel that Olivia has a hand with Paras. Andrew says he poured out the maple syrup. He says he just did it right now, he says they left it out so he has decided to make it Meanwhile in the lounge area Ryan and Andrew are making laps talking about Merron and how he is making an enemy of himself. Andrew says that Erica and Jesse were talking last night on the couch saying they don’t even want to remember his name because he won’t be here long enough. Merron is laying on one of the couches out there and conversation changes to how Andrew didnt know he was the target at first. They decided to switch directions of how they are walking and wanting to lose a little weight.
11:15 AM BBT They begin talking about children and if they can have/want more kids. Inside on the couch out by the HOH Paras and Derek are whispering. Olivia told Paras about her l sats and is divulging info thinking paras is alone. They agree that Olivia is trying to play a floater game but they know better. They are just worried about Ali and if they are close or in with her. Paras feels that Derek is good with everyone except Olivia. Ali walks over and joins the conversation they start talking about plans for the day, the errands they are going to run today. Sounds like Erica and Hamza are gone to see their movie. Paras leaves and Ali sits down with Derek. They start talking about contacts and how Jesse as glasses, wears contacts. Derek says he has glasses as well but he didn’t bring them. Jesse walks by they whistle then feeds change to Paras and Kaela in the HN room. Paras tells her about he conversation she’s been having with Liv (Olivia), Maddie is a target as well because she’s flirty with Jesse. She (Paras) is guilty by association being friends with Maddie and so she’s at risk to be on the block. “ Kaela told me Jesse is really into me so im going to try it a few more days” – Olivia
11:30 AM BBT The conversation continues between the girls so we go back to the rest of the HGS where the conversation is about glasses no game talk here so we will pop back with the girls where Paras and Kaela are talking about a conversation that Paras had with a hgs when her hand grabs a cobweb and it scares her. Kaela says the Red Room seems I know most of them and feel okay. Kaela says I tried all day yesterday to not hang out with Derek because the Veto hadn’t been done yet. I was scared of a Backdoor options. She is saying that she tried to talk to Olivia yesterday but it didn’t really work. They say that they confronted Ali but they feel she told them all lies. Paras said you maybe with to Derek but you two are not a threat because you haven’t tried to make a big move. She also says that Jesse and Derek are not all that great for their game right now. Paras says Olivia wants to take Maddy out because Jesse is talking to her instead of Olivia. Paras says she won’t want to go home because some girl thought I was after her man. Kaela says he isn’t even her man. Kaela says she will keep talking to Olivia but someone needs to take a shot. They think that people are underestimating her. They think she is playing a very smart game. They think that it maybe a good thing if Jesse is a good thing. Paras is worried that if Olivia finds out she is friends with Jesse.

 Live Feed Updates Tuesday March 13th (3)

March 13, 2018

 Live Feed Updates Tuesday March 13th (3)
9:30 AM BBT Feeds still down HGS are waking up. Feeds come back with Kaela Derek and Jesse Johnny as well as Ali they are talking about who should go on slop next week. They are saying it should be the hgs that haven’t been have nots yet. They are trying to remember what Arisa said to them when they walked in the house. Out in the hot tub area Johnny and Merron are talking about the hair gel Merron brought in, Johnny wants to know if he can get it in Newfoundland. Andrew has joined them. Merron has offered Johnny his small bottle of hair gel. Merron says if he uses the hair twister with the gel it makes it look better. Johnny is telling them both that he likes their hair it is way cool. Andrew says we really whooped it up last night. They agree and said that they were dancing all over the place. As they head inside we travel to the washroom.
9:45 AM BBT In the washroom Olivia Parasand Maddy are preparing for the day. Maddy asks if there was anything on the TV for today, they tell her they don’t think so but they wish there was a comp for Have Nots or something so they would have something to do. They are going to go have a bagel and come back to do their faces. William has come in to the washroom and washed his hands from smoking. William is saying he is tired and his back hurts. William says he has to shower every morning when he wakes up. William and Kaela are saying they can’t wait til Erica and Hamza get back from the movie so they can tell them how good it was. They both start talking with the Newfie twang in their voice. Saying Mornina instead of morning. In other parts of the house Paras is preparing her bagel and Olivia is looking for something to eat.
10:00 AM BBT Most of the HGS are now in the kitchen preparing breakfast. Derek and Jesse are preparing slop for their breakfast and saying they will make the slop shakes later in the day. Jesse says he slept for a bit, Paras asks him if he is getting use to sleeping in the catacombs. He says kinda of. Ali is making a fruit smoothie for her breakfast. The conversation goes to the party last night. Andrew gets called to the DR. Derek says he could go for about 6 beers. Jesse agree with him saying yea 6 beers very quickly. They are repeating the jingle for Folgers in my cup. Jesse sings the best part of waking up is going back to sleep. Veronica is asking if there is any sugar yet, she is told no. Ryan has joined the group in the kitchen. Veronica is telling someone off camera about her dream last night. As we travel to another section of the house we find Merron Veronica and Olivia are eating at the table. Merron is telling them about the challenge that Jon and Ashley did where they got drunk but had to pretend be sober but he can’t remember Allison’s name. The conversation now goes to what type of booze will get them drunk faster. Veronica is telling them that her and her friend would buy a 2/6 of Vodka and drinking it before they go out.
10:15 AM BBT The conversation continues at the table about what will happen to day. Olivia is telling them they will have a clean day this week. Ali has joined the group at the table with her smoothie Veronica asks to try a sip. Veronica is removing her corn cobs from her hair at the table while other are eating. Veronica is complaining about her voice which is still raspy from her sore throat. Back in the kitchen they are really missing the sugar, they are finishing up their breakfast. Most of the hgs are just having general conversation amongst themselves.Feeds have gone down . Feeds come back with all HGs in the kitchen dining table with the exception of Erica and Hamza who are out at the movie. As Andrew asks Ryan how he would get his number to contact him on the outside the feeds go down. They come back with the group in the kitchen where Jesse is calling the slop Healthy slop bites. Maddy says she made a Mocha for the morning as there is no sugar. Maddy is telling them about when she went stateside how much bigger there servings were and how cheap. Derek is saying even when you go to major grocery stores most of the produce comes from the US or Mexico. Maddy is saying you need to go to the markets to get local produce. Johnny has returned from the DR.
10:30 AM BBT Meanwhile at the dining room table the conversation goes to playing a game of pool. Ryan is saying we can do doubles. Ryan is telling them if they stare at the ceiling and making shapes out of the design. The camera goes to the washroom where Olivia is applying her makeup Johnny and Maddy are in the showers. Veronica has joined them Ali comes in and asks them what they want to do today. Ali is trying to decide if she should do her makeup on or stay in pjs all day. Johnny tells her there maybe something to do today so she decides to get dressed. Ali is dancing around to the timer on the dryer. Veronica is asking how to hide her pores as she feels hers are big. Olivia tells her to do masks. She responds she has done 2? Olivia says are they pore minimize ones. She answers no is that what I have to use. Veronica tells them she has a hair crimper here that seems to excite a couple of the girls. Veronica leaves to go make a smoothie. In the pool table area William Ryan Jesse and Derek are playing pool. Andrew is walking around. The cameras go to outside where Maddy William and Paras are. William says it is cold today. Maddy says yes and spring is in 8 days. Maddy says Jesse and Ali think that Veronica and Merron have a secret power so they want to flush the power out. They think that they should put them on the block to see if there is a secret power. They think that Veronica will stay with the bigger group. William says We know who she is putting up Merron and Ryan.
10:45 AM BBT Maddy says that we need to get thru the next 4 weeks. They are talking about Derek being the leader of the other 4.Paras says Olivia and Erica are bigger threats especially Erica she is good at everything. Maddy thinks Ali will let the others take it before she wants it. Paras says Erica Olivia Johnny and Ali are the biggest threats. They think that Johnny is more than just a house husband. Paras says to William that he thinks everyone likes him. William agrees that Erica is the biggest threat in the house. They start talking about Johnny being honest with them, Maddy says he told her that although they can’t work together now they may in the future. Maddy says they may keep us safe for 2 weeks but we are at the bottom of the totem pole. Maddy says if Olivia or Erica win HOH one of us 3 will put us up. They think that Olivia is playing the best social game. Maddy is saying that Hamza told her he knows that he knows the other side is using him because they know he is going to stay this week. Maddy and Paras are playing to have each other backs. They are talking by the area of the hot tub area. Maddy tells Paras she needs to win HOH. They high five each other and go in. Some of the hgs are sitting around, Paras is talking to Ryan about the upcoming week.

 Live Feed Updates Tuesday March 13th (2)

March 13, 2018

 Live Feed Updates Tuesday March 13th (2)
12:15AM-8:30AM All Houseguests sleeping snugly in their beds.
8:38 AM BBT Hamza and Erica are awake and talking about how Hamza got the number right to be able to watch the movie with her that was part of the POV Challenge. There are no cameras on them but it sounds like they are in the washroom preparing for the day. Erica is saying it has been a rough week Hamza is agreeing with her. Big Brother tells Hamza to put on his mic. Erica says she really likes Andrew but he is taking the game to personally. Erica says at the end of the day we are all here for ourselves. She says to take it so personal in week 2 is wrong everyone is still figuring out where they are in the game. Erica says the s**t will hit the fan if you win HOH. She says she wants to see him cry. She is telling him that she broke down yesterday and was outside by herself crying she said she had to remember who she was doing it for. That winning is for both of them and will change their lives.
8:45 AM BBT Feeds go down but come back a second later with Hamza still in the shower and Erica putting on makeup. The conversation goes to the rapping contest last night. Hamza says he thinks his was pretty good but was probably bad. Hamza says he really likes Derek and Jesse. He feels that Jesse is the sarcastic guy but says it so that it is funny. He is telling her that his girlfriend spend a lot of time in Toronto even tho they live in Thunder Bay. Erica says she wants to see her family’s reaction to watching the show. Hamza says his sister is a big fan but is only 15 so she can’t do it now. They both are doing their thing to prepare for the day. Andrew has awaken and joins them in the washroom. He prepares to get in the shower feeds go down.
9:00 AM BBT Feeds come back with Hamza asking if Andrew slept well. Hamza and Erica are saying it was freezing cold in the Have Not Room. They say Ryan provided the comfort. Erica is offering Hamza a pair of her jeans to wear. He says his hips are bigger, Erica reminds him that she has women’s hips his are not bigger, he continues to say his are she reminds him that she is a women. They are excited that they get to go outside today and see the movie. Hamza and Erica are saying that they are big Lara Tomb Raider fans. They continue to just have general conversation while they prepare for the day. There is no conversation going on at all as they prepare for their day. Ryan has come in to do battery change. Derek is up and has come to retrieve his mic which he left in the washroom.
9:15 AM BBT Feeds have gone down looks like it is TIME TO GET UP HOUSEGUESTS NAP TIME
IS OVER.

Tonight's Show

March 12, 2018

Tonight's Show!

Previously on Big Brother Canada, with Andrew and his posse safe in heaven, a hellacious left Johnny fired up by the win and the losers feeling the heat. When the campaigning began, Johnny turned on the waterworks. Then Johnny dried his crocodile tears and put up Alejandra and Rosina. But lone wolf Hamza howled at the idea.

At the PoV competition, every inch counted. In the end, Johnny wormed his way to the win, then locked down his nominations. 

On the first Eviction Night of the season, a unanimous vote sent Rozina packing. Then Big Brother dropped a second bombshell with a catch.

Tonight, will the Gate Crashers get their story straight? Or will it go up in flames? Who will make a splash as the next HoH? And can the Have-Nots handle their tomb with a view? It's all happening now on Big Brother Canada!

Rozina is evicted from the BBCAN house. Alejandra is so glad to still be in the game. Jesse says the house is not as united as the vote. Andrew was relentless on Eviction Day trying to flip the house to save Rozina and that rubbed people the wrong way. [Scenes of Andrew delivering the hard sell.]

Having lost the vote, Andrew tries to regain his footing and prepares for the HoH competition. 

The HGs are sitting around a circular bar. Johnny will ask each HGs a question and rather than answering with the name of the HG, the HGs will throw a drink in the face of their answer. If correct, they will choose someone to be cut off and eliminated from the competition. If incorrect, they will be cut off.

Merron and Veronica do not play in the Feast Competition and are safe for the week. 

Question 1: Who did the house decide smells the worst? What kind of survey is this, wonders Merron. Andrew buzzes in, grabs some nuts, fills his oversized martini glass and throws it in Ryan's face. That was the correct answer and Andrew eliminates Olivia.

Next question: Who is here only for a showmance? Erica buzzes in and throws her drink at Derek. The correct answer was Derek so Erica cuts off Andrew. She does this for the house and to show her loyalty. Who is most likely to cry when nominated? Maddy douses herself but the answer is Kaela, so Maddy is eliminated.

Who did the house decide would be the easiest to eliminate? Jesse buzzes in but gets the answer wrong - it's Paras - and is cut off. Who did the house decide would have the least number attend their funeral? Paras says herself and self-douses. But the answer is Olivia and Paras has taken herself out of the competition. Olivia says she didn't see that coming, she'll have tons at her funeral.

Who is the house most surprised to seek cast this season? Kaela guesses Hamza and she is correct. She eliminates Hamza. Who did the house decide is the dumbest HG? Derek is the first of many to buzz in and guesses William but the answer was Paras. What, she exclaims! Derek is cut off.

Still in the competition are Will, Kaela, Ryan, and Erika. Who did the House decide is the least trustworthy HG? Ryan buzzes in and throws his drink into Andrew's face. He's correct and eliminates

Live Feed Updates Tuesday March 13th (1)

March 13, 2018

Live Feed Updates Tuesday March 13th (1)

12:00 AM BBT-

Everyone is getting ready for bed. Ryan kicks Merron out of the HOH room.

In the White Room- Merron is trying create a bro-handshake with Will. Will is holding a study session in the white room. Hamza tells them to memorize the songs played today. Paras says they would never have to do that cause its copyright.

 

Erica and Jesse go to the Have not Room. Derek is already there. Jesse goes to sleep on top of the tomb. Erica tells the boys she is sorry that she couldn’t take them all to the Movie. They tell her they understand. Erica- we should have grabbed a stick to play with the goo, you know poke it. Erica explaining to the boys about the bbcan5 have not room. They assume they had way more room to sleep than this year…hmm not sure about that.

 

In the bathroom- Merron tells Hamza he is his Ride-or-Die. Merron-When I walked in all I saw was the whole house against you & Andrew. Hamza-Not me, him. Merron-That’s how I saw it. I’m just saying right now, you’re my ride or die. Hamza-I got you. It is Merron, Hamza, Ryan, Will. Hamza says Maddy, Merron says don’t count on it. Hamza says she’s in. Hamza agrees, Merron, Hamza, Ryan and Will are a solid 4. Hamza says Paras and Veronica too. Merron says no Maddy and Paras. Only 5. Merron- What do you think about Veronica? Hamza- She is a wild card, she is a loose cannon. She is tight with Will though. Hamza tells Merron that he talked to Maddy today and shes 100% in with him. Merron telling Hamza he can’t trust Paras or Maddy and it should just be Hamza/Merron/Ryan/Will. Hamza says he thinks Paras/Maddy/Veronica would vote with them. Merron- I am telling you right now I am 100% in. Hamza- I got you. Merron- Right now, you are my ride or die.

Live Feed Updates: Monday, March 12th (9)

March 12, 2018

Live Feed Updates: Monday, March 12th (9)
7:30 PM BBT Ryan said that they usually don’t leave the house, that the movie is usually played on the HOH tv. They discussed the condition of the hottub and what they could do to make it better. Merron started to beat box and Veronica freestyled to it. They were wondering if Erica was gone yet. Veronica rapped about each house guest. They HGs asked her to freestyle about each HG in the living room. Merron gave her a beat to rap to and she continued to run through each HG. Hamza was told to come up with a rap for Veronica. He was having a hard time thinking of something. William gave it a go and came up with a good rap about her. Ryan spits out a great rap about Veronica and got a huge reaction from the HGS. Veronica came up with a clever rap about Ryan.
7:45 PM BBT Veronica targeted Maddy in her next rap. All the HGS seemed impressed that Veronica was able to freestyle about each of them. Hamza was whispering to Ryan. He was having trouble coming up with a rhyme. Ali gave a rap about Paras. Hamza gave an awkward rap and the HGs exploded in laughter.
8:00 PM BBT Veronica is now taking a turn rapping.Ryan is rapping but they tell him they think he crossed the line. Veronica is taking a turn again. They are saying that they are doing a rap roast in the Big Brother House. They are now all just sitting around having private conversations. William just rapped. William is now the one that they are rapping about. Merron is talking about the ambush they tried to pull on him with the snowballs. Veronica and Kaela walked upstairs still rapping to themselves. The party seems to be breaking up with everyone going different ways. In the area before the hot tub Olivia and Erica are talking about Paras started to get nervous, she is saying she thinks everyone is in an alliance but her. They are saying they would keep Ryan until after the newbies leave. Erica says it will be good to keep Hamza and Ryan til after they get Merron and Veronica out. Olivia heads inside Erica heads outside Andrew Ryan and Merron are lazing around on the sofas in the living room. Erica is sitting outside by herself where she hears sirens and traffic. She is looking up at the snow falling deep in thought. Inside the house Paras and Olivia are in the washroom, Paras is asking Olivia if she wants to go in the hot tub.They are complaining that the hot tub is dirty. Veronica is changed and ready to go into the hot tub. Meanwhile in the kitchen Ali Derek Jesse William Johnny and Maddy are all standing around Jesse is making a slop smoothie.
8:15 PM BBT Back in the hot tub area Erica is crying and looking up towards the sky. She looks deep in thought. Back in the house Johnny is doing the dishes. Jesse is saying that the slop expands in your stomach that way. They think maybe Hamza heard the number to get picked to watch the movie. William is going out back for a smoke. Derek Jesse and William are jumping up and hitting the arches in the living room. William is once again looking for his flip flops again. He thinks Veronica has them again. Andrew is asking Hamza who some of the hgs would put on the block if they won HOH. Ryan has been called out for sleeping by Big Brother. Ryan also gets called out for talking about production. Andrew starts talking about his weird toes and asks if that why he is getting evicted? Ryan is telling them about the time he slipped and put his foot in a deep fryer. Ali and Johnny are in the kitchen cleaning up the dishes. Ali asks him how he feels about everything. He tells her it is too open here to talk. Johnny says he feels he has cleaned enough he doesn’t want to clean the beef shit. Several of them are heading out to the hot tub area. Ryan once again gets called out for his mic. Ali and Johnny are talking about things that Ryan told them. Johnny says he told him that Ryan said he was told Johnny and Erica were in an alliance. Meanwhile out in the backyard Veronica Derek and Jesse are in the hot tub but say it stinks. William says he may jump in but says it stinks bad. Veronica says it is getting better but Jesse says we are just getting use to it. William keeps smelling the hot tub and has decided that it doesn’t smell so bad now. They start rapping in the tub. William is thinking of going in the hot tub, he is going to ask for pucks from Dr.
8:30 PM BBT Ali and Johnny are playing pool but run to grab packs to put their battery packs in. Johnny says he doesn’t 100% trust Maddy and that group but enough for the next couple of weeks. He says he is over Ryan. Ali asks him what he thinks about Veronica. He tells her he likes her but it is too early for her not enough information. William walks by saying he is going in the hot tub as well but they tell him there is no more aqua packs. He tells Ali to come outside as all the girls are putting their feet in. Johnny says it doesn’t trust Jesse and Derek all the time because a couple of days ago he was saying Veronica had to go first now he is saying Merron has to go first. Ali says that is because Merron is closer to Hamza Ryan and Andrew. Looks like all the hgs are headed outside. They decide to join the rest. Ali ask Ryan what he was doing he said going to play pool, they decide to stay and play with him. Most of the hgs are i the backyard in the hot tub. William is still complaining about the smell.
9:00 PM BBT Kaela and Maddie are up on the couch upstairs talking about Jury. The ladies Explore the option of Marron winning HOH, feels he would do whatever Ryan wants. He is always with the group and doesn’t really separate and talk to anyone. They point out that it’s Double digits DAY 10, a few days till St. patty’s day and spring Equinox. They talk about clothes they have and don’t have with them. Feeds swap to the Hot tub where Veronica is already out of the HT, But Paras and Jesse are still needing to get out and head in. Olivia is in the Kitchen laughing a few of the boys head out of the SR with trays of food and alcohol. They begin to all gather in the Dining area and cheers. Sounds like the HN are able to eat as well. They all hollere for Erica as she is the only who isn’t down there. She comes and joins them. Onion rings, fried pickles, pizza, wine, and beer.
9:15 PM BBT They grab condiments to go with their items, They mention how it’s such a great week to be a HN, 3rd meal from BB they are able to be a part of. They begin talking about other Alcoholic drinks they have had and make and love.
9:19 PM BBT- 10:05 PM BBT FEEDS OUT The Houseguests got beer & food. The Have Nots are able to eat & drink also
10:06 PM BBT Paras, Maddy, and Johnny up in the Wr freshening up. Most other Hg in the kitchen talking about pant legs. Erica says how every day they have gotten some sort of food but she’s been complaining every day. They they try and shuffle …
10:15 PM BBT Most everyone is in the living room still talking about things from home and alcohol outside the house while Victoria dances and bounces all around. They discuss mosh pits and how to properly enter them. Lots of little conversations over each other hard to decipher and Victoria dancing.
10:30 PM BBT- Andrew Talks to the Camera – I stole more beer than I normally would have taken. I feel like I deserve it. It turned into a party tonight. We had a couple beers, a little dance party, a little snowball fight. I don’t know when I became a damn threat. I am definitely not a threat. They are not want your boy to play with them. Same people I protected all week coming for me. People that I gave hugs are not got no love for me. I are not trying to leave but it feels like the writing is on the wall. It’s crazy how this game is. Nobody really wanted to play, or they are playing and they don’t want to include me. Maybe it was all the swag, maybe it was my dad sweater. Sweater is fresh . You got the one ratchet girl downstairs acting a damn fool. I guess it makes for good TV, but come on now. You gotta clown her, Marsha. Ask her what’s going on with her diversity braids
10:45 PM BBT- Paras is trying to smoke without anyone seeing her.
11:00 PM BBT- Paras and Will discuss outside who they’d put up if they won HOH. Paras and Will agree they don’t want to target Ryan. Will says he doesn’t know who he’d nom. Paras doesn’t want to say cuz she’s worried Will’d tell Veronica. He swears he won’t.Paras is going there to Will! “I feel like I cant tell you anything because you tell Veronica and she tells the other side.” Paras says she wants Erica,Liv or Ali out. Will to Paras: “I’m looking out for #1: me, you and Maddy”. Paras- I don’t want to take Ryan out. Will- I just don’t know who you put up. Paras- I feel like I cant fully share with you cause you tell Veronica and she tells the other side. Will- I have never talked one bit of game with Veronica. Paras to Will- Do I love her (Veronica’s) personality? Yes. Is she fun? Yes. But I don’t feel comfortable telling her anything cause she will tell the other side .
11:15 PM BBT- Paras- She (Olivia) just told me “do you like Jesse?”. She was like “I want to pursue it”. Will- That’s dangerous. Then they have four of them. Paras- Jesse is not going to go for. Will- I don’t think he is going to . Paras is aware that Olivia has a slight dislike for Paras because she’s close to Jesse. And she’s aware Erica/Ali/Olivia will likely target Maddy. She’s got a good read. . Paras thinks she might have to target Erica, because even though “I love her and she’s been so good to me, she’d put my ass up in a minute”. Will to Paras- I am glad Hamza is staying. He is fucking a beast. I want him to win the next HoH. Paras- None of the guys would put me up. The girls would. Will- Ryan and Merron first maybe. Paras- Merron is not coming for us. Will- Would you have the nerve to put Erica up? Paras- I wouldn’t do it before veto. Only after veto if I had the votes. Paras: Johnny is dangerous. He’s really smart. He really knows the game. Paras to Will- I love Johnny but Johnny is dangerous. There is no fucking way he is a stay at home husband. Johnny is nerdy, Johnny is smart, and Johnny knows the game. I know from his level of paranoia. Paras: “I think it’s kinda shady if Kaela to say go for Jesse… it’s like okay Kaela I see you. Paras tells Will that she told Liv to go after Jesse, so Liv doesn’t see her as a threat. But she wants Liv to go so she can control Jesse.Paras tells Will that she would like Liv out so she can have Jesse & they both agree they wouldn’t go after Ryan. Paras tells Will that he/Maddy are her number ones.Paras to Will- Kaela told her (Olivia) to go for Jesse. I thought that was shady of Kaela. That’s not the impression that Kaela gave me. It’s like okay Kaela, I see you . Will to Paras “Im not attracted to anyone…” Paras tells Will that she would like Liv out so she can have Jesse & they both agree they wouldn’t go after Ryan Will and Paras say they like Maddy, but she’s really paranoid. Paras tells Will that Maddy got on Liv’s bad side because Maddy/Jesse were getting closer lately. Paras said she’s trying to distance herself from Jesse to make herself less of a target to Liv. Paras tells Will that he/Maddy are her number ones. Will asks Paras if anyone asked her to be in another alliance… she doesn’t tell him about The Real Deal alliance.

11:30 PM BBT-In the HotTub- Ryan felt really old when the music started earlier. Ryan is telling them about how at school dances the teachers would tell you to “leave room for the lord” when boys/girls danced together.
In the White Room- Paras tells Jesse she’s going to avoid him the next 3 days bc she doesn’t want to be Liv’s target. She already asked her if she like him & she said no. Paras- She (Olivia) said “are you into Jesse?”. I said no. I don’t want to compete with her. Don’t think I am being standoffish, okay? Jesse- Okay. That’s fair. Paras to Jesse- Liv was just telling me “I want to give things a shot with Jesse cause Kaela wants me to”, because Kaela said you were in to her. I’m not talking to you for the next three days cause I don’t want to be a target with Liv.
Andrew and Merron are discussing how no one comes to the HoH room.
Ryan tells Hamza “If they don’t send me home this (coming) week, I’ll win HOH again, cuz it’ll be an endurance comp this week, which means a questions comp next time”. Hamza- I wish you would have just taken a shot at them. We would have been chilling, they would have been kissing your ass. Ryan- It’s true. It’s my fault. Hamza tells Andrew that if it comes down to him and Merron in the F2 of the next HoH comp, he’ll throw it to him. Hamza- Would you be excited for a Battle Back? Andrew- I would be excited for anything. Right now it’s just literally I am waiting to expire. I don’t got the votes, I am running out of time. Hamza- I am not happy that you are going. It’s bittersweet. Hamza- If I were you, I wouldn’t give up. Andrew- I am not giving up but realistically I don’t have numbers. Hamza- You gotta make deals. Andrew- I tried. People that are in the majority are not cutting deals with me . Andrew tells Hamza to win HOH and nominate the power people: Kaela and Derek. Andrew- Y’all are still my peoples. Y’all gotta lock up like dreadlocks and keep it pushing. Hamza “Did they say goodnight Houseguests?” No, but i don’t think anyone cares. They are all going to bed.
11:45 PM BBT- Everyone is getting ready for bed.
Andrew and Hamza in the White Room- Andrew- You have got Paras, Maddy, Will, Ryan, yourself, Merron. That’s six. Her (Veronica) is seven. Hamza- She is a wildcard. Andrew- Her and Merron have a pact to stay together . Andrew- Ryan fucked up. He fucked up big. Hamza- So stupid. Andrew- I tried to play too hard too early. It’s your fault too. I told you to let the old lady go. You gassed me up. I tried.

Merron and Ryan in the HOH. Ryan doesn’t mind the idea of going home next week, Hes played the game and hes around a bunch of kids that don’t want to play. Merron points out that he’s the youngest in the house. Ryan tells Merron he doesn’t mind if he goes home next week; “I feel like I’ve played the game and I’m surrounded by a bunch of kids who don’t WANT to play the game” Ryan: “I feel like I’ve made a terrible mistake this week”. Ryan- Veronica is just talking Will’s ear off. We have lost him. Merron- I don’t think so. I had a good conversation with him. Ryan- I think Paras is probably still with us. I’m not sure. Merron- You think we lost Will but we might have Paras. I am the opposite way. I feel like we lost Paras. Ryan- Every time I have been near Paras today, she has been making snide comments about the other side. Ryan- I see that Veronica is running around, stirring shit up. Game recognizes game. Merron- It screwed her over more than it screwed you. Ryan- I am not sure yet. Merron tells Ryan that he trusts Hamza & him and they’re going to need numbers moving forward. Merron- If one of them gets it, I feel like for sure I’m going on the block 100%. Ryan- 14 people agreed that if you didn’t win HoH, you and Ronnie are going up. I’m curious if that’s still the case. Ryan tells Merron when they came in, majority agreed that next week the plan was for him/Veronica to go up. Doesn’t know if that’s the case now bc Veronica “has concained herself into people’s heart”. Merron- I am thinking people are worrying about the fact that if Veronica goes, the house will be boring. Ryan- It was fine before she got here.

 Live Feed Updates: Monday, March 12th (8)

March 12, 2018

 Live Feed Updates: Monday, March 12th (8)
6:15 PM BBT The HGs are in the kitchen waiting for dinner to be served. Ryan explained his would you rather game with Merron, and that Merron chose to chose to get beat up by an old lady. RYAN PLEASE GO TO THE DR, he says the live of HOH never stops. Olivia asks Jesse about the Slop he is making and what he is adding to it. Will and Hamza are making a meal and cooking together. They want BB to give them one meal a day. Ali enters the kitchen again asking Hamz how he is doing. Feeds switch to Kaela outside talking to the feeders. She wants to trust Paras but trusts Will more and doesn’t know how she would ever vote either out. She thinks her family would want her to make other moves. She wants Hamza to win HOH. She said she hope someone noticed that she put the 12 ball on the pool table, and that she hoped that the person it was for would see it. BB told her to fix her mic. She started crying because she was so happy and proud of herself for getting into the BB house. She said that this was the first time she had been alone in the BB house.
6:30 PM BBT Maddy grabbed her mic and started to talk into it. She talked about her hopes for making good moves in the house. She said she needed to be adaptable, and that it was hard to make out like she was not very knowledgeable about BB. She said she is a smart ass and that trying not to be while in the BB house has been hard. In the red room, Jesse and Erica talked together. She said they should eat some slop and watch a movie. Erica said she should deep fry the slop. She told Jesse that they were 1/7th of the way through the season. They agreed that the time passed slower when they were on slop. Erica said she would like to see an express version on BB. They both think that they would suck on Survivor. BB tells them to stop talking about brands. Jesse said he would like to go to Amazing race. Jesse said he finds it so interesting how the casts work out. How everyone has their own niche and how they act. Erica said that it doesn’t feel like a show. BB tells Jesse to stop playing with his mic. Jesse said it seemed pretty normal to be in BB house. Erica asked him if he talked to Veronica. He said that only to tell her she gave a good speech. Erica said that after her speech she saw Veronica as less of a threat. Jesse asked Erica if she got along with the other girls. She said she did. She said she doesn’t talk game with William and Maddy. Jesse said he wasn’t concerned about talking game to anyone yet.
6:45 PM BBT Jesse talked about how smart Kaela is and how good her game is. He thinks she would beat Derek in the game. Erica said the HGS need to start choosing the 7 to gain control in the house. Olivia entered to red room. Erica asked her what was for dinner. Olivia told them it was pasta. Jesse and Erica said they are staying away from the food because they were on slop. Kaela and Ali come in to the red room. Kaela said she was going outside. Ali grabbed a shirt to put on to go outside. Ali said her shirt smelled bad. Jesse said they can’t smell it over the feeds. Jesse said he liked the body suits that Ali wore. Ali exited the red room. Jesse said he wasn’t sure how he was going to survive on slop. Erica asked him if he would self-evict if he was on slop 2 weeks in a row. He said no but that he wouldn’t be happy. They talk about who they think would make it past jury. Kaela came back in and said it was cold out and that the hot tub was disgusting. Jesse said there was a dirty crew in there last night. Derek asked that if one of them one HOH, would they still be on slop. Erica said no. Kaela said she wanted to wait til there was fewer HGs to win HOH, so there were less people to share the alcohol with. They talked about having Caesar’s to drink.
7:00 PM BBT Erica joked about how they got swindled into the BB house. They joke about staying in the house after the show ends. Outside, William made a snowman. Paras suggested calling him Gary. Johnny and Maddy helped decorate the snowman. Johnny said to take more snow to reinforce the snowman. Veronica came outside and went to look at Gary. William said that the snowman was done. They all gave each other a celebratory hug. Veronica said it was a cutie. Paras thanked BB for not telling them to stop what they were doing. They decided to put him in the freezer. They all exit the yard and go to the kitchen together to put Gary in the freezer. William tried to make room in the freezer so it won’t get destroyed. In the red room, Ali explained in detail what the HGs had for dinner to Erica, Derek and Jesse. In the dining room, Merron, Andrew, Hamza, Ryan and Johnny sat at the table. Johnny said the swelling in his ankle was still there. They talked about the haircuts. Merron said that Hamza had solid hair before getting it cut.
7:15 PM BBT Ryan said he was going to ask BB for a cough drop. Merron asked Johnny if the weather was as bad as the others said. Johnny said it was good for snowballs. They all get up to go check out the yard. Hamza said he was from Thunder Bay and he hated snow. Back in the red room, food is still the discussion. Jesse told BB that Erica would like to pay 1,500 dollars to be a Have for the rest of the season. Erica asked Olivia if she was wearing her lucky underwear. Olivia said she was. In the yard, Andrew, Hamza, Johnny, Veronica and Merron have a snow fight. Hamza left and Paras called him a cheater. Hamza told them to make a bunch of snowballs and wait until he came back before throwing them. Maddy and William joined in. All the HGs assemble in the living room. The HGs speculate on the reason they are there. Ali stood at the front of the room holding instructions from BB. She said she was waiting for her cue to read it to the house. She said that Erica won a screening of Tomb Raider at a secret location and could choose one HG to go with her. Erica said to do rock paper scissors between the have nots. They decide to choose a number instead. Hamza guessed the right number
77.

Live Feed Updates: Monday, March 12th (7)

March 12, 2018

Live Feed Updates: Monday, March 12th (7)

5:00 PM BBT Derek said that Andrew should not have treated Johnny like he did. He said that Andrew was trying to flip the house. That he made his bed, he has to lay in it. Paras entered the room. Kaela said she liked Paras’s outfit. They discussed the amount of swearing they use now and if it was more or less than they usually use. Veronica said he birthday was in 6 days. She hoped there would be alcohol. She then told them about how she wants to spend her day. She planned to ask not to be evicted that week. The group told her that they did a thing for Olivia’s bday so they will do something for hers as well. Jesse and Paras are in the kitchen. Jesse was unhappy about having to make slop again. He is talking through the process of how to make and cook the slop.

5:15 PM BBT Ali and Kaela continue to work out together. Back in the white room, Veronica talked about how Andrew knows that he doesn’t have her vote. She said she is voting with the house. Johnny said that Andrew will only be there for a couple more days. Everyone goes quiet for a few moments. Veronica asked Maddy if she did some Laundry. Maddy replied that she did. In the red room, Ali and Kaela returned from working out. Derek is there. Kaela talked about peeling her callouses. Derek said he wanted to go work out. Kaela said he was too embarrassed to go while they were in there. Derek asked about the location of the other guests. William came in and told them he was there to count the roses. Kaela said that Merron was in earlier to do the same thing. William stubbed his toe and lost count, then left the red room. In the kitchen, Jesse and Paras play a makeshift game of air hockey. Maddy sliced a bagel and asked William if he wanted a sandwich. He said that he didn’t, but maybe later.

5:30 PM BBT Jesse again complained about how much he hated slop. Andrew came in and asked what they were up to, then exited. Paras and Jesse spill the ginger that they used as a puck on the counter. Jesse cleaned it up. Olivia and William enter the kitchen with some food to start making food. In the white room, Johnny and Veronica talk together. Veronica said that she couldn’t see Merron and her going far together in the game. She said she loved William and Johnny. She said she also loved Paras just as she entered the room. She named the house guests that she is having relationships with. She said she wasn’t sure about Maddy at first, but over the last few days had changed her mind. They talk about how Andrew is being bitter. Paras said that if Andrew wanted to work with her, he wouldn’t have put her in hell. Jesse came in and said that Andrew is being very aggressive.

5:45 PM BBT They talk aed about the blankets and how often they will be washed. Johnny said he thought they would get done once a week. In the kitchen, Hamza said that since being on slop, he had no energy to do anything. William agreed and said that being on slop messed with his body. Hamza went to the Have not room, then went outside for a moment. He returned to the kitchen, then headed upstairs. Hamza stood in front of a camera and addressed the fans. He told them what was going on in the house at that moment, them gave a shout out to his family and went to the bathroom. Veronica was there. Hamza told her that it was going to be an interesting couple of days. In the kitchen, William was still preparing the meal for the HGs. He fried some ground beef and peppers in a skillet. Maddy and Olivia washed some dishes. William put a pot of sauce on the stove and stirred it. William said that while they were waiting for the food to cook, they could clean the kitchen. Maddy said that she would wait to see if anyone else wanted coffee before she made a pot.

6:00 PM BBT In the red room, Kaela is told by BB to fix her microphone. Erica said she loved the beds and was getting as much sleep in one as she could before she had to sleep on the floor. In the white room, Hamza, Jesse, Ali were laying around with Paras. Jesse and Hamza looked like they were going to fall asleep. In the living room, Merron was telling a story to Ryan about a fight situation he had. Ryan fell asleep during Merron’s story. Merron suggested they take a nap. Merron asked him if he told him his Karaoke story. Ryan said no. Merron proceeds to tell him about a hip hop karaoke club he went to. The club didn’t put the words on the screen. You had to pretend to be the artist. Merron told Ryan he should come to that club in Edmonton and do the Humpty Dance. Ryan speaks the words to the song. In the kitchen, Ali whispers something to William. Ryan entered the kitchen and eats a cookie. Ali told Ryan that she thought that there were better moves than to target Ryan. Ryan agreed but said that the house didn’t seem eager to take out the threats, so maybe he should be a big target.

Live Feed Updates: Monday, March 12th (6)

March 12, 2018

 Live Feed Updates: Monday, March 12th (6)
4:15 PM BBT Maddy and Olivia are discussing the disagreement between Andrew and Johnny. They think Andrew just misunderstood Johnny. Jesse thanks the girls for doing the laundry. In the backyard Veronica Hamza Merron are discussing which pool shot to make. Johnny and Andrew are still sitting beside each other but not talking. In the kitchen Olivia and Paras are in the kitchen preparing food. Veronica and Kaela have joined them the conversation is about general things so we will go into the bedroom where Maddy is helping William make his bed. Maddy says I like her but I do not trust her. William says I like her but I vibe with everyone in the house. William is complaining about tripping over every ones shoes. They are cleaning up the room, William is saying he was always tidy he doesn’t like people to leave used tissue around. Maddy says that Andrew called her out for being non committal William says he f**ked it up for himself. William says he wonders if his son misses him as much as he misses him. Maddy tells him that her mom dies when she was 10, he says he is sorry. She says she is going to tell everyone when she wins HOH. She says she loves her dad more than anyone else in the world. She is explaining to him how she grew up.
4:30 PM BBT Maddy continues to tell him that her younger brother took it hard. William gets called to DR. She thanks him for the way he handled her telling him. William goes to the Dr Maddy continues to clean the bedroom. In the living room Ryan and Andrew are talking with Andrew saying this has been a good social experiment. William has joined them in the living room. Veronica has joined them in the living room. Veronica has been called to the DR. The conversation goes to How Andrew and Ryan met their wives. Ryan says sometimes you take a shot and miss and sometime you take a shot and get a wife. They are telling William that he is going to go back and marry the mom of his son. He says she is the best. Andrew says Good Women are to find so if you find one don’t let them go cause there is a man waiting to take them. In the backyard Hamza is telling Merron that he trusts everyone in his room. Merron is saying he wants to move into his room. They think that Veronica is a wild card. Merron says he wants to win the HOH and Hamza says he wants to win as well. Merron says whoever wins the HOH is going to get their ass kissed.
4:45 PM BBT Merron says when he came into the house he thought that they were the first to come in. Ali and Maddy work out together. In the living room, Andrew, Merron, Ryan and Hamza are sitting on the couches. Ryan suggested doing a reality show. Merron said he was sad he didn’t get to meet Rosie. Merron joked about having a rap battle veto speech. They start doing a freestyle. In the white bedroom, Derek, Veronica, Johnny, William and Kaela are talking together. William washed the floor. Veronica talked about the kind of makeup she wore to something. BB calls her to the DR. Derek asked William what was happening in the red room. Johnny asked if the blankets were washable. Kaela said that they probably were. She thought that BB may wash them so as not to mess them up.

 Live Feed Updates: Monday, March 12th (5)

March 12, 2018

 Live Feed Updates: Monday, March 12th (5)
3:00 PM BBT Ryan says this is a mess. In the White bedroom,William, Derek, Jesse with Kaela and Paras are talking about how Ryan did not make everyone feels comfortable to talk to and they felt like they were very much interrogated each time they were called into the HOH room. Kaela is talking about a survey they had to fill out on day two but things change so quick in the house. Paras says that Ryan should not feel guilty about putting people on the block if they were your good friend in the house so why doing that. Back by the jacuzzi, Erica and Kaela with Veronica says that being part of BB is sometimes having to put your best friend on the block to evict them but it should not devalue your friendship and that is part of the game. Veronica says that most of the other HG have been called into the DR and she has not yet been asked to come. In the white room, Paras, Maddy, William with Jesse and Derek are saying that they feel like more of a family as they spend more time together and they do not need drama and Ali walks into the room and lays down on one of the bed as they continue to chat about how Ryan acted and his decisions as an HOH.
3:15 PM BBT Erica and Kaela are alone outside by the Jacuzzi and they both agree that this meeting was a waste of time. Maddy says she is very protective and will have their back if you talk badly about someone she cares about.
3:20 PM BBT Feeds just went down and they keep going in and out. In the Red Bedroom, most of the HG are talking as feeds went back out. Kaela and Erica are talking about competition and that sometimes Kaela feels it gets harder for her as she weighs more than others and that so early in the game, there should be no alliances because they do not know really well people to trust them. In the bathroom, Paras and Jesse are casually talking and trying to see whats stuck in his hand and trying to pull it out. She gave him tweezer to take it out, gets it out.Paras then walks away and asks him if he wants to come back in the room but tells her no. William is asking the group in the Red Bedroom is they were asked to shave their heads, would they do it? Some of them are saying yes as long as they have wigs or extensions they could put on.
3:30 PM BBT Ryan and Andrew are still playing pool with Merron and they are talking about some of the previous HG and Andrew says that he hated some of the look the other HG had during his meeting. BB production is asking some of the HG to stop that so it could be about the conversation that they are having as the cameras goes out and heads into the kitchen where Paras William and Derek are. Paras is saying that having long hair as thick as hers is hard work to maintain. William is now realizing that all of the sugar is gone and is using some honey instead.
3:41 PM BBT Feeds are out again for a few seconds to see William with Paras and Derek head out in the outdoor Jacuzzi area to smoke. Derek, William, Jesse, Paras with Ercia and Kaela all out there checking out to see how hot the Jacuzzi is. But, within minutes of being out there, Erica and Keala goes back in the house
3:45 PM BBT Erica is joining Ryan and Merron playing pool and she is saying that she alternate between a perfume and cologne depending on what moods she is in as Ryan is recognizing her different smell on her. She is also saying that his way of playing pool a not the regular way and that she actually likes it. Ryan says it took him a long time to play gentle as he hits the balls. Erica is saying to Merron that he is good. Erica is being called into the DR and walks away as Merron and Ryan continues to play as Andrew and Johnny comes in. Andrew is very disappointed and is telling Johnny about it but his voice is getting louder and he doesn’t want to be playing like that… Feeds go down as they talk about medics. Andrew wants to know where Johnny stands and he is telling him no where as he doesn’t seem to be committed to the game like he should. And again the feeds are in and out.
4:00 PM BBT Nothing to report at this moment as we have no live feeds. Ali is talking to Jesse saying that Ryan is her next target even tho until today he wasn’t a threat. She thinks he has shot himself in the foot. She feels Veronica is becoming a threat because she is gaining ground fast. Back in the backyard area Johnny and Andrew are watching the pool game but not saying anything to each other. Out in the backyard William Hamza and Derek are talking. Hamza is saying how they were getting fired up last night he was expecting more fireworks. They give Ryan credit for being a good talker. The feeds go back to Andrew and Johnny talking with Andrew saying he raised his voice to him, he says he reacts that way when he cares about people. Veronica is there with them and says I don’t know what you are talking about. He tells Johnny that he has a beautiful family. Ryan has been called to the DR. Veronica gets called out about her mic. Meanwhile in the Red room Maddy and Jesse are talking about possible upcoming comps as well as the benefits of winning HOH including family videos a bed of your own. In the washroom Erica and Ali are talking in the washroom about the fact that they are an alliance but know they both have to play their own games. Erica thinks Veronica is a bigger threat than Ryan is. They also think that she is a bigger threat than Merron. Erica says it is a waste to send Andrew or Ryan home right now because if you are on the block next to one of them you can feel pretty safe

Veronica has started her house meeting to call out Ryan 

March 12, 2018

 Veronica has started her house meeting to call out Ryan 
Veronica- Ryan, it seemed like the house consensus was to put up Andrew and Hamza, and vote out Andrew....including you
Veronica- Unless people are fake as fuck, I'm just curious who is coming to you portraying that they are threatened by people or worried right now. Ryan- I asked you all the exact same question. The vast majority of you gave me answers 
Ryan- I've sat in that HoH room by myself today. Anyone come talk to me? I am a man without allies. I told you all the reasons yesterday with Hamz. I feel that you (Hamza) are a much stronger competitor. There has been a two week plan. I asked if it should be week 1 or 2
Ryan- I am not trying to flip the house on Hamz. Hamza- That's fine. Ryan- I am asking the question. I am not backstabbing. If you want to send guys home on back to back weeks, the way you do that is send the stronger one home first 
Ryan- I am not flipping the house. I am asking the question. The house was collectively saying two people need to go in the next two weeks. Wouldnt you rather have the stronger one go first is the question I am asking 
Ryan to Veronica- You have an incomplete set of information. I appreciate you trying to call me out and put a big ass target on me 
Veronica- You might saying you are not pitching to people... Ryan- I pitched. I threw Randy Johnson pitches. Veronica- You told us you werent. Jesse- You did say you werent pitching yesterday
Veronica- I am not trying to beef you right now. Ryan- Really? You called the whole house to call me out singly. Veronica- What did you do?
Erica to Ryan- Because you know so much and a lot of us dont know as much as you do...maybe we arent playing the same way that past contestants are. I think it's making you feel isolated thinking "no one has reached out to me"
Ryan to Veronica- Long before you walked in the door, I had Big Brother experiences so I know what I am talking about. When I am showing up in conversations, there is scattering 
Ryan- I am not saying there is an 8 person alliance, but if you are not looking around the house and seeing twos and threes...come on
Ryan- There is no way you are telling me you are looking around this room and not seeing twos and threes, and is your two or three a two or three, or is it a six cause you are with another three? 
Ryan- I feel incredibly used. As somebody who is not in the circle, fuck yeah I am going to fire. I cant just sit and hold hands 12 strong week after week 
Veronica- Are you firing and planting seeds? Ryan- I have not lied to a single person in this game. I have came to you and told you that your name came out of someone's mouth, it's cause it came out of someone's mouth. Roll the tape 
Ryan- I know this game very very well. If you have got a two or a three, I can be a very valuable four. I dont want anybody to believe what I came to them with was to plant a seed of doubt 
Ryan- If you are going to take me away from my family, dont sit me in the jury house for a quarter of the money I can make at home 
Ryan- There is no other player for me. The only other guy that I have had any kind of connection with is the guy that you all collectively asked me to send home, and I did that. The reward for me has been complete isolation for me
Ryan- Big Brother is back for a sixth fucking season and we are sending people out with unanimous votes. Let's play the game
Veronica- Ryan, we dont want you to feel like you are isolated either. I apologize. Ryan- I am happy to have conversations 
Veronica- Ryan, we dont want you to feel like you are isolated either. I apologize. Ryan- I am happy to have conversations 
Veronica- No one has been talking game at all. We have all been chilling. Ryan- Maybe not to you
Ryan- I apologize, I guess, for trying to play the game. I apologize for the shock to the system to some to realize they have a target on them. I have spent over 800 hours of my life watching Big Brother 
Ryan- I walked in here ready to play week one. Erica- And I think that can also be a downfall
Ali to Ryan- It's one thing to watch it. It's a whole other thing to play it. You see the outcome when people play too hard, and you see the outcome when people dont play at all. We are trying to find a happy medium
Ryan- I feel hardcore used. If I didnt have that 10 against 1 feel, there is no way that guy (Andrew) is sitting on the block
Ryan- I feel hardcore used. If I didnt have that 10 against 1 feel, there is no way that guy (Andrew) is sitting on the block
Ali to Ryan- You kind of panicked a little bit. You planted a seed, you threw a little water on it, and then you freaked out cause it didnt grow. I think what made people start questioning you is the over analytic games
Ryan- I havent lied to anybody. I havent lied to anybody's face. Not once. Whether or not I have climbed way out the door by thinking too much, too fast... Andrew- That's the reason I'm going
Veronica to Ryan- I think that's all that needs to be said. We dont need to keep dragging this on. I apologize for making you feel isolated

 Live Feed Updates: Monday, March 12th (4)

March 12, 2018

 Live Feed Updates: Monday, March 12th (4)
2:15 PM BBT Ryan is saying that he has been working about 20 years to build a career and maybe that is why his game play is different because he has a different style of thoughts. He thinks that he has not thrown anyone under the bus and has held his word so far with not even lying. Veronica is saying that he does not need to drag this meeting any longer and within seconds, everyone gets up and walks away. Ryan is headed outside to play pool and Merron is right behind him telling him how shock he is after this meeting and some of the conversation that took place. In the meanwhile, we have Veronica, Erica and Kaela is chatting on the couch in the LR how the other HG were ready for this conversation with Ryan needed to be done. But shortly, we have Erica with Jesse and Maddy are talking in the SR and are amazed on how Ryan is a dumb** for feeling how he is because the house are putting a target on him for playing the game and that now, he realize that he messed up this week and will more than likely head home. Erica is saying to Jesse that as a game, Ryan needs to go because he is a paranoid player and talks way too much. Erica thinks one of the reason Ryan is paranoid is he thinks there are a lot of alliances and actually, at this point, there are any.
2:30 PM BBT Erica is mentioning that she won POV and that Ryan wanted her to use use so that they could backdoor Olivia. In the kitchen, we have most of the HG talking and we have Merron, Johnny and William sitting outside and Merron is telling them that when he was in the room with Ryan and feels like some of his conversation didn’t make any sense as being such a huge BB fan and that he could be making more money on the outside of the house. Merron is telling them that this is a game and the feeders understand that they are human. But soon thereafter, we have Andrew and Ryan playing pool. In the white room, Maddy with Paras are talking about what just took place and what was said in the meeting and that Veronica is actually a real cool girl and it took her (Paras) 2 days to warm up and get to know more. We have Johnny and Erica in one of the hallway to the jacuzzi talking more privately about who should be going out and that she doesn’t feel comfortable with Kaela as a player. It is now snowing outside as some of the HG are headed outdoor.
2:45 PM BBT Ryan and Andrew are playing pool and he is explaining some of the stuff he has gone thru in his life. Out by the Jacuzzi, Erica, Johnny with Kaela and Olivia are chatting about how Ryan’s meeting went and that he can be very assertive on how he tries to convince you that he is not lying. And now we have Ali joins in and they feel also Veronica was being a bit pushy. They all love to sit outside and that he do not have hard feeling towards Ryan for talking to him the way he did tho. By the pool table, Veronica is telling Ryan that there is no hard feeling between them and that he may have come a bit hard on her but it is not only her but the rest of the HG too. They are both playing pool as Andrew comes on and Veronica is saying to him that she looks at him as a threat and actually he likes that better. In the kitchen, we have Hamz, Andrew with Merron and Andrew is telling him to go campaigning. Hamz is being called in the DR. Andrew just use some sugar and ended up throwing the rest in the sink and says oops and walks away to return to the pool table where Ryan, Olivia are playing with Paras.

 Hamza- Just cause someone is better than someone in competitions, you have to send them home?

March 12, 2018

 Hamza- Just cause someone is better than someone in competitions, you have to send them home? That's kind of rude. So I am supposed to be shit? Veronica- That's what I'm saying 
Hamza- If you guys decide to keep him, tell me before. Veronica- We are not keeping Andrew. That has been decided
Veronica- If I win HoH, I am not putting you on the block. I have another plan. Hamza- I have a plan too
Erica to Jesse- She (Veronica) really has no balls. She talks a big game. Where is the mic drop? 
Veronica to Hamza- Everybody in the hot tub yesterday was saying that we wanted to keep you cause we would rather have you in our alliance
Derek to Jesse/Kaela/Olivia- I didnt like Hamza off the start. Things change. We are having fun, bullshitting. Do I want him to stay now over Ryan? Absolutely. He (Ryan) is playing the whole fucking poor me thing again
Erica- That is not at all what she (Veronica) talked about saying. Johnny- Ryan worked that in his favour. Erica- Absolutely

 Live Feed Updates: Monday, March 12th (3)

March 12, 2018

  Live Feed Updates: Monday, March 12th (3)
1:15 PM BBT Veronica comes in and asks Hamza if they can have a family meeting in 10 minutes he says sure but can you ask Andrew where he wants his clippers put. Meanwhile in the lounge area Paras Kaela and Derek just having a general conversation. They are talking about the hot tub and how long it takes to clean itself. Kaela is saying Do you notice how Ryan doesn’t want to talk to anyone anymore since the VETO has been won. William says he is going out for a smoke as Veronica tells him in 10 minutes. Maddy and Veronica join him outside for a smoke but they are not smoking. Maddy says when they go in she wants to grab her cup. Veronica says she has to do it now as she cares about it now, she gets over things fast. Veronica says Johnny keeps asking her Are you sure this is good for your game. Veronica tells Ryan who is playing pool by himself that there will be a meeting in 10 minutes. He says he will be there. The conversation is on Ali catching someone not changing the toilet paper roll. The conversation is on general things. They are going to start moving towards the living room in 30 secs.
1:30 PM BBT The Hgs are now making their way to the living room. The Hgs are making their way to the living room. Andrew has called Ryan to come to the house meeting, as Ryan is playing pool by himself, while they are gathering in the living room the conversation goes to all of Veronica’s tattoos. Everyone is having their own little side conversations while they wait for the remaining hgs to gather. All the Hgs are now in the living room and the crowd goes quite. William asks where his flip flops are. Veronica calls the meeting to order. She starts with the food and not eating all the food at the beginning of the week. They are suggesting meal planning. They ask if there is any other issues. They are talking about cleaning up the kitchen. Ryan has taken over the conversation saying to do basic cleaning. William says put a load of towels in the wash before bed. They are saying to wash them early in the evening so that the towels in the dryer. The conversation goes to leaving the spices for slop alone unless you are on slop.
1:45 PM BBT Veronica starts by saying loyalty is big for her, she says honesty is big on telling the truth. She asks Ryan that you told me that you wanted Andrew out now you want to keep him and put out Hamza. Ryan now has the floor Ryan says I asked everyone who you targets were. Ryan says he thinks Haza is better at comps. Ryan says he is not backstabbing anyone he says he has said this to Hamza. He says no one has talked to him to day. He says he hasn’t lied to anyone. He says if the house has a plan for 2 people then send the stronger one home. Veronica says you never said get the showmances out. Ryan says I never said I wasn’t pitching hard. He gets called out and said Oh yes sorry I forgot about that at the hot tub. The other HGs are now jumping into the conversation saying that you made everyone feel like they had a target on their back. Erica says maybe your vast knowledge of the game you have made us all stressed out because they are not in an alliance. Ryan says I am not going to sit here and say everyone is dumb.
You need to look around and see groups of 2 or 3 around they may not have a name but you are working together. Veronica says are you firing to plant seeds or it is real. And this meeting continues as Ryan talking to the group and he says that he feels like he is alone in the game and even told some of the HG that he would tell people to go away when he was HOH and that they wanted to talk to him.
2:00 PM BBT Feeds are down for a couple of minutes and Ryan says that he feels weird when no one comes talk to him unless he ask them to. And he feels completely isolated and doesn’t understand especially when he send someone’s home as requested per the entire house. Veronica is asking him if he is really wants to play the game and doesn’t feel like he is approachable. Ryan believes that what just happened is completely his fault.
2:06 PM BBT Feeds are in and out at this time. Veronica is apologizing to Ryan for making him feel alone as well as some of the other HG but we also have other HG that are staying completely quiet during this meeting. Ryan is mentioning that outside the house, he would be friends with them but that he did sign up for BB to win the game and wants to play and nothing is personal. Another HG is saying that playing the game is one thing but can be so different that watching at home. Erica says that sometimes she has initiated conversation to no avail and that maybe Ryan feels like he pushes away people too. Ryan tells the HG that he cannot stop his brain from calculating everything that goes on.

 Live Feed Updates: Monday, March 12th (2)

March 12, 2018

 Live Feed Updates: Monday, March 12th (2)
12:00 PM BBT The feeds come back with Andrew shaving Hamza hair, looks like he is shaving a face into the back of his head. Ali is curling her hair and laughing at them. No other cameras are working at the moment.Meanwhile in the living room Maddy is braiding Veronica hair and the conversation is around working out.Kaela has joined them. The conversation is about pets. Olivia has asked Kaela to come play pool. They are saying that they forget that the cameras are there. Back in the washroom Paras has joined Ali Andrew and Hamza in the washroom getting their hair done for the day. Andrew is still shaving Hamza head but it looks like he has given up on the Face in the back of the head. William has joined them and said he is just getting cleaned not getting a haircut. Back in the living room the conversation is taking place about Kaela voting as her own person and not with Derek. The feeds have gone back down.
12:15 PM BBT Most of the hgs are getting ready for the day. William gets up from a stool in the washroom and slips’ he states he finds the floor really slippery. Johnny has joined the girls in the living room Big Brother has told Johnny to fix his mic. The conversation goes back to birthday parties they have had. Veronica says we were uglier as children but had more fun. Meanwhile in the Red Rose Room Ali and Olivia are talking about the next HOH Comp. They are trying to figure out who will give them the votes to control the house next week. They leave the room to go downstairs. Johnny is saying even if someone mismanages an HOH doesn’t make them a target. Kaela finishes putting the corn rolls in Veronica’s hair and Veronica starts to rap heading into the washroom to show everyone there.
12:30 PM BBT the conversation between Johnny Veronica and Olivia are talking about moles. Olivia leaves. Veronica is talking about Ryan lying as he put Andrew on the block and now is trying to save him. She says she wants to call him out. Johnny says calling him out where he is totally alone it may come across as a bully. Meanwhile in the HOH Room Ryan is talking to Ali. She tells him that if she wins HOH next week he is not her target. Ryan says he doesn’t understand why they want to get rid of him now. Ryan gets called out to turn the music down. Ali asks who threw his name out as a target. He is telling her that Derek and Maddy said her name. Ali leaves Ryan alone. Veronica and Johnny are still talking about Veronica calling a house meeting. Johnny is saying he doesn’t want to be involved in it. Feeds have gone down. Feeds come back with Ali telling Erica Kaela and Derek what was said to her by Ryan. Ali is asking them if they are against her. Olivia enters the room and Ali continues talking to them about her conversation with Ryan. Ali is saying we have to be careful who we talk to and how much time we spend together. She says we need the others for numbers. She says the farther we get in the game the more they will figure them out. Erica is saying he ( Ryan ) is trying to put you guys against each other. She says like he tells you DALA ( Derek and Kaela) are after you Ali so you turn on each other. Erica says she was trying to make eye contact with everyone during the comp but Ali scared her. They are all laughing about it.
12:45 PM BBT Erica says she thinks Ryan’s downfall was thinking they were not as smart as they are. Derek says also we came to each other instead of taking him at face value. They are saying they need Jesse and Johnny to do it right this week. Ali says if we hear the other side talking about one of us we need to deflect. Erica has been called to the DR. Ali and Olivia are heading outside Kaela and Derek are heading out as well . Veronica is asking Kaela and Derek if they are on board of calling a house meeting to call Ryan it. She is telling him that Johnny doesn’t think it is a good idea. Meanwhile in the backyard Ali Olivia and Johnny are sitting wrapped up in blankets talking about trying to float. Ali says Ryan just told her she is disposal. Johnny says I didn’t work my ass of last week to make you disposal this week. They give a shout out to Rozina.
1:00 PM BBT Johnny is saying he doesn’t want to see William go yet. They both agree with them. Johnny has a very bad cough, he seems to think that it started breathing in dirt and smoke from the comp but now is a cold. They head inside as they are cold. They all go their separate ways. In the White Room Veronica and Maddy are discussing clothes to wear. Paras has entered the room they are going thru their clothes comparing them. As we travel to the kitchen Kaela Derek and Johnny talking about nothing but general conversation. Ali and Olivia are pacing. They are wondering when the movie thing will happen and when will she pick who goes with her. Johnny thinks she will pick the Have Nots. Meanwhile in the washroom Andrew is now grooming Jesse. Meanwhile in the bedroom Veronica and Maddy are talking about the meeting that Veronica wants to call. Veronica says if she wins she will put Merron on the block and just tell him he is a pawn. Back in the washroom Andrew says he has finished grooming for the day. Back in the White Room Maddy and Veronica are still talking about next week’s HOH Comp. Maddy says another day but isn’t it cool we have these kind of problems we are Season 6. Maddy says there is 4 of us now from Ottawa Paxs brothers Bruno and us.

 Veronica planning to call out Ryan soon!

March 12, 2018

 Veronica planning to call out Ryan soon!
Veronica tells Ryan that they're having a family meeting soon

Live Feed Updates: Sunday, March 11th

March 11, 2018

Update!

Live feeds will return tomorrow at approximately 12pm ET. Thanks for your patience.

12:00 AM BBT-2:00 AM BBT Feeds still down for the PoV competition
6:00 AM BBT- 6:30 PM BBT   Feeds are still down

6:45 PM BBT –   Feeds down

6:45 PM BBT – 12:00 BBT  Feeds down

Live Feed Updates: Saturday, March 10th (10)

March 11, 2018

 Live Feed Updates: Saturday, March 10th (10)
9:00 PM BBT Merron, Maddy, Will, Hamza Andrew, Johnny, Derek and Jesse talking in the white br. They just learned they could sing Oh Canada! with no penalty. They sing it at the top of their lungs! Meanwhile in the wr, Veronica, Kaela, Ryan, Paras and Erica are talking hairstyles. Ryan leaves. Erica tells Veronica she’s very entertaining and Canada must love her. They talk about what it’s like to live with roommates. Kaela tells Veronica it’s like living in the House, but in smaller quarters. Erica says that she often forgets people can see into her apartment through the windows when she’s running around naked. Veronica leaves to get her chokers and Erica says she’s very entertained by her. Veronica returns with Ali in tow. Veronica shows them all the chokers she has. She says she has a bad habit of buying things and then not using them. Ali tells them about trying to nap and BB calling her and Liv out. They all agree that Liv is funny, especially when she talks about her privileged life. Talk turns to speculation about when they’ll play the veto. Liv feels it will be at least a couple of hours. They comment that last time they played veto at midnight.
9:15 PM BBT Paras and Veronica talking in the kitchen. Veronica says she doesn’t understand why people can be nice to your face and then run you down behind your back. She says she doesn’t understand why people gossip. Paras says she’s told everyone in the house that she will tell them like it is. If she doesn’t like them, she’s not going to pretend to. Jesse is there eating slop before the comp. He says that his head isn’t even in the game yet and he hasn’t talked to anyone. Veronica asks Jesse if his voice was as bad as Paras’ voice is; he say yes, and almost everyone has had it in the house. Veronica says that she wants her voice back so that they’ll pick her to host. Veronica brings up the camera in the wr stall and they all agree that it was hard to pee with it there, even though they were told it isn’t on. Erica and Kaela talking in the WR. Erica says she’s 150% on the same page. Paras and Veronica join them and the discussion stops. Veronica leaves and Paras says that she told her that if she sees Paras rolling her eyes or something, to just ignore it because it’s just her insecurities. She says that she thinks Veronica is entertaining as hell, but sometimes she just needs to take 5 minutes away from her. Paras says she just can’t fake her feelings, and she tends to take longer to warm up to people. Erica asks how Veronica took it and Paras says she took it really, really well. Erica says she knows she comes off a lot less annoying with Veronica in the house.
9:30 PM BBT Erica, Paras and Kaela talking in the WR. They think that there must be a benefit for Veronica coming in late; they think she got to watch them for the first week, or she’ll get a bonus if she makes it to a certain point in the game. Erica says that she could never come into the game late. Erica tells Paras to stop worrying about what others think of her, and concentrate on doing what’s best for her. Maddy joins them. Paras talks about how she almost didn’t come on the show. Will walks by the hen party and sings, “God, I feel like a woman.” In the red br, Ryan is holding court with Ali and Liv. He’s talking about BB19. Ryan says he prefers to see strong players at the end, and it’s his hope to keep strong players in the game.
9:45 PM BBT Maddy, Paras, Ali, Kaela and Erica talking in the WR. Erica is still talking to Paras about self-talk and the importance of being positive. Ryan joins them. Erica says that only person you can count on is you, so it doesn’t matter what other people think of you; that’s their problem. Paras says that when she was in Iran she had lots of friends, and people loved her. She says it was such a shock going from being popular to not knowing how to dress, or how to do makeup, being called ugly, being called a terrorist, being shoved into lockers. They all support her. Erica tells her that she should let others opinions, positive or negative, roll off her back they same way. They shouldn’t matter to her. Erica says she often leaves post it notes with motivational sayings. Paras says she’s confident when it comes to her life goals, it’s just how others perceive her where she lacks confidence. They again stress positive self-talk to her.
10:00 PM BBT Johnny and Olivia drink their smoothies at the dining room table, watching Merrom playing catch with Ryan. Ryan leaves and Derek joins. The goal is to actually get it in a bucket. Johnny and Olivia are chatting about school and relationships. Olivia says that one of her relationships felt like a chore. Olivia wants to be a Human Rights lawyer. Ali gets called into the DR. HGs are happy about this. Kaela joins the table after Johnny leaves. Kaela says that she’s breaking down. Olivia says something about someone being in an alliance. Olivia says that every time she sees an orange water bottle, she thinks it’s hers. Kaela says that she has an orange one too. Olivia says someone told her that Derek and Jesse are getting close and that it’s worrisome.
10:15 PM BBT Kaela wonders who’ll go up as a replacement nominee. Olivia says that it may be a big player. Kaela says that it may be someone from her group. After a while, Kaela leaves and Maddy joins Olivia. They talk about grapes. Olivia says that fresh fruit calms her stomach. Feeds go out at 10:18pm for the PoV comp.
10:18 PM BBT – 12:00 AM BBT Feeds down for the PoV competition.

 Live Feed Updates: Saturday, March 10th (9)

March 10, 2018

 Live Feed Updates: Saturday, March 10th (9)
7:15 PM BBT In the Angels bedroom, Andrew, Paras and Veronica make small talk. Merron and Hamza are talking about a funny idea he has. Back in the white bedroom, Veronica asked if her other friend paras is Persian. Paras said that it was a Persian game. Paras is moving Maddy’s stuff around. She then leaves to go tell her that she moved her stuff. Ryan looks down on the living room where Johnny, Olivia, Derek, Maddy, Kaela and william are sitting around waiting for the Veto comp to start. BB tells Jesse that it’s time to wake up. Nap time is over.Kaela is telling Derek that she is a touchy feely type of person. Derek asked her if she had ever read any books on body language. He said that he had and could tell Kaela about herself. He tells her that her body language suggested that she was open to him. He told her the difference in handshakes between mutual and alpha handshakes and gives the president’s handshake as an example. Derek said he can recognise by body language, if a girl is interested in him or not. He said that Merron’s body language and eye movement suggested that he was nervous or hiding something.
7:30 PM BBT In the white bedroom, Merron is going over the Wendy’s menu and BB tells him to stop using brands. Veronica asked Andrew who he synced with when he first came into the house. Veronica said that if Hamz or Andrew leave the house, things will get interesting. They talk about Derek and Kaela spending all their time together and aren’t available to make other connections in the house. Andrew told them that he is glad that Veronica and Merron are in the house. Merron said that he sees the split when he enters a room and everyone leaves. Andrew tells him to stop his pacing in the bedroom.. Merron said that he can’t help it under the circumstances. Andrew asked him why he thought he was chosen for BB. Merron said it was his energy. He said he would be different if he entered the house at the same time as the rest of the houseguests. Andrew asked him what there was to do in Edmonton. Merron said he had a crew. Talked about who has a car and who doesn’t out of his group of friends. Merron tries to explain to Andrew the geography of Edmonton. Andrew asked Merron who the nucleus of his crew is. Merron said that if more than two of his crew are down to do things, the rest usually follow if their schedules allow. Jesse cames in and said he was so tired. Andrew told him what he was talking to Merron about. Andrew keeps trying to find out who the ringleader is. Finally Merron names the friend responsible for making plans most of the time. Jesse talked about his fiance and what he liked the most about her is how she blends in with the boys.
7:45 PM BBT Andrew joked that he was whipped. Jesse said that he was committed not whipped. He told Merron not to get in a relationship at his age. He should be out living his life. In the red bedroom, Johnny and Olivia are talking. They were talking about the order the guests were eliminated in the last comp. Johnny put on a hat and Olivia told him he looked like a hipster. Olivia told him that earlier in the day, she was pacing back and forth and the floor was squeaking under her feet. They left the room and Olivia paced in the upstairs landing.
8:00 PM BBT Merron, Will, Andrew, Hamza, Johnny and Maddy talking relationship goals/ideals in the white br. Merron says that if a woman had a child/children it would be a deal-breaker for him. Merron says he’d appreciate Will’s perspective as a single father. Will says he would never bring a woman around his son unless he was sure she was the one. Merron asks how soon he’d tell a woman he has a son. He says that between living in Newfoundland and social media, everyone already knows. Maddy says that she wouldn’t trust someone who didn’t tell her he had children upfront. Andrew tells a story about dating a woman in the past who had a child. He then asks if a criminal record would be a deal-breaker for the others. Maddy says that it would depend on the crime and how long ago it happened. Will asks what is the youngest she would consider dating; she says 22 (she’s 25.) Will says he won’t date anyone more than two years younger than he is. Out on the couch, Jesse and Derek are talking about ‘developments’ in whispers, but BB has the wrong mics on. Finally fixed. Jesse is saying he thinks Ali has switched; he says that he doesn’t believe Ryan is lying to him. He says Ryan wants him to use the veto, if he wins it, and that Ryan will be renoming a girl. Jesse says he thinks they’re all good as long as Andrew doesn’t win tonight. Derek says he thinks Ryan is playing stupid. Jesse says he’s trying to set himself up to make a run, but Jesse doesn’t know who his group is. Jesse says he got the impression that people have told Ryan they’re willing to do stuff; but he doesn’t know who the people are. Jesse says he’s not sure he wants to win the veto. Jesse tells Ali she’s supposed to be hosting and asks what’s up. Everyone complaining about how long it’s taking for this comp to start, and saying that the construction sounds start and stop.
8:15 PM BBT Jesse and Derek have moved to the red br after the girls invaded the lounge area. They’re talking about possible outcomes of the veto. Jesse says best case scenario is that he wins the veto and Ryan doesn’t want him to use it. Derek is talking about Kaela saying she’s strong and smart. Derek, Jesse, Kaela, Johnny and Erica are planning on teaming up and taking out the people they’ve already discussed. Paras and Kaela join Derek and Jesse in the red br. Jesse tells Paras to leave with him so Derek and Kaela can talk privately. Veronica busts in and they ask her to leave. Derek says that Jesse said that Ryan said that Ali said that Kaela needs to go 5th or 6th. They agree she’s been weird lately. Derek says that Jesse suspects that Ryan wants to bd Liv. Derek says that he feels Ryan is pretty truthful. They talk about bringing Johnny into their group, and Kaela says that Johnny and Ali are pretty close. Derek says that they need to tell Johnny what they found out. Kaela says that they’re pretty tight with a lot of people in the house, and they can use Paras and Will as well as their five, to control the votes. Derek says they need to get their group of five locked in tonight.
8:30 PM BBT Andrew and Johnny talking in the white br. Andrew says how much he loves Maddy. He says he likes everyone. He says he thought he and Erica were close and then she told him they’re coming for him. Andrew says some of the pretty boys and pretty girls will skate all the way through on their smiles. He says he has to get himself off the block, or he’s toast. He asks Johnny to have his back. Johnny says it will be tough because he likes Hamza, too. Andrew says that he believes he is on the block because he’s black. He thinks if he talks to another black person, others are thinking they’re ganging up. He says he fights racism daily. He says when it’s his time to go, it’s his time to go, but he doesn’t think that is now. He says that Veronica was telling him that people haven’t reached out to her, and he knows how she feels. He says that he believes the freaks are just trying to survive amongst the pretty people. He tells BB he is ready for the competition to be played. Paras, Kaela and Veronica talking in the bathroom. Veronica says she knows no one is talking game. Kaela and Paras agree that there are no alliances and no one is talking game. Ali joins them and they tell her she hasn’t been called for the veto yet. Ali complains that she’s tired. Erica and Maddy join them and Veronica tells everyone that Andrew is telling her everyone is against her. Paras says that he does it to everyone.
8:45 PM BBT Derek, Will, Johnny and Andrew talking in the white br. They’re discussing heights. Will says he’s just over 6’7”. Will tells them the girls are talking in the other br, Hamza and Merron are doing shoutouts in the lounge. He says he doesn’t think he has anyone at home watching live feeds. The room then makes shoutouts. Talk turns to radio stations and they get called out. Someone asks where Ryan is, and if he’s in the DR. No one seems to know if he’s in there or in the HoH room. Random chatter as more people join the room. They’re trying to figure out what the date is. Hamza says he feels like it’s already May. Hamza says he doesn’t sleep in the dark if he’s sleeping without his fiancee. He says the catacombs are his worst nightmare.

 Live Feed Updates: Saturday, March 10th (8)

March 10, 2018

 Live Feed Updates: Saturday, March 10th (8)
4:45 PM BBT Random chit chat, heading back to the red rose rm. Veronica is talking about the incident with Emmett and the shower and how his mom was devastated because pic were all over the internet. Someone(not sure who) said live feeders need to get out and enjoy the sun. Random chatting about nothing. Headed to the lounge where Veronica and Johnny are chatting about the time they wake up in the morning and go to bed. Johnny is discussion the amount of time he lived with his boyfriend says 5 months. Also says he is friends with his ex. He misses his boyfriend who also loves big brother. Ryan and Andrew are in the HOH and Andrew said he was there waiting for him and dozed off a bit. Ryan says they are good he just has to worry about Johnny he wants to win. The others aren’t interested.
5:00 PM BBT Andrew says he isn’t nervous just hates the waiting. He believes the HGs are hating on him more than Hamza. Ryan says if Andrew wins HOH next week he should put up the new HGs so he doesn’t have people turn on him. Ryan says he can hear people outside so maybe Andrew should go. Hamza and Will enter just to see what he is doing but leave to get something to drink. Ryan tells Andrew he should have a word in mind to use in the comp just in case. Merron is now in the HOH rm and says he likes to hang with Andrew and Ryan. They are now discussing Veronica and how she wants to spit beats all the time and non stop. Merron mentioned Veronica making up the entire story of how they entered the house. BB says “stop talking about production”. Merron wonders what type of story Ryan would have come up with. Ryan says he would have said him and his wife won a trip. Andrew and Ryan say they knew the story was bs from the beginning. They are talking about the olympics and how neither one could tell them anything about the Olympics if they had just came out of the audience. Ryan believes his wife will be upset at some point due to Veronica taking off her top. Merron said he doesn’t want his mom to see him behave like a dog.
5:15 PM BBT Ryan wants Veronica to take it down a notch from a 12 to a 9 because it’s getting old. He believes he has changed from the person who first entered the house. He says she is probably just to enjoying her first days in the house but if she is the sam next week he’s over it. Merron telling Andrew about carrying Hamza and Paras on his back. Ali is in the living room dancing and spinning around. Jesse attempts to spin for a moment. Jesse talking to Derek about Ryans plans and Derek says he didn’t tell me anything maybe he wants to talk later. Jesse says for some reason he really trust him and he doesn’t know why. Jesse and Derek whispering until Will walks up and they stop. They wonder how Merron and Veronica will do in comps. They say they can’t let them win. Jesse says he wants to win to keep the noms the same to prevent anyone else going up.
5:30 PM BBT Derek making a slop pancake or huge cookie. Heading back to the HOH where Hamza, Ryan, Andrew and Merron are chatting. They say no one is really playing the game yet. Ryan says either people are not talking or talking way to much. Ryan telling the two otb doesn’t make sense to do any game talking until they see what happens after the veto. Johnny and Veronica chatting in the lounge area about when he first came out. He says his parents were very supportive. Veronica tells him he is very flamboyant didn’t anyone say I knew it, Johnny says yes. Veronica also complaining about the lights bothering her eyes and she has to keep asking for pain killer. She wonders if Johnny is Jewish and Ryan walks over talking about who he wants to put on his back. Ryan wants to put 700 lbs on his back. Deciding on which HGs would equal the 700 lbs. Heading back to see what happening in the HOH rm. No HOH feed Ali in the WA says her body is sore.
5:45 PM BBT Veronica and Ali in the WA, some HGs are in the red rose room all say they are tired and they are still building outside. BB says “please stop talking about prod. All vacae the red rose rm. Merron ask Andrew whats on his mind. Andrew says he has to win the veto because Hamza has less enemies. Merron ask if he has Ryan and he says yes that Ryan has a plan so don’t believe anything you hear. He is valuable to Ryans game. Merron wants to know if he could get Will as an allie. Andrew doesn’t want to think about numbers just want to win the veto. He believes Ali is gathering troops to go after him. Andrew thinks they all want him to be submissive in the game and he won’t do but he will play the game. If he wins HOH no one can just come into his room when they want and use the BR or eat his snacks. Andrew says veto is the most important thing right now. He doesn’t want to over think anything and was so pumped up this morning.
6:00 PM BBT Meanwhile in the HOH Room Marron is being told that he may have a target on him. Andrew is telling him that he doesn’t see him as a target but that other houseguests may see the two of them as a threat together. Andrew said he tried his best to connect to the others but that he feels that he has to win the Veto. In the Have-not room, Jesse is doing yoga with Johnny and Ali. No talking, only meditating. In the HOH, Andrew talks with Merron about the realities of the corporate world. He then compares it to picking up a woman at the club. Andrew said he came to play a big game, but if he gets sent home for playing big, that’s ok. Andrrew ask Merron what he plans to do after marketing. He suggests doing something on his own rather than working to make someone else’s dreams come true.
6:15 PM BBT Andrew is talking about his not-for-profit gig is his passion. In the living room, Kaela, Ali, William and Erika are talking about their failed attempt at Yoga. Maddy and Derek are there as well. They are cheering Derek and William on in doing handstands. Paras tries to do one. The others make fun of her a bit. Johnny comes in. William asked him if he can do a handstand. Johnny replied that he couldn’t. Kaela succeeds in doing one. Maddy said that it is funny the things people do when they are bored. Veronica said that she was sipping her drink during the HOH because she thought there was going to be more alcohol served afterwards. She discussed the Competition and how she thought it was a bartending type thing. Back in the HOH room. Andrew, Ryan Andrew and Merron are talking together. Ryan said that everybody is telling him to his face that he believes him when he knows that they don’t. He is talking about how many votes he has and that he needs one more vote.
6:30 PM BBT Ryan said to William that if he gets the two rookie’s votes that he would have the numbers. He said that if he could have a meeting in the HOH room an hour before eviction to see what the numbers are, then they may be able to do a flip. If not then Hamza will leave and it won’t matter. He said he has a list of the people he trusts and the cute sexy kids he doesn’t trust. He said that they think they are running this game, so he wants to get them out of the house.William said that Veronica is loud but she is a vote in their favor. Ryan said he isn’t sure about Johnny’s vote. Johnny told Ryan that if he won Veto and Ryan asks him to use it, then he would. If Johnny wins and doesn’t use it, then he knows that he and Jesse aren”t allies. William and Ryan said that they have kids to bring the prize money home to. That they are more deserving than some of the other guests. Veronica enters the room. She said she is still in awe of being in the BB house. She said if she leaves in 2 weeks or in 6, she is happy to have the experience. Ryan said he doesn’t meditate but he does like to lay and listen to music. He was laying in bed listening to Johnny Cash with his eyes closed when BB asked him to wake up. Ali is called to the DR. Ryan said that he better get ready for the Veto Comp. He said it should be happening soon now. Veronica is dancing and waving a tissue around. Johnny comes in the room as Veronica plays around doing different gags with the tissues.

 Live Feed Updates: Saturday, March 10th (7)

March 17, 2018

 Live Feed Updates: Saturday, March 10th (7)
3:45 PM BBT Meanwhile back in the washroom the conversation has been on makeup and the different shades of lipstick. Hamza is telling them about his girlfriend. The cameras switch to the area outside the HOH Room where Johnny and Ryan are talking. Olivia Erica are sitting there. Paras walks by ask what they are doing and they tell her just chillin’. Kaela is still there as well. In the kitchen Veronica Jesse and Merron are discussing their families. Veronica is saying she will not move from Ottawa as long as her parents are there. Jesse is saying that he is going to do his slop as liquid. Johnny has been called to the DR. Merron has realized that there is a stool broken. Veronica is saying she has been living with her father since she was 13, she says she is 24 now and although she could stay with her dad until she got married but she feels that she needs to move out on her own to create her own positive vibes. She thinks that once she was on her own she will be an adult. Jesse is saying that he purchased a house with a close buddy and they rent to 2 other guys rent of them. He tells them that in 2 or 3 years max they will sell and split the money and buy their own. He tells them he moved out when he was 18. William has joined them in the kitchen and is eating some nuggets.
4:00 PM BBT Veronica, Merron, Will and Johnny are several HGs in the kitchen chatting and eating. They wonder what the schedule would be for the rest of the week. In the HOH rm are Ryan and Jesse chatting. They leave and head to the WA where Olivia is also there Ryan wonders if she is getting ready for(maybe comp not sure) she replies no. Ryan brushing teeth so I will head to the red rose room where Ali, Derek and Jesse are game talking. They are thinking about the size of the alliance and think to many people would be hard to stay close and loyal. They think with the numbers they will still have control and as people leave they lose control. They are wondering who they can form the alliance with. They say they like Will and Ali says couple wise “Daela”. They all giggle. They believe the alliance should be under 10 and thinking about the amount of times they need to meet each week. Ali has issues with the lights and her eyes are burning. They all want people they can trust and not second guess in the game. Ali says she is nice but a little standoffish and will come out of her shell at her own pace. They are talking about Ali’s ability to win comps.
4:15 PM BBT sounds like some kind of buzzer went off.(I didn’t hear anything) HGs lft the red rose rm to see what was going on. Kaela is now in the red rose room and they are talking about Veronica and her need to speak dirty and she will talk her way out of the house. Regular chit chat going on in the red room. Veronica, Will and Johnny are hanging in the lounge area. Veronica says do you see how everyone runs away from me. (someone) says yeah clears the room. They are now discussing movies. Hamza and Maddy are also in the lounge area. Veronica and Will playing around on the floor. Will tells Hamza they finally found someone they can have fun with(Veronica). Johnny and Maddy are chatting and she says Will would be the person she wants as her number one. She thinks he would be a good player. Maddy is talking about Ali (not sure what she said) Maddy says she wants to be associated with Will because she likes him so much. Heading back to the red rose rm
4:30 PM BBT Most of the HGs are in the red rose room just joking around talking about middle names and nicknames etc.. Ali says her mom used to call her Ali baba and she was also called latina cray back in the day. Headed to the lounge area with Ryan,Johnny and Maddy. Ryan is discussing the replacement nom if it is necessary. Discussing his conversation with Olivia. Ryan saying that he has to have someone go and get people to come to his room. Unlike Johnny who had a revolving door. Discussing the votes for this week and hopes everything remains the same. He has a certain person he want to stay but won’t say who. Ryan is having a hard time remembering Merron’s name calls him the other guy. Johnny says he gets to relax this week doesn’t have to do anything.

Live Feed Updates: Saturday, March 10th (6)

March 17, 2018

Live Feed Updates: Saturday, March 10th (6)
2:00 PM BBT Meanwhile in the Rose Room Erica and Olivia and Jesse are talking about Ryan’s talk that he had with everyone in the Rose Room. Andrew is speaking with Merron about winning the veto. He doesn’t want to get emotional in the game but says he was raised to be emotional. He doesn’t want to be around negative people. Andrew believes the hgs have not been around black people b4 and want to be a sort of ambassador. Merron tells Andrew you know what is between you and I. They are discussing Jesse and his personality. Andrew realizes he came off way to strong in the beginning but he is a gamer. If he stays he will lay low and just cook. Will and Hamza are chatting(game talk) about who they would put up. (whispering can’t really hear them) Will says everyone thinks he is a nice guy and Hamza says next week they will F things up. Both do (bro handshake) Several hgs in the kitchen hanging out and chatting. Let’s see what is happening in the red rose room
2:15 PM BBT Several hgs chatting about the comp and the amount of time it took. Ryan is in the HOH rm speaking with. Maddy. Ryan thinks Hamz is the replacement nominee. Ryan does not want Johnny to win veto. Says if he were him, he would not win today’s veto comp. Ryan and Maddy thinks Andrew is the target because he put her in “hell. Ryan is playing the game 2 steps ahead of the others. Wants people in his front pocket for safety. Ryan tells Maddy his gameplan . Has a four week plan.
2:30 PM BBT Ryan thinks that Marron and Veronica has a secret mission since they came in late. Believes that at a certain point they either gets paid or some advantage. Ryan suggests to target the target even if you have the veto. In the bedroom, Derrek, Paras, Veronica, and Kaela are in the washroom. They are talking game. They all don’t trust Ryan and will make a move to get him out next week. Veronica says Ryan has a motive and is playing everyone. They are talking about reality shows they tried out and what shows they like.
2:45 PM BBT Hamz and Andrew are in the bedroom. They are chatting and searching for something on the wall. They think that Marron or Veronica have something powerful. Hamz says this isn’t survivor. Thinks the new players have a mission. Most of the houseguests are in the kitchen. They are talking about slop and how they are missing food. The house is talking about wine tasting and what types of wine
3:00 PM BBT The conversation in the washroom over wine and the fact that the east coast players are talking about cruise ships and the ocean. They are explaining to Veronica how a river freezes deeper than the ocean does. The conversation now goes onto using brand names as opposed to generic names.In the washroom now is William, Kaela and Maddy . William says he is waiting for them to say Will and whoever else wants fresh air. Maddy says yea it was nice this morning and she really wanted that fresh air. They think that Veronica is very entertaining. Veronica is telling Derek he just rocks his zebra print underwear. William ask if women really like to wear men’s underwear. Veronica tells him when she has a boyfriend she likes wearing his underwear. William is telling them that he gets upset when Meaghan wears his hoodies and stretches them out. Big Brother tells them to Please Remember Canada is watching. As the conversation is on general things we will go into the White Room where Kaela and Jesse are cuddling and talking about the possibility of a backdoor in the work. Jesse says there is no privacy in this house. She is telling him he has to try to win the POV. Hamza walks in to say he is thinking of having a shower. Jesse says this is the coolest room, they think he is talking about the decor but he says no temp wise. As they are just generally talking we are going to go see what is happening in the washroom.
3:15 PM BBT In the washroom Erica Ali Olivia are also just having a general conversation. Derk is in there as well as William The conversation is with them deciding where they want to get tattoos and where they have them now. The conversation now goes to when the comp will take place Johnny is wondering if it will take place in the middle of the night. Ali says maybe tomorrow we can all get into the hot tub. They are discussing the HOH Comp and who said what about who. Hamza and William are tossing a pillow make and forth. The rest are talking about Rozina not having any eggs in the last POV Comp. Most of the houseguests are just waiting for the comp to start having general conversations in the washroom. Back in the White Room Paras and Jesse are talking about their secret alliance The Real Deal and how no one knows about it. Paras is wondering if there are any live feeders watching. Jesse is saying if anyone walks in he will just jump to the other bed. They are talking about a television show that they like and get called out by Big Brothers. Jesse is saying he should go eat some slop. Meanwhile in the kitchen Veronica and Merron are talking about how they knew the house was going to come after them. Merron said he wants her to know that he did not say anything to him. She says we need to keep everything straight. They are now trying to figure out what time it is. Merron says the one thing he has learned is not to get overwhelmed.Veronica says we are still a little on the outside as everyone is hugging and has nickname. Merron is teasing her about being the worst cook. Veronica thinks they should cook for everyone in the house. Merron says he lives with his family at home. Merron says he is tight with his sisters. Jesse walks in the kitchen and they offered him food. He reminds them that he can’t have any as he is on slop, but he does like the smell of real food while he is on slop. Meanwhile in the White Room Andrew and William are talking. William gets called to the DR. He thinks he did something wrong.

Live Feed Updates: Saturday, March 10th (5)

March 10, 2018

Live Feed Updates: Saturday, March 10th (5)
12:00 PM BBT Upstairs in the lounge area Maddy Kaela and Derek are talking about Merron asking a lot of personal questions William is there still cleaning. Ryan has pulled Merron into the HOH Room. Merron is telling him who he would put on the block other than the two on them. Ryan says and who you think should be on the block should one pull themselves off. Merron tells him that he thinks Ali would be one as she doesn’t seem to want to get to know him, he says that is an easy one. The second one would be hard but he would think Olivia but he says he still isn’t sure who he wants to work with. Ryan says that is why I wanted to make sure I talked to you because he wanted to know the outsider view. As Ryan is once again repeating the what ifs Andrew or Hamza pulls themselves down we move to the living room where Johnny and Paras are talking alliances. She is telling him she wants loyalty to be a top trait in forming an alliance. She is telling him that she has no one that she wants to form an alliance with. Johnny says there is the case where people turn on each other. She tells him she sees who the people are who hang out together. Hamza and Andrew are sitting there as well but not entering the conversation. Johnny isn’t sure if he is picking out what the truth really is. Paras says she doesn’t even know what it is but in the house it is hard. Paras is saying she did not think she would get as far as she did in that first comp as she didn’t think she could hold on that long.
12:15 PM BBT The conversation between them about how they see things in the house as opposed to the real world. As we travel back to the HOH Room where Ryan Merron and Jesse talking about getting thru the first week without naming the rooms. Merron says he is still trying to figure people out in the house. He says he sees some people who still don’t know where they place in the house. Jesse asks him Is there anyone who gives you bad vibes. Merron responds with More like no vibes. Merron says he just wants people to know that he is willing to play. Ryan says he is planning to be here until the end of May. Ryan tells him that he needs to talk to Jesse about the veto. Ryan and Jesse say they aren’t sure they believe him. Ryan says we had a good conversation yesterday but I want to check in with you today. Ryan is telling him that as long as Andrew and Hamza are in the house they will always be a target. Ryan says people told him he needed a replacement. Jesse tells him that it needs to be a female. Ryan says if I have to put up a replacement nom and it is a girl. Ryan says that he would not put Kaela up as it would ruin his chances off working with Derek and possible him as well as he knows Derek and him are close. Ryan tells him that Merron told him that he would vote how he wanted him to vote. Ryan says if one of them wins he is going to pull them all together. He asks Jesse if you win the Veto and I ask you to use it would you. Jesse says yes if it is the right move. Ryan is throwing Olivia’s name out there. He feels that Olivia is making more moves in her social game. Ali has read a card from BB. She has won the glasses to record 10 sec clips of a day in the house. Big Brother has told them to stop talking about brand names. Ali has decided to start her first clip with a tour of the house. Back in the HOH Room Ryan pulled Erica into the room. She says she has no plans on winning it as she doesn’t think she is a target. She tells him that she feels Andrew is really trying to change from last week.
12:30 PM BBT Ali is still running around room to room doing her tour. As Ryan still questions Erica. We will take a short break and check out the rest of the hgs and what they re up to. In the Rose Room Jesse and Derek and Olivia walks in. Jesse is trying to figure out if he should try to win the comp or throw it. Jesse is saying he thinks Erica is super cool. Derek is telling him that Ryan told him because of your showmance you both need to not win comps. As Olivia and Kaela enters the room the conversation stops. Jesse says he doesn’t want people to think that the 2 of them are playing everyone. Merron walks in and says I’ll just be a minute I don’t want to ruin the vibe. Back to Ryan and Erica are talking about wanting to never be in the jury house. Erica agrees she either wants to be at the end or at home cuddling with her girlfriend. Erica says she is waiting for an all star Canada US Big Brother. Ryan thinks the American players play more cut throat then Canadians. Erica says she doesn’t think she is good at endurance.
12:45 PM BBT Erica is saying she is sad that Rozina left, she said she cried. Erica says she doesn’t think there will be a battle back because there is too many. Ryan says he didn’t want to say that he was a fan of the show but after the first night he decided to tell everyone. In the White Room Merron Veronica Andrew Hamza and William are rapping. William is rapping “ You may think it is goofy But the Man in the Moon is a Newfie” Andrew is now rapping about being on the block. Veronica is now rapping. Ryan walks in and the feeds cut.
1:00 PM BBT Ryan walks into the Rose Room saying he just walked into the White Room and rapped to Veronica I caught you in a lie and am sending you home. Ryan says Once again it doesn’t matter who wins the veto. We have to stick to the 4 week plan The 2 Rookies Andrew and Hamza. Maddy says she is confused Why should one of them come of the block. Ryan is explaining once again how the plan works. Johnny says I still don’t get why throw. Veronica comes in and ask to talk to Johnny. As we go to the kitchen we find Veronica is telling Johnny how she felt about the conversation she had with Ryan. She is saying that she told Erica about the conversation with her and she told her to go talk to Johnny. She tells Johnny that she would never put up him or William or Erica or Kaela. She goes to the kitchen to get a cup of hot water as she has a sore throat. Erica tells her to have a teaspoon of honey. She is adding lemon and honey to a cup of hot water as well. She asks Johnny how he feels about playing the comp. They are all heading upstairs as Veronica is saying Ryan is preaching. As we check into the White Room Hamza and Andrew are talking. Andrew is saying he is going to play low key if he gets past this week. Hamza says if he wins HOH he already knows who he wants to put up.
1:15 PM BBT Back in the Rose Room Ryan is still holding court about putting someone up as a pawn. Most of the hgs are just listening. Merron says are we focusing on one more or the other. Ryan says it doesn’t matter. As all the hgs are there. Ryan gets called out by Big Brother for using improper language. The conversation goes to the noise in the backyard the comp must be intense. Ryan says he heard they just run a tape of sounds. Ryan once again takes over the conversation but Ali cuts in saying it is very easy to get into a rut of going up on the block. The conversation now goes to what the costumes will be. Johnny thinks they will be waiting until 10 pm again. Ryan says he hopes not as he wants to play pool. Ryan leaves the room and the conversation is about general things.
1:30 PM BBT In the HOH Room William Maddy and Ali are saying that they like the idea of backdooring Olivia. Ryan walks in and Maddy leaves . Ryan is telling them that he will tell Merron to vote with them. William says he does not want to play with a big alliance. Ryan says he wanted this week that he wanted to prove what he can do. Back in the Rose Room they are all still talking about if one comes down the other goes home. Veronica is telling them that she did not feel right telling Ryan who she would put on the block because even tho he said he’d keep it a secret he may need help next week and tell. She says he is trying to play Mother Hen this week by saying if we do it his way we will not be putting a target on our back. Jesse has been called out for napping by Big Brother. In the White Room Andrew and Hamza are talking about the other hgs . Andrew says at the end of this week I will have my answers. Hamza says by the end of this week you will be on my side. Ryan has pulled Andrew into the HOH Room to tell him what he said in the Rose Room. Andrew has left the room and Jesse has entered it. Ryan is asking Ali if she likes chocolate.
1:45 PM BBT Ryan is telling her that Merron doesn’t feel like she has made an effort to get to know him. She says okay she will try and make a better effort. He says the reason she is not going up because you didn’t kiss my ass yesterday. He is telling her that based on what she said yesterday he has to take at face value. Big Brother calls her out for her mic. He said even if you were not on the block last week I still would not put you on the block. She tells him that she can not kiss anybody ass.As Ryan is repeating his conversation with her again we will check into the White Room with Merron Hamza and Andrew are talking. Merron asks Why Hamza likes to be a threat? He tells him this is how he wanted to play the game. Hamza says he is going to play hard every time he gets picked. He doesn’t mind being on the block as that means he gets to play. Andrew and Hamza are heading downstairs Merron is going to chill.
12:00 PM BBT Upstairs in the lounge area Maddy Kaela and Derek are talking about Merron asking a lot of personal questions William is there still cleaning. Ryan has pulled Merron into the HOH Room. Merron is telling him who he would put on the block other than the two on them. Ryan says and who you think should be on the block should one pull themselves off. Merron tells him that he thinks Ali would be one as she doesn’t seem to want to get to know him, he says that is an easy one. The second one would be hard but he would think Olivia but he says he still isn’t sure who he wants to work with. Ryan says that is why I wanted to make sure I talked to you because he wanted to know the outsider view. As Ryan is once again repeating the what ifs Andrew or Hamza pulls themselves down we move to the living room where Johnny and Paras are talking alliances. She is telling him she wants loyalty to be a top trait in forming an alliance. She is telling him that she has no one that she wants to form an alliance with. Johnny says there is the case where people turn on each other. She tells him she sees who the people are who hang out together. Hamza and Andrew are sitting there as well but not entering the conversation. Johnny isn’t sure if he is picking out what the truth really is. Paras says she doesn’t even know what it is but in the house it is hard. Paras is saying she did not think she would get as far as she did in that first comp as she didn’t think she could hold on that long.
12:15 PM BBT The conversation between them about how they see things in the house as opposed to the real world. As we travel back to the HOH Room where Ryan Merron and Jesse talking about getting thru the first week without naming the rooms. Merron says he is still trying to figure people out in the house. He says he sees some people who still don’t know where they place in the house. Jesse asks him Is there anyone who gives you bad vibes. Merron responds with More like no vibes. Merron says he just wants people to know that he is willing to play. Ryan says he is planning to be here until the end of May. Ryan tells him that he needs to talk to Jesse about the veto. Ryan and Jesse say they aren’t sure they believe him. Ryan says we had a good conversation yesterday but I want to check in with you today. Ryan is telling him that as long as Andrew and Hamza are in the house they will always be a target. Ryan says people told him he needed a replacement. Jesse tells him that it needs to be a female. Ryan says if I have to put up a replacement nom and it is a girl. Ryan says that he would not put Kaela up as it would ruin his chances off working with Derek and possible him as well as he knows Derek and him are close. Ryan tells him that Merron told him that he would vote how he wanted him to vote. Ryan says if one of them wins he is going to pull them all together. He asks Jesse if you win the Veto and I ask you to use it would you. Jesse says yes if it is the right move. Ryan is throwing Olivia’s name out there. He feels that Olivia is making more moves in her social game. Ali has read a card from BB. She has won the glasses to record 10 sec clips of a day in the house. Big Brother has told them to stop talking about brand names. Ali has decided to start her first clip with a tour of the house. Back in the HOH Room Ryan pulled Erica into the room. She says she has no plans on winning it as she doesn’t think she is a target. She tells him that she feels Andrew is really trying to change from last week.
12:30 PM BBT Ali is still running around room to room doing her tour. As Ryan still questions Erica. We will take a short break and check out the rest of the hgs and what they re up to. In the Rose Room Jesse and Derek and Olivia walks in. Jesse is trying to figure out if he should try to win the comp or throw it. Jesse is saying he thinks Erica is super cool. Derek is telling him that Ryan told him because of your showmance you both need to not win comps. As Olivia and Kaela enters the room the conversation stops. Jesse says he doesn’t want people to think that the 2 of them are playing everyone. Merron walks in and says I’ll just be a minute I don’t want to ruin the vibe. Back to Ryan and Erica are talking about wanting to never be in the jury house. Erica agrees she either wants to be at the end or at home cuddling with her girlfriend. Erica says she is waiting for an all star Canada US Big Brother. Ryan thinks the American players play more cut throat then Canadians. Erica says she doesn’t think she is good at endurance.
12:45 PM BBT Erica is saying she is sad that Rozina left, she said she cried. Erica says she doesn’t think there will be a battle back because there is too many. Ryan says he didn’t want to say that he was a fan of the show but after the first night he decided to tell everyone. In the White Room Merron Veronica Andrew Hamza and William are rapping. William is rapping “ You may think it is goofy But the Man in the Moon is a Newfie” Andrew is now rapping about being on the block. Veronica is now rapping. Ryan walks in and the feeds cut.
1:00 PM BBT Ryan walks into the Rose Room saying he just walked into the White Room and rapped to Veronica I caught you in a lie and am sending you home. Ryan says Once again it doesn’t matter who wins the veto. We have to stick to the 4 week plan The 2 Rookies Andrew and Hamza. Maddy says she is confused Why should one of them come of the block. Ryan is explaining once again how the plan works. Johnny says I still don’t get why throw. Veronica comes in and ask to talk to Johnny. As we go to the kitchen we find Veronica is telling Johnny how she felt about the conversation she had with Ryan. She is saying that she told Erica about the conversation with her and she told her to go talk to Johnny. She tells Johnny that she would never put up him or William or Erica or Kaela. She goes to the kitchen to get a cup of hot water as she has a sore throat. Erica tells her to have a teaspoon of honey. She is adding lemon and honey to a cup of hot water as well. She asks Johnny how he feels about playing the comp. They are all heading upstairs as Veronica is saying Ryan is preaching. As we check into the White Room Hamza and Andrew are talking. Andrew is saying he is going to play low key if he gets past this week. Hamza says if he wins HOH he already knows who he wants to put up.
1:15 PM BBT Back in the Rose Room Ryan is still holding court about putting someone up as a pawn. Most of the hgs are just listening. Merron says are we focusing on one more or the other. Ryan says it doesn’t matter. As all the hgs are there. Ryan gets called out by Big Brother for using improper language. The conversation goes to the noise in the backyard the comp must be intense. Ryan says he heard they just run a tape of sounds. Ryan once again takes over the conversation but Ali cuts in saying it is very easy to get into a rut of going up on the block. The conversation now goes to what the costumes will be. Johnny thinks they will be waiting until 10 pm again. Ryan says he hopes not as he wants to play pool. Ryan leaves the room and the conversation is about general things.
1:30 PM BBT In the HOH Room William Maddy and Ali are saying that they like the idea of backdooring Olivia. Ryan walks in and Maddy leaves . Ryan is telling them that he will tell Merron to vote with them. William says he does not want to play with a big alliance. Ryan says he wanted this week that he wanted to prove what he can do. Back in the Rose Room they are all still talking about if one comes down the other goes home. Veronica is telling them that she did not feel right telling Ryan who she would put on the block because even tho he said he’d keep it a secret he may need help next week and tell. She says he is trying to play Mother Hen this week by saying if we do it his way we will not be putting a target on our back. Jesse has been called out for napping by Big Brother. In the White Room Andrew and Hamza are talking about the other hgs . Andrew says at the end of this week I will have my answers. Hamza says by the end of this week you will be on my side. Ryan has pulled Andrew into the HOH Room to tell him what he said in the Rose Room. Andrew has left the room and Jesse has entered it. Ryan is asking Ali if she likes chocolate.
1:45 PM BBT Ryan is telling her that Merron doesn’t feel like she has made an effort to get to know him. She says okay she will try and make a better effort. He says the reason she is not going up because you didn’t kiss my ass yesterday. He is telling her that based on what she said yesterday he has to take at face value. Big Brother calls her out for her mic. He said even if you were not on the block last week I still would not put you on the block. She tells him that she can not kiss anybody ass.As Ryan is repeating his conversation with her again we will check into the White Room with Merron Hamza and Andrew are talking. Merron asks Why Hamza likes to be a threat? He tells him this is how he wanted to play the game. Hamza says he is going to play hard every time he gets picked. He doesn’t mind being on the block as that means he gets to play. Andrew and Hamza are heading downstairs Merron is going to chill.

Live Feed Updates: Saturday, March 10th (4)

March 10, 2018

Live Feed Updates: Saturday, March 10th (4)
9:45 AM BBT – 11:00 AM BBT Feeds are down again.
11:02 AM BBT Feeds come back with Ryan William and Johnny in the washroom talking about how funny Veronica was playing charades last night. The boys got called out for Big Brother for talking about production. Ryan is saying he has not shower because he has been involved in conversation. He gets called out for not having in mic on. Meanwhile in the living room Maddy Olivia Ali Paras Merron and Andrew are all talking about a clothing company in Toronto that is Canadian and opening branches in B,C. Back in the washroom Andrew is in the shower Johnny Veronica and Kaela are talking . Ali asks if they can redo the POV Ceremony as you thought of another move when she got named host. Veronica and Ryan are showering.
11:15 AM BBT The only cameras working are on the washroom with Ryan saying he hopes his friends at home who are watching think he is being himself. In the Rose Room the conversation Olivia is saying she will be mad if Jesse gives up on trying to win the POV because he is tired. She is saying even Johnny says he may not try and he had a good night sleep. In the White Bedroom Ryan and William were talking about soup. Veronica came into the room and says to William did Ryan ask you who you want on the block if Hamza and Andrew. William asks her where her head is at. She tells him she told Ryan that she told him William Derek are the boys she is close to. Paras and Erica are the girls. William is telling her this is only your second full day give it time.In the HOH Room Ryan is talking to Johnny telling him that if Hamza or Andrew pull themselves off, he is asking him if he wins POV would he use it, and if there was someone that the house decided was a better person out would you vote with the house. As the conversation goes to religion we move to the washroom where Veronica and William are picking up and cleaning the washroom. Veronica thinks that because her and Erica don’t make as much mess because they don’t wear as much makeup.
11:30 AM BBT Ryan is talking about the 4 week plan with Ali and Johnny. He is telling them even if one of them pull themselves off the other goes home. He is telling them he thinks that the only reason he won HOH is because no one else wants it. He is telling Johnny that if he wins this one he will be putting a target on himself as he has won every comp he has been in. Ryan says this can be a bloodless week if everyone sticks to the plan. He is repeating the statement they have to stick with the plan. Ali leaves and Johnny asks him if anything changes please let me know. Ryan is saying he has kept his word to everyone. He says a lie will be coming and he will only lie to one person not the whole house. Ryan is now telling Andrew that everyone up there has to throw it. William and Johnny are talking in the washroom William says he should play to win and not be afraid to play. Johnny agrees with him saying he came to win. William likes to win the next HOH . Erica has joined them, saying along saying I want to play but this one I didn’t want to and I get picked to play. Veronica and William are still cleaning with William saying the toilet really needs to be cleaned it is rank. Veronica is looking for bleach to clean the washroom. Maddy is cleaning the storage room. Ryan is trying to talk to Maddy. In the kitchen most of the house guests are sitting around involved in their own little groups. Erica is in the washroom talking to William about the coldness of the Have Not Room. Erica weighs herself saying she is 143 now so she wants to see how much she weighs at the end of a week on slop. Veronica is saying that she doesn’t want to host a comp until she gets her voice back. Olivia comes in and says she is annoyed that she isn’t playing as she feels her ass is on the line. In the living room Andrew and Johnny are talking about Andrew trying to keep him in the loop last week. Andrew is explaining that he is an upfront guy and not being dishonest. Erica says everyone thinks her and Johnny are best friends because they are gay. She says all that does is separate us. Andrew says he was glad when Merron came in he thought yea another young man not another young black man. Erica is explaining why they thought he was being sneaky. Erica says you only looked aggressive because you are a big black guy which is wrong. He says part of it is he grew up playing sports and that is how he deals with things. He says you have too much time to think. He says he felt bad wanting Rozina out after he got to know her. She is a lovely person. Meanwhile in the HOH Room Maddy and Kaela are talking about last week as well. Kaela says that Ali did better for her game than keeping Rozina. They are talking about how Andrew did the picking last week for heaven and hell. The conversation now goes to the fact that they have separated Veronica and Merron. Kaela says it is good you have William in the room Maddy agrees with her but says all William does is sleep. Maddy says the last few days Olivia has made an effort to talk to her which she feels good about. Maddy says she has no game plan about what people are like other than being open minded. Meanwhile back in the living room Andrew is saying that it was better for him to keep Rozina. Johnny says he has to go put on a face for the comp whether he wins or loses. Hamza has joined the conversation and the conversation goes to Andrew is asking Hamza what is Saturday outside the house would be
like.

Live Feed Updates: Saturday, March 10th (3)

March 10, 2018

Live Feed Updates: Saturday, March 10th (3)
8:45 AM BBT Andrew and Hamz are laughing up on how much makeup the girls use as William comes into the bathroom and join in the conversation.Veronica and many of the other HG thinks that the bb house is being kept very cold. Hamz is explaining how bad the HN room is, and to him, the darkness and the spookiness is not the main issue but being on the floor and with a very tiny blanket and being absolutely freezing was the hardest part. And here we have Ryan comes in to say his 2 sense. William is showering, Hamz and Andrew on the couch as we have Maddie, Veronica and Paras getting ready in the bathroom area. We also have the Red Bedroom where we have the rest of the HG chatting up and trying to see who could be the next hoh. Erica is explaining to them how it was in the HN room, with not being able to take a hot shower and then slop. She is also suggesting to make the slop like an oatmeal with water and some sugar. They are all in agreement that the HN Room is a hell in a cold freezing way.
9:00 AM BBT Back in the bathroom, Andrew, Jesse William Hamz and Maddie are trying to see if there is any way to sleep in the HN room not feeling so cold and actually get some sleep. In the kitchen, Ryan is talking to Veronica to see who else to put up and that he is trying to think ahead of the game but realizes that in the BB house, it is very hard to do that. He is asking how it was sleeping in the HN Room to Veronica and she is explaining just how cold it is and that the following night, she will make sure she wears as many layers as possible. In the bathroom, we have some HG getting ready as Ryan and Veronica continues their conversation in the LR. And he is saying that he likes LaCrosse and eats Wendy all the time and continues on about his life and how he got a job in the sport dept talking about post game and it went from doing it free to getting paid.
9:11 AM BBT Feeds just went down.
9:15 AM BBT Nothing to report as live feeds not on at this time.
9:20 AM BBT Ryan is talking to Jesse and suggesting to him to win the HOH because he wants to make sure no showmance wins. He does not want Erica or Johnny to win the POV. and wants to have a rookie or Hamz or Andrew to be gone. Ryan still does not believe the Rookie’s story as he thinks that both Merron and Veronica have had advantages before coming into the house such as seeing and hearing the HG BEFORE coming in so the would know whats going on.
9:30 AM BBT Jesse, Ryan and Derek are discussing who will be put on the block and Ryan seem to really want to have the entire house accepting his decision and wants to win the veto. Now, Ryan want to talk privately in the HOH room to Erica to tell her that she should not win the veto as other HG might see her as a strong player and he is assuring her that he would not put her on the block. But Erica wants to know what is it for him that it is better for her not to win the veto. So, Ryan is saying that it would not be her best interest to win veto after talking to the rest of the HG and is telling her that he is a free agent in this game.
9:45 AM BBT Feeds are down again.

Live Feed Updates: Saturday, March 10th (2)

March 10, 2018

Live Feed Updates: Saturday, March 10th (2)
01:15 AM BBT Merron shouting out to his sisters, his crew. Ryan, Jesse, Ali, Olivia in the wash area getting ready for bed. Erica shouting out to her girlfriend Shea. Paras and Merron are doing push ups on the back of the couch.Hamza wants Merron to check out the HN room. Merron is carrying Hamza and Paras on his back into the wash area. Merron is now riding Hamza’s back. All hg are getting ready for bed now. Maddy and Kaela discussing Veronica. Kaela doesn’t like her says maybe if they were outside of the house.
01:30 AM BBT Kaela isn’t happy with the way Veronica speaks kind of (nasty) refers to her comments about sticking her finger in the guys butt. Johnny wants to know who the girls think is funny and who they would throw a drink on. BB tells HG to sleep well. Bathroom crew tell Johnny Goodnight and to sleep well. Derek and Jesse are in the HN room figuring out how they will sleep. Jesse said he will take the tombstone.
01:45 AM BBT The red rose room has Johnny, Kaela, Maddy and Olivia discussing Veronica and how they think Merron isn’t smart. Lights went dark in the HN room. Girls discussing why Andrew isn’t in the HN room but understand Andrew saved Ryan. They are discussing Andrew leaving no matter what unless he wins veto. They wonder who would screw up the vote if Hamza won veto. Red rose room crew say good night to Canada.
02:00 AM BBT All cams are lights out and feeds are down for now.
7:00 AM BBT All HGs sleeping
8:00 AM BBT At this time, we have all HG asleep, some of them in comfy bed and some of them, not so much.
8:10 AM BBT BB has asked the HG to wake up as the day is starting and the lights have been turned on at this moment. And a few minutes later, we have the rooster who is doing his thing as the HG are asked to put their microphones on.
8:15 AM BBT The White Bedroom is all lite up as HG getting out of bed and we now have Maddie up and headed downstairs into the SR to change out her batteries. She is now going to the HN Room in order to get the other HG their battery pack. Jesse tells her that he didn’t get any sleep in this awful room. Down in the HN room, Jesse is talking to Erica that this room is pretty hard to get any sleep on and that the blankets are not helping much. They mentioning that they are so cold in there. Jesse, Erica and Derek are wondering who will be the next badge of HN and would rather stick together. Ryan as the HOH is starting his morning chatting up a storm again by looking up and is asking William to throw the HOH comp.
8:30 AM BBT Ryan is asking William to throw his HOH comp and to make sure it is only the White Bedroom HG to get it and no one else.William says he wants to see the sleeping arrangements in the Have Not Room. Back in the HN Room, the HG may have slept about 10 mins or so. Jesse in the HN Room almost thought he was going to fall in the water as he slept so close to the edge of his monument as Ryan is checking on them. In the meantime, we have Paras and Veronica talking about the last HOH and how hard it was and Veronica is saying that coming last and later in the game makes it so much harder for her as William comes in the room. Andrew and Hamz are in the bathroom getting ready for the day. Andrew is definitely ready to start playing and saying sleep is the devil as you do not seem to get too much of it in the ho
use.

Live Feed Updates: Saturday, March 10th (1)

March 10, 2018

Live Feed Updates: Saturday, March 10th (1)
12:00 AM BBT Hamza is talking with Maddy to see where her head is at the moment. She says she doesn’t have much to offer him. Hamza and Maddy are saying they can’t be friends with everyone. Hamza is telling her why he wanted to go on the block. He wants to win veto and force Ryan to choose someone else.Hamza said he will go on the block every week if he had to. Maddy wonders if anyone mentioned her name to go on the block.
12:15 AM BBT Maddy want to talk with Hamza one on one no lies thinks he is a straight shooter. Hamza is confident he will win the eto and wants to flip the house. Hamza offered to choose Maddy if he had HG choice she doesn’t want to play yet. She thanks him for the chat and leaves. Veronica is freestyling(good job) everyone is impressed with Veronica. The HG are all hanging in the living room basic chatting. BB just told them to watch their mouths Canada is watching. Ali says she is checked out today and thinking about her family. Kaela says it so different watching than actually playing the game. They both wonder what the veto comp will be. Hamza, Merron, Veronica and Johnny are at the table chatting. Hamza wonders what his family will think about him asking to be put otb. Veronica believes it was stupid. Erica is also at the table and basic chatting. Veronica want to nap but doesn’t want to miss anything.
12:30 AM BBT The girls are discussing public transportation and where they sit on the bus. Paras, Olivia and Kaela are discussing the arcade and climbing the rock wall. Ali and Jesse are chatting (can’t hear the conversation) Oliva wants to go lay down and wants Paras to go with her but she isn’t inted wants to listen to some gossip. Ali and Jesse are talking about Veronica and Merron and Jesse says he believes Merron looks sleazy Both are talking about Hamza leaving soon. They are referring to that one going home (not sure who that one is). Jesse believes Veronica could pull in some people if she had a week. Erica and Veronica are talking about how much they appreciate certain things in life after such a short time in the house. Andrew wants to battle Veronica in freestyling. Merron brags about Veronica’s skills. Andrew says Veronica has to impress the black people(kidding) they discuss her race jokes (all in fun).
12:45 AM BBT Andrew wants to know if Veronica has any Black friends. She laughs says her best friend is black. Jesse and Olivia discuss putting up one of the new hg with Hamza. Olivia believes Andrew will come after her if he stays. They are talking about how they don’t like him on a personal level and would not assoc. with him outside the house. Olivia says she would kill herself if she had to speak with Andrew alone. Johnny and Maddy are chatting in the wash area also wondering about the veto comp. They are just messing around with bath products.
01:00 AM BBT Guys talking about sports and complaining about going to bed. BB won’t let them sleep yet. Derek is showering and Kaela wonders if the water is hot. Jesse and Ryan are checking out the HN room. Ryan bragging about carrying Andrew around. Maddy and Merron are on the couches talking about heartbreak. Olivia and Ali head upstairs and Ali says she found her first gray hair. Johnny and Ali laugh about her gray hair. Hamza is allowing the HG to give shout outs to their families. Hamza calls it “Hams in the cams” and will have new guest each night. Hamza is now about to interview Merron. Merron barking like a dog says he is a dog and the ladies outside can see him in the house and he can get them when he is out the house. Merron says he misses his mom.

Ryan nominated Andrew and Hamza for eviction

March 10, 2018

Ryan nominated Andrew and Hamza for eviction
Hamza to Merron/Ryan- I am not letting anyone win that fucking veto. Tomorrow it's my veto. I will literally do whatever it fucking takes to win
Andrew- I definitely think I am more of an asset than a liability in this game. Johnny- Do you feel the same for Hamza too? Andrew- We have different gameplay. It's a different style
Andrew- If one of us gets HoH for the next comp, we are lit. Hamza- I already know who I am putting up. You are not changing my mind. Time to ruffle the feathers
Andrew- I dont know about Johnny. He is playing with everybody. Hamza- Erica is more straight now. She is with us. She is my boy. Erica is the real deal 
Andrew to Hamza- I only trust you, bro. I know you wouldnt do me like big man did. You would never put me up
Hamza to Andrew- She (Kaela) is probably going to go sleep with him (Derek) in the have-not room. We have got to cut that showmance 
Hamza to Andrew- We are going to create more moments in these 2-3 weeks than they are going to this whole season. It's summer camp. They are playing beer pong with no beer
Hamza- I have always wanted to include you but I have always thought you are more with Kaela, Olivia and Ali's side. Maddy- I understand 
Maddy- It's impossible for all of us to work together. Hamza- Exactly. Maddy- I'm just trying to get a sense of how I am perceived 
Hamza to Maddy- Canada voted us for a sixth season cause they didnt want to see BBUS (BB19) again. They dont want to see an 11-0 vote
Hamza to Maddy- I'm just hoping that once I win veto and someone else goes up, maybe we can start talking. We can show Canada that we are here to play, set a division, and go at it
Hamza- I am really confident in myself. I think I will win the veto. We will go from there. Hopefully in a few days we will talk. Maddy- Yeah. Hamza- Maybe we will flip the house. Maddy- I'm very excited to see what happens after veto
Hamza- I'm kind of pissed that we dont have a table right in the middle (of the living room) for when you leave. I can step over it. Johnny- You want to get out of here without hugging anyone? Hamza- Yeah
Hamza to Johnny/Merron/Veronica- I am not getting out for a while, guys. I am winning tomorrow. I nominated myself for a reason. Next week I win HoH, shake this bitch up. Let's start playing
Merron- When you guys vote for eviction, do you see Arisa? Erica- Not when you are in there (DR). Merron- That's the biggest lie then when people go in like "you look so good!". Erica- We see her out here 
Ali- I think she (Veronica) goes before Hamz. Jesse- Yeah. Ali- Hamz has no one. Even though he is an outsider, he is one of us. Jesse- That's a very good point. Whoever wins has to put both of them (Merron/Veronica) up 
Ali- They (Merron/Veronica) both go up. If one of them comes down, Hamz goes up and that one still goes home. Jesse- That one goes home, yeah. They are more threatening together than Hamza by himself 
Jesse- You are looking at a guy (Hamza) with zero social game. Ali- Literally. He has got a good social game with Canada though 
esse- Veronica can get in with some of the people here if she has enough time. A week could be enough time. Ali- Who are you most thinking? Erica? Jesse- Yeah
Jesse- What do you think about Ryan? Ali- I like that he is a man of his word. I think he is really smart and probably knows this game better than everybody, but I dont think that's a bad thing. Jesse- Right 
Jesse to Olivia- Say the plan is to get rid of Andrew this week. Great. Next week, whoever wins should put both of them (Merron/Veronica) up 
Olivia- Andrew will gun for me if he gets off of the block. Jesse- He doesnt like any of the girls. Olivia- I think it's cause we dont give him any attention
Merron gave Hamza and Paras a piggyback ride
Jesse is preparing his place to sleep in the have-not room 
Bedtime

Live Feed Updates: Friday, March 9th (8)

March 09, 2018

Live Feed Updates: Friday, March 9th (8)
6:30 PM BBT Paras and Erica say that they will share any information they have. In the storage room, Derek and Jesse are chatting. Derek wants to chat with Ryan, but wants to do it tomorrow. Derek feels like Maddy is a floater. Jesse said that he has Kaley and Johnny in an alliance. Will stop talking game to the house except those people. Derek is excited for noms. Merron and Andrew are chatting. Andre whates stabbing people in the back before playing in a competition. Marron tells Ryan that he wants to work together and gain trust.
6:45 PM BBT Ryan wants to make big moves this week. Most of the houseguests are getting ready for nominations. Veronica says that most of the guys clothes she can fit into. Andrew, and William are in the red bedroom chatting. Says they feel like they have more power on the good side. Veronica is in the bedroom trying to find something to wear. William feels confident he will win veto. Veronica and Ryan are chatting in the HOH room. Ryan tells Veronica that being a “superfan” is a good thing.” Veronica says she hasn’t talked much to Marron. Veronica feels comfortable around everyone and not so nervous.

Live Feed Updates: Friday, March 9th (7)

March 09, 2018

Live Feed Updates: Friday, March 9th (7)
5:23 PM BBT Feeds back. Ryan talking to Maddy in the HOH. Ryan says the house seems to be divided between the red room and the white room. He feels like he has the votes no matter how it goes. Ryan says that Kaela told him that Kaela wants to get into an alliance with someone. That Kaela told him that people assumes that she is in an alliance with Derek, but she’s not. Ryan is trying to put together a final four with Maddy, Kaela, and Will.
5:30 PM BBT Ryan tells Maddy that he wants to hang onto the guys so they keep the advantage. He doesn’t want an all girls alliance forming because it drives him crazy. She tells him they never work. He still wants to keep a male advantage. Ryan says if Andrew or Hamz comes off the block, if he has the votes, he will put Olivia up and vote her out. Maddy tells Ryan to let’s try to get this short-term plan working and then work on a long-term plan. Maddy says Kaela is the best position of anyone in the game right now.
5:45 PM BBT Maddy asks Ryan to pick her if he gets HG’s choice and he tells her will probably pick Will because people in the house want to know how he will perform in comps. Ryan tells Maddy that her reputation in the house is that she is a floater who doesn’t want to talk game. She thanks him for telling her and tells him she can repair that. She tells Ryan that Will is her favorite person in the house. Maddy asks Ryan what he thinks of Erica. He tells her that he feels that right now he could be in an alliance with anyone in the house. He tells Maddy that he is telling her more than he has told anyone. She thinks that Will could be a blabber mouth. She says he needs to be watched. Ryan says Will lacks guile and cunning. Ryan is called to the DR. Feeds switch to Hamz and Andrew in the have not room. They say they want to stay long enough to see the others turn on one another. Hamz says he doesn’t want to sleep in the have not room.
6:00 PM BBT Hamza says they probably still need Ali. Andrew farts and Hamz has to leave the room. Other HG’s are getting ready, they think nomination ceremony is soon. Ali, Veronica, and Merron are in the washroom getting ready. Ali says she wears glasses most of the time even though she has contacts. Says she hated wearing them in school. Hamza is working out in the living room.
6:15 PM BBT In one of the bedrooms, Paras and Erica are talking about their personality. Kaela is in the bedroom too. Derek, Maddy, and Olivia are in the washroom getting ready for nominations Hamz and Andrew are in the red room talking. Jess comes in and says he feels like he is going up on the block. Feels like if he doesn’t win a competition (Jess), he will go home. Paras and Erica are chatting about feeling nervous. Erika said that if Paras felt nervous, to come tal
k to her.

Live Feed Updates: Friday, March 9th (6)

March 09, 2018

Live Feed Updates: Friday, March 9th (6)
3:00 PM BBT At this time, we have Erica and Olivia chatting on the Red Bedroom about who they would choose to put on the block if Ryan ask them. Erica is trying to figure out a strategy to their game. They both agree that Ryan is overbearing about his rules with the etiquette on how to live in the bb house. Erica felt so overwhelmed and feels bad that she cried last night but it was such a long day for them. Now, in the White Bedroom, we have Veronica and Paras are talking together and is comforting Veronica that the house understand more about how they got in the house. The rest of the house was just paranoid for a little bit. And now, Merron and William comes in the room and hugs the girls and they are glad all is in the open now. We also have Ryan, Johnny with Ali and Kaela are upstairs sitting on the sofa talking about ow th house meeting went and even Ali tells Ryan that he did such a good job on handling the questions for the rookies.
3:15 PM BBT In the Red Room, Erica is talking with some of the HG about looking so much like her best friend.
3:18 PM BBT – 5:30 PM BBT Feeds are down
feeds could be down for noms, tho they were much later last year

RYAN CALLS HOUSE MEETING TO CONFRONT THE GATECRASHERS

March 09, 2018

RYAN CALLS HOUSE MEETING TO CONFRONT THE GATECRASHERS
Earlier today, Ryan called a house meeting to confront the gatecrashes – with the houseguests calling their entrance lie into question.

Things started off with a rather tame/mundane discussion regarding housekeeping within the house. However, following on from this, things very quickly got tense when Ryan turned his attention to the two new arrivals, Merron and Veronica.

He started the conversation “The last thing I want to address is the elephant in the room”. Addressing Merron and Veronica, he continued stating that he felt like they were being “forced to lie to us”. He then went on, stating that there were a lot of holes appearing in their story.

Responding to the group, Veronica tried to reassure the house telling them that they understood where they were coming from an that the way they came into the house was “sketchy”, continuing that they had not put in any effort to try and maintain their story.

Merron also added that he understood why they might be uncomfortable. He and Veronica went on to state they were acting in the best interest of the whole house.

The meeting ended on a high note, with a house group hug

Live Feed Updates: Friday, March 9th (5)

March 09, 2018

Live Feed Updates: Friday, March 9th (5)
1:15 PM BBT Derek & Jesse tell Will that later today they will talk to Ryan & pull him into a fake 4 alliance with him! Will says he’s fine with it bc it will make Ryan feel secure . Back in the HOH they finish up the conversation and Ryan calls the next person Erica. Ryan apologizes about making her a HN, they talk about it and then he calls Johnny back for a moment, he tells them about the House dinner idea and exploiting them as knowing they are lying. Johnny leaves quickly and then Ryan explains why Johnny is leaving so quickly. She says maybe she will start collecting people, She wishes she was thinking that far into the game. It’s all because everyone is building friendships and you click with like people. There are people who have been shady and used his name so now he is associated with Shady. Ryan brings up the kitchen situation and the 7-4 and Fake News. He explains how he took it verse how others wanted it perceived. He feels like he is associated with Andrew and attached and so others are not approaching him. Erica tells him he is Brilliant and not everyone is walking away. Erica is shocked that there is so much scheming already with it being so unanimous. They know usually by end of week one there are alliances and if you are not in it then you are on the other side. They feel like it’s a house thought and feeling to feel out of it. Ryan says even telling Ali that Andrew was after her that even then ALi felt he was with Andrew. Ryan tells her his nom plans and then asks if one is pulled off the block who would you want up. They run a few ideas and scenarios Meanwhile the other Hgs are slowly gathering together at the couches upstairs outside the HOH.
1:30 PM BBT In the HH room, we have Erica and Ryan discussing what’s been happening in the house since day one and trying to feel who is a strong player and the ones that are not an issues. Ryan is telling her that he knows the game very well and wants to play and he is a afraid of those new 2 HG that have arrived after the first week. Ryan thinks the stories that the 2 new HG gave seem fishy to him and that they are safe for the first week that they are in. Eric thinks that Veronica is a very dangerous player. Ryan keeps repeating himself that he is a man of his word and wants her to know that he is the one who warn them. Meanwhile in the red rose room, we have 4 HG chatting.
1:42 PM BBT Feeds are down.
1:45 PM BBT Feeds return and we have Ryan and Hamz chatting together in the Dining Room area and Ryan is telling him that he is working only for him, they are discussing nominations and who would be the best for this task. And now Ryan is telling Andrew that he will be put on the block with Hamz and that when one of them wins the POV, he will replace that one person with someone else but hasn’t made his mind of who yet. Ryan wants to have a sit down dinner and to tell the rockies that the house knows that they are up to something and do not believe their stories so they can be exposed. Ryan is explaining to Andrew that he was chosen to be on the block because he was the first person to choose who was “good” and who was “bad” and that he wanted to have Ali out. Andrew is saying to Ryan is wants to take an active role in what’s going on. And here we go again, Ryan wants to tell the newbies that the house is “on” to them and that they need to come up clean.
2:00 PM BBT Hamz doesn’t think it is a good idea and believes that not many HG would back him up and will be there for him but he needs to make sure what he is doing before he tries to expose the newbies. Ryan is telling Hamz that it is a decision of the entire house of why he will b on the block. After his conversation is done with Hamz, Ryan is going upstairs to find another place to talk. Ryan hates to have dishes everywhere when HG do not clean after themselves and goes into the Red Rose Bedroom. In there, Maddie, Jesse, Derek, Ali and Kaela with Ryan are discussing again the newbies situation on how much to believe their late story into the BB house.
2:10 PM BBT Feeds are down for a few minutes and Ryan is joining the rest of the house in the storage room to AGAIN to repeat himself about how he is on to the newbies and to try to do it during a sit down dinner. At this time, we seem to have some HG sitting down in the dining room to eat as Ryan is asking the rest of the HG to come and join them. Ryan says camera is following him a bit more now than before. We have Merron, Ryan, Ali, William and Maddie sitting down at the table as the rest of the HG are still upstairs. Ryan got off the table and is going upstairs to try to gather the house so he can have a meeting in order to discuss the Rookies but people are not really ready for this as no one is in a hurry to come down or stop what they are doing.
2:30 PM BBT Ryan, Andrew, Hamz and Jesse are sitting in the LR area and still waiting for the other HG. We have now Kaela Derek and Maddie joining them but not all are there yet. Ryan is about ready to start this house meeting and would appreciate if everyone comes down. And here it goes… Ryan is about to start this conversation exposing the Rookies as we now have all. Ryan is talking first about keeping the house clean and everyone can make an effort and picking up after each other. To keep the toilet paper stocks as well and the hair to be picked up and to also take care of the dishwasher if it is done cleaning and to keep dishes rinsed at least. And now, the chat turns into the big elephant in the room: the rookies situation. Ryan is putting Veronica and Merron are now put on the spot by being questioned about why they have arrived late into the house and that not all of the HG believe their stories. Veronica is trying to defend herself by saying she was an audience member and was pulled into the house as a player and it could be either a good thing or a bad thing for the rest of the house. And she understand that it sounds sketchy but it is what it is. And she is also explaining that they are now in the house and it should not matter how her and Merron got in and to just let it be for now unless BB decides otherwise.
2:45 PM BBT Merron is saying that he has answered all of the questions he could to the other HG but that he is not here to bad to anyone and just want to feel part of the group like the rest of the HG. Veronica and Merron just wants to be accepted and wants to start making friends and play the game without always have a shadow following them and only with time, they will be able to reveal their real stories. Hamz has an idea on how they got here but he is not elaborating for the moment.
Veronica is apologizing to the house but hope that they understand that for now, the issue on how they got here needs to rest. Ryan thinks that this meeting was good and did a huge group hug before all going into their ways. Ryan is now upstairs but his HOH room is not ready yet before heading back down and is happy on how the conversation turned out. Merron is in the kitchen joking that he will make sure he rinses out his dishes. At this time, we have Ali, Erica and Olivia in the Red Rose Bedroom talking about Kaela on how she is very expressing. Olivia and Erica are left alone in the bedroom and Olivia is saying that Ryan wanted her to tell him who she would put on the block and her reply was Maddie.

House meeting!

March 09, 2018

House meeting!
First on Ryan's agenda at the house meeting is talking about the cleanliness of the house. He doesnt like having Kleenex left around the house, amongst other things
Ryan- I dont know who hasnt used the dishwasher yet. If the blue light is on on the dishwasher, that means it's running. Dont open it until the blue light is off 
Ryan- There are four new slop people. Feel free to always rinse your dish. If you dont rinse right away, it crusts
Ryan- The last thing I want to address is the elephant in the room. I feel as though you (Merron/Veronica) have been forced to lie to us. A lot of the things seem like they have not added up. Jesse- This is collective 
Ryan- I dont believe the original story. You are from Edmonton. You flew out for a 3 day trip... Veronica- There is also certain things that if we say, that will create havoc for the whole house. Merron- You guys have to trust us
Ryan to Merron/Veronica- There is no way you packed for a three day trip and you have a 50 pound duffle bag
Veronica- There is twists. If anything comes out, could it be a negative on me or on the whole house? Is it really that big of a deal to you guys? 
Veronica- We get what you are saying. When we were told we were coming into the house, we were like this is the way we are coming in. You have got to do what is for the house. Sometimes if things go the opposite way, everyone gets punished 
Veronica- It is a very sketchy way to come in the house. I have not been putting in the effort at all cause I am a very genuine and honest person. The conversation we had, that's the last you have heard about it from me
Veronica- We are here, we are all together now. We are the 15. Who cares how we got here? We know you guys are not dumb. It's hard for us too. Jesse- Is there anything you can or cannot confirm? Veronica- No
Veronica- I think you guys will find out what you need to find out eventually. Right now, just dont ask so we dont have to tell. All we will tell you is we had 30 seconds
Merron- If I was part of your group and two of us came in, I totally get it. Like she (Veronica) said, I havent really talked about it since I got here. We were not brought here to screw you guys up 
Merron- I wish I could be part of the group that you guys came in. We are limited to what we can say. Veronica- Just know that it's for the house's benefit. Merron- It's for you guys too. There is only so much we can say 
Veronica- It shows the type of people you guys are to pull us in as a group, respect us, and hear us out. Merron- We just want you guys to love us 
Jesse- Is there a possibility that there was some missing details about the process for you guys to get here? Merron- No comment. I dont know how much we can say. I want to go in the diary room and ask
Hamza- I think I know how you guys got here. Merron- Regardless of what you think, I cant confirm or deny
Veronica- We were given the impression of what we had to do. For the benefit of us as a whole, we are not going to talk about it. Merron- We are you guys. Ryan- Now it's no longer a house divided to me 
The house meeting ended with a "family hu
g"

Live Feed Updates: Friday, March 9th (4)

March 09, 2018

Live Feed Updates: Friday, March 9th (4)
12:30 PM BBT Ali says her live would be so different if her parents had balls to move them to Canada. As there is no real game talk we will head back to the HOH Room where Ryan is still interviewing Olivia. She is telling him that she would put Maddy up as the replacement. He is feeding her kudos on how she has hidden her smarts the past week. She is telling him that she is pre-law student. She says she wasn’t hiding it it just never came up. She says she does work in the beauty field. Ryan says When Andrew was saying he had the votes to get Ali out, he said he had Ryan’s vote but he didn’t. She tells him she would keep Maddy over Andrew because of his game play. She tells him that you need to look for people that have different. Ryan says he wants to have a big family dinner to call the Rookies out ( Merron and Veronica ) that they don’t believe them. She is asking him if he has a couple of people in mind.
12:45 PM BBT He is telling her he isn’t going to say who he has in mind. She asks him if she plays in the POV and wins should she have used it. He says if they knew more they would not have sent Rozina home but they all went with her because she is 49 and screams.
Olivia says you do whatever you do, and next week I will show you if I am still here. He is telling her that he did not realize he had to pick the Have Nots. She is telling him that he needs to have people who else will speak up at the time. They have now finished their chat. He is now calling in Johnny. Johnny says you have had a lot of good conversations today. He is asking Johnny who would be a good replacement nom. He tells him he needs time to think about it. Derek Joins Jesse in the Kitchen and they discuss the slop and how they do not want to add a ton of sugar to it, they then go explore the HN room to make sure there is nothing funny. They discuss Kaela and how she’s getting in closer to Erica but it’s probably good for their game. Will, Derek, and Jesse are a trio and they are thinking maybe adding Ryan.
1:00PM BBT They feel Ali is trying to get in on every conversation and its getting annoying. They say Ryan opened up and gave them more info than he has been to others. Meanwhile Ryan and Johnny are up in hoh still and they continue the conversation of who to put up if a nom comes down and how they are getting along with the other HG. Ryan tells him that conversations of Olivia, Erica, and Johnny are in an alliance. He says he doesn’t even talk to Olivia. Johnny says if people already think he is in one he might as well be in one. The most common thing Ryan is hearing NO one is talking game to no one else. The strong conversation is that Andrew needs to go first but as long as Hamza and Andrew are gone the next 2 weeks and then the “rookies” the 2 new people added by votes. Ryan tells Johnny I know you are not ready to lock down right now but if you decide you want to I’m here, i want to work with you. Paras , Maddy, and Kaela are laying on the couches chatting about finally having some of their stuff and then ask Hamza how he is doing he’s on Slop. He wants to know “ How the F do you eat this” The apples the ladies are eating have funny outsides because they were frozen.

Live Feed Updates: Friday, March 9th (3)

March 09, 2018

Live Feed Updates: Friday, March 9th (3)
11:00 AM BBT Ryan and Derek are still in HOH room. Ryan says he wants to have a house meeting and call people on their BS and see what people do and get to know who everyone is really. They say that William is a nice guy and is easily convinced by people. Feeds down 11:10 AM BBT Ryan is now talking to William Ryan is telling him that the house has 2 people in mind that being Andrew and Hamza. Ryan is telling him he will not backdoor him but straight up. Ryan says the next 4 weeks are Andrew rookie rookie Hamza. William thinks he will put up Olivia Erica and Ali. William says one of the girls but he can’t remember who is in law school. Ryan says she is probably playing dumb which is what he wanted to do. Ryan says he is putting up Andrew and Hamza and if one of them come down he wants to put up Olivia as he feels she is a threat then try and work to get it out. Ryan says if you play win veto and win do you want me to use it. Ryan tells him that only if I have the votes to get Olivia out. William says that if it is between him and say Hamza should he let Hamza win. Ryan says yea it is better for them to take themselves off. Ryan seems to think that you trust the people who are in your room. Meanwhile in other parts of the house we have Johnny and Derek. Jesse is saying that Andrew said he was a target. Derek is saying don’t believe Andrew I think he lies to much. They are thinking of approaching Ryan and bringing him into a fake alliance until all the other girls are out except the two part of their Alliance the Real Deal
11:30 AM BBT William has now joined Derek and Jesse has left. William said he is glad that he didn’t answer any questions til the end. William thinks he played it right. They think the comp was really cool. Back in the HOH Room Ryan is now talking to Ali. Ryan is saying that everyone that Andrew talked about they went to that person but not him. Ryan says he needed to win this HOH because he needed to be able to talk to everyone. Ali is telling him that although you were not a target you are keeping your word from before the comp. Ryan feels that he is in a tough spot. Ali says she is open to working with him in the future. She says she would be lying if she agreed to work with him right now but she is open to working on trusting each other. Ryan tells her that he thinks she knows the game better than others in the house. Ali is telling him that she may not know everything and he may not either that maybe in the future they will be able to put their heads together in the future. Ali says she doesn’t know who she would put up in 4 weeks from now it will depend on what happens. He is asking her if either Andrew or Hamza comes down who would you put up. She tells him she will have to think of that. Ryan is telling her that he thinks The Rookies ( Veronica and Merron ) are lying and won’t be able to keep their lie for 4 weeks. The feeds have gone down at 11:41 AM BBT
11:45 AM BBT Feeds down
12:00 PM BBT Feeds come back with all the hgs in the Have Not Room trying to figure out where they are going to sleep. They are trying to find spots to sleep. Jesse was walking around in the green slim to see if the top came off of the coffin in the middle. Olivia says she thinks sleeping in coffins would be better than this. Feeds go back down 12:08 PM BBT Feeds come back with Ryan in the HOH Room talking to Kaela. She tells him they are not having a showmance they just cuddle at night. She tells him that she feels that she can trust Derek. She says no one is really talking to her about game. Ryan says I would only think you are a threat if you start winning things. Kaela tells him she did not come into this show to get a showmance. Ryan is telling him that Andrew has been dropping his name as if Andrew had him. She is telling him that her and some of the girls think of him as a settling person when they are freaking out. She is telling him that they wanted to get Andrew and Hamza out even before the HOH Comp. Meanwhile in the Have Not Room Hamza and Erica are talking about not going with the house. William joins them and says how messed up with this. Hamza asks him if he talked to Ryan. Hamza says can you tell him to put him up. He tells him to tell Ryan that. Hamza says I don’t want to be backdoored. Erica says she thinks Ryan is an honor guy . Erica says she loves this room she wants to sleep by the bones. William says there is just one room to see. William says he wants to go for a smoke so he is going to see when the backyard will be open. Most of the hgs are in the lounge area upstairs. Merron is trying to organize a game where they throw pillows downstairs and back up. Jesse Derek Erica are Have Not for sure Back in the HOH Room Ryan is continuing his interviews with Paras. She is telling him that she thinks Ali is smart and knows the game. Ryan says he doesn’t think they are a threat. He tells her if he doesn’t put Andrew and Hamza up he will be a target. She thinks he should put up either Ali Olivia or Erica. She thinks the ring leader between Johnny Olivia and Ali. She thinks that people would vote against Olivia over Erica and Ali. She is telling him that Erica has a lot of pull with Olivia and Johnny and now Veronica. Ryan says he feels after Andrew goes he is the next step. Meanwhile in the Rose Room Merron Johnny Ali and Kaela are just having a general conversation. Kaela says she is what she has struggled with in her life. They are now talking about living in Canada. Merron and her are talking about the benefits of living here.

Live Feed Updates: Friday, March 9th (2)

March 09, 2018

Live Feed Updates: Friday, March 9th (2)
9:41 AM BB calling HGs to wake up. HGs grudgingly starting to move about. Random small talk in the red br. Andrew and Maddy preparing for the day in the WR. Discussing their dreams and how all the recent ones are involving BB. Johnny joins them briefly to do a battery exchange.
9:45 AM BBT Talk turns to the comp last night. Andrew says that he was in a bad place after the comp. Maddy says that she wasn’t one of the answers, but she can imagine that that wouldn’t be a good feeling. Ryan joins them in the WR and talks about his night in the HoH room. Ryan leaves and Maddy is wondering how this week will play out, as last week was so compressed. Maddy says that she used to watch the show and make fun of the HGs crying when people left because she didn’t think you could get close to someone in that short a time. She says that with nothing else to do, they get to know a lot about people in a short time. Andrew talks about his plans for slop. Johnny joins them and they discuss how the br was a little cold last night. Johnny tells them that the monitor says it’s nomination day. Veronica discusses William’s sleep-talking all night. Paras enters the WR. All HGs getting a morning hug from Andrew.
10:00 AM BBT Olivia and Erica and Kaela talking about noms today. Erica says that Hamza is going to ask to be nominated, to avoid the backdoor option. Girls are in the bedroom talking about the items the packed to bring with them.
10:15 AM BBT Ryan comes into the room and talks about the convos he wants to have and talks about cameras. He leaves and the girls talk about how he is screwed for next week. Because next week he can not play. In the kitchen Jesse, Johnny, Andrew are in general conversation.
10:30 AM BBT HG still in the kitchen – Derek and Ryan are in HOH and are talking about the sequence of when people go home and who should go on the block right now. Ryan asks Derek where they want to be up to week 6. Jesse says he is close with the guys in the house. Ryan says that Andrew and Jesse do not have good social games but they can win comps. Ryan says that he knows that his personality does not mesh with everyone in the house and he is ok with that. But that Andrew and him are a lot alike. He says that people are assuming that he is working with Andrew because of that. Derek says that the girls do not think Ryan is a threat. Derek says that Maddy is a floater and has approached people separately but has not really told everyone who she has talked to but he says he has not really talked to her yet except for socially – that she has not approached him at all. That she doesn’t have any specific girls she is aligned with. He says the other girl that scares him is Erica. Ryan agrees and says she is a strong player.
10:45 AM BBT Derek and Ryan continue to talk about individual players in the house. Ryan talks about when he is talking to someone and that when another person comes into the room that it stops. Derek says that the house is watching to see who Ryan is working with. Ryan says that there are people he likes in the house but that does not mean he is working with them. He says that’s part of the game. They talk about Johnny – they say they both like him but that he was HOH last week and it’s hard to build a real relationship with him but Ryan says he thinks he can work well with him. They talk about Ali and how they feel about her and the alliances so far forming. Ryan talks about him being older than some other HG and that can cause issues.

Live Feed Updates: Friday, March 9th (1)

March 09, 2018

Live Feed Updates: Friday, March 9th (1)
12:00 AM BBT Feeds down.
12:15 AM BBT Feeds still down
12:30 AM BBT Feeds continue to be down. Feeds back Rhan and Derek are chatting about the game of hockey. Ryan said that he likes the game but couldn’t suit up. Derek hated soccer. Always wanted to play football. Ryan says he has his own podcast talking CFL Football and does other sports as well.
12:45 AM BBT Some of the houseguests are i n the storage room finding what to eat. Kaela was talking about Rozina accent she has. Erica, Hamza, Kaela, and Jesse talking about who they like and dislike
1:00 AM BBT Ryan is sharing his alcohol with all the hgs. All Hgs are taking each a teaspoon of his vodka.Ali takes a sip and she says to William its strong.Ali asks Ryan if he wants to save the rest for him for tomorrow and he tells her yeah.William tells Ryan Veronica is in the dr to save her some of the liquor. All HGs were cheering
1:15 AM BBT Feeds cut Derek is talking to Maddy about working at a wine shop and she says how cool it is learning the different wines.Ryan,is talking to Maddy, Derek, and William about the questions they had for tonight’s Hoh comp they had to answer.Jesse is laying on the couch Talking to Paras about she got to finally eat tonight cause she got off slop.
1:30 AM BBT Paras tells Jesse Ryan is so nice and he’s playing the game.Paras tells Jesse she doesn’t trust Erica at all. Paras starts to tell Jesse Ericka was saying mean things about Ryan and it rubbed her the wrong way .Paras tells Jesse Ericka is the only one in the house that she don’t like.Jesse tells Paras he hope they open the backyard soon.Paras tells Jesse Ali doesn’t like Ericka either.Jesse tells Paras they need to be very careful to talk about alliances.William tries to go in the DR but they not letting him in .Veronica comes out the Dr and Jesse tells her they saved her some alcohol and she is excited.William tells Merron to ask Dr when they will get to go outside.
1:45 AM BBT All HGs are waiting to get to go outside.William tells Jesse he needs a cigarette.Derek was tickling Paras and now shes on the floor laughing.BB tells HGs stop talking about production.All HGs are in the living room joking and laughing with one another.
2:00 AM BBT Johnny is heading to the living room to meet all the HGs Paras tells Jesse she’s tired they been up so early today. All HGs telling each other they tired and getting sleepy. Jesse is talking to Andrew and said he’s glad Ryan is HOH. Andrew tells Jesse Ryan will put him on the block cause everyone wants him to.Andrew tells Jesse that he even wants him gone and Jesse tells Andrew he’s not with anyone.Andrew asks Jesse who the ring leader is in the house and Jesse tells Andrew it’s one of the girls.Andrew tells Jesse he doesn’t really know who to trust.BB says Goodnight HGs so all HGs go to get ready for bed.
8:00 AM BBT All HGs sleeping.

Live Feed Updates Thursday, March 8th

March 08, 2018

Live Feed Updates Thursday, March 8th
10:30 PM BBT Feeds start with Paras in the White room being very happy and saying she is in a good spot, that she is in two alliances and she is doing good. She’s really happy but she’s going to act a little down for now. She goes into the bathroom where Andrew, Hamza, Veronica and Olivia are. Paras is talking about how people think she is dumb. They tell her she’s not. It sounds like Ali and Maddy are talking saying that a game was played for HOH. Ryan, Andrew and Hamza are in the white rose room. Ryan is HOH. Ryan is telling Andrew he may have to be a pawn. Erica comes into the white room and asks to talk to Andrew alone. Ryan and Hamza leaves. Erica apologizes to Andrew for eliminating him from the game. That she said it was a house decision. That it wasn’t personal but a move to help protect her game. She understands if he doesn’t forgive her. He asks her who is coming after him. She tells him most of the house.
10:45 PM BBT Most of the HG’s are in the kitchen. From what Ryan is saying, the first to buzz in won a round. Sounds like it was an elimination round type of comp for HOH. Ryan announces to the house that if you weren’t on slop the first week, and he gets to choose, those people will be on sleep this week. Maddy and Johnny are talking about the comp in the red room. From what they are saying the HG’s had to guess which characteristic would most likely be a particular HG. Erica and Hamza talking in the white rose room about the comp. Hamza says he is telling Ryan to put him up so he has the chance to play the veto.
11:00 PM BBT Kaela, Ali, Derek, Johnny, and Jesse are all talking in the red room about who each of them think Ryan will put on the block. Ali thinks it will be Andrew and Hamza. They all go down to the kitchen. The seven HG’s that were in Hell the first week finally got their clothes and things. They are in the storage room getting their things. Ryan and Johnny are the only ones left in the storage room Ryan tells Johnny that he is safe for the week but he may have to go on slop depending on if he gets to choose or not. Ryan tells Johnny that he wants to work with him. Hamza walks in and Ryan leaves. Hamza tells Johnny that once they get out Andrew and him they will go after Johnny and Erica.
11:15 PM BBT Hamza talks to his family and tells them he is going to fight but everyone is fake. Andrew, Erica and Olivia are talking on the red couches in the living room. Andrew tells Erica that she messed up their friendship because she took the shot and eliminated him from the HOH comp. He tells her that when the time comes to not be surprised. Erica tells him that she couldn’t associate with him after he started throwing people’s names about. Erica goes to the DR for tylenol. Ryan, Erica, and Ali are talking on the red couches talking about the “newcomers” Veronica and Merron and they noticed that their bags were just as packed as everyone else and Ryan says Merron knew the name of his son. Talk turn to the comp. Para, Derek and Jesse joins them. Talk goes back to talking about Veronica and Merron and how they are “shady”. Andrew sits next to Ryan. Ryan tells him about how “shady” Veronica and Merron seem.

Here you will find pictures from the evening!

March 08, 2018

Here you will find pictures from the evening!

Big Brother Canada Results: Who Was Voted Off BBCAN6 Tonight?

March 08, 2018

Johnny agonizes over who to nominate. He eventually settles on nominating Rozina because she was rooting for Paras to win over him. She begs for her Big Brother life.

  • Johnny nominates: …Rozina and Alejandra.

The noms are on the Block but now is their chance for safety. Winner of the Veto can change up Johnny’s decisions and be safe from the renom.

BBCAN6 Week 1 Veto Comp:

Jesse, Alejandra, Johnny, Olivia, Hamza, and Rozina playing in the Power of Veto competition. They must squirm down a sort-of race track to push a ball into a hole. They’re all dressed like worms. The first player to get all their balls in the holes in their lane, wins POV.

Ali is in the lead, but there is a golden ball that freezes the game. Johnny gets it first and freezes the game. He then pulls ahead and win.

  • …Johnny wins the Power of Veto.

BBCAN6 Week 1 Veto Meeting:

  • …Johnny decides not to use it.

  • Final noms for the week: …Rozina and Alejandra.

 

Now it’s time to decide who will be going out the door for the first eviction interview of the season with host Arisa Cox. HGs will enter the DR and cast their eviction votes now.

BBCAN6 Week 1 Eviction Vote:

  • Andrew VTE Rozina

  • Derek VTE Rozina

  • Erica VTE Rozina

  • Hamza VTE Rozina

  • Jesse VTE Rozina

  • Kaela VTE Rozina

  • Maddy VTE Rozina

  • Olivia VTE Rozina

  • Paras VTE Rozina

  • Ryan VTE Rozina

  • William VTE Rozina

Rozina was evicted by a unanimous vote.

…The two gatecrashers voted into the house were Merron and Veronica. The get safety for the week, must think of a lie to tell the other houseguests, and they must enter the house through the diary room.

 

We’ll be heading to the BBCAN Feeds for more details on the latest including who is the new Head of Household so be sure to check back later for those spoilers.

SPOILERS 1

January 01, 2020

Won Power to put six in Hell: Andrew
1st Head of Household: Johnny
Nominated: Rozina and Ali
POV Players:
Have-Nots: Will, Ali, Paris, Kaela, Rozina, and Maddy
POV Host:
POV Winner: Johnny
POV Ceremony Results: Not used
Final Nominations: Rozina and Ali
Voted Out: Rozina
Voted In : Veronica & Merron

Here you will find pictures from the evening!

March 08, 2018

 Here you will find pictures from the evening

Good Thursday morning brother-lovers <3

March 08, 2018

Good Thursday morning brother-lovers <3
Day 5 down, only 65(?) to go! 
Thursdays 8pm: eviction show 
Feeds should start after Thursday's show

Two more HGs will be voted in by Canadian fans. If you live in Canada, you can vote for either Mikey, Veronica, Merron, or Kirsten to enter the house 
Andrew won the power to send seven houseguests to Hell.
Ali, Johnny, Kaela, Paras, Maddy, Rozina, and Will were sent to Hell. The seven competed for HoH, they can be nominated for eviction, and one will be evicted, the seven HGs in Heaven are safe for the week
Arisa Cox will this season be presenting 'After the eviction' a new weekly series which will be available across social platforms and will air on Fridays at 10 a.m. ET. The show will form part of the evicted houseguests’ extended interviews

Johnny wins the first HOH of the season!

March 08, 2018

Johnny wins the first HOH of the season! And he’s ready to play the game! bbcan6 (and without any deals all Hell HGs are eligible for nominations)
Andrew picked the lucky glass. He had to secretly name seven HGs whom he wanted to send to hell he picked Ali, Johnny, Maddy, Paras, Kaela, William and Rozina to go to hell and will be on slop for one week

Tonight's Show

March 08, 2018

Tonight's Show!

Enter the new realm of Big Brother, where he controls everything, both in the light and darkness. Witness the resurgence and step into a season of mythic proportions! When you're on top, it's magical. But in a flash, your wildest dreams can descend into nightmares forcing the question: Are you an angel or a devil? Destined to triumph or fail? Big Brother will make you confront the darkness inside of you because if you want to be the last one standing the only way to survive is to fight.

This season on Big Brother Canada, the battle between Heaven and Hell rages on, but once the dust settles the only one with ultimate power is you!

We welcome our host, Arisa Cox. We are back and there's just one thing Arisa wants to say, "Thank you to all the fans for making it happen. The fans saved us and for the next ten weeks, we plan on thanking you in a big, bad way! Unlike ever before, this is your season. Starting tonight, Big Brother is prepared to give the fans unprecedented new powers. Let's take a look inside the house. Welcome to Heaven and Hell, Big Brother style!"

Even before the houseguests move in, the house has been divided like no other seasons. Upstairs it's heavenly, but downstairs it's pure hell. One house. Two completely opposite realities. The two worlds are built to be the angel and devil inside of each HG. Lucky HGs will roam the angelic accommodations, and those few fortunate enough to gain power will have access to an HoH oasis.

But down in the fires below, the unlucky Have-Nots will endure the torment of Big Brother's catacombs, and little do they know a ghost lurks within its crypt.

In the house's darkest corner lies the blinding power of the throne, a power so great that it will unleash the good and evil within each HG. But in this mythic clash, what the HGs won't know is that's it's Canada that holds the ultimate control in Big Brother Canada's most epic season ever!

It's time to meet the HGs.

First, we meet Erica who is 21 from Toronto, ON and she's currently a server at a restaurant. Her motto in life is why not and she's down with anything fun.

Next, we see Will who is 25 and from Trepassy, NL and he works on an oilfield tanker. He had a son when he was 19 and it's forced him to grow up and he wants to stay focused for his son.

The next HG we meet is Kaela who is 25 from St. Johns, NB and she's a wine ambassador. She's very competitive, she plays ice hockey, touch football, and rugby.

We then meet Hamza who is 27 from Thunder Bay, ON and he's a soccer coach. He's loud, obnoxious, and he talks with his hands and he's going to crush the competition.

Finally, we meet Alejandra Martinez who is 30 and now lives in Vancouver, because and she is a personal trainer. She's a spicy Latina.

We bring out the first five HGs who will enter the house for season six. Arisa greets them and tells them not to talk to each other until they enter the house. Arisa tells them they can now enter the house.

Alejandra says it's so pretty as she enters and the introductions begin. They say this is the coolest house yet. They head downstairs to look and then head back up to find the bedrooms.

While the first five get settled into their divide new home, let's meet the next five HG.

We meet Rozina who is 49 is from Toronto, ON, and is a religious educator. She's a storyteller and if you have to lie, you have to lie.

Do you want a Big Brother? Well, you got yourself a Big brother, it's Andrew who is 36 from Scarbrough, ON and he's a not-for-profit founder. What you see is what you get with him, he just wants to be his authentic self.

Next, we meet Johnny who is 28 from Victoria, because and he's a house husband. He considers himself to be a stay-at-home dad, he just doesn't have kids yet and he's going to leave all his good qualities at the door, and take a key and unlock all the demons inside of him.

Then we have Jesse who is 24 from Saskatoon, SK and he's a sales executive. He deals with big egos with a lot of money and power and dealing with people in the house will be easy.

Finally, we have Olivia who is 21 from Guelph, ON and she's a beauty consultant who is high maintenance. Skincare is a must, her hair down and nails done and everything and she comes off controlling.

Arisa brings out the five HGs we just met and she sends them into the house. There are more introductions as the new five meet the first five. Rozina seems to be extremely excited and is screaming.

Arisa lets them get settled as we prepare to meet the final HGs who will be entering tonight and get ready for the first HoH competition of the season. Big Brother, the HGs are competing for a $100,000 cash prize, a European dream vacation for two, and a $30,000 home furnishing makeover from The Brick.

The first 10 HGs are already inside and it's time to meet the rest.

First, we meet Maddy who is 25 from Ottawa, ON and she's a bartender. When people first meet her they think she is sweet, but she has a petty and manipulative side to her.

Next is Derek who is 27 from Beaumont, AB and he has his own lifestyle brand. He is a small town boy, and he loves country music. He's small town meets big city.

Next is Ryan who is 39 from Calgary, AB and he is a fire safety technician. He intends to be BB supervillain and he has an IQ of 153.

Finally, we meet Paras who is 23 from Port Coquillam, because and she's a law student. She loves video games and she's not going in there with the thought to meet a guy, her goal is to win.

Arisa welcomes the last four to the stage and sends them on into the house. They enter and more introductions ensue. Coming up is the first bombshell of the season. One HGs is about to send seven other straight to Hell!

Arisa is back and the one of the fourteen HGs is about to be given an enormous amount of power. Before the HGs went in, Big Brother placed several goblets on the table. One of them is different from the others. The person who chooses it randomly will be given a huge decision to make.

Arisa tells the houseguests they need to toast and to go grab a goblet from the dining table. Andrew's goblet is a little different and he needs to head to the diary room right now. Maddy is the one who handed him his goblet.

Andrew is going into the diary room and he says this is crazy. Arisa tells him he's about to make an enormous decision. She tells him he will be splitting the house in half. He'll send seven HGs to heaven where they'll be safe for the week. The other seven will live in hell. That means they'll be living on slop and without their personal belongings for the whole week. They'll also be the only HGs competing in the HoH competition and two of them will be nominated for eviction. In other words, the next HoH and the person who will be evicted will be in this group.

Andrew puts himself in heaven first. He puts Rozina in hell because she talked too much. Andrew has placed a few people but seems to be reconsidering the placement. He thinks he needs to switch things around. The other HGs are speculating that it's nominations. Andrew finally has his decision ready and goes out to join the others.

Arisa explains to the HGs what Andrew has just done. Everything becomes serious and none of them look too happy. Andrew apologizes to them. It's time to find out what Andrew decided.

If the HGs hears their name, then it is not good news. They'll be in hell for the week. Johnny, Will, Alejandra, Paras, Kaela, Rozina, and Maddy are the seven selected to live in hell. They need to get ready for the first HoH competition of the season.

It's time for the first HoH competition. The seven HGs competing are standing on a ledge and it's called Feel the Burn. The goal is to hold on as long as they can. The competition begins and the ledge tilts forward. They have rocks to hold onto and there is a fire behind them. Paras says she has a condition where she gets sweaty palms and now she has to hold on with fire behind her. Rozina is struggling and even though she's older than everyone else she wants to prove she can do it and win.

Alejandra is struggling and she is the first to fall.

The wall tilts forward even more and Maddy struggles and she is the next to fall.

The wall tilts forward more and Rozina and Kaela fall.

Will tells Paras they are good and they are discussing who wants it. Johnny doesn't want to make a deal because he doesn't trust them. Will and Paras are both struggling and Paras tells us she just wants to Johnny to take the deal so they have to stay there forever. Will finally loses his grip and it's down to Johnny and Paras. Paras wants to drop but every time she hears Rozina screaming at her. Paras finally drops and Johnny is the first HoH of the season.

Next, we'll meet the four gate crashers that need fan votes to enter the house.

First, we meet Kirsten and she says she's an acquired taste and she loves BB and watches live feeds. She says she could be compared to Cassandra.

On the other side, we have Veronica, who may have tattoos and crazy colored hair, but she's kind and genuine and that's how she'll be in the house.

We meet Mikey and his strategy is to find flaws in people and exploit them and lying and manipulation. He says it's already in the bank and he's counting his money.

On the other side, we have Merron and he will be legendary, iconic, humble, and confidence. He's aiming to make his family proud and he's not looking for a showmance.

So which gate crashers will be going in? It's up to Canada! The 14 HGs already inside have no idea about this new bombshell.

Global has officially revealed the brand new look for the Big Brother Canada house

March 06, 2018

Global has officially revealed the brand new look for the Big Brother Canada house and it just might be the best-looking house ever in Canada’s six seasons.

 

Host Arisa Cox took viewers on a tour of the Heaven and Hell themed house during a sneak peek on ET Canada on Monday.

 

On the second level of the house, there are several aspects of heaven, including stained glass, puffy clouds, blue wall representing the sky and the beauty of a red and white. The Head of Household bedroom has a beautiful heaven themed room completed with a Garden of Eden look.

 

As you go downstairs you can see the heaven theme start to decay and gradually turn into something unholy. The dining area and kitchen have a hellish dungeon themed vibe, including a rotating camera in the middle of the table.

 

The kitchen is hell quite literally with the stained glass being covered with firey flames on multiple windows. There is no doubt some massive drama could take place within the house. Especially with slop involved.

 

 

You do not want to be a have-not this season as the houseguests will be bedding down in the Big Brother catacombs. Complete with swampy water, coffin, and skulls, it will make for a very restless night.

 

The final stop on Arisa’s tour was the throne room. Complete with a white backdrop, the only thing that stands out is the black chair. Made of hundreds of black feathers, the chair looks somewhat comfortable. Although what decisions will be made in that chair?

 

We’ll have to wait and see.

PICTURES! The new Big Brother Canada house!

March 05, 2018

 PICTURES! The new Big Brother Canada house! 

SPOILERS BBCAN6

March 04, 2018

SPOILERS 1. They all selected a glass, and one was unique: Andrew got that one, and had to privately name seven others to go to Hell 


SPOILERS  2. He selected Ali, Johnny, Kaela, Maddy, Paras, Rozina, William for Hell: they're on slop for a week and without their belongings 


SPOILERS 3.  One of those will be HOH (not yet known who) and one will be the first evictee.. those in the other group have immunity for the first eviction 


SPOILERS 4. A bit more, first to enter was Hamza - HOH comp was a wall, heaven/hell theme (winner unknown) - Thurs Mar 8 is first eviction, plus the two wildcard/gatecrasher vote winners will move in then . . . . 

Alejandra “Ali” Martinez

March 01, 2018

Alejandra “Ali” Martinez
Age: 30
Hometown: Vancouver, BC
Occupation: Personal trainer
About: A self-proclaimed fiery Latina with humble beginnings, Ali is a strong, self-made woman who is ready to crush the competition but still make some authentic connections along the way.

Derek Kesseler

March 01, 2018

Derek Kesseler
Age: 27
Hometown: Beaumont, AB
Occupation: Clothing brand owner and server/bartender
About: It’s easy to spot Derek’s resemblance to heart-throb actor Zac Efron, and he’s hoping to use that and his authentic charisma to draw in unwavering alliances…and most likely a steamy showmance that is sure to fog up a screen or two.

Paras Atashnak

March 01, 2018

Paras Atashnak
Age: 23
Hometown: Vancouver, BC
Occupation: Student
About: A closet “nerd” and future attorney, Paras is confident that none of the houseguests will see past her bubbly shell to find her fierce intellect before it’s too late and she’s made off with the grand prize winnings.

Rozina Yaqub

March 01, 2018

Rozina Yaqub
Age: 49
Hometown: Toronto, ON
Occupation: Religious educator
About: Rozina’s endless energy and love for life is contagious, but don’t underestimate her – she’s battled some of life’s biggest hurdles, and now, she is ready to conquer BBCAN6.

Kaela Grant

March 01, 2018

Kaela Grant
Age: 25
Hometown: Saint John, NB
Occupation: Wine ambassador
About: Cute as a button and as bubbly as champagne, Kayla plans to use her sweet smile and East coast charm to hide the fact that she’s an athletic competition beast waiting to strike.

Erica Hill

March 01, 2018

Erica Hill
Age: 23
Hometown: Pickering, ON
Occupation: Server
About: A positive people-pleaser and as loyal as a “golden retriever”, Erica plans to use her sunny attitude and humour to make friends and keep herself off the target lis
t.

Madeline “Maddy” Poplett

March 01, 2018

Madeline “Maddy” Poplett
Age: 25
Hometown: Ottawa, ON
Occupation: Bartender
About: Don’t let her sweet smile fool you, Maddy is ready to do literally ANYTHING to win, including tricking a hunky competition beast into doing her bidding.

Olivia Riemer

March 01, 2018

Olivia Riemer
Age: 21
Hometown: Guelph, ON
Occupation: Student
About: By no means a shrinking violet, Olivia is a polished, logical, type-A beauty who’s not afraid to tell anyone how it is if they get in her way on the path to victory.

Johnny Mulder

March 01, 2018

Johnny Mulder
Age: 28
Hometown: Victoria, BC
Occupation: “House Husband”
About: A proud house-husband with a heart of gold and a shrewd intellect, Johnny is not morally opposed to using cunning charm to manipulate his unsuspecting h
ousemates.

Hamza Hatoum

March 01, 2018

Hamza Hatoum
Age: 27
Hometown: Thunder Bay, ON
Occupation: Soccer coach
About: Ready to run his fellow houseguests ragged, Hamza calls himself “the champ that runs the camp” and won’t bow down to anyone once the competition buzzer goes off.

Ryan Ballantine

March 01, 2018

Ryan Ballantine
Age: 39
Hometown: Calgary, AB
Occupation: Fire safety technician and department manager 
About: A witty, self-professed “troll”, Ryan is a BBCAN super-fan and avid series pundit who plans to manipulate the houseguests and find the perfect secret alliance partner.

William Kenny

March 01, 2018

William Kenny
Age: 25
Hometown: Trepassey, NL
Occupation: Oil field technician
About: Softy single dad William is a self-proclaimed goofy and friendly Newfoundlander and is ready for anything…including a showmance
.

Jesse Larson

March 01, 2018

GLOBAL ANNOUNCES 14 NEW HOUSEGUESTS FOR SEASON 6 OF BIG BROTHER CANADA
Jesse Larson
Age: 24
Hometown: Saskatoon, SK
Occupation: Sales executive
About: A business-minded socialite, nothing is out of the question for Jesse when there’s money and power on the line.

Andrew Miller

March 01, 2018

Andrew Miller
Age: 36
Hometown: Toronto, ON 
Occupation: Small business owner
About: A big man with an even bigger personality, Andrew knows he won’t be able to blend into the background, but he’s confident his athletic prowess and sharp mind can take down the competition.

GLOBAL ANNOUNCES 14 NEW HOUSEGUESTS FOR SEASON 6 OF BIG BROTHER CANADA

March 01, 2018

GLOBAL ANNOUNCES 14 NEW HOUSEGUESTS FOR SEASON 6 OF BIG BROTHER CANADA


Fans Continue to Vote for the Final Two “Gate Crashers” of the Season at BigBrotherCanada.ca

BBCAN6 Premieres Wednesday, March 7 at 7 pm ET/PT on Global

Toronto, Canada – Following last night’s hell of a twist, Global is revealing the remaining 14 new houseguests entering the gates of the Big Brother Canada house on Wednesday, March 7 at 7 p.m. ET/PT. The Season 6 houseguests will feel like they’re walking on cloud nine upon arrival, but dark and fiery twists could be around the corner for some unlucky surprises.

This season’s cast includes a variety of angelic and devilish characters hailing from coast to coast, including a self-proclaimed fiery Latina from Vancouver; a business-minded socialite by day and party planner by night from Saskatoon; a type-A beauty who’s not afraid to speak her mind from Guelph; a self-professed “troll” and super-fan from Calgary; an athletic wine ambassador from Saint John; and a softy single dad oil rig worker from Trepassey, Newfoundland.

With this season’s houseguest revealed, fans will need to choose wisely among the four gate crashers vying for a spot in the house. Fans can continue to place their vote here for one girl and one guy to join the cast until polls close on March 8 at 2 p.m. ET. For additional voting details, please visit BigBrotherCanada.ca.

The following 14 houseguests will enter the BBCAN6 house competing for the grand prize of $100,000, a European dream vacation for two courtesy of Air Transat, and a $30,000 home furnishing makeover from The Brick:

Alejandra “Ali” Martinez
Age: 30
Hometown: Vancouver, BC
Occupation: Personal trainer
About: A self-proclaimed fiery Latina with humble beginnings, Ali is a strong, self-made woman who is ready to crush the competition but still make some authentic connections along the way.

Andrew Miller
Age: 36
Hometown: Toronto, ON 
Occupation: Small business owner
About: A big man with an even bigger personality, Andrew knows he won’t be able to blend into the background, but he’s confident his athletic prowess and sharp mind can take down the competition.

Derek Kesseler
Age: 27
Hometown: Beaumont, AB
Occupation: Clothing brand owner and server/bartender
About: It’s easy to spot Derek’s resemblance to heart-throb actor Zac Efron, and he’s hoping to use that and his authentic charisma to draw in unwavering alliances…and most likely a steamy showmance that is sure to fog up a screen or two.

Erica Hill
Age: 23
Hometown: Pickering, ON
Occupation: Server
About: A positive people-pleaser and as loyal as a “golden retriever”, Erica plans to use her sunny attitude and humour to make friends and keep herself off the target list.

Hamza Hatoum
Age: 27
Hometown: Thunder Bay, ON
Occupation: Soccer coach
About: Ready to run his fellow houseguests ragged, Hamza calls himself “the champ that runs the camp” and won’t bow down to anyone once the competition buzzer goes off.

Jesse Larson
Age: 24
Hometown: Saskatoon, SK
Occupation: Sales executive
About: A business-minded socialite, nothing is out of the question for Jesse when there’s money and power on the line.

Johnny Mulder
Age: 28
Hometown: Victoria, BC
Occupation: “House Husband”
About: A proud house-husband with a heart of gold and a shrewd intellect, Johnny is not morally opposed to using cunning charm to manipulate his unsuspecting housemates.

Kaela Grant
Age: 25
Hometown: Saint John, NB
Occupation: Wine ambassador
About: Cute as a button and as bubbly as champagne, Kayla plans to use her sweet smile and East coast charm to hide the fact that she’s an athletic competition beast waiting to strike.

Madeline “Maddy” Poplett
Age: 25
Hometown: Ottawa, ON
Occupation: Bartender
About: Don’t let her sweet smile fool you, Maddy is ready to do literally ANYTHING to win, including tricking a hunky competition beast into doing her bidding.

Olivia Riemer
Age: 21
Hometown: Guelph, ON
Occupation: Student
About: By no means a shrinking violet, Olivia is a polished, logical, type-A beauty who’s not afraid to tell anyone how it is if they get in her way on the path to victory.

Paras Atashnak
Age: 23
Hometown: Vancouver, BC
Occupation: Student
About: A closet “nerd” and future attorney, Paras is confident that none of the houseguests will see past her bubbly shell to find her fierce intellect before it’s too late and she’s made off with the grand prize winnings.

Rozina Yaqub
Age: 49
Hometown: Toronto, ON
Occupation: Religious educator
About: Rozina’s endless energy and love for life is contagious, but don’t underestimate her – she’s battled some of life’s biggest hurdles, and now, she is ready to conquer BBCAN6.

Ryan Ballantine
Age: 39
Hometown: Calgary, AB
Occupation: Fire safety technician and department manager 
About: A witty, self-professed “troll”, Ryan is a BBCAN super-fan and avid series pundit who plans to manipulate the houseguests and find the perfect secret alliance partner.

William Kenny
Age: 25
Hometown: Trepassey, NL
Occupation: Oil field technician
About: Softy single dad William is a self-proclaimed goofy and friendly Newfoundlander and is ready for anything…including a showmance.

Click here to download photos of the Big Brother Canada houseguests. For full bios, photos, and exclusive online videos head to BigBrotherCanada.ca. Then, watch ET Canada Friday, March 2 at 7:30 pm ET on Global for interviews with the Big Brother Canada houseguests.

Once again in Season 6, a new group of houseguests move into an overhauled Big Brother Canada house outfitted wall-to-wall with cameras and microphones capturing their every move. Each week the houseguests battle in a series of challenges that give them power or punishment, voting each other out until the fate of the final two is decided by a jury of fellow houseguests. The Season 6 houseguests are competing for a grand prize of $100,000, a European dream vacation for two courtesy of Air Transat, and a $30,000 home furnishing makeover from The Brick.

Big Brother Canada continues to offer unparalleled digital extensions that augment the social dynamics and real-time momentum of the 24/7 television production this season. BBCAN6 extends from series to site at BigBrotherCanada.ca with exclusive content, full episodes, 24-hour live feeds, and a host of surprises and opportunities that allow fans to directly impact the show.

Big Brother Canada premieres Wednesday, March 7 at 7 p.m. ET/PT, and continues to air Wednesdays at 7 p.m. ET/PT, Thursdays at 8 p.m. ET/PT, and Mondays at 9 p.m. ET/PT on Global. Viewers who miss the premiere can catch up on Big Brother Canada following the broadcast the next day On Demand, and on GlobalTV.com and Global GO (now available on Apple TV).

Plus, all season long, viewers can catch After the Eviction, an exclusive weekly series hosted by Arisa Cox available across all social platforms, presented by Shaw. Following Wednesday night’s Power of Veto episodes, fans can submit all their burning questions on the Big Brother Canada Facebook page and catch the answers on After the Eviction on Fridays at 10 a.m. ET as part of the evicted houseguests’ extended interviews.

Commissioned by Corus Entertainment, Season 6 of Big Brother Canada is produced by Insight Productions in association with Corus Entertainment and Endemol Shine. Executive producers are John Brunton and Erin Brock.

Big Brother Canada 6 pre-game interview: Meet Veronica Doherty, part of this season’s twist

February 28, 2018

Big Brother Canada 6 pre-game interview: Meet Veronica Doherty, part of this season’s twist

Veronica Doherty – My name is Veronica, I’m 24 years old, I’m 24 years old, and I’m from Ottawa, Ontario.

What do you do for a living?

I’m a server at a sports bar and I’m also a student at Carlton University.

What made you want to be on Big Brother Canada this season?

I haven’t had cable in ten years and I’ve never even seen the show. My friend posted something on my Facebook wall ten years ago saying ‘you’d be perfect for this show, you should audition.’ I read the description, I watched one episode, and it’s basically everything that I love and stand for wrapped up into one show. I’m great at reading people, I have athletic ability, and I love competing. When I saw that I could $100,000 and do it in front of the whole world it was like a dream.

What’s your strategy for winning this season?

It’s really hard to answer that without knowing who I’m going to be in the house with or the twists or situations I’m put in. Essentially, what I have that will benefit me is that I’m going to be going in cold. I’ll be able to go with the flow and adapt to the different personalities that are thrown at me. I’m probably going to throw my athletic ability on the back-burner because I feel like I’m going to have a target on my back from the get-go. I’m really just going to focus on my social game in the beginning and focusing on relationships in the house.

What’s the one part of your life at home you’re going to miss the most in the game?

Definitely being able to talk to my mom whenever I want. I haven’t gone longer than two days without talking with her in my whole life, so not being able to share this experience with her and bring her with me every step of the way is hard.

Yet, if I had to choose being with her back home and being in the house, it’s definitely being in the house. It’s definitely going to suck but it’s a small sacrifice that I’ll have to make.

Who is your biggest idol in life and why?

Probably my older brother Joey. He’s been an inspiration to me my whole life. He has two degrees in school and he has a wife and kids. He really has always been driven and motivated. He’s someone I really look up to a lot.

How are you going to keep live feed viewers at home entertained?

(Laughs.) How am I not going to keep them entertained? I’m a wild free spirit. I’m going to bring a lot of craziness into that house. I’m going to make them laugh, make them cry, be full of surprises, and really be the underdog in that house. I’m going in without knowing the ins and outs in the game, so I’m going to have to put my blood, sweat, and tears into everything that I do and that’ll be really interesting to watch.

Besides the money, what are you hoping to get out of this season?

I’m hoping that this will open a lot of doors for me. My personality is way too big to be kept in a box. I hope in one way or another I find my calling through this and someone offers me either a career opportunity or a chance to be around people with the same mindset as me.

Who is your Big Brother Canada idol and why?
I loved Neda’s game in Season 2 because she was very good at balancing her relationship with the girls and the guys in the house. It mirrors exactly what I want to do. I want the girls to respect me, but I’m a boy’s girl at heart – super athletic and chill. So I think the easy relationships for me to build will be with the guys, and the girls will be hard to win over.

What do people from Ottawa have that gives them an edge to win Big Brother Canada?
When people think of Ottawa they don’t think of the big city like Toronto or Montreal. So because we don’t have a massive population with a ton of bars, clubs, and events, we really step up our game in terms of different personalities. It’s the people that you really look up to and respect here and is really what makes Ottawa fun. You may go to a lame bar filled with 150 people, but I guarantee you that 145 of those people are really cool individuals.

Rapid Fire:
Good guy or bad guy?
Good

Competition beast or floater?
Competition beast

First HOH or first nominee?
HOH

First out or first juror?
First juror

No sleep or no food?
No sleep

Math skills or language skills?
Language skills

Gut instinct or pure intellect?
Gut instinct

Showmance or Nomance?
Nomance

Big Brother Canada 6 pre-game interview: Meet Merron Haile, part of this season’s twist

February 28, 2018

Big Brother Canada 6 pre-game interview: Meet Merron Haile, part of this season’s twist
Merron Haile – I’m Merron, I’m 22, and I’m from Edmonton, Alberta.

What do you do for a living?

I am a student — a full-time student. I’m a marketing major in my second year.

What made you want to be on Big Brother Canada this season?

I’m just a huge fan of the show — I’ve been watching for a couple of years. I decided that I wanted to audition and see how well I would do.

What’s your strategy for winning this season?

I don’t have one. I’m just going to wing it, have fun, and not try to stress over it. I’m just going to let the game come to me. I’ll just do whatever and see what happens.

Who are you most like from past Big Brother seasons, US or Canada?

None. I honestly can’t think of any. I’m just being real here. There’s nobody that I can relate to at all.

What’s the one part of your life at home you’re going to miss the most in the game?

I’ll say my family — I live with my family, so it’s going to be hard to be away from them for this amount of time. I’ll survive, but that’s definitely going to be the hardest part.

Who is your biggest idol in life and why?

That’s a great question. I never really thought about this, but the first person that comes to mind is Barack Obama. He’s a legend.

How are you going to keep live feed viewers at home entertained?

Just do what I do. I sing a lot to myself, I talk to myself a lot, and I’ll do whatever I can to make it a fun environment in that house. I think me trying to entertain myself and the other houseguests to kill time will be good enough.

Besides the money, what are you hoping to get out of this season?

I want to be the first black winner in Big Brother Canada history and the first black winner in Big Brother history.

What part of the Big Brother Canada experience do you think will be hardest for you?
I feel like the anxiety of not knowing what competition you’re going to play each time will be hard for me. I think I would be okay at some physical competitions, but it depends on what kind of activity because those might vary as well. One specific challenge I’m worried about is the one where you must hold onto a wall and then the wall moves around and tilts forward, and you have to stay there for as long as possible. I would 100% lose at that!

Who is your Big Brother Canada idol and why?
I respect Demetres’ gameplay from Season 5. He was a very nice guy and didn’t seem to have a bad bone in his body, but he was also very competitive, which I respect a lot. I also don’t think he went against his word ever.

What do people from Edmonton have that gives them an edge to win Big Brother Canada?
We need something to cheer about! I know for me personality watching the show I always say, “Okay, is there someone from Edmonton, Alberta?” because people want to route for their hometown favourite.

Rapid Fire:
Good guy or bad guy?
Good

Competition beast or floater?
Competition beast

First HOH or first nominee?
HOH

First out or first juror?
Neither

No sleep or no food?
No food

Math skills or language skills?
Language

Gut instinct or pure intellect?
Pure intellect

Showmance or Nomance?
Nomance

Big Brother Canada 6 pre-game interview: Meet Michael Jakobczak, part of this season’s twist

February 28, 2018

Big Brother Canada 6 pre-game interview: Meet Michael Jakobczak, part of this season’s twist

Michael Jakobczak – Michael’s the name, I’m 33 and I’m born and raised in Toronto.

What do you do for a living?

I’m in real estate. I’m in sales.

What made you want to be on Big Brother Canada this season?

I’m a fan of the show. Being a licensed agent plays into the different things that Big Brother is — manipulating, networking, and all that. It plays into my strengths, what I do on the daily. I’m fascinated with it.

Who are you most like from past Big Brother seasons, US or Canada?

I love Kevin’s play because he’s very analytical. I love looking at him and seeing that he’s four steps ahead. I also love watching Cassandra and Ika. They’re a little bit more colorful when it comes to dealing with people.

What’s the one part of your life at home you’re going to miss the most in the game?

I’m going to miss my lifestyle, because I have a pretty good lifestyle in Toronto. Typically you can find me at any Raptors home game or any nice restaurant or in the social nightlife in Toronto.

How are you going to keep live feed viewers at home entertained?

My life, to me, is like a movie. There’s never a dull moment in my life, so anyone tuning in is always going to be entertained. I’m always talking game or doing something. You’ve gotta be entertaining since otherwise, you’re going to go crazy in a house full of random people.

Besides the money, what are you hoping to get out of this season?

I’m just hoping to showcase my skills. I think highly of what I do for a living and how I do it. This is a chance to put my skills to the test and show everyone what I can do.

What part of the Big Brother Canada experience do you think will be hardest for you?
Not being around technology. I believe we are glued to technology like our phones, TV, and anything to do with electronics. My job is 24/7 as a real estate agent, so to say that I’m not glued to my phone would be an understatement.

Who is your Big Brother Canada idol and why?
It would definitely be Ika from Season 2 and 5. I think some of her moments, you couldn’t write a better story. As a viewer, I like to be entertained. So when I see houseguests losing it and be destructive like destroying letters, that’s just priceless to me! If I was Big Brother I would set up stunts like that all the time. The more chaos that’s in there, the better it is for me as a fan.

What do people from Toronto have that gives them an edge to win Big Brother Canada?
We are very diverse in Toronto. While growing up here I had many friends from different cultures. So when you meet different people who you can relate to, the value of relating to them a little bit can be used as a strategy. For gameplay, it’s priceless because the more people that like you, the less likely they will put you up on the block.

Rapid Fire:
Good guy or bad guy?
I’d like to think of myself as a good guy but sometimes I’m classified as a bad guy.

Competition beast or floater?
Competition beast

First HOH or first nominee?
First HOH

First out or first juror?
First juror

No sleep or no food?
No sleep

Math skills or language skills?
Language skills

Gut instinct or pure intellect?
Gut instinct

Showmance or Nomance?
Nomance

Big Brother Canada 6 pre-game interview: Meet Kirsten MacInnis, part of this season’s twist

February 28, 2018

Big Brother Canada 6 pre-game interview: Meet Kirsten MacInnis, part of this season’s twist
I’m Kirsten, I’m 25 years old, and I’m from Calgary, Alberta.

What do you do for a living?

I work as a university housing coordinator, so I help process students who want to live in university housing on campus.

What made you want to be on Big Brother Canada this season?

I’m a huge fan of Big Brother. I’ve been watching for years, I watch the feeds, I pay attention every day online, and I’ve been trying for a really long time and this year everything just kind of came together.

What’s your strategy for winning this season?

My strategy is to focus on the social game and build connections. I want people to want me around and hopefully that can carry me through the first few votes. I feel like that will be tough for me.

Who are you most like from past Big Brother seasons, US or Canada?

I’ve gotten the Cassandra comparison quite a bit. We’re both rather loud and out there and we’re also both rather sneaky. I have also seen a lot of myself in Arlie — I know that it’s kind of a weird comparison, but there it is.

What’s the one part of your life at home you’re going to miss the most in the game?

I already missed my cats so much (laughs). It’s going to be really tough to not have them around.

Who is your biggest idol in life and why?

Honestly my older sister. She’s taught me to do pretty much everything and she’s always been there for me. She’s someone I would like to be more like.

How are you going to keep live feed viewers at home entertained?

I’m not going to nap all day and I’m just going to try and make it a fun game. I’ll have interesting conversations and try and keep it lit — I really shouldn’t have said that word (laughs). I’m going to do whatever I can to not be boring.

Besides the money, what are you hoping to get out of this season?

I’m hoping to prove myself and show that I’m not just a pretty face — I have a brain there and I hope people will see that after this.

What part of the Big Brother Canada experience do you think will be hardest for you?
It’s such a cliché, but slop is literally going to kill me. I don’t even like oatmeal and I’ve seen what that looks like and it looks way worse than oatmeal. I know it’s going to happen and I just have to deal with it, but I also know it’s going to be really hard on me.

Who is your Big Brother Canada idol and why?
Arlie from Season 2 because he is very smart, but he’s not perceived as smart by everybody else a lot of the time – I really connect with that. And I feel that he played a really amazing game the whole time he was there.

What do people from Calgary have that gives them an edge to win Big Brother Canada?
In Calgary it’s all about pulling up our boot straps and getting stuff done. We work really hard and we don’t give up. For example, a couple years ago there was a flood during stampede and everyone was ready to volunteer and get stuff done. I feel like that attitude of not giving up will be a big edge in Big Brother Canada.

Rapid Fire:
Good guy or bad guy?
Good

Competition beast or floater?
Floater

First HOH or first nominee?
HOH

First out or first juror?
First juror

No sleep or no food?
No food

Math skills or language skills?
Language skills

Gut instinct or pure intellect?
Gut instinct

Showmance or Nomance?
Nomance

 The first BBCAN6 twist has been revealed! 

February 28, 2018

 The first BBCAN6 twist has been revealed! 
Canada, YOU have the power to round out the cast. You can choose between Angels and Devils and must select 1 girl and 1 guy. Which type of houseguests do you want? You alone control their fate. It’s going to be one hell of a r
ide!

Arisa Cox will this season be presenting 'After the eviction'

February 27, 2018

 Arisa Cox will this season be presenting 'After the eviction' a new weekly series which will be available across social platforms and will air on Fridays at 10 a.m. ET. The show will form part of the evicted houseguests’ extended interviews

Airing exclusively on Global,

February 27, 2018

Airing exclusively on Global, Big Brother Canada plucks a group of hand-picked strangers from their homes, sequesters them from the outside world, and places them inside a house outfitted wall-to-wall with cameras and microphones that capture their every move. Each week the houseguests battle in a series of challenges that give them power or punishment, voting each other out until the fate of the final two is decided by a jury of fellow houseguests. This season, the winner of Big Brother Canada will take home a grand prize of $100,000, a European dream vacation for two courtesy of Air Transat, and a $30,000 home furnishing makeover from The Brick.

Big Brother Canada continues to offer unparalleled digital extensions that augment the social dynamics and real-time momentum of the 24/7 television production. BBCAN6 extends from series to site at BigBrotherCanada.ca with exclusive content, full episodes, 24-hour live feeds, and a host of surprises and opportunities that allow fans to directly impact the show.

Big Brother Canada premieres Wednesday, March 7 at 7 p.m. ET/PT, and continues to air Wednesdays at 7 p.m. ET/PT, Thursdays at 8 p.m. ET/PT, and Mondays at 9 p.m. ET/PT on Global. Viewers who miss the premiere can catch up on Big Brother Canada following the broadcast the next day On Demand, and on GlobalTV.com and Global GO (now available on Apple TV). For even more behind-the-scenes action, fans can watch the live feeds on BigBrotherCanada.ca. https://www.bigbrothercanada.ca/

Skriv en fengende tittel...

February 27, 2018

GLOBAL ANNOUNCES NEW AND RETURNING SPONSORS FOR A HEAVENLY SEASON OF BIG BROTHER CANADA
The Brick Reaffirms its Commitment as a Season-Long Partner

Additional New Sponsors Include Air Transat, Wendy’s, Hasbro, SkipTheDishes, Shaw Communications, as well as Warner Bros. Pictures and Metro-Goldwyn-Mayer Pictures’ Tomb Raider Movie

BBCAN6 Premieres Wednesday, March 7 at 7 p.m. ET/PT

Toronto, Canada – Amplifying the highly anticipated premiere of Big Brother Canada, Global announced today new and ongoing partnerships, organic integrations, and prizing for Season 6. Returning once again this season to revamp the house and reward houseguests is The Brick, along with new sponsors Air Transat, Wendy’s, Hasbro, SkipTheDishes, Shaw Communications, as well as Warner Bros. Pictures and Metro-Goldwyn-Mayer Pictures’ Tomb Raider movie. Houseguests will battle until the end in hopes of taking home this season’s grand prize of $100,000, a European dream vacation for two courtesy of Air Transat, and a $30,000 home furnishing makeover from The Brick.

“Heading into season 6, we made a commitment to work with our new and returning partners to deliver more organic and elevated integrations in and out of Big Brother Canada,” said Lynn Chambers, VP, Corus Tempo. “With the unique format of the series, these brands will directly impact the in-show experience for the houseguests, from challenges and tasks to rewards and prizing, while also reaching the series’ extensive fan base in broadcast and across digital platforms.”

In addition to supplying a $30,000 grand prize gift card to the winner, principal sponsor The Brick returns for a sixth year as the exclusive #BBCANhome furnishing provider. This season, houseguests will live in paradise as The Brick furnishes themed rooms throughout the house, allowing them to strategize in comfort once again. For a first look at the house, fans can tune in to ET Canada on Monday, March 5 at 7:30 p.m. ET for a grand tour hosted by #BBCAN’s Arisa Cox.

Then, vacation awaits for the Season 6 winner as new grand prize provider Air Transat is offering the experience of a lifetime with a European dream vacation for two. In addition, houseguests can expect to be whisked away in a challenge that will knock them off their feet and force them to up their game.

Also this season, the victorious Head of Household (HOH) will have their hunger satisfied with weekly rewards from new sponsor Wendy’s®, serving up a wide selection of delicious meals in the new “Drive Thru” pantry, including their fresh never frozen hamburgers and freshly prepared salads. Wendy’s® continues to bring the heat all season long with a spicy new challenge and a juicy task that are sure to work up the houseguests’ appetites.

Hasbro Gaming is getting the party started in the Big Brother Canada house by providing houseguests with unique games that will put their strategy, tricks, and stunts to the test. Every week, the HOH will be awarded with a personalized basket, including one game from the Hasbro House Party umbrella. From Hasbro’s exciting portfolio of games, fans can pick which game the houseguests will play by voting at BigBrotherCanada.ca, and then tune in to find out if their game choice made it into the house.

BBCAN also has food cravings covered this season with new partner SkipTheDishes serving up rewarding moments and a tasty challenge. Plus, viewers at home can play to win voucher codes for SkipTheDishes meals of their own by checking out the ‘Dish of the Week’ featuring weekly word scrambles across Global’s social platforms. With a wide selection of restaurants available at the swipe of a finger, both the houseguests and viewers can satisfy their taste buds this season.

Also joining the roster of partners is Shaw Communications, whose WideOpen Internet 150 plans provide fast, affordable speeds, and unlimited data. Each week, Shaw will reward all weekly HOH winners by helping deliver a video from home to connect them with their loved ones. Shaw is also coming on board as the presenting sponsor of After the Eviction, an exclusive weekly series hosted by Arisa Cox available across all social platforms. Following Wednesday night’s Power of Veto episodes, fans can submit all their burning questions on the Big Brother Canada Facebook page and catch the answers on After the Eviction on Fridays at 10 a.m. ET as part of the evicted houseguests’ extended interviews. In addition, Shaw will be sponsoring an exciting veto challenge for the houseguests this season – tune in to find out more.

As part of their in-house experience this season, houseguests will be put to the ultimate test during the first sponsored POV challenge of the season provided by Warner Bros. Pictures and Metro-Goldwyn-Mayer Pictures’ highly anticipated Tomb Raider movie. In addition to conquering the challenge, the winner will receive a $5,000 cash prize and a private advance screening of the movie before it premieres in theatres on March 16.

Airing exclusively on Global, Big Brother Canada plucks a group of hand-picked strangers from their homes, sequesters them from the outside world, and places them inside a house outfitted wall-to-wall with cameras and microphones that capture their every move. Each week the houseguests battle in a series of challenges that give them power or punishment, voting each other out until the fate of the final two is decided by a jury of fellow houseguests. This season, the winner of Big Brother Canada will take home a grand prize of $100,000, a European dream vacation for two courtesy of Air Transat, and a $30,000 home furnishing makeover from The Brick.

First 4 Houseguests and Heaven/Hell theme reveal!!! bbcan6

February 26, 2018

 First 4 Houseguests and Heaven/Hell theme reveal!!! bbcan6

Big Brother Canada 6 premieres March 7 🍁  The countdown has begun for BBCAN6

February 26, 2018

Celebrity Big Brother might be over, but we’re only just getting started!
9 days to go until another epic season and Houseguests will be moving into the house😍👏🏻🇨🇦

🍁 Big Brother Canada 6 premieres March 7 🍁 
The countdown has begun for BigBrotherCAN <3 
Live Feeds outside Canada, use VPN!
If you live outside of Canada and want to watch the FREE Big Brother Canada 6 Live Feeds you'll need a VPN.
You must install a program called Hola - Free VPN, Secure Browsing, Unrestricted Access
Once you have installed Hola, you can watch / TV from all over the world. Once installed, there is a simple menu of flags for the country you choose.
Once this program is installed https://hola.org/download, you can only visit http://bigbrothercanada.globaltv.com/houseguests/
BB Canada site http://bigbrothercanada.globaltv.com/
The episodes can you watch here daily Watch Free in this link ! http://videobrother.net/live-stream

BBCAN&6 cast reveal is most likely next week shaking 
Mondays 9pm, Wednesdays 7pm, Thursdays 8pm 
I am so glad that we are close to BigBrotherCA March 7 can’t come soon enough

Global has confirmed that the sixth season of Big Brother Canada premieres on Wednesday 7th March

December 21, 2017

Global has confirmed that the sixth season of Big Brother Canada premieres on Wednesday 7th March. Can't wait Global, the network behing Big Brother Canada has today announced that the show is to return for it’s 6th season on Wednesday 7th March.

The news comes, following a rocky patch for the show which was put on hiatus by the network, before bowing to pressure from fans to bring the show back to screens in the 2018 line up.

Arisa Cox will return to host the show, with more details expected to be announced over the coming months.

As part of todays announcment, Global confirmed it would also air the upcoming debut series of Celebrity Big Brother US. The show, fronted by Julie Chen for CBS in the USA, is due to launch on February 7th with the cast yet to be announced.

Stick with Big Brother Supportgroup as we bring you Big Brother news from around the globe!

Merry Christmas once again.

​ Big Brother Canada "hiatus" is over - they'll be back for 6th season in 2018

August 21, 2017

  Big Brother Canada "hiatus" is over - they'll be back for 6th season in 2018

Please reload

bottom of page